THE 


n-nv»ri.  '"''     '*! 

Hit 


•  •»( 

IK 


THE  YELLOW  PERIL 


or 


The  Orient  vs.  The  Occident 

as  viewed  oy 
Modern  Statesmen  and  Ancient  Propnets 


BY 

G.  G.  RUPERT 

Author  of  The  Inspired  History  of  the  Nations.  Past  and  Future ;  The 

Bible  Atlas  ;  The  Two  Covenants  :  Time.  Tradition  and 

Truth ;  and  other  Books. 


*      * 

* 


PUBLISHED  BY 

UNION   PUBLISHING  CO. 

CHOCTAW.  OKLA. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  1911, 

by 

G.  G.  RUPERT 

In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress, 
at  Washington,  D.  C. 


PREFACE. 


This  book  is  its  own  excuse  for  appearing.  It  came  be- 
cause it  had  to  come.  It  is  better  than  that  the  stones 
should  cry  out.  None  but  a  great  God  would  risk  so  much 
to  the  faithfulness  of  human  servants. 

He  knew  the  power  of  His  Spirit  to  express.  He  knew 
by  whom  He  would  send.  He  who  chose  Isaiah  and 
Ezekiel,  knew  whom  to  choose  in  the  latter  times,  when  His 
messages,  so  long  covered  up  because  unstudied,  were  due 
the  world.  He  who  "k'new  the  end  from  the  beginning," 
knowing  the  plan  by  which  He  would  save  all  who  "be- 
lieve that  He  is;"  had  a  care  for  the  "little  flock"  in  the 
end  of  the  world. 

He  knew  the  people  would  be  so  busy,  and  so  philan- 
thropic, and  so  wise,  and  so  great,  and  so  masterful  in  their 
explorations  of  the  streams  of  truth,  that  they  would  have 
no  time  to  find  the  fountain ;  or  to  let  their  ears  become 
familiar  with  the  "joyful  sound"  of  judgment,  justice,  mercy 
and  truth.  So  He  called  one,  whom  through  long  years  of 
faithfulness  to  truth  at  whatever  cost,  He  had  taught  by 
means  of  prosperity  and  adversity  that  the  Most  High 
ruleth  in  the  kingdoms  of  men;  that  He  who  created,  will 
also  redeem  and  destroy;  that  it  is  "Not  by  might  nor  by 
power  but  by  my  spirit"  (and  the  way  men  relate  them- 
selves to  that  Spirit)  "saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts." 

"The  Creator  of  the  ends  of  the  earth  fainteth  not 
neither  is  weary."  "He  that  keepeth  Israel  shall  neither 
slumber  nor  sleep."  "For  I  know  the  thoughts  that  I  think 
toward  you,  saith  the  Lord,  thoughts  of  peace  and  not  of 

5 


•  r>0>* 
*    f  v.  >1>UxL  ^ 


6  Preface. 

evil."  "Surely  the  Lord  God  will  do  nothing  but  he  re- 
vealeth  his  secret  to  his  servants  the  prophets."  "Believe 
in  the  Lord  your  God,  so  shall  ye  be  established ;  believe  his 
prophets  so  shall  ye  prosper."  "Search  the  Scriptures  for 
in  them  ye  ...  have  eternal  life."  "Search  as  for  hid 
treasures."  "He  that  seeketh  findeth." 

The  author  of  this  book  gives  to  you  the  Creator  and 
Redeemer's  message  that  He  will  cut  short  His  work  in 
righteousness,  and  consume  the  refuge  of  lies.  You  must 
study  this  message  if  you  would  understand.  It  is  plain 
to  him  who  attends.  If  your  reading  has  been  of  the  type 
that  clothes  one  idea  in  many  words ;  you  will  now  have  an 
opportunity  to  adapt  your  mind  to  matter  where  each  word 
carries  its  full  freightage  of  ideas.  All  is  not  spelled  out; 
much  is  left  for  you  to  find,  but  the  rule  for  finding  is  given 
clearly  and  truly. 

The  author  has  outgrown  denominations  and  is  affiliated 
with  none.  Much  experience,  observation  and  reflection 
have  emphasized  the  truth  spoken  by  the  Master,  "No  man 
also  having  drunk  old  wine  straightway  desireth  new  for 
he  saith  The  old  is  good." 

The  author  holds  the  truth  of  God,  which  is  infinite,  to 
be  addressed  to  all  His  creatures.  It  is  too  broad  in  its 
teaching  to  be  confined  to  any  one  organization,  or  to  be 
controlled  i>y  any  denomination.  In  this  book  his  design 
has  been  to  show  the  three  great  divisions  of  Christendom, 
also  their  sub-divisions;  but  in  doing  so,  the  undenomina- 
tional line  has  been  followed  using  names  only  in  order  to 
designate  no  preference  for  any.  The  character  of  each,  as 
pointed  out  in  the  Scripture,  has  been  faithfully  dealt  with 
regardless  of  friend  or  foe.  The  book  is  not  designed  to 
build  up  any  sect,  but  to  build  up  truth  in  the  minds  of  the 
people  and  help  all  who  wish  truth,  believing  there  are  such 
in  every  division  of  Christendom. 

E.  J.  K.  R. 


INTRODUCTION. 


have  no  greater  excuse  to  offer  for  the  publication  of 
this  book,  than  the  Divine  commission  of  Jehovah  to  his 
servants  upon  the  subject  treated.  The  connection  shows  that 
this  commission  was  written  to  His  messengers  upon  the  very 
theme  this  book  presents,  namely :  The  literal  sword. 

The  time  is  now  due  when  this  commission  should  be  re- 
sponded to  by  every  true  messenger  with  all  the  power  and 
energy  at  his  command. 

Hear  the  words  of  this  solemn  obligation  placed  upon  us: 
"Son  of  man,  speak  to  the  children  of  thy  people,  and  say 
unto  them,  When  I  bring  the  sword  upon  a  land,  if  the  peo- 
ple of  the  land  take  a  man  of  their  coasts,  and  set  him  for  their 
watchman :  if  when  he  seeth  the  sword  come  upon  the 
land,  he  blow  the  trumpet  and  warn  the  people ;  then 
whosoever  heareth  the  sound  of  the  trumpet,  and  taketh 
not  warning ;  if  the  sword  come,  and  take  him  away,  his  blood 
shall  be  upon  his  own  head.  He  heard  the  sound  of  the  trum- 
pet, and  took  not  warning;  his  blood  shall  be  upon  him.  But 
he  that  taketh  warning  shall  deliver  his  soul.  But  if  the 
watchman  see  the  sword  come,  and  blow  not  the  trumpet,  and 
the  people  be  not  warned;  if  the  sword  come,  and  take  any 

7 


8  Introduction. 

person  from  among  them,  he  is  uken  away  in  his  iniquity; 
but  his  blood  will  I  require  at  the  watchman's  hand.  So 
thou,  O  son  of  man,  I  have  set  thee  a  watchman  unto  the 
house  of  Israel;  therefore  thou  shalt  hear  *he  word  at  my 
mouth,  and  warn  them  from  me."  Eze.  33 12-7.  "Moreover 
he  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man,  eat  that  thou  findest;  eat  this 
roll,  and  go  speak  unto  the  house  of  Israel.  So  I  opened  my 
mouth,  and  he  caused  me  to  eat  that  roll.  And  he  said  unto 
me,  Son  of  man,  cause  thy  belly  to  eat,  and  fill  thy  bowels  with 
this  roll  that  I  give  thee.  Then  did  I  eat  it;  and  it  was 
in  my  mouth  as  honey  for  sweetness.  And  he  said  unto  me, 
Son  of  man,  go,  get  thee  unto  the  house  of  Israel,  and  speak 
with  my  words  unto  them.  For  thou  art  not  sent  to  a  people 
of  a  strange  speech  and  of  an  hard  language,  but  to  the  house 
of  Israel ;  Not  to  many  people  of  a  strange  speech  and  of 
an  hard  language,  whose  words  thou  canst  not  understand. 
Surely,  had  I  sent  thee  to  them,  they  would  have  hearkened 
unto  thee.  But  the  house  of  Israel  will  not  hearken  unto 
thee;  for  they  will  not  hearken  unto  me:  for  all  the  house 
of  Israel  are  impudent  and  hardhearted.  Behold,  I  have 
made  thy  face  strong  against  their  faces,  and  thy  forehead 
strong  against  their  foreheads.  As  an  adamant  harder  than 
flint  have  I  made  thy  forehead :  fear  them  not,  neither  be  dis- 
mayed at  their  looks,  though  they  be  a  rebellious  house. 
Moreover  he  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man,  all  my  words  that  I 
shall  speak  unto  thee  receive  in  thine  heart,  and  hear  with 
thine  ears.  And  go,  get  thee  to  them  of  the  captivity,  unto 
the  children  of  thy  people,  and  speak  unto  them,  and  tell  them, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  whether  they  will  hear,  or  whether 
they  will  forbear."  Eze.  3:1-11. 


CHAPTER    7. 

EUROPE,  TURKEY  AND  THE  EAST. 

The  phrase,  "The  Yellow  Peril,"  was  first  introduced  into 

blic  print  by  Emperor  William  of  Germany  in  1895.     In 

making  a  cartoon,  representing  the  dangers  likely  to  arise  from 

the  nations  of  the  East  against  the  West,  the  Emperor  named 

the  picture,  'The  Yellow  Peril.'j 

^This  picture  was  presented  to  the  Czar  of  Russia.  Since 
that  time  the  phrase  has  become  a  very  common  one,  and 
well  understood  as  applying  to  the  yellow  races  of  the  East. 
The  nations  thus  spoken  of  are  termed,  in  the  Bible,  the 
"kings  of^the  East,"  which  would  be  China,  India,  Japan 
and  KoreaJ  The  yellow  peril  is  becoming  more  apparent 
every  year.  It  needs  no  argument  to  the  ordinary  reader, 
to  convince- him  that  this  is  a  question  to  be  settled  in  the 
near  futur<(  As  to  who  will  be  master  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
is  a  question  to  be  settled  by  -the  United  States  and  Japan, 
joined  by  the  nations  of  the  East.  As  to  who  will  control 
the  Turk,  the  Dardanelles  and  the  Suez  Canal,  is  a  question 
to  be  settled  between  Western  Europe  and  Russia,  as  joined 
by  the  nations  of  the  Orient.  This  is  the  world-wide  question. 
This  is  the  Yellow  Peril,  as  understood  by  statesmen  and 
diplomats  of  the  worldJ 

This  is  a  question  foreseen  by  all  the  prophetic  writers  who 
lived  thousands  of  years  ago.     Therefore  in  the  examination 

9 


io      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

of  this  subject,  we  give  a  two-fold  evidence :  First,  as  viewed 
by  eminent  writers  of  this  age;  and  second,  as  viewed  by 
the  inspired  writers  of  Holy  Writ. 

We  clip  the  following  from  the  Muskogee  Times-Demo- 
crat, of  1908,  as  giving  a  good,  general  introductory  view  of 
the  war  preparations  of  European  nations,  and  the  subject 
under  consideration: 

"LONDON,  July  31. — Not  since  the  Franco-Prussian  war 
of  a  generation  ago  has  there  been  so  much  war  talk  in  Europe 
as  is  now  keeping  busy  the  chancellories  of  the  old  world. 

"Austria  has  started  to  make  strong  reinforcements  along 
her  southern  frontier,  and  Italy  has  taken  fright  at  this  and 
is  laying  in  a  heavy  stock  of  new  artillery  at  a  cost  of  $50,- 
000,000. 

"Germany  is  moving  rapidly  to  place  war  on  a  new  basis 
by  the  use  of  airships,  and  the  new  monster  air  vessel  of 
Count  Zeppelin,  which  the  Berlin  government  intends  to  pur- 
chase for  $50,000,  will  serve  as  the  basis  for  an  armed  aerial 
fleet. 

"France  is  greatly  worried  because  her  plans  to  subdue 
Morocco  are  not  materializing;  she  fears  the  Germans  will 
step  in  shortly,  and  declare  that  Paris  has  had  its  full  chance 
to  make  good  in  the  land  of  the  Moors,  and  somebody  else 
should  be  given  an  opportunity. 

"England  has  just  concluded  a  series  of  naval  maneuvers, 
using  over  three  hundred  warships,  directed  against  Germany, 
and  Englishmen  are  considering  the  introduction  of  the  con- 
tinental system  of  conscription  for  their  army. 

"Russia  is  making  faces  at  Turkey  and  on  the  Turkish- 
Russian  frontier  forces  of  both  nationalities  are  being  mobi- 
lized. The  Turks  have  given  large  orders  for  artillery  and 
ammunition,  and  there  is  a  report  that  the  Sultan  intends  to 
go  to  war  in  the  Balkans  as  a  means  of  getting  at  Russia. 

"The  war  fever  has  spread  even  to  the  small  nationalities. 
In  Scandinavia  the  Swedes  are  starting  to  double  their  naval 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  II 

strength,  and  Norway  is  considering  the  erection  of  fortifica- 
tions in  the  neutral  zone  between  herself  and  Sweden,  while 
the  two  little  countries  are  saying  nasty  things  to  each  other. 

"Holland  and  Belgium  are  considering  forming  a  dual  de- 
fensive league,  to  band  together  their  armies  to  protect  both 
from  possible  German  encroachment. 

"Predictions  are  being  made  that  there  has  got  to  be  one 
big  blood-letting  in  Europe,  at  least,  before  general  peace 
reigns.  Such  a  conflict  would  involve  all  the  civilized  coun- 
tries of  the  world  except  the  United  States,  and  would  be  the 
greatest  calamity  in  the  history  of  the  world." 

That  Europe  is  aware  of  the  coming  danger,  there  is  no 
question. 

Says  a  London  despatch :  "Every  statesman  in  Europe  is 
afraid  of  the  outlook.  There  is  a  fear  that  Germany,  which  is 
being  driven  into  a  corner  by  the  successful  efforts  of  England 
to  isolate  her,  will  turn  round  suddenly  one  day  and  strike 
out  with  the  mailed  fist  before  any  one  realizes  what  has  been 
done." 

RUSSIA'S  POLICY. 

The  following  article,  taken  from  The  Cosmopolitan,  1903, 
is  worthy  of  the  most  careful  consideration :  First,  because  it 
is  so  comprehensive  and  true  concerning  the  policy  of  Rus- 
sia ;  and  second,  because  when  that  policy  is  carried  out,  one 
may  see  clearly  the  position  Russia  will  then  occupy  relative 
to  the  rest  of  the  world.  It  is  the  position  predicted  by  Holy 
Writ. 

Now,  the  writer,  viewing  from  a  human  standpoint  the 
probabilities  of  Russia's  success  in  the  Far  East,  made  his 
predictions.  These  predictions,  so  far  as  the  present  is  con- 
cerned, failed.  The  effort  was  made  in  Manchuria,  as  pre- 
dicted; but  Japan  interfered,  defeated  Russia,  and  captured 
some  of  her  strongholds  in  the  Far  East.  Does  this  change 
Russia's  policy?  Not  by  any  means. 


12       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Vladivostok,  her  ocean  port  in  the  extreme  East,  has  been 
greatly  strengthened  since  that  time.  She  is  double  tracking 
her  Siberian  railroad.  Japan  and  Russia  have  since  entered 
into  an  alliance  and  are  on  better  terms  than  they  were  before 
the  Russo-Japanese  war.  Do  not  let  the  reader  imagine  for 
a  moment  this  defeat  will  prevent  the  final  conflict  of  the  world. 
As  will  be  seen  later  in  this  study,  it  is  only  another  step  to  aid 
in  carrying  out  the  policy  of  Russia. 

We  now  offer  the  article  from  The  Cosmopolitan,  Decem- 
ber, 1903,  "The  World's  Final  Great  War,"  by  John  Brisben 
Walker: 

"The  commanding  position  which  Russia  has  grasped 
along  the  frontiers  of  China,  India  and  Persia  seems  to  leave 
no  doubt  as  to  her  intentions.  We  are  to  have  one  great 
final  war,  which  promises  to  be  so  frightful  in  its  waste 
of  human  life  and  so  costly  in  its  expenditure  of  treasure,  that 
it  will  be  a  lasting  horror;  and  it  must  settle  the  question  of 
the  world's  civilization.  Napoleon  predicted  that  in  one  hun- 
dred years  the  world  would  be  either  Cossack  or  republican. 
Busy  with  home  affairs,  neither  governments  nor  peoples  seem 
to  understand  how  threatening  is  the  Cossack  rule — even  to 
America  itself. 

"Russia  has  today  one  hundred  and  twenty-nine  millions 
of  population.  Persistently,  carrying  out  a  plan  conceived 
more  than  forty  years  ago,  she  has  quietly  occupied  every 
position  in  Asia  which  would  eventually  enable  her  to  annex 
the  four  hundred  millions  of  China;  then  the  two  hundred 
and  eighty  millions  of  India,  and  finally  the  eight  millions  of 
Persia. 

"Year  after  year  Russian  army  posts  have  been  advanced, 
reenforced  and  built  into  large  commands ;  until  today  Russia 
is  ready  to  attack,  not  China  alone,  but  along  her  entire  fron- 
tier line  in  Asia.  In  the  event  of  war,  only  the  most  supreme 
exertions  by  England,  France,  Austria  and  Italy,  reenforced 
by  the  United  States,  can  stop  the  Cossack  advance. 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  13 

"The  fact  that,  for  her  own  purposes,  Germany  has  en- 
tered into  compact  to  act  with  Russia,  makes  the  situation  one 
of  the  utmost  difficulty — of  the  most  extreme  danger.  For 
once,  the  German  Emperor  seems  to  be  short-sighted.  What- 
ever part  of  China  may  be  conceded  to  him  temporarily, 
eventually  he  must  find  himself  opposed  to  Russia  as  certainly 
as  England  and  Japan  are  today.  [Italics  ours.] 

"Does  any  one  doubt  Russia's  plans?  Never  was  policy 
more  clearly  written.  There  can  be  no  question  about  it,  and 
if  our  attention  were  not  so  absorbed  in  home  affairs,  the 
American  public  would  quickly  understand  it.  During  two 
years  spent  in  Peking  and  northern  China,  in  military  affairs, 
the  writer  became  convinced  that  no  obstacle  would  be  likely 
to  exist  to  the  extension  of  Russian  dominion  toward  the 
East,  unless  China  herself  should  be  built  up  into  a  strong 
military  power.  The  building  of  the  Trans-Siberian  Railway 
and  the  occupation  of  Manchuria  would  be  the  first  steps.  It 
was  not  anticipated  at  that  time  that  the  plan  of  campaign 
would  be  so  far-reaching  as  to  bring  Russia  simultaneously  into 
China,  India  and  Persia. 

"There  can  be  no  question  that  entrance  into  Manchuria 
was  part  of  the  long-preconceived  plan.  Very  likely  the  Boxer 
troubles  were  stirred  up  with  a  view  to  giving  excuse  for  this 
entry,  and  distracting  the  attention  of  the  world.  Having 
entered,  Russia  had  no  intention  of  leaving.  The  pretense 
of  evacuation  was  only  because  at  the  time  she  was  not  ready 
to  begin  battle.  Other  nations,  and  especially  the  United 
States,  have  been  blind  to  what  this  movement  really  meant. 

"It  is  now  no  longer  necessary  that  additional  Russians 
should  be  brought  in  to  capture  China.  The  Manchurians  and 
Mongols  furnish  splendid  fighting  material,  at  least  so  far  as 
private  soldiers  go.  They  can  subsist  on  a  little  rice,  make 
long  marches,  sleep  in  the  open,  obey  orders  and  quickly  learn 
to  handle  fire-arms  with  precision.  They  can  be  subsisted  and 
kept  satisfied  with  a  total  expenditure  of  not  above  six  or 


14       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

eight  dollars  a  month,  as  against  from  five  to  eight  times  that 
cost  for  the  American  soldier ;  and  the  Russians  have  the  offi- 
cers ready  to  put  over  them. 

"Russia  is  now  established  along  the  frontiers,  its  forts 
built,  and  its  navies  in  the  Eastern  harbors  of  Asia.  Many 
officers  have  arrived,  and  vast  quantities  of  stores  and  arms 
have  been  shipped  in.  More  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand Russian  troops  are  either  on  the  ground  or  within  call, 
as  the  nucleus  of  an  army  of  occupation.  It  would  require 
but  a  short  time  to  drill  natives  in  order  to  put  half  a  million 
men  in  the  field,  sweep  down  on  Peking  and  over  northern 
China. 

"Let  the  civilized  world  stop  its  pleasures  and  its  business 
long  enough  to  consider  this  spectacle  and  ask,  whence  will 
the  force  be  brought  to  combat  the  Russian  forces  in  China? 
But  let  Russia  annex  four  hundred  millions  of  Chinese  sub- 
jects and  with  this  low-priced  labor  build  armaments:  then 
India  and  Persia  are  certain  to  fall. 

"America  feels  confident  in  her  strength,  and  added  to 
England  and  France,  we  imagine  that  we  might  conquer  the 
world.  But  where  would  these  three  nations  stand  if  Russia 
had  at  command  two-thirds  of  the  world's  population?  Does 
she  need  money  to  conduct  her  campaigns?  By  weight  of 
numbers  she  would  move  down  and  capture  it. 

"If  Russia  should  be  permitted  to  retain  her  position  in 
Manchuria,  the  Cossack  will  presently  hold  the  world  by  brute 
force.  I  am  opposed  to  war.  I  do  not  believe  in  war.  I 
hope  there  will  never  be  another  war.  But  if  there  can  be  a 
just  war,  it  is  called  for  now.  Either  America  and  southern 
Europe  must  fight  Russia  at  this  time,  or  concede  to  her  all 
of  Asia. 

"Vain  as  the  United  States  is  of  her  strength,  she  will  find 
occasion  in  the  near  future  to  regret  present  indifference. 
Manchuria  is  but  the  stepping-stone  to  China.  China  captured, 
the  balance  of  power  is  determined. 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  15 

"The  hundred  years  covered  by  Napoleon's  prediction  has 
a  decade  still  to  run — a  decade  in  which  to  determine  whether 
the  world  is  to  be  Cossack  or  republican. 

"The  people  of  the  United  States  have  been  so  intent  upon 
their  own  little  corner  of  the  world,  that  they  have  failed  to 
reflect  on  what  a  Cossack  world  would  mean.  But  this  Man- 
churian  question  is  a  matter  of  such  tremendous  importance 
that  it  demands  thoughtful  determination.  Russia  is  doing 
her  work  so  quietly,  so  diplomatically,  and  with  such  deceptive 
professions  of  good  faith,  that  we  stand  like  children  review- 
ing events  without  comprehension  of  what  they  mean,  or  of 
the  influence  at  work  upon  our  own  destiny." 

The  above  article  shows  how  clearly  men  of  the  world 
view  the  present  situation  regarding  the  policy  of  nations  and 
future  probabilities  of  war.  We  would  now  impress  the  reader 
with  this  thought:  The  yellow  peril,  in  the  main,  is  not  the 
danger  to  the  Far  East ;  but  it  is  the  danger  that  arises  to  the 
West,  from  the  yellow  races  of  the  East.  This  being  the 
case,  the  double  tracking  of  the  Siberian  railroad,  the  victories 
of  Japan,  and  the  general  awakening  of  China,  with  the  alli- 
ance between  Russia  and  Japan,  only  increase  the  danger  of 
the  yellow  peril. 

A  GENERAL  AWAKENING  IN  THE  FAR  EAST. 

We  take  the  following  from  the  Review  and  Herald,  under 
head  of  "China's  Awakening,"  by  G.  B.  Thompson: 

"An  ancient  seer,  looking  down  through  the  centuries  to 
the  time  when  'the  day  of  the  Lord  is  near/  and  the  nations 
are  preparing  for  slaughter,  exclaimed,  'Let  the  heathen  be 
awakened.'  Joel  3:12.  This  suggests  that  in  the  days  when 
the  final  chapters  in  the  history  of  the  world  are  being  written, 
and  the  drama  of  sin  finished,  there  would  be  an  awaken- 
ing among  the  nations  known  as  'heathen.' 

"For  centuries  these  great  heathen  Gibraltars  have  lain 
almost  dormant.  The  twelfth  century  after  Christ  looked  back 


16      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

upon  the  twentieth  century  before  Christ,  and  scarcely  a  ripple 
was  seen  upon  the  surface  that  indicated  a  breaking  away  from 
medieval  habits  and  customs.  More  than  half  the  world 
seemed  hopelessly  chained  in  the  shackles  of  ignorance  and 
superstition  for  all  time. 

"But  a  change  has  suddenly  come.  The  light  of  the  pres- 
ent civilization  is  piercing  the  gloom  of  the  ages,  and  the  mil- 
lions are  waking  up.  In  the  Chicago  Tribune  of  October  3, 
1909,  Mr.  Frank  C.  Carpenter,  writing  from  Peking,  gives  a 
most  interesting  account  of  China's  awakening,  from  which  I 
take  the  following: 

"  'I  write  of  the  greatest  intellectual  movement  of  all  time. 
This  nation  of  four  hundred  million  is  starting  to  school,  and 
thousands  of  teachers  are  already  at  work,  beginning  to  in- 
struct it  along  the  lines  of  our  civilization.  The  movement 
was  started  only  four  years  ago  by  the  great  empress  dowager 
at  the  advice  of  Yuan  Shih  Kai,  Chang  Chi  Tung,  and  other 
progressive  statesmen.  By  an  imperial  edict  the  old  system  of 
examinations  under  which  China  has  been  working  for  cen- 
turies was  wiped  off  the  slate,  and  the  new  education  was 
begun. 

"  'Now  there  are  colleges  in  every  provincial  capital,  and 
modern  schools  in  the  four  thousand  walled  cities.  A  gov- 
ernment department  of  education  has  been  instituted,  and  over 
it  is  one  of  the  great  imperial  boards.  In  the  new  constitution 
which  was  issued  last  year  a  system  of  common  schools  was 
provided,  and  compulsory  education  at  the  earliest  possible 
moment.  By  that  constitution  China  will  have  its  parliament 
within  eight  years  from  now,  and  the  work  of  training  the  peo- 
ple for  self-government  is  to  go  on  by  fixed  steps  from  year 
to  year. 

1  The  lines  of  the  development  of  the  new  education  have 
been  carefully  laid  out.  The  composition  of  text-books  began 
in  1908,  and  a  large  number  of  these  will  be  published  this 
year.  In  1910  schools  for  easy  learning  will  be  further  ex- 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  17 

tended  over  the  empire,  and  by  1912  they  will  be  in  all  the  vil- 
lages and  market  towns.  The  work  will  go  steadily  on,  and 
in  1916  one  Chinese  in  every  twenty  will  be  able  to  read  and 
write,  and  will  have  received  some  education  in  our  modern 
civilization. 

"  'Scholars  Will  Make  an  Army. — One  in  twenty !  Five 
per  cent. !  It  seems  small,  but  it  bulks  large.  Five  per  cent, 
of  these  people  means  twenty  million,  and  this  will  be  the  edu- 
cational army  with  which  China  will  start  on  its  career  under 
the  new  constitution. 

"  'At  present  not  one  in  a  hundred  Chinese  can  read  the 
simplest  characters  of  his  language,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that 
not  more  than  one  in  five  hundred  has  an  education  along  the 
old  lines  so  advanced  as  that  of  our  grammar  schools.  All 
this  is  to  be  changed,  and  by  the  next  generation  it  is  safe  to 
say  that  the  majority  of  the  people  will  all  have  gone  to  school. 

"  'I  came  here  from  Japan.  It  is  now  thirty  years  since 
that  -country  began  a  constitutional  movement  like  this  which 
is  now  being  inaugurated  here.  I  doubt  whether  education 

was  more  advanced  there  at  that  time  than  in  China  now.    To- 

• 

day  every  boy  and  girl  in  the  Japanese  empire  is  receiving 
more  or  less  education,  and  more  than  one-tenth  of  the  whole 
nation  is  going  to  school.  No  one  who  has  not  seen  the  edu- 
cational awakening  of  the  land  of  the  mikado  can  appreciate 
what  such  movements  mean.  Here  in  China  they  will  be  mul- 
tiplied many  fold  by  the  character  of  the  race  and  its  vast  pop- 
ttion."'  " 
Fully  one-half  the  population  of  the  globe  live  in  India, 
Japan,  China  and  Korea.  Add  to  this  one  hundred  and  forty- 
nine  millions  in  Russia  and  one  hundred  and  seventy  millions 
in  Africa  and  Arabia;  then  those  of  Turkey  and  Persia,  and 
you  have  a  total  of  about  eleveivhundred  millions.  These  are 
the  people  of  the  yellow  peril.)  This  is  what  statesmen  of 
Western  Europe  say  is  the  peril  that  threatens  them.  The 
Turk  holds  the  key  to  the  situation. 


1 8      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Russia  has  ever  felt  the  need  of  an  ocean  outlet,  in  order 
to  carry  out  her  policy.  Her  outlet  from  the  Black  Sea  is 
controlled  by  Turkey.  Her  outlet  from  the  Baltic  Sea  is 
blockaded  much  of  the  time  with  ice.  That  is  also  true  of 
Vladivostok,  her  port  in  the  Far  East.  Her  fixed  policy  for 
many  years  has  been  to  control  Turkey.  But  Western  Europe 
knows  that  this  must  not  be.  That  would  give  Russia  the  con- 
trol, or  at  least  an  entrance  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea.  Thus 
Turkey  has  been  the  keystone  in  the  arch  of  peace  between  the 
East  and  the  West  for  long  years.  Napoleon  saw  the  situa- 
tion in  his  day. 

RISE  OF  THE  OTTOMAN   EMPIRE. 

We  take  the  following  from  the  Review  and  Herald,  writ- 
ten by  P.  T.  Magan : 

"The  rise  of  -the  Turks  was  romantic  and  phenomenal. 
'When  it  is  recalled  that  at  the  beginning  of  the  thirteenth 
century  the  Osmanli  Turks  were  pastoral  tribes  living  in  tents 
and  movable  huts  in  Central  Asia,  slightly  fixed  to  the  soil, 
holding  the  camp  rather  than  the  land  as  native  country,  and 
recegnizing  allegiance  only  to  powerful  chiefs ;  that  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  fourteenth  century  they  had  migrated  into  Asia 
Minor,  and  had  become  somewhat  fixed  to  a  small  tract  of  land 
in  Anatolia ;  at  the  beginning  of  the  fifteenth  century  they  had 
acquired  vast  possessions  in  Anatolia  and  Rumelia,  Bulgaria, 
Ragusa,  Servia,  and  Wallachia  in  Europe ;  at  the  beginning  of 
the  sixteenth  century  they  had  added  Trebizond,  Karaman,  and 
Armenia  in  Asia,  and  Greece  (including  Constantinople),  Bos- 
nia, Herzegovina,  Albania,  and  the  Crimea  in  Europe ;  and  by 
the  middle  of  that  century  Tunis,  Egypt,  Algiers,  and  Tripoli 
in  Africa,  Kurdistan,  Arabia,  Syria,  and  Bagdad  in  Asia,  and 
Moldavia,  Hungary,  and  Transylvania  in  Europe, — when  sig- 
nificant facts  like  these  are  recalled,  it  is  obvious  that  the  rise 
of  the  Ottoman  Turks  was  no  common  or  unimportant  event 
in  the  history  of  mankind.  See  'Turkey  and  the  Turks,'  by 
Munroe,  page  13. 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  19 

"The  Osmanli,  or  Ottoman  Turks,  have  ever  been  regarded 
by  the  Western  nations  as  interlopers  in  Europe.  While  the 
great  powers  of  Europe  are  of  Teutonic  and  Slavic  extrac- 
tion, the  Osmanli  Turks  are  of  Mongolian  stock.  They  orig- 
inated in  the  plains  of  Sungaria  near  the  desert  of  Gobi. 
'These  were  one  of  two  great  races  which  alternately  filled 
the  role  of  the  scourges  of  God.' 

"  'The  thirteenth  century  had  half  run  its  course  when  Kay- 
kubad,  the  Seljuk  sultan  of  Iconium,  was  one  day  hard  beset 
near  Angora  by  a  Mongol  army.  The  enemy  was  rapidly 
gaining  the  mastery,  when  suddenly  the  fortune  of  the  day  was 
reversed.  A  small  body  of  unknown  horsemen  charged  upon 
the  foe,  and  victory  declared  for  the  Seljuk.  The  cavaliers 
who  had  thus  opportunely  come  to  the  rescue  knew  not  whom 
they  had  assisted,  nor  did  the  Seljuks  recognize  their  allies. 
The  meeting  was  one  of  those  remarkable  accidents  which 
sometimes  shape  the  future  of  nations.  Ertoghrul,  son  of  Su- 
leyman,  .  .  .  was  journeying  from  the  Euphrates  banks, 
where  he  had  halted  awhile,  to  the  more  peaceful  seclusion  of 
Anatolia,  when  he  unexpectedly  came  upon  the  battlefield  of 
Angora.  With  the  nomad's  love  of  scrimmage,  and  the  war- 
rior's sympathy  for  the  weaker  side,  he  led  his  four  hundred 
riders  pell-mell  into  the  fray,  and  won  the  day.  He  little 
thought  that  by  his  impulsive  and  chivalrous  act  he  had  taken 
the  first  step  toward  founding  an  empire  that  was 'destined  to 
endure  in  undiminished  glory  for  three  centuries,  and  which 
even  now,  when  more  than  six  hundred  years  have  elapsed, 
and  many  a  fair  province  has  been  wrested  or  inveigled  out  of 
its  grasp,  still  stands  lord  over  wide  lands,  and  holds  the  alle- 
giance of  many  peoples,  of  divers  races  and  tongues.  From 
Ertoghrul  to  the  reigning  sultan  of  Turkey,  thirty-five  [now 
thirty-six]  princes  in  the  male  line  have  ruled  the  Ottoman 
empire  without  'a  break  in  the  succession.  There  is  no  such 
example  of  continuous  authority  of  a  single  family  in  the  his- 
tory of  Europe.' — 'Turkey,'  Lane-Poole,  pages  8,  9.  Such  was 


2O       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  romantic  and  humble  birth  of  the  Turkish  power  of  today. 

"At  Sugut  in  1258  there  was  born  Othman,  the  son  of 
Ertoghrul.  He  was  the  first  ruler  of  the  line  who  ventured 
to  assert  his  absolute  independence.  His  descendants  took  the 
name  of  Othmanlis,  or,  as  we  call  them,  Ottomans.  This 
man  was  destined  not  only  to  give  his  name  to  the  Ottomans, 
but  he  became  the  great  conquering  hero  of  the  race.  The 
Turks  hold  that  they  are  descended  from  Japheth,  the  son  of 
Noah.  He  was  the  father  of  three  sons.  The  Turks  teach 
that  to  his  firstborn,  Aboul-Turk,  he  gave  the  sovereignty  of 
Turkestan. 

"Again:  the  Turks  profess  the  religion  of  Mohammed. 
The  creed  of  that  faith  is  generally  compressed  into  the  well- 
known  formula:  There  is  no  god  but  God,  and  Mohammed 
is  his  prophet.'  But  there  is  another  and  longer  form,  which 
reads  as  follows: 

"  'I  believe  in  God,  and  his  angels,  and  his  books,  and  his 
prophets,  and  the  last  day,  and  the  predestination  of  good  and 
evil  by  God,  and  the  resurrection  after  death.  I  bear  witness 
that  there  is  no  God  but  God,  and  I  bear  witness  that  Mo- 
hammed is  his  slave  and  his  prophet.'  (Cited  by  Sir  Charles 
Eliot,  'Turkey  and  the  Turks,'  chap.  6,  par.  3.)" 

In  1453  A.  D.  the  Turk  became  the  possessor  of  Constanti- 
nople; sixty-four  years  later  (A.  D.  1517),  the  "glorious  land" 
and  Egypt  and  Northern  Africa  became  territory  of  the  Sul- 
tan's. The  present  population  of  Turkey  is  reduced  to  twenty 
millions.  The  religion  is  Mohammedan.  There  is  no  union 
between  the  Turk  and  the  Christian. 

The  character  of  the  Turk  is  well  known  by  the  manner  of 
his  treatment  of  the  Armenian  Christians.  For  centuries  he 
was  the  scourge  of  the  Greek  Catholic  Church  in  the  East. 
Had  it  not  been  for  the  position  Turkey  occupies  between  the 
East  and  the  West,  it  would  have  ceased  to  be  a  nation  long 
ago.  Russia  has  not  dared  to  use  her  full  force  in  overcoming 
her,  for  she  knew  that  meant  war  with  the  nations  of  the  West. 


Europe,  Turkey  and  the  East.  21 

England  and  Western  Europe  were  able  to  conquer  Constan- 
tinople, and  would  have  done  so  long  ago,  but  they  knew  that 
meant  war  with  Russia.  Thus  the  matter  stands  and  is  well 
understood  by  the  nations  of  the  world.  The  world  knows 
that  question  is  to  be  settled  and  that  it  cannot  be  long  de- 
layed; hence  every  possible  preparation  for  it  is  being  made 
by  the  nations. 

No  imagination  of  man  can  tell  as  to  the  outcome ;  but  the 
Word  of  God  is  absolute,  and  tells  plainly  what  the  future 
will  be. 

While  this  preparation  is  going  on,  while  statesmen  of  the 
world  and  critical  Bible  students  see  the  certainty  of  the 
deluge  of  blood  that  is  to  come  in  the  near  future,  there  are 
those  of  the  visionary  class  who  imagine  they  see,  in  the  near 
future,  a  reign  of  peace  and  a  world's  conversion.  The  fol- 
lowing quotation  upon  that  point  is  significant : 

"Universal  Disarmament. — While  the  British  government 
was  giving  a  banquet  to  the  peace-congress  delegates  on 
July  31,  the  British  prime  minister,  Mr.  Asquith,  took  occa- 
sion to  express  his  opinion  in  reference  to  universal  disarma- 
ment. He  cordially  welcomed  the  delegates,  and  approved 
their  ideals,  but  declared  that  he  'could  not  indulge  in  the 
hope  that  the  youngest  person  now  alive  would  witness  the 
advent  of  the  day  of  universal  disarmament.'  He  was  not  im- 
pressed with  the  idea  that  the  completeness  of  the  preparations 
for  war  would  serve  to  prevent  nations  from  declaring  war 
upon  each  other.  He  stated  that  the  principal  nations  were 
now  spending  two  and  one-half  billion  dollars  annually  for 
war  preparations,  and  that  they  did  not  purchase  these  things 
'for  ornament.  They  were  intended  for  use,  and  some  day 
they  would  be  let  loose  upon  the  world.'  The  British  secretary 
of  war  stated,  at  the  same  banquet,  that  'these  were  not  the 
days  when  any  nation  could  prudently  lessen  its  national  de- 
fenses.' These  men,  who  are  constantly  in  touch  with  the 
feelings  and  purposes  of  nations,  are  better  able  to  speak  with 


22       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  -versus  the  Occident. 

certainty  concerning  the  prospects  for  universal  peace  than  are 
those  who  are  giving  the  cry  of  peace  and  safety,  which  is,  in 
itself,  a  sign  of  the  perils  of  the  last  days." 

In  order  fhat  we  may  not  be  deemed  fanatical  on  this  ques- 
we  quote  from  the  Church  Standard,  as  follows : 

"Men  talk  of  'the  Yellow  Peril.'  They  do  not  seem  to  see 
that  it  is  through  Russia,  and  through  Russia  only,  that  the 
yellow  races  might  become  a  peril  to  the  world  at  large.  Give 
Russia  control  in  China,  and  without  spending  one  ruble  of 
Russian  money  it  might  have  at  its  command  an  additional 
army  of  a  million  men  thoroughly  drilled  in  all  the  arts  of 
war  and  officered  by  Russians  or  other  Europeans.  With  such 
a  force  in  hand,  Russia,  half-civilized,  half-savage  Russia,  with 
its  ingrained  despotism  and  hatred  of  the  very  name  of  lib- 
erty, would  speedily  be  seen  in  her  true  colors  as  the  enemy 
of  the  human  race,  commanding  the  obedience  of  mankind, 
with  J\ae  Victis  on  its  banners.  That  is  the  true  'Yellow 
Peril;/ 

We  believe  sufficient  has  been  said  to  place  the  European 
question  pertaining  to  the  yellow  peril  before  the  reader,  viz. : 
The  possession  of  the  Turkish  territory  by  Russia  and  the  na- 
tions of  the  East ;  thus  preparing  the  way  for  the  subjugation 
of  the  nations  of  the  West  to  those  powers.  This  is  the  yel- 
low peril  of  the  East,  as  viewed  by  statesmen  and  diplomats 
of  the  world. 


CHAPTER  II. 


AMERICA,    THE    PACIFIC    AND    THE    EAST. 

(• 

I  Crossing  the  Atlantic  to  the  United  States  and  the  Pacific 
the  yellow  peril  means,  Who  shall  control  the  Pacific?  Shall 
it  be  Japan  aided  by  "the  kings  of  the  East,"  or  shall  it  be 
the  United  States?  Nothing  but  war  between  Japan  and  the 
United  States  will  ever  determine  that  question^ 

Now  that  this  question  is  also  seen  by  men  of  the  world 
as  a  question  to  be  settled  in  the  near  future,  we  offer  some 
statements  upon  this  point: 

"Forecasting  War. — The  following  quotations,  one  from 
the  San  Francisco  Argonaut  and  the  other  from  the  governor's 
speech  of  welcome  to  the  men  of  Admiral  Evans'  fleet  at  San 
Diego,  shows  the  sentiments  which  are  running  in  many  Amer- 
ican minds  regarding  the  propriety  of  sending  battleship  fleets 
to  the  Pacific.  The  Argonaut  said:  'Somebody  is  going  to 
dominate  this  great  ocean.  If  the  United  States  doesn't  do  it 
— if  she  foolishly  throws  away  her  chance — then  Japan  will 
do  it.  The  course  of  a  sound  statesmanship,  now  that  we 
have  a  vastly  overmastering  force  in  the  Pacific,  is  to  maintain 
that  status.  It  can  be  done  easily  and  naturally,  without  excit- 
ing suspicion  or  resentment.' 

"The  governor  said:  'Upon  this  broad  and  calm  ocean  in 
the  future  will  be  waged  the  greatest  war  of  commerce  between 

25 


26       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  great  powers  of  the  world.  Here  is  where  nations  will 
strive  for  supremacy,  and  here  is  where  will  be  fought  the 
greatest  naval  battles  of  the  world. 

"  'The  Pacific  Ocean  cannot  always  remain  a  peaceful 
ocean.  In  the  contests  to  come  our  country  will  play  the  most 
important  part  because  its  interests  will  be  the  greatest;  and 
when  that  time  shall  come,  we  must  be  ready  for  it;  if  we 
maintain  the  mastery  of  this  great  ocean,  we  must  have  the 
means  to  do  it  with.  Here  in  the  future,  no  doubt,  will  clash 
the  great  navies  of  the  world,  and  upon  these  waters  will  the 
great  naval  conflicts  be  carried  on.' 

"Wars  are  carried  on  or  kept  in  abeyance  today  at  the 
dictates  of  commercialism,  and  the  commercial  advantages  of 
being  able  to  dominate  trade  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  are  consid- 
ered worth  fighting  for  by  the  great  powers,  no  doubt.  It  can 
be  depended  on  that  the  question  of  commercial  supremacy  in 
the  Pacific  will  not  be  settled  among  the  nations  by  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Golden  Rule." 

"BERLIN,  1905. — The  United  States  and  not  Russia  is  the 
real  enemy  of  Japan,'  says  Professor  Tomizu,  the  famous 
Japanese  economist,  in  an  article  published  in  Thursday's 
Post.  The  article,  which  was  originally  written  for  a  Tokio 
paper,  and  claims  to  express  the  opinion  of  the  most  cultured 
set  in  the  capital  of  the  mikado,  will  undoubtedly  cause  a  sen- 
sation and  reversion  of  the  feeling  toward  Japan  in  the  United 
States. 

"Professor  Tomizu  points  to  the  enormous  production  of 
all  kinds  of  manufacturing  in  America,  which  makes  it  neces- 
sary for  that  country  to  seek  new  markets  in  all  parts  of  the 
world,  but  especially  in  the  Orient,  and  warns  his  countrymen 
to  prepare  for  the  gigantic  struggle  with  America  over  the 
supremacy  in  the  Pacific,  which,  he  says,  is  inevitable.  The 
struggle  may  break  out  at  almost  any  moment,  he  says,  but 
will  surely  begin  as  soon  as  the  Panama  Canal  shall  have  been 
finished. 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  27 

"When  that  great  undertaking  shall  have  been  completed, 
he  says,  a  conflict  between  the  two  youngest  world  powers, 
Japan  and  America,  must  come,  a  struggle  of  such  enormous 
proportions  that  the  present  war  with  Russia  will  seem  as  mere 
child's  play  in  comparison.  Japan  should  therefore,  it  is  rea- 
soned, not  impose  too  heavy  peace  conditions  upon  Russia, 
but  rather  endeavor  to  win  the  czar's  friendship  with  a  view 
of  a  future  Russo-Japanese  alliance." 

In  the  Daily  Oklahoman  of  February  25,  1911,  six  years 
later,  Dr.  Tomizu  is  quoted  in  a  Pekin  dispatch  as  follows : 

"Conquer  the  World. — Dr.  Tomizu  ridicules  the  idea  of 
peaceful  expansion  by  means  of  emigration,  pointing  out  that 
no  country  would  contemplate  with  equanimity  the  influx  of  a 
large  number  of  Japanese. laborers.  Great  Britain  herself  is 
content  to  remain  an  ally  of  Japan  only  so  long  as  Japan  ex- 
pands to  the  north ;  should  Japan  reduce  her  land  forces,  ex- 
pand her  navy  and  try  to  invade  the  south  Great  Britain  would 
speedily  change  her  attitude.  The  same  remark  holds  good 
of  the  other  powers,  such  as  France,  Germany  and  America; 
while  even  Russia  would  have  no  special  reason  for  favoring 
such  a  movement. 

''  'In  my  view/  concludes  Dr.  Tomizu,  'the  Japanese  Em- 
pire must  expand  in  every  direction  as  far  as  it  can.  It  is  in- 
dispensable to  the  national  existence  of  every  country  to 
expand  at  every  point,  utilizing  every  opportunity  of  doing  so. 
Russian  expansion,  for  instance,  followed  the  line  of  least 
resistance,  only  to  come  across  stronger  neighbors  with  supe- 
rior momentum.  Russia  does  not  seem  to  think  of  expanding 
on  the  German  frontier,  but  she  is  striving  to  make  herself 
great  and  strong  in  the  East  before  she  can  push  her  way 
into  the  West  with  irresistible  force.  We  ought  to  follow 
this  policy. 

'  'It  is  not  necessary  to  be  bound  by  the  policy  of  "not 
expanding  to  the  north."  March  forth,  I  say,  north  and  south, 
as  well  as  east  and  west,  if  opportunity  should  be  favorable 


28       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

for  making  our  country's  name  glorious  in  the  world.  It  is 
said  Russia  is  aiming  at  the  conquest  of  the  entire  world, 
following  out  the  last  instructions  of  Peter  the  Great.  I  do 
not  know  whether  this  story  is  true  or  not,  but  it  is  a  suitable 
motto  for  Japan  to  adopt.  We  ought  to  aim,  in  place  of  Rus- 
sia, at  becoming  masters  of  the  Far  East.' " 

Another  writer  says: 

"Japanese  competition  has  nearly  driven  the  American  flag 
off  the  Pacific  ocean.  Japan  is  developing  her  commercial 
marine  even  more  rapidly  than  she  is  increasing  her  navy. 
She  is  establishing  new  steamship  lines  to  the  South  American 
west  coast.  Why  is  Japan  doing  this? 

"Because  upon  the  completion  of  the  Panama  Canal,  Ja- 
pan's shipping  expects  to  rapidly  dominate  the  Atlantic,  as  it 
already  has  the  Pacific.  The  cheapness  of  Japanese  labor  in 
the  construction,  maintenance  and  operation  of  her  ships  in- 
volves the  most  serious  competition  the  western  world  has 
yet  faced.  The  future  will  show  the  gravity  of  the  mistake 
committed  by  the  United  States  in  opening  the  Panama  Canal 
freely  to  the  commerce  of  the  world.  The  future  will  also 
show  the  mistake  made  by  the  present  administration's  'under- 
standing' or  alliance  with  Japan.  The  future  will  show  that  the 
American  people  are  spending  untold  millions  upon  the  canal 
simply  that  the  new  waterway  may  be  exploited  for  Japanese 
commerce. 

"This  phase  of  the  subject  is  here  brought  to  the  attention 
of  the  American  people  for  the  first  time.  But  they  will  feel 
the  truth  of  this  warning  more  and  more  as  the  years  go  on. 
Unless  a  different  policy  prevails.,  what  little  is  now  left  of 
America's  commercial  marine,  on  either  ocean,  is  foredoomed 
to  extinction.  The  Panama  Canal,  open  to  all,  will  chiefly 
benefit  Japan,  but  Uncle  Sam  pays  for  it  all." 

A  press  dispatch  of  November  18,  1910,  gives  the  follow- 
ing report : 

"Sr.  Louis,  Nov.  1 8. — Plans  of  Samuel  Gompers  to  de- 
mand the  exclusion  of  all  Japanese  from  the  United  States — 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  29 

in  fact,  all  Asiatics — was  expected  to  be  one  of  the  principal 
topics  of  discussion  at  the  convention  of  the  American  Federa- 
tion of  Labor  today.  President  Gompers  advocated  this  in  a 
speech  at  a  banquet  to  convention  delegates. 

"Gompers  declared  he  would  stand  aside  for  no  man  in 
his  desire  for  the  brotherhood  of  man,  but  that  the  invasion 
of  Asiatics  was  a  menace  to  American  standards  of  life  and 
must  be  combatted  if  the  white  race  hoped  to  maintain  suprem- 
acy on  the  continent. 

"The  speech  was  received  with  thunderous  cheers." 

Nothing  could  be  more  pointed  and  plain  than  the  fore- 
going statements.  The  United  States  and  Japan  stand,  today, 
just  as  Russia  and  Japan  stood  before  the  Russo-Japanese  war. 
There  is  just  as  much  of  a  question  to  be  settled  as  there  was 
then.  Friction  between  Japan  and  Russia  existed  some  time 
before  that  war.  There  is  friction  now  between  the  United 
States  and  Japan,  as  the  following  will  show : 

"The  Japanese  Situation. — The  extraordinary  degree  of 
warmth  displayed  by  President  Roosevelt  in  regard  to  the 
anti-Japanese  legislation  pending  in  the  California  Legislature 
would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  situation  is  much  more  acute 
than  has  been  permitted  hitherto  to  appear  on  the  surface. 
That  the  relations  between  this  country  and  Japan  were  peril- 
ously close  to  the  breaking  point  last  year  (1908),  when  these 
questions  first  arose,  was  clearly  manifested  by  the  utterances 
of  the  Japanese  press,  and,  in  fact,  the  consensus  of  opinion  in 
diplomatic  circles  in  Europe  argued  that  a  clash  was  inevitable 
in  the  near  future.  This  opinion  must  have  been  based  on 
facts  which  have  not  appeared  in  print  and  concerning  which 
the  Japanese  would  be  likely  to  speak  more  frankly  to  out- 
siders than  to  the  American  public.  At  all  events,  President 
Roosevelt's  strenuous  efforts  to  put  a  stop  to  the  proposed 
legislation  by  the  State  of  California  are  sufficiently  ominous 
alone  to  warn  the  authorities  of  that  State  that  they  are  tread- 
ing on  dangerous  ground. 


3O       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"It  is  almost  unsupposable  that  this  country  should  be 
plunged  into  a  great  war  on  account  of  such  an  insignificant 
matter  as  the  private,  selfish  interests  of  a  few  scores  of  Cal- 
ifornia raisin  growers,  for  that  is  really  the  bottom  of  the 
trouble ;  a  few  shrewd  Japanese  have  gained  a  monopoly  of  the 
business  in  the  San  Joaquin  valley.  It  is  all  the  more  exas- 
perating to  think  that  we  might  be  driven  to  war  for  such  a 
trivial  cause  with  a  nation  that  is  sincerely  friendly  to  us. 
And  patience  with  such  a  situation  reaches  its  limits  when  we 
consider  how  terrible  consequences  of  such  a  war  would  be. 
By  reason  of  their  half-savage  traditions  and  instincts  the 
Japanese  are  perhaps  the  most  warlike  nation  on  earth  at  this 
time.  And  by  reason  of  their  recent  war  with  Russia  they 
are  undoubtedly  better  prepared  and  more  thoroughly  trained 
than  any  nation  for  such  a  conflict.  Their  easy  victories  over 
the  Russians  may  not  argue  much,  but  their  conspicuous  gal- 
lantry on  the  field  of  battle  and  daring  exploits  in  their  naval 
operations  at  Port  Arthur  go  far  to  prove  that  they  are  nat- 
ural-born fighters.  Moreover,  their  thorough  organization  and 
marvelous  preparedness  for  every  emergency  argue  a  genius 
for  war  which,  added  to  their  natural  instincts  of  reckless 
bravery,  makes  them  most  formidable  antagonists.  While 
Japan  is  poor  and  her  statesmen  are  struggling  with  problems 
of  an  empty  treasury,  the  Japanese  people  are  patriotic  to  the 
highest  degree  and  would  cheerfully  melt  their  last  silver  tea- 
pot to  contribute  to  the  success  of  their  arms.  Besides,  it  must 
be  remembered  that  national  poverty  doesn't  count  for  so  much 
in  a  naval  warfare  such  as  theirs  would  be  with  us,  especially 
where  their  armies  and  navy  could  forage  on  our  possessions. 
In  the  first  place,  it  costs  very  little  more  to  maintain  a  navy 
in  war  than  in  peace;  and  in  the  next  place,  the  Japanese 
would  seize  Hawaii,  Guam  and  the  Philippines  very  soon  after 
the  outbreak  of  hostilities.  An  American  army  officer  in  a 
carefully  prepared  article  in  the  American  Review  of  Reviews 
last  year  made  an  extremely  plausible  showing  to  support  his 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  31 

contention  that  within  three  weeks  after  war  began  Japan 
could  land  an  army  of  250,000  men  in  California  and  hold  the 
entire  Pacific  slope  for  two  years  or  more,  until  we  could 
organize  and  lick  an  army  into  shape  to  dislodge  them.  He 
admitted  that  we  could  whip  them  in  the  long  run,  but  in  the 
meantime  we  should  suffer  great  losses  and  unspeakable  hu- 
miliations. For  one  thing,  war  with  Japan  would  amount  to 
a  sentence  of  death  or  captivity  upon  all  our  gallant  soldiers 
and  sailors  in  the  Pacific  waters  and  in  our  foreign  posses- 
sions. That  fact  alone  should  give  us  cause,  not  for  pusil- 
lanimous retreat  from  any  rightful  position,  but  at  least  for 
refraining  from  unjust  and  gratuitous  discriminations  against 
the  few  inoffensive  Japanese  who  are  living  clearly  within 
their  rights  in  California." 

Later  in  this  book  it  will  be  seen  that  this  conflict  was 
pointed  out  plainly,  in  the  prophetic  Word,  nearly  twenty- 
seven  hundred  years  ago. 

Mr.  Hobson,  who  gained  such  fame  by  the  sinking  of  the 
Merrimac,  in  the  Spanish-American  war,  has  been  very  solici- 
tous over  a  war  between  the  United  States  and  Japan.  He 
has  lectured  extensively  on  the  question.  The  following  are 
some  of  his  statements  as  gleaned  from  the  press : 

"The  Captain  Says  Uncle  Sam  and  Mikado  Will  Clash. — 
America  is  going  to  have  war  with  Japan.  There's  danger 
the  United  States  will  get  licked  and  licked  hard. 

"Captain  Richmond  Pearson  Hobson  says  so.  He  has  in- 
vestigated. Also  he  made  a  big  speech  in  Congress  to  help 
President  Roosevelt  win  that  big  navy,  which  he  didn't;  and 
then,  too,  Hobson  wrote  some  'steen  thousand  letters  and  mag- 
azine articles  and  made  some  thousand  speeches  sounding  the 
alarm. 

"Monday  evening  he  told  an  audience  at  the  Woodland 
Avenue  Presbyterian  Church  that  war  with  the  Japs  is  bound 
to  come,  that  this  country  is  honeycombed  with  85,000  Jap 
spies,  and  that  the  entire  Pacific  coast  is  at  the  Japs'  mercy. 


32       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"Capt.  R.  P.  Hobson  Sees  It  For  the  World. — NEW  YORK, 
March  12. — Much  is  being  written  about  the  so-called  "yellow 
peril."  The  thought  originated  in  Russian  sources,  is  being 
widely  spread  that  victorious  Japan  might  some  day  marshal 
the  myriads  of  China  and  overrun  the  world. 

"From  this  point  of  view  Russia  is  pictured  as  the  bul- 
wark to  protect  Western  civilization  from  this  danger. 

"The  fact  is  lost  sight  of  that  Japan  is  an  island  empire 
and  can  be  cut  off  from  China  by  the  simple  loss  of  control 
of  the  sea.  Sea  power  being  largely  a  question  of  resources 
it  is  absurd  to  think  that  Japan  could  stand  out  against  the 
whole  powers. 

"The  so-called  yellow  peril  is  conjured  up  by  military  pow- 
ers, notably  Germany,  France  and  now  Italy,  seeking  to  jus- 
tify their  action  in  siding  with  Russia.  If  the  inner  truth 
were  known  it  would  evolve  that  Russia  claiming  to  control 
the  fate  of  China,  has  made  overtures  to  the  military  powers 
of  foreign  inducements  in  a  proposed  division  of  China. 

"Such  an  overture  succeeded  in  1895,  when  the  military 
powers  backed  Russia  to  set  aside  the  treaty  of  Shimonsekit 
by  which  action  Japan  was  despoiled  and  Russia  fell  heir  to 
the  rewards  of  Japanese  victory  over  China. 

"Soon  Germany,  upon  a  pretext  of  the  murder  of  a  mis- 
sionary, seized  Kiau-Chau  and  established  a  German  colony 
on  the  Shantung  peninsula. 

"Italy  attempted  to  seize  a  Chinese  port,  but  seemed  to 
lose  courage  and  hesitated  when  China  opposed  her  activities 
in  Indo-China,  but  without  great  results. 

"The  first  understanding  of  the  military  powers  resulted 
chiefly  in  a  Russian  advance  until  she  gained  Manchuria,  with 
20,000,000  of  Tartar-Chinese  population. 

"The  military  powers  should  take  warning.  The  present 
understanding  that  Russia  appears  to  be  bringing  about  to  foil 
Japan  would  doubtless  end  principally  in  Russian  advance  into 
China. 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  33 

"Russia  has  a  wonderful  assimilating  power.  Having  ab- 
sorbed the  tribes  of  central  and  northern  Asia,  and  moulded 
them  into  Russian  legions  to  carry  forward  the  Russian  ad- 
vance, it  does  not  require  a  prophet  to  see  a  day  when  with 
Russo-Chinese  armies,  Russia  would  drive  the  Germans,  the 
French,  Italians  and  other  Europeans  into  the  seas  and  the 
distant  mother  countries  would  be  powerless  to  prevent  Rus- 
sia, then  in  control  of  400,000,000  Chinese. 

"She  would  organize  armies  to  overrun  the  world.  This 
is  the  true  'yellow  peril'." 

War  between  the  nations  will  come,  and  it  seems  most 
probable  that  the  next  war  will  be  between  the  United  States 
and  Japan.  We  take  the  following  from  the  Signs  of  the 
Times,  volume  of  1908 : 

"The  Next  Great  Naval  Battle. — It  was  frequently  voiced 
in  speeches  made  during  the  last  session  of  Congress  that  the 
next  great  naval  battle  will  be  fought  in  the  Pacific  Ocean.  It 
was  stated  in  these  discussions  that  history  shows  that  when- 
ever two  races  have  come  together,  one  has  yielded  ready 
servitude  to  the  other,  or  else  there  has  been  a  prolonged  clash 
at  arms.  Modern  means  of  travel  have  brought  the  yellow 
races  of  the  East  in  contact  with  the  white  races  of  the  West, 
and  war  cannot  ultimately  be  averted. 

"Sir  James  E.  Erskine,  an  admiral  of  the  British  fleet,  who 
recently  visited  San  Francisco,  has  also  expressed  his  convic- 
tion that  the  next  naval  battle  of  any  consequence  will  be  in 
the  Pacific.  He  also  gives  it  as  his  opinion  that  the  warships 
of  the  'Dreadnaught'  class  will  be  very  greatly  increased  in 
size.  Both  German  and  French  officials  have  recently  ex- 
pressed very  similar  opinions. 

"It  is  usually  the  case  when  men  think  that  certain  things 
are  bound  to  come,  that  they  do  not  put  forth  the  proper 
resistance  to  prevent  them,  and  even  will  do  things  to  help 
their  prophecies  to  come  true.  But  however  these  things  may 
be,  we  know  from  the  prophetic  word  that  the  great  war  of 


34      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Armageddon  is  rapidly  drawing  near.  The  prospects  for  the 
future  are  for  war  and  not  for  peace." 
f  What  did  the  Russo-Japanese  war  demonstrate  to  the 
world?  First,  it  revealed  the  bravery,  skill  and  endurance  in 
war  possessed  by  the  Eastern  races;  second,  it  resulted  in 
an  understanding  and  an  alliance  between  Russia  and  Japan; 
third,  it  caused  a  general  awakening  in  China ;  fourth,  the  dou- 
ble tracking  of  the  Siberian  railroad;  fifth,  the  great  enlarge- 
ment of  the  Japanese  navy ;  sixth,  a  new  order  of  things  in  the 
Orient 

"*The  New  East.'— Under  this  title  The  Outlook  (New 
York)  prints  an  editorial  which  is  suggestive  of  new  ele- 
ments which  are  entering  into  the  Far  Eastern  question.  It 
will  certainly  stimulate  serious  thinking  on  the  part  of  those 
who  are  considering  these  nations  and  their  immediate  future 
from  the  prophetic  standpoint.  We  copy  the  following  para- 
graphs : 

"  'Without  being  able  to  define  the  changes  which  it  will 
bring  to  the  modern  world,  it  is  quite  evident  that  the  impres- 
sion prevails  throughout  Europe  that  the  war  between  Japan 
and  Russia  is  almost  certain  to  be  epoch-making  in  its  results. 
A  significant  change  has  already  come  over  the  discussion  of 
the  Far  Eastern  situation  by  the  English  and  Continental 
press/  For  many  decades  Europe  has  thought  of  the  East  as 
a  territory  to  be  opened  up  and  exploited  by  the  West.  It 
has  been  taken  for  granted  that  the  wish  and  power  of  the 
East  might  be  left  out  of  the  account;  they  were  not  factors 
that  needed  to  be  dealt  with.  The  only  factors  in  the  situation 
to  be  considered  by  statesmen  and  diplomatists  were  the  feel- 
ings and  attitude  of  the  great  powers  toward  o«&  another  in 
the  acquisition  either  of  influence  or  of  territory  jtlt  has  ap- 
parently not  occurred  to  the  directors  of  the  great  forces  of 
Europe  for  many  decades  past  that  India,  China,  Japan,  Per- 
sia, Afghanistan,  or  Burma  had  any  rights  which  a  Western 
nation  was  bound  to  respectl  Certain  duties  almost  every 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  35 

Western  nation  recognized.  The  English  have  felt  the  neces- 
sity of  giving  India  and  Egypt  capable,  effective,  and  honest 
administration,  not  because  Egypt  or  India  had  a  right  to  such 
government,  but  because  the  English  conscience  demanded  it. 
Wherever  Russia  has  gone  in  the  East,  she  has  given  pre- 
cisely the  kind  of  government  which  she  thought  best  adapted 
for  the  people.  Being  herself  semi-Oriental,  she  has  been  a 
kind  of  middle  term  between  the  East  and  the  West,  mediating 
in  a  certain  sense  between  two  radically  different  tempera- 
ments, and  using  either  Eastern  or  Western  methods  as  best 
suited  her  purposes;  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  has  ever 
occurred  to  any  Russian  statesman  that  China,  Japan,  or 
Afghanistan  had  any  rights  which  Russia  was  bound  to  re- 
spect. Even  at  this  moment,  when  a  new  idea  in  regard  to 
the  future  condition  of  things  in  the  East  has  begun  to  define 
itself  in  the  minds  of  the  Western  world,  newspaper  discus- 
sion in  England  and  on  the  Continent  still  concerns  itself  with 
the  question  of  the  readjustment  of  relations  between  the  great 
powers ;  the  prime  problem  being,  apparently,  not  what  will 
the  East  do  or  think  or  be,  but  how  will  Russia,  Germany,  and 
England  stand  related  to  one  another  in  the  inevitable  changes 
which  are  already  taking  place. 

"  'It  is  too  early,  and  it  would  be  extremely  hazardous, 
to  venture  any  prediction  as  to  the  final  results  of  the  war; 
but  if,  as  seems  probable,  Japan  is  to  emerge  from  the  strug- 
gle with  greatly  added  prestige,  is  to  keep  Korea  from  falling 
into  the  hands  of  Russia,  and  to  preserve  in  consequence  the 
integrity  of  China,  it  is  quite  clear  that  new  forces  have  en- 
tered in  the  field  of  world-politics,  and  that  new  powers  must 
be  reckoned  with.  Pitt  is  reported  to  have  said,  when  the 
return  of  Napoleon  from  Elba  was  reported  to  him,  "You  may 
roll  up  the  map  of  Europe ;"  it  is  quite  certain  that  the  present 
map  of  the  East  will,  iiytfie  coming  few  years,  receive  very 
important  modifications.^  The  great  powers  will  no  longer  be 
able  to  deal  with  the  East  as  a  passive  body ;  they  must  reckon 


36       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

with  it  as  they  reckon  with  one  another.  This  does  not  mean 
that  China  is  to  be  at  once  an  aggressive  power,  that  India 
is  to  expel  the  English,  that  Tonquin  is  to  rid  itself  of  the 
French;  but  it  does  mean  that  the  East  is  fast  coming  to  a 
consciousness  of  a  certain  unity  of  interest  between  the  dif- 
ferent great  sections  of  the  Orient,  and  to  a  dim  perceJV^on 
of  its  power,  if  that  power  can  be  trained  and  organized.1  In 
Japan,  the  protagonist  in  the  present  act  of  the  great  drcima, 
the  East  has  found  an  executive  nation;  the  one  people,  so 
far,  jn  the  Orient  who  are  able  not  only  to  think,  but  to  act 
— not  only  to  feel,  but  to  do.  Japan  is  today  one  of  the  most 
thoroughly  and  highly  organized  countries  in  the  world ;  it  is 
doubtful  whether  there  is  in  any  other  country  such  unanimity 
of  opinion,  such  passionate  devotion  to  the"  ruler,  such  eager- 
ness to  die  for  the  sake  of  the  country.  Every  particle  of 
power,  every  kind  of  resource  which  Japan  contains,  is  at  the 
hand  of  the  government,  ready  for  use  in  a  struggle  which 
the  Japanese  believe  to  be  a  life-and-death  fight  for  their  inde- 
pendence.! Out  of  this  war  Japan  is  likely  to  emerge  as  a 
power  orat  least  the  second  order,  sufficiently  strong  to  com- 
mand respect  and  to  compel  considerate  dealing  on  the  part  of 
other  powers.^  That  under  her  leadership  China  may  be  reor- 
ganized, and  become  a  new  force  in  the  world,  is  highly  prob- 
able.' I) 

'  THE   AWAKENING  OF   CHINA. 

Says  the  prophet,  "Let  the  heathen  be  awakened  and  let 
them  come  up  to  the  valley  of  Jehosaphat."  The  following 
quotations  will  show  how  literally  this  is  being  fulfilled : 

"A  writer  in  Harper's  Weekly  is  impressed  by  the  unmis- 
takable signs  of  a  great  awakening  in  China,  as  evidence  of 
which  he  cites  the  following : 

"  'One  of  these  signs  is  the  repurchase  from  American  cit- 
izens of  the  franchise  for  building  a  railway  from  Canton 
to  Hankow.  Another  is  the  fact  that  of  late  scores  of  thou- 
sands of  Chinese  soldiers  have  been  organized,  trained,  and 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  37 

officered  by  Chinese  educated  in  Japan  or  by  Japanese  officers. 
Now  an  edict  has  gone  forth  from  Peking  that  an  army  of 
forty  thousand  men,  similarly  disciplined  and  equipped,  shall 
be  raised  in  each  of  more  than  twenty  provinces.  Five  years 
ago  there  was  not  a  single  Chinese  studying  in  Japan.  Now 
there  are  upward  of  a  thousand  Chinese  young  men  of  the 
higher  or  governing  class  attending  military  or  naval  schools 
or  other  educational  institutions  in  the  island  empire.  Almost 
all  the  British,  French,  and  German  military  instructors  were 
dismissed  five  years  ago.  There  is  also  reason  to  expect  that, 
backed  by  the  moral  influence,  if  not  also  by  the  material 
power,  of  Japan,  the  Peking  government  will  speedily  insist 
on  the  withdrawal  of  the  foreign  intruders  from  her  soil.' 

"The  Orient  is  darkened  by  the  shadows  of  mighty  coming 
events." 

"Mrs.  Helen  E.  Gardner,  who  has  been  six  years  in  tour- 
ing the  world,  has  spent  considerable  time  in  China.  She  says 
of^this  country: 

(^"  'China  is  going  to  give  us  a  tremendous  surprise.  It 
will  be  a  surprise  such  as  the  world  has  never  known.  The 
whole  country  is  waking  up — its  men,  women,  and  children 
are  working  toward  an  end  that  will  open  the  eyes  of  the 
world.  They  are  doing  it  quietly,  and  one  cannot  tell  how, 
because  they  keep  their  own  secrets.  But  it  is  coming;  and 
the  women  are  taking  a  large  part  in  the  awakening  of  the 
kingdom.  It  is  they  who  are  responsible  for  the  boycott  of 
Japan,  indeed,  yes;  the  women  prevail  in  every  enlightened 
countryy/ 

\"  'China  is  getting  a  wonderful  army,  and  is  sending  thou- 
sands of  its  students  abroad  to  study,  just  as  Japan  did.  It 
is  believed  the  government  superintends  and  manages  these 
educational  enterprises,  but  no  one  knows.  China  does  not 
tell.T 

Who  can  doubt,  after  reading  this  book  from  the  beginning 
to  this  page,  that  the  awful  reality  of  war  is  soon  to  burst 


38      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 


upon  the  world  ?C  The  sum  total  of  all  the  wars,  since  the 
foundation  of  the  world,  would  not  equal  the  awfulness  of  the 
general  war  before  us.  It  is  the  burden  of  all  prophetic\ 
writers.  It  will  result  in  the  consumption  of  the  whole  earth./ 
It  is  customary  in  these  days,  when  the  probabilities  of  war 
approach,  for  many  to  raise  the  cry  of  "peace  and  safety." 
They  talk  of  peace  congresses  and  arbitration  and  thus  quiet 
the  minds  of  the  people.  Let  not  the  reader  be  deceived.  God 
says  it  will  come  and  that  should  be  the  end  of  controversy  as 
to  its  certainty.  Who  will  be  the  watchman,  at  this  time,  who 
will  give  the  trumpet  no  uncertain  sound? 

In  The  Southern  Watchman  of  March,  1911,  appeared  a 
most  excellent  article  having  direct  bearing  upon  this  subject. 
We^  quote: 

("For  a  number  of  years  it  has  been  apparent  that  Japan 
has  realized  that  the  continuance  of  her  very  existence  as  a 
nation  is  dependent  upon  her  preparedness  to  meet  any  western 
antagonist  on  the  field  of  combat ;  hence,  .she  has  put  forth 
every  effort  to  be  in  a  state  of  readiness  for  such  an  event. 
However  none  seemed  to  realize  her  real  strength  until  it  was 
measured  in  her  terrible  struggle  with  Russia.i 

"During  the  progress  of  that  war  Major-Gfeneral  Wilson, 
in  the  'Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and 
Social  Science,'  discussing  the  probable  terms  of  peace,  said  of 
the  Japanese : 

Q 'They  will  probably  stay  on  the  continent  this  time,  come 
wharmay.  And  this  makes  a  permanent  disturbance  of  the 
balance  of  power  in  Eastern  Asia.  It  brings  about  a  state  of 
"unstable  equilibrium."  It  inaugurates  a  new  epoch  in  the 
history  of  mankind.  It  becomes  an  encouragement  to  every 
Asiatic  people.  It  means  Asia  for  the  Asiatics.  It  means  that 
the  white  man  is  no  longer  to  dominate  the  yellow  man.  It 
means  that  the  period  of  spoliation  has  come  to  an  end.  It 
means  that  Japan  is  awake.  Finally,  it  means  that  China  mm 
also  awake,  and  that  the  two  will  awaken  all  Asiatic  mankind^. 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  39 

It  makes  Japan  the  hegemon — the  ruling  people  of  the  Asiatic 
races — and  will  surely  turn  every  element  of  discontent  in 
Asia  toward  her  for  instruction  and  guidance.' 

"Recently  Japan  has  annexed  Korea.  She  has  entered  into 
an  alliance  with  Russia  by  which  Manchuria  has  virtually  been 
divided  between  the  two  powers.  In  the  Literary  Digest  of 
March  5,  1910,  are  to  be  found  the  following  significant  words, 
showing  that  another  part  of  the  above  remarkable  prediction 
of  Major-General  Wilson  is  being  fulfilled: 

"  'A  league  of  influential  Japanese  and  Hindus  to  consoli- 
date the  Asiatic  people  against  the  domination  of  Europe  is 
attracting  notice  and  concern.  High  officials  at  the  court  of 
Mikado  and  chiefs  of  the  Japanese  aristocracy  are  at  the  head 
of  it,  and  the  constitution  is  from  the  pen  of  Count  Okuma. 
On  the  other  side  there  are  many  of  the  most  influential  peo- 
ple of  India  enrolled  among  its  members.' 

"In  the  London  Daily  Express  of  April  25,  1905,  Mr.  John 
Hays  Hammond,  lecturing  before  the  American  Political  Sci- 
ence Association,  is  reported  to  have  quoted  the  following  ut- 
terance from  the  president  of  the  Japanese  House  of  Peers : 

"  'The  sacred  duty  is  incumbent  upon  us  as  the  leading 
state  of  Asiatic  progress  to  stretch  a  helping  hand  to  China, 
India,  Korea,  to  all  the  Asiatics  who  have  confidence  in  us, 
and  who  are  capable  of  civilization.  As  their  more  powerful 
friend,  we  desire  them  all  to  be  free  from  the  yoke  which 
Europe  has  placed  upon  them,  and  that  they  may  thereby  prove 
to  the  world  that  the  Orient  is  capable  of  measuring  swords 

T'th  the  Occident  on  any  field  of  battle.' 
"It  is  evident  that  preparation  is  being  made  among  the 
leading  states  of  Asia,  undes  the  tutorship  of  Japan,  for  a 
colossal  struggle  with  Europe] 

^  "Mr.  Meredith  Townsena  in  a  remarkable  book  entitled 
'Asia  and  Europe/  deals  with  the  questions,  'Will  the  East 
ever  conquer  the  West?  Will  the  yellow  whirlwind,  rushing 
with  irresistible  force  across  the  world,  engulf  Europe  and  its 


40       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

civilization  until  its  peoples  sink  beneath  the  matchless  strength 
and  numbers  of  eight  hundred  million  inhabitants  of  Asia?' 
And  then  the  London  Daily  Mail,  commenting  upon  it,  says, 
'Some  day  it  will  come;  and  then,  if  Europe  should  drive  it 
back,  it  in  its  turn  would  drive  Europe  out  of  Asia .1 

"In  the  conclusion  of  its  review  of  this  book,  me  London 
Daily  Mail  says : 

"  It  is  an  appalling  glimpse  into  the  future,  which,  if  it  be 
founded  on  truth,  makes  the  dark  tragedy  of  today  more  than 
ever  a  calamity  of  the  first  magnitude  and  a  waste  of  lives  and 
energies  without  the  smallest  hope  of  good.  What,  asks  Mr. 
Townsend,  in  closing  a  remarkable  chapter,  is  to  become  of 
Asia?  It  is  the  most  fascinating,  the  most  hopeless  of  prob- 
lems, and  we  feel  with  the  author  as  we  close  his  book  that 
the  only  possible  reply  is :  What  God  zvills,  not  what  Europe 
wills.' 

"Thinking  men  of  the  world  seem  to  have  a  more  and  more 
settled  conviction  that  the  final  issue  of  the  Eastern  Question 
(and  by  this  I  mean  the  Far  East  as  well  as  the  Near  East), 
rests  with  God,  and  is  very  immanent.  The  greatest  of  Eng- 
lish scholars  of  the  Far  Eastern  question — Weale — on  the  very 
first  page  of  his  history  entitled  "The  Reshaping  of  the  Far 
East,"  quotes  from  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation  the 
verses  describing  the  second,  third,  fourth,  and  sixth  plagues, 
and  the  battle  of  Armageddon,  the  last  of  which  reads  as  fol- 
lows: 

"  'The  sixth  angel  poured  out  his  vial  upon  the  great  river 
Euphrates ;  and  the  water  thereof  was  dried  up,  that  the  way 
of  the  kings  of  the  East  might  be  prepared.  And  I  saw  three 
unclean  spirits  like  frogs  come  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  dragon, 
and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  beast,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of 
the  false  prophet.  For  they  are  the  spirits  of  devils,  working 
miracles,  which  go  forth  unto  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of 
the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to  the  battle  of  that  great  day 
of  God  Almighty.  Behold  I  come  as  a  thief.  Blessed  is  he 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  41 

that  watcheth,  and  keepeth  his  garments,  lest  he  walk  naked, 
and  they  see  his  shame.  And  he  gathered  them  together  into 
a  place  called  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  Armageddon.' 

"Of  late  years  frequent  reference  is  made  to  a  coming 
world-wide  struggle,  and  it  is  often  spoken  of  as  'the  Arma- 
geddon of  the  nations.' 

"About  the  time  of  the  beginning  of  the  Russia- Japanese 
war,  a  London  daily  paper  speaking  of  Korea  said,  'In  no 
more  suitable  arena  could  the  first  blows  of  the  world's  ap- 
proaching Armageddon  be  struck.' 

"Lord  Roseberry  in  a  great  speech  on  the  military  situa- 
tion in  Europe  before  the  press  delegates  in  June,  1909,  said : 
'Without  any  tangible  reason  we  see  the  nations  preparing  new 
armaments.  They  cannot  arm  any  more  men  on  land,  so  they 
have  to  seek  new  armaments  upon  the  sea,  piling  up  these 
enormous  preparations  as  if  for  some  great  Armageddon.' 

"The  Post,  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  a  recent  issue,  after 
speaking  of  the  situation  in  Europe  and  Asia,  says,  'Maybe 
Armageddon  is  just  ahead  of  us.' 

"Under  the  heading,  'Oscar  Second's  Fear  of  the  Yellow 
Peril,'  I  take  from  the  Literary  Digest  of  July  30,  1910,  the 
following :  'The  late  Oscar  II,  of  Sweden,  was  a  man  of  great 
diplomacy  and  far-seeing  political  sagacity.  Prince  Adam 
Wiszniewski  publishes  part  of  a  letter  written  by  King  Oscar 
to  him,  and  dated  March  22,  1896,  in  which  the  king  expresses 
himself  thus: 

("  'I  hope  to  die  in  peace.  My  military  and  warlike  inclina- 
tions, which  were  rather  strong  in  my  younger  years,  have 
gradually  died  down  and  have  now  all  but  disappeared.  But 
I  believe  that  in  the  bloody  conflict,  sure  to  take  place  some- 
time, and  on  the  outcome  of  which  the  fate  of  Europe  will 
probably  depend,  the  Occident  will  be  conquered  by  the  Orient 
— where  already  each  day  sees  the  organization  of  the  strong 
races  of  the  future  and  the  preparation  for  the  great  battle, 
I  must  confess  to  a  feeling  of  worry  and  fear  when  I  con- 


42        The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

template  the  dangers  to  the  Western  Eurqoean  civilization  sure 
to  develop  from  the  coasts  of  the  Pacific.'Jr 

From  The  Woman's  National  Daily  of  January  20,  1911, 
we  quote: 

"BERLIN,  GERMANY,  January  20. — Crown  Prince  Freider- 
ich  Wilhelm  has  been  sent  by  his  father  on  an  Oriental  tour 
at  a  cost  of  $500,000.  He  will  pass  through  India  and  the 
countries  of  the  Far  East  on  a  long  journey  of  inspection  and 
will  study  governments,  armies,  and  financial  conditions. 

"The  young  prince  will  be  accompanied  by  a  royal  suite 
of  the  sharpest  and  shrewdest  men  in  the  German  army.  His 
trip  will  occupy  months. 

"England  sees  in  the  move  another  step  in  the  great  Ger- 
man scheme  of  aggrandizement  and  world  colonization,  but 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  only  another  chapter  in  the  great 
book  of  experience  and  thoughtful  study  which  the  kaiser 
has  determined  his  successor  shall  know.  He  has  also  deter- 
mined this  study  shall  be  carried  out  in  royal  style  and  that 
the  German  eagle  shall  parade  the  Eastern  countries  in  imperial 
fashion." 

From  the  same  paper  dated  January  21,  1911 : 

'  'Japan  could  seize  Seattle,  Tacoma,  Portland,  the  Bremer- 
ton government  navy  yard,  five  great  transcontinental  rail- 
ways, fortify  mountain  passes  and  have  an  empire  upon  which 
to  live  before  the  United  States  could  get  75,000  troops  to 
the  Pacific  Ocean,'  declared  Representative  W.  E.  Humphrey 
of  Washington,  in  an  address  at  the  annual  banquet  of  the 
Lake  Carriers'  Association.  He  added: 

r  'The  nations  of  the  earth  know  we  are  utterly  unprepared 
for  war.  They  know  our  army  is  too  small ;  our  navy  is  vir- 
tually helpless  because  we  have  no  merchant  vessels  as  an 
auxiliary.  They  know  we  have  no  transports  for  the  one  and 
no  auxiliaries  for  the  other.  Japan  has  six  hundred  merchant 
vessels  on  the  Pacific  fit  for  transportation.  The  United  States 
has  six.' " 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  43 

Also  under  date  of  January  27,  1911,  Mr.  Robert  M.  Mc- 
Wade,  in  the  same  paper,  says : 

"  'No  matter  what  kind  of  contrary  counsel  comes  from 
Washington,'  says  J.  E.  Drake,  of  Santa  Rosa,  Cal.,  'we  Cal- 
ifornians  are  going  to  protect  ourselves  from  the  baneful  and 
odious  Asiatic  evil.  The  restrictive  measures  that  we  were 
prevented  from  putting  into  effect  by  the  interference  of  Col. 
Theodore  Roosevelt  will  no  longer  be  delayed,  as  our  present 
Legislature  is  doing  all  that  is  necessary  to  minimize  the  harm 
which  has  been  done  by  the  Chinese  and  Japanese,  especially 
the  latter.  If  these  people  were  let  alone,  they  would  before 
long  be  the  sole  occupants  of  some  of  our  most  fertile  valleys ; 
for,  wherever  they  settle,  the  white  people  move  out.  Australia 
has  done  the  proper  and  wise  thing  by  passing  iron-clad  laws 
forever  prohibiting  the  Asiatics  from  obtaining  a  residence 
there.  "A  White  Australia"  is  the  slojgan,  and  we  are  equally 
determined  on  "A  WThite  California"^ 

And  just  to  show  that  the  years  have  only  confirmed  Mr. 
Hobson  in  his  views  of  the  yellow  peril,  we  quote : 

"PORTLAND,  MAINE,  March  20. — Speaking  at  the  celebra- 
tion of  the  birthday  of  General  Neil  Dow  here,  Congressman 
Richmond  P.  Hobson  yesterday  declared  that  only  by  preserv- 
ing its  virility  can  the  white  race  preserve  itself  from  the  yel- 
low peril. 

'  'Here  in  America  we  are  making  the  last  stand  of  the 
white  race/  he  said.  'Eight  hundred  million  yellow  men  in 
the  Far  East  want  America  and  if  this  generation  is  robbed 
of  its  virility  the  next  generation  will  hear  the  hoof  beats  of 
the  yellow  man's  horse  and  the  nation  will  perish. 

"  'So  long  as  the  men  of  this  country  maintain  their  man- 
hood we  are  safe  from  the  yellow  peril  and  I  believe  that  the 
verdict  of  the  people  will  be  that  the  "great  destroyer"  of 
manhood,  the  liquor  traffic,  must  itself  be  destroyed.'  " 

"In  an  article  in  the  Daily  Mail  Year  Book,  1908,  by  Archi- 
bald R.  Colquhoun,  F.  R.  G.  S.,  entitled,  'A  Great  World  Color 


44       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Problem:  How  It  Challenges  the  White  Man's  Supremacy/ 
may  be  found  the  following  paragraph: 

"  'There  is  no  question  that  the  victory  of  Japan  over 
Russia  and  the  Anglo-Japanese  Alliance  raised  the  question  of 
relations  between  white  and  yellow  in  an  entirely  new  form, 
and,  moreover,  that  a  spirit  of  renascence  is  at  work  through- 
out Asia  which  is  destined  to  challenge  the  vaunted  supremacy 
of  the  white  man.' ''' 

We  will  close  this  chapter  with  an  opinion  of  the  great 
French  Admiral,  Fournier,  who  foresees  a  frightful  conflict 
of  nations  to  be  begun  by  a  war  between  Japan  and  the  United 
States.  The  clipping  is  from  The  Literary  Digest  of  April 
23,  1910: 

"While  several  of  our  public  men  have  lately  spoken  of  the 
probability  of  war  between  Japan  and  America,  their  prophe- 
cies fade  into  insignificance  beside  the  vision  beheld  by  Ad- 
miral Fournier,  formerly  commander  of  the  French  fleet  in 
the  Mediterranean.  He  not  only  thinks  that  war  between 
Japan  and  America  is  inevitable,  but  predicts  that  all  the  Eu- 
ropean powers  will  eventually  become  involved  in  what  will 
practically  prove  to  be  the  Armageddon  of  the  Apocalypse. 
He  says,  in  his  recently  published  "Souvenirs,"  that  the  United 
States  is  displeased  by  the  recently  taken  steps  in  Japanese 
politics  which  have  wounded  our  'American  egoism.'  The 
protection  of  American  interests  in  Asia  can  be  secured  only 
by  naval  supremacy,  he  avers.  To  quote  his  words : 

"  'American  interests  in  Asia  are  hostile  to  the  Japanese. 
Japan  has  at  present  no  means  of  retaining  her  empire  ex- 
cepting by  diplomatic  skill  or  the  victories  of  war.  This  is 
especially  the  case  in  regions  which  the  United  States  can  con- 
trol commercially  only  by  supporting  China  and  maintaining 
the  rule  of  the  open  door.' 

"The  complications  likely  to  result  from  a  conflict  between 
America  and  Japan  are  thus  summarized  by  this  eminent  naval 
authority : 


America,  the  Pacific  and  the  East.  45 

"  'The  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  will  some  day 
far  excel  those  of  Japan,  and  will  probably  equal  those  of  Eng- 
land, in  spite  of  the  latter's  efforts  to  maintain  the  maritime 
supremacy.  Japan,  therefore,  will  be  obliged  to  call  upon  her 
English  ally  for  help.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  United  States 
should  combine  with  the  Triple  Alliance  of  Germany,  Austria, 
and  Italy,  France  would  be  compelled  to  unite  her  forces  with 
England  and  Japan.' 

"The  Admiral  remarks,  however,  that  Germany  would 
think  twice  before  taking  part  in  such  an  imbroglio,  and  de- 
clares : 

"  'I  doubt  whether  the  Kaiser,  although  at  present  devoured 
by  the  desire  to  break  up  the  Triple  Alliance,  and  to  adopt  a 
foreign  policy  just  as  unscrupulous  as  that  of  the  Iron  Chan- 
cellor, Bismarck,  would  run  the  risk  of  a  war  wrherein  he 
might  be  defeated  both  by  sea  and  by  land.  The  American 
navy  would,  however,  be  quite  unable  to  cope  with  the  fleet  of 
England  and  Japan  without  the  assistance  of  the  fleets  of 
Germany,  Italy,  and  Austria,  in  a  conflict  which  involved  both 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans.  This  is  at  present  the  only 
consideration  which  makes  postponable  a  war  between  Japan 
and  America.' — Translation  made  for  The  Literary  Digest." 

These  chapters,  we  believe,  give  a  clear  view  of  the  situa- 
tion, viz. :  The  relation  Turkey  sustains  as  middle  power  be- 
tween Europe  and  Asia,  and  also  the  Pacific  Ocean  as  it  is  to 
be  controlled  by  America,  or  by  Japan  as  the  leader  of  the 
East.  The  one  who  controls  the  Pacific  controls  all  the  islands 
of  the  Pacific  and  the  Panama  Canal,  for  no  fleet  could  be 
sent  through  the  canal  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  into  the  mouth  of 
an  enemy  ready  to  swallow  it  up. 

The  territory  of  the  Turk  will  be  the  battle-ground  between 
Europe  and  Asia  (see  Inspired  History)  ;  the  Pacific,  between 
America  and  Asia.  The  great  armies  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
engaged  in  this  encounter,  will  be  mostly  land  forces  (Eze. 
38)  ;  while  those  engaged  between  America  and  the  East  will 


46       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

be  naval  forces  (Isa.  27).    A  look  at  the  maps  inserted  will 
snow  the  situation  clearly. 

\  Russia  will  be  the  leader  of  the  land  forces  of  the  East, 
while  Japan  will  be  the  leader  of  the  naval  forces  against 
America.  See  comments  on  Eze.  38  and  Isa.  27,  28.)  There- 
fore, in  either  case  it  is  the  East  against  the  West.  The  cause 
of  it  all  will  be  told  in  the  chapter,  The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the 
Heathen  against  Christendom.  J 

There  is  no  excuse  for  ignorance  upon  this  question,  for 
there  is  not  a  subject  so  clearly  defined  in  all  the  Bible,  nor 
one  which  is  more  frequently  mentioned.  It  could  not  be 
more  clearly  understood  than  the  statesmen  of  the  world  tell 
it  from  their  standpoint.  The  author  spares  no  pains  in  this 
volume  to  give  a  thorough  examination  of  the  subject,  both 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  world  and  the  inspired  writers.  He 
does  this,  feeling  the  subject  to  be  so  vital  to  every  person 
that  no  individual  can  afford  to  be  contented  with  a  super- 
ficial study  of  the  question.  This  matter  affects  every  person 
in  the  world ;  therefore  let  each  one  study  the  subject  until 
he  masters  it  as  an  individual  matter  as  well  as  a  national 
problem. 


^SEVEN  LAST  PLAGUES-'^ 


.LOW  PERIL'ARMAGEDPON 


•t   — ^  TV.«<    T'<r* 

^    .j^T^a-  ^ 

^^..^ 


"^OA/NlHiSt^ 
ol^Man',tl<k 


r^  THE  PltV^^O 


|AevbouT 


Trust  ye  in  the  Lord  forever    lsa.  26:4    ] 


CHAPTER    III. 


THE  THREE  DIVISIONS  OF  THE  WORLD. 


EUROPE,    ASIA,    AND   AFRICA. 

C  As  we  view  the  history  of  the  world  for  many  cen- 
turies through  the  history  as  given  by  the  pen  of  inspira- 
tion, we  will  now  seek  to  show  the  teaching  of  the  Bible 
concerning  the  three  great  divisions  of  the  world  in  the 
last  days,  the  movement  of  the  nations,  and  the  issue  be- 
'tween  them  <as  they  shall  gather  to  the  great  battle  of 
Armageddon.) 

T"And  I  £aw  three  unclean  spirits  like  frogs  come  out 
of  the  mouth  of  the  dragon,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the 
beast,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false  prophet.  For 
they  are  the  spirits  of  devils,  working  miracles,  which  go 
forth  unto  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the  whole  world, 
to  gather  them  to  the  battle  of  that  great  day  of  God 
Almighty.  Behold,  I  come  as  a  thief.  Blessed  is  he  that 
watcheth,  and  keepeth  his  garments,  lest  he  walk  naked, 
and  they  see  his  shame.  And  he  gathered  them  together 
into  a  place  called  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  Armageddon.*! 
Rev.  16:13-16.  * 

The  events  here  described  take  place  under  the  sixth 

4  49 


50       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 


plague.  When  the  vial  of  the  seventh  plague  is  poured 
out,  there  comes  a  voice  out  of  the  temple  of  heaven  out 
of  the  throne,  saying,  "It  is  done."  This  movement  is 
the  greatest  and  the  crowning  event  of  all  earth's  history. 
There  is  not  a  nation  or  language  but  will  be  represented 
in  the  movement.  There  is  no  theme  of  this  age  that 
should  attract  the  attention  of 
mankind  more,  and  the  student  of 
prophecy  can  now  see  the  forces  as 
they  are  shaping  up  and  getting 
ready  for  the  great  battle  of  Arma- 
geddon. To  these  divisions,  and 
to  the  movements  in  these  last 
days,  we  wish  to  call  the  attention 
of  the  reader.  First,  What  powers 
are  here  represented  by  the  sym- 
bols used?  Second,  What  will  be 
the  issue  that  will  bring  the  com- 
bined forces  of  the  world  into 
action?  We  will  now  answer  the 
first  question.  These  symbols  are 
brought  to  view  in  chapters  12  and 
13  in  the  book  of  Revelation.  We 
will  now  turn  and  consider  these 
chapters  as  they  bear  upon  this 
subject. 

C  "And  there  appeared  a  great 
wonder  in  heaven;  a  woman 
clothed  with  the  sun,  and  the  moon  under  her  feet, 
and  upon  her  head  a  crown  of  twelve  stars;  and  she 
being  with  child  cried,  travailing  in  birth,  and  pained  to 
be  delivered.  And  there  appeared  another  wonder  in 
heaven ;  and  behold  a  great  red  dragon^  having  seven  heads 
and  ten  horns,  and  seven  trowns  upon  his  heads.  And 
his  tail  drew  the  third  part  of  the  stars  of  heaven,  and  did 


The  Three  Divisions  of  the  World.  51 


cast  them  to  the  earth ;  and  the  dragon  stood  before  the 
woman  which  was  ready  to  be  delivered,  for  to  devour 
her  child  as  soon  as  it  was  born.  And  she  brought  forth 
a  man  child,  who  was  to  rule  all  nations  with  a  rod  of 
iron;  and  her  child  was^ caught  up  unto  God,  and  to  His 
throne."  Rev.  12:1-5.] 

£  This  symbol  has  b£en  previously  commented  upon  as 
one  that  applied  to  the  Roman  government.  John  wrote 
A.  D.  96.  A  woman  as  used  in  the  Scriptures  as  a  pro- 
phetic symbol  represents  a  church.  In  Revelation  17  is 
brought  to  view  a  corrupt  woman,  representing  the  great 
apostasy  of  the  Catholic  Church  during  the  Dark  Ages. 
In  Matthew  25,  where  the  church  of  Christ  is  brought  to 
view,  it  is  symbolized  by  ten  virgins.  Says  Paul,  "I  have 
espoused  you  to  one  husband."  So  John,  in  the  twelfth 
chapter  of  Revelation,  speaks  of  the  church  of  Christ  undeiy 
the  symbol  of  a  woman  expecting  the  birth  of  a  man  child.) 
She  is  clothed  with  the  sun, — the  light  of  the  gospel  then 
shining  upon  the  church,  as  revealed  through  the  preaching 
of  Christ  and  the  apostles.  The  moon  was  under  her  feet, 
representing  the  borrowed  light  or  glory  of  the  typical  serv- 
ice under  the  Mosaic  dispensation,  as  it  pointed  to  Christ. 
The  expected  man  child  was  the  Son  of  God,  as  shown  in 
.verse  5.  He  was  caught  up  unto  God  and  His  throne. 
ie  dra<mnr  symbolizing  the  Roman  power,  used  as  an 
instrument  of  Satan,  stood  before  the  woman,  ready  to 
devour  the  child  as  soon  as  it  was  born.  This  was  ful- 
filled by  King  Herod,  when  he  sent  forth  and  slew  all  the 
male  children  two  years  old  and  under  in  Bethlehem  of 
Judea,  hoping  to  put  to  death  the  infant  Savioury  (Thus 
we  have  the  first  symbol  located,  namely,  the  Roman  gov- 
ernment. It  had  seven  heads  and  ten  horns,  the  seven 
heads  symbolizing  the  seven  forms  of  government  under 
which  Rome  ruled.  John  lived  under  the  imperial  or  sixth 
head.)  The  ten  horns  symbolized  the  ten  kingdoms  of 


52       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Western  Rome,  as  afterwards  divided,  between  the  years 
351  and  483  A.  D.  Thus  we  have  this  symbol  clearly 
defined.  Its  territory  included  the  world,  since  Caesar 
Augustus  issued  a  decree  that  all  the  world  should  be  taxed. 
So  we  have  the  first  of  the  three  divisions  unquestionably 
defined  and  established.  The  history  of  this  power  is 
briefly  sketched  in  this  chapter  from  the  days  of  Christ 
to  the  great  gathering  of  Armageddon. 

Verse  6  brings  to  view  its  experience  with  the  church 
during  the  papal  persecution,  ending  in  1798.  "And  the 
woman  fled  into  the  wilderness,  where  she  hath  a  place 
prepared  of  God,  that  they  should  feed  her  there  a  thou- 
sand two  hundred  and  threescore  days." 
f  The  next  event  following  this  papal  persecution  is  the 
conflict  between  Satan  and  Michael,  who  is  Christ,  and 
the  angels  on  either  side.  This  conflict,  we  understand, 
takes  place  in  the  closing  hours  of  probation.  "And  there 
was  war  in  heaven ;  Michael  and  His  angels  fought  against 
the  dragon;  and  the  dragon  fought  and  his  angels,  and 
prevailed  not;  neither  was  their  place  found  any  more  in 
heaven.  And  the  great  dragon  was  cast  out,  that  old 
serpent,  called  the  Devil,  and  Satan,  which  deceiveth  the 
whole  world ;  he  was  cdfet  out  into  the  earth,  and  his  angels 
were  cast  out  with  him!  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice  saying 
in  heaven.  Now  is  come  salvation,  and  strength,  and  the 
kingdom  of  our  God,  and  the  power  of  His  Christ;  for 
the  accuser  of  our  brethren  is  cast  down,  which  accused 
them  before  our  God  day  and  night.  And  they  overcame 
him  by  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  by  the  word  of  their 
testimony;  and  they  loved  not  their  lives  unto  the  death. 
Therefore  rejoice,  ye  heavens,  and  ye  that  dwell  in  them. 
Woe  to  the  inhabiters..of  the  earth  and  of  the  sea! 'for 
the  devil  is  come  down  unto  you,  having  great  wrath, 
because  he  knoweth  that  he  hath  but  a  short  time." 
(  The  dragon  was  an  ensign  of  the  Roman  government 


The  Three  Divisions  of  the  World.  53 

for  over  four  hundred  years.  Satan,  in  the  verses  just 
quoted,  bears  the  same  name.  He  received  this  name  the 
same  as  he  received  the  name  of  the  serpent,  because  he 
used  these  instruments  to  carry  forward  his  work. )  Thus 
verses  I  to  12,  inclusive,  carry  us  briefly  over  the  history 
from  the  birth  of  Christ  to  the  closing  hours  of  probation. 
Verse  13  continues,  and  calls  attention  to  the  bitter  per- 
secution that  Satan  will  manifest  towarckthe  remnant  of 
the  church  in  the  closing  hours  of  time. (  "And  when  the 
dragon  saw  that  he  was  cast  unto  the  earth,  he  persecuted 
the  woman  which  brought  forth  the  man  child."» 

The  prophet  now  carries  us  back,  beginning  w/th  verse 
14,  to  the  establishment  of  the  Papacy,  in  A.  D.  538,  and 
rehearses  the  history  of  the  church  through  the  Dark  Ages, 
in  the  following  language,  and  closes  up  again  with  the 
wrath  of  the  dragon  against  the  remnant  of  the  church : 
"And  to  the  woman  were  given  two  wings  of  a  great 
eagle,  that  she  might  fly  into  the  wilderness,  into  her  place, 
where  she  is  nourished  for  a  time,  and  times,  and  half  a 
time,  from  the  face  of  the  serpent.  And  the  serpent  cast 
out  of  his  mouth  water  as  a  flood  after  the  woman,  that 
he  might  cause  her  to  be  carried  away  of  the  flood.  And 
the  earth  helped  the  woman;  and  the  earth  opened  her 
mouth,  and  swallowed  up  the  flood  which  the  dragon  cast 
out  of  his  mouth.  And  the  dragon  was  wroth  with  the 
woman,  and  went  to  make  war  with  the  remnant  of  her 
seed,  which  keep  the  commandments  of  God,  and  have 
the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ."  Rev.  12:14-17. 

Verse  15  tells  the  effort  that  Satan  put  forth  during 
the  Dark  Ages  in  casting  out  of  his  mouth  the  waters  of 
false  doctrines  as  a  flood,  that  he  might  cause  the  church 
to  be  carried  away  by  them.  Verse  16  brings  to  view  the 
Reformation,  showing  the  help  the  woman  received  from 
the  earth  in  the  restoration  of  truth.  This  brings  us  again 
to  1798.  Verse  17  again  calls  attention  to  the  conflict 


54       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versiis  the  Occident. 

in  the  closing  hours  of  probation  and  in  the  time  of  trouble, 
when  the  dragon  power,  under  control  of  Satan,  will  wage 
war  against  the  remnant  of  Christendom,  and  will  try 
to  wipe  every  vestige  of  Christianity  from  the  earth.  This 
remnant  is  represented  as  being  those  "that  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  God,  and  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus 
Christ."  While  all  Christendom  are  expected  to  be  and 
should  be  of  the  class  here  described,  yet  other  scriptures 
show  that  there  will  be  very  few  in  reality  bearing  these 
characteristics,  and  it  is  for  this  cause  that  the  terrible 
judgments  here  described  are  visited  upon  the  remnant  by 
the  dragon  power. 

Before  leaving  this  chapter,  we  would  call  more  spe- 
cial attention  to  the  comments  on  verses  7  to  12.  These 
verses  should  be  studied  in  connection  with  the  fourteenth 
chapter  of  Isaiah.  Isaiah's  prophecies  largely  refer  to  the 
closing  events  of  the  world's  history,  and  in  connection 
with  these  events  Satan  and  his  destiny  are  introduced. 
"How  art  thou  fallen  from  heaven,  O  Lucifer,  son  of  the 
morning!  how  art  thou  cut  down  to  the  ground,  which 
didst  weaken  the  nations!  For  thou  hast  said  in  thine 
heart,  I  will  ascend  into  heaven,  I  will  exalt  my  throne 
above  the  stars  of  God;  I  will  sit  also  upon  the  mount  of 
the  congregation,  in  the  sides  of  the  north;  I  will  ascend 
above  the  heights  of  the  clouds;  I  will  be  like  the  Most 
High.  Yet  thou  shalt  be  brought  down  to  hell,  to  the 
sides  of  the  pit.  They  that  see  thee  shall  narrowly  look 
upon  thee,  and  consider  thee,  saying,  Is  this  the  man  that 
made  the  earth  to  tremble,  that  did  shake  kingdoms;  that 
made  the  world  as  a  wilderness,  and  destroyed  the  cities 
thereof;  that  opened  not  the  house  of  his  prisoners?  All 
the  kings  of  the  nations,  even  all  of  them,  lie  in  glory, 
every  one  in  his  own  house.  But  thou  art  cast  out  of 
thy  grave  like  an  abominable  branch,  and  as  the  raiment 
of  those  that  are  slain,  thrust  through  with  a  sword,  that 


The  Three  Divisions  of  the  World.  55 

go  down  to  the  stones  of  the  pit ;  as  a  carcass  trodden  under 
feet."  Isa.  14:12-19. 

The  prophet  introduces  the  thought  by  calling  atten- 
tion to  the  casting  of  Satan  to  the  ground.  John  says 
he  was  cast  into  the  earth.  In  the  twentieth  chapter  of 
Revelation  the  prophet  says :  "I  saw  an  angel  come  down 
from  heaven,  having  the  key  of  the  bottomless  pit  and  a 
great  chain  in  his  hand.  And  he  laid  hold  on  the  dragon, 
that  old  serpent,  which  is  the  Devil,  and  Satan,  and  bound 
him  a  thousand  years,  and  cast  him  into  the  bottomless  pit.'* 

The  bottomless  pit  here  mentioned  is  the  earth  as  it 
exists  during  the  one  thousand  years.  When  Satan  was 
originally  cast  out  of  the  dwelling-place  of  God,  he  was 
cast  into  Tartar  Roe,  which  surrounds  this  planet,  but  in 
the  last  conflict  with  Christ,  he  and  his  angels  are  cast  into 
the  earth  itself,  where  they  will  eventually  be  judged  and 
meet  their  final  doom.  "And  the  angels  which  kept  not 
their  first  estate,  but  left  their  own  habitation,  He  hath 
reserved  in  everlasting  chains,  under  darkness,  unto  the 
judgment  of  the  great  day."  Jude  6. 

The  prophet  Isaiah  rehearses  the  boastings  of  Satan, 
which  he  has  uttered  before  his  angels:  "For  thou  hast 
said  in  thine  heart,  I  will  ascend  into  heaven,  I  will  exalt 
my  throne  above  the  stars  of  God ;  I  will  sit  also  upon  the 
mount  of  the  congregation,  in  the  sides  of  the  north." 
The  last  expression,  "the  sides  of  the  north,"  refers  to  the 
great  northern  power  which  he  will  especially  lead  on  to 
Armageddon  against  Christendom.  Remember  this  sym- 
bol represented  the  whole  world  in  the  days  of  Christ,  but 
there  are  two  symbols  yet  to  follow,  which  will  show  sub- 
divisions both  of  the  territory  and  religion  of  the  power 
here  represented.  Note  these  points  well  as  we  pass  to  the 
next  symbol  brought  to  view  in  Revelation  13. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

WESTERN    EUROPE. 

"AND  I  stood  upon  the  sand  of  the  sea,  and  saw  a 
beast  rise  up  out  of  the  sea,  having  seven  heads  and  ten 
horns,  and  upon  his  horns  ten  crowns,  and  upon  his  heads 
the  name  of  blasphemy.  And  the  beast  which  I  saw  was 
like  unto  a  leopard,  and  his  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear, 
and  his  mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion;  and  the  dragon  gave 
him  his  power,  and  his  seat,  and  great  authority.  And  I 
saw  one  of  his  heads  as  it  were  wounded  to  death ;  and  his 
deadly  wound  was  healed;  and  all  the  world  wondered 
after  the  beast."  Rev.  13:1-3. 

The  symbol  here  introduced  has  the  same  number  of 
heads  and  horns  as  the  dragon  of  chapter  12.  It  also  has 
the  same  number  of  horns  as  the  fourth  beast  of  Daniel 
7.  The  angel  interpreting  the  ten  horns  of  Daniel  7  says, 
"The  ten  horns  out  of  this  kingdom  are  ten  kings  that 
shall  arise."  The  seven  heads,  as  before  stated,  are  seven 
forms  of  government.  John  lived  under  the  sixth,  or 
imperial.  He  gives  an  additional  feature  in  this  chapter, 
by  saying,  "I  saw  one  of  his  heads  as  it  were  wounded  to 
death;  and  his  deadly  wound  was  healed."  One  of  these 
forms  of  government,  says  John,  received  a  deadly  blow, 

56 


Western  Europe.  57 

but  "the  deadly  wound  was  healed."     The  crowns  were 
upon  the  heads  of  the  dragon,  but  now  they  are  changed 
to  the  horns.     "The  beast  which  I  saw  was  like  unto  a 
leopard,  and  his  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear,  and  his 
mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion."     He  received  his  power 
and  seat  and  great  authority  from 
the    dragon.     The    last    expression 
shows   that  the   symbol   introduced 
is  of  later  origin  than  the  dragon. 
This  is  also  stated  in  verse  4,  where 
John    says    its    subjects    worshiped 
the  dragon.     This  is  conclusive  that 
we  must  look  later  in  the  world's 

history  than  the  establishment  of  the  dragon  power  for  the 
power  here  introduced,  hence  we  must  consider  carefully  the 
changes  that  took  place  in  the  Roman  Empire,  for  it  was 
universal,  and  ruled  the  world. 

Constantine  died  A.  D.  337-  He  was  the  last  universal 
ruler  of  the  empire.  After  his  death  the  empire  was 
divided  between  his  three  sons,  Constantius,  Constantine 
II,  and  Constans.  Constantius  possessed  the  East,  and 
fixed  his  residence  at  Constantinople,  the  metropolis  of  the 
empire.  Constantine  II  held  Britain,  Gaul,  and  Spain. 
Constans  held  Illyricum,  Africa,  and  Italy.  The  empire 
still  later  resolved  itself  into  two  divisions,  the  Eastern 
and  the  Western.  In  A.  D.  330  the  seat  of  government  was 
moved  from  Rome  to  Constantinople,  but  when  trie  divi- 
sion into  the  East  and  West  was  made,  there  were  seats 
of  government  both  at  Rome  and  Constantinople.  Says 
Daniel,  The  beast  "had  ten  horns."  John  says  the  beast 
of  his  prophecy  had  ten  horns.  Following  this  division 
into  two  parts,  the  Western  Empire  was  next  divided  into 
ten  kingdoms.  Their  ancient  names  are  as  follows:  The 
Huns,  Ostrogoths,  Visigoths,  Franks,  Vandals,  Suevi, 
Burgundians,  Heruli,  Anglo-Saxons,  and  Lombards. 


58       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Some  authors  put  Alemanni  instead  of  Huns.  These  are 
now  known  as  the  ten  kingdoms  of  Western  Europe.  The 
ancient  Anglo-Saxon  is  now  the  English.  The  Lombards 
are  now  the  Germans.  The  Franks  are  now  the  French, 
and  so  on,  bearing  at  this  age  of  the  world  different  names 
from  their  ancient  designations.  This  clearly  locates  the 
territory  of  the  symbol  now  being  considered,  namely,  the 
Western  Empire  of  Rome. 

Let  the  reader  keep  these  points  well  in  mind,  for  the 
divisions  here  established  remain  unchanged  until  the 
nations  are  gathered  to  the  great  battle  of  Armageddon. 
In  describing  this  beast,  John  said  its  body  "was  like  unto 
a  leopard,  and  his  feet  were  as  the  feet  of  a  bear,  and  his 
mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion."  The  lion  was  the  symbol 
used  by  Daniel  to  represent  Babylon,  the  bear  to  represent 
the  Medes  and  Persians,  the  leopard  to  represent  Grecia. 
The  Lord  uses  this  beast  with  its  peculiar  features  to 
represent  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome.  Bear  in  mind 
there  are  two  principal  thoughts  in  prophecy,  first,  to  bring 
out  the  history  of  the  world  for  the  benefit  of  all  who  may 
read ;  second,  the  relation  the  Lord's  people  sustain  to  these 
governments  in  different  ages  of  the  world. 

There  are  two  special  features  well  defined  in  the 
inspired  history  of  eartLv  governments;  one  is  the  gov- 
ernment as  a  civil  power;  the  other,  the  ecclesiastical. 
These  two  features  are  sometimes  represented  by  the  same 
symbol,  yet  statements  are  made  that  will  clearly  define 
both  these  characteristics.  The  beast  of  Revelation  13  has 
the  characteristics  or  features  of  the  symbols  representing 
the  governments  previous  to  this  one.  In  taking  up  the 
features  of  governments,  the  Lord  designs  to  describe  them 
as  they  existed  in  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome.  This 
symbol  has  the  mouth  of  a  lion.  To  what  feature  of  the 
Babylonian  government  could  this  refer?  Babylon  was 
a  government  founded  upon  both  civil  and  religious  prin- 


Western  Europe.  59 

ciples.  We  do  not  mean  by  saying  religious  that  they  were 
Christians,  but  they  had  a  system  of  worship,  and  that 
system  was  recognized  by  the  civil  law.  This  was  mani- 
fest in  the  decrees  that  were  issued  in  which  Daniel  and 
his  companions  were  involved  concerning  the  worship  of 
their  God.  The  Babylonians  were  worshipers  of  the  plan- 
ets of  heaven,  which  was  a  system  devised  by  the  enemy 
of  truth  much  further  back  than  their  day.  Those  in 
charge  of  this  system  of  worship  were  classed  among  the 
wise  men  of  Babylon,  as  they  claimed  that  they  could  inter- 
pret dreams  and  foretell  future  events  through  their  study 
of  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars,  as  recorded  in  Dan.  2 13. 
Isaiah  refers  to  them  in  the  following  language:  "Thou 
art  wearied  in  the  multitude  of  thy  counsels.  Let  now 
the  astrologers,  the  star-gazers,  the  monthly  prognostica- 
tors,  stand  up,  and  save  thee  from  these  things  that  shall 
come  upon  thee.  Behold,  they  shall  be  as  stubble;  the 
fire  shall  burn  them ;  they  shall  not  deliver  themselves  from 
the  power  of  the  flame ;  there  shall  not  be  a  coal  to  warm  at, 
nor  fire  to  sit  before  it."  Isa.  47:13,  14. 

It  was  this  system  that  troubled  Israel  in  their  day. 
The  apostle  Stephen  refers  to  Israel's  experience  in  the 
wilderness  in  connection  with  this  system  of  worship: 
"To  whom  our  fathers  would  not  obey,  but  thrust  him 
from  them,  and  in  their  hearts  turned  back  again  into 
Egypt.  Saying  unto  Aaron,  Make  us  gods  to  go  before 
us;  for  as  for  this  Moses,  which  brought  us  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt,  we  wot  not  what  is  become  of  him.  And 
they  made  a  "calf  in  those  days,  and  offered  sacrifices  unto 
the  idol,  and  rejoiced  in  the  works  of  their  own  hands. 
Then  God  turned,  and  gave  them  up  to  worship  the  host 
of  heaven ;  as  it  is  written  in  the  book  of  the  prophets,  O  ye 
house  of  Israel,  have  ye  offered  to  Me  slain  beasts  and 
sacrifices  by  the  space  of  forty  years  in  the  wilderness? 
Yea,  ye  took  up  the  tabernacle  of  Moloch,  and  the  star 


60       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

of  your  god  Remphan,  figures  which  ye  made  to  worship 
them;    and    I    will    carry    you    away    beyond    Babylon." 

Acts  7:39-43- 

Israel  so  far  departed  from  the  Lord  in  their  history 
that  this  system  of  heathen  worship  was  ingrafted  in  and 
became  a  part  of  their  temple  services.  Josiah,  a  great 
reformer  in  Israel,  commanded  the  high  priest  to  take  the 
vessels  dedicated  to  this  system  from  the  house  of  God. 
"And  the  king  commanded  Hilkiah  the  high  priest,  and  the 
priests  of  the  second  order,  and  the  keepers  of  the  door, 
to  bring  forth  out  of  the  temple  of  the  Lord  all  the  vessels 
that  were  made  for  Baal,  and  for  the  grove,  and  for  all 
the  host  of  heaven ;  and  he  burned  them  without  Jerusalem 
in  the  fields  of  Kidron,  and  carried  the  ashes  of  them  unto 
Beth-el.  And  he  put  down  the  idolatrous  priests,  whom 
the  kings  of  Judah  had  ordained  to  burn  incense  in  the 
high  places  in  the  cities  of  Judah,  and  in  the  places  round 
about  Jerusalem ;  them  also  that  burned  incense  unto  Baal, 
to  the  sun,  and  to  the  moon,*  and  to  the  planets,  and  to  all 
the  host  of  heaven.  And  he  brought  out  the  grove  from 
the  house  of  the  Lord,  without  Jerusalem,  unto  the  brook 
Kidron,  and  burned  it  at  the  brook  Kidron,  and  stamped 
it  small  to  powder,  and  cast  the  powder  thereof  upon  the 
graves  of  the  children  of  the  people."  2  Kings  23  -.4-6. 

Moses  warned  the  people  in  his  day,  in  the  following 
language,  "And  lest  thou  lift  up  thine  eyes  unto 'heaven, 
and  when  thou  seest  the  sun,  and  the  moon,  and  the  stars, 
even  all  the  host  of  heaven,  shouldest  be  driven  to  worship 
them,  and  serve  them,  which  the  Lord  thy  God  hath  divided 
unto  all  nations  under  the  whole  heaven."  Deut.  4:19. 
He  also  pronounced  the  death  penalty  against  the  idolatrous 
practise:  "If  there  be  found  among  you,  within  any  of 
thy  gates  which  the  Lord  thy  God  giveth  thee,  man  or 
woman,  that  hath  wrought  wickedness  in  the  sight  of  the 
Lord  thy  God,  in  transgressing  His  covenant,  and  hath 


Western  Europe.  61 

gone  and  served  other  gods,  and  worshiped  them,  either 
the  sun,  or  moon,  or  any  of  the  host  of  heaven,  which  I 
have  not  commanded;  and  it  be  told  thee,  and  thou  hast 
heard  of  it,  and  inquired  diligently,  and,  behold,  it  be  true, 
and  the  thing  certain,  that  such  abomination  is  wrought 
in  Israel;  then  shalt  thou  bring  forth  that  man  or  that 
woman,  which  have  committed  that  wicked  thing,  unto 
thy  gates,  even  that  man  or  that  woman,  and  shalt  stone 
them  with  stones,  till  they  die."  Deut.  17:2-5. 

In  the  days  of  Jeremiah  the  prophet,  the  Lord's  people 
were  so  blinded  that  they  failed  to  see  the  judgments  of 
God  resting  upon  them  for  the  course  they  had  taken. 
They  referred  to  their  experience,  and  argued  that,  while 
they  followed  these  practises,  they  were  blessed  in  all  the 
work  of  their  hands,  but  since  they  had  been  compelled  to 
give  up  this  idolatry,  they  had  not  been  prospered.  It  is 
true  that  the  long-suffering  of  God  waits,  but  sooner  or 
later,  as  we  have  learned  in  the  study  before  us,  the  judg- 
ments of  God  are  sure  to  follow  such  a  course.  Their 
words  are  recorded  by  the  prophet  Jeremiah :  "But  we  will 
certainly  do  whatsoever  thing  goeth  forth  out  of  our  own 
mouth,  to  burn  incense  unto  the  queen  of  heaven,  and  to 
pour  out  drink-offerings  unto  her,  as  we  have  done,  we, 
and  our  fathers,  our  kings,  and  our  princes,  in  the  cities 
of  Judah,  and  in  the  streets  of  Jerusalem;  for  then  had 
we  plenty  of  victuals,  and  were  well,  and  saw  no  evil. 
But  since  we  left  off  to  burn  incense  to  the  queen  of  heaven, 
and  to  pour  out  drink-offerings  unto  her,  we  have  wanted 
all  things,  and  have  been  consumed  by  the  sword  and  by 
the  famine.  And  when  we  burned  incense  to  the  queen 
of  heaven,  and  poured  out  drink-offerings  unto  her,  did 
we  make  her  cakes  to  worship  her,  and  pour  out  drink- 
offerings  unto  her,  without  our  men?  Then  Jeremiah 
said  unto  all  the  people,  to  the  men,  and  to  the  women,  and 
to  all  the  people  which  had  given  him  that  answer,  saying, 


62       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  incense  that  ye  burned  in  the  cities  of  Judah,  and  in 
the  streets  of  Jerusalem,  ye,  and  your  fathers,  your  kings, 
and  your  princes,  and  the  people  of  the  land,  did  not  the 
Lord  remember  them,  and  came  it  not  into  His  mind?" 
Jer.  44:17-21. 

This  system  is  spoken  of  as  the  worship  of  Baal,  to 
which  Aaron  made  the  golden  calf  in  the  days  of  Moses. 
Their  gods  were  the  sun  and  the  moon  and  the  host  of 
heaven.  This  system  was  handed  down  through  Babylon, 
symbolized  by  the  lion,  Medo-Persia,  symbolized  by  the 
bear,  and  Grecia,  symbolized  by  the  leopard.  The  Lord 
through  the  prophet  John  points  out  the  characteristics 
of  Western  Rome,  and  one  of  these  characteristics  would 
be  that,  in  the  formation  of  that  government,  the  system 
of  heathen  religion  would  be  retained  as  one  of  the  prin- 
ciples recognized  by  the  law  of  that  government. 

In  the  prophecies  of  Ezekiel,  and  recorded  in  chapter  8, 
it  is  there  shown  that  in  the  last  days  this  system  would 
still  be  in  vogue :  "Then  said  He  unto  me,  Hast  thou  seen 
this,  O  son  of  man?  turn  thee  yet  again,  and  thou  shalt 
see  greater  abominations  than  these.  And  He  brought 
me  into  the  inner  court  of  the  Lord's  house,  and,  behold, 
at  the  door  of  the  temple  of  the  Lord,  between  the  porch 
and  the  altar,  were  about  five  and  twenty  men,  with  their 
backs  toward  the  temple  of  the  Lord,  and  their  faces 
toward  the  east;  and  they  worshiped  the  sun  toward  the 
east.  Then  He  said  unto  me,  Hast  thou  seen  this,  O  son 
of  man?  Is  it  a  light  thing  to  the  house  of  Judah  that 
they  commit  the  abominations  which  they  commit  here? 
for  they  have  filled  the  land  with  violence,  and  have 
returned  to  provoke  Me  to  anger;  and,  lo,  they  put  the 
branch  to  their  nose.  Therefore  will  I  also  deal  in  fury; 
Mine  eye  shall  not  spare,  neither  will  I  have  pity;  and 
though  they  cry  in  Mine  ears  with  a  loud  voice,  yet  will  I 
not  hear  them."  Eze.  8:15-18. 


Western  Europe.  63 

The  Lord  has  said  it  is  through  "the  spirits  of  devils, 
working  miracles,  which  go  forth  unto  the  kings  of  the 
earth  and  of  the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to  the  battle 
of  that  great  day  of  God  Almighty."  These  miracles  will 
be  wrbught  under  a  system  purporting  to  be  divine  wor- 
ship. There  are  in  our  civilization,  in  our  social  customs, 
and  even  in  the  prevailing  forms  of  religion,  many  traces 
of  heathen  beliefs  and  customs.  The  names  of  the  days 
of  the  week  as  we  now  have  them  were  given  by  the 
Romans,  as  they  were  also  the  worshipers  of  the  planets 
of  heaven.  Sunday,  the  first  day  of  the  week,  is  a  name 
derived  from  sun  worship.  Monday  is  a  name  derived 
from  the  moon;  Thursday,  from  their  God  Thor;  Satur- 
day, from  the  planet  Saturn. 

NAMES   OF   THE   DAYS   OF   THE   WEEK. 

We  copy  the  following  testimony  verbatim  from  the 
American  Encyclopedia,  edition  of  1872-73 : — 

"SUNDAY  (Sax.  snnnan  doeg),  the  first  day  of  the 
week,  identical  with  the  Roman  dies  solis  (day  of  the  sun). 
Among  Christian  nations  it  is  kept  as  a  sabbath,  and  in 
remembrance  of  the  Saviour's  resurrection.  In  the  early 
ages  of  our  era,  the  day  was  devoted  as  far  as  practicable 
to  religious  worship,  which  began  at  daybreak ;  and  as 
early  as  the  end  of  the  second  century  abstinence  from 
worldly  business  appears  to  have  been  customary.  When 
the  Christian  religion  came  to  be  recognized  by  the  State, 
laws  were  enacted  for  the  observance  of  this  day.  Con- 
stantine  ordered,  in  321,  the  suspension  of  all  business  in 
the  courts  of  law,  except  the  manumission  of  slaves,  and 
all  other  business  except  agricultural  labor.  Additions 
were  made  to  this  order  under  various  emperors,  and  in 
425,  under  Theodosius  II,  games  and  theatrical  exhibitions 
were  forbidden.  In  538  the  third  council  of  Orleans  for- 
bade all  labor  on  Sunday.  Many  theologians  maintain 


64       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

that  there  is  no  divine  authority  for  any  distinction  between 
Sunday  and  other  days." 

"MONDAY  (Lat.  Lunae  dies,  Fr.  lundi,  Ger.  Montag, 
the  day  of  the  moon),  the  second  day  of  the  week,  which 
derives  its  designation  from  the  Romans,  who  gave  the 
names  of  the  sun,  moon,  and  five  planets  to  the  seven  days 
in  modern  use." 

"TUESDAY,  the  third  day  of  the  week.  In  the  Roman 
calendar  it  was  called  dies  Martis,  from  Mars,  and  its 
present  name  is  derived  from  Tiw,  the  Anglo-Saxon  god 
of  war." 

Under  the  name  Tuisco,  the  Encyclopedia  says,  "Tuisco 
(Anglo-Saxon  Tiw)  ;"  that  is,  this  is  the  German  name 
of  the  god  of  war  corresponding  to  the  Anglo-Saxon.  It 
continues : — 

"Both  Tuisco  and  his  son  gave  laws  to  their  [the  Ger- 
man] nation,  and  the  name  of  the  day  on  which  the  early 
Germans  held  judicial  meetings,  Tuesday,  \:s  derived  from 
that  of  the  former." 

"WEDNESDAY  (Anglo-Saxon  Wodnesdaeg,  Swed. 
Odensdag  or  Onsdag),  the  fourth  day  of  the  week,  named 
from  Woden  or  Odin,  the  Scandinavian  All-father,  to 
whom  it  was  sacred.  It  is  the  Mercurii  dies  [day  of  Mer- 
cury] of  the  Roman  calendar." 

"THURSDAY,  the  fifth  day  of  the  week,  the  dies  Jovis 
[day  of  Jupiter]  of  the  Roman  calendar,  and  sacred  in 
the  Northern  mythology  to  the  thunderer,  Thor,  for  whom 
it  was  named.  In  German  it  is  called  Donnerstag  (thunder 
day)." 

"FRIDAY,  the  sixth  day  of  the  week,  called  by  the  Sax- 
ons Frige  daeg,  or  day  of  Frigga  (the  wife  of  Odin), 
whence  our  name,  and  by  the  Romans  dies  Veneris,  or 
Venus'  day." 

"SATURDAY  (Saturn's  day),  the  seventh  and  last  day 
of  the  week,  and  the  Roman  dies  Saturni.  It  is  the  Jewish 


Western  Europe.  65 

Sabbath,  and  in  the  Roman  Catholic  breviary  is  still  called 
dies  sabbati  [day  of  the  Sabbath]." 

The  Western  Empire  of  Rome  was  especially  ecclesi- 
astical in  its  form  of  government.  The  religion  of  the 
government,  as  we  shall  see  more  clearly  later  on,  was  a 
system  made  up  from  the  typical  service  of  the  Hebrews, 
from  the  ordinances  of  Christianity,  and  still  more  largely 
from  the  forms  of  heathen  worship.  The  three  combined 
are  called  by  the  apostle  "the  mystery  of  iniquity;"  hence 
the  symbol  in  Revelation  13  connects  these  characteristics 
of  the  former  governments  with  the  Western  Empire  of 
Rome. 

The  next  point  in  the  symbol  is  that  the  beast  had  seven 
heads.  The  imperial  head  was  in  John's  day.  The  sev- 
enth, or  papal,  head,  which  received  its  deadly  wound,  was 
still  future,  and  will  be  noticed  in  its  order.  The  apostle 
says  of  this  leopard  beast  that  "the  dragon  gave  him  his 
power,  and  his  seat,  and  great  authority."  This  point 
should  be  well  established.  The  question  arises,  How 
came  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome  to  be  a  separate  divi- 
sion of  the  world?  It  needs  but  a  few  statements  to  make 
this  clear.  Following  the  days  of  Christ,  the  gospel  trav- 
eled west.  Paul  carried  the  gospel  to  Rome,  in  Italy,  and 
other  portions  of  Western  Europe,  hence  his  epistles  are 
directed  to  the  Romans,  the  Corinthians,  and  others.  He 
was  an  apostle  to  the  Gentiles.  Any  one  reading  his  let- 
ters will  remember  well  the  conflicts  and  difficulties  he  had 
to  meet;  but  notwithstanding  all  this,  his  labors  were 
blessed,  and  churches  were  raised  up. 

Paul  was  far-seeing,  and  realized  that  Satan  was  a 
wily  foe,  and  it  was  only  by  eternal  vigilance  that  the  truth 
of  God  was  kept  alive  in  the  earth.  He  knew,  too,  by  the 
history  of  all  the  past,  that,  when  the  reformation  and  an 
aggressive  work  were  accomplished,  it  would  only  be  a 
question  of  time  until  others  would  come  in  bearing  less 


66       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

burdens-  and  with  less  appreciation  of  sacred  things,  and 
hence  a  reaction  would  be  sure  to  follow,  and  so  he  writes : 
"For  I  know  this,  that  after  my  departing  shall  grievous 
wolves  enter  in  among  you,  not  sparing  the  flock.  Also 
of  your  own  selves  shall  men  arise,  speaking  perverse 
things,  to  draw  away  disciples  after  them.  Therefore 
watch,  and  remember,  that  by  the  space  of  three  years  I 
ceased  not  to  warn  every  one  night  and  day  with  tears." 
Acts  20:29-31. 

False  doctrines  were  already  entering  the  church  in 
Paul's  day,  and  the  conflict  between  Christianity  and 
heathenism  was  sharp.  The  great  temple  at  Ephesus  was 
dedicated  to  sun  worship,  and  as  Christianity  made  its 
advancement,  we  read  that  the  Ephesians,  fearing  their 
religion  was  being  overthrown,  cried  out  for  the  space  of 
two  hours  on  one  occasion,  "Great  is  Diana  of  the  Ephe- 
sians." Some  had  gotten  wrong  ideas  from  Paul's  epistle 
to  the  Thessalonians  concerning  the  second  advent  of  Christ 
to  the  world.  Others  among  the  Greeks  had  gotten  the 
idea  that  the  resurrection  had  already  passed.  False  doc- 
trines were  creeping  in  on  every  hand,  and  to  those  in 
Thessalonica,  who  had  gotten  a  wrong  idea  with  regard 
to  the  second  coming  of  Christ,  Paul  writes  as  follows : 
"Now  we  beseech  you,  brethren,  by  the  coming  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  by  our  gathering  together  unto 
Him,  that  ye  be  not  soon  shaken  in  mind,  or  be  troubled, 
neither  by  spirit,  nor  by  word,  nor  by  letter  as  from  us, 
as  that  the  day  of  Christ  is  at  hand.  Let  no  man  deceive 
you  by  any  means;  for  that  day  shall  not  come,  except 
there  come  a  falling  away  first,  and  that  man  of  sin  be 
revealed,  the  son  of  perdition;  who  opposeth  and  exalteth 
himself  above  all  that  is  called  God,  or  that  is  worshiped; 
so  that  he  as  God  sitteth  in  the  temple  of  God,  showing 
himself  that  he  is  God.  Remember  ye  not,  that,  when  I 
was  yet  with  you,  I  told  you  these  things?  And  now  ye 


Western  Europe.  67 

know  what  withholdeth  that  he  might  be  revealed  in  his 
time.  For  the  mystery  of  iniquity  doth  already  work; 
only  he  who  now  letteth  will  let,  until  he  be  taken  out  of 
the  way.  And  then  shall  that  Wicked  be  revealed,  whom 
the  Lord  shall  consume  with  the  spirit  of  His  mouth,  and 
shall  destroy  with  the  brightness  of  His  coming;  even 
him,  whose  coming  is  after  the  working  of  Satan  with  all 
power  and  signs  and  lying  wonders,  and  with  all  deceiv- 
ableness  of  unrighteousness  in  them  that  perish;  because 
they  received  not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might  be 
saved."  2  Thess.  2:1-10. 

Paul  well  knew  there  would  be  a  falling  away  from 
the  true  faith  and  a  "giving  heed  to  seducing  spirits  and 
doctrines  of  devils,"  and  under  this  condition  the  church 
of  Christ  would  have  a  desperate  struggle  to  maintain  even 
an  existence.  He  knew  there  would  be  a  power  arise, 
described  in  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation.  He  no 
doubt  had  gotten  much  of  this  information  from  the 
prophecies  of  Daniel,  which  clearly  locate  the  time  and 
continuance  of  the  government  we  are  now  considering. 
The  formation  of  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome  was  an 
outgrowth  of  existing  circumstances.  The  Roman  gov- 
ernment itself  had  reached  the  zenith  of  its  power,  and  was 
now  on  its  downward  course.  Constantine,  the  last  of 
its  emperors  as  universal  ruler,  seeing  this,  left  not  a  stone 
unturned  to  save  it  from  ruin,  but  his  efforts  were  in  vain. 
In  order  to  do  this,  he  enlisted  the  political  influence  of 
the  church  to  carry  out  his  scheme.  He  purported  to  have 
seen  a  vision  of  the  cross  of  Christ  in  the  heavens,  and,  as 
a  result  of  this  purported  vision,  he  erected  the  cross  and 
commenced  to  establish  the  church  as  a  prime  factor  in  the 
government.  This  was  three  hundred  and  twenty-one 
years  after  Christ.  The  church  at  this  time  had  so  blended 
heathenism  and  Christianity  that  they  had  largely  lost  their 
hold  upon  God,  and  were  seeking  political  power  and  influ- 


68       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

ence.  In  his  efforts  to  cement  together  Christianity  and 
paganism,  Coristantine  issued  the  first  law  we  have  on 
record  regarding  the  establishment  of  a  day  of  worship. 
This  read  as  follows,  "Let  all  the  town  people  and  they  in 
villages  rest  on  the  venerable  day  of  the  sun."  This 
law  did  not  affect  those  living  in  the  country,  but  later 
on  Sunday  laws  were  enacted  compelling  every  one  to 
regard  that  day.  Thus  the  heathen  day  was  established 
in  the  place  of  the  Sabbath  of  Jehovah.  Other  similar 
things  were  enforced  upon  the  people,  and  the  influence 
of  the  church  became  a  ruling  factor  in  the  government, 
but  this  element  was  largely  located  in  the  Western  Empire, 
and  those  influenced  by  it  were  in  the  West. 

One  step  after  another  was  taken,  until  the  church  in 
the  West  reached  a  point  where  they  demanded  civil  as 
well  as  religious  rule.  They  further  reasoned  that,  as 
Rome  was  the  ancient  capital  of  the  empire,  the  bishop 
of  that  city  should  be  the  head  over  all  the  churches. 
Apostate  religious  teachers,  when  they  begin  to  clamor  for 
power,  know  no  bounds.  There  were  three  of  the  western 
divisions,  the  Ostrogoths,  the  Heruli,  and  the  Vandals, 
opposed  to  the  church  wielding  both  civil  and  ecclesiastical 
power.  An  appeal  was  made  to  the  emperor  of  the  East 
by  the  church  to  issue  a  decree  that  their  wishes  might 
be  carried  out.  Justinian,  who  was  then  emperor  at  Con- 
stantinople, issued  a  decree  in  A.  D.  533  that  the  bishop  of 
Rome  should  be  head  over  all  the  churches.  The  last  of 
these  three  opposing  powers  was  subdued  in  A.  D.  538,  and 
this  established  a  government  in  Western  Rome,  ecclesi- 
astical and  civil  combined.  Says  John,  "The  dragon  gave 
him  [the  beast]  his  power,  and  his  seat  [at  Rome],  and 
great  authority."  Some  have  supposed  that  the  dragon 
power  ceased  to  exist,  but  this  is  not  true.  The  seat  of 
government  at  Constantinople  continued  for  a  thousand 
years  after  this,  until  that  city  was  taken  by  the  Turks, 


Western  Europe.  69 

A.  D.  1453.  The  dragon,  like  a  father,  through  his  influ- 
ence and  power,  established  his  son  with  a  seat  of  gov- 
ernment, and  endued  him  with  power  and  authority  to 
rule,  and  in  this  manner  Western  Rome  now  steps  upon 
the  stage  of  action  as  an  independent  power,  with  its  terri- 
tory, to  act  its  part  in  the  world's  history  from  538  A.  D.  till 
the,Lord  shall  come. 

f  Let  the  reader  mark  these  divisions  well.  The  two 
divisions  considered  thus  far  include  all  the  old  world. 
Drawing  a  line  north  and  south,  east  of  Italy,  you  have 
on  one  hand  the  dragon  power :  on  the  other  hand,  Western 
Europe,  or  the  beast  power.  The  religion  of  one  is  Greek; 
the  religion  of  the  other  k  Roman  Catholicism,  which  is 
a  mixture  of  all  religions^MThe  subjects  of  the  dragon 
number  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  population  of  the  globe. 
Constantinople  is  the  seat  qf  government  of  one;  the  city 
of  Rome  that  of  the  other!  Thus  we  have  the  seventh 
head  or  form  of  government  mentioned  by  the  prophet 
established,  and  applying  to  the  Western  Empire  only. 
John  says,  "I  saw  one  of  his  heads  as  it  were  wounded  to 
death ;  and  his  deadly  wound  was  healed ;  and  all  the  world 
wondered  after  the  beast."  He  tells  us  how  this  wound 
was  inflicted:  "He  that  leadeth  into  captivity  shall  go  into 
captivity;  he  that  killeth  with  the  sword  must  be  killed 
with  the  sword."  This  power  represented  by  the  seventh 
head  was  led  into  captivity  in  A.  D.  1798,  at  the  expiration 
of  the  forty-two  months  spoken  of  in  the  chapter.  At 
that  time  Berthier,  a  French  general,  entered  the  city  of 
Rome,  and  took  the  pope  prisoner,  and  declared  a  repub- 
lican form  of  government.  It  was  at  this  time  this  head 
received  his  deadly  wound.  He  will  be  killed  with  the 
sword  in  the  great  battle  of  Armageddon,  after  the  deadly 
wound  is  healed.  This  power  is  introduced  in  the  seven^ 
teenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  to  which  we  now  turn. 
After  giving  a  description  of  the  beast,  and  of  the 


70       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

woman  seated  upon  it,  in  this  chapter  the  prophet  describes 
the  situation  as  follows :  "The  beast  that  thou  sawest  was, 
and  is  not;  and  shall  ascend  out  of  the  bottomless  pit,  and 
go  into  perdition;  and  they  that  dwell  on  the  earth  shall 
wonder,  whose  names  were  not  written  in  the  book  of  life 
from  the  foundation  of  the  world,  when  they  behold  the 
beast  that  was,  and  is  not,  and  yet  is."  Rev.  17:8. 

The  prophet  here  gives  the  entire  history  of  this  power. 
"The  beast  that  thou  sawest  was  [from  A.  D.  538  to  A.  D. 
1798],  and  is  not  [from  1798  until  restored]"  "and  yet 
is  [as  restored  in  the  time  of  trouble.]"  This  chapter  is 
introduced  by  showing  John  the  judgments  that  are  to  come 
on  fallen  Babylon.  "And  the  ten  horns  which  thou  saw- 
est are  ten  kings,  which  have  received  no  kingdom  as  yet; 
but  receive  power  as  kings  one  hour  with  the  beast.  These 
have  'one  mind,  and  shall  give  their  power  and  strength 
unto  the  beast.  These  shall  make  war  with  the  Lamb,  and 
the  Lamb  shall  overcome  them;  for  He  is  Lord  of  lords, 
and  King  of  kings ;  and  they  that  are  with  Him  are  called, 
and  chosen,  and  faithful."  Rev,  17:12-14. 

"These  shall  make  war  with  the  Lamb."  This  again 
locates  the  time  when  this  chapter  applies.  Says  the 
prophet,  "The  ten  horns"  here  mentioned  "have  received 
no  kingdom  as  yet."  These  have  one  mind,  and  shall  give 
their  power  and  strength  unto  the  beast.  While  they  may 
not  be  the  identical  kings  in  the  first  formation  of  the 
Western  Empire,  yet  the  territory  is  the  same.  The  loca- 
tion of  the  power  is  the  same,  and  there  will  be  ten  kings 
under  this  power  that  will  renew  their  allegiance  to  the 
form  of  government  here  introduced.  This  allegiance  will 
be  for  only  a  brief  period,  when  they  will  see  their  fatal 
mistake,  and  will  turn  with  bitter  hatred  against  the  apos- 
tate mother,  and  burn  her  flesh  as  it  were  with  fire.  This 
is  the  closing  act  before  this  power  is  finally  cast  alive  into 
the  lake  of  fire.  "And  the  ten  horns  which  thou  sawest 


Western  Europe.  71 

upon  the  beast,  these  shall  hate  the  whore,  and  shall  make 
her  desolate  and  naked,  and  shall  eat  her  flesh,  and  burn 
her  with  fire/'  Rev.  17:16.  Revelation  17  is  more  fully 
considered  in  connection  with  the  chapter  on  the  seven 
seals,  hence,  having  well  established  the  second  symbol 
and  its  territory,  as  recorded  in  the  thirteenth  chapter  of 
Revelation,  we  pass  to  the  third  and  last  great  power  of 
the  world.  We  do  this  with  the  assured  feeling  that  the 
subject  will  increase  with  an  intensity  of  interest  to  the 
reader. 


^^^m^j^j^w^^^^^^r^j^m 

I  Great  peace  have  they  which  love  Thy  lavj  r£s;6< 


CHAPTER  V. 


AMERICA,  OR  THE  NEW  WORLD. 

f  JOHN,  after  leaving  the  power  just  considered  in  verse 
10,  in  Revelation  13,  begins  with  verse  n,  as  follows, 
"And  I  beheld  another  beast  coming  up  out  of  the  earth; 
and  he  had  two  horns  like  a  lamb,  and  he  spake  as  a 
dragon/ '  Rev.  13:11.) 

As  the  second  power  came  in  in  order  of  time  after 
the  dragon,  so  we  must  look  for  the  third  power  to  come 
still  later.  Next,  remember  the  two  former  symbols  con- 
sidered embraced  all  of  the  old  world  from  the  Atlantic 
on  the  west  to  the  Roman  possessions  bordering  the  Pacific 
on  the  east.  Hence  we  can  not  look  to  the  old  world  for 
the  territory  of  the  third  power.  We  must  look  to  the 
new  world,  across  the  ocean  in  the  far  West,  as  described 
in  Isaiah  18,  where  this  power  is  definitely  located  as  across 
the  ocean,  beyond  the  rivers  of  EthiopiA  In  the  language 
of  Bishop  Berkeley: — 

"Westward  the  course  of  empires  takes  its  way; 

The  first  four  acts  already  passed; 
The  fifth  shall  close  the  drama  of  the  day. 

God's  noblest  offspring  is  the  last." 

God  in  His  infinite  wisdom  has  had  a  country  covered, 
as  it  were,  by  the  wings  of  the  Almighty,  until  the  proper 
time  should  come,  when  it  would  arise  and  shine,  and  be 

72 


America,  or  the  New  World.  73 

a  third  ruling  power  in  the  world*  This  country  is  the 
United  States  of  North  America/  Prophecy  locates  a 
country  by  peculiar  marks  and  characteristics,  and  not 
always  by  name.  Inspiration  gives  us  its  location,  the 
time  of  its  rise,  the  peculiar  features  of  its  work,  its  growth, 
and  its  destiny,  then  leaves  us  to  take  the  history  of  the 
world,  the  geographical  boundaries,  the  description  of  the 
power,  and  thus  to  locate  it.  So  with  the  power  before 
us.  Says  John,  The  time  I  saw  it  coming  up  was  when 
the  other  beast  received  its  deadly  wound.  Laying  the 
specification  here  to  the  United  States  of  North  America, 
we  have  no  trouble  in  determining  thus  far  the  rise  of  the 

power.  In  1620  the  Mayflower 
arrived  at  Plymouth  Rock.  In 
due  time  the  colonies  of  the  East- 
ern states  were  organized.  In 
1776  their  independence  from 
Great  Britain  was  declared.  In 
1787  the  Constitution  was  framed. 
In  1789  it  went  into  effect.  Just 

nine  years  from  this  time  was  the  period  fulfilled  when 
John  said  it  would  rise.  He  says,  "He  had  two  horns 
like  a  lamb," — denoting  innocency  and  youth.  A  horn,  as 
in  Daniel  8,  denotes  a  government  both  ecclesiastical  and 
civil.  In  other  places  a  horn  denotes,  possibly,  the  civil 
only.  Our  forefathers  said  they  would  come  to  a  country 
where  there  was  a  State  without  a  king  and  a  Church  with- 
out a  pope.  We  believe  these  two  principles  are  repre- 
sented by  the  two  horns  like  a  lamb.  These  principles  are 
expressed  in  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  and  also  in 
the  Constitution  of  this  country.  The  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence says,  "We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident :  that 
all  men  are  created  equal ;  that  they  are  endowed  by  their 
Creator  with  certain  unalienable  rights;  that  among  these 
are  life,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness."  The  Con- 


74       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

stitution  of  the  United  States  says  that  "Congress  shall 
make  no  law  respecting  an  establishment  of  religion,  or 
prohibiting  the  free  exercise  thereof."  These  are  the 
principles  of  both  civil  and  religious  liberty.  This  shows 
that  the  religious  phase  of  this  government  is  different  from 
that  of  all  others  before  it.  The  new  world  is  the  home 
of  Protestantism  and  religious  liberty,  principles  fitly  rep- 
resented by  one  of  these  horns. 

Rev.  13:14  gives  another  characteristic  of  the  govern- 
ment: "Saying  to  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they 
should  make  an  image  to  the  beast,"  thus  showing  that 
it  is  republican  in  its  form  of  government,  as  it  appeals 
to  the  people  to  make  its  laws.  The  beast  before  it 
had  crowns  upon  its  horns.  This  beast  has  not,  thus 
showing  that  the  form  of  government  was  that  of  a  repub- 
lic. The  dragon  had  no  crowns  upon  its  horns,  thus 
showing  that  Rome,  before  its  division,  was  also  a  republic ; 
but  later  in  its  history  the  crowns  were  taken  from  the 
heads,  and  placed  upon  the  horns.  These  distinctions  are 
all  significant,  and  should  be  well  considered. 

This  government  arose  at  the  right  time  in  the  world's 
history  to  fully  meet  the  specifications  of  the  prophecy  of  the 
two-horned  beast.  Its  location  is  definitely  stated.  The 
two  leading  principles  of  its  formation  are  clearly  marked 
by  the  two  horns  like  a  lamb.  The  prophet  saw  it  "com- 
ing up  out  of  the  earth."  The  second  symbol  of  the  three 
divisions  of  the  world,  the  first  symbol  of  this  thirteenth 
chapter  of  Revelation,  was  seen  coming  up  out  of  the  sea. 
This  language  is  explained  in  Rev.  17:15:  "The  waters 
which  thou  sawest,  where  the  whore  sitteth,  are  peoples, 
and  multitudes,  and  nations,  and  tongues."  The  West- 
ern Empire  of  Rome,  in  A.  D.  538,  when  the  second  symbol 
came  up,  was  a  thickly-populated  country,  but  not  so  with 
this  last  symbol,  which  in  1798  was  growing  up  like  a 
plant  out  of  the  earth,  that  is,  it  was  arising  in  previously 


America,  or  the  New  World.  75 

unoccupied  territory.  In  1777  delegates  from  the  thirteen 
original  states, — New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  Connecticut,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania, 
Delaware,  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  and  Georgia,— in  Congress  assembled,  adopted 
articles  of  confederation.  In  1783  the  war  of  the  Revo- 
lution closed,  and  a  treaty  with  Great  Britain  was  made. 
At  this  time  the  population  amounted  to  about  three 
million .  souls,  with  less  than  one  million  square  miles  of 
territory.  In  1803  the  French  cession  of  Louisiana,  em- 
bracing 930,928  square  miles,  was  added.  Then  Florida, 
Texas,  Oregon,  California,  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and 
Alaska,  with  1,931,849  square  miles  of  territory,  making 
a  total  of  3,678,392  square  miles,  and  still  later,  by  the 
war  with  Spain,  the  Philippine  Islands,  with  15,000,000 
souls,  besides  Porto  Rico,  in  the  West  Indies,  were  added 
to  its  possession.  Then  the  Hawaiian  Islands  were  also 
added.  The  Moiiroe  doctrine  gives  it  virtual  control  over 
South  America.  It  can  be  said  of  this  vast  territory  that 
the  sun  never  sets  on  it.  In  the  short  space  of  a  little 
over  one  hundred  years  its  population  has  grown  to  nearly 
one  hundred  million  souls,  and  it  has  become  the  third 
ruling  power  of  the  world.  The  stars  and  stripes  are 
respected  by  all  nations  and  powers  of  the  earth.  Its 
wealth  has  equally  increased.  No  nation  in  all  the  world's 
history  has  increased  in  this  respect  so  rapidly.  Its  vast 
prairies,  its  forests,  its  mines,  its  fertile  soil,  its  freedom 
of  thought,  have  all  tended  to  make  it  one  of  the  great 
nations  of  the  earth  in  wealth  and  progress.  Its  acad- 
emies, seminaries,  colleges,  and  universities,  its  free  school 
system,  these  make  it  a  nation  of  learning  and  a  wise  people. 
Its  railroads  and  telegraph  systems  are  unequaled.  Its 
postal  service  has  grown  to  be  an  immense  system.  It  has 
been  the  home  of  religious  liberty,  aid,  as  a  result,  churches 
are  built  everywhere.  All  this  i?  only  an  evidence  of 


76       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

God's  divine  providence  in  the  development  of  this  great 
power.  Religious  freedom  and  its  stores  of  wealth  have 
brought  immigration  from  every  clime  and  every  shore 
to  this  fair  land.  John  says,  I  saw  it  "coming  up  out  of 
the  earth,"  growing  up  like  a  plant.  Thus  another  speci- 
fication is  fully  met.  The  prophet  now  proceeds  to  give  its 
future. 

"AND  HE  SPAKE  AS  A  DRAGON." 

We  wish  to  notice  this  specification.  This  government, 
though  it. comes  up  with  such  freedom  of  thought,  grant- 
ing all  men  liberty  to  worship  God  according  to  their  own 
consciences,  speaks  "as  a  dragon,"  and  "exerciseth  all  the 
power  of  the  first  beast  before  him."  The  dragon  was  a 
persecuting  power.  It  was  Pontius  Pilate,  the  Roman 
governor,  that  gave  his  consent  to  the  death  of  Christ.  It 
was  King  Herod  who  sent  forth  and  slew  all  the  male 
children,  two  years  old  and  under,  that  he  might  put  to 
death  the  Son  of  God.  It  was  under  Tiberius'  reign  that 
Christ  was  crucified.  It  was  Nero  that  beheaded  Paul. 
It  was  Constantine,  through  the  laws  of  Rome,  that  issued 
the  law  for  Sunday-keeping.  It  was  Diocletian,  from 
A.  D.  302  to  312  that  put  to  death  ten  millions  of  the  fol- 
lowers of  the  Nazarene.  It  was  Justinian,  the  emperor 
of  the  East,  that  established  by  his  decree  of  A.  D.  533  the 
civil  reign  of  the  popes.  It  was  Roman  Catholicism  for 
twelve  hundred  and  sixty  years  that  was  drunken  with  the 
blood  of  the  martyrs  of  Jesus.  John  says  it  is  the  two- 
horned  beast  that  will  speak  as  a  dragon  and  exercise  all 
the  power  of  the  first  beast  before  it.  Are  there  any  pros- 
pects of  this  to-day?  Has  the  church  of  this  country 
entered  the  political  arena,  seeking  political  power?  Is 
the  church  of  this  nation  appealing  to  Congress  for  Sun- 
day laws?  Is  the  church  of  this  nation  knocking  for 
entrance  into  the  halls  of  civil  legislation?  Are  the  min- 
istry of  this  free  land  telling  us  that  they  want  Christ 


America,  or  the  New  World.  77 

recognized  in  the  Constitution?  Are  nearly  all  the  relig- 
ious organizations  advocating  the  theory  that  this  is  a 
Christian  nation,  and  that  the  church  should  have  a  voice 
in  Christian  laws?  To  the  student  and  observer  we  need 
not  answer.  All  are  aware  that  such  is  the  case.  "And 
he  exerciseth  all  the  power  of  the  first  beast  before  him,  and 
causeth  the  earth  and  them  which  dwell  therein  to 
worship  the  first  beast,  whose  deadly  wound  was  healed." 
Rev.  13:12. 

Will  this  power  do  what  the  last  verse  says  it  will? 
We  answer,  Certainly  it  will,  as  surely  as  if  it  were  now 
in  the  very  act.  For  when  God  says  a  thing  will  come 
to  pass,  He  knowing  the  history  of  man  and  the  workings 
of  Satan,  rest  assured  it  will  come,  and  this  government 
will,  as  the  prophet  says,  exercise  all  the  power  of  the  first 
beast.  Not  only  will  this  be  true  in  its  spiritual  work,  but 
it  has  been  true  in  its  acquisition  of  territory.  "And  he 
doeth  great  wonders,  so  that  he  maketh  fire  come  down 
from  heaven  on  the  earth  in  the  sight  of  men,  and  deceiv- 
eth  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth  by  the  means  of  those 
miracles  which  he  had  power  to  do  in  the  sight  of  the 
beast;  saying  to  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they 
should  make  an  image  to  the  beast,  which  had  the  wound 
by  a  sword,  and  did  live."  Rev.  13:13,  14. 

This  reveals  still  another  characteristic  of  the  power. 
The  miraculous  workings  of  Satan,  whose  angels  are  to 
go  forth  to  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  the  whole  world,  to 
gather  them  to  the  battle  of  the  great  God  Almighty,*  are 
to  be  seen  in  this  government.  ""And  I  saw  the  beast,  and 
the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  their  armies,  gathered  together 
to  make  war  against  Him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and  against 
His  army.  And  the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  Him  the 
false  prophet  that  wrought  miracles  before  him,  with 
which  he  deceived  them  that  had  received  the  mark  of 
the  beast,  and  them  that  worshiped  his  image.  These  both 


78       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

were  cast  alive  into  a  lake  of  fire  burning  with  brimstone." 
Rev.  19:19,  20. 

In  the  last  scripture  quoted,  this  power  is  called  the 
false  prophet.  Why? — Because  this  miraculous  manifes- 
tation will  be  under  the  garb  of  Christianity,  under  the 
religious  elements  of  the  nation.  Satan  has  always 
worked  through  apostate  Christendom.  In  1848  this 
ndraculous  working  began  in  the  Fox  family,  of  Hydes- 
ville,  New  York.  From  there  it  has  spread  not  only  over 
the  nation,  but  has  gone  to  the  whole  world,  under  the 
name  of  Modern  Spiritualism,  until  its  subjects  are  num- 
bered by  the  millions.  It  has  crept  into  the  pulpits  of  the 
land.  It  has  reached  kings  on  their  thrones.  Its  medi- 
ums are  counseled  in  times  of  war.  Its  manifestations  are 
unexplainable  by  those  unacquainted  with  the  teachings  of 
the  Bible  on  this  subject.  Paul  says  they  will  show  great 
signs  and  wonders,  "with  all  deceivableness  of  unright- 
eousness in  them  that  perish;  because  they  received  not 
the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might  be  saved."  Says 
Christ,  False  Christs  and  false  prophets  shall  arise,  and 
shall  deceive,  if  possible,  the  very  elect.  This  miraculous 
power  was  to  show  its  manifestations  first  in  this  new 
world  of  North  America.  This  power  was  to  say  to  its 
subjects,  Let  us  "make  an  image  to  the  beast,  which  had 
the  wound  by  a  sword,  and  did  live.  And  he  had  power 
to  give  life  unto  the  image  of  the  beast,  that  the  image 
of  the  beast  should  both  speak,  and  cause  that  as  many 
as  would  not  worship  the  image  of  the  beast  should  be 
killed.  And  he  caused  all,  both  small  and  great,  rich  and 
poor,  free  and  bond,  to  receive  a  mark  in  their  right  hand, 
or  in  their  foreheads;  and  that  no  man  might  buy  or  sell, 
save  he  that  had  the  mark,  or  the  name  of  the  beast,  or 
the  number  of  his  name."  Rev.  13:14-17. 

The  beast,  through  the  influence  of  the  church,  made 
laws  enforcing  the  doctrines  of  the  church  upon  the  people. 


America,  or  the  New  World.  79 

This  nation,  when  the  church  acquires  the  balance  01  power, 
will  take  the  same  evil  course,  and  will  enforce  an  institu- 
tion here  called  "the  mark  of  the  beast."  As  is  elsewhere 
shown  in  this  book,  under  the  "Gathering  of  Israel,"  this 
was  the  ancient  feast  day  of  the  sun,  which  the  beast 
enforced,  under  civil  penalty,  upon  all  of  its  subjects. 
This  country  takes  up  this  institution,  and  carries  the  old 
pagan  system  clear  down  to  the  close  of  earth's  history; 
no  man,  says  the  prophet,  may  buy  or  sell,  save  he  has  the 
mark  of  the  beast.  When  every  one  is  compelled  by  law 
to  recognize  this  great  day,  as  erected  like  the  great  image 
on  the  plains  of  Dura  in  the  time  of  Daniel,  then  it  can  be 
said  it  has  "power  to  give  life  unto  the  image  of  the  beast." 
It  may  be  asked,  Why  is  not  this  country  named  in  the 
prophecy?  We  reply,  because  a  description  of  character- 
istics determines  identity  more  certainly  than  a  name.  If 
a  horse  was  stolen,  the  owner  would  not  advertise  the 
horse's  name,  as  that  would  be  a  changeable  feature,  but 
he  would  advertise  his  height,  his  color,  his  weight,  his 
peculiar  marks,  his  gait,  his  general  appearance,  his  brand. 
Any  one  seeing  him,  if  these  all  met  the  specifications, 
would  say  beyond  all  question  that  was  the  animal  that 
was  advertised.  So  in  this  third  and  last  symbol  the  gov- 
ernment is  described  so  minutely  that  no  one  need  be  mis- 
taken. It  was  to  be  seen  coming  up  in  1798.  It  was  to 
be  young  and  innocent  like  a  lamb  at  that  time.  It  was 
to  have  two  principles  of  government  in  its  constitution. 
It  was  to  speak  as  a  dragon.  It  was  to  exercise  all  the 
power  of  the  first  beast.  It  was  to  cause  the  people  to 
worship  the  first  beast.  It  was  to  be  a  miracle-working 
power,  under  the  influence  of  Satan.  It  was  to  deceive 
those  who  dwell  on  the  earth  by  means  of  its  miracles.  It 
was  to  have  power  to  give  life  to  the  image  of  the  beast. 
It  was  to  issue  a  decree  and  enforce  laws  against  those 
who  would  not  worship  the  beast.  It  was  not  to  be  a 
monarchical  form  of  government,  as  the  horns  upon  its 


8o       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

head  had  no  crowns.  Its  territory  was  to  be  in  the  new. 
world,  or  America,  as  all  the  old  world  was  occupied  by 
the  former  symbols.  It  was  to  come  up  out  of  the  earth, 
and  not  by  war  and  conquest  among  the  people,  as  the 
beast  before  it.  It  was  to  be  in  a  country  lying  west  of 
the  rivers  of  Ethiopia,  across  the  ocean,  as  described  in 
Isaiah  the  eighteenth  chapter,  Palestine  being  the  home 
of  the  prophet,  from  which  directions  would  be  taken.  All 
these  specifications  have  been  met  by  the  government  of 
the  United  States  of  America.  And  there  is  no  other  gov- 
ernment in  the  world  that  could  meet  the  characteristics 
here  described;  hence  the  question  is  a  clear  one,  and  let 
the  reader  bear  in  mind  the  hand  of  God  is  in  this  line 
of  prophecy,  as  recorded  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth 
chapters  of  Revelation.  These  three  great  powers  rule  the 
world,  and  will  continue  to  do  so  until  the  end  of  time. 

There  is  still  another  evidence  of  another  threefold 
division  of  the  world.  In  the  seventeenth  chapter  of 
Revelation  is  brought  to  view  a  woman  seated  upon  a 
scarlet-colored  beast,  with  whom  the  kings  of  the  earth 
have  committed  fornication,  and  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth  have  been  made  drunk  with  the  wine  of  her  fornica- 
tion. "So  he  carried  me  away  in  the  spirit  into  the  wil- 
derness; and  I  saw  a  woman  sit  upon  a  scarlet-colored 
beast,  full  of  names  of  blasphemy,  having  seven  heads  and 
ten  horns.  And  the  woman  was  arrayed  in  purple  and 
scarlet  color,  and  decked  with  gold  and  precious  stones  and 
pearls,  having  a  golden  cup  in  her  hand  full  of  abomina- 
tions and  filthiness  of  her  fornication;  and  upon  her  fore- 
head was  a  name  written,  MYSTERY,  BABYLON  THE 
GREAT,  THE  MOTHER  OF  HARLOTS  AND 
ABOMINATIONS  OF  THE  EARTH.  And  I  saw  the 
woman  drunken  with  the  blood  of  the  saints,  and  with  the 
blood  of  the  martyrs  of  Jesus;  and  when  I  saw  her,  I 
wondered  with  great  admiration."  Rev.  17:3-6. 

In  giving  the  interpretation  of  this  prophecy,  the  Lord 


America,  or  the  New  World.  8l 

says,  "And  the  woman  which  thou  sawest  is  that  great  city, 
which  reigneth  over  the  kings  of  the  earth."  The  name  Baby- 
lon is  derived  from  Babel,  and  refers  back  to  the  time  when 
the  tower  of  Babel  was  built,  and  God  confused  the  language 
of  the  people,  hence  it  signifies  confusion.  Later  on  the  ancient 
city  of  Babylon  was  built  in  that  place.  This  name  is  applied 
by  the  prophet  to  apostate  Christendom,  as  the  great  system 
exists  in  the  world.  In  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation, 
where  the  prophet  is  speaking  of  the  last  judgments  under 
the  title  of  the  seven  last  plagues,  as  the  nations  are  gathered 
to  Armageddon,  he  says :  "And  the  great  city  was  divided  into 
three  parts,  and  the  cities  of  the  nations  fell ;  and  great  Baby- 
lon came  in  remembrance  before  God,  to  give  unto  her  the  cup 
of  the  wine  of  the  fierceness  of  His  wrath.  And  every  island 
fled  away,  and  the  mountains  were  not  found."  Rev.  16:19,  20. 

Here  Babylon  is  represented  as  being  divided  into  three 
parts.  But  the  question  is,  Where  are  these  divisions?  We  an- 
swer, They  exist  in  the  three  great  divisions  of  the  world  pow- 
ers as  symbolized  by  the  three  great  divisions  just  consid- 
ered,— Greek  Catholicism  as  it  exists  in  the  dragon  terri- 
tory; Roman  Catholicism  as  it  exists  in  the  beast  territory, 
or  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome;  apostate  Protestantism 
as  it  exists  in  the  territory  of  the  two-horned  beast,  or 
North  America.  Thus  we  have  a  twofold  evidence  of  a 
threefold  division  of  the  world;  and  out  of  the  mouths  of 
the  three  apostate  powers  from  God  John  saw  the  spirits 
of  devils  going  forth  to  "the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of 
the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to  the  battle  of  that  great 
day  of  God  Almighty." 

Let  us  mark  the  movements  of  these  powers,  and  all 
will  be  made  plain,  as  their  development  proceeds  in  the 
world.  Later  on  we  will  see  in  this  study  that  everything 
is  shaping  up  for  the  final  conflict. 


was  a  burning  and  a  sftMng  Jfgbt  John  6:?5 


CHAPTER  VI. 

PREPARATION  OF  THE  NATIONS, 

IN  the  chapter  just  closed  we  have  completed  the  Scrip- 
tural exposition  of  the  third  and  last  division  of  the  world, 
both  religiously  and  territorially,  and  through  these  divi- 
sions the  Scriptural  statement  is  that  Satan  will  go  forth 
to  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  the  whole  world  to  gather 
them  to  the  battle  of  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty.  This 
is  a  mighty  movement,  which  will  necessitate  a  prepara- 
tion and  also  differences  to  arise  between  the  powers. 
'We  must  therefore  devote  considerable  time  and  testimony 
to  the  condition  of  the  world  in  its  religious  and  civil 
aspects  before  we  come  to  the  final  gathering.  So  to  these 
points  we  will  now  give  consideration. 

"Woe  to  her  that  is  filthy  and  polluted,  to  the  oppress- 
ing city!  She  obeyed  not  the  voice;  she  received  not  cor- 
rection ;  she  trusted  not  in  the  Lord ;  she  drew  not  near  to 
her  God.  Her  princes  within  her  are  roaring  lions;  her 
judges  are  evening  wolves;  they  gnaw  not  the  bones  till 
the  morrow.  Her  prophets  are  light  and  treacherous  per- 
sons; her  priests  have  polluted  the  sanctuary,  they  have 
done  violence  to  the  law.  The  just  Lord  is  in  the  midst 
thereof;  He  will  not  do  iniquity;  every  morning  doth  He 
bring  His  judgment  to  light,  He  faileth  not ;  but  the  unjust 

82 


Preparation  of  the  Nations.  83 

knoweth  no  shame.  I  have  cut  off  the  nations ;  their  towers 
are  desolate;  I  made  their  streets  waste,  that  none  passeth 
by;  their  cities  are  destroyed,  so  that  there  is  no  man,  that 
there  is  none  inhabitant.  I  said,  Surely  thou  wilt  fear  Me, 
thou  wilt  receive  instruction;  so  their  dwelling  should  not 
be  cut  off,  howsoever  I  punished  them ;  but  they  rose  early, 
and  corrupted  all  their  doings.  Therefore  wait  ye  upon 
Me,  saith  the  Lord,  until  the  day  that  I  rise  up  to  the  prey ; 
for  My  determination  is  to  gather  the  nations,  that  I  may 
assemble  the  kingdoms,  to  pour  upon  them  Mine  indigna- 
tion, even  all  My  fierce  anger;  for  all  the  earth  shall  be 
devoured  with  the  fire  of  My  jealousy.  For  then  will  1 
turn  to  the  people  a  pure  language,  that  they  may  all  call 
upon  the  name  of  the  Lord,  to  serve  Him  with  one  con- 
sent." Zeph.  3  11-9. 

Both  the  cause  and  result  are  plainly  stated  in  the  fore- 
going scripture.  Her  princes  are  "roaring  lions;  her 
judges  are  evening  wolves;"  "her  prophets  are  light  and 
treacherous."  As  a  result  of  this  condition  both  among 
the  civil  and  spiritual  rulers  of  the  land,  the  nations  will 
be  gathered  to  meet  their  final  doom.  And  so  we  read, 
"Therefore  wait  ye  upon  Me,  saith  the  Lord,  until  the  day 
that  I  rise  up  to  the  prey ;  for  My  determination  is  to  gather 
the  nations,  that  I  may  assemble  the  kingdoms,  to  pour 
upon  them  Mine  indignation,  even  all  My  fierce  anger;  for 
all  the  earth  shall  be  devoured  with  the  fire  of  My  jealousy." 
The  social  condition  of  the  world  will  be  as  it  was  before 
the  flood,  when  violence  filled  the  earth,  and  as  a  result  of 
this  condition  the  great  destruction  will  come.  So,  in 
order  to  understand  clearly  the  movements  of  the  world, 
we  must  study  the  situation  both  from  a  civil  and  an 
ecclesiastical  standpoint. 

"He  that  dasheth.  in  pieces  is  come  up  before  thy  face ; 
keep  the  munition,  watch  the  way,  make  thy  loins  strong, 
fortify  thy  power  mightily.  For  the  Lord  hath  turned 


84       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

away  the  excellency  of  Jacob,  as  the  excellency  of  Israel ; 
for  the  emptiers  have  emptied  them  out,  and  marred  their 
vine  branches.  The  shield  of  his  mighty  men  is  made 
red,  the  valiant  men  are  in  scarlet;  the  chariots  shall  be 
with  flaming  torches  in  the  day  of  His  preparation,  and 
the  fir  trees  shall  be  terribly  shaken.  The  chariots  shall 
rage  in  the  streets,  they  shall  justle  one  against  another 
in  the  broad  ways ;  they  shall  seem  like  torches,  they  shall 
run  like  the  lightnings.  He  shall  recount  his  worthies; 
they  shall  stumble  in  their  walk;  they  shall  make  haste  to 
the  wall  thereof,  and  the  defense  shall  be  prepared." 
Nahum  2:1-5. 

The  first  portion  of  this  scripture  says  the  "Lord  hath 
turned  away  the  excellency  of  Jacob,"  and,  as  a  result,  "the 
emptiers  have  emptied  them  out,  and  marred  their  vine 
branches."  Verse  3  gives  a  description  of  the  preparation 
of  the  army:  "The  shield  of  his  mighty  men  is  made  red, 
the  valiant  men  are  in  scarlet."  After  describing  the  situ- 
ation, the  prophet  introduces  the  great  inventions,  espe- 
cially that  of  the  railroads,  which  will  no  doubt  prove  a 
great  factor  in  the  gathering  of  the  nations.  Says  John, 
"The  nations  were  angry,  and  Thy  wrath  is  come,  and  the 
time  of  the  dead,  that  they  should  be  judged.""  The 
prophet  Daniel,  in  speaking  of  the  closing  events,  adds,  "At 
that  time  shall  Michael  stand  up,  the  great  Prince  which  stand- 
eth  for  the  children  of  thy  people ;  and  there  shall  be  a  time  of 
trouble,  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation  even  to 
that  same  time."  Dan.  12:1. 

"A  noise  shall  come  even  to  the  ends  of  the  earth;  for 
the  Lord  hath  a  controversy  with  the  nations;  He  will 
plead  with  all  flesh;  He  will  give  them  that  are  wicked  to 
the  sword,  saith  the  Lord.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
Behold,  evil  shall  go  forth  from  nation  to  nation,  and  a 
great  whirlwind  shall  be  raised  up  from  the  coasts  of  the 
earth.  And  the  slain  of  the  Lord  shall  be  at  that  day  from 


Preparation  of  the  Nations.  85 

one  eftd  of  the  earth  even  unto  the  other  end  of  the  earth; 
they  shall  not  be  lamented,  neither  gathered,  nor  buried; 
they  shall  be  dung  upon  the  ground."  Jer.  25:31-33. 

The  preparation  for  this  great  event  is  steadily  and 
surely  moving  on.  The  nations  are  watching  the  move- 
ments of  their  neighbors  with  an  eagle  eye  and  intense 
interest.  The  inventor  of  engines  of  destruction  is  busily 
engaged.  The  commercial  world  have  their  covetous  eye 
on  the  treasures  of  earth.  The  prophets  or  teachers  of 
the  religious  world  are  light  and  treacherous.  The  whole 
world  is  looking  with  fear  for  those  things  that  are  com- 
ing on  the  earth.  The  capitalists  are  fortifying  for  the 
protection  of  their  treasures.  The  laborers  are  uniting 
their  forces  for  self-protection  against  the  capitalists.  The 
religious  world  is  seeking  for  political  power  to  sustain 
the  church.  The  civil  power  is  seeking  the  aid  of  the 
church  in  order  to  maintain  an  existence.  Russia  has  four 
billions  of  gold  laid  up  as  a  war  fund.  The  nations  of 
the  world  are  building  their  navies,  fortifying  their  coasts, 
drilling  their  men,  and  increasing  their  armies,  getting 
ready  for  the  fray;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  judgments 
of  God  are  abroad  in  the  earth,  increasing  in  severity  every 
year.  Satan  is  at  work  with  all  power  and  signs  and  lying 
wonders.  Thus  the  whole  preparation  for  the  closing  event 
is  steadily  moving  on;  and  still  further,  on  the  other  hand, 
God  has  a  people  in  the  world  blowing  the  trumpet  in  Zion, 
sounding  an  alarm  in  all  His  holy  mountain,  that  all  the 
land  may  tremble,  telling  them  the  day  of  the  Lord  com- 
eth,  for  it  is  nigh  at  hand.  We  will  now  introduce  a 
chapter  showing  the  position  hat  religious  teachers  will 
take  concerning  this  great  question. 


WHILE  YE  HAVE  THE  LIGHT,  BELIEVE 
IN  THE  LIGHT  John  11:16 


CHAPTER   VII. 

TRUE   AND   FALSE   PROPHETS. 

\  THAT  these  two  classes  of  men  will  exist  even  to  the 
close  of  time,  there  can  be  no  question.  The  Saviour 
speaks  very  pointedly  when  He  says :  "Then  if  any  man 
shall  say  unto  you,  Lo,  here  is  Christ,  or  there;  believe 
it  not.  For  there  shall  arise  false  Christs,  and  false 
prophets,  and  shall  show  great  signs  and  wonders;  inso- 
much that,  if  it  were  possible,  they  shall  deceive  the  very 
elect.  Behold,  I  have  told  you  before.  Wherefore,  if  they 
shall  say  unto  you,  Behold,  He  is  in  the  desert;  go  not 
forth ;  behold,  He  is  in  the  secret  chambers ;  believe  it  not. 
For  as  the  lightning  cometh  out  of  the  east,  and  shineth 
even  unto  the  west;  so  shall  also  the  coming  of  the  Son 
of  man  be.  For  wheresoever  the  carcass  is,  th^re  will  the 
eaafles  be  gathered  together."  Matt.  24:23-28.  1 

{This  is  a  positive  statement  that  false  Christs  and  false 
prophets  shall  arise  to  deceive,  if  possible,  the  very  elect. 
This  class  of  men  will  have  much  to  do  in  the  shaping  of 
national  affairs;  and  through  these  men  Satan's  power  will 
be  manifested,  and  great  signs  and  wonders  will  be  shown, 
which  will  deceive  many  souls,  and  cause  their  final  ruin 
and  destruction.  This  miracle-working  power  of  Satan, 
as  it  will  be  manifested  in  theJast  days,  is  referred  to  in 
many  places  in  the  Bible.  JThe  apostle  Paul  speaks 
thus : — 


86 


/ 


True  and  False  Prophets.  87 

'•'And  then  shall  that  wicked  be  revealed,  whom  the 
Lord  shall  consume  with  the  spirit  of  His  mouth,  and  shall 
destroy  with  the  brightness  of  His  coming ;  even  him,  whose 
coming  is  after  the  working  of  Satan  with  all  power  and 
signs  and  lying  wonders,  and  with  all  deceivableness  of 
unrighteousness  in  them  that  perish;  because  they  received 
not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might  be  saved.  And 
for  this  cause  God  shall  send  them  strong  delusion,  that 
they  should  believe  a  lie;  that  they  all  might  be  damned 
who  believed  not  the  truth,  but  had  pleasure  in  unright- 
eousness." 2  Thess.  2:8-12. 

The  attention  of  these  men  has  been  called  to  the  truth, 
but,  says  the  apostle,  "they  received  not  the  love  of  the 
truth."  This  opens  an  avenue  for  the  mighty  working 
of  Satan.  They  are  taken  captive  at  his  will,  and  hence 
they  are  given  over  to  strong  delusion,  that  they  might 
believe  a  lie,  that  they  all  might  be  damned.  Supernatural 
power  will  attend  these  men  and  women,  and  it  will  come 
under  the  garb  and  name  of  Christianity.  Says  Christ, 
"There  shall  arise  false  Christs,"  that  is,  they  will  try  to 
imitate  Him,  and  will  claim  that  His  coming,  spoken  of 
in  the  Scriptures,  is  manifested  in  them.  Miracles  will  be 
wrought  by  them,  and  they  will  heal  the  sick,  and  seem- 
ingly great  power  will  attend  their  religious  movements, 
but  in  reality  it  is  the  mighty  workings  of  Satan  revived 
in  the  last  days.  The  apostle  refers  to  this  in  his  letter 
to  Timothy:  "Now  the  Spirit  speaketh  expressly,  that  in 
the  latter  times  some  shall  depart  from  the  faith,  giving 
heed  to  seducing  spirits,  and  doctrines  of  devils;  speaking 
lies  in  hypocrisy;  having  their  conscience  seared  with  a 
hot  iron ;  forbidding  to  marry,  and  commanding  to  abstain 
from  meats,  which  God  hath  created  to  be  received  with 
thanksgiving  of  them  which  believe  and  know  the  truth, 
For  every  creature  of  God  is  good,  and  nothing  to  be 
refused,  if  it  be  received  with  thanksgiving;  for  it  is  sanc- 
tified by  the  word  of  God  and  prayer."  I  Tim.  4:1-5. 


88       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"Forbidding  to  marry."  The  marriage  relation,  as 
instituted  in  the  beginning,  will  be  lightly  regarded,  and, 
as  a  result,  familiarity  between  sexes  will  be  one  of  the 
common  sins,  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  Sodom.  Also  they 
command  to  abstain  from  meat,  which  God  hath  created. 
The  word  "meats"  signifies  foods.  "Created,"  thus  refer- 
ring to  the  beginning,  and  raising  opposition  to  the  class 
of  foods  God  instituted  in  the  beginning  for  man,  which 
is,  as  shown  in  the  first  part  of  this  book,  a  vegetarian 
diet.  Some  have  supposed  the  word  "creature"  in  this 
scripture  applies  to  living  animals,  but  it  is  speaking  of 
foods  that  God  created  to  be  used.  A  creature  is  a  thing 
created,  whether  it  be  of  the  animal  or  vegetable  creation. 
This  class  of  people  will  oppose,  strictly  speaking,  the  fare 
God  created  for  man's  good.  They  have  departed  from 
the  faith,  not  willing  that  the  Bible  should  be  their  guide. 

In  Paul's  second  epistle  to  Timothy,  he  says,  "For  the 
time  will  come  when  they  will  not  endure  sound  doctrine; 
but  after  their  own  lusts  shall  they  heap  to  themselves 
teachers,  having  itching  ears;  and  they  shall  turn  away 
their  ears  from  the  truth,  and  shall  be  turned  unto  fables/' 
2  Tim.  4:3,^4. 

And  again  we  read:  "This  know  also,  that  in  tlje  last 
days  perilous  times  shall  come.  For  men  shall  be  levers 
of  their  own  selves,  covetous,  boasters,  proud,  blasphemers, 
disobedient  to  parents,  unthankful,  unholy,  without  natural 
affection,  truce-breakers,  false  accusers,  incontinent,  fiercet 
despisers  of  those  that  are  good,  traitors,  heady,  high- 
minded,  lovers  of  pleasures  more  than  lovers  of  God;  hav- 
ing a  form  of  godliness,  but  denying  the  power  thereof; 
from  such  turn  away.  For  of  this  sort  are  they  which 
creep  into  houses,  and  lead  captive  silly  women  laden  with 
sins,  led  away  with  divers  lusts,  ever  learning,  and  never 
able  1o  come  to  the  knowledge  of  the  truth.  Now  as  Jannes 
and  Jambres  withstood  Moses,  so  do  these  also  resist  the 


True  and  False  Prophets.  89 

truth;  men  of  corrupt  minds,  reprobate  concerning  the 
faith.  But  they  shall  proceed  no  further ;  for  their  folly 
shall  be  manifest  unto  all  men,  as  theirs  also  was." 
2  Tim.  3:1-9. 

They  have  a  form  of  godliness,  but  they  are  lovers  of 
pleasure.  They  are  Christian  in  name,  but  in  character 
they  are  not.  They  are  ever  talking  and  seemingly  trying 
to  learn  God's  Word,  but  they  never  come  to  a  knowledge 
of  the  truth,  but  as  Jannes  and  Jambres  withstood  Moses, 
these  also  resist  the  truth.  They  are  men  of  corrupt  minds, 
reprobate  concerning  the  faith.  It  is  a  truth  there  never 
was  an  age  in  the  world's  history  when  there  were  as  many 
Bibles  as  now.  It  is  also  evident  that  the  Bible  is  very 
meagerly  understood  by  the  professed  people  of  God. 
There  never  was  a  time  when  there  were  so  many  ministers. 
There  never  was  a  period  when  there  was  so  much  sin  in 
the  world.  There  never  was  a  time  when  so  many  mis- 
sionaries were  sent  out  as  to-day.  It  is  equally  true  that, 
though  people  are  brought  to  a  partial  knowledge  of  the 
Bible,  they  are  practically  left  in  the  world.  Jannes  and 
Jambres  were  men  that  resisted  the  miracles  and  work  of 
Moses  by  the  counterfeits  performed  in  opposition;  so 
again  we  learn  that  these  apostates  from  God  will  be 
clothed  with  similar  power;  but,  says  the  apostle,  their 
folly  shall  be  manifest. 

Turning  again  to  the  words  of  the  Saviour,  He  asks 
this  important  question:  "Who  then  is  a  faithful  and  wise 
servant,  whom  his  lord  hath  made  ruler  over  his  house- 
hold, to  give  them  meat  in  due  season?  Blessed  is  that 
servant,  whom  his  lord  when  he  cometh  shall  find  so  doing. 
Verily  I  say  unto  you,  That  he  shall  make  him  ruler  over 
all  his  goods.  But  and  if  that  evil  servant  shall  say  in 
his  heart,  My  lord  delayeth  his  coming;  and  shall  begin 
to  smite  his  fellow-servants,  and  to  eat  and  drink  with  the 
drunken;  the  lord  of  that  servant  shall  come  in  a  day  when 


9O       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

he  looketh  not  for  him,  and  in  an  hour  that  he  is  not  aware 
of,  and  shall  cut  him  asunder,  and  appoint  him  his  portion 
with  the  hypocrites;  there  shall  be  weeping  and  gnashing 
of  teeth."  Matt  24:45-51. 

The  unfaithful  servant  here  says,  "My  lord  delayeth 
his  coming."  Some  one  is  telling  the  people  that  the  Lord 
is  coming;  but  this  man  says  it  is  not  true.  The  Lord's 
coming  is  a  long  way  off.  He  eats  and  drinks  with  the 
drunken,  that  is,  his  mind  is  given  over  to  feasting,  and 
all  classes  are  invited  to  his  festivities,  regardless  of  char- 
acter or  standing.  It  is  all  done  under  the  name  of  Christ, 
and  many  times  in  the  house  of  divine  worship,  where  all 
classes  are  gathered  to  the  feast.  That  is,  there  is  no  sepa- 
ration between  him  and  the  world.  He  smites  his  fellow- 
servants  who  say  the  Lord  is  coming.  He  opposes  them 
in  their  work,  and  makes  it  hard  for  them.  The  figure 
here  used  is  that  of  a  landlord,  who  changes  his  diet  on 
the  table  according  to  the  season  of  the  year,  and  when  the 
time  comes,  the  faithful  servant  gives  the  household  meat 
in  due  season,  concerning  the  return  of  their  lord ;  but  the 
unfaithful  man  makes  no  change,  but  joins  in  with  the 
revelry  and  amusements  of  the  world. 

"This  second  epistle,  beloved,  I  now  write  unto  you ; 
in  both  which  I  stir  up  your  pure  minds  by  way  of  remem- 
brance; that  ye  may  be  mindful  of  the  words  which  were 
spoken  before  by  the  holy  prophets,  and  of  the  command- 
ment of  us  the  apostles  of  the  Lord  and  Saviour ;  knowing 
this  first,  that  there  shall  come  in  the  last  days  scoffers, 
walking  after  their  own  lusts,  and  saying,  Where  is  the 
promise  of  His  coming?  for  since  the  fathers  fell  asleep, 
all  things  continue  as  they  were  from  the  beginning  of  the 
creation.  For  this  they  willingly  are  ignorant  of,  that  by 
the  word  of  God  the  heavens  were  of  old,  and  the  earth 
standing  out  of  the  water  and  in  the  water;  whereby  the 
world  that  then  was,  being  overflowed  with  water,  per- 
ished." 2  Peter  3:1-6. 


True  and  False  Prophets.  91 

Again  we  are  brought  face  to  face  with  this  class  of 
pretended  teachers  of  the  truth.  Their  great  theme  is  to 
oppose  the  doctrine  of  the  soon-coming  of  the  Lord.  A 
scoffer  is  one  who  ridicules.  Failing  to  meet  the  question 
with  Bible  arguments,  he  ridicules  and  insinuates.  It  is 
not  that  they  have  lack  of  ability  or  natural  mental  power. 
Says  the  apostle,  "They  willingly  are  ignorant."  They 
could  .know  the  truth.  It  is  not  that  the  question  is  so 
difficult  to  be  understood;  they  do  not  care  to  know  the 
truth.  They  do  not  desire  to  reason  that,  if  the  world 
was  destroyed  by  water,  God  is  able  to  again  destroy  it 
with  fire.  These  problems  they  are  not  interested  in,  and 
so  they  scoff  at  the  truth.  They  are  described  thus: — 

"For  there  are  certain  men  crept  in  unawares,  who 
were  before  of  old  ordained  to  this  condemnation,  ungodly 
men,  turning  the  grace  of  our  God  into  lasciviousness,  and 
denying  the  only  Lord  God,  and  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 
I  will  therefore  put  you  in  remembrance,  though  ye  once 
knew  this,  how  that  the  Lord,  having  saved  the  people  out 
of  the  land  of  Egypt,  afterward  destroyed  them  that 
believed  not."  "But  these  speak  evil  of  those  things  which 
they  know  not;  but  what  they  know  naturally,  as  brute 
beasts,  in  those  things  they  corrupt  themselves.  Woe  unto 
them !  for  they  have  gone  in  the  way  of  Cain,  and  ran  greed- 
ily after  the  error  of  Balaam  for  reward,  and  perished  in  the 
gainsaying  of  Core.  These  are  spots  in  your  feasts  of 
charity,  when  they  feast  with  you,  feeding  themselves  with- 
out fear;  clouds  they  are  without  water,  carried  about  of 
winds;  trees  whose  fruit  withereth,  without  fruit,  twice 
dead,  plucked  up  by  the  roots;  raging  waves  of  the  sea, 
foaming  out  their  own  shame;  wandering  stars,  to  whom 
is  reserved  the  blackness  of  darkness  forever."  Jude 
4,  5,  10-13. 

Their  doctrines  are  unsound  and  unscriptural.  They 
are  like  clouds  without  rain,  raging  waves  of  the  sea, 


92       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

foaming  out  their  own  shame,  wandering  stars.  These 
are  some  of  the  sad  pictures  of  the  church  as  given  by  the 
pen  of  inspiration,  and  recorded  in  the  New  Testament, 
as  they  will  exist  in  the  last  days  Now,  this  miracle- 
working  power  of  Satan  was  to  begin  its  work  and  mani- 
festation in  the  territory  in  the  third  and  last  division  of 
the  world,  and  for  this  reason  the  two-horned  beast  of 
Revelation  13  is  called  by  John,  in  Revelation  19,  the  "false 
prophet."  "And  he  doeth  great  wonders,  so  that  he  mak- 
eth  fire  to  come  down  from  heaven  on  the  earth  in  the 
sight  of  men,  and  deceiveth  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth 
by  the  means  of  those  miracles  which  he  had  power  to 
do  in  the  sight  of  the  beast;  saying  to  them  that  dwell  on 
the  earth,  that  they  should  make  an  image  to  the  beast, 
which  had  the  wound  by  a  sword,  and  did  live."  Rev. 

13 -^  14- 

This  miracle-working  power  of  Satan  was,  as  we  have 
seen,  first  manifested  in  the  territory  of  the  two-horned 
beast,  at  Hydesville,  New  York,  in  1848,  under  the  name 
of  Spiritualistic  rappings.  From  that  time  forward  its 
growth  has  been  marvelous,  and,  in  the  language  of  the 
prophet,  it  has  already  gone  forth  to  the  kings  of  the  earth 
and  the  whole  world. 

The  Old  Testament  is  equally  explicit  in  its  statements 
regarding  this  class  of  false  teachers.  "And  when  they 
shall  say  unto  you,  Seek  unto  them  that  have  familiar 
spirits,  and  unto  wizards  that  peep  and  that  mutter;  should 
not  a  people  seek  unto  their  God?  for  the  living  to  the 
dead  ?  To  the  law  and  to  the  testimony ;  if  they  speak  not 
according  to  this  word,  it  is  because  there  is  no  light  in 
them."  Isa.  8:19,  20. 

The  prophet  says  they  peep  and  mutter.  The  apostle 
John  says  they  are  "unclean  spirits  like  frogs."  It  is  not 
intelligence  that  this  power  imparts  to  the  people,  but  error, 
disconnected  statements,  which  purport  to  come  from  the 


True  and  False  Prophets.  93 

dead.  Did  the  poor  souls  know  the  real  power  that  was 
behind  the  scene,  they  would  be  far  from  thinking  they 
were  communicating  with  their  dead  friends,  and  if  they 
would  study  the  Bible,  and  believe  its  statements,  they 
would  never  be  deluded  by  this  deceptive  influence.  Says 
the  wise  man,  "The  dead  know  not  anything."  Speaking 
of  the  time  of  a  man's  death,  the  psalmist  David  says,  "In 
that  very  day  his  thoughts  perish."  But  the  deluded  souls 
do  not  believe  this,  but  prefer  the  statements  of  those  that 
"peep  and  that  mutter."  Says  the  prophet,  "To  the  law 
and  to  the  testimony;  if  they  speak  not  according  to  this 
word,  it  is  because  there  is  no  light  in  them."  The  Scrip- 
tures of  truth,  says  the  apostle,  are  able  to  make  us  wise 
unto  salvation,  and  are  profitable.  Then  let  us  take  heed 
to  their  teachings. 

We  will  now  notice  some  of  the  statements  of  the 
prophets  concerning  these  false  teachers,  regarding  their 
position  as  to  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  as  revealed  in  the 
Old  Testament. 

"To  whom  shall  I  speak,  and  give  warning,  that  they 
may  hear?  Behold,  their  ear  is  uncircumcised,  and  they 
can  not  harken ;  behold,  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is  unto  them 
a  reproach;  they  have  no  delight  in  it.  Therefore  I  am 
full  of  the  fury  of  the  Lord;  I  am  weary  with  holding 
in;  I  will  pour  it  out  upon  the  children  abroad,  and  upon 
the  assembly  of  young  men  together;  for  even  the  husband 
with  the  wife  shall  be  taken,  the  aged  with  him  that  is  full 
of  days.  And  their  houses  shall  be  turned  unto  others, 
with  their  fields  and  wives  together;  for  I  will  stretch  out 
My  hand  upon  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  saith  the  Lord. 
For  from  the  least  of  them  even  unto  the  greatest  of  them 
every  one  is  given  to  covetousness ;  and  from  the  prophet 
even  unto  the  priest  every  one  dealeth  falsely.  They  have 
healed  also  the  hurt  of  the  daughter  of  My  people  slightly, 
saying,  Peace,  peace;  when  there  is  no  peace.  Were  they 


94       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

ashamed  when  they  had  committed  abomination?  nay,  they 
were  not  at  all  ashamed,  neither  could  they  blush ;  there- 
fore they  shall  fall  among  them  that  fall;  at  the  time  that 
I  visit  them  they  shall  be  cast  down,  saith  the  Lord." 
Jer.  6:10-15. 

The  time  when  this  text  has  its  special  application  is 
indicated  by  the  words,  "Therefore  they  shall  fall  among 
them  that  fall  at  the  time  that  I  visit  them."  Other  por- 
tions of  this  chapter  show  clearly  that  these  statements 
apply  to  the  closing  period  of  the  world's  history.  Later 
on  the  reader  will  learn  that  there  will  be  a  class  of  min- 
isters raising  their  voices  and  warning  the  people  regarding 
the  time  of  trouble  that  is  coming  on  the  earth,  but  the 
class  here  referred  to  are  represented  as  saying,  "Peace, 
peace,"  in  opposition  to  the  things  taught  by  the  true  shep- 
herds. The  prophet  further  describes  the  situation  thus, 
"For  from  the  least  of  them  even  unto  the  greatest  of  them 
every  one  is  given  to  covetousness."  Financial  consid- 
erations have  entered  largely  into  their  work,  and  it  is  a 
sad  fact  that  many  of  the  professed  followers  of  Christ 
are  preaching  for  hire.  "They  have  healed  also  the  hurt 
of  the  daughter  of  My  people  slightly."  Their  work  is 
not  thorough,  and  many  of  the  reported  conversions  are 
not  genuine.  "Behold,  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is  unto  them 
a  reproach;  they  have  no  delight  in  it."  Although  they 
professedly  teach  the  Bible,  yet  its  plain  truths  relative  to 
conformity  of  life  in  simplicity  of  dress,  amusements,  and 
worldliness,  the  soon-coming  of  the  Lord,  and  kindred 
truths,  are  a  reproach  unto  them.  "They  turn  away  their 
ears  from  the  truth,  and  are  turned  unto  fables."  Were 
the  plain  teaching  of  the  Bible  taught  by  the  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  ministers  that  now  stand  in  the  desk,  there 
would  be  a  different  state  of  things  in  the  church  from 
what  we  see.  The  Lord  gives  these  men  an  admonition 
for  this  time,  as  follows:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Stand  ye 


True  and  False  Prophets.  95 

in  the  ways,  and  see,  and  ask  for  the  old  paths,  where  is 
the  good  way,  and  walk  therein,  and  ye  shall  find  rest 
for  your  souls.  But  they  said,  We  will  not  walk  therein. 
Also  I  set  watchmen  over  you,  saying,  Harken  to  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet.  But  they  said,  We  will  not  harken. 
Therefore  hear,  ye  nations,  and  know,  O  congregation, 
what  is  among  them.  Hear,  O  earth :  behold,  I  will  bring 
evil  upon  this  people,  even  the  fruit  of  their  thoughts, 
because  they  have  not  harkened  unto  My  words,  nor  to 
My  law,  but  rejected  it."  Jer.  6:16-19. 

The  figure  used  in  verse  16  is  that  of  a  man  standing 
where  various  roads  or  streets  divide,  and  he  is  at  a  loss 
to  know  which  to  take.  So  in  these  last  days,  in  the  midst 
of  "Lo,  here,"  and  "Lo,  there,"  the  people  will  hardly  know 
which  is  the  right  way.  Now,  the  Lord's  admonition  is, 
Stand  in  the  ways,  and  see,  and  inquire;  that  is,  both  look 
and  inquire  before  you  go  further  on  your  journey;  and 
in  the  midst  of  all  these  different  ways,  representing  the 
various  denominations  and  organizations,  there  is  an  old 
path;  look  for  that  road.  The  old  path  of  God's  people 
is  both  historical,  named  and  marked,  but  during  the  long 
reign  of  papal  supremacy  it  has  been  neglected,  and  now, 
in  the  time  of  the  increase  of  knowledge,  we  must  search 
out  and  look  for  that  road  again  that  was  traveled  for 
centuries  by  Israel  of  old.  The  promise  is,  "Walk  therein, 
and  ye  shall  find  rest  for  your  souls;"  but  the  sad  reply 
comes  from  those  that  love  not  the  truth,  "We  will  not 
walk  therein."  The  Lord  further  says :  "Also  I  set  watch- 
men over  you,  saying,  Harken  to  the  sound  of  the  trumpet. 
But  they  said,  We  will  not  harken."  This  blowing  of  the 
trumpet  is  explained  by  the  prophet  Joel :  "Blow  ye  the 
trrmpet  in  Zion,  and  sound  an  alarm  in  My  holy  mountain; 
let  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land  tremble;  for  the  day  of 
the  Lord  cometh,  for  it  is  nigh  at  hand."  Joel  2:1. 

The  doctrine  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord  is  a  subject 


g6       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

to  which  they  will  not  harken.  As  a  result  of  this  wilful- 
ness,  the  Lord  says,  "Behold,  I  will  bring  evil  upon  this 
people,  even  the  fruit  of  their  thoughts,  because  they  have 
not  harkened  unto  My  words,  nor  to  My  law,  but 
rejected  it." 

The  law  of  God,  the  ten  commandments,  is  the  great 
standard  of  truth  and  righteousness  in  every  age.  The 
Papacy  trampled  the  truth  to  the  ground  during  the  long 
period  of  papal  supremacy,  and  now  the  law  is  being 
revealed  in  its  true  relation  to  the  gospel,  but  these  false 
teachers  reject  it.  The  special  path  referred  to  is  the  fourth 
commandment  of  the  decalogue.  This  is  clearly  shown  by 
the  prophet  Isaiah.  In  speaking  of  the  restoration  of  the 
truth,  the  prophet  says:  "And  they  that  shall  be  of  thee 
shall  build  the  old  waste  places;  thou  shalt  raise  up  the 
foundations  of  many  generations ;  and  thou  shalt  be  called, 
The  repairer  of  the  breach,  The  restorer  of  paths  to  dwell 
in.  If  thou  turn  away  thy  foot  from  the  Sabbath,  from 
doing  thy  pleasure  on  My  holy  day;  and  call  the  Sabbath 
a  delight,  the  holy  of  the  Lord,  honorable ;  and  shalt  honor 
Him,  not  doing  thine  own  ways,  nor  finding  thine  own 
pleasure,  nor  speaking  thine  own  words."  Isa.  58:12,  13. 

The  remnant  people  will  be  engaged  in  the  restoration 
of  these  paths.  They  will  show  that  the  man  of  sin  was 
to  think  to  change  God's  law,  and  institute  another  day 
in  the  place  of  the  rest  day  of  Jehovah.  But  as  the  truth 
on  the  Sabbath  is  brought  out,  those  teachers  who  do  not 
love  the  Word  of  God  reject  the  law.  The  prophet 
Ezekiel  states  the  situation  in  the  following  language: 
"Her  priests  have  violated  My  law,  and  have  profaned 
Mine  holy  things;  they  have  put  no  difference  between  the 
holy  and  profane,  neither  have  they  showed  difference 
between  the  unclean  and  the  clean,  and  have  hid  their  eyes 
from  My  Sabbaths,  and  I  am  profaned  among  them.  Her 
princes  in  the  midst  thereof  are  like  wolves  ravening  the 


True  and  False  Prophets.  97 

prey,  to  shed  blood,  and  to  destroy  souls,  to  get  dishonest 
gain.  And  her  prophets  have  daubed  them  with  untemp- 
ered  mortar,  seeing  vanity,  and  divining  lies  unto  them, 
saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God,  when  the  Lord  hath  not 
spoken.  The  people  of  the  land  have  used  oppression,  and 
exercised  robbery,  and  have  vexed  the  poor  and  needy ;  yea, 
they  have  oppressed  the  stranger  wrongfully.  And  I 
sought  for  a  man  among  them,  that  should  make  up  the 
hedge,  and  stand  in  the  gap  before  Me  for  the  land,  that 
1  should  not  destroy  it ;  but  I  found  none.  Therefore  have 
I  poured  out  Mine  indignation  upon  them ;  I  have  consumed 
them  with  the  fire  of  My  wrath;  their  own  way  have  I 
recompensed  upon  their  heads,  saith  the  Lord  God." 
Eze.  22  126-31. 

"They  have  put  no  difference  between  the  holy  and 
profane."  The  Lord  says  the  seventh  day  is  "My  holy 
day,"  but  the  day  in  opposition  to  it  never  was  anything 
but  one  of  the  six  working  days.  They  "have  hid 
their  eyes  from  My  Sabbaths."  This  is,  they  have  not 
desired  to  see  the  old  paths;  they  have  no  inclination  to 
learn  what  God  says  about  it.  Then  the  prophet  says, 
They  "are  like  wolves  ravening  the  prey,  to  shed  blood, 
and  to  destroy  souls,  and  to  get  dishonest  gain."  They 
have  made  others  hope  that  they  would  confirm  the  Word. 
"And  I  sought  for  a  man  among  them,  that  should  make 
up  the  hedge,  and  stand  in  the  gap  before  Me  for  the  land, 
that  I  should  not  destroy  it;  but  I  found  none."  No;  there 
are  not  many  of  what  are  known  as  the  popular  ministers 
that  can  be  found  that  will  take  hold  of  the  truth  for  the 
last  days.  The  hedge  and  the  gap  spoken  of  in  these  verses 
refer  to  the  breach  made  in  God's  law  by  the  change  of 
His  precepts. 

Turning  again  to  the  writings  of  Ezekiel,  we  read : 
"O  Israel,  thy  prophets  are  like  foxes  in  the  deserts.  Ye 
have  not  gone  up  into  the  gaps,  neither  made  up  the  hedge 
for  the  house  of  Israel  to  stand  in  the  battle  in  the  day  of 


98       The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  Lord.  They  have  seen  vanity  and  lying  divination, 
saying,  The  Lord  saith ;  and  the  Lord  hath  not  senf  them ; 
and  they  have  made  others  to  hope  that  they  would  confirm 
the  word.  Have  ye  not  seen  a  vain  vision  and  have  ye 
not  spoken  a  lying  divination,  whereas  ye  say,  The  Lord 
saith  it;  albeit  I  have  not  spoken?"  Eze.  13:4-7. 

The  prophet  compares  these  teachers  to  foxes  in  the 
desert.  The  fox  is  one  of  the  most  shrewd  and  cunning 
animals  to  be  found  in  nature.  Hunters  inform  us  that 
they  have  more  than  one  outlet  to  their  dens,  and  when 
one  avenue  is  closed  up,  they  escape  at  another  one,  and 
so  on.  So  with  the  false  teachers  of  Israel.  They  are 
not  a  dull  class,  but,  on  the  contrary,  they  are  shrewd,  but 
they  are  not  valiant  for  the  truth.  When  the  binding  obli- 
gations of  God's  law  are  presented,  and  its  unchangeable 
principles  enforced  upon  the  hearers,  every  effort  is  made 
to  evade  the  arguments  drawn  from  inspiration;  and  when 
the  Sabbath  with  its  binding  obligations  is  sent  home  to 
the  heart,  there  is  not  a  technical  objection  un found  by 
these  shrewd  opposers  of  the  truth.  They  go  from  one 
"hole"  to  another,  taking  ofttimes  one  after  another  the 
most  illogical  and  contradictory  positions. 

The  Lord's  charge  against  these  teachers  is,  "Ye  have 
not  gone  up  into  the  gaps,  neither  made  up  the  hedge  for 
the  house  of  Israel  to  stand  in  the  battle  in  the  day  of  the 
Lord."  The  great  battle  of  Armageddon  will  reveal  to 
the  world  fatal  mistakes  that  have  been  made  by  the  oppos- 
ers of  the  truth,  but  then  it  will  be  too  late.  They  have 
tried  to  make  the  people  believe  that  God's  Word  taught 
the  observance  of  another  day,  but  the  Lord  answers  :  "Have 
ye  not  seen  a  vain  vision,  and  have  ye  not  spoken  a  lying 
divination,  whereas  ye  say,  The  Lord  saith  it ;  albeit  I  have 
not  spoken?  Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Because 
ye  have  spoken  vanity,  and  seen  lies,  therefore,  behold,  I 
am  against  you.  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  Mine  hand 


True  and  False  Prophets.  99 

shall  be  upon  the  prophets  that  see  vanity,  and  that  divine 
lies;  they  shall  not  be  in  the  assembly  of  My  people,  neither 
shall  they  be  written  in  the  writing  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
neither  shall  they  entef  into  the  land  of  Israel ;  and  ye  shall 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord  God.  Because,  even  because 
they  have  seduced  My  people,  saying,  Peace;  and  there 
was  no  peace;  and  one  built  up  a  wall,  and,  lo,  others 
daubed  it  with  untempered  mortar;  say  unto  them  which 
daub  it  with  untempered  mortar,  that  it  shall  fall;  there 
shall  be  an  overflowing  shower ;  and  ye,  O  great  hailstones, 
shall  fall;  and  a  stormy  wind  shall  rend  it.  Lo,  when  the 
wall  is  fallen,  shall  it  not  be  said  unto  you,  Where  is  the 
daubing  wherewith  ye  have  daubed  it?  Therefore  thus 
saith  the  Lord  God ;  I  will  even  rend  it  with  a  stormy  wind 
in  My  fury;  and  there  shall  be  an  overflowing  shower  in 
Mine  anger,  and  great  hailstones  in  My  fury  to  consume  it. 
So  will  I  break  down  the  wall  that  ye  have  daubed  with 
untempered  mortar,  and  bring  it  down  to  the  ground,  so 
that  the  foundation  thereof  shall  be  discovered,  and  it  shall 
fall,  and  ye  shall  be  consumed  in  the  midst  thereof;  and 
ye  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord.  Thus  will  I  accomplish 
My  wrath  upon  the  wall,  and  upon  them  that  have  daubed 
it  with  untempered  mortar,  and  will  say  unto  you,  The 
wall  is  no  more,  neither  they  that  daubed  it;  to  wit,  the 
prophets  of  Israel  which  prophesy  concerning  Jerusalem, 
and  which  see  visions  of  peace  for  her,  and  there  is  no  peace, 
saith  the  Lord  God."  Eze.  13  :7-i6. 

The  foregoing  is  a  wonderful  arraignment.  They  have 
seduced  the  people  by  saying,  "Peace;  and  there  was  no 
peace."  They  tell  the  people  there  will  no  trouble  come, 
there  will  be  no  gathering  of  the  nations,  there  will  be  no 
punishment  fall  upon  Christendom;  and  so  the  peace  and 
safety  cry  is  sounded  abroad.  And  then,  referring  to  the 
gap  or  breach  in  God's  law,  the  prophet  tells  how  they 
have  endeavored  to  close  up  that  breach.  "One  built  up 


ioo     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

a  wall."  Yes,  the  Papacy  built  up  the  Sunday  institution, 
and  established  it  by  the  law  of  the  land,  and,  as  elsewhere 
shown,  it  is  the  mark  or  seal  of  power  and  authority  of  the 
beast.  The  Protestants  daub  it  with  untempered  mortar 
to  make  it  stand.  The  mortar  here  refers  to  the  argu- 
ments the  Protestants  use  in  behalf  of  the  Sunday  insti- 
tutions. But  walls  laid  up  with  untempered  mortar  will 
not  stand  the  storms  that  come  against  them,  but  crumble 
and  fall.  So  the  Lord  warns  these  teachers  thus,  "Say 
unto  them  which  daub  it  with  untempered  mortar,  that  it 
shall  fall;  there  shall  be  an  overflowing  shower;  and  ye,  O 
great  hailstones,  shall  fall;  and  a  stormy  wind  shall  rend  it." 

The  hailstones  here  referred  to  are  those  that  fall  in 
connection  with  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  as  spoken  of  in 
Revelation  the  sixteenth  chapter.  The  stormy  wind  is  the 
gathering  of  the  nations  to  the  great  battle.  Then  these 
false  prophets  will  see  their  fatal  mistake,  and  the  people 
that  have  been  seduced  by  them  will  learn,  when  it  is  too 
late,  their  terrible  error.  The  prophet  Jeremiah  says, 
"Howl,  ye  shepherds,  and  cry;  and  wallow  yourselves  in 
the  ashes,  ye  principal  of  the  flock;  for  the  days  of  your 
slaughter  and  of  your  dispersions  are  accomplished;  and 
ye  shall  fall  like  a  pleasant  vessel."  Jer.  25  134. 

"Stay  yourselves,  and  wonder;  cry  ye  out,  and  cry; 
they  are  drunken,  but  not  with  wine ;  they  stagger,  but  not 
with  strong  drink.  For  the  Lord  hath  poured  out  upon 
you  the  spirit  of  deep  sleep,  and  hath  closed  your  eyes;  the 
prophets  and  your  rulers,  the  seers  He  hath  covered.  And 
the  vision  of  all  is  become  unto  you  as  the  words  of  a  book 
that  is  sealed,  which  men  deliver  to  one  that  is  learned, 
saying,  Read  this,  I  pray  thee;  and  he  saith,  I  can  not; 
for  it  is  sealed.  And  the  book  is  delivered  to  him  that 
is  not  learned,  saying,  Read  this,  I  pray  thee ;  and  he  saith, 
I  am  not  learned.  Wherefore  the  Lord  said,  Forasmuch 
as  this  people  draw  near  Me  with  their  mouth,  and  with 


True  and  False  Prophets.  101 

their  lips  do  honor  Me,  but  have  removed  their  heart  far 
from  Me,  and  their  fear  toward  Me  is  taught  by  the  pre- 
cept of  men;  therefore,  behold,  I  will  proceed  to  do  a  mar- 
velous work  among  this  people,  even  a  marvelous  work 
and  a  wonder;  for  the  wisdom  of  their  wise  men  shall 
perish,  and  the  understanding  of  their  prudent  men  shall 
be  hid."  Isa.  29:9-14. 

The  inspired  historian  says,  "They  are  drunken,  but 
not  with  wine."  The  Papacy  is  represented,  in  Revela- 
tion 17,  as  making  all  nations  drunken  with  the  wine  of 
her  fornication  (false  doctrines).  So  in  this  case,  the 
deep  sleep  of  slumber  has  fallen  upon  the  prophets  and 
rulers  of  Israel,  and  the  vision  of  all  has  become  unto  you 
as  the  words  of  a  book  that  is  sealed.  The  educated  say 
it  is  sealed.  The  uneducated  say  they  are  not  learned. 
The  Lord  explains  the  trouble.  They  draw  nigh  to  God 
with  their  lips,  but  their  heart  is  far  from  Him.  The 
trouble  is,  says  the  prophe't,  "their  fear  toward  Me  is 
taught  by  the  precept  of  men.'"  False  doctrines  are  the 
doctrines  of  man,  and  not  of  the  Bible,  and  wherever  they 
are  cherished,  there  can  be  only  leanness  of  soul  and  every 

ril  thing. 
Thus  the  whole  tenor  of  the  Scriptures  in  both  the  "Old 
and  the  New  Testaments  clearly  teaches  that  the  last  days 
shall  be  days  of  peril  to  the  church.  False  teachers  will 
abound  on  every  hand,  and,  as  in  ages  past,  these  teachers 
will  seek  political  power,  and  that  alliance  with  the  state 
will  have  much  to  do  in  the  gathering  of  the  nations.  The 
church  is  not  converting  the  world  in  the  last  days,  as 
many  suppose,  button  the  other  hand,  the  world  is  con- 
verting the  church.V  These  ministers  will  have  a  fearful 
account  to  meet.  Bear  in  mind  there  was  never  an  apos- 
tasy from  God  but  what  the  judgments  of  God  followed  it. 
There  is  not  a  record  of  a  nation  or  class  of  which  this 
has  not  been  true  sooner  or  later  in  their  history.  The 


IO2     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

last  days  furnish  no  exception.  Multitudes  of  professed  Chris- 
tians will  drink  of  a  cup  that  they  little  dream  of,  and  no  one 
will  be  to  blame  or  responsible  but  themselves.  Remember  the 
lesson  to  Israel  concerning  their  relation  to  the  blessings  and 
cursings  pronounced  by  Moses,  the  servant  of  the  Lord.  Now, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  earth  has  never  been  without  those  that 
feared  God  and  hated  covetousness,  men  and  women  that 
would  cry  aloud,  and  spare  not.  So  in  the  last  days  there 
will  be  a  people  developed  that  will  be  as  true  to  God  as 
the  steel  to  the  magnet,  and  the  needle  to  the  pole.  The 
world  will  be  faithfully  warned  before  its  final  doom  is 
met,  and  every  soul  will  have  an  opportunity  to  decide 
on  which  side  of  the  great  question  he  will  be  found. 

We  will  now  give  our  attention  to  the  statements  of  the 
divine  historian  concerning  the  true  prophets  and  teachers 
who  will  give  the  last  warning  message  to  a  perishing  world. 

TRUE     PROPHETS. 

"But  of  the  times  and  the  seasons,  brethren,  ye  have 
no  need  that  I  write  unto  you.  For  yourselves  know  per- 
fectly that  the  day  of  the  Lord  so  cometh  as  a  thief  in  the 
night.  For  when  they  shall  say,  Peace  and  safety;  then 
sudden  destruction  cometh  upon  them,  as  travail  upon  a 
woman  with  child;  and  they  shall  not  escape.  But  ye, 
brethren,  are  not  in  darkness,  that  that  day  should  overtake 
you,  as  a  thief.  Ye  are  all  the  children  of  light,  and  the 
children  of  the  day;  we  are  not  of  the  night,  nor  of  darkness. 
Therefore  let  us  not  sleep,  as  do  others;  but  let  us  watch  and 
be  sober.  For  they  that  sleep  sleep  in  the  night;  and  they 
that  be  drunken  are  drunken  in  the  night."  I  Thess.  5:1-7. 

It  was  not  necessary  that  the  apostle  Paul  should  write 
the  brethren  at  Thessalonica  to  instruct  them  regarding 
the  evidences  of  the  Lord's  return,  for  this  he  had  already 
done,  and  they  understood  perfectly  the  situation;  but  he 


True  and  False  Prophets.  103 

does  warn  them  against  the  false  teachers,  who  might  pos- 
sibly influence  them  in  the  wrong  way.  The  true  servant 
of  the  Lord  ever  enjoys  the  privilege  of  being  in  the  light 
and  knowing  the  Lord's  will.  Says  the  apostle,  "Ye  are 
all  the  children  of  light,  and  the  children  of  the  day;"  but 
to  those  who  are  not  in  the  light,  the  coming  of  the  Lord 
will  be  as  the  coming  of  a  thief  in  the  night,  sudden  and 
unexpected. 

The  second  coming  of  Christ  is  the  hope  of  the  church. 
When  Israel  was  broken  up  in  her  form  of  government, 
and  scattered  abroad  in  the  earth,  the  only  hope  left  her 
was  the  time  when  the  Lord  would  come  and  the  kingdom 
be  restored  to  her.  "And  thou,  profane  wicked  prince 
of  Israel,  whose  day  is  come,  when  iniquity  shall  have  an 
end,  thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Remove  the  diadem,  and 
take  off  the  crown;  this  shall  not  be  the  same;  exalt  him 
that  is  low,  and  abase  him  that  is  high.  I  will  overturn, 
overturn,  overturn,  it;  and  it  shall  be  no  more,  until  He 
come  whose  right  it  is;  and  I  will  give  it  Him."  Eze. 
21 125-27. 

When  He  comes  whose  right  it  is,  then  will  the  king- 
dom be  restored  to  Israel,  and  not  before.  The  great 
question  of  Christ's  first  advent  was  whether  the  time  had 
come  or  not.  Many  mistook  His  first  advent  for  the  time 
when  the  kingdom  would  be  restored.  Even  after  His 
resurrection  His  followers  came  to  Him  and  said,  "Wilt 
Thou  at  this  time  restore  again  the  kingdom  to  Israel?" 
But  He  replied  that  it  was  not  for  them  to  know  the  time 
of  His  second  coming.  Their  work  was  to  preach  the 
gospel  to  all  nations.  To  another  generation  belonged  the 
work  of  preaching  His  second  coming,  as  it  should  be 
indicated  by  the  signs  which  He  had  Himself  given.  Never- 
theless they  were  to  cherish  as  "the  blessed  hope"  the  prom- 
ise of  His  second  appearing.  When  He  was  taken  up 
from  them,  and  a  cloud  received  Him  out  of  their  sight, 


"7  GO  TO  PREPARE  A  PLACE  FOR   YOU." 


lo6     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  'Occident. 

an  angel  stood  by  them  in  white  apparel,  and  said  to  His 
disciples,  "This  same  Jesus,  which  is  taken  up  from  you 
into  heaven,  shall  so  come  in  like  manner  as  ye  have  seen 
Him  go  into  heaven."  Acts  1:11.  This  great  event  is 
the  hope  of  God's  people.  Said  the  Saviour:  "Let  not 
your  heart  be  troubled;  ye  believe  in  God,  believe  also  in 
Me.  In  My  Father's  house  are  many  mansions ;  if  it  were 
not  so,  I  would  have  told  you.  I  go  to  prepare  a  place  for 
you.  And  if  I  go  and  prepare  a  place  for  you,  I  will  come 
again,  and  receive  you  unto  Myself ;  that  where  I  am,  there 
ye  may  be  also.  And  whither  I  go  ye  know,  and  the  way 
ye  know."  John  14:1-4.  The  "way"  here  spoken  of  is 
the  way  of  the  resurrection,  and  the  resurrection  is  alone 
through  Christ.  He  says,  "I  am  the  way,  the  truth,  and 
the  life."  He  also  says,  "I  am  the  resurrection  and, the 
life."  But  the  resurrection  does  not  take  place  until  the 
Lord  comes.  "For  the  Lord  Himself  shall  descend  from| 
heaven  with  a  shout,  with  the  voice  of  the  Archangel,  and 
with  the  trump  of  God;  and  the  dead  in  Christ  shall  rise 
first."  i  Thess.  4:16. 

The  apostle  Paul  looked  forward  to  this  great  event, 
and  referred  to  it  in  all  his  epistles,  and  gave  it  in  charge 
to  those  who  should  come  after  him,  "teaching  us  that, 
denying  ungodliness  and  worldly  lusts,  we  should  live 
soberly,  righteously,  and  godly,  in  this  present  world ;  look- 
ing for  that  blessed  hope,  and  the  glorious  appearing  of 
the  great  God  and  our  Saviour  Jesus  Christ;  who  gave 
Himself  for  us,  that  He  might  redeem  us  .from  all  iniquity, 
and  purify  unto  Himself  a  peculiar  people,  zealous  of  good 
works.  These  things  speak,  and  exhort,  and  rebuke  with 
all  authority.  Let  no  man  despise  thee."  Titus  2:12-15. 

The  blessed  hope  here  mentioned  is  the  resurrection  of 
the  dead,  as  shown  in  the  last  eight  chapters  of  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles.  Is  it  not  strange  that,  as  we  near  this 
great  event,  and  when  the  reward  is  to  be  given  to  the 


True  and  False  Prophets.  107 

Lord's  people,  His  own  followers  should  lose  their  inter- 
est in  it?  But  such  is  the  case.  How  different  was  the 
attitude  of  the  great  apostle  to  the  Gentiles  toward  this 
event !  It  was  the  sheet-anchor  to  his  soul,  as  is  witnessed 
by  his  farewell  words  to  his  son  Timothy :  "For  I  am  now 
ready  to  be  offered,  and  the  time  of  my  departure  is  at 
hand.  I  have  fought  a  good  fight,  I  have  finished  my 
course,  I  have  kept  the  faith;  henceforth  there  is  laid  up 
for  me  a  crown  of  righteousness,  which  the  Lord,  the 
righteous  judge,  shall  give  me  at  that  day;  and  not  to  me 
only,  but  unto  all  them  also  that  love  His  appearing." 
2  Tim.  4:6-8. 

Paul  was  different  from  many  of  the  teachers  of  this 
day.  We  are  told  by  them  that  our  reward  is  at  death, 
and  that  the  righteous  dead  are  now  in  heaven  wearing 
the  crowns  won  by  their  achievements  in  this  life  through 
the  name  of  Christ.  But,  as  we  have  seen,  Paul  looked 
to  "that  day,"  the  day  of  the  Lord's  appearing,  as  the  time 
of  reward.  The  apostle  Peter  also  admonishes  the  servant 
of  the  Lord  to  faithfulness  in  his  work,  by  pointing  him 
forward  to  the  appearing  of  the  Chief  Shepherd  as  the 
time  of  reward.  "The  elders  which  are  among  you  I 
exhort,  who  am  also  an  elder,  and  a  witness  of  the  suffer- 
ings of  Christ,  and  also  a  partaker  of  the  glory  that  shall 
be  revealed :  feed  the  flock  of  God  which  is  among  you, 
taking  the  oversight  thereof,  not  by  constraint,  but  will- 
ingly; not  for  filthy  lucre,  but  of  a  ready  mind;  neither  as 
being  lords  over  God's  heritage,  but  being  ensamples  to 
the  flock.  And  when  the  chief  Shepherd  shall  appear, 
ye  shall  receive  a  crown  of  glory  that  fadeth  not  away." 
i  Peter  5  :i-4- 

To  the  Jews  the  Saviour  said,  "Marvel  not  at  this;  for 
the  hour  is  coming,  in  the  which  all  that  are  in  the  graves 
shall  hear  His  voice,  and  shall  come  forth;  they  that  have 
done  good,  unto  the  resurrection  of  life;  and  they  that 


io8     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

have  done  evil,  unto  the  resurrection  of  damnation." 
John  5  128,  29.  And  again  we  have  this  testimony  recorded 
by  Luke :  "Then  said  He  also  to  him  that  bade  Him,  When 
thou  makest  a  dinner  or  a  supper,  call  not  thy  friends,  nor 
thy  brethren,  neither  thy  kinsmen,  nor  thy  rich  neighbors; 
lest  they  also  bid  thee  again,  and  a  recompense  be  made 
thee.  But  when  thou  makest  a  feast,  call  the  poor,  the 
maimed,  the  lame,  the  blind;  and  thou  shalt  be  blessed; 
for  they  can  not  recompense  thee ;  for  thou  shalt  be  recom- 
pensed at  the  resurrection  of  the  just."  Luke  14:12-14. 

The  foregoing  are  a  very  few  of  the  many  scriptures 
showing  the  time  of  reward,  the  importance  of  the  second 
advent,  and  of  the  things  connected  with  it.  It  is  the  end 
of  this  age.  It  is  the  close  of  all  earthly  history.  It  is 
the  separation  of  the  righteous  from  the  wicked.  It  is 
the  reunion  of  all  God's  people.  It  is  the  time  when  every 
mountain  will  be  moved  out  of  its  place.  It  is  the  time 
when  the  cities  will  all  be  broken  down  "at  the  presence 
of  the  Lord,  and  by  His  fierce  anger."  It  is  the  time  when 
the  wicked  will  cry  for  the  rocks  and  the  mountains  to  fall 
on  them  and  hide  them  from  the  face  of  Him  that  sitteth 
on  the  throne.  It  is  the  time  when  the  heavens  shall  part 
as  a  scroll  when  it  is  rolled  together.  It  is  when  every 
island  will  be  moved  out  of  its  place.  It  is  then  the  sea  will 
boil  as  a  pot.  It  is  then  the  voice  of  God  will  shake  the 
earth  and  the  heavens  also.  It  is  then  Satan  is  bound  for 
one  thousand  years,  and  cast  into  the  bottomless  pit.  It 
is  then  the  resurrection  of  all  the  righteous  will  take  place. 
It  is  then  the  living  righteous  will  be  translated  without 
seeing  death.  It  is  then  they  all  together  will  be  caught 
up  to  meet  the  Lord  in  the  air.  It  is  then  there  will  be 
weeping  and  gnashing  of  teeth.  It  is  then  the  Lord's 
people  will  look  up  and  say,  "Lo,  this  is  our  God ;  we  have 
waited  for  Him,  and  He  will  save  us." 

These,  with  other  occurrences  mentioned  in  the  Scrip- 


True  and  False  Prophets.  109 

tures,  all  take  place  in  connection  with  the  return  of  our 
Lord,  and  by  presenting  this  subject,  the  true  prophet  will 
give  his  household  meat  in  due  season.  He  will  ever  be 
awake  to  the  situation,  and,  like  faithful  Noah  of  old,  will 
make  every  preparation  for  the  saving  of  his  house.  Said 
the  Saviour :  "When  ye  shall  see  all  these  things,  know  that 
it  is  near,  even  at  the  doors.  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  This 
generation  shall  not  pass,  till  all  these  things  be  fulfilled." 
The  things  here  mentioned  are  the  signs  recorded  in  the 
twenty-fourth  chapter  of  Matthew.  His  disciples  asked 
Him  three  plain  questions :  "Tell  us,  when  shall  these  things 
be?  and  what  shall  be  the  sign  of  Thy  coming,  and  of  the 
end  of  the  world?  And  Jesus  answered  and  said  unto 
them,  Take  heed  that  no  man  deceive  you.  For  many 
shall  come  in  My  name,  saying,  I  am  Christ;  and  shall 
deceive  many."  Matt.  24:3-5. 

The  Master  had  just  told  His  disciples,  after  they  had 
shown  Him  the  buildings  of  the  temple,  that  not  one  of 
those  massive  stones  should  be  left  upon  another.  They 
understood  His  language  to  apply  to  the  end  of  the  world. 
It  gave  Him  an  opportunity  of  opening  their  understand- 
ing, and  hence  He  passes  over,  in  brief,  the  world's  history 
from  that  day  forward  to  the  close.  This  He  does  twice 
in  this  remarkable  chapter,  the  first  reaching  to  the  four- 
teenth verse;  the  second,  from  the  fifteenth  verse  forward. 
He  informs  them  concerning  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem 
by  the  Roman  army,  the  rising  of  nation  against  nation, 
wars  and  rumors  of  wars,  referring  to  the  breaking  up 
of  the  Roman  kingdom,  in  the  first  five  centuries.  He 
next  brings  to  view  the  papal  persecution,  covering  the 
period  till  1798.  Then,  in  verses  n  and  12,  He  tells  of 
the  apostasy,  even  among  the  reformers  and  those  who 
have  had  great  light.  In  verse  13  He  says,  "But  he  that 
shall  endure  unto  the  end,  the  same  shall  be  saved."  In 
verse  14  He  calls  attention  to  the  last  message  to  prepare 


1 10     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  world  for  His  coming:  "And  this  gospel  of  the  king- 
dom shall  be  preached  in  all  the  world  for  a  witness  unto 
all  nations;  and  then  shall  the  end  come."  Then,  in  verse 
15,  as  before  stated,  the  Saviour  again  takes  up  the  world's 
history  from  His  day  forward,  bringing  out  additional 
features,  reaching  again  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  in  verse 
28.  In  verse  29  He  takes  up  the  signs  that  will  precede 
that  event,  and  says: — 

"Immediately  after  the  tribulation  of  those  days  shall 
the  sun  be  darkened,  and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light, 
and  the  stars  shall  fall  from  heaven,  and  the  powers  of 
the  heavens  shall  be  shaken ;  and  then  shall  appear  the  sign 
of  the  Son  of  man  in  heaven ;  and  then  shall  all  the  tribes  of 
the  earth  mourn,  and  they  shall  see  the  Son  of  man  coming 
in  the  clouds  of  heaven  with  power  and  great  glory.  And 
He  shall  send  His  angels  with  a  great  sound-  of  a  trumpet, 
and  they  shall  gather  together  His  elect  from  the  four 
winds,  from  one  end  of  heaven  to  the  other.  Now  learn 
a  parable  of  the  fig  tree:  When  his  branch  is  yet  tender, 
and  putteth  forth  leaves,  ye  know  that  summer  is  nigh; 
so  likewise  ye,  when  ye  shall  see  all  these  things,  know 
that  it  is  near,  even  at  the  doors.  Verily  I  say  unto  you, 
This  generation  shall  not  pass,  till  all  these  things  be  ful- 
filled. Heaven  and  earth  shall  pass  away,  but  My  words 
shall  not  pass  away."  Matt.  24:29-35. 

As  elsewhere  shown,  the  twelve  hundred  and  sixty  years 
of  papal  supremacy  endtd  in  1798.  We  have  also  shown 
that  this  date  marked  the  commencement  of  "the  time  of 
the  end."  Now,  says  the  Saviour,  "Immediately  after  the 
tribulation  of  those  days  shall  the  sun  be  darkened." 
Mark's  gospel  says,  "In  those  days,  after  that  tribulation." 

The  last  of  the  papal  persecutions  ended  about  1777. 
There  is  recorded  in  history  a  day  known  as  the  "dark 
day,"  or  supernatural  darkening  of  the  sun,  May  19,  1780. 
The  same  night  the  sign  in  the  moon  was  fulfilled.  Nov. 


True  and  FaJse  Prophets.  Ill 

13,  1833,  the  falling  of  the  stars  here  mentioned  took  place. 
Now,  as  we  see  the  fig  tree  putting  forth  leaves,  we  know 
that  summer  is  nigh.  So,  says  the  Saviour,  when  these 
things  come  to  pass,  know  the  event  is  even  at  the  doors 
He  emphasizes  this  statement  by  adding  these  words, 
"This  generation  shall  not  pass,  till  all  these  things  be  ful- 
filled." "This  generation"  clearly  means  the  generation 
that  "should  witness  these  signs,  some  of  whom  will  live 
till  the  Lord  comes.  Our  acceptance  of  this  statement 
depends  solely  on  the  implicit  confidence  placed  upon 
God's  Word.  All  that  Noah,  Abraham,  Moses,  Isaac, 
Jacob,  and  all  the  men  of  God,  have  ever  had  upon  which 
to  exercise  faith  were  the  simple  statements  of  God's  Word. 
That  is  all  we  have  or  ever  will  have.  The  Jews  were  not 
satisfied  with  this.  They  sought  a  sign.  The  Saviour 
said  there  should  no  sign  be  given  them.  Neither  will  any 
additional  sign  be  given  us,  except  those  recorded  in  the 
Bible. 

Says  the  Saviour:  "Who  then  is  a  faithful  and  wise 
servant,  whom  his  lord  hath  made  ruler  over  his  house- 
hold, to  give  them  meat  in  due  season?  Blessed  is  that 
servant,  whom  his  lord  when  he  cometh  shall  find  so  doing. 
Verily  I  say  unto  you,  That  he  shall  make  him  ruler  over 
all  his  goods.  But  and  if  that  evil  servant  shall  say  in  his 
heart,  My  lord  delayeth  his  coming;  and  shall  begin  to 
smite  his  fellow-servants,  and  to  eat  and  drink  with  the 
drunken ;  the  lord  of  that  servant  shall  come  in  a  day  when 
he  looketh  not  for  him,  and  in  an  hour  that  he  is  not  aware 
of,  and  shall  cut  him  asunder,  and  appoint  him  his  portion 
with  the  hypocrites;  there  shall  be  weeping  and  gnashing 
of  teeth."  Matt.  24:45-51. 

We  have  defined  in  the  prophecy  of  Ezekiel  the  duties 
of  the  true  prophet:  "He  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man,  eat 
that  thou  findest ;  eat  this  roll,  and  go  speak  unto  the  house 
of  Israel.  So  I  opened  my  mouth,  and  He  caused  me  to 


112     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

eat  that  roll.  And  He  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man,  cause 
thy  belly  to  eat,  and  fill  thy  bowels  with  this  roll  that  I 
give  thee.  Then  did  I  eat  it;  and  it  was  in  my  mouth  as 
honey  for  sweetness  And  He  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man, 
go,  get  thee  unto  the  house  of  Israel,  and  speak  with  My 
words  unto  them.  For  thou  art  not  sent  to  a  people  of 
a  strange  speech  and  of  a  hard  language,  but  to  the  house 
of  Israel;  not  to  many  people  of  a  strange  speech  and  of 
a  hard  language,  whose  words  thou  canst  not  understand. 
Surely,  had  I  sent  thee  to  them,  they  would  have  harkened 
unto  thee.  But  the  house  of  Israel  will  not  harken  unto 
thee;  for  they  will  not  harken  unto  Me;  for  all  the  house 
of  Israel  are  impudent  and  hard-hearted.  Behold,  I  have 
made  thy  face  strong  against  their  faces,  and  thy  forehead 
strong  against  their  foreheads.  As  an  adamant  harder 
than  flint  have  I  made  thy  forehead ;  fear  them  not,  neither 
be  dismayed  at  their  looks,  though  they  be  a  rebellious 
house.  Moreover  He  said  unto  me,  Son  of  man,  all  My 
words  that  I  shall  speak  unto  thee  receive  in  thine  heart, 
and  hear  them  with  thine  ears.  And  go,  get  thee  to  them 
of  the  captivity,  unto  the  children  of  thy  people,  and  speak 
unto  them,  and  tell  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  whether 
they  will  hear,  or  whether  they  will  forbear."  Eze.  3  :i-ii. 
The  roll  mentioned  is  the  writings  of  God's  Word. 
The  servant  of  the  Lord  must  eat  this  Word,  or  feed  upon 
it,  until  he  is  thoroughly  acquainted  with  it.  Then  he 
is  to  speak  those  words  to  the  people,  not  his  own  reason- 
ing, or  his  likes  and  dislikes;  but  a  true  servant  must  tell 
the  people  what  God  says;  whether  they  will  hear,  or 
whether  they  will  forbear-,  is  not  the  question.  The  Lord's 
message  is  always  sent  to  His  own  people  first,  and  sent 
in  unmistakable  language.  The  Lord's  messenger  must 
be  fitted  for  his  work  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord :  "Behold, 
I  have  made  thy  face  strong  against  their  faces,  and  thy 
forehead  strong  against  their  foreheads.  As  an  adamant 


True  and  Fdse  Prophets.  113 

harder  than  flint  have  I  made  thy  forehead."  The  face 
of  the  true  minister  of  the  Lord  does  not  bear  the  hardness 
caused  by  sin,  but  a  firm  determination  that  knows  no  fear. 
He  is  clothed  with  power  from  on  high  as  he  goes  forth 
to  deliver  his  message.  Though  opposition  may  come  on 
every  hand,  he  is  not  moved.  His  commission  is  especially 
to  the  captivity, — God's  people  as  they  are  scattered  abroad 
throughout  the  earth.  The  Lord  continues: — 

"Son  of  man,  I  have  made  thee  a  watchman  unto  the 
house  of  Israel;  therefore  hear  the  word  at  My  mouth, 
and  give  therii  warning  from  Me.  When  I  say  unto  the 
wicked,  Thou  shalt  surely  die;  and  thou  givest  him  not 
warning,  nor  speakest  to  warn  the  wicked  from  his  wicked 
way,  to  save  his  life;  trie  same  wicked  man  shall  die  in 
his  iniquity;  but  his  blood  will  I  require  at  thine  hand. 
Yet  if  thou  warn  the  wicked,  and  he  turn  not  from  his 
wickedness,  nor  from  his  wicked  way,  he  shall  die  in  his 
iniquity;  but  thou  hast  delivered  thy  soul."  Eze.  3:17-19. 

A  true  prophet  is  a  watchman.  His  flock  is  ever  in 
danger,  and  he  is  ever  looking  out  for  the  snares  and  temp- 
tations that  Satan  throws  around  them.  A  false  shepherd, 
says  the  prophet,  is  a  dumb  dog,  lying  down,  and  loving 
to  slumber.  Thus  we  have  the  commission,  the  fitting  up, 
and  all  recorded,  that  the  true  servant  may  understand  his 
mission:  "Again  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me, 
saying,  Son  of  man,  speak  to  the  children  of  thy  people, 
and  say  unto  them,  When  I  bring  the  sword  upon  a  land, 
if  the  people  of  the  land  take  a  man  of  their  coasts,  and 
set  him  for  their  watchman;  if  when  he  seeth  the  sword 
come  upon  the  land,  he  blow  the  trumpet,  and  warn  the 
people;  then  whosoever  heareth  the  sound  of  the  trumpet, 
and  taketh  not  warning;  if  the  sword  come,  and  take  him 
away,  his  blood  shall  be  upon  his  own  head.  He  heard 
the  sound  of  the  trumpet,  and  took  not  warning ;  his  blood 
shall  be  upon  him.  But  he  that  taketh  warning  shall 


H4     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

.deliver  his  soul.  But  if  the  watchman  see  the  sword  come, 
and  blow  not  the  trumpet,  and  the  people  be  not  warned; 
if  the  sword  come,  and  take  any  person  from  among  them, 
he  is  taken  away  in  his  iniquity;  but  his  blood  will  I  require 
at  the  watchman's  hand.  So  thou,  O  son  of  man,  I  have 
set  thee  a  watchman  unto  the  house  of  Israel;  therefore 
thou  shalt  hear  the  word  at  My  mouth,  and  warn  them 
from  Me.  When  I  say  unto  the  wicked,  O  wicked  man, 
thou  shalt  surely  die;  if  thou  dost  not  speak  to  warn  the 
wicked  from  his  way,  that  wicked  man  shall  die  in  his 
iniquity;  but  his  blood  will  I  require  at  thine  hand. 
Nevertheless,  if  thou  warn  the  wicked  of  his  way  to  turn 
from  it;  if  he  do  not  turn  from  his  way,  he  shall  die  in 
his  iniquity;  but  thou  hast  delivered  thy  soul.  Therefore, 
O  thou  son  of  man,  speak  unto  the  house  of  Israel;  Thus 
ye  speak,  saying,  If  our  trangressions  and  our  sins  be  upon 
us,  and  we  pine  away  in  them,  how  should  we  then  live? 
Say  unto  them,  As  I  live,  saith  the  Lord  God,  I  have  no 
pleasure  in  the  death  of  the  wicked;  but  that  the  wicked 
turn  from  his  way  and  live;  turn  ye,  turn  ye  from  your 
evil  ways;  for  why  will  ye  die,  O  house  of  Israel?" 
Eze.  33:1-11. 

I  wish  the  reader  might  note  the  full  force  of  the  text 
just  quoted.  The  thirty-second  chapter  brings  to  view  the 
time  of  trouble  that  is  just  before  us,  a  time  of  trouble  such 
as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation.  Verses  3  to  6  of 
the  thirty-second  chapter  call  attention  to  the  great  slaughter 
mentioned  by  other  Bible  writers,  in  which  all  the  nations 
of  the  earth  will  be  involved,  in  the  great  battle  of  Arma- 
geddon, when  Russia,  as  will  presently  be  shown,  will  lead 
the  heathen  powers  of  the  East  against  Christendom  of 
the  West.  Hence  the  commission  to  the  true  servant  in 
the  thirty-third  chapter,  just  quoted,  has  special  significance 
in  this  connection.  If  the  watchman  sees  the  sword  com- 
ing, and  warns  not  the  people,  their  blood  will  be  required 


True  and  False  Prophets.  115 

at  his  hand.  The  true  servant  has  a  work  yet  to  do  that 
has  not  been  taken  hold  of  heretofore.  The  world  must 
be  warned  of  the  situation  that  now  confronts  us.  The 
false  shepherd  that  cries,  "Peace,  peace,"  when  there  is 
rio  peace,  is  making  a  mistake  that  he  will  regret  when  it 
is  too  late.  He  is  leading  his  flock  on  to  a  crisis  that  he 
will  not  care  to  face  in  that  day.  Let  the  one  that  studies 
these  questions  use  great  care  that  he  may  know  the  mind 
of  the  Lord.  Let  him  remember  that  there  is  a  time  of 
trouble  just  before  us  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a 
nation.  The  spirits  of  devils  are  at  work,  and  the  world 
is  getting  ready  for  the  fray.  The  true  watchman  that 
has  the  light  on  these  questions  has  no  time  now  to  take 
his  ease  or  lay  off  his  burden.  If  he  wants  to  save  his  own 
soul,  and  the  sheep  of  his  flock,  there  is  but  one  way  to  do 
it,  and  that  is  to  faithfully  warn  them  of  the  coming  danger. 
He  can  not  afford  to  pattern  after  the  false  shepherds  by 
adopting  their  customs,  their  manner  of  teaching,  and  their 
lines  of  argument.  God  has  given  the  true  shepherd  a 
commission,  a  specific  work,  and  that  work  must  be  done 
by  faithfully  teaching  the  people  all  the  Lord  has  said  on 
these  questions. 

God  has  no  pleasure  in  the  death  of  the  wicked.  He 
desires  that  they  might  be  saved,  but  if  they  would  be  saved, 
they  must  take  heed  to  the  warning  of  God  as  it  is  given 
by  the  true  servant.  The  prophet  Isaiah,  in  a  vision  given 
him  of  the  time  of  trouble,  uses  this  language:  "Watch- 
man, what  of  the  night?  Watchman,  what  of  the  night? 
The  watchman  said,  The  morning  cometh,  and  also  the 
night;  if  ye  will  inquire,  inquire  ye;  return,  come." 
Isa.  21  :n,  12. 

It  is  the  privilege  of  the  people  to  inquire  of  the  watch- 
man. It  is  his  duty  to  give  them  no  uncertain  answer. 
The  long  night  of  sin  and  darkness  of  the  world's  history 
is  nearly  past.  The  watchman  can  truly  say,  "The  morn- 


1 16     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

ing  cometh,  and  also  the  night"  of  destruction  to  the 
wicked.  He  can  also  invite  all  who  would  inquire  to  come, 
and  he  will  give  them  God's  message  concerning  these 
things.  That  is  his  business.  That  is  what  God  called 
him  for.  It  is  the  commission  he  accepted.  It  is  his 
absolute  duty  to  call  the  attention  of  the  people  to  the  great 
truth  of  the  world's  destruction,  which  is  just  before  us. 
The  watchman  that  does  not  faithfully  do  this,  and  show 
the  people  why  it  is  so,  is  not  worthy  of  the  name  that 
he  bears  as  a  shepherd  of  his  flock.  "Surely  the  Lord  God 
will  do  nothing,  but  He  revealeth  His  secret  unto  His 
servants  the  prophets."  Amos  3 17.  The  apostle  Peter, 
in  speaking  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord,  says:  "We  have 
also  a  more  sure  word  of  prophecy;  whereunto  ye  do  well 
that  ye  take  heed,  as  unto  a  light  that  shineth  in  a  dark 
place,  until  the  day  dawn,  and  the  day  star  arise  in  your 
hearts ;  knowing  this  first,  that  no  prophecy  of  the  Scripture 
is  of  any  private  interpretation.  For  the  prophecy  came 
not  in  old  time  by  the  will  of  man;  but  holy  men  of  God 
spake  as  they  were  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost."  2  Peter 
I  -.19-21. 

But  the  false  shepherd  cares  not  that  God  has  spoken. 
His  work  is  to  speak  "smooth  things,"  to  "prophesy 
deceits,"  and,  as  a  result,  those  who  follow  him  and  heed 
his  teaching  are  made  twofold  more  children  of  the  wicked 
one  than  before.  Many  of  them  have  started  in  sincerity, 
but  as  they  become  acquainted  with  the  affairs  in  the 
church,  they  either  give  up  all  faith  in  Christianity  or 
decide  they  will  use  it  as  a  cloak,  the  same  as  many  that 
are  already  connected  with  it.  This  question  is  more  fully 
taken  up  in  the  closing  chapters  of  this  book. 

"Then  Satan,  bound  by  chain  of  circumstances  strong, 
Shall  roam  the  wind-swept  plains,  to  chaos  brought  by  sin, 

A  desolation,  like  to  that  before  God  spake 
The  living  word  that  in  the  early  dawn  of  time 

Gave  shape  to  matter,  made  of  naught  but  space." 


CHAPTER   VIII. 


RULES  GOVERNING  THE  STUDY  OF  PROPHECY. 

THE  Bible  uses  many  symbols,  representing  certain 
truths.  These  symbols,  bear  in  mind,  are  both  instructive 
and  profitable,  and  all  the  student  needs  in  the  study  of 
the  Bible,  in  order  that  it  may  all  appear  plain  and  literal, 
is  to  understand  the  rules  of  interpretation  of  these  sym- 
bols as  given  in  the  Scripture  itself.  For  instance,  when 
a  symbol  is  used,  the  Bible  being  its  own  interpreter,  some- 
where in  the  Scripture  that  symbol  is  interpreted  into  literal 
language.  Thus  God  is  His  own  interpreter,  and  not  man, 
and  when  once  interpreted,  all  becomes  literal  in  the  fullest 
sense.  To  illustrate :  In  the  seventh  chapter  of  Daniel,  the 
prophet  saw  in  vision  four  beasts  coming  up  out  of  the 
sea.  The  interpretation  is  given  in  the  same  chapter : 
"These  great  beasts,  which  are  four,  are  four  kings,  which 
shall  arise  out  of  the  earth."  Verse  17.  Verse  23  carries 
this  interpretation  still  further:  "Thus  he  said,  The  fourth 
beast  shall  be  the  fourth  kingdom  upon  earth,  which  shall 
be  diverse  from  all  kingdoms,  and  shall  devour  the  whole 
earth,  and  shall  tread  it  down,  and  break  it  in  pieces." 

The  "sea,"  from  which  these  beasts  came  up,  is  also 
explained :  "And  he  saith  unto  me,  The  waters  which  thou 
sawest,  where  the  whore  sitteth,  are  peoples,  and  multitudes, 
and  nations,  and  tongues."  Rev.  17:15. 

117 


n8      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Thus  these  governments  were  established,  not  in  a  new 
territory,  uninhabited,  but  in  a  country  already  populated. 
"The  four  winds  strove  upon  the  great  sea."  Wind  is  a 
symbol  of  war,  but  the  primary  interpretation  is  the  judg- 
ments of  God  as  they  are  fulfilled  or  pronounced  in  the  law 
of  cursings:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  Behold,  evil 
shall  go  forth  from  nation  to  nation,  and  a  great  whirlwind 
shall  be  raised  up  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth.  And  the 
slain  of  the  Lord  shall  be  at  that  day  from  one  end  of  the 
earth  even  unto  the  other  end  of  the  earth;  they  shall  not 
be  lamented,  neither  gathered,  nor  buried;  they  shall  be 
dung  upon  the  ground."  Jer.  25  132,  33. 

The  words  "rivers,"  "waters,"  and  "floods"  are  fre- 
quently mentioned  in  the  Old  Testament  prophecies  as 
representing  the  people  who  are  involved  in  the  prophecy, 
as  in  Rev.  16:12,  there  applying  to  the  Turkish  power. 
Wind,  as  connected  with  war,  is  also  frequently  mentioned, 
sometimes  giving  the  direction  from  whence  it  comes,  as 
the  east  wind.  "In  measure,  when  it  shooteth  forth,  Thou 
wilt  debate  with  it;  He  stayeth  His  rough  wind  in  the  day 
of  the  east  wind."  Isa.  27:8.  To  stay  the  rough  wind 
from  the  east  is  the  same  as  holding  the  four  winds  of 
Revelation  7. 

PROPHETIC  PERIODS. 

There  are  a  number  of  these  in  prophecy.  A  day  of 
twenty-four  hours,  when  used  in  prophecy,  symbolizes  one 
year,  as  shown  by  the  Lord's  interpretation :  "Lie  thou  also 
upon  thy  left  side,  and  lay  the  iniquity  of  the  house  of 
Israel  upon  it;  according  to  the  number  of  days  that  thou 
shalt  lie  upon  it  thou  shalt  bear  their  iniquity.  For  I  have 
laid  upon  thee  the  years  of  their  iniquity,  according  to  the 
number  of  the  days,  three  hundred  and  ninety  days;  so 
shalt  thou  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  house  of  Israel.  And 
when  thou  hast  accomplished  them,  lie  again  on  thy  right 


Rules  Governing  the  Study  of  Prophecy.  1 19 

side,  and  thou  shalt  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  house  of  Judah 
forty  days;  I  have  appointed  thee  each  day  for  a  year." 
Eze.  4:4-6.  "After  the  number  of  the  days  in  which  ye 
searched  the  land,  even  forty  days,  each  day  for  a  year, 
shall  ye  bear  your  iniquities,  even  forty  years ;  and  ye  shall 
know  My  breach  of  promise."  Num.  4:34. 

Prophetic  periods  are  a  very  important  study,  as  given 
in  the  Bible,  as  they  set  forth  even  the  day  when  certain 
things  will  transpire  in  the  world's  history. 

A  tree  or  trees  are  frequently  used  to  symbolize  men, 
and  sometimes  rulers.  This  is  shown  in  the  fourth  chapter 
of  Daniel,  there  representing  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  in  the 
ninth  chapter  of  Judges,  Abimelech,  as  one  of  the  judges 
of  Israel. 

These  are  all  principles  involved  in  the  clear  under- 
standing of  prophecy.  Then  nations  in  the  last  age  of  the 
world  are  frequently  represented  by  names  of  ancient 
nations  which  bore  the  same  characteristics  as  those  in  latter 
times ;  for  instance,  as  shown  elsewhere  in  this  book,  France 
at  a  time  in  her  history  is  given  the  names  of  Sodom  and 
Egypt.  The  prophet,  speaking  of  France  from  1793  to 
1796,  as  shown  in  the  chapter  of  this  book  on  "The  Seven 
Trumpets,"  uses  this  language,  "And  their  dead  bodies  shall 
lie  in  the  street  of  the  great  city,  which  spiritually  is  called 
Sodom  and  Egypt,  where  also  our  Lord  was  crucified." 
Rev.  1 1 :8. 

During  the  French  Revolution,  and  the  time  that  nation 
made  war  against  the  Bible,  she  bore  both  the  character- 
istics of  Sodom  and  Egypt.  This  is  a  point  that  should 
be  well  understood;  for  judgments  are  pronounced  against 
nations  bearing  the  names  of  ancient  nations,  but  these 
judgments  apply  to  the  last  days.  This  is  shown  by  the 
prophet  Isaiah,  in  the  thirty-fourth  chapter  of  his  proph- 
ecies: "Come  near,  ye  nations,  to  hear;  and  harken,  ye 
people ;  let  the  earth  hear,  and  all  that  is  therein ;  the  world, 


I2O      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  all  things  that  come  forth  of  it.  For  the  indignation 
of  the  Lord  is  upon  all  nations,  and  His  fury  upon  all  their 
armies;  He  hath  utterly  destroyed  them,  He  hath  delivered 
them  to  the  slaughter.  Their  slain  also  shall  be  cast  out, 
and  their  stink  shall  come  up  out  of  their  carcasses,  and 
"the  mountains  shall  be  melted  with  their  blood.  And  all 
the  host  of  heaven  shall  be  dissolved,  and  the  heavens  shall 
be  rolled  together  as  a  scroll;  and  all  their  host  shall  fall 
down,  as  the  leaf  falleth  off  from  the  vine,  and  as  a  falling 
fig  from  the  fig  tree."  Isa.  34:1-4. 

No  one  can  fail  to  see  that  the  prophet  is  here  speaking 
of  the  coming  of  the  Lord  and  the  end  of  all  things.  But 
verse  5  speaks  thus,  "For  My  sword  shall  be  bathed  in 
heaven ;  behold,  it  shall  come  down  upon  Idumea,  and  upon 
the  people  of  My  curse,  to  judgment."  Then  in  verses  8 
and  9  we  read :  "For  it  is  the  day  of  the  Lord's  vengeance, 
and  the  year  of  recompenses  for  the  controversy  of  Zion. 
And  the  streams  thereof  shall  be  turned  into  pitch,  and  the 
dust  thereof  into  brimstone,  and  the  land  thereof  shall 
become  burning  pitch." 

Now  why  is  Tdumea  spoken  of  in  this  connection? — 
Because  the  ancient  land  Idumea  suffered  in  like  manner 
in  the  days  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrha.  "Even  as  Sodom 
and  Gomorrha,  and  the  cities  about  them,  in  like  manner 
giving  themselves  over  to  fornication,  and  going  after 
strange  flesh,  are  set  forth  for  an  example,  suffering  the 
vengeance  of  eternal  fire."  Jude  7. 

Leaving  this,  we  now  turn  to  ancient  Babylon,  as  used 
by  the  prophet  Jeremiah.  The  prophet  speaks  thus :  "And 
this  whole  land  shall  be  a  desolation,  and  an  astonishment ; 
and  these  nations  shall  serve  the  king  of  Babylon  seventy 
years.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  when  seventy  years  are 
accomplished,  that  T  will  punish  the  king  of  Babylon,  and 
that  nation,  saith  the  Lord,  for  their  iniquity,  and  the  land 
of  the  Chaldeans,  and  will  make  it  perpetual  desolations." 


Rules  Governing  the  Study  of  Prophecy.  121 

Jer.  25:11,  12.  The  prophet  then  turns  from  this  land  to 
all  the  nations,  as  shown  in  the  rest  of  the  chapter:  "And 
I  will  bring  upon  that  land  all  My  words  which  I  have 
pronounced  against  it,  even  all  that  is  written  in  this  book, 
which  Jeremiah  hath  prophesied  against  all  the  nations." 
Jer.  25:13. 

This  chapter,  as  elsewhere  referred  to,  is  clearly  shown 
to  apply  to  the  last  days,  when  "the  slain  of  the  Lord  shall 
be  from  one  end  of  heaven  to  the  other."  Thus  the 
change  is  made  from  ancient  Babylon  to  the  closing  events 
of  the  world's  history,  and,  as  elsewhere  shown,  modern, 
spiritual  Babylon  derived  its  name  from  ancient  Babel, 
which  signifies  confusion. 

In  reading  the  prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament,  the 
student  will  need  to  carefully  note  these  changes.  Other- 
wise his  mind  will  continually  make  the  application  to 
something  in  the  past,  when  in  reality  the  Lord  is  speaking 
of  the  future.  We  may  be  tempted  to  say,  Why  did  not 
the  Lord  make  these  things  plainer?  We  answer,  They 
are  as  plain  as  language  can  make  them.  Desiring  to 
impress  the  lesson  upon  the  mind  of  the  student,  the  Lord 
calls  his  attention  not  only  to  things  of  the  future,  but  to 
things  of  the  past  also,  as  examples.  How  could  it  be 
made  more  forcible  or  plain?  Now  there  is  no  country 
more  frequently  spoken  of  in  the  Old  Testament  than  the 
country  of  Egypt,  and  we  should  bear  in  mind  the  experi- 
ences of  the  Lord's  people  in  that  land,  their  deliverance 
from  it,  their  journey  to  the  promised  land,  etc.  Now  the 
Lord,  in  carrying  our  minds  from  those  events,  presents 
the  gathering  of  Israel  in  the  last  days  as  a  work  similar 
to  that  done  for  ancient  Israel :  "And  there  shall  be  an 
highway  for  the  remnant  of  His  people,  which  shall  be  left, 
from  Assyria;  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the  day  that  he 
came  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt."  Isa.  n  :i6. 

In  the  carrying  out  of  this  work,  as  Israel  is  gathered 


122     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

out,  the  whole  world,  and  possibly  a  specific  country,  is 
mentioned  as  spiritual  Egypt.  They  are  also  delivered 
from  spiritual  bondage,  as  Israel  was  delivered  from  literal 
bondage  in  the  time  of  Moses.-  This  is  shown  very  clearly 
in  the  seventeenth  and  nineteenth  chapters  of  Isaiah.  The 
eighteenth  chapter,  as  shown  in  this  book  under  the  chap- 
ter "The  Location  and  Rise  of  the  Message,"  refers  to 
North  America.  The  nineteenth  chapter  opens  with  a 
statement  of  the  burden  of  Egypt.  If  not  applying  to  the 
same  territory  as  chapter  18,  it  certainly  has  reference  to 
the  modern  nations  of  the  world.  Read  carefully  the 
comments  on  the  chapter  above  referred  to. 

Isaiah  13  is  introduced  under^the  title  "The  Burden  of 
Babylon."  But  any  one  can  see  things  in  that  chapter 
applying  to  the  last  days,  as  well  as  Jeremiah  25.  Isaiah' 
17  is  introduced  by  the  title  "The  Burden  of  Damascus," 
but  this  chapter  also  applies  to  the  last  days.  Chapter  21 
bears  the  title  "The  Burden  of  the  Desert,"  but  this  chapter 
has  its  application  in  the  last  days.  Chapter  22  bears  the 
title  "The  Burden  of  Vision,"  but  it  likewise  carries  the 
mind  forward  to  the  future.  Ezekiel,  in  the  thirty-second 
chapter  of  his  prophecy,  sums  up  a  large  list  of  the  names 
of  these  ancient  nations  as  they  will  engage  in  the  great 
slaughter  and  perish  in  the  day  of  the  Lord.  Modern 
nations  are  simply  the  descendants  of  ancient  nations,  and, 
while  their  names  are  modern,  their  characteristics  and 
experiences,  as  compared  with  the  former  dealings  with 
God,  are  similar. 

There  is  still  one  more  thought  we  would  call  attention 
to,  and  that  is  modern  Israel  as  compared  with  ancient 
Israel.  As  elsewhere  stated,  Israel  derived  its  name  from 
Jacob  and  his  experience  with  the  angel.  This  name  was 
handed  down  to  his  children,  and  afterwards  applied  to 
the  twelve  tribes.  It  had  a  twofold  significance:  First,  as 
to  true  Israel,  that  is,  individuals  that  were  overcomers; 


Rules  Governing  the  Study  of  Prophecy.  123 

second,  to  the  national  or  literal  descendants.  When  the 
theocracy  was  broken  up,  and  the  people  of  God  were  scat- 
tered abroad,  and  the  Jews  rejected  Christ,  and  the  way 
opened  for  the  Gentiles  to  come  in,  this  did  not  affect  the 
name;  hence  the  word  "Israel,"  since  the  days  of  Christ, 
has  its  application,  first,  to  the  true  overcomer,  to  the 
"Israelite  indeed;"  second,  to  all  that  profess  to  be  Chris- 
tians, and  are  connected  in  anywise  and  belonging  to  what 
we  might  call  Christian  nations,  in  contrast  with  pagan 
nations.  This  is  shown  in  Ezekiel  13:4  as  to  apostate 
Israel,  where  the  prophet  speaks  of  Gentile  teachers  in  the 
last  days,  hence  Christendom,  or  Christian  powers,  in  con- 
trast with  pagan  powers,  are  called  Israel  in  the  Scriptures. 
Let  these  points  be  well  remembered,  for  in  the  closing 
events  of  the  world  all  these  questions  are  involved,  and 
all  have  their  place  and  bearing  in  the  study  of  the  Bible. 
Now,  in  conclusion  of  this  chapter,  let  us  say  that,  like 
as  a  child  studies  the  rules  governing  the  book  he  is  to 
master,  we  will  study  the  rules  thus  laid  down  in  the  study 
of  God's  prophetic  Word,  and  by  so  doing  it  will  be  trans- 
formed from  the  symbolic  to  the  literal,  and  from  the 
ancient  day  to  our  own  day.  The  geography  of  the  coun- 
tries in  the  Bible,  with  the  chronology  of  different  ages,  of 
the  world,  should  be  well  fixed  in  the  mind  of  the  reader, 
as  this  will  also  aid  much  in  a  clear  understanding  of  the 
truth. 


Ubat  was 
tbe  true  Oligbt, 
wbicb  Ugbtetb 

e\>er£  man 


CHAPTER   IX. 

RUSSIA,    THE    LEADER    OF    ASIA    AND    AFRICA    AGAINST    THE 
POWERS   OF    THE    WEST. 

WE  have  in  the  thirty-eighth  and  thirty-ninth  chapters 
of  Ezekiel  one  of  the  most,  if  not  the  most,  interesting 
prophecies  in  all  the  Bible.  The  country  therein  mentioned 
leads  the  greatest  force  of  men  to  battle  of  any  country  in 
the  world's  history.  It  is  designated  as  a  power  located 
in  the  north.  Palestine  being  the  home  of  the  prophet,  the 
expression  "north"  could  only  apply  to  a  country  north  of 
Palestine.  That  the  prophecy  applies  to  the  last  days  there 
is  no  question,  for  it  is  so  stated  in  plain  language  in  verses 
8  and  16  of  chapter  38.  It  is  also  shown  in  verse  20  that 
the  movement  is  one  that  will  be  in  progress  when  the  Lord 
appears :  "For  in  My  jealousy  and  in  the  fire  of  My  wrath 
have  I  spoken,  Surely  in  that  day  there  shall  be  a  great 
shaking  in  the  land  of  Israel ;  so  that  the  fishes  of  the  sea, 
and  the  fowls  of  the  heaven,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and 
all  creeping  things  that  creep  upon  the  earth,  and  all  the 
men  that  are  upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  shall  shake  at  My 
presence,  and  the  mountains  shall  be  thrown  down,  and 
the  steep  places  shall  fall,  and  every  wall  shall  fall  to  the 
ground.  And  I  will  call  for  a  sword  against  him  through- 
out all  My  mountains,  saith  the  Lord  God;  every  man's 
sword  shall  be  against  his  brother.  And  I  will  plead 

124 


'Russia.  125 

against  him  with  pestilence  and  with  blood ;  and  I  will  rain 
upon  him,  and  upon  his  bands,  and  upon  the  many  people 
that  are  with  him,  an  overflowing  rain,  and  great  hailstones, 
fire,  and  brimstone.  Thus  will  I  magnify  Myself,  and 
sanctify  Myself;  and  I  will  be  known  in  the  eyes  of  many 
nations,  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord." 
Eze.  38:19-23. 

This  is  further  proven  in  chapter  39,  from  verses  17  to 
20:  "And,  thou  son  of  man,  thus  saith  the  Lord  God; 
Speak  unto  every  feathered  fowl,  and  to  every  beast  of  the 
.field,  Assemble  yourselves,  and  come;  gather  yourselves  on 
every  side  to  My  sacrifice  that  I  do  sacrifice  for  you,  even 
a  great  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel,  that  ye  may 
eat  flesh,  and  drink  blood.  Ye  shall  eat  the  flesh  of  the 
mighty,  and  drink  the  blood  of  the  princes  of  the  earth,  of 
rams,  of  lambs,  and  of  goats,  of  bullocks,  all  of  them  fat- 
lings  of  Bashan.  And  ye  shall  eat  fat  till  ye  be  full,  and 
drink  blood  till  ye  be  drunken,  of  My  sacrifice  which  I  have 
sacrificed  for  you.  Thus  ye  shall  be  filled  at  My  table  with 
horses  and  chariots,  with  mighty  men,  and  with  all  men 
of  war,  saith  the  Lord  God." 

This  scripture  refers  to  the  same  event  as  described  in 
Rev.  19:15-19:  "And  out  of  His  mouth  goeth  a  sharp 
sword,  that  with  it  He  should  smite  the  nations;  and  He 
shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of  iron;  and  He  treadeth  the 
wine-press  of  the  fierceness  and  wrath  of  Almighty  God. 
And  He  hath  on  His  vesture  and  on  His  thigh  a  name  writ- 
ten, KING  OF  KINGS,  AND  LORD  OF  LORDS.  And 
I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun;  and  he  cried  with  a 
loud  voice,  saying  to  all  the  fowls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of 
heaven,  Come  and  gather  yourselves  together  unto  the  sup- 
per of  the  great  God;  that  ye  may  eat  the  flesh  of  kings, 
and  the  flesh  of  captains,  and  the  flesh  of  mighty  men,  and 
the  flesh  of  horses,  and  of  them  that  sit  on  them,  and  the 
flesh  of  all  men,  both  free  and  bond,  both  small  and  great. 


126     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  their 
armies,  gathered  together  to  make  war  against  Him  that 
sat  on  the  horse,  and  against  His  army." 

Putting  this  scripture  with  Jeremiah  25,  where  the 
coming  of  the  Lord  is  brought  to  view,  and  the  great  whirl- 
wind is  raised  up  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth,  and  the  slain 
of  the  Lord  are  said  to  be  from  one  end  of  the  earth  to  the 
other,  we  have  the  story  complete. 

Now,  having  the  time  when  the  prophecy  applies  defi- 
nitely settled,  we  are  prepared  to  give  it  a  more  careful 
study.  The  thirty-eighth  chapter  of  Ezekiel  opens  thus : 
"And  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son  of 
man,  set  thy  face  against  Gog,  the  land  of  Magog,  the  chief 
prince  of  Meshech  and  Tubal,  and  prophesy  against  him, 
and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Behold,  I  am  against 
thee,  O  Gog,  the  chief  prince  of  Meshech  and  Tubal;  and 
I  will  turn  thee  back,  and  put  hooks  into  thy  jaws,  and  I 
will  bring  thee  forth,  and  all  thine  army,  horses  and  horse- 
men, all  of  them  clothed  with  all  sorts  of  armor,  even  a 
great  company  with  bucklers  and  shields,  all  of  them 
handling  swords." 

The  question  is,  What  land  is  here  referred  to  ?  and  who 
are,  and  what  is  the  history  of,  the  men  mentioned  by  the 
prophet  as  the  rulers  of  that  country?  We  answer  first 
concerning  Magog.  By  turning  to  Genesis  the  tenth  chap- 
ter, we  learn  that  Magog  was  one  of  the  grandsons  of 
Noah.  These  grandsons  of  Noah  traveled  westward,  and 
seated  on  the  Euphrates.  Later  on,  as  shown  by  the 
ancient  map,  Magog  moved  north  and  west,  and  located 
north  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  Meshech  and  Tubal  were  also 
grandsons  of  Noah.  Tubal  located  south  and  east  of  the 
Black  Sea.  Meshech  located  south  and  west  of  the  Black 
Sea.  Gog,  here  mentioned,  was  one  of  the  rulers  or  princes 
of  the  land  of  Magog.  The  Revised  Version  us(es  the  term 
"Rosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal."  But  who  was  Rosh? — He 


Russia.  127 

was  the  founder  of  the  north  country,  now  known  as  Rus- 
sia, and  from  whom  the  name  Russia  had  its  origin,  as  the 
historical  facts  now  introduced  will  show. 

ROSH. 

Dr.  Daniel  Schenkel's  "Bibel-Lexikon"  gives  the  follow- 
ing definition  of  Ros  (Rosh):  "Rosh,  in  Hesek.  38:2,  3;  39:1, 
is  the  name  of  a  people  of  the  north,  named  along  with 
Meshech  and  Tubal,  and  all  together  as  subject  people  of 
Gog.  Since  Rosh  does  not  occur  elsewhere  in  the  Old  Tes- 
tament, some  expositors  have  attempted,  after  the  manner 
of  the  Targum,  the  Peshito,  and  Jerome,  to  construe  the 
word  as  an  appellative  in  apposition  with  'nasi*  (chief  or 
prince),  and  so  together  with  this  word  rendered  both  by 
the  designation  of  'chief  prince;'  but  Bochart  (1599-1667) 
says  that  many  nations  find  mention  in  Hesekiel  whose 
names  we  meet  nowhere  else  in  the  Scriptures.  The  expres- 
sion 'nasi  rosh'  is  without  precedent  in  the  Old  Testament, 
and  the  twofold  repetition  of  the  same  words  is  most  decided 
evidence  that  'rosh'  should  be  rendered  as  a  proper  name. 
Rosh  as  a  proper  name  for  a  people  does  not,  to  be  sure, 
occur  anywhere  else  before  the  tenth  century  A.  D.,  when  it 
is  found  in  use  by  Byzantine  and  oriental  writers;  but  the 
statements  concerning  the  same  people, — that  they  are  a 
wild  Scythian  tribe  or  people,  dwelling  in  northern  Taurus, 
as  also  towards  the  Muscovite  Mountains,  or,  as  some  other 
authors  maintain,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Black  Sea,  irMhe 
Taurian  Peninsula  [Crimea],  and  still  farther  to  the  north 
along  the  Volga, — agree  in  a  most  striking  manner  with 
the  combination  of  Rosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal,  and  their 
being  in  subjection  to  Gog,  so  that  we  feel  fully  warranted 
to  group  tjiem  together  on  an  equal  footing,  and  to  assert, 
further,  that  Rosh  is  the  oldest  historical  name  to  designate 
the  tribal  peoples  of  the  Russians  of  history,  a  combination 
which  already  Bochart  has  made,  and  for  whom  as  a  con- 


128      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

necting-link  he  has  taken  the  Roxolani  or  Roxalani  men- 
tioned by  Pliny  [62-110],  Ptolemy,  and  others,  taking  it 
for  granted  that  the  latter  name  arose  from  a  connection 
of  the  tribe  of  the  Rox-Rosh  with  the  Alani.  Compare 
Bochart,  'Geographia  Sacra'  (Frankfurt  on  the  Maine, 
1674),  3,  13;  Frahn,  'Ibn  Foszlan's,  and  Other  Arabian 
Records  Concerning  the  Russians  of  Earlier  Times'  (St. 
Petersburg,  1823)  ;  Gesenius,  'Thesaurus/  under  the  word 
'Rosh.' " 

The  last-quoted  reference  to  Gesenius  we  cite  in  full : 
"Rosh,  a  proper  name  of  a  northern  nation  mentioned 
along  with  Tubal  and  Meshech.  Eze.  38:2,  3;  39:1. 
Probably  identical  with  the  Russians,  who  are  described  by 
the  Byzantine  writers^of  the  tenth  century,  under  the  name 
of  'Rhosh,'  as  inhabiting  the  northern  parts  of  Taurus,  and 
also  by  Ibn  Foszlan,  an  Arabian  writer  of  the  same  period, 
under  the  name  'Rfts,'  as  dwelling  upon  the  river  Wolga. 
See  Ibn  Foszlan's  'Bericht  fiber  die  Russen  alterer  Zeit/ 
von  Frahn,  Petersburg,  1823,  especially  p.  28  sq.  Comp. 
Von  Hammer,  'Origines  Russes,'  Petersburg,  1827,  who 
also  here  compares  the  nation  Rfi.s,  mentioned  in  the  Kora~n, 
Sur.  25,  40,  50,  12." 

Having  this  point  thoroughly  established,  we  are  now 
prepared  to  study  the  prophecy.  Remember  that  the  ancient 
name  of  the  lands  here  mentioned  are  retained  in  the  proph- 
ecy, as  the  modern  name  Russia  was  not  then  in  existence. 
The  verses  already  quoted  give  a  description  of  the  army 
as  this  nation  will  lead  it  forth.  In  addition  to  this,  the 
prophet  continues  to  give  the  names  of  the  people  or  coun- 
tries that  will  join  Russia  in  this  movement:  "Persia, 
Ethiopia,  and  Lybia  with  them ;  all  of  them  with  shield  and 
helmet;  Corner,  and  all  his  bands;  the  house  of  Togarmah 
of  the  north  quarters,  and  all  his  bands;  and  many  people 
with  thee."  Eze.  38 15,  6. 

Persia  is  an  old  nation,  which  lies  east x  of  Palestine. 


Russia.  129 

Ethiopia  and  Lybia  are  in  Africa.  Corner  was  another 
grandson  of  Noah.  His  country  originally  was  that  on  the 
south  of  the  Black  Sea,  but  he  afterwards  possessed  por- 
tions north  of  the  Black  Sea.  The  land  south  of  the  Black 
Sea  is  now  the  territory  of  the  Turks.  Togarmah  was 
south  and  a  little  east  of  the  Black  Sea,  now  the  country  of 
Armenia.  In  addition  to  these,  the  prophet  adds,  "And 
many  people  with  thee,"  thus  showing  that,  in  addition  to 
these  countries,  there  are  still  others. 

Now,  says  the  prophet,  "Be  thou  a  guard  unto  them." 
The  German  translation  gives  it,  "Be  thou  a  captain  unto 
them."  Thus  far  the  prophecy  is  plain  and  unmistakable 
that  the  country  now  called  Russia  is  to  be  a  leader  to  this 
vast  army  in  the  last  days.  The  Lord  does  not  leave  us  at 
this  point,  but  proceeds  to  tell  us  who  the  people  are  that 
this  army  will  come  against,  and  also  describes  the  land 
wherein  they  dwell : — 

"After  many  days  thou  shalt  be  visited;  in  the  latter 
years  thou  shalt  come  into  the  land  that  is  brought  back 
from  the  sword,  and  is  gathered  out  of  many  people,  against 
the  mountains  of  Israel,  which  have  been  always  waste; 
but  it  is  brought  forth  out  of  the  nations,  and  they  shall 
dwell  safely  all  of  them.  Thou  shalt  ascend  and  come  like 
a  storm ;  thou  shalt  be  like  a  cloud  to  cover  the  land,  thou, 
and  all  thy  bands,  and  many  people  with  thee,"  "And 
thou  shalt  come  up  against  My  people  of  Israel,  as  a  cloud 
to  cover  the  land;  it  shall  be  in  the  latter  days,  and  I  will 
bring  thee  against  My  land,  that  the  heathen  may  know 
Me,  when  I  shall  be  sanctified  in  thee,  O  Gog,  before 
their  eyes."  Eze.  38:8,  9,  16. 

But  who  are  Israel?  and  what  land  is  the  prophet  here 
speaking  of  as  their  home?  To  this  question  we  think  a 
plain  answer  can  be  given.  Remember  the  rules  laid  down 
in  the  study  of  prophecy  in  the  preceding  chapter,  that  those 
professing  Christianity,  or  Christian  nations,  in  contrast  to 


130     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

pagan,  have,  since  the  days  of  Christ,  taken  the  name  of 
Israel,  because,  for  the  most  part,  in  these  nations  God's 
people  are  found.  This  will  be  more  and  more  apparent 
as  we  proceed  with  the  study. 

We  would  now  call  attention  to  the  chapters  on  the  three 
great  divisions  of  the  world, — "The  Dragon,"  "The  Beast," 
and  "The  False  Prophet."  In  those  chapters  it  was  shown 
that  the  dragon  power  originally  controlled  all  of  the  old 
world;  later  on  the  Western  Empire  of  Rome,  that  lying 
west  of  the  eastern  border  of  Italy,  became  the  territory 
of  the  beast ;  and  that  the  new  world,  lying  across  the  ocean, 
was  the  territory  of  the  two-horned  beast,  or  the  false 
prophet.  These  were  fixed  divisions,  to  remain  till  the 
Lord  comes.  The  dragon  territory  was  controlled  by  the 
pagan  religion,  the  beast  by  Roman  Catholicism,  the  false 
prophet  by  Protestantism. 

Now  in  which  one  of  these  divisions  are  all  these  coun- 
tries located  mentioned  in  Ezekiel  38  ?  We  answer,  In  the 
dragon  territory.  Russia  was_never  classed  as  a  part  of  the 
Western  Empire.  Her  religion  was  that  of  the  Greek 
Church,  and  has  ever  been  held  separate  in  the  Bible.  She 
takes  the  position  now,  according  to  the  prophecy,  as  the 
captain  or  guard  of  the  dragon  territory.  The  two  West- 
ern powers  are  recognized  as  Christian  powers,  and,  as  we 
learned  in  Revelation  13,  the  two-horned  beast  makes  an 
image  to  the  papal  beast,  and  issues  a  decree  that  all  shall 
worship  the  beast  and  his  image,  and  receive  the  mark  of 
his  name. 

Thus  we  have  two  out  of  the  three  divisions  united  and 
in  sympathy  with  each  other  in  the  closing  events  of  the 
world.  This  is  shown  in  Revelation  19,  where  these  two 
powers  are  mentioned  as  being  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of 
fire,  while  the  third  power  does  not  meet  the  same  fate  at 
the  same  time.  In  the  scripture  just  quoted,  the  words  are 
again  repeated,  "And  many  people  with  thee."  These  are 


Russia.  131 

in  addition  to  the  countries  named  in  the  prophecy.  The 
question  may  arise,  Who  are  these  many  people?  The 
prophet  Jeremiah,  in  speaking  of  this  power,  uses  this 
expression,  "For,  lo,  I  will  call  all  the  families  of  the  king- 
doms of  the  north,  saith  the  Lord."  Jer.  1:15.  ^This 
expression  shows  there  are  many  families  of  kingdoms  clus- 
tered together,  which  we  understand  must  include  all  the 
territory  controlled  by  the  dragon  power,  which  would 
include  all  the  kings  of  the  East,  such  as  China,  India,  and 
any  others  that  might  exist  in  the  dragon  territory.  This 
would  truly  meet  the  specification,  "Thou  shalt  ascend  and 
come  like  a  storm,  thou  shalt  be  like  a  cloud  to  cover  the 
land,  thou,  and  all  thy  bands."  This  will  be  a  vast  army. 
The  prophet  also  shows  that  there  will  be  a  variety  of 
nations,  as  they  will  come  with  all  sorts.of  armor,  bucklers, 
shields,  all  of  them  handling  swords. )  The  statement  is 
made,  They  shall  come  "against  the  mountains  of  Israel, 
which  have  been  always  waste;  but  it  is  brought  forth  out 
of  the  nations,  and  they  shall  dwell  safely  all  of  them." 
"Thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  It  shall  also  come  to  pass,  that 
at  the  same  time  shall  things  come  into  thy  mind,  and  thou 
shalt  think  an  evil  thought ;  and  thou  shalt  say,  I  will  go  up 
to  the  land  of  unwalled  villages ;  I  will  go  to  them  that  are 
at  rest,  that  dwell  safely,  all  of  them  dwelling  without  walls, 
and  having  neither  bars  nor  gates,  to  take  a  spoil,  and  to 
take  a  prey;  to  turn  thine  hand  upon  the  desolate  places 
that  are  now  inhabited,  and  upon  the  people  that  are  gath- 
ered out  of  the  nations,  which  have  gotten  cattle  and  goods, 
that  dwell  in  the  midst  of.  the  land."  Eze.  38:10-12. 

This  scripture  describes  a  country  that  was  formerly 
called  a  "desolate  place,"  but  which  is  "now  inhabited" 
by  a  "people  that  are  gathered  out  of  the  nations,  which 
have  gotten  cattle  and  goods,  that  dwell  in  the  midst  of  the 
land."  In  viewing  the  lands  of  the  world  in  Ezekiel's  day 
and  forward,  what  land  had  long  lain  waste,  but  is  now 


132      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

inhabited  by  a  people  that  are  dwelling  safely,  and  noted 
for  their  wealth  ?  It  could  not  apply  to  any  portion  of  the 
kingdoms  of  the  East,  as  they  are  the  oldest  countries  in 
the  world,  and  have  never  been  depopulated  since  the  flood. 
The  gospel  was  preached  in  Western  Europe  in  Paul's 
day,  and  long  ere  this  that  region  had  been  thickly  popu- 
lated; but  there  is  a  country,  whether  it  is  the  one  here 
referred  to  or  not  the  reader  must  be  his  own  judge,  lying 
across  the  ocean  in  the  far  West,  and  known  as  North 
America,  that  does  fully  meet  the  specification.  This 
country  has  a  world-wide  reputation  to-day  both  for  its 
riches  and  its  interest  in  Christianity.  The  people  are 
dwelling  safely  without  bars  or  gates.  And  if  any  land 
in  all  the  world  could  be  called  to-day  the  "mountains  of 
Israel,"  it  would  be  this  land.  This  could  possibly  be  true 
of  Western  Europe,  but  of  no  country  east  of  that.  Even 
the  thought  that  prompts  this  great  military  campaign  is 
expressed  by  the  prophet :  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  It  shall 
also  come  to  pass,  that  at  the  same  time  shall  things  come 
into  thy  mind,  and  thou  shalt  think  an  evil  thought;  and 
thou  shalt  say,  I  will  go  up  to  the  land  of  unwalled  villages ; 
I  will  go  to  them  that  are  at  rest,  that  dwell  safely,  all  of 
them  dwelling  without  walls,  and  having  neither  bars  nor 

fates,  to  take  a  spoil,  and  to  take  a  prey." 
Thus  we  have  the  two  leading  issues  that  will  enter  into 
the  movement  of  the  nations  as  they  are  gathered  to  Arma- 
geddon: First,  the  religious  element  between  heathen  and 
Christian;  second,  commercial  gain.  These  two  elements 
will  absorb  everything  else;  and  right  here  let  us  ask  a 
question:  In  all  the  difficulties  of  past  ages,  as  apostate 
Israel  were  to  meet  the  four  sore  judgments  mentioned  in 
the  law  of  blessings  and  cursings,  from  whence  did  the 
sword  come?  We  answer,  From  the  heathen J 

The  last  days  are  days  of  especial  apostasy  from  God. 
Worldliness  and  greed  of  gain  have  sapped  the  spiritual 


Russia.  133 

life  away  from  the  professed  people  of  God.  They  have 
sought  two  things ;  their  energies  are  bent  in  two  directions, 
first,  to  convert  the  heathen  to  their  ideas  of  religion;  sec- 
ond, to  possess  the  territory  and  benefits  of  the  land  of  these 
nations  for  commercial  gain  to  themselves. 

These  two  elements  will  stir  the  heathen  powers  to  their 
very  center,  and,  as  a  result,  apostate  Christendom,  for  the 
course  taken  and  the  motives  underlying  their  movements, 
will  bring  on  the  issue,  and  they  will  meet  something  they 
are  little  aware  of.  Thus  we  have  in  the  plainest  language 
of  the  Bible  the  very  issues  that  will  exist  between  these 
great  divisions.  Two  of  them  will  be  on  one  side,  and  one 
on  the  other.  The  Christian  side  has  something  over  five 
hundred  million  followers,  while  the  other  side  has  nearly 
ten  hundred  million.  The  prophet  even  gives  the  question 
that  will  be  proposed  to  them  as  this  vast  army  comes  from 
the  north :  "Sheba,  and  Dedan,  and  the  merchants  of  Tar- 
shish,  with  all  the  young  lions  thereof,  shall  say  unto  thee, 
Art  thou  come  to  take  a  spoil  ?  hast  thou  gathered  thy  com- 
pany to  take  a  prey  ?  to  carry  away  silver  and  gold,  to  take 
aujay  cattle  and  goods,  to  take  a  great  spoil?"  Eze.  38 113. 
^  There  never  was  a  period  in  the  world's  history  when 
nations  were  manifesting  such  anxiety  for  gain  or  wealth 
as  to-day.  The  Boer  War  was  largely  over  the  diamond 
fields  and  gold  mines  of  Africa.  The  troubles  in  China 
in  1900,  when  the  powers  of  the  West  were  represented, 
had  two  elements  in  them:  First,  the  religious  question; 
second,  the  division  of  China  by  the  powers;  and  so  these 
two  elements  enter  into  every  movement  of  the  nations 
to-day.  This  will  increase  more  and  more  as  a  factor  in 
the  situation,  till  the  final  gathering  of  the  nationsJ 

"Therefore,  son  of  man,  prophesy  and  say  unto  Gog, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  In  that  day  when  My  people  of 
Israel  dwelleth  safely,  shalt  thou  not  know  it?  And  thou 
shalt  come  from  thy  place  out  of  the  north  parts,  thou,  and 


134      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

many  people  with  tnee,  all  of  them  riding  upon  horses,  a 
great  company,  and  a  mighty  army ;  and  thou  shalt  come  up 
against  My  people  of  Israel,  as  a  cloud  to  cover  the  land ;  it 
shall  be  in  the  latter  days,  and  I  will  bring  thee  against  My 
land,  that  the  heathen  may  know  Me,  when  I  shall  be 

tctified  in  thee,  O  Gog,  before  their  eyes."  Eze.  38 114-16. 
The  heathen  nations  have  ever  rejected  the  light  of  the 
gospel.  Their  condition  to-day  is  the  result  of  the  rejection 
of  light  in  the  early  days  of  their  history,  and  they  have 
been  ever  since  a  people  hard  to  reach  with  the  gospel. 
Their  name  is  even  mentioned  in  this  scripture,  and  one 
object,  aside  from  the  punishment  of  Christendom,  is  "that 
the  heathen  may  know  Me,  when  I  shall  be  sanctified  in 
thee,  O  Gog,  before  their  eyes."  This  shows  that  Russia 
will  te  the  commander  of  the  heathen  of  the  dragon  terri- 
tory .)  The  prophet  Ezekiel  would  have  us  know,  as  we 
reaa  this  prophecy,  that  he  is  not  the  first  one  that  has 
spoken  of  this  great  movement :  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ; 
Art  thou  he  of  whom  I  have  spoken  in  old  time  by  My 
servants  the  prophets  of  Israel,  which  prophesied  in  those 
days  many  years,  that  I  would  bring  thee  against  them? 
And  it  shall  come  to  pass  at  the  same  time  when  Gog  shall 
come  against  the  land  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord  God,  that 
My  fury  shall  come  up  in  My  face.  For  in  My  jealousy 
and  in  the  fire  of  My  wrath  have  I  spoken,  Surely  in  that 
day  there  shall  be  a  great  shaking  in  the  land  of  Israel." 
Eze.  38:17-19. 

Yes,  even  as  far  back  as  Moses,  the  Lord  warned  Israel 
in  the  following  language :  "The  Lord  shall  bring  a  nation 
against  thee  from  far,  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  as  swift 
as  the  eagle  flieth;  a  nation  whose  tongue  thou  shalt  not 
understand;  a  nation  of  fierce  countenance,  which  shall  not 
regard  the  person  of  the  old,  nor  show  favor  to  the  young; 
and  he  shall  eat  the  fruit  of  thy  cattle,  and  the  fruit  of 
thy  land,  until  thou  be  destroyed ;  which  also  shall  not  leave 


'Russia.  135 

thee  either  corn,  wine,  or  oil,  or  the  increase  of  thy  kine, 
or  flocks  of  thy  sheep,  until  he  have  destroyed  thee.  And 
he  shall  besiege  thee  in  all  thy  gates,  until  thy  high  and 
fenced  walls  come  down,  wherein  thou  trustedst,  throughout 
all  thy  land;  and  he  shall  besiege  thee  in  all  thy  gates 
throughout  all  thy  land,  which  the  Lord  thy  God  hath  given 
thee."  Deut  28:49-52. 

This  shows  that  the  laws  of  blessings  and  cursings,  as 
they  were  written  on  plastered  stones,  were  prophetical  in 
their  nature,  and  would  have  their  application  in  any  age  of 
the  world  in  which  Israel  might  depart  from  God.  The 
principles  of  cursing  were  visited  upon  the  ten  tribes  in 
their  captivity  to  Assyria,  721  B.  c.  Their  predictions 
were  again  fulfilled  in  the  Babylonish  captivity  of  the  other 
two  tribes,  a  little  over  one  hundred  years  later;  again  they 
were  fulfilled  by  the  Romans  in  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem, where  twelve  hundred  thousand  perished  in  the  siege. 
But  they  have  their  most  complete  fulfilment,  as  declared 
by  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  in  the  closing  up  of  all  things. 
There  will  be  no  mistake  as  to  the  time  when  this  prophecy 
applies,  and  we  would  again  quote  the  scripture  that  shows 
the  time  of  its  application :  "So  that  the  fishes  of  the  sea, 
and  the  fowls  of  the  heaven,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and 
all  creeping  things  that  creep  upon  the  earth,  and  all  the 
men  that  are  upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  shall  shake  at  My 
presence,  and  the  mountains  shall  be  thrown  down,  and 
the  steep  places  shall  fall,  and  every  wall  shall  fall  to  the 
ground.  And  I  will  call  for  a  sword  against  him  through- 
out all  My  mountains,  saith  the  Lord  God;  every  man's 
sword  shall  be  against  his  brother.  And  I  will  plead  against 
him  with  pestilence  and  with  blood;  and  I  will  rain  upon 
him,  and  upon  his  bands,  and  upon  the  many  people  that 
are  with  him,  an  overflowing  rain,  and  great  hailstones, 
fire,  and  brimstone.  Thus  will  I  magnify  Myself,  and  sanc- 
tify Myself;  and  I  will  be  known  in  the  eyes  of  many 


136      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

nations,  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord."  Eze. 
38 120-23. 

The  Lord,  by  the  mouth  of  the  prophet  Jeremiah,  says  He 
has  "a  controversy  with  the  nations ;  .  .  .  He  will  give 
them  that  are  wicked  unto  the  sword."  This  includes  more 
than  one  nation  or  one  division;  it  includes  every  nation 
and  people  who  have  not  made  their  peace  with  God. 
Notice  the  point  in  the  first  part  of  the  chapter:  "I  will 
bring  thee  against  My  people."  We  will  learn  later  that 
the  judgments  of  God  come  against  Christendom  for  their 
sins;  but  are  not  the  heathen  even  worse  who  know  not 
God,  and  bow  down  themselves  to  other  gods  and  every 
form  of  idolatry?  Will  they  not  reap  their  reward  like- 
wise? So  with  this  northern  power,  the  Lord  is  not  his 
friend  any  more  than  He  is  the  friend  of  the  other  powers. 
All  nations  are  to  drink  of  the  wine  cup  of  His  wrath,  and 
the  slain  of  the  Lord  are  to  be  in  that  day  from  one  end 
of  the  earth  to  the  other.  And  so,  in  speaking  of  the  north- 
ern power,  the  Lord  says:  "I  will  call  for  a  sword  against 
him  throughout  all  My  mountains,  saith  the  Lord  God; 
every  man's  sword  shall  be  against  his  brother.  And  I  will 
plead  against  him  with  pestilence  and  with  blood;  and  I 
will  rain  upon  him,  and  upon  his  bands,  and  upon  the  many 
people  that  are  with  him,  an  overflowing  rain,  and  great 
hailstones,  fire,  and  brimstone."  These  are  the  judgments 
mentioned  in  Revelation  16  as  attending  the  great  battle 
of  Armageddon.  The  prophet  continues  his  history  in 
Ezekiel  39: — 

"Therefore,  thou  son  of  man,  prophesy  against  Gog. 
and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  Behold,  I  am  against 
thee,  O  Gog,  the  chief  prince  of  Meshech  and  Tubal;  and 
I  will  turn  thee  back,  and  leave  but  the  sixth  part  of  thee, 
and  will  cause  thee  to  come  up  from  the  north  parts,  and 
will  bring  thee  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel ;  and  I  will 
smite  thy  bow  out  of  thy  left  hand,  and  will  cause  thine 


Russia.  137 

arrows  to  fall  out  of  thy  right  hand.  Thou  shalt  fall 
upon  the  mountains  of  Israel,  thou,  and  all  thy  bands, 
and  the  people  that  is  with  thee;  I  will  give  thee  unto 
the  ravenous  birds  of  every  sort,  and  to  the  beasts  of 
the  field,  to  be  devoured.  Thou  shalt  fall  upon  the  open 
field ;  for  I  have  spoken  it,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  I  will 
send  a  fire  on  Magog,  and  among  them  that  dwell  care- 
lessly in  the  isles ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord. 
So  will  I  make  My  holy  name  known  in  the  midst  of  My 
people  Israel ;  and  I  will  not  let  them  pollute  My  holy  name 
any  more;  and  the  heathen  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord, 
the  Holy  One  in  Israel."  Verses  1-7. 

The  thirty-eighth  chapter  says  He  will  put  hooks  into 
their  jaws  and  bring  them  forth.  The  thirty-ninth  chapter 
says  He  will  turn  them  back,  and  leave  but  a  sixth  part  of 
them.  Then  the  Lord  gives  the  terrible  description  of 
how  they  shall  fall  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel  (he  and 
all  his  band),  and  how  they  will  be  given  to  the  ravenous 
bird  and  the  ravenous  beast  of  the  field  to  be  devoured. 
This  is  the  time  of  the  great  supper  to  which  we  are  so 
frequently  referred  in  Revelation  the  nineteenth  chapter. 

The  Lord  continues,  "So  will  I  make  My  holy  name 
known  in  the  midst  of  My  people  Israel;  and  I  will  not  let 
them  pollute  My  holy  name  any  more ;  and  the  heathen  shall 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord,  the  Holy  One  in  Israel."  Thus 
the  Lord  speaks  in  plain  words  the  lesson  that  will  be  taught 
the  whole  world,  both  the  heathen  and  the  professed  Chris- 
tian. Remember  there  is  left  but  the  sixth  part  of  this  vast 
army  of  the  north.  How  many  there  are  left  of  the  other 
two  divisions  is  not  stated  in  this  scripture.  The  Lord  does, 
however,  make  a  statement  regarding  their  final  destiny : — 

"And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and 
their  armies,  gathered  together  to  make  war  against  Him 
that  sat  on  the  horse,  and  against  His  army.  And  the 
beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the  false  prophet  that  wrought 


138      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

miracles  before  him,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that  had 
received  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  them  that  worshiped  his 
image.  These  both  were  cast  alive  into  a  lake  of  fire  burn- 
ing with  brimstone.  And  the  remnant  were  slain  with  the 
sword  of  Him  that  sat  upon  the  horse,  which  sword  pro- 
ceeded out  of  His  mouth ;  and  all  the  fowls  were  filled  with 
their  flesh."  Rev.  19:19-21. 

The  preparation  of  the  nations  is  now  going  on,  but  the 
"time  of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a 
nation,"  will  cover  a  considerable  period  of  time.  "Behold, 
it  is  come,  and  it  is  done,  saith  the  Lord  God;  this  is  the 
day  whereof  I  have  spoken.  And  they  that  dwell  in  the 
cities  of  Israel  shall  go  forth,  and  shall  set  on  fire  and  burn 
the  weapons,  both  the  shields  and  the  bucklers,  the  bows 
and  the  arrows,  and  the  hand-staves,  and  the  spears,  and 
they  shall  burn  them  with  fire  seven  years ;  so  that  they  shall 
take  no  wood  out  of  the  field,  neither  cut  down  any  out  of 
the  forests  ;•  for  they  shall  burn  the  weapons  with  fire ;  and 
they  shall  spoil  those  that  spoiled  them,  and  rob  those  that 
robbed  them,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  in  that  day,  that  I  will  give  unto  Gog  a  place  there  of 
graves  in  Israel,  the  valley  of  the  passengers  on  the  east 
of  the  sea;  and  it  shall  stop  the  noses  of  his  passengers; 
and  there  shall  they  bury  Gog  and  all  his  multitude;  and 
they  shall  call  it  The  valley  of  Hamon-gog.  And  seven 
months  shall  the  house  of  Israel  be  burying  of  them,  that 
they  may  cleanse  the  land.  Yea,  all  the  people  of  the  land 
shall  bury  them;  and  it  shall  be  to  them  a  renown  the  day 
that  I  shall  be  glorified,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  they 
shall  sever  out  men  of  continual  employment,  passing 
through  the  land  to  bury  with  the  passengers  those  that 
remain  upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  to  cleanse  it;  after  the 
end  of  seven  months  shall  they  search.  And  the  passen- 
gers that  pass  through  the  land,  when  any  seeth  a  man's 
bone,  then  shall  he  set  up  a  sign  by  it,  till  the  buriers  have 


Russia.  139 

buried  it  in  the  valley  of  Hamon-gog.  And  also  the  name 
of  the  city  shall  be  Hamonah.  Thus  shall  they  cleanse  the 
land."  Eze.  39:8-16. 

Those  left  in  the  land  of  Israel  after  the  great  slaughter 
will  even  undertake  the  cleansing  of  the  land,  but  it  is  all 
in  vain.  The  day  of  their  probation  has  passed,  and  it  is 
only  to  meet  the  greater  calamity  that  awaits  them, — the 
lake  of  fire.  So  with  the  sixth  part  of  the  heathen,  they 
are  to  be  destroyed  by  the  sword  of  Him  that  sits  on  the 
horse. 

The  great  supper,  as  prepared  for  the  beasts  of  the  field, 
and  for  the  ravenous  bird,  likewise  will  last  more  than  one 
day.  It  will  last  many  days.  "And,  thou  son  of  man,  thus 
saith  the  Lord  God;  Speak  unto  every  feathered  fowl,  and 
to  every  beast  of  the  field,  Assemble  yourselves,  and  come; 
gather  yourselves  on  every  side  to  My  sacrifice  that  I  do 
sacrifice  for  you,  even  a  great  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains 
of  Israel,  that  ye  may  eat  flesh,  and  drink  blood.  Ye  shall 
eat  the  flesh  of  the  mighty,  and  drink  the  blood  of  the 
princes  of  the  earth,  of  rams,  of  lambs,  and  of  goats,  of 
bullocks,  all  of  them  failings  of  Bashan.  And  ye  shall  eat 
fat  till  ye  be  full,  and  drink  blood  till  ye  be  drunken,  of  My 
sacrifice  which  I  have  sacrificed  for  you."  Eze.  39:17-19. 

When  the  Son  of  man  comes  in  the  clouds  of  heaven, 
He  comes  In  all  His  glory,  and  all  the  holy  angels  with  Him. 
So  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  as  the  next  thing  in  order,  says : 
"And  I  will  set  My  glory  among  the  heathen,  and  all  the 
heathen  shall  see  My  judgment  that  I  have  executed,  and 
My  hand  that  I  have  laid  upon  them.  So  the  house  of 
Israel  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord  their  God  from  that 
day  and  forward.  And  the  heathen  shall  know  that  the 
house  of  Israel  went  into  captivity  for  their  iniquity ;  because 
they  trespassed  against  Me,  therefore  hid  I  My  face  from 
them,  and  gave  them  into  the  hand  of  their  enemies ;  so  fell 
they  all  by  the  sword.  According  to  their  uncleanness  and 


140      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

according  to  their  transgressions  have  I  done  unto  them,  and 
hid  My  face  from  them."  Eze.  39:21-24. 

The  remainder  of  the  wicked  who  are  left  of  all  classes  now 
see  the  Lord  appear.  The  lesson  is  now  fully  realized  why  all 
these  judgments  have  come,  and  they  with  the  rest  meet  their 
final  doom.  But  the  Lord  never  leaves  His  true  people  without 
hope,  and,  while  they  pass  through  this  trying  hour  of  tempta- 
tion that  comes  upon  all  the  world  to  try  them,  their  Saviour 
still  lives.  They  have  made  the  necessary  preparation,  and 
they  have  expected  and  understood  the  time  of  Jacob's 
trouble,  and  now  the  prophet  closes  with  these  comforting 
words,  which  should  ever  be  cherished  in  the  hearts  of  the 
true  and  faithful:  "Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God; 
Now  will  I  bring  again  the  captivity  of  Jacob,  and  have 
mercy  upon  the  whole  house  of  Israel,  and  will  be  jealous 
for  My  holy  name;  after  that  they  have  borne  their  shame, 
and  all  their  trespasses  whereby  they  have  trespassed  against 
Me,  when  they  dwelt  safely  in  their  land,  and  none  made 
them  afraid.  When  I  have  brought  them  again  from  the 
people,  and  gathered  them  out  of  their  enemies'  lands,  and 
am  sanctified  in  them  in  the  sight  of  many  nations;  then 
shall  they  know  that  I  am  the  Lord  their  God,  which 
caused  them  to  be  led  into  captivity  among  the  heathen; 
but  I  have  gathered  them  unto  their  own  land,  and  have  left 
none  of  them  any  more  there.  Neither  will  I  hide  My  face 
any  more  from  them ;  for  I  have  poured  out  My  Spirit  upon 
the  house  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord  God."  Eze.  39:25-29. 

The  gathering  of  Israel  has  been  going  on  during  the 
preparation  for  the  closing  work  of  God  in  the  earth,  and 
"Now,"  says  the  prophet,  "will  I  bring  again  the  captivity 
of  Jacob,  and  have  mercy  upon  the  whole  house  of  Israel." 
The  whole  house  includes  all  that  have  died  since  the  days 
of  Adam.  The  resurrection  of  the  righteous  will  now  take 
place.  "When  I  have  brought  them  again  from  the  people, 
and  gathered  them  out  of  their  enemies'  lands,  and  am 


Russia.  I41 

sanctified  in  them  in  the  sight  of  many  nations;  then  shall 
they  know  that  I  am  the  Lord  their  God,  which  caused  them 
to  be  led  into  captivity  among  the  heathen."  They,  too, 
shall  then  be  fully  satisfied,  as  they  will  see  that  which  they 
have  all  looked  forward  to  since  the  creation  of  the  world. 
Thus  we  end  this  remarkable  prophecy  that  meets  its 
entire  fulfilment  in  the  closing  events  of  the  world  just 
before  us.  May  we  study  its  lesson  well.  The  foundation 
here  laid  will  enable  us  to  open  up  with  a  clearer  under- 
standing the  prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament  writers.  As 
we  shall  see,  Ezekiel  is  not  the  only  one  that  speaks  on  this 
important  question. 


THE  ENTRANCE  OF  THY  WORDS 
GIVETH  LIGHT      a     a        PS.  119:130 


CHAPTER  X, 


THE  YELLOW  PERIL,  OR  THE  KINGS  OF  THE  EAST. 

THE  positions  taken  in  the  foregoing  chapter  point  out 
a  mighty  movement  among  the  powers  of  earth.  If  this 
position  be  sound,  all  other  scripture  must  be  in  harmony 
with  it.  The  prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament  have  pointed 
out  great  and  terrible  judgments  to  come  upon  professed 
Israel  because  of  their  backslidings.  These  judgments  have 
been  supposed  to  have  had  their  application  in  past  ages, 
but  history  records  nothing  adequate  to  their  fulfilment. 

A  more  careful  study  of  this  subject  will  show  that  the 
whole  world  is  involved  in  the  matter,  and  not  some  one 
locality.  Such  study  will,  also  reveal  to  the  searcher  for 
truth  that  the  prophets  have  spoken  of  the  future,  and  men- 
tioned particularly  the  events  to  take  place  as  being  con- 
nected with  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  end  of  the  world. 
Jeremiah  especially  reveals  this  in  his  prophecy.  The  first 
sixteen  chapters  of  his  book  contain  an  unbroken,  connected 
sto^y  as  it  pertains  to  this  question. 

f  The  phrase  "the  yellow  peril"  is  an  expression  taken 
from  the  emperor  of  Germany,  and  applied  by  him  to  the 
yellow  races  of  the  East,  especially  to  China,  as  he  viewed 

142 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  145 

the  situation  in  1895.  The  accompanying  cut  represents 
the  emperor's,  ideas,  as  it  is  his  own  design,  made  by  him, 
and  sent  to  the  czar  of  Russia  in  1895.  ^n  1900,  during 
China's  difficulty  with  the  kings  of  the  West,  this  cartoon 
appeared  in  the  public  prints,  showing  the  foresight  of  the 
emperor;  and  we  might  remark  right  here  that  the  events 
of  1900  with  the  kings  of  the  West  wers^only  forerunners 
of  what  will  take  place  in  the  near  future.  J  ( 

The  prophecies  of  the  Bible  speak  of^ertain  events,  but 
statesmen  and  politicians  can  see  these  things  coming  from 
their  own  standpoint.  The  Scriptures  tell  the  outcome,  but 
the  rulers  of  the  world  know  not  the  result.  Russia  and 
the  kings  of  the  West  stand  to-day  in  their  relation  to  the 
Chinese  question  just  as  they  have  been  standing  for  years 
on  the  Turkish  question.  The  kings  of  the  West  realize 
that,  should  Russia  take  Constantinople  and  become  the 
possessor  of  Turkish  territory,  she  would  be  the  mistress 
of  all  the  Eaaf,  and  ready  for  a  struggle  for  the  dominion 
of  the  worlcflL  The  kings  of  the  West  also  realize  that,  if 
Russia  becomes  the  possessor  of  the  Chinese  Empire,  it 
only  increases  her  power  to  become  the  mistress  of  Con- 
stantinople and  all  the  East.  Hence  the  Eastern  question 
of  to-day  is,  Shall  Russia  possess  any  more  territory  in  anv 
part  of  the  East?  The  question  with  Russia  is,  Shall  theA 
•  Western  power  possess  any  more  territory  in  the  East  ?  I 
r"That  is  the  Eastern  question,  and  must  remain  the  Eastern 
\juestion  until  it  is  settled ;  and  it  will  never  be  settled  until 
the  East  and  the  West  are  gathered  with  their  armies ;  then 
the  Lord  settles  the  question  forever.  Then  the  kingdoms 
of  this  world  become  the  kingdom  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  ; 
then  will  there  be  a  time  of  trouble  such  as  there  never  was 
since  there  was  a  nation ;  then  "shall  Michael  stand  up,  the 
great  Prince  which  standeth  for  the  children  of  thy  people." 

With  this  introduction  to  the  chapter,  we  now  desire  to 
study  the  prophecies  of  the  book  of  Jeremiah,  believing  that 

10 


146      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  situation  is  all  plainly  described  by  him.  Jeremiah  was 
a  man  especially  called  by  the  Lord  as  a  prophet  to  the 
nations.  He,  like  Daniel,  lived  at  the  time  of  the  breaking 
up  of  the  theocracy  of  Israel.  Their  prophecies  carried  the 
history  of  nations  from  that  time  forward.  / 

"Then  said  I,  Ah,  Lord  God!  behold,  I  can  not  speak; 
for  I  am  a  child."  "Then  the  Lord  put  forth  His  hand, 
and  touched  my  mouth.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me, 
Behold,  I  have  put  My  words  in  thy  mouth.  See,  I  have 
this  day  set  thee  over  the  nations  and  over  the  kingdoms, 
to  root  out,  and  to  pull  down,  and  to  destroy,  and  to  throw 
down,  to  build,  and  to  plant."  Jer.  I  :6,  9,  10. 

This'  is  the  position  Jeremiah  holds  as  a  prophet  of  the 
nations.  The  word  of  God,  when  once  uttered,  roots  out, 
pulls  down,  destroys,  overthrows,  and  builds  and  plants  the 
nations  of  the  world.  That  is,  when  the  word  of  God  is 
spoken  concerning  a  nation  or  kingdom,  it  will  be  literally 
fulfilled.  Following  this  introduction,  the  Lord  causes  to 
pass  before  Jeremiah  a  scene  concerning  the  movements 
of  these  nations :  "Moreover  the  word  of  the  Lord  came 
unto  me,  saying,  Jeremiah,  what  seest  thou?  And  I  said, 
I  see  a  rod  of  an  almond  tree.  Then  said  the  Lord  unto 
me,  Thou  hast  well  seen;  for  I  will  hasten  My  word  to 
perform  it.  And  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me  the 
second  time,  saying,  What  seest  thou?  And  I  said,  I  see 
a  seething  pot;  and  the  face  thereof  is  toward  the  north. 
Then  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  Out  of  the  north  an  evil  shall 
break  forth  upon  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land.  For,  lo, 
I  will  call  all  the  families  of  the  kingdoms  of  the  north, 
saith  the  Lord;  and  they  shall  come,  and  they  shall- set  every 
one  his  throne  at  the  entering  of  the  gates  of  Jerusalem, 
and  against  all  the  walls  thereof  round  about,  and  against 
all  the  cities  of  Judah.  And  I  will  utter  My  judgments 
against  them  touching  all  their  wickedness,  who  have  for- 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  147 

saken  Me,  and  have  burned  incense  unto  other  gods,  and 
worshiped  the  works  of  their  own  hands."  Jer.  I  :n-i6. 

This  scripture  is  an  introduction,  as  before  stated,  to 
the  first  sixteen  chapters  of  the  book  of  Jeremiah,  as  well 
as  to  many  other  portions  of  his  prophecy.  The  scene  is 
that  of  a  boiling  pot,  with  its  face  toward  the  north.  Let 
these  locations  be  noticed.  The  interpretation  is  given  thus  : 
"Out  of  the  north  an  evil  shall  break  forth  upon  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  land.  For,  lo,  I  will  call  all  the  families 
of  the  kingdoms  of  the  north,  saith  the  Lord;  and  they 
shall  come,  and  they  shall  set  every  one  his  throne  at  the 
entering  of  the  gates  of  Jerusalem."  The  cause  of  this  is 
plainly  stated  in  verse  16:  "And  I  will  utter  My  judgments 
against  them  touching  all  their  wickedness,  who  have  for- 
saken Me."  Thus  we  see  that  the  same  subject  is  here 
introduced  as  treated  by  Ezekiel  in  his  prophecy,  namely, 
the  northern  power  against  professed  Christendom.  The 
cause  is  also  plainly  stated,  namely,  because  of  their  wicked- 
ness and  apostasy  from  God.  Let  us  remark  right  here  that 
Christendom  will  surely  be  in  commotion  as  a  seething  pot 
when  they  see  the  difficulties  arising,  and  the  cause  of  them. 
The  third  chapter  of  Jeremiah  is  a  reproof  and  admonition 
to  Israel  to  return  to  the  Lord : — 

"Lift  up  thine  eyes  unto  the  high  places,  and  see  where 
thou  hast  not  been  lain  with.  In  the  ways  hast  thou  sat 
for  them,  as  the  Arabian  in  the  wilderness;  and  thou  hast 
polluted  the  land  with  thy  whoredoms  and  with  thy  wicked- 
ness. Therefore  the  showers  have  been  withholden,  and 
there  hath  been  no  latter  rain;  and  thou  hadst  a  whore's 
forehead,  thou  refusedst  to  be  ashamed."  Verses  2,  3. 

In  the  latter  part  of  this  book  is  a  chapter  entitled  "The 
Latter  Rain,"  which  has  its  application  in  the  closing  work 
of  God  for  the  world;  but  these  showers  have  been  with- 
holden from  the  professed  'people  of  God  because  of  their 
backslidden  condition.  Now  the  admonition  is  given  to 


148      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Israel,  in  the  following  language,  to  prepare  to  meet  the 
situation : — 

"Go  and  proclaim  these  words  toward  the  north,  and 
say,  Return,  thou  backsliding  Israel,  saith  the  Lord ;  and 
I  will  not  cause  Mine  anger  to  fall  upon  you;  for  I  am 
merciful,  saith  the  Lord,  and  I  will  not  keep  anger  forever. 
Only  acknowledge  thine  iniquity,  that  thou  hast  transgressed 
against  the  Lord  thy  God,  and  hast  scattered  thy  ways  to 
the  strangers  under  every  green  tree,  and  ye  have  not  obeyed 
My  voice,  saith  the  Lord.  Turn,  O  backsliding  children, 
saith  the  Lord ;  for  I  am  married  unto  you ;  and  I  will  take 
you  one  of  a  city,  and  two  of  a  family,  and  I  will  bring  you 
to  Zion;  and  I  will  give  you  pastors  according  to  Mine 
heart,  which  shall  feed  you  with  knowledge  and  under- 
standing." Jer.  3:12-15. 

The  prophet  now  calls  the  attention  of  backslidden  Israel 
to  the  situation,  by  reminding  them  of  the  northern  power, 
and  of  its  certainty  to  come,  and  pleads  with  them  to  return 
to  the  Lord.  There  is  always  mercy,  which  can  be  obtained 
by  true  repentance,  as  long  as  probation  lasts.  This  scrip- 
ture shows  that  this  movement  will  be  made  known  by  the 
true  servant  before  probation  closes.  Here  is  a  work  for 
the  true  minister  of  God  to  faithfully  warn  sinners  of  the 
certainty  of  their  doom.  Jonah  plainly  told  the  men  of  his 
day,  "Yet  forty  days,  and  Nineveh  shall  be  overthrown." 
Repentance  on  the  part  of  the  people  turned  away  the  Lord's 
wrath.  So  now,  all  who  will  repent  and  accept  the  truth 
can  escape  the  calamity  that  is  so  soon  to  come  upon  the 
world. 

Turning  to  Jeremiah  4,  we  again  read:  "If  thou  wilt 
return,  O  Israel,  saith  the  Lord,  return  unto  Me;  and  if 
thou  wilt  put  away  thine  abominations  out  of  My  sight, 
then  shalt  thou  not  remove."  "Declare  ye  in  Judah,  and 
publish  in  Jerusalem;  and  say,  Blow  ye  the  trumpet  in  the 
land;  cry,  gather  together,  and  say,  Assemble  yourselves, 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  149 

and  let  us  go  into  the  defenced  cities.  Set  up  the  standard 
toward  Zion ;  retire,-  stay  not ;  for  I  will  bring  evil  from  the 
north,  and  a  great  destruction.  The  lion  is  come  up  from 
his  thicket,  and  the  destroyer  of  the  Gentiles  is  on  his  way; 
he  is  gone  forth  from  his  place  to  make  thy  land  desolate; 
and  thy  cities  shall  be  laid  waste,  without  an  inhabitant." 
Jer.  4:1,  5-7. 

Bear  in  mind,  this  is  such  a  movement  that  it  will  cause 
the  people  to  flee  to  the  defenced  cities  for  safety.  "And  it 
shall  come  to  pass  at  that  day,  saith  the  Lord,  that  the  heart 
of  the  king  shall  perish,  and  the  heart  of  the  princes;  and 
the  priests  shall  be  astonished,  and  the  prophets  shall 
wonder."  Jer.  4:9. 

The  bravery  before  manifested  by  the  kings  of  the  West 
has  now  changed,  and  the  heart  of  the  king  shall  perish. 
The  false  teachers  that  have  been  telling  the  people,  "Peace, 
peace;  when  there  is  no  peace,"  are  now  speechless.  They 
know  not  which  way  to  turn.  They  see  the  people  making 
a  rush  for  the  defenced  cities,  and  they  hear  these  words 
from  them,  "Ah,  Lord  God!  surely  thou  hast  greatly 
deceived  this  people  and  Jerusalem,  saying,  Ye  shall 
have  peace;  whereas  the  sword  reacheth  unto  the  soul." 
Jer.  4:10. 

Says  the  Lord :  "At  that  time  shall  it  be  said  to  this 
people  and  to  Jerusalem,  A  dry  wind  of  the  high  places  in 
the  wilderness  toward  the  daughter  of  My  people,  not  to 
fan,  nor  to  cleanse,  even  a  full  wind  from  those  places  shall 
come  unto  Me;  now  also  will  I  give  sentence  against  them. 
Behold,  he  shall  come  up  as  clouds,  and  his  chariots  shall 
be  as  a  whirlwind ;  his  horses  are  swifter  than  eagles.  Woe 
unto  us!  for  we  are  spoiled.  O  Jerusalem,  wash  thine 
heart  from  wickedness,  that  thou  mayest  be  saved.  How 
long  shall  thy  vain  thoughts  lodge  within  thee?"  "Make 
ye  mention  to  the  nations;  behold,  publish  against  Jeru- 
salem, that  watchers  come  from  a  far  country,  and  give 


150      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

out  their  voice  against  the  cities  of  Judah."  'Thy  way  and 
thy  doings  have  procured  these  things  unto  thee;  this  is 
thy  wickedness,  because  it  is  bitter,  because  it  reacheth  unto 
thine  heart.  My  bowels,  my  bowels!  I  am  pained  at  my 
very  heart;  my  heart  maketh  a  noise  in  me;  I  can  not  hold 
my  peace,  because  thou  hast  heard,  O  my  soul,  the  sound 
of  the  trumpet,  the  alarm  of  war.  Destruction  upon 
destruction  is  cried ;  for  the  whole  land  is  spoiled ;  suddenly 
are  my  tents  spoiled,  and  my  curtains  in  a  moment.  How 
long  shall  I  see  the  standard,  and  hear  the  sound  of  the 
trumpet?  For  My  people  is  foolish,  they  have  not  known 
Me;  they  are  sottish  children,  and  they  have  none  under- 
standing ;  they  are  wise  to  do  evil,  but  to  do  good  they  have 
/io  knowledge."  Jer.  4:11-14,  16,  18-22. 
H  The  language  of  inspiration  has  portrayed  the  situation 
more  clearly  than  is  in  the  power  of  mortal  man.  All  we 
can  do  is  to  call  the  attention  to  that  which  is  said,  and 
leave  it  with  the  people.  If  the  trumpet  is  blown  in  the 
land,  and  they  will  not  harken,  there  is  but  one  thing  left, 
namely,  to  meet  the  consequences,  and  this  is  what  pro- 
fessed Christendom  must  do.  Every  effort  must,  however, 
be  put  forth  by  the  trua  servant  to  faithfully  warn  the  world 
of  coming  destruction.  \ 

The  Lord  says :  "Rim  ye  to  and  fro  through  the  streets 
of  Jerusalem,  and  see  now,  and  know,  and  seek  in  the  broad 
places  thereof,  if  ye  can  find  a  man,  if  there  be  any  that 
executeth  judgment,  that  seeketh  the  truth ;  and  I  will  par- 
don it.  And  though  they  say,  The  Lord  liveth ;  surely  they 
swear  falsely."  "Therefore  I  said,  Surely  these  are  poor; 
they  are  foolish;  for  they  know  not  the  way  of  the  Lord, 
nor  the  judgment  of  their  God."  Jer.  5  :i,  2,  4. 

The  Lord  is  ever  willing  to  look  with  mercy  on  the 
backsliding  of  His  people,  but  there  must  be  a  greater  effort 
made;  although  they  are  in  a  poor  and  foolish  condition, 
that  will  not  excuse  them  or  save  them.  They  must  be 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  151 

helped  if  possible.  The  prophet  now  adds :  "I  will  get:  me 
unto  the  great  men,  and 'will  speak  unto  them;  for  they 
have  known  the  way  of  the  Lord,  and  the  judgment  of  their 
God;  but  these  have  altogether  broken  the  yoke,  and  burst 
the  bonds."  Jer.  5  -.5. 

The  last  effort  to  be  made  for  fallen  Israel  will  be  that 
of  appealing  personally  to  the  men  in  high  positions  in  the(* 
church,  and  faithfully  warning  them  of  the  judgments  of  j 
their  God;  but  the  prophet  adds:  "These  have  altogether 
broken  the  yoke,  and  burst  the  bonds.  Wherefore  a  lion* 
out  of  the  forest  shall  slay  them,  and  a  wolf  of  the  evenings 
shall  spoil  them,  a  leopard  shall  watch  over  their  cities; 
every  one  that  goeth  out  thence  shall  be  torn  in  pieces; 
because  their  transgressions  are  many,  and  their  back- 
Slidings  are  increased."  Jer.  5  15,  6. 

The  symbols  here  used  of  the  lion,  and  the  wolf,  and  the 
leopard  *are  symbols  of  Babylon,  Medo-Persia,  and  Grecia,' 
all  countries  of  the  dragon  power.  These  shall  watch  over 
their  cities,  and  every  one  going  out  shall  be  torn  in  pieces, 
because  their  transgressions  are  many.  The  prophet  fur- 
ther 'describes  the  spiritual  condition  of  Israel :  "They  were 
as  fed  horses  in  the  morning;  every  one  neighed  after  his 
neighbor's  wife.  Shall  I  not  visit  for  these  things?  saith 
the  Lord ;  and  shall  not  My  soul  be  avenged  on  such  a  nation 
as  this?  Go  ye  up  upon  her  walls,  and  destroy;  but  make 
not  a  full  end ;  take  away  her  battlements ;  for  they  are  not 
the  Lord's.  For  the  house  of  Israel  and  the  house  of  Judah 
have  dealt  very  treacherously  against  Me,  saith  the  Lord. 
They  have  belied  the  Lord,  and  said,  It  is  not  He;  neither 
shall  evil  come  upon  us;  neither  shall  we  see  sword  nor 
famine;  and  the  prophets  shall  become  wind,  and  the  word 
is  not  in  them ;  thus  shall  it  be  done  unto  them."  Jer.  5  18-13. 

This  is  a  sad  picture  for  professed  Christendom.  Her 
teachers  have  told  the  people  that  the  four  sore  judgments 
mentioned  in  the  curses  pronounced  by  Moses  would  not 


152      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 


come.  The  true  prophet  had  been  telling  them  that  these 
things  would  come.  /They  have  denied  the  statements  and 
deceived  the  people.  I  "Wherefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God 
of  hosts,  Because  yeSpeak  this  word,  behold,  I  will  make 
My  words  in  thy  mouth  fire,  and  this  people  wood,  and  it 
shall  devour  them.  Lo,  I  will  bring  a  nation  upon  you 
from  far,  O  house  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord ;  it  is  a  mighty 
nation,  it  is  an  ancient  nation,  a  nation  whose  language  thou 
knowest  not,  neither  understandest  what  they  say.  Their 
quiver  is  as  an  open  sepulcher,  they  are  all  mighty  men. 
And  they  shall  eat  up  thine  harvest  and  thy  bread,  which 
thy  sons  and  thy  daughters  should  eat;  they  shall  eat  up 
thy  flocks  and  thine  herds;  they  shall  eat  up  thy  vines  and 
thy  fig  trees;  they  shall  impoverish  thy  fenced  citas, 
\yherein  thou  trustedst,  with  the  sword."  Jer.  5:14-17.^ 
I  Tiiis  is  an  important  statement  to  the  student  of  proph- 
ecy. The  nation  is,  first,  an  ancient  one;  second,  it  comes 
from  far ;  third,  it  is  a  mighty  nation ;  fourth,  it  is  "a  nation 
whose  language  thou  knowest  not,  neither  understandest 
what  they  say."  Moses  said  the  Lord  would  bring  a  nation 
against  them  from  the  ends  of  the  earth.  Now,  if  the  kings 
of  the  East  are  to  be  prepared,  and  are  to  come  against 
the  kings  of  the  West,  or  the  Christian  powers,  to  what 
nation  could  the  prophecy  apply  :1  f  We  answer,  China.  It 
is  the  oldest  nation  in  the  world,  and  from  the  prophet's 
standpoint  it  would  come  from  far,  or  the  end  of  the  earth, 
lying  eastward.  It  is  a  mighty  nation,  as  shown  by  the 
writings  of  the  great  men  of  ihe  world,  such  as  Lord 
Wolsey,  of  England,  and  others.) (  They  number  four  hun- 
dred millions,  nearly  one-third  or  the  population  of  the 
globe,  and,  last,  they  speak  a  language  that  is  the  least 
known  by  Christian  nations  of  any  language  «r  the  world. 
It  is  the  most  difficult  to  learn  and  understand!  When  this 
mighty  nation  shall  join  Russia,  with  its  mignty  army  and 
hatred  towards  Christendom,  and  then  they  be  joined  by 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  153 

three  hundred  millions  from  India,  the  Turks,  and  many 
other  powerful  nations,  there  will  surely  be  reason  enough 
why  Christendom  should  hasten  to  the  defenced  cities. 
Language  would  fail  to  half  picture  the  terribleness  of  the 
scene ;  and  no  wonder  the  prophet  Daniel  said,  Then  "shall 
be  a  tiffce  of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a 
nation.]/ 

( But  there  is  hope  for  those  who  put  their  trust  in  the 
Lard.  God  has  a  remnant  people  that  will  be  delivered  like 
the  Hebrew  children  from  the  furnace.^  "Nevertheless  in 
those  days,  saith  the  Lord,  I  will  not  make  a  full  end  with 
you.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  when  ye  shall  say,  Where- 
fore doeth  the  Lord  our  God  all  these  things  unto  us?  then 
shalt  thou  answer  them,  Like  as  ye  have  forsaken  Me,  and 
served  strange  gods  in  your  land,  so  shall  ye  serve  strangers 
in  a  land  that  is  not  yours."  "But  this  people  hath  a  revolt- 
ing and  a  rebellious  heart;  they  are  revolted  and  gone. 
Neither  say  they  in  their  heart,  Let  us  now  fear  the  Lord 
our  God,  that  giveth  rain,  both  the  former  and  the  latter, 
in  his  season ;  He  reserveth  unto  us  the  appointed  weeks  of 
the  harvest.  Your  iniquities  have  turned  away  these  things, 
and  yeur  sins  have  withholden  good  things  from  you." 
Jer.  5:18,  19,  23-25. 

The  latter  rain  is  now  falling  on  the  true  believers ;  but 
the  great  masses  of  professed  Christians  have  no  desire  to 
serve  the  Lord,  "neither  say  they  in  their  heart,  Let  us 
now  fear  the  Lord  our  God,  that  giveth  rain,  both  the  for- 
mer and  the  latter,  in  his  season."  The  prophet  Jeremiah 
continues,  "A  wonderful 'and  horrible  thing  is  committed 
in  the  land."  Jer.  5  130. 

But  the  Lord  still  pleads  with  His  people:  "O  ye  chil- 
dren of  Benjamin,  gather  yourselves  to  flee  out  of  the  midst 
of  Jerusalem,  and  blow  the  trumpet  in  Tekoa,  and  set  up 
a  sign  of  fire  in  Beth-hacceren ;  for  evil  appearetK  out  of 
the  north,  and  great  destruction."  Jer.  6: 1. 


154     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  above  is  an  admonition  to  the  remnant  people  that 
are  now  scattered  throughout  Christendom.  This  call  to 
come  out  of  the  midst  of  Jerusalem  is  the  same  call  voiced  by 
the  prophet  John  in  Revelation  18  to  come  out  of  Babylon. 
The  reason  is  also  plainly  stated:  "Evil  appeareth  out  of 
the  north,  and  great  destruction."  As  the  people  that  have 
studied  the  truth  see  this  movement,  it  will  be  a  sign  to 
them  to  get  out  of  the  heathen  countries  and  from  the 
midst  of  Babylon  before  her  judgments  come  upon  her. 
While  those  who  are  not  in  the  light  move  to  the  fortified 
cities  for  defense,  the  true  people,  here  mentioned  as  the 
children  of  Benjamin  and  as  the  seed  of  Jacob,  will  not  go 
into  the  defenced  cities,  but,  on  the  contrary,  will  leave  the 
cities,  and  escape  to  the  mountains. 

"They  have  blown  the  trumpet,  even  to  make  all  ready ; 
but  none  goeth  to  the  battle;  for  My  wrath  is  upon  all  the 
multitude  thereof.  The  sword  is  without,  and  the  pestilence 
and  the  famine  within ;  he  that  is  in  the  field  shall  die  with 
the  sword;  and  he  that  is  in  the  city,  famine  and  pestilence 
shall  devour  him.  But  they  that  escape  of  them  shall 
escape,  and  shall  be  on  the  mountains  like  doves  of  the 
valleys,  all  of  them  mourning,  every  one  for  his  iniquity. 
All  hands  shall  be  feeble,  and  all  knees  shall  be  weak  as 
water."  Eze.  7:14-17. 

This  sign  will  be  the  same  to  them  as  when  Jerusalem 
was  encompassed  by  the  Roman  army,  and  the  disciples 
were  to  flee  into  the  mountains ;  so  here,  as  the  crisis  comes, 
the  remnant  will  leave  the  cities,  and  go  into  the  most  soli- 
tary places,  where  the  munition  of  rocks  will  be  their 
defense ;  and  the  Lord  will  cover  them  with  the  shadow  of 
His  wing.  Zechariah  the  prophet  speaks  of  this  period  in 
the  experience  of  Israel  as  follows:  "Ho,  ho!  come  forth, 
and  flee  from  the  land  of  the  north,  saith  the  Lord;  for  I 
have  spread  you  abroad  as  the  four  winds  of  the  heaven, 
saith  the  Lord.  Deliver  thyself,  O  Zion,  that  dwellest  with 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  155 

the  daughter  of  Babylon.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ; 
After  the  glory  hath  He  sent  me  unto  the  nations  which 
spoiled  you ;  for  he  that  toucheth  you  toucheth  the  apple  of 
His  eye.  For,  behold,  I  will  shake  Mine  hand  upon  them, 
and  they  shall  be  a  spoil  to  their  servants ;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  sent  me."  Zech.  2  16-9. 

Returning  to  the  fifth  chapter  of  Jeremiah,  the  command 
is  given:  "Prepare  ye  war  against  her;  arise,  and  let  us 
go  up  at  noon.  Woe  unto  us!  for  the  day  goeth  away, 
for  the  shadows  of  the  evening  are  stretched  out.  Arise, 
and  let  us  go  by  night,  and  let  us  destroy  her  palaces." 
Verses  4,  5. 

The  condition  of  God's  people  is  thus  described :  "Thus 
saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  They  shall  thoroughly  glean  the 
remnant  of  Israel  as  a  vine ;  turn  back  thine  hand  as  a  grape- 
gatherer  into  the  baskets.  To  whom  shall  I  speak,  and 
give  warning,  that  they  may  hear?  behold,  their  ear  is 
uncircumcised,  and  they  can  not  harken;  behold,  the  word 
of  the  Lord  is  unto  them  a  reproach ;  they  have  no  delight 
in  it.  Therefore  I  am  full  of  the  fury  of  the  Lord;  I  am 
weary  with  holding  in ;  I  will  pour  it  out  upon  the  children 
abroad,  and  upon  the  assembly  of  young  men  together; 
for  even  the  husband  with  the  wife  shall  be  taken,  the  aged 
with  him  that  is  full  of  days.  And  their  houses  shall  be 
turned  unto  others,  with  their  .fields  and  wives  together; 
for  I  will  stretch  out  My  hand  upon  the  inhabitants  of  the 
land,  saith  the  Lord.  For  from  the  least  of  them  even  unto 
the  greatest  of  them  every  one  is  given  to  covetousness ; 
and  from  the  prophet  even  unto  the  priest  every  one  dealeth 
falsely.  They  have  healed  also  the  hurt  of  the  daughter  of 
My  people  slightly,  saying,  Peace,  peace;  when  there  is  no 
peace."  Jer.  6:9-14. 

Verse  1 1  states  that  these  judgments  will  be  visited  upon 
the  children  abroad.  This  shows  that  it  includes  all  the 
Lord's  people.  This  chapter  is  commented  upon  under  the 


156      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

heading  of  "False  Prophets,"  or  teachers,  and  it  would  be 
well  to  turn  and  read  those  comments ;  but  in  verses  22  to 
26  the  prophet  speaks  of  the  result  of  the  work  of  these  false 
teachers  thus:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Behold,  a  people 
cometh  from  the  north  country,  and  a  great  nation  shall  be 
raised  from  the  sides  of  the  earth.  They  shall  lay  hold 
on  bow  and  spear ;  they  are  cruel,  and  have  no  mercy ;  their 
voice  roareth  like  the  sea ;  and  they  ride  upon  horses,  set  in 
array  as  men  for  war  against  thee,  O  daughter  of  Zion.  We 
have  heard  the  fame  thereof ;  our  hands  wax  feeble ;  anguish 
hath  taken  hold  of  us,  and  pain,  as  of  a  woman  in  travail. 
Go  not  forth  into  the  field,  nor  walk  by  the  way;  for  the 
sword  of  the  enemy  and  fear  is  on  every  side.  O  daughter 
of  My  people,  gird  thee  with  sackcloth,  and  wallow  thyself 
in  ashes;  make  thee  mourning,  as  for  an  only  son,  most 
bitter  lamentation ;  for  the  spoiler  shall  suddenly  come  upon 
us."  Jer.  6:22-26. 

The  subject  continually  before  us  in  all  these  chapters 
is  the  punishment  that  is  due  fallen  Christendom  and  the 
power  from  the  north  to  inflict  it.  The  prophet  continues, 
in  chapter  8,  to  show  the  terrible  backslidden  condition  of 
the  Lord's  people:  "Yea,  the  stork  in  the  heaven  knoweth 
her  appointed  times;  and  the  turtle  and  the  crane  and  the 
swallow  observe  the  time  of  their  coming;  but  My  people 
know  not  the  judgment  of  the  Lord.  How  do  ye  say,  We 
are  wise,  and  the  law  of  the  Lord  is  with  us?  Lo,  cer- 
tainly in  vain  made  He  it ;  the  pen  of  the  scribes  is  in  vain." 
Jer.  8:7,  8. 

It  is  a  sad  thing  in  this  day  that  of  so-called  enlighten- 
ment that  the  Lord's  people  do  not  understand  their  welfare 
as  well  as  the  fowls  and  the  lower  creatures  know  the  things 
that  pertain  to  their  welfare.  The  swallow  and  the  crane 
observe  the  time  of  their  coming;  they  can  discern  the  sea- 
sons of  the  year,  and  pass  from  north  to  south;  but  with 
all  the  evidence  that  God  has  given  in  His  Word  of  the 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  157 

judgments  that  are  to  come  upon  the  world,  His  people 
are  ignorant  of  these  things.  They  say,  "The  law  of  the 
Lord  is  with  us."  The  inspired  penman's  word  is  in  vain. 
God's  people  are  calling  their  attention  to  the  law  as  deliv- 
ered on  Sinai ;  but,  say  they,  "We  are  a  law  unto  ourselves." 
"The  wise  men  are  ashamed,  they  are  dismayed  and  taken ; 
lo,  they  have  rejected  the  Word  of  the  Lord;  and  what 
wisdom  is  in  them?"  Jer.  8:9. 

Now  the  result  of  such  a  course  is  sure  to  follow.  Prin- 
ciples never  change,  "Therefore  will  I  give  their  wives 
unto  others,  and  their  fields  to  them  that  shall  inherit  them ; 
for  every  one  from  the  least  even  unto  the  greatest  is  given 
to  covetousness,  from  the  prophet  even  unto  the  priest  every 
one  dealeth  falsely.  For  they  have  healed  the  hurt  of  the 
daughter  of  My  people  slightly,  saying,  Peace,  peace ;  when 
there  is  no  peace.  Were  they  ashamed  when  they  had  com- 
mitted abomination?  nay,  they  were  not  at  all  ashamed, 
neither  could  they  blush;  therefore  shall  they  fall  among 
them  that  fall ;  in  the  time  of  their  visitation  they  shall  be 
cast  down,  saith  the  Lord.  I  will  surely  consume  them, 
saith  the  Lord;  there  shall  be  no  grapes  on  the  vine,  nor 
figs  on  the  fig  tree,  and  the  leaf  shall  fade;  and  the  things 
that  I  have  given  them  shall  pass  away  from  them." 
Jer.  8:10-13. 

As  these  judgments  increase,  they  cry  out,  "Why  do  ye 
sit  still?  assemble  yourselves,  and  let  us  enter  into  the 
defenced  cities,  and  let  us  be  silent  there;  for  the  Lord  our 
God  hath  put  us  to  silence,  and  given  us  water  of  gall  to 
drink,  because  we  have  sinned  against  the  Lord."  Jer.  8:14. 

This  shows  that  they  realize  the  situation  and  the  cause 
of  the  trouble  that  is  now  upon  them.  The  prophet  now 
tells  what  these  people  have  been  looking  for  in  the  past : 
"We  looked  for  peace,  but  no  good  came;  and  for  a  time 
of  health,  and  behold  trouble!"  Jer.  8:15.  Yes,  they 
have  been  told  by  the  false  teachers  that  the  world  was 


158      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

growing  better,  and  that  the  millenium  would  soon  be 
ushered  in,  and  that  the  world  would  soon  be  evangelized 
and  converted  to  Christ,  but  they  have  learned  the  real  truth 
when  it  was  too  late.  They  have  learned  that  it  is  "a  time 
of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation." 
They  have  been  looking  for  health.  Sanitariums  have  been 
built,  hospitals  erected,  and  great  skill  has  been  developed 
in  surgery.  Remedies  without  number  have  been  provided, 
from  the  drug  system,  the  magnetic  healers,  false  Christs, 
and  false  prophets,  and  every  device  that  could  be  invented 
by  the  wisdom  of  man  has  and  is  being  developed  for  the 
relief  of  suffering  humanity;  but  lo,  disease  is  on  the  in- 
crease in  every  country  and  among  every  class,  and  when 
probation  closes,  one  of  the  four  sore  judgments  mentioned 
in  Revelation  16,  called  the  seven  last  plagues,  will  be  real- 
ized in  all  its  enormity  and  loathesomeness.  Then  they 
will  see  that  their  health  resorts  and  all  their  efforts  with 
their  skilled  physicians  are  but  failures. 

The  prophet  continues :  "The  snorting  of  his  horses  was 
heard  from  Dan;  the  whole  land  trembled  at  the  sound  of 
the  neighing  of  his  strong  ones;  for  they  are  come,  and 
have  devoured  the  land,  and  all  that  is  in  it;  the  city,  and 
those  that  dwell  therein.  For  behold,  I  will  send  serpents, 
cockatrices,  among  you,  which  will  not  be  charmed,  and 
they  shall  bite  you,  saith  the  Lord.  When  I  would  comfort 
myself  against  sorrow,  my  heart  is  faint  in  me.  Behold  the 
voice  of  the  cry  of  the  daughter  of  My  people  because  of 
them  that  dwell  in  a  far  country:  Is  not  the  Lord  in  Zion? 
is  not  her  king  in  her?  Why  have  they  provoked  Me  to 
anger  with  their  graven  images,  and  with  strange  vanities  ?" 
Jer.  8:16-19. 

The  same  trouble  from  the  north  is  again  referred  to, 
with  the  addition  of  pestilence  and  the  noisome  beasts,  as 
is  shown  in  verse  17.  The  excessive  heat,  mentioned  in 
Rev.  1 6:8,  during  these  plagues  will  produce  madness  in 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  159 

all  the  animal  creation,  and,  no  doubt,  the  domestic  animals 
will  be  stricken  with  madness,  and,  like  it  was  with  Israel 
in  the  wilderness,  God  will  send  serpents  and  cockatrices 
among  them,  which  shall  not  be  charmed.  When  the  people 
realize  the  situation,  the  lamentable  cry  comes  up  in  their 
heart-broken  voices:  "The  harvest  is  past,  the  summer  is 
ended,  and  we  are  not  saved.  For  the  hurt  of  the  daughter 
of  My  people  am  I  hurt;  I  am  black;  astonishment  hath 
taken  hold  on  Me.  Is  there  no  balm  in  Gilead;  is  there 
no  physician  there  ?  why  then  is  not  the  health  of  the  daugh- 
ter of  My  people  recovered?"  Jer.  8:20-22. 

No,  there  is  no  balm  in  Gilead.  There  is  no  physician 
there.  Probation  has  closed;  the  harvest  of  the  Lord's 
people  is  now  gathered.  The  summer  of  salvation  is  now 
passed;  the  high  priest  has  left  His  mediatorial  seat;  the 
decree  is  passed,  "He  that  is  holy,  let  him  be  holy  still;" 
"and  he  which  is  filthy,  let  him  be  filthy  still." 

Of  the  responsibility  for  the  failure  of  many  to  heed 
the  warnings  of  mercy,  the  prophet  speaks  thus :  "For  the 
pastors  are  become  brutish,  and  have  not  sought  the  Lord ; 
therefore  they  shall  not  prosper,  and  their  flocks  shall  be 
scattered.  Behold,  the  noise  of  the  bruit  is  come,  and  a 
great  commotion  out  of  the  north  country,  to  make  the 
cities  of  Judah  desolate,  and  a  den  of  dragons."  Jer. 
10:22,  23. 

"Say  unto  the  king  and  to  the  queen,  Humble  yourselves, 
sit  down;  for  your  principalities  shall  come  down,  even 
the  crown  of  your  glory.  The  cities  of  the  south  shall  be 
shut  up,  and  none  shall  open  them;  Judah  shall  be  carried 
away  captive  all  of  it,  it  shall  be  wholly  carried  away  cap- 
tive. Lift  up  your  eyes,  and  behold  them  that  come  from 
the  north ;  where  is  the  flock  that  was  given  thee,  thy  beau- 
tiful flock?  What  wilt  thou  say  when  he  shall  punish  thee? 
for  thou  hast  taught  them  to  be  captains,  and  as  chief 
over  thee;  shall  not  sorrows  take  thee,  as  a  woman  in 


160     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

travail?  And  if  thou  say  in  thine  heart,  Wherefore  come 
these  things  upon  me?  For  the  greatness  of  thine  iniquity 
are  thy  skirts  discovered,  and  thy  heels  made  bare.  Can 
the  Ethiopian  change  his  skin,  or  the  leopard  his  spots? 
then  may  ye  also  do  good,  that  are  accustomed  to  do  evil." 
Jer.  13:18-23.. 

The  northern  power  is  here  again  introduced,  and,  as 
before  stated,  it  is  a  connected  story,  and  the  principal 
thought  in  that  story  is  unbroken.  The  question  is  now 
asked  by  the  Lord :  "Where  is  the  flock  that  was  given  thee, 
thy  beautiful  flock?  What  wilt  thou  say  when  he  shall 
punish  thee?"  Christendom  to-day  is  as  beautiful  a  flock 
in  many  respects  as  ever  was  gathered  by  any  shepherd. 
They  have  enjoyed  many  privileges;  much  light  has  been 
given  them,  as  they  are  living  in  an  age  when  knowledge 
will  be  increased,  but  this  light  has  not  been  appreciated. 
Her  shepherds  have  turned  away  their  ears  from  the  truths 
The  church  has  gone  after  the  world,  and  as  a  result  the 
judgments  have  followed. 

The  prophet  then  calls  attention  to  the  attitude  the 
church  has  held  toward  the  heathen  power.  They  have 
taught  them  to  be  captains  over  them,  and  now  the  heathen 
have  taken  advantage  of  these  modern  inventions,  and,  as 
a  result,  sorrow  takes  hold  of  Christendom  as  a  woman  in 
travail.  Again  attention  is  called  to  the  cause  of  all  this, 
and  their  condition  spiritually  has  been  as  difficult  to  change 
as  it  would  be  to  change  an  Ethiopian's  skin  or  the  leopard's 
spots. 

Jeremiah  14  introduces  another  of  the  judgments  that 
will  be  manifested  at  the  same  time :  "The  word  of  the  Lord 
that  came  to  Jeremiah  concerning  the  dearth.  Judah 
mourneth,  and  the  gates  thereof  languish;  they  are  black 
unto  the  ground;  and  the  cry  of  Jerusalem  is  gone  up. 
And  their  nobles  have  sent  their  little  ones  to  the  waters; 
they  came  to  the  pits,  and  found  no  water;  they  returned 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  161 

with  their  vessels  empty;  they  were  ashamed  and  con- 
founded, and  covered  their  heads.  Because  the  ground  is 
chapped,  for  there  was  no  rain  in  the  earth,  the  plowmen 
were  ashamed,  they  covered  their  heads.  Yea,  the  hind 
also  calved  in  the  field,  and  forsook  it,  because  there  was 
no  grass.  And  the  wild  asses  did  stand  in  the  high  places, 
they  snuffed  up  the  wind  like  dragons;  their  eyes  did  fail, 
because  there  was  no  grass.  O  Lord,  though  our  iniquities 
testify  against  us,  do  Thou  it  for  Thy  name's  sake;  for 
our  backslidings  are  many;  we  have  sinned  against  Thee." 
Jer.  14:1-7. 

Troubles  never  come  singly.  In  the  days  of  Ahab, 
king  of  Israel,  when  the  great  apostasy  reigned,  the  famine 
and  the  pestilence  were  within  and  the  sword  was  without 
for  the  long  period  of  three  years  and  six  months  in  the 
land  of  Israel.  So  now,  in  the  time  of  trouble,  the  waters 
are  dried  up;  the  little  ones  go  with  their  vessels  to  the 
pits  and  fountains,  but  they  return  empty.  They  were 
ashamed  and  confounded,  and  covered  their  heads.  The 
ground  is  chapped,  and  there  is  no  rain  in  the  earth.  The 
plowmen  were  ashamed,  and  covered  their  heads.  The 
grass  is  taken  from  the  animals,  and  distress  is  abroad  in 
the  land. 

The  prophet  Joel  speaks  of  the  drouth  thus :  "Alas  for 
the  day!  for  the  day  of  the  Lord  is  at  hand,  and  as  a 
destruction  from  the  Almighty  shall  it  come.  Is  not  the 
meat  cut  off  before  our  eyes,  yea,  joy  and  gladness  from  the 
house  of  our  God?  The  seed  is  rotten  under  their  clods, 
the  garners  are  laid  desolate,  the  barns  are  broken  down; 
for  the  corn  is  withered.  How  do  the  beasts  groan!  the 
herds  of  cattle  are  perplexed,  because  they  have  no  pasture ; 
yea,  the  flocks  of  sheep  are  made  desolate."  Joel  1 : 15-1 8. 

The  prophet  Amos  describes  the  situation  concerning 
the  drouth  in  this  manner:  "And  also  I  have  withholden 
the  rain  from  you,  when  there  were  yet  three  months  to 
11 


162      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  harvest;  and  I  caused  it  to  rain  upon  one  city,  and 
caused  it  not  to  rain  upon  another  city;  one  piece  was 
rained  upon,  and  the  piece  whereupon  it  rained  not  with- 
ered. -So  two  or  three  cities  wandered  unto  one  city,  to 
drink  water;  but  they  were  not  satisfied;  yet  have  ye  not 
returned  unto  Me,  saith  the  Lord."  Amos  4:7,  8. 

This  reveals  a'  terrible  condition,  yet  why  is  all  this  ? 
Returning  to  the  fourteenth  chapter  of  Jeremiah,  we  read : 
"Thus  saith  the  Lord  unto  this  people,  Thus  have  they 
loved  to  wander,  they  have  not  refrained  their  feet,  there- 
fore the  Lord  doth  not  accept  them;  He  will  now  remem- 
ber their  iniquity,  and  visit  their  sins.  Then  said  the  Lord 
unto  me,  Pray  not  for  this  people  for  their  good.  When 
they  fast,.  I  will  not  hear  their  cry;  and  when  they  offer 
burnt-offering  and  an  oblation,  I  will  not  accept  them; 
but  I  will  consume  them  by  the  sword,  and  by  the  famine, 
and  by  the  pestilence.  Then  said  I,  Ah,  Lord  God !  behold, 
the  prophets  say  unto  them,  Ye  shall  not  see  the  sword, 
neither  shall  ye  have  famine;  but  I  will  give  you  assured 
peace  in  this  place.  Then  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  The 
prophets  prophesy  lies  in  My  name ;  I  sent  them  not,  neither 
have  I  commanded  them,  neither  spake  unto  them ;  they 
prophesy  unto  you  a  false  vision  and  divination,  and  a 
thing  of  naught,  and  the  deceit  of  their  heart.  Therefore 
thus  saith  the  Lord  concerning  the  prophets  that  prophesy 
in  My  name,  and  I  sent  them  not,  yet  they  say,  Sword  and 
famine  shall  not  be  in  this  land ;  By  sword  and  famine  shall 
those  prophets  be  consumed.  And  the  people  to  whom  they 
prophesy  shall  be  cast  out  in  the  streets  of  Jerusalem  because 
of  the  famine  and  the  sword;  and  they  shall  have  none  to 
bury  them,  them,  their  wives,  nor  their  sons,  nor  their 
daughters;  for  I  will  pour  their  wickedness  upon  them." 
Verses  10-16. 

Who  is  responsible  for  these  things?  We  answer, 
Israel  themselves.  The  prophets  have  said,  "Peace,  peace," 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  163 

to  the  people,  and  the  people  loved  to  have  it  so.  The 
prophets  have  prophesied  lies,  hence  they  must  reap  the 
fruit.  It  is  true  in  this  matter  as  in  anything  else  that 
"whatsoever  a  man  soweth,  that  shall  he  also  reap."  The 
situation  is  beyond  comprehension. 

"If  I  go  forth  into  the  field,  then  behold  the  slain  with 
the  sword!  and  if  I  enter  into  the  city,  then  behold  them 
that  are  sick  with  famine !  yea,  both  the.  prophet  and  the 
priest  go  about  into  a  land  that  they  know  not."  Jer.  14:18. 

"Then  said  the  Lord  unto  me,  Though  Moses  and 
Samuel  stood  before  Me,  yet  My  mind  could  not  be  toward 
this  people;  cast  them  out  of  My  sight,  and  let  them  go 
forth.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  if  they  say  unto  thee, 
Whither  shall  we  go  forth  ?  then  thou  shalt  tell  them,  Thus 
saith  the  Lord;  Such  as  are  for  death,  to  death;  and  such 
as  are  for  the  sword,  to  the  sword;  and  such  as  are  for 
the  famine,  to  the  famine ;  and  such  as  are  for  the  captivity, 
to  the  captivity.  And  I  will  appoint  over  them  four  kinds, 
saith  the  Lord:  the  sword  to  slay,  and  the  dogs  to  tear, 
and  the  fowls  of  the  heaven,  and  the  beasts  of  the  earth, 
to  devour  and  destroy."  Jer.  15:1-3. 

Thus  we  close  the  testimony  from  the  first  sixteen  chap- 
ters of  the  prophecy  of  Jeremiah,  but  it  is  far  from  being 
all  that  this  prophecy  says  upon  this  subject,  for  the  more 
we  study  these  wonderful  prophecies,  the  more  we  see  of 
their  application  to  the  last  days.  The  preparatory  work 
to  be  done  by  the  faithful  people  of  God  must  now  be 
pushed  with  rapidity,  for  all  those  who  love  the  Lord  must 
be  gathered  out  of  these  countries  and  faithfully  warned 
of  the  situation,  that  they  may  be  ready  to  leave  at  any 
time,  like  Israel  left  Egypt  when  God's  judgments  were  in 
the  land.  "Therefore,  behold,  the  days  come,  saith  the 
Lord,  that  they  shall  no  more  say,  The  Lord  liveth,  which 
brought  up  the  children  of  Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt ; 
but,  The  Lord  liveth,  which  brought  up  and  which  led  the 


1 64      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

seed  of  the  house  of  Israel  out  of  the  north  country,  and 
from  all  countries  whither  I  had  driven  them;  and  they 
shall  dwell  in  their  own  land."  Jer.  23  17,  8. 

These  nations  may  think  they  will  not  drink  of  this 
bitter  cup,  but  the  Lord  says  they  shall  certainly  drink. 
There  will  be  a  power  behind  these  nations  and  circum- 
stances surrounding  them  that  no  power  on  earth  can 
withstand.  The -prophet  Jeremiah,  after  speaking  of  the 
destruction  of  ancient  Babylon,  says :  "And  I  will  bring 
upon  that  land  all  My  words  which  I  have  pronounced 
against  it,  even  all  that  is  written  in  this  book,  which 
Jeremiah  hath  prophesied  against  all  the  nations.  For 
many  nations  and  great  kings  shall  serve  themselves  of 
them  also;  and  I  will  recompense  them  according  to  their 
deeds,  and  according  to  the  works  of  their  own  hands. 
For  thus  saith  the  Lord  God  of  Israel  unto  me;  Take  the 
wine  cup  of- this  fury  at  My  hand,  and  cause  all  the  nations, 
to  whom  I  send  thee,  to  drink  it.  And  they  shall  drink, 
and  be  moved,  and  be  mad,  because  of  the  sword  that  I 
will  send  among  them.  Then  took  I  the  cup  at  the  Lord's 
hand,  and  made  all  the  nations  to  drink,  unto  whom  the 
Lord  had  sent  me;  to  wit,  Jerusalem,  and  the  cities  of 
Judah,  and  the  kings  thereof,  and  the  princes  thereof,  to 
make  them  a  desolation,  an  astonishment,  an  hissing,  and, 
a  curse;  as  it  is  this  day;  Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt,  and  his 
servants,  and  his  princes,  and  all  his  people;  and  all  the 
mingled  people,  and  all  the,  kings  of  the  land  of  Uz,  and 
all  the  kings  of  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  and  Ashkelon, 
and  Azzah,  and  Ekron,  and  the  remnant  of  Ashdod,  Edom, 
and  Moab,  and  the  children  of  Ammon,  and  all  the  kings 
of  Tyrus,  and  all  the  kings  of  Zidon,  and  the  kings  of  the 
isles  which  are  beyond  the  sea,  Dedan,  and  Tema,  and 
Buz,  and  all  that  are  in  the  utmost  corners,  and  all  the 
kings  of  Arabia,  and  all  the  kings  of  the  mingled  people 
that  dwell  in  the  desert,  and  all  the  kings  of  Zimri,  and 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  165 

all  the  kings  of  Elam,  and  all  the  kings  of  the  Medes,  and 
all  the  kings  of  the  north,  far  and  near,  one  with  another, 
and  all  the  kingdoms  of  the  world,  which  are  upon  the  face 
of  the^earth;  and  the  king  of  Sheshach  shall  drink  after 
them.  ( Therefore  thou  shalt  say  unto  them,  Thus  saith  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  the  God  of  Israel ;  Drink  ye,  and  be  drunken, 
and  spue,  and  fall,  and  rise  no  more,  because  of  the  sword 
which  I  will  send  among  you.  And  it  shall  be,  if  they 
refuse  to  take  the  cup  at  thine  hand  to  drink,  then  shalt 
thou  say  unto  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts;  Ye 
shall  certainly  drink.  For,  lo,  I  begin  to  bring  evil  on  the 
city  which  is  called  by  My  name,  and  should  ye  be  utterly 
unpunished?  Ye  shall  not  be  unpunished;  for  I  will  call 
for  a  sword  upon  all  the  inhabitsuits  of  the  earth,  saith  the 
Lord  of  hosts."  Jer.  25  113-29. / 

This  scripture  includes  every  nation  on  the  face  of  the 
earth.  The  Lord  says:  If  they  refuse  to  take  the  cup  at 
thine  hand  tc  drink,  then  shalt  thou  say  unto  them,  Thus 
saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  Ye  shall  certainly  drink.  For,  lo, 
I  begin  to  bring  evil  on  the  city  which  is  called  by  My 
name,  and  should  ye  be  utterly  unpunished?  Ye  shall  not 
be  unpunished;  for  I  will  call  for  a  sword  upon  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts." 

^The  city  here  referred  to,  and  designated  as  Jerusalem, 
includes  all  the  professed  people  of  God,  and,  in  addition 
to  this,  the  other  kingdoms  of  the  world  shall  not  go  unpun- 
ished. The  spirits  of  devils  have  gone  out  Man  serves 
one  of  two  masters.  He  can  not  guide  his  own  steps. 
The  great  controversy  between  Christ  and  Satan  is  soon 
to  close.  Satan  is  marshaling  his  forces,  and  he  is  work- 
ing hard,  knowing  he  has  but  a  short  time,  and  the  great 
question  is  soon  to  be  settled  between  Christ  and  Satan 
as  to  the  rulership  of  the  world,  and  every  soul  in  theVvorld 
is  enlisted  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  leaders.^  The 
prophet  Ezekiel  speaks  thus : — 


1 66      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"Behold,  therefore  I  will  deliver  thee  to  the  men  of  the 
east  for  a  possession,  and  they  shall  set  their  palaces  in 
thee,  and  make  their  dwellings  in  thee;  they  shall  eat  thy 
fruit,  and  they  shall  drink  thy  milk.  And  I  will  make 
Rabbah  a  stable  for  camels,  and  the  Ammonites  a  couch- 
ing place  for  flocks ;  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord. 
For  thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Because  thou  hast  clapped 
thine  hands,  and  stamped  with  the  feet,  and  rejoiced  in 
heart  with  all  thy  despite  against  the  land  of  Israel ;  behold, 
therefore  I  will  stretch  out  Mine  hand  upon  thee,  and  will 
deliver  thee  for  a  spoil  to  the  heathen;  and  I  will  cut  thee 
off  from  the  people,  and  I  will  cause  thee  to  perish  out  of 
the  countries ;  I  will  destroy  thee ;  and  thou  shalt  know  that 
1  am  the  Lord."  Eze.  25  :4~7. 

This  language  is  very  explicit:  "I  will  deliver  thee  to 
the  men  of  the  East."  Verse  7  says,  I  "will  deliver  thee 
for  a  spoil  to  the  heathen."  This  is  only  in  harmony  with 
the  other  scriptures  produced,  and  shows  that,  while  Rus- 
sia is  the  northern  power,  she  controls  the  men  of  the  East, 
who  are  the  heathen  nations  here  referred  to.  As  these 
nations  come  from  the  East,  the  Lord's  people,  and  those 
who  are  in  the  light,  will  be  expecting  just  such  things,  hence 
they  proclaim  a  fast,  as  described  by  the  prophet  Joel : — 

"Blow  the  trumpet  in  Zion,  sanctify  a  fast,  call  a  solemn 
assembly;  gather  the  people,  sanctify  the  congregation, 
assemble  the  elders,  gather  the  children,  and  those  that  suck 
the  breasts;  let  the  bridegroom  go  forth  of  his  chamber, 
and  the  bride  out  of  her  closet.  Let  the  priests,  the  min- 
.  isters  of  the  Lord,  weep  between  the  porch  and  the  altar, 
and  let  them  say,  Spare  Thy  people,  O  Lord,  and  give  not 
Thine  heritage  to  reproach,  that  the  heathen  should  rule 
over  them;  wherefore  should  they  say  among  the  people, 
Where  is  their  God?  Then  will  .the  Lord  be  jealous  for 
His  land,  and  pity  His  people.  Yea,  the  Lord  will  answer 
and  say  unto  His  people,  Behold,  I  will  send  you  corn, 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  167 

and  wine,  and  oil,  and  ye  shall  be  satisfied  therewith;  and 
I  will  no  more  make  you  a  reproach  among  the  heathen; 
but  I  will  remove  far  off  from  you  the  northern  army, 
and  will  drive  him  into  a  land  barren  and  desolate,  with 
his  face  toward  the  east  sea,  and  his  hinder  part  toward 
the  utmost  sea,  and  his  stink  shall  come  up,  and  his  ill 
savor  shall  come  up,  because  he  hath  done  great  things. 
Fear  not,  O-land;  be  glad  and  rejoice;  for  the  Lord  will 
do  great  things.  Be  not  afraid,  ye  beasts  of  the  field ;  for 
the  pastures  of  the  wilderness  do  spring;  for  the  tree  bear- 
eth  her  fruit,  the  fig  tree  and  the  vine  do  yield  their  strength. 
Be  glad  then,  ye  children  of  Zion,  and  rejoice  in  the  Lord 
your  God;  for  He  hath  given  you  the  former  rain  moder- 
ately, and  He  will  cause  to  come  down  for  you  the  rain, 
the  former  rain,  and  the  latter  rain  in  the  first  month." 
Joel  2:15-23. 

We  would  call  the  attention  of  the  thoughtful  as  they 
read  this  scripture  to  the  especial  force  that  is  given  a 
quotation  when  placed  in  the  position  for  which  it  was 
written.  The  subject  here  is  the  northern  army  as  they 
make  their  approach.  The  true  people  of  God  know  the 
trying  hour  has  come,  the  hour  spoken  of  as  the  hour  of 
temptation  that  shall  come  on  all  the  world,  to  try  them. 
They  make  all  necessary  preparation  by  fasting  and 
prayer,  and  cry  to  the  Lord  thus,  "Spare  Thy  people,  O 
Lord,  and  give  not  Thine  heritage  to  reproach,  that  the 
heathen  should  rule  over  them;  wherefore  should  they  say 
among  the  people,  Where  is  their  God?"  Those  opposed 
to  them  are  saying,  "Where  is  their  God?"  The  Lord 
now  has  pity  upon  His  remnant,  and  says,  "I  will  no  more 
make  you  a  reproach  among  the  heathen ;  but  I  will  remove 
far  off  from  you  the  northern  army,  and  will  drive  him 
into  a  land  barren  and  desolate,  with  his  face  tpward  the 
east  sea,  and  his  hinder  part  toward  the  utmost  sea,  and 
his  stink  shall  come  up,  and  his  ill  savor  shall  come  up, 


168      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

because  he  hath  done  great  things."  The  locations  here 
given,  both  of  the  army  and  regarding  their  face  and  the 
position  of  their  backs,  show  from  whence  they  come. 
The  prophet  Ezekiel  said  He  would  turn  them  back,  and 
leave  but 'a  sixth  part  of  them;  hence  they  start  to  their 
own  desolate  land  a  defeated  people.  It  is  true  they  have 
caused  great  destruction  in  Christendom,  but  the  Lord  said 
they  should  not  go  unpunished. 

The  prophet  Zechariah  calls  our  attention  to  the  great 
battle  of  Armageddon,  as  follows : — 

"The  burden  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  for  Israel,  saith 
the  Lord,  which  stretcheth  forth  the  heavens,  and  layeth 
the  foundation  of  the  earth,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of  man 
within  him.  Behold,  I  will  make  Jerusalem  a  cup  of 
trembling  unto  all  the  people  round  about,  when  they  shall 
be  in  the  siege  both  against  Judah  and  against  Jerusalem. 
And  in  that  day  will  I  make  Jerusalem  a  burdensome  stone 
for  all  people;  all  that  burden  themselves  with  it  shall  be 
cut  in  pieces,  though  all  the  people  of  the  earth  be  gathered 
together  against  it.  In  that  day,  saith  the  Lord,  I  will 
smite  every  horse  with  astonishment,  and  his  rider  with 
madness;  and  I  will  open  Mine  eyes  upon  the  house  of 
Judah,  and  will  smite  every  horse  of  the  people  with  blind- 
ness." Zech.  12:1-4. 

Christ  was  a  stone  of  stumbling  and  a  rock  of  offense, 
so  the  Lord's  professed  people,  designated  here  as  Jerusalem, 
will  be  a  burdensome  stone  and  a  bone  of  contention  to 
all  men  of  the  East.  The  prophet  Ezekiel  says  that  the 
sword  of  every  man  shall  be  against  his  brother.  The 
Lord  will  fight  in  the  battle  of  Armageddon,  not  as  a  man 
fights,  but  as  described  in  verse  4.  He  says,  "In  that  day, 
saith  the  Lord,  I  will  smite  every  horse  with  astonishment 
[fear],  and  his  rider  with  madness  [insanity];  .  .  . 
and  will  smite  every  horse  of  the  people  with  blindness." 
Imagine  the  situation.  Every  rider  loses  control  of  his 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  169 

mind.     Every  horse  is  frightened  and  stricken  with  blind- 
ness, and  every  man's  sword  is  against  his  brother. 

"Behold,  the  day  of  the  Lord  cometh,  and  thy  spoil 
shall  be  divided  in  the  midst  of  thee.  For  I  will  gather 
all  nations  against  Jerusalem  to  battle;  and  the  city 
shall  be  taken,  and  the  houses  rifled,  and  the  women  rav- 
ished; and  half  of  the  city  shall  go  forth  into  captivity,  and 
the  residue  of  the  people  shall  not  be  cut  off  from  the  city." 
Zach.  14:1,  2. 

/  When  the  Spirit  of  God  is  withdrawn  from  men,  they 
know  no  bounds.  Every  passion  is  turned  loose  without 
restraint.  We  read  in  Revelation  that  they  repented  not, 
but  cursed  God  because  of  the  plagues.  It  is  the  Spirit  of 
God  that  draws  men  to  Himself,  and  when  probation  is 
closed,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  no  longer  strives  with  men, 
there  is  no  repentance.  So  in  this  great  closing  conflict 
every  vile  thing  ever  cherished  in  the  hearts  of  men  will 
be  manifested.  This  says  half  of  the  city  shall  be  taken. 
Those  followers  of  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet  that  are 
not  destroyed  in  theSjattle  of  Armageddon  will  be  cast  alive 
into  the  lake  of  fire/  The  Lord  says  He  will  fight  with 
those  nations  as  He  fought  in  the  days  of  battle,  referring 
to  such  events  as  the  slaughter  of  the  Midianites  and  others. 
So  here  they  are  all  turned  to  insanky  and  blindness  and 
fear,  and  fight  among  themselves.  (The  .prophet  Ezekiel 
says  the  Lord  will,  in  addition  to  this,  rain  great  hailstones 
upon  them  and  fire.  The  plagues  that  shall  overtake  those 
that  reject  the  truth  will  be  most  terrible,  j 

"And  this  shall  be  the  plague  wherewifli  the  Lord  will 
smite  all  the  people  that  have  fought  against  Jerusalem; 
Their  flesh  shall  consume  away  while  they  stand  upon  their 
feet,  and  their  eyes  shall  consume  away  in  their  holes,  and 
their  tongue  shall  consume  away  in  their  mouth.  And  it 
shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  a  great  tumult  from 
the  Lord  shall  be  among  them;  and  they  shall  lay  hold 


170      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

every  one  on  the  hand  of  his  neighbor,  and  his  hand  shall 
rise  up  against  the  hand  of  his  neighbor.  And  Judah  also 
shall  fight  at  Jerusalem;  and  the  wealth  of  all  the  heathen 
round  about  shall  be  gathered  together,  gold,  and  silver,  and 
apparel,  in  great  abundance.  And  so  shall  be  the  plague 
of  the  horse,  of  the  mule,  of  the  camel,  and  of  the  ass,  and 
of  all  the  beasts  that  shall  be  in  these  tents,  as  this  plague. 
And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  one  that  is  left  of  all 
the  nations  which  came  against  Jerusalem,  shall  even  go  up 
from  year  to  year  to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
and  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  And  it  shall  be,  that 
whoso  will  not  come  up  of  all  the  families  of  the  earth  unto 
Jerusalem  to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord  of  hosts,  even  upon 
them  shall  be  no  rain.  And  if  the  family  of  Egypt  go  not 
up,  and  come  not,  that  have  no  rain;  there  shall  be  the 
plague,  wherewith  the  Lord  will  smite  the  heathen  that  come 
not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  This  shall  be  the 
punishment  of  Egypt,  and  the  punishment  of  all  nations 
that  come  not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles."  Zech. 
14:12-19. 

The  plagues  will  no  doubt  be  visited  upon  the  people 
according  to  the  light  they  have  enjoyed,  the  opportunity 
given  them,  and  the  responsibility  of  the  position  they  hold. 
No  doubt  in  that  day  the  people  will  say  to  the  false  shep- 
herd, "Had  you  done  your  duty,  and  faithfully  warned  us 
of  these  things,  we  might  have  escaped  these  terrible  calam- 
ities." Hence  the  false  shepherds  will  have  the  greater 
responsibility  and  the  greater  judgments  to  meet.  This  is 
shown  by  the  prophet  Jeremiah : — 

"And  the  slain  of  the  Lord  shall  be  at  that  day  from 
one  end  of  the  earth  even  unto  the  other  end  of  the  earth; 
they  shall  not  be  lamented,  neither  gathered,  nor  buried; 
they  shall  be  dung  upon  the  ground.  Howl,  ye  shepherds, 
and  cry;  and  wallow  yourselves  in  the  ashes,  ye  principal 
of  the  flock;  for  the  days  of  your  slaughter  and  of  your 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  171 

dispersions  are  accomplished;  and  ye  shall  fall  like  a  pleas- 
ant vessel.  And  the  shepherds  shall  have  no  way  to  flee, 
nor  the  principal  of  the  flock  to  escape.  A  voice  of  the  cry 
of  the  shepherds,  and  a  howling  of  the  principal  of  the  flock, 
shall  be  heard;  for  the  Lord  hath  spoiled  their  pasture. 
And  the  peaceable  habitations  are  cut  down  because  of  the 
fierce  anger  of  the  Lord.  He  hath  forsaken  his  covert, 
as  the  lion;  for  their  land  is  desolate  because  of  the  fierce- 
ness of  the  oppressor,  and  because  of  his  fierce  anger." 
Jer.  25 133-38. 

Some  may  question  as  to  these  prophecies  having  their 
fulfilment  in  this  age  of  the  world,  but  a  careful  compari- 
son of  statements  in  these  chapters  with  statements  in  other 
books  of  the  Bible  where  the  prophet  is  known  to  be  speak- 
ing of  this  age  will  clear  that  matter  all  up  to  the  mind  of 
the  student.  By  reading  the  fourth,  the  sixth,  the  sixteenth, 
the  twenty-fifth,  and  other  chapters  of  Jeremiah,  we  can 
readily  understand  the  application  is  to  this  age  of  the 
world.  Persons  unacquainted  with  the  general  subjects  of 
the  Bible  are  very  liable  to  conclude  that  these  things  all 
had  their  application  in  the  past.  The  Lord  speaks  in  the 
Old  Testament  prophecies  of  minor  local  events  that  were 
to  meet  their  fulfilment  in  their  day.  From  those  events 
the  prophecy  carries  the  mind  of  the  reader  forward,  under 
the  name  of  the  same  government,  to  the  greatest  of  all 
events,  in  which  the  territory  and  inhabitants  of  all  these 
countries  mentioned  must  take  part  in  the  time  of  trouble. 
This  will  be  more  apparent  as  we  proceed  with  the  study. 

The  gathering  of  Israel  is  the  burden  of  many  scrip- 
tures, and  with  this  is  frequently  coupled  the  responsibility 
of  the  false  shepherds,  who  feed  their  flocks  error  instead 
of  truth.  Says  the  prophet :  "Woe  be  unto  the  pastors  that 
destroy  and  scatter  the  sheep  of  My  pasture !  saith  the  Lord. 
Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God  of  Israel  against  the 
pastors  that  feed  My  people,  Ye  have  scattered  My  flock, 


172      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  driven  them  away,  and  have  not  visited  them;  behold, 
I  will  visit  upon  you  the  evil  of  your  doings,  saith  the  Lord. 
And  I  will  gather  the  remnant  of  My  flock  out  of  all  coun- 
tries whither  I  have  driven  them,  and  will  bring  them  again 
to  their  folds;  and  they  shall  be  fruitful  and  increase. 
And  I  will  set  up  shepherds  over  them  which  shall  feed 
them ;  and  they  shall  fear  no  more,  nor  be  dismayed,  neither 
shall  they  be  lacking,  saith  the  Lord."  Jer.  23:1-4. 

This  scripture  not  only  testifies  to  the  gathering  of 
Israel  and  of  the  judgments  that  shall  fall  upon  the  false 
pastors,  but  it  locates  the  time  of  the  application  of  the 
prophecy,  for  nobody  can  doubt  that  the  bringing  of  God's 
people  to  their  own  land  is  an  event  of  the  last  days.  The 
following  verses  show  this  still  more  clearly:  "Behold,  the 
days  come,  saith  the  Lord,  that  I  will  raise  unto  David  a 
righteous  Branch,  and  a  King  shall  reign  and  prosper,  and 
shall  execute  judgment  and  justice  in  the  earth.  In  His 
days  Judah  shall  be  saved,  and  Israel  shall  dwell  safely; 
and  this  is  His  name  whereby  He  shall  be  called,  THE 
LORD  OUR  RIGHTEOUSNESS.  Therefore,  behold, 
the  days  come,  saith  the  Lord,  that  they  shall  no  more 
say,  The  Lord  liveth,  which  brought  up  the  children  of 
Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt;  but,  The  Lord  liveth, 
which  brought  up  and  which  led  the  seed  of  the  house  of 
Israel  out  of  the  north  country,  and  from  all  countries 
whither  I  had  driven  them;  and  they  shall  dwell  in  their 
own  land."  Jer.  23  :5-8. 

The  prophet  Isaiah  also  likens  this  movement  to  the 
taking  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt :  "And  in  that  day  there  shall 
be  a  root  of  Jesse,  which  shall  stand  for  an  ensign  of  the 
people;  to  it  shall  the  Gentiles  seek;  and  His  rest  shall  be 
glorious.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the 
Lord  shall  set  His  hand  again  the  second  time  to  recover 
the  remnant  of  His  people,  which  shall  be  left,  from 
Assyria,  and  from  Egypt,  and  from  Pathros,  and  from 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  173 

Cush,  and  from  Elam,  and  from  Shinar,  and  from  Hamath, 
and  from  the  islands  of  the  sea.  And  He  shall  set  up  an 
ensign  for  the  nations,  and  shall  assemble  the  outcasts  of 
Israel,  and  gather  together  the  dispersed  of  Judah  from  the 
four  corners  of  the  earth."  "And  there  shall  be  an  high- 
way for  the  remnant  of  His  people,  which  shall  be  left,  from 
Assyria;  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the  day  that  he  came  up 
out  of  the  land  of  Egypt."  Isa.  n  :ioi2,  16. 

The  righteous  branch  mentioned  by  the  prophet  Jere- 
miah and  the  root  of  Jesse  mentioned  by  Isaiah  both  refer 
to  Christ.  Both  prophets  compare  the  final  gathering  of 
God's  people  to  the  work  of  leading  Israel  out  of  Egypt. 
The  prophet  Jeremiah  mentions  especially  the  leading  of 
that  people  "out  of  the  north  country,  and  from  all  countries 
whither  I  had  driven  them."  Thus  this  prophecy  is  clearly 
located  as  to  time. 

Touching  the  spiritual  condition  of  apostate  Israel,  the 
prophet  says :  "The  land  is  full  of  adulterers ;  for  because 
of  swearing  the  land  mourneth;  the  pleasant  places  of  the 
wilderness  are  dried  up,  and  their  course  is  evil,  and  their 
force  is  not  right.  For  both  prophet  and  priest  are  pro- 
fane ;  yea,  in  My  house  have  I  found  their  wickedness,  saith 
the  Lord."  "I  have  seen  also  in  the  prophets  of  Jerusalem 
a  horrible  thing:  they  commit  adultery,  and  walk  in  lies; 
they  strengthen  also  the  hands  of  evil-doers,  that  none  doth 
return  from  his  wickedness;  they  are  all  of  them  unto  Me 
as  Sodom,  and  the  inhabitants  thereof  as  Gomorrah." 
Jer.  23:10,  n,  14. 

The  result  of  this  is  thus  given  by  the  prophet:  "Be- 
hold, a  whirlwind  of  the  Lord  is  gone  forth  in  fury,  even 
a  grievous  whirlwind ;  it  shall  fall  grievously  upon  the  head 
of  the  wicked.  The  anger  of  the  Lord  shall  not  return, 
until  He  have  executed,  and  till  He  have  performed  the 
thoughts  of  His  heart;  in  the  latter  days  ye  shall  consider 
it  perfectly."  Jer.  23:19,  20. 


174      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

These  judgments  might  have  been  stayed  if  the  false 
teachers  and  the  people  had  stood  in  the  counsel  of  the 
Lord.  "I  have  not  sent  these  prophets,  yet  they  ran ;  I  have 
not  spoken  to  them,  yet  they  prophesied.  But  if  they  had 
stood  in  My  counsel,  and  had  caused  My  people  to  hear 
My  words,  then  they  should  have  turned  them  from  their 
evil  way,  and  from  the  evil  of  their  doings.  Am  I  a  God 
at  hand,  saith  the  Lord,  and  not  a  God  afar  off?"  Jer. 
23:21-23. 

The  remainder  of  this  chapter  continues  to  reveal  the 
deceptive  workings  of  the  false  teachers,  as  they  pretend  to 
have  a  great  burden  of  the  Lord.  Their  minds  are  greatly 
exercised,  but  it  is  not  a  burden  to  tell  the  people  what  the 
Lord  hath  spoken. 

The  thirtieth  chapter  of  Jeremiah  introduces  a  time  of 
trouble  thus:  "For  thus  saith  the  Lord;  We  have  heard  a 
voice  of  trembling,  of  fear,  and  not  of  peace.  Ask  ye  now, 
and  see  whether  a  man  doth  travail  with  child?  wherefore 
do  I  see  every  man  with  his  hands  upon  his  loins,  as  a 
woman  in  travail,  and  all  faces  are  turned  into  paleness? 
Alas !  for  that  day  is  great,  so  that  none  is  like  it ;  it  is  even 
the  time  of  Jacob's  trouble ;  but  he  shall  be  saved  out  of  it. 
For  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
that  I  will  break  his  yoke  from  off  thy  neck,  and  will  burst 
thy  bonds,  and  strangers  shall  no  more  serve  themselves  of 
him;  but  they  shall  serve  the  Lord  their  God,  and  David 
their  king,  whom  I  will  raise  up  unto  them."  Jer.  30 15-9. 
We  would  refer  the  reader  to  a  subsequent  chapter,  entitled 
"The  Time  of  Jacob's  Trouble." 

Comforting  words  are  now  given  to  the  remnant  people : 
"Therefore  fear  thou  not,  O  My  servant  Jacob,  saith  the 
Lord;  neither  be  dismayed,  O  Israel;  for,  lo,  I  will  save 
thee  from  afar,  and  thy  seed  from  the  land  of  their  cap- 
tivity; and  Jacob  shall  return,  and  shall  be  in  rest,  and  be 
quiet,  and  none  shall  make  him  afraid.  For  I  am  with 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  175 

thee,  saith  the  Lord,  to  save  thee;  though  I  make  a  full 
end  of  all  nations  whither  I  have  scattered  thee,  yet  will  I 
not  make  a  full  end  of  thee;  but  I  will  correct  thee  in 
measure,  and  will  not  leave  thee  altogether  unpunished." 
Jer.  30:10,  n. 

It  is  plainly  stated  that  at  this  period  a  full  end  of  all 
nations  shall  be  made,  but  He  will  not  make  a  full  end  of 
Israel.  There  will  be  a  remnant  saved,  "and  out  of  them 
shall  proceed  thanksgiving  and  the  voice  of  them  that  make 
merry ;  and  I  will  multiply  them,  and  they  shall  not  be  few ; 
I  will  also  glorify  them,  and  they  shall  not  be  small."  The 
resurrection  is  here  referred  to.  "And  ye  shall  be  My  peo- 
ple, and  I  will  be  your  God.  Behold,  the  whirlwind  of  the 
Lord  goeth  forth  with  fury,  a  continuing  whirlwind ;  it  shall 
fall  with  pain  upon  the  head  of  the  wicked.  The  fierce 
anger  of  the  Lord  shall  not  return,  until  He  have  done  it, 
and  until  He  have  performed  the  intents  of  His  heart;  in 
the  latter  days  ye  shall  consider  it."  Jer.  30:22-24.  The 
last  expression  tells  the  time  when  these  prophecies  will  be 
considered,  namely,  the  latter  day. 

The  thirty-first  chapter  is  a  continuation  of  the  same 
subject.  In  verse  7  we  read,  "O  Lord,  save  Thy  people, 
the  remnant  of  Israel."  The  prophet  continues:  "Behold, 
I  will  bring  them  from  the  north  country,  and  gather  them 
from  the  coasts  of  the  earth,  and  with  them  the  blind  and 
the  lame,  the  woman  with  child  and  her  that  travaileth  with 
child  together ;  a  great  company  shall  return  thither.  They 
shall  come  with  weeping,  and  with  supplications  will  I  lead 
them;  I  will  cause  them  to  walk  by  the  rivers  of  waters  in 
a  straight  way,  wherein  they  shall  not  stumble;  for  I  am 
a  father  to  Israel,  and  Ephraim  is  My  first-born."  Jer. 
31:8,9. 

This  story  is  continued  by  Jeremiah  throughout  the 
greater  portion  of  his  prophecies.  Beginning  with  chap- 
ter 46,  and  continuing  to  the  close  of  the  book,  we  may  say 


176     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

is  a  summing  up  of  the  judgments  as  they  shall  fall  upon 
the  different  nations  of  the  earth,  referred  to  under  the 
names  of  the  nations  of  ancient  times.  The  reader  will 
readily  see  that,  while  these  nations  are  described  under 
ancient  names,  the  prophecies  have  their  application  in 
our  day. 

In  the  first  verse  of  the  forty-sixth  chapter  we  are  told 
that  it  is  "the  word  of  the  Lord  which  came  to  Jeremiah 
the  prophet  against  the  Gentiles."  In  verses  5-12  we  read : 
"Wherefore  have  I  seen  them  dismayed  and  turned  away 
back?  and  their  mighty  ones  are  beaten  down,  and  are  fled 
apace,  and  look  not  back;  for  fear  was  round  about,  saith 
the  Lord.  Let  not  the  swift  flee  away,  nor  the  mighty  man 
escape ;  they  shall  stumble,  and  fall  toward  the  north  by  the 
river  Euphrates.  Who  is  this  that  cometh  up  as  a  flood, 
whose  waters  are  moved  as  the  rivers?  Egypt  riseth  up 
like  a  flood,  and  his  waters  are  moved  like  the  rivers;  and 
he  saith,  I  will  go  up,  and  will  cover  the  earth ;  I  will  destroy 
the  city  and  the  inhabitants  thereof.  Come  up,  ye  horses; 
and  rage,  ye  chariots ;  and  let  the  mighty  men  come  forth ; 
the  Ethiopians  and  the  Libyans,  that  handle  the  shield ;  and 
the  Lydians,  that  handle  and  bend  the  bow.  For  this  is 
the  day  of  the  Lord  God  of  hosts,  a  day  of  vengeance,  that 
He  may  avenge  Him  of  His  adversaries;  and  the  sword 
shall  devour,  and  it  shall  be  satiate  and  made  drunk  with 
their  blood;  for  the  Lord  God  of  hosts  hath  a  sacrifice  in 
the  north  country  by  the  river  Euphrates.  Go  up  into 
Gilead,  and  take  balm,  O  virgin,  the  daughter  of  Egypt; 
in  vain  shalt  thou  use  many  medicines ;  for  thou  shalt  not 
be  cured.  The  nations  have  heard  of  thy  shame,  and  thy 
cry  hath  filled  the  land ;  for  the  mighty  man  hath  stumbled 
against  the  mighty,  and  they  are  fallen  both  together." 

The  admonition  to  the  remnant  people  locates  the  time 
of  this  prophecy :  "But  fear  not  thou,  O  My  servant  Jacob, 
and  be  not  dismayed,  O  Israel ;  for  behold,  I  will  save  thee 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  177 

from  afar  off,  and  thy  seed  from  the  land  of  their  captivity; 
and  Jacob  shall  return,  and  be  in  rest  and  at  ease,  and  none 
shall  make  him  afraid.  Fear  thou  not,  O  Jacob  My  serv- 
ant, saith  the  Lord;  for  I  am  with  thee;  for  I  will  make  a 
full  end  of  all  the  nations  whither  I  have  driven  thee";  but 
I  will  not  make  a  full  end  of  thee,  but  correct  thee  in  meas- 
ure; yet  will  I  not  leave  thee  wholly  unpunished."  Jer. 
46:27,  28. 

Chapter  47  is  introduced  thus :  "The  word  of  the  Lord 
that  came  to  Jeremiah  the  prophet  against  the  Philistines, 
before  that  Pharaoh  smote  Gaza.  Thus  saith  the  Lord; 
Behold,  waters  rise  up  out  of  the  north,  and  shall  be  an 
overflowing  flood,  and  shall  overflow  the  land,  and  all  that 
is  therein;  the  city,  and  them  that  dwell  therein;  then  the 
men  shall  cry,  and  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land  shall 
howl."  Verses  i,  2. 

The  Philistines  are  named  in  this  prophecy,  but  the 
difficulty  comes  from  the  north,  from  the  same  place  that  it 
has  come  in  all  these  judgments.  The  forty-eighth  chapter 
is  against  Moab,  but  by  reading  the  entire  chapter  with  these 
thoughts  in  mind,  we  have  no  difficulty  in  making  the  appli- 
cation. The  admonition  is  again  given  to  the  remnant 
people,  as  follows,  "O  ye  that  dwell  in  Moab,  leave  the  cities, 
and  dwell  in  the  rock,  and  be  like  the  dove  that  maketh  her 
nest  in  the  sides  of  the  hole's  mouth."  Verse  28.  And, 
again,  in  the  last  verse  of  the  chapter  we  read,  "Yet  will 
I  bring  again  the  captivity  of  Moab  in  the  latter  days,  saith 
the  Lord." 

The  forty-ninth  chapter  records  the  judgments  against 
Amon  and  Edom:  "I  have  heard  a  rumor  from  the  Lord, 
and  an  ambassador  is  sent  unto  the  heathen,  saying,  Gather 
ye  together,  and  come  against  her,  and  rise  up  to  the  battle. 
For  lo,  I  will  make  thee  small  among  the  heathen,  and 
despised  among  men.  Thy  terribleness  hath  deceived  thee, 
and  the  pride  of  thine  heart,  O  thou  that  dwellest  in  the 


12 


178      The  Yellozv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

clefts  of  the  rock,  that  holdest  the  height  of  the  hill ;  though 
thou  shouldest  make  thy  nest  as  high  as  the  eagle,  I  will 
bring  thee  down  from  thence,  saith  the  Lord.  Also  Edom 
shall  be  a  desolation;  every  one  that  goeth  by  it  shall  be 
astonished,  and  shall  hiss  at  all  the  plagues  thereof."  "The 
earth  is  moved  at  the  noise  of  their  fall,  at  the  cry  the  noise 
thereof  was  heard  in  the  Red  Sea.  Behold,  He  shall  come 
up  and  fly  as  the  eagle,  and  spread  His  wings  over  Bozrah ; 
and  at  that  day  shall  the  heart  of  the  mighty  men  of 
Edom  be  as  the  heart  of  a  woman  in  her  pangs."  Verses 
14-17,  21,  22. 

In  this  chapter  are  also  mentioned  Damascus,  Hazor, 
Kedar,  the  "men  of  the  east,"  and  so  on,  as  among  those 
upon  whom  the  final  judgments  will  fall.  Then  the  prophet 
introduces  a  special  country,  thus :  "Arise,  get  you  up  unto 
the  wealthy  nation,  that  dwelleth  without  care,  saith  the 
Lord,  which  have  neither  gates  nor  bars,  which  dwell  alone. 
And  their  camels  shall  be  a  booty,  and  the  multitude  of  their 
cattle  a  spoil ;  and  I  will  scatter  into  all  winds  them  that  are 
in  the  utmost  corners ;  and  I  will  bring  their  calamity  from 
all  sides  thereof,  saith  the  Lord."  Jer.  49:31,  32. 

A  comparison  between  these  verses  and  the  thirty-eighth 
chapter  of  Ezekiel,  and  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  chap- 
ters of  Isaiah,  will  show  what  country  is  here  referred  to. 
If  the  prophecy  then  applies  to  the  latter  days,  as  is  stated 
in  the  last  verses  of  the  chapter,  it  must  apply  to  North 
America.  The  chapter  closes  thus,  "But  it  shall  come  to 
pass  in  the  latter  days,  that  I  will  bring  again  the  captivity 
of  Elam,  saith  the  Lord." 

The  fiftieth  chapter  takes  up  the  prophecy  under  the  name 
of  Babylon :  "The  word  that  the  Lord  spake  against  Bab- 
ylon and  against  the  land  of  the  Chaldeans  by  Jeremiah  the 
prophet.  Declare  ye  among  the  nations,  and  publish,  and 
set  up  a  standard;  publish,  and  conceal  not;  say,  Babylon 
is  taken,  Bel  is  confounded,  Merodach  is  broken  in  pieces; 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  179 

her  idols  are  confounded,  her  images  are  broken  in  pieces. 
For  out  of  the  north  there  cometh  up  a  nation  against  her, 
which  shall  make  her  land  desolate,  and  none  shall  dwell 
therein;  they  shall  remove,  they  shall  depart,  both  man  and 
beast."  Verses  1-3. 

Notice  that  the  danger  again  comes  from  the  north. 
It  matters  not  under  what  name  the  subject  is  introduced, 
the  calamity  is  always  from  the  north.  As  before  stated, 
these  names  are  used  because  the  characteristics  of  those 
governments  are  again  seen  in  the  nations  of  to-day.  This 
chapter,  like  all  the  rest,  introduces  the  subject  of  the  gath- 
ering of  Israel  out  of  these  nations  before  their  fall : — 

"In  those  days,  and  in  that  time,  saith  the  Lord,  the 
children  of  Israel  shall  come,  they  and  the  children  of 
Judah  together,  going  and  weeping;  they  shall  go,  and 
seek  the  Lord  their  God.  They  shall  ask  the  way  to  Zion 
with  their  faces  thitherward,  saying,  Come,  and  let  us 
join  ourselves  to  the  Lord  in  a  perpetual  covenant  that  shall 
not  be  forgotten.  My  people  hath  been  lost  sheep;  their 
shepherds  have  caused  them  to  go  astray,  they  have  turned 
them  away  on  the  mountains;  they  have  gone  from  moun- 
tain to  hill,  they  have  forgotten  their  resting-place.  All 
that  found  them  have  devoured  them ;  and  their  adversaries 
said,  We  offend  not,  because  they  have  sinned  against  the 
Lord,  the  habitation  of  justice,  even  the  Lord,  the  hope  of 
their  fathers.  Remove  out  of  the  midst  of  Babylon,  and 
go  forth  out  of  the  land  of  the  Chaldeans,  and  be  as  the 
he  goats  before  the  flocks.  For,  lo,  I  will  raise,  and  cause 
to  come  up  against  Babylon,  an  assembly  of  great  nations 
from  the  north  country;  and  they  shall  set  themselves  in 
array  against  her;  from  thence  she  shall  be  taken;  their 
arrows  shall  be  as  of  a  mighty  expert  man ;  none  shall  return 
in  vain."  Jer.  50:4-9. 

This  assembly  of  great  nations  against  ancient  Babylon 
has  not  taken  place  from  the  north  country.  This  fleeing 


180      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

from  Babylon  is  mentioned  by  John  in  the  eighteenth  chap- 
ter of  Revelation,  where  he  says,  "Come  out  of  her,  My 
people,  that  ye  be  not  partakers  of  her  sins."  One  division 
of  the  great  city  is  shown  in  the  seventeenth  chapter  to 
apply  to  the  mother.  So  the  prophet  here  mentions  this 
fact :  "Your  mother  shall  be  sore  confounded ;  she  that  bare 
you  shall  be  ashamed ;  behold,  the  hindermost  of  the  nations 
shall  be  a  wilderness,  a  dry  land,  and  a  desert."  Jer.  50  :i2. 

Turning  now  to  the  remnant  of  Israel,  when  this  proph- 
ecy applies,  we  read,  "In  those  days,  and  in  that  time, 
saith  the  Lord,  the  iniquity  of  Israel  shall  be  sought  for, 
and  there  shall  be  none;  and  the  sins  of  Judah,  and  they 
shall  not  be  found;  for  I  will  pardon  them  whom  I  reserve." 
Jer.  50:20.  This  verse  shows  that  probation  is  closed  at 
the  time  referred  to,  and  that  Israel's  sins  are  blotted  out, 
to  be  remembered  against  them  no  more  forever. 

The  judgments  of  God  upon  Israel's  enemies  at  this 
time,  namely,  upon  all  the  wicked,  are  thus  described :  "A 
sword  is  upon  their  horses,  and  upon  their  chariots,  and 
upon  all  the  mingled  people  that  are  in  the  midst  of  her; 
and  they  shall  become  as  women ;  a  sword  is  upon  her  treas- 
ures; and  they  shall  be  robbed.  A  drought  is  upon  her 
waters;  and  they  shall  be  dried  up;  for  it  is  the  land  of 
graven  images,  and  they  are  mad  upon  their  idols.  There- 
fore the  wild  beasts  of  the  desert  with  the  wild  beasts  of 
the  islands  shall  dwell  there,  and  the  owls  shall  dwell 
therein;  and  it  shall  be  no  more  inhabited  forever;  neither 
shall  it  be  dwelt  in  from  generation  to  generation.  As 
God  overthrew  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  and  the  neighbor 
cities  thereof,  saith  the  Lord;  so  shall  no  man  abide  there, 
neither  shall  any  son  of  man  dwell  therein.  Behold,  a 
people  shall  come  from  the  north,  and  a  great  nation,  and 
many  kings  shall  be  raised  up  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth. 
They  shall  hold  the  bow  and  the  lance;  they  are  cruel,  and 
will  not  show  mercy ;  their  voice  shall  roar  like  the  sea,  and 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  181 

they  shall  ride  upon  horses,  every  one  put  in  array,  like 
a  man  to  the  battle,  against  thee,  O  daughter  of  Babylon." 
Jer.  50 :37-42. 

When  Jerusalem  was  overthrown,  in  A.  D.  70,  by  the 
Roman  army,  it  was  but  a  small  calamity  in  comparison 
to  that  of  the  final  destruction  in  the  last  days;  and  while 
ancient  Babylon  was  overthrown  by  the  Medes  and  Persians, 
the  same  figures  are  carried  down,  and  represent  spiritual 
Babylon  and  its  judgments  in  the  last  days;  but  this  time 
great  nations  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth  will  be  raised  up, 
and  the  admonition  is  here  given  especially  to  the  daughters 
of  Babylon  to  flee  out  of  her.  John  says,  "Come  out  of 
her,  My  people/'  The  last  verse  gives  force  to  the  fore- 
going conclusion:  "At  the  noise  of  the  taking  of  Babylon 
the  earth  is  moved,  and  the  cry  is  heard  among  the  nations." 
Jer.  50 146.  The  divine  counsel  is :  "Flee  out  of  the  midst 
of  Babylon,  and  deliver  every  man  his  soul ;  be  not  cut  off 
in  her  iniquity;  for  this  is  the  time  of  the  Lord's  vengeance; 
He  will  render  unto  her  a  recompense.  Babylon  hath  been 
a  golden  cup  in  the  Lord's  hand,  that  made  all  the  earth 
drunken;  the  nations  have  drunken  of  her  wine;  therefore 
the  nations  are  mad.  Babylon  is  suddenly  fallen  and 
destroyed;  howl  for  her;  take  balm  for  her  pain,  if  so  be 
she  may  be  healed.  We  would  have  healed  Babylon,  but 
she  is  not  healed ;  forsake  her,  and  let  us  go  every  one  into 
his  own  country;  for  her  judgment  reacheth  unto  heaven, 
and  is  lifted  up  even  to  the  skies."  Jer.  51  16-9. 

Babylon  could  have  been  healed,  but  she  would  not 
listen  to  the  warning  voice;  and  now,  says  the  prophet, 
"Forsake  her."  "Babylon  hath  been  a  golden  cup;"  she 
has  had  many  opportunities;  but  she  has  filled  that  cup 
with  her  false  doctrines,  and  has  made  all  nations  to  drink 
of  her  errors.  The  call  is  here  repeated,  Flee  out  of  her, 
"and  deliver  every  man  his  soul."  "The  nations  have 
drunken  of  her  wine;  therefore  the  nations  are  rnad." 


182      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  apostle  John  says,  "The  nations  were  angry."  Clearly 
it  is  a  time  of  universal  war.  "Set  ye  up  a  standard  in 
the  land,  blow  the  trumpet  among  the  nations,  prepare  the 
nations  against  her,  call  together  against  her  the  kingdoms 
of  Ararat,  Minni,  and  Ashchenaz ;  appoint  a  captain  against 
her;  cause  the  horses  to  come  up  as  the  rough  caterpillars. 
Prepare  against  her  the  nations  with  the  kings  of  the  Medes, 
the  captains  thereof,  and  all  the  rulers  thereof,  and  all  the 
land  of  his  dominion."  Jer.  51 127,  28. 

"Then  the  heaven  and  the  earth,  and  all  that  is  therein, 
shall  sing  for  Babylon ;  for  the  spoilers  shall  come  unto  her 
from  the  north,  saith  the  Lord.  As  Babylon  hath  caused 
the  slain  of  Israel  to  fall,  so  at  Babylon  shall  fall  the  slain 
of  all  the  earth.  Ye  that  have  escaped  the  sword,  go  away, 
stand  not  still;  remember  the  Lord  afar  off,  and  let  Jeru- 
salem come  into  your  mind."  Jer.  51 148-50. 

The  prophet  now  closes  his  book  with  language  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  prophet  John  concerning  spiritual 
Babylon,  as  mentioned  in  the  eighteenth  chapter  of  Revela- 
tion: "Rejoice  over  her,  thou  heaven,  and  ye  holy  apostles 
and  prophets;  for  God. hath  avenged  you  on  her.  And  a 
mighty  angel  took  up  a  stone  like  a  great  millstone,  and 
cast  it  into  the  sea,  saying,  Thus  with  violence  shall  that 
great  city  Babylon  be  thrown  down,  and  shall  be  found  no 
more  at  all."  Rev.  18:20,  21. 

Says  Jeremiah:  "And  it  shall  be,  when  thou  hast  made 
an  end  of  reading  this  book,  that  thou  shalt  bind  a  stone 
to  it,  and  cast  it  into  the  midst  of  Euphrates ;  and  thou 
shalt  say,  Thus  shall  Babylon  sink,  and  shall  not  rise  from 
the  evil  that  I  will  bring  upon  her ;  and  they  shall  be  weary. 
Thus  far  are  the  words  of  Jeremiah."  Jer.  51 :6$,  64. 

Thus  ends  a  brief  comment  on  the  book  of  Jeremiah. 
Ezekiel  is  just  as  explicit  in  his  prophecies  as  they  apply  to 
the  last  days.  The  first  nine  chapters  of  Ezekiel  contain 
an  unbroken  line  of  thought.  The  last  of  Jeremiah's 


The  Yellozv  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  183 

prophecies  bear  nearly  the  same  date  as  the  first  of  those 
of  Ezekiel.  Ezekiel  introduces  his  prophecies  thus:  "And 
I  looked,  and,  behold,  a  whirlwind  came  out  of  the  north, 
a  great  cloud,  and  a  fire  infolding  itself,  and  a  brightness 
was  about  it,  and  out  of  the  midst  thereof  as  the  color  of 
amber,  out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire."  Eze.  I  '.4. 

The  creatures  shown  Ezekiel  in  this  vision  are  very 
similar  to  those  shown  John  in  the  fourth  chapter  of  Rev- 
elation. Ezekiel,  the  same  as  Jeremiah  and  Tsaiah,  proph- 
esy of  modern  nations  under  the  names  of  ancient  nations. 
This  is  very  clearly  brought  out  in  the  thirtieth,  thirty-first, 
and  thirty-second  chapters.  We  read: — 

"The  word  of  the  Lord  came  again  unto  rne,  saying, 
Son  of  man,  prophesy  and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God; 
Howl  ye,  Woe  worth  the  day!  For  the  day  is  near,  even 
the  day  of  the  Lord  is  near,  a  cloudy  day;  it  shall  be  the 
time  of  the  heathen.  And  the  sword  shall  come  upon 
Egypt,  and  great  pain  shall  be  in  Ethiopia,  when  the  slain 
shall  fall  in  Egypt,  and  they  shall  take  away  her  multitude, 
and  her  foundations  shail  be  broken  down.  Ethiopia,  and 
Libya,  and  Lydia,  and  all  the  mingled  people,  and  Chub, 
and  the  men  of  the  land  that  is  in  league,  shall  fall  with 
them  by  the  sword."  Eze.  30:1-5. 

Here  we  have  Egypt,  Ethiopia,  Lybia,  and  all  the 
mingled  people.  "It  shall  be  the  time  of  the  heathen." 
Now,  while  other  nations  may  control  this  territory  in 
modern  times,  nevertheless  it  is  a  prophecy  applicable  to 
the  last  days,  as  will  be  shown  by  further  consideration. 
"And  they  shall  be  desolate  in  the  rnidst  of  the  countries 
that  are  desolate,  and  her  cities  shall  be  in  the  midst  of  the 
cities  that  are  wasted."  Jer.  30 :/. 

Chapter  31  speaking  of  Pharaoh,  king  of  Egypt,  says: 
"I  have  therefore  delivered  him  into  the  hand  of  the  mighty 
one  of  the  heathen;  he  shall  surely  deal  with  him;  I  have 
driven  him  out  for  his  wickedness.  And  strangers,  the 


184      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

terrible  of  the  nations,  have  cut  him  off,  and  have  left  him ; 
upon  the  mountains  and  in  all  the  valleys  his  branches  are 
fallen,  and  his  boughs  are  broken  by  all  the  rivers  of  the 
land;  and  all  the  people  of  the  earth  are  gone  down  from 
his  shadow,  and  have  left  him.  Upon  his  ruin  shall  all  the 
fowls  of  the  heaven  remain,  and  all  the  beasts  of  the  field 
shall  be  upon  his  branches;  to  the  end  that  none  of  all  the 
trees  by  the  waters  exalt  themselves  for  their  height,  neither 
shoot  up  their  top  among  the  thick  boughs,  neither  their 
trees  stand  up  in  their  height,  all  that  drink  water ;  for  they 
are  all  delivered  unto  death,  to  the  nether  parts  of  the  earth, 
in  the  midst  of  the  children  of  men,  with  them  that  go  down 
tp  the  pit."  Eze.  31:11-14. 

(  The  student  will  readily  see  that  the  great  destruction 
of  the  last  day,  mentioned  in  other  places,  is'  here  referred 
to,  thus  showing  clearly  that  the  vision  of  the  prophet  was 
carried  from  the  local  event  forward  to  the  final  destruction 
of  that  nation.  Verses  16,  17  say:  "I  made  the  nations  to 
shake  at  the  sound  of  his  fall,  when  I  cast  him  down  to 
hell  with  them  that  descend  into  the  pit;  and  all  the  trees 
of  Eden,  the  choice  and  best  of  Lebanon,  all  that  drink 
water,  shall  be  comforted  in  the  nether  parts  of  the  earth. 
They  also  went  down  into  hell  with  him,  unto  them  that 
be  slain  with  the  sword;  and  they  that  were  his  arm,  tft&t 
dwelt  under  his  shadow  in  the  midst  of  the  heatheny' 
Turning  now  to  chapter  32,  we  read:  "Thus  saith  tne 
Lord  God;  I  will  therefore  spread  out  My  net  over  thee 
with  a  company  of  many  people;  and  they  shall  bring  thee 
up  in  My  net.  Then  will  I  leave  thee  upon  the  land,  I 
will  cast  thee  forth  upon  the  open  field,  and  will  cause  all 
the  fowls  of  the  heaven  to  remain  upon  thee,  and  I  will  fill 
the  beasts-  of  the  whole  earth  with  thee.  And  I  will  lay  thy 
flesh  upon  the  mountains,  and  fill  the  valleys  with  thy 
height.  I  will  also  water  with  thy  blood  the  land  wherein 
thou  swimmest,  even  to  the  mountains;  and  the  rivers  shall 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  185 

be  full  of  thee.  And  when  I  shall  put  thee  out,  I  will  cover 
the  heaven,  and  make  the  stars  thereof  dark ;  I  will  cover  the 
sun  with  a  cloud,  and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light. 
All  the  bright  lights  of  heaven  will  I  make  dark  over  thee, 
and  set  darkness  upon  thy  land,  saith  the  Lord  God.  I  will 
also  vex  the  hearts  of  many  people,  when  I  shall  bring  thy 
destruction  among  the  nations,  into  the  countries  which  thou 
hast  not  known.  Yea,  I  will  make  many  people  amazed 
at  thee,  and  their  kings  shall  be  horribly  afraid  for  thee, 
when  I  shall  brandish  My  sword  before  them;  and  they 
shall  tremble  at  every  moment,  every  man  for  his  own  life, 
in  the  day  of  thy  fall."  Verses  3-10. 

The  prophet  next  introduces  other  nations,  which  will 
meet  their  doom  at  the  same  time :  "Asshur  is  there  and  all 
her  company ;  his  graves  are  about  him ;  all  of  them  slain, 
fallen  by  the  sword."  "There  is  Elam  and  all  her  multi- 
tude round  about  her  grave ;  all  of  them  slain,  fallen  by  the 
sword,  which  are  gone  down  uncircumcised  into  the  nether 
parts  of  the  earth,  which  caused  their  terror  in  the  land  of 
the  living ;  yet  have  they  borne  their  shame  with  them  that 
go  down  to  the  pit."  "There  is  Meshech,  Tubal,  and  all 
her  multitude;  her  graves  are  round  about  him;  all  of  them 
uncircumcised,  slain  by  the  sword,  though  they  caused  their 
terror  in  the  land  of  the  living."  "There  is  Edom,  her 
kings,  and  all  her  princes,  which  with  their  might  are  laid 
by  them  that  were  slain  by  the  sword;  they  shall  lie  with 
the  uncircumcised,  and  with  them  that  go  down  to  the  pit. 
There  be  the  princes  of  the  north,  all  of  them,  and  all  the 
Zidonians.  which  are  gone  down  with  the  slain;  with  their 
terror  they  are  ashamed  of  their  might;  and  they  lie  uncir- 
cumcised with  them  that  be  slain  by  the  sword,  and  bear 
their  shame  with  them  that  go  down  to  the  pit."  Eze. 
2  122,  24,  26,  29,  30. 

These  scriptures  enumerate  the  principal  nations  of  the 
earth  in  the  days  of  Ezekiel,  and  represent  the  final  destruc- 
tion that  will  come  upon  all  those  countries  in  the  "time  of 


i86     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

trouble,  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation,"  men- 
iipned  by  the  prophet  Daniel.) 

V  The  thirty-third  chapter  of  Ezekiel  contains  a  solemn 
charge  to  the  true  prophets  in  the  last  days.  This  charge 
is  elsewhere  quoted  in  full,  but  we  will  quote  a  portion  of 
it  here  again:  "Son  of  man,  speak  to  the  children  of  thy 
people,  and  say  unto  them,  When  I  bring  the  sword  upon 
a  land,  if  the  people  of  the  land  take  a  man  of  their  coasts, 
and  set  him  for  their  watchman ;  if,  when  he  seeth  the  sword 
come  upon  the  land,  he  blow  the  trumpet,  and  warn  the  peo- 
ple; then  whosoever  heareth  the  sound  of  the  trumpet,  and 
taketh  not  warning;  if  the  sword  come  and  take  him  away, 
his  blood  shall  be  upon  his  own  head.  He  heard  the  sound 
of  the  trumpet,  and  took  not  warning;  his  blood  shall  be 
upon  him.  But  he  that  taketh  warning  shall  deliver  his 
soul."  Verses  2-5.  ) 

This  is  just  as  much  of  a  specific  charge  to  the  watchmen 
in  the  last  days  as  was  thp  commission  of  Christ  to  all  the 
ministry  when  He  said^'Go  ye  therefore,  and  teach  all 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  teaching  them  to  observe 
all  things  whatsoever  I  have  commanded  you;  and,  lo,  I 
am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 
Amen."  Matt.  28:19,  2O\ 

This  commission  is  general  in  its  application  to  every 
age,  while  the  charge  in  Ezekiel  was  written  for  a  special 
age  and  specific  occasion. 

The  thought  of  the  last  four  chapters  noticed  is  con- 
tinued in  the  book  of  Ezekiel  to  the  fortieth  chapter.  As 
before  stated,  the  first  ten  chapters  of  the  book  also  refer 
to  the  same  subject.  The  ninth  chapter  introduces  the 
preparatory  work  to  be  done  by  the  Lord's  servants  and 
the  judgments  as  they  follow  in  quick  succession.  The 
prophet  says: — 

"He  cried  also  in  mine  ears  with  a  loud  voice,  saying, 
Cause  them  that  have  charge  over  the  city  to  draw  near, 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  187 

even  every  man  with  his  destroying  weapon  in  his  hand. 
And,  behold,  six  men  came  from  the  way  of  the  higher 
gate,  which  lieth  toward  the  north,  and  every  man  a 
slaughter  weapon  in  his  hand;  and  one  man  among  them 
was  clothed  with  linen,  with  a  writer's  inkhorn  by  his  side : 
and  they  went  in,  and  stood  beside  the  brazen  altar.  And 
the  glory  of  the  God  of  Israel  was  gone  up  from  the  cherub, 
whereupon  He  was,  to  the  threshold  of  the  house.  And  He 
called  to  the  man  clothed  with  linen,  which  had  the  writer's 
inkhorn  by  his  side;  and  the  Lord  said  unto  him,  Go 
through  the  midst  of  the  city,  through  the  midst  of  Jeru- 
salem, and  set  a  mark  upon  the  foreheads  of  the  men  that 
sigh  and  cry  for  all  the  abominations  that  be  done  in  the 
midst  thereof.  And  to  the  others  He  said  in  mine  hearing, 
Go  ye  after  him  through  the  city,  and  smite;  let  not  your 
eye  spare,  neither  have  ye  pity;  slay  utterly  old  and 
young,  both  maids,  and  little  children,  and  women;  but 
come  not  near  any  man  upon  whom  is  the  mark;  and 
begin  at  My  sanctuary.  Then  they  began  at  the  ancient 
men  which  were  before  the  house.  And  He  said  unto  them, 
Defile  the  house,  and  fill  the  courts  with  the  slain;  go  ye 
forth.  And  they  went  forth,  and  slew  in  the  city.  And 
it  came  to  pass,  while  they  were  slaying  them,  and  I  was 
left,  that  I  fell  upon  my  face,  and  cried,  and  said,  Ah  Lord 
God!  wilt  Thou  destroy  all  the  residue  of  Israel  in  Thy 
pouring tfut  of  Thy  fury  upon  Jerusalem?  Then  said  He 
unto  me\The  iniquity  of  the  house  of  Israel  and  Judah  is 
exceeding  great,  anld  the  land  is  full  of  blood,  and  the  city 
full  of  perverseness  \  for  they  say,  The  Lord  hath  forsaken 
the  earth,  and  the  £ord  seeth  not."  Eze.  9:1-9. 

The  work  introduced  in  this  scripture  is  the  same  as 
that  brought  to  view  in  the  seventh  chapter  of  Revelation. 
In  Revelation  the  winds  of  destruction  are  being  held  until 
the  servants  of  God  are  sealed  in  their  foreheads.  There 
it  is  represented  as  an  angel  ascending  out  of  the  east,  and 
having  the  seal  of  the  living  God.  Before  Israel  left  Egypt, 


i88      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

'all  the  homes  were  marked  by  the  blood  of  a  lamb,  so  that, 
when  the  destroying  angel  passed  through  Egypt,  the  first- 
born of  all  in  the  houses  of  the  Israelites  were  spared.  So 
now,  before  the  great  time  of  trouble  arrives,  God  has  a 
message  of  mercy  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  and  it 
is  a  good  thing  to  know  that  while  probation  lasts  God's 
mercy  will  have  those  faithfully  warned  who  are  in  danger. 
The  four  winds  mentioned  in  Revelation  are  spoken  of  by 
the  prophet  Ezekiel  as  the  four  sore  judgments.  The  pro- 
phetic law  of  curses,  written  in  a  book  by  Moses,  and  placed 
in  the  side  of  the  ark  as  a  witness  to  Israel,  contained  four 
principal  judgments.  They  are  referred  to  by  the  prophet 
Ezekiel  in  these  words : — 

"The  word  of  the  Lord  came  again  to  me,  saying,  Son 
of  man,  when  the  land  sinneth  against  Me  by  trespassing 
grievously,  then  will  I  stretch  out  Mine  hand  upon  it,  and 
will  break  the  staff  of  the  bread  thereof,  and  will  send  fam- 
ine upon  it,  and  will  cut  off  man  and  beast  from  it ;  though 
these  three  men,  Noah,  Daniel,  and  Job,  were  in  it,  they 
should  deliver  but  their  own  souls  by  their  righteousness, 
saith  the  ,Lord  God.  If  I  cause  noisome  beasts  to  pass 
through  the  land,  and  they  spoil  it,  so  that  it  be  desolate, 
that  no  man  may  pass  through  because  of  the  beasts; 
though  these  three  men  were  in  it,  as  I  live,  saith  the  Lord 
God,  they  shall  deliver  neither  sons  nor  daughters;  they 
only  shall  be  delivered,  but  the  land  shall  be  desolate.  Or 
if  I  bring  a  sword  upon  that  land,  and  say,  Sword,  go 
through  the  land ;  so  that  I  cut  off  man  and  beast  from  it ; 
though  these  three  men  were  in  it,  as  I  live,  saith  the  Lord 
God,  they  shall  deliver  neither  sons  nor  daughters,  but  they 
only  shall  be  delivered  themselves.  Or  if  I  send  a  pesti- 
lence into  that  land,  and  pour  out  My  fury  upon  it  in  blood, 
to  cut  off  from  it  man  and  beast;  though  Noah,  Daniel, 
and  Job,  were  in  it,  as  I  live,  saith  the  Lord  God,  they  shall 
deliver  neither  son  nor  daughter ;  they  shall  but  deliver  their 
own  souls  by  their  righteousness.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord 


The  Yellow  Peril,  or  the  Kings  of  the  East.  189 

God ;  How  much  more  when  I  send  My  four  sore  judgments 
upon  Jerusalem,  the  sword,  and  the  famine,  and  the  noisome 
beast,  and  the  pestilence,  to  cut  off  from  it  man  and  beast?" 
Eze.  14:12-21. 

Chapter  13  brings  to  view  the  deceptive  workings  of 
the  false  prophets  in  the  last  days,  as  commented  on  under 
that  head;  and  as  in  other  places  the  judgments  are  the 
next  thing  to  follow.  But  there  is  an  encouraging  state- 
ment added  to  this  by  the  prophet:  "Yet,  behold,  therein 
shall  be  left  a  remnant  that  shall  be  brought  forth,  both 
sons  and  daughters;  behold,  they  shall  come  forth  unto 
you,  and  ye  shall  see  their  way  and  their  doings;  and  ye 
shall  be  comforted  concerning  the  evil  that  I  have  brought 
upon  Jerusalem,  even  concerning  all  that  I  .have  brought 
upon  it."  Eze.  14:22. 

In  all  these  prophecies  the  reader  will  notice  that  there 
is  a  remnant  who  are  gathered  out,  and  who  will  escape 
the  judgments  that  are  coming  upon  the  earth.  The 
prophet  Isaiah  does  not  dwell  so  much  in  his  prophecies 
upon  the  gathering  of  the  nations  to  Armageddon  as 
upon  the  gathering  of  Israel  into  their  own  land/  The 
great  portion  of  his  prophecies  is  upon  the  subject  of  the 
message  that  is  to  prepare  the  world  for  thexevent  and  save 
the  Lord's  people  from  the  great  calamityJ  Were  we  to 
quote  all  the  scriptures  relating  to  the  judgments  of  God 
which  are  pronounced  against  the  world  in  the  last  days, 
it  would  probably  weary  the  reader.  We  feel  that  we 
have  given  sufficient  evidence  to  all  believers  of  the  inspired 
Word  that  all  these  things  will  come.  In  the  closing  up 
of  the  chapters  on  "The  Seven  Trumpets,"  "The  Seven 
Seals,"  and  "The  Seven  Churches,"  we  left  the  last  and 
closing  events  in  these  prophecies  for  further  consideration. 
We  shall  now  try  to  group  together  as  briefly  as  possible 
the  several  movements  seen  in  this  generation,  and  already 
fulfilled  in  our  day,  and  what  we  may  expect  in  a  few 
moments,  as  it  were,  in  the  future. 


CHAPTER   XL 


TWO  REMARKABLE  WARS  OF  RECENT  DATE. 

The  first  is  the  Spanish-American  war,  of  1897-1898; 
the  second,  the  Russo-Japanese  war  of  1904-1905.  It  re- 
quires but  a  little  thought  to  see  that  these  two  great 
national  struggles  were  overruled  by  a  great  providence; 
thus  completing  another  step  in  the  preparation  for  the  final 
struggle.  This  is  easily  seen,  both  in  the  signal  victories 
of  these  wars ;  and  in  the  positions  in  which  the  nations, 
who  were  engaged  in  the  struggle,  were  left. 

Prior  to  the  Spanish- American  war,  the  United  States, 
unlike  the  leading  nations  of  Europe,  was  possessor  of  its 
own  home  territory  only.  But  this  war  gave  her  posses- 
sions and  territory,  which  in  turn  gave  her  standing  as  a 
world  power.  Her  ownership  of  the  Philippines,  the  an- 
nexation of  the  Hawaiian  group,  make  America  an  active 
nation  in  the  affairs  of  the  Pacific  ocean.  Puerto  Rico, 
and  the  Panama  Canal  make  her  equally  interested  in  the 
affairs  of  the  Atlantic  ocean. 

The  world  has  read  of  the  signal  victories  gained  by  the 
American  fleet  at  Manila  Bay  and  off  the  coasts  of  Cuba. 
All  acknowledged  that  such  victories  have  not  been  gained 
since  the  days  of  Israel  when  God  fought  for  his  people. 
These  victories,  we  hold,  were  nothing  short  of  miraculous ; 
and  the  design  of  Providence  was  to  bring  Protestant  America 
where  she  should  stand  in  the  fulfillment  of  prophecy  dur- 

190 


Two  Remarkable  Wars  of  Recent  Date.  191 

ing  the  closing  struggles  of  the  world.  It  was  the  Spanish- 
American  war  that  prepared  the  way  for  America's  final 
struggle  in  defense  of  her  own  territory  and  the  waters 
of  the  Pacific. 

The  Russo-Japanese  war  is  no  less  significant  to  the 
student  of  the  sacred  writings,  than  is  the  Spanish-Ameri- 
can war.  The  latter  prepared  the  way  for  America,  the 
former  the  way  for  Russia,  in  their  new  relations  with  the 
East. 

fPrior  to  the  Russo-Japanese  war  the  nations  of  the  East 
were  obsolete  so  far  as  the  knowledge  of  the  general  public 
was  concerned.  Japan  has  been  connected  with  Western 
Civilization  but  little  more  than  fifty  years,  although  it  is 
nearly  the  oldest  empire  in  the  world.  It  is  called  Dai 
Niphon,  the  land  of  the  Rising  Sun,  being  situated,  in  the 
Far  East.  Its  population  is  forty-six  millions! 

In  1904  when  she  declared  war  on  the  Colossus  of  the 
North,  but  few  indeed,  thought  that  such  a  victory  would 
follow  her  effort.  These  victories  have  placed  Japan  in  the 
East,  just  where  the  Spanish-American  war  placed  the 
United  States  in  the  West,  namely  one  of  the  great  world 
powers.(  In  1902  the  writer  published  a  book,  "The  In- 
spired History  of  the  Nations,"  in  which  the  position  was 
taken,  that  the  time  would  come  when  the  yellow  races 
of  the  East  would  be  a  menace  to  the  West,  or  in  other 
words  the  dangers  of  the  Yellow  Peril.  At  that  time  we 
received  many  letters  scoffing  at  the  idelj.  of  the  yellow 
races  ever  becoming  a  menace  to  the  Wesy  Since  the  war 
between  Russia  and  Japan  the  letters  have  ceased,  «  This 
war  demonstrated  to  the  Western  world,  the  power  that 
was  slumbering  in  the  Eastern  Nations ;  it  is  true  her  navy 
is  not  yet  so  large  as  that  of  some  other  nations,  but  that 
does  not  always  count  neither  does  it  prove  it  may  always 
be  the  smallest.  Let  China  and  India  make  the  advance  in 
the  few  years  before  us,  that  Japan  has  made  in  the  few 


192     The  Yellozv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

years  past,  and  then  where  could  there  be  found  those>Avho 
would  care  to  encounter  them,  either  on  land  or  sea? I 

We  here  give  from  Collier's  Book  on  the  Russo-Japan- 
ese war  an  account  of  the  Mukden  battle.  This  will  be 
sufficient  to  show  the  skill  and  bravery  of  the  Japanese 
army  in  time  of  war: 

"The  Battle  of  Mukden. — Judged  by  the  number  of  men 
engaged,  the  vast  extent  of  the  battlefield,  and  the  losses,  the 
battle  of  Mukden  was  the  greatest  of  modern  times,  if  not  of 
all  history.  Even  the  tremendous  duel  at  Liao-Yang,  which 
was  on  a  larger  scale  than  any  modern  battle  that  had  pre- 
ceded it,  pales  before  this  nineteen  days'  struggle.  Between 
750,000  and  800,000  men  were  engaged,  of  which  about  361,- 
ooo  were  Russian  and  at  least  400,000  Japanese.  When  the 
nineteen  days'  struggle  began,  both  sides  faced  each  other  in 
the  valley  of  the  Sha  River,  the  Russian  lines  stretching  back 
upon  tiers  of  defenses,  backed  up  with  over  1,300  guns  and 
forming  south  of  Mukden  a  barrier  which  foreign  experts 
pronounced  impregnable. 

"From  east  to  west  the  five  Japanese  armies  were  assigned 
under  the  following  commanders  :  Kawamura,  Kuroki,  Nodzu, 
Oku,  and  Nogi.  Field-marshal  Oyama's  plan  was  for  these 
five  armies  to  form  a  crescent  nearly  one  hundred  miles  in 
length,  the  cusps  of  which  would  gradually  draw  together,  the 
western  cusp  being  finally  thrown  forward  so  as  to  form  a 
closed  curve  with  the  eastern.  The  plan  thus  outlined  worked 
with  perfect  success.  Kawamura,  in  the  eastern  sector,  began 
the  attack  first  on  February  22,  driving  the  Russians  back 
toward  Tita.  For  over  a  fortnight  the  fiercest  sort  of  fighting 
continued  in  this  part  of  the  field,  in  the  midst  of  zero  weather 
and  almost  continuous  snowstorms.  It  ended  with  the  Rus- 
sians driven  across  the  Hun  River  and  the  right  horn  of  the 
crescent  having  reached  its  final  position  opposite  Mukden. 
Meanwhile,  Kuroki  broke  through  the  formidable  works 
which  guarded  the  road  to  the  Hun  River  from  Pensihu,  and 


Two  Remarkable  Wars  of  Recent  Date.  193 

arrived  on  March  5  in  line  with  the  general  advance.  Nodzu, 
to  the  left  of  Kuroki,  drove  the  enemy  from  his  last  outworks 
south  of  the  Sha  River,  and  on  March  6  paused  to  await  the 
other  turning  attacks  on  east  and  west.  Oku,  between  the 
Sha  and  Hun  rivers,"  rolled  back  the  enemy's  line  until  its 
superior  numbers  and  strong  entrenchments  near  Patishu, 
about  ten  miles  from  Mukden,  forced  him  to  await  the  final 
turning  movement  of  Nogi's  men  on  the  extreme  west.  These 
men  of  Nogi's  were  Port  Arthur's  veterans,  who  looked  upon 
this  work  as  a  mere  picnic.  On  March  I  they  reached  Sin- 
mintun,  thirty-three  miles  west  of  Mukden,  where  they  wheeled 
to  the  right.  They  carried  position  after  position,  assisted 
Oku's  attacks  against  the  enemy's  position  southwest  of  Muk- 
den, swinging  eastward  in  an  arch-shaped  line  with  a  front  of 
fifteen  miles. 

"On  March  5  Kuropatkin  concentrated  his  army  along  the 
west  to  drive  the  victor  of  Port  Arthur  back.  He  ordered 
General  Gerngoos  to  fall  on  Nogi's  center  on  the  Sinmintun 
road  leading  to  Tashichao.  The  attempt  was  a  disastrous 
failure.  Kuropatkin  saw  that  his  entire  right  wing  would 
be  crushed  by  Oku's  and  Nogi's  'iron  brigades,'  and  despite 
the  pleading  of  General  Kaulbars,  commander  of  the  Second 
Army,  that  he  be  permitted  to  lead  another  attack  on  Nogi, 
and  of  General  Rennenkampf  that  he  be  allowed  to  hold  his 
strong  positions,  the  commander-in-chief,  on  March  7,  ordered 
a  general  retreat.  All  along  the  hundred-mile  line  the  Japa- 
nese closed  in.  The  whole  stupendous  structure  of  the  defense 
fell  to  pieces  in  an  instant.  The  Russians  poured  northward 
toward  Tieling  almost  in  a  rout.  On  March  9  the  Japanese, 
pushing  forward  to  the  Hun  River,  opposite  Chiu-chan,  found 
a  place  where  the  ice  was  intact,  and  crossed  with  little  oppo- 
sition. They  pushed  forward  west  by  north,  and  on  the  morn- 
ing of  the  loth  began  shelling  the  retreating  Russians.  The 
Japanese  army  occupied  Mukden  on  the  same  day,  and  two 
days  later  the  main  body  of  the  Russian  army  arrived  at 
Tieling. 

13 


194     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"The  Russians  left  more  than  30,000  dead  on  the  field,  lost 
50,000  prisoners,  and  had  over  100,000  wounded.  The  total 
Japanese  casualties,  as  reported  by  Oyama,  were  50,000." 

We  now  feel  that  sufficient  has  been  said  to  set  the  posi- 
tion of  the  Yellow  Peril  before  the  reader  in  the  clearest  pos- 
sible manner  as  viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  the  men  of  the 
world.  Now,  what  do  the  inspired  writers  say  of  it?  Is  what 
they  say  in  harmony  with  the  question  as  viewed  by  the  present 
outlook  of  the  world? 

From  this  forward  we  will  largely  confine  ourselves  to  the 
Bible  as  our  guide,  believing  it  to  be  absolutely  correct.  Not 
only  is  it  able  to  tell  us  such  things  will  come  to  pass,  but 
it  will  go  further  and  tell  us  what  the  outcome  will  be. 


THE  GENTILE    CHUF 


E2E.I6:8 


AMORITE    BABY 

Hos.i:3:s:ii. 


JUDAH.HOS.S.'IO. 

CREEK  CHURCH, REV.i6:i9;i7:3;e:i8. 

FIRST  DAY,  HOS.6:l,2. 

ASSYRIA;EAST  EMP.OFROMEJSA^JIS. 
DAMASCUS,  ISA.  17. 

AMMONITE, EZE.2.5:!. 
ELAM,.JER.49:39. 


HOS.C6. 


ISRAELJTOSJ.riO.    Al 
ROMAN  CHURCH,  REV.I6:|9 
SECOND  DAY,   HOS.6:2.- 
WESTERN  EM  P.  OF  ROME 
TYRUS.EZE.  26:27, 2£ 
MOABITE,JER.  48:47. 
,-      DAN.IIMI. 


EZE.I9I3. 


2:3.4. 


EPHESUS         SMYRNA        PERCAMOS      THYATIRA 

A.D.34       TO        A.D.  100       TO       A.D.323        TO      AD.S38 


IN    PROPHECY. 


HOS.K2. 


MOTHER 


HOS.I.-9. 


BABYLON,   REV.I7:s: 


X^°^?EZE.23:4. 


EPHRAIM,HOS.5:9,IO. 
PROTESTANTISM,REVI6:i9;l7:3;6:i8. 

THIRDDAY,HOS.6:i,2. 

UNITED  STATES, EGYPT.  ISA.27:i3. 

GAZA,ZEP.2:4. 

PHILISTINE  JSA.1 1 : 14. 

EDOM,  AMOS.  IIII. 


EZE.I9:5. 


REV.I3:il. 


SARDIS        PHILADELPHIA       LAODICEANS 
AO.I798    TO      A.D.I833      TO     A.D  1844       TO       THE  END 


Cphrnim  s/iall  r/Je,  Jut/a/i  shall  plow,  Jacofc  shall  Break 


CHAPTER  XII.    , 

A  VERSE  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  BOOK  OF  HOSEA. 

77i£  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom. 

r 
CHAPTER  I. 

Verses  1-2 :  "The  word  of  the  Lord  that  came  unto  Hosea, 
the  son  of  Beeri,  in  the  days  of  Uzziah,  Jotham,  Ahaz,  and 
Hezekiah,  kings  of  Judah,  and  in  the  days  of  Jeroboam  the 
son  of  Joash,  king  of  Israel.  The  beginning  of  the  word  of 
the  Lord  by  Hosea.  And  the  Lord  said  to  Hosea,  Go,  take 
unto  thee  a*  wife  of  whoredoms  and  children  of  whoredoms : 
for  the  land  hath  committed  great  whoredom,  departing  from 
the  Lord." 

Hosea  wrote  785  B.  c.  Joash  was  at  that  time  king  of 
Israel.  Uzziah  was  king  of  Judah.  There  were  two  other 
prophets  contemporary  with  Hosea,  namely,  Isaiah  and  Amos. 
The  spiritual  condition  of  Judah  and  Israel  during  the  time 
when  these  prophecies  were  written  was  very  low,  and  had 
been  for  over  one  hundred  years.  The  house  of  Israel  never 
had  a  good  king.  Under  the  reign  of  Jeroboam,  the  first  king, 
Israel  adopted  Baal  worship,  and  in  the  history  of  the  wicked 
kings  that  followed,  Israel  is  said  to  have  sinned  according 
to  the  sins  of  Jeroboam  the  son  of  Nebat.  The  record  of  tha 
house  of  Judah  was  but  little  better. 


196     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verses  3-5 :  "So  he  went  and  took  Corner  the  daughter 
of  Diblaim;  which  conceived,  and  bare  him  a  son.  And  the 
Lord  said  unto  him,  Call  his  name  Jezreel;  for  yet  a  little 
while,  and  I  will  avenge  the  blood  of  Jezreel  upon  the  house  of 
Jehu,  and  will  cause  to  cease  the  kingdom  of  the  house  of 
Israel.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  at  that  day,  that  I  will  break 
the  bow  of  Israel  in  the  valley  of  Jezreel." 

In  order  to  explain  the  spiritual  conditions  of  these  divi- 
sions, the  Lord  told  the  prophet  to  take  the  kind  of  a  woman 
herein  described  to  be  his  wife.  Not  that  he  married  such  a 
woman  really;  but  the  lesson  teaches  this:  a  woman  is  used 
to  symbolize  the  church.  The  spiritual  condition  of  the  church 
is  designated  by  the  character  of  the  woman.  This  woman 
became  the  mother  of  three  children ;  the  first  one  here  named 
is  called  Jezreel.  These  three  children  are  literally  explained 
in  Chapter  5,  Verse  5,  to  represent  the  houses  of  Judah  and 
Israel,  and  the  division  of  Ephraim.  In  the  first  and  fifth 
chapters  we  have  the  foundation  principles  of  the  book  of 
Hosea  placed  before  us.  Verse  4  of  Chapter  I  especially  calls 
our  attention  to  the  house  of  Israel  in  the  days  of  Ahab  and 
Jehu,  kings  of  Israel.  Jezreel  was  the  city  where  the  palace  of 
the  king  was  located.  The  history  of  Jezreel  is  one  of  the 
darkest  records  ever  penned  by  the  inspired  writers.  The 
most  vile  and  bitter  persecution  upon  the  true  people  of  God 
that  was  ever  recorded  in  ancient  history  took  place  in  Jezreel. 
During  the  reign  of  Ahab  there  was  an  effort  made  to  slay  all 
the  prophets  of  God  who  would  not  follow  the  house  of  Israel 
in  their  refusal  to  go  to  Jerusalem  to  worship.  This  persecu- 
tion extended  until  Elijah  thought  he  was  the  only  one  left. 
Nevertheless,  there  were  seven  thousand  in  the  territory  of 
the  ten  tribes  that  had  not  bowed  the  knee  to  Baal.  Jezebel, 
the  wife  of  Ahab,  was  the  most  wicked  and  cruel  woman  of 
whom  we  have  any  record  in  Israel.  She  conspired  against 
Naboth,  employed  sons  of  Belial  to  swear  falsely  against  him 
and  had  him  stoned  to  death  that  Ahab  might  possess  his 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  197 

vineyard.  It  is  largely  this  period  of  history  that  the  Apostle 
Paul  describes  thus :  "They  were  stoned,  they  were  sawn  asun- 
der, were  tempted,  were  slain  with  the  sword ;  they  wandered 
about  in  sheep  skins  and  goat  skins;  being  destitute,  afflicted, 
tormented." 

The  spirit  of  persecution  is  ever  manifested  by  those  who 
apostatize  from  God,  as  did  the  ten  tribes.  The  time  was 
drawing  near,  as  expressed  by  the  prophet  Hosea,  when  God 
would  avenge  the  blood  of  Jezreel  upon  the  whole  house  of 
Jehu  (Israel).  They  were  taken  captive  by  the  king  of  As- 
syria 721  B.  c.,  after  the  kingdom  had  continued  two  hundred 
and  fifty-seven  years. 

Who,  then,  does  this  child  Jezreel  represent?  As  before 
stated,  the  three  children  represent  Judah,  Israel  and  Ephraim. 
The  blood  shed  in  Jezreel  was  the  blood  of  those  who  stood 
loyal  to  God  and  to  Judah  and  the  worship  at  Jerusalem. 
Hence,  the  house  of  Judah  is  here  represented  by  Jezreel,  as 
will  appear  more  clearly  later. 

Verses  6-7 :  "And  she  conceived  again,  and  bare  a  daugh- 
ter. And  God  said  unto  him,  Call  her  name  Lo-rtihamah: 
for  I  will  no  more  have  mercy  upon  the  house  of  Israel;  but 
I  will  utterly  take  them  away.  But  I  will  have  mercy  upon 
the  house  of  Judah,  and  will  save  them  by  the  Lord  their  God, 
and  will  not  save  them  by  bow,  nor  by  sword,  nor  by  battle, 
by  horses,  nor  by  horsemen." 

Nothing  can  be  more  plainly  stated  than  that  Lo-ruhamah 
stands  for  the  house  of  Israel.  The  name  itself  is  significant, 
as  explained  in  Chapter  2,  Verse  I ;  see  marginal  reading 
where  Lo-ruhamah  signifies,  "not  my  people" ;  while  Ruhamah 
is  "my  people."  Thus  we  see  that  the  house  of  Israel  was 
simply  an  apostasy  from  the  house  of  Judah.  Verse  7  teaches 
that  Jezreel  stands  for  the  house  of  Judah. 

Verses  8-9:  "Now  when  she  had  weaned  Lo-ruhamah. 
she  conceived,  and  bare  a  son.  Then  said  God,  Call  his 
name  Lo-ammi:  for  ye  are  not  my  people,  and  I  will  not  be 
your  God." 


198     The  Yellow  Peril;  or  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Lo-ammi,  the  third  child,  stands  for  the  third  division, 
which  was  the  division  of  Ephraim.  Jeroboam  was  an  Ephra- 
imite.  In  the  division  there  were  three  places  of  worship :  one 
at  Jerusalem  for  the  tribes  of  Judah,  Benjamin  and  the 
half  tribe  of  Joseph,  which  was  Manasseh.  Another  point  of 
worship  was  in  the  tribe  of  Dan,  where  nine  tribes  belonged. 
The  third  place  was  at  Bethel,  which  was  in  the  other  half 
tribe  of  Joseph,  which  was  Ephraim.  The  third  child  stands 
for  this  third  division,  that  of  Ephraim,  as  explained  in  Chap- 
ter 5,  Verse  5. 

Verses  10-11:  "Yet  the  number  of  the  children  of  Israel 
shall  be  as  the  sand  of  the  sea,  which  cannot  be  measured  nor 
numbered;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  in  the  place  where 
it  was  said  unto  them,  Ye  are  not  my  people,  there  it  shall  be 
said  unto  them,  Ye  are  the  sons  of  the  living  God.  Then  shall 
the  children  of  Judah  and  the  children  of  Israel  be  gathered 
together,  and  appoint  themselves  one  head,  and  they  shall  come 
up  out  of  the  land :  for  great  shall  be  the  day  of  Jezreel." 

Verses  10  and  II  contain  the  summing  up  of  the  first  chap- 
ter of  Hosea's  prophecy ;  namely,  the  final  ending  of  the  three 
divisions  under  consideration ;  and  especially  do  they  point  to 
the  time  when  the  blood  of  Jezreel  will  be  avenged.  These 
verses  teach  that  when  this  time  comes  they  will  appoint  them- 
selves one  head  who  shall  be  king  over  them  all.  Then  they 
are  to  exist  as  one  house,  that  of  Judah.  Now  the  prophet 
Ezekiel  tells  definitely  when  this  time  will  come.  "The  word 
of  the  Lord  came  again  unto  me,  saying,  Moreover,  thou 
son  of  man,  take  thee  one  stick,  and  write  upon  it,  For  Judah, 
and  for  the  children  of  Israel  his  companions:  then  take  an- 
other stick,  and  write  upon  it,  For  Joseph,  the  stick  of  Ephra- 
im, and  for  all  the  house  of  Israel  his  companions:  And 
join  them  one  to  another  into  one  stick;  and  they  shall  be- 
come one  in  thine  hand.  And  when  the  children  of  thy  peo- 
ple shall  speak  unto  thee,  saying,  Wilt  thou  not  shew  us 
what  thou  meanest  by  these?  Say  unto  them,  Thus  saith 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  199 

the  Lord  God;  Behold,  I  will  take  the  stick  of  Joseph,  which 
is  in  the  hand  of  Ephraim,  and  the  tribes  of  Israel  his  fellows, 
and  will  put  them  with  him,  even  with  the  stick  of  Judah, 
and  make  them  one  stick,  and  they  shall  be  one  in  mine  hand. 
And  the  sticks  whereon  thou  writest  shall  be  in  thine  hand 
before  their  eyes.  And  say  unto  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord 
God;  Behold,  I  will  take  the  children  of  Israel  from  among 
the  heathen,  whither  they  be  gone,  and  will  gather  them  on 
every  side,  and  bring  them  into  their  own  land :  And  I  will 
make  them  one  nation  in  the  land  upon  the  mountains  of 
Israel ;  and  one  king  shall  be  king  to  them  all :  and  they  shall 
be  no  more  two  nations,  neither  shall  they  be  divided  into  two 
kingdoms  any  more  at  all."  Eze.  37:15-22. 

In  this  scripture  we  see  the  perfect  harmony  between  the 
writings  of  Ezekiel  and  Hosea.  The  first  part  of  the  thirty- 
seventh  chapter  of  Ezekiel  brings  to  view  the  resurrection. 
Then  the  prophet  introduces  the  prophecy  of  the  two  sticks: 
In  brief  but  comprehensive  language  he  explains  the  prophecy 
of  the  two  sticks  as  applying  to  the  division  of  the  church 
which  we  have  been  considering.  He  also  explains  that  the 
king  who  shall  rule  over  them  is  Christ.  Thus  we  have  an- 
other proof  as  to  the  length  of  time  the  prophecy  of  Hosea 
covers,  namely,  to  the  end  of  the  world.  The  seventh  chap- 
ter of  Revelation  contains  a  record  of  the  gathering  of  the 
remnant  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  prior  to  the  second  com- 
ing of  Christ.  In  this  special  company  of  one  hundred  and 
forty-four  thousand  the  twelve  tribes  are  named,  but  in  the  enu- 
meration Dan  and  Ephraim  are  left  out;  Joseph  and  Levi 
being  substituted.  In  the  ancient  enumeration  the  allotment 
of  the  tribe  of  Joseph  was  given  to  Ephraim  and  Manasseh, 
his  sons.  Levi's  inheritance  was  the  tithe  from  the  other 
eleven  .tribes.  Dan  and  Ephraim  are  left  out  in  Rev.  7  be- 
cause those  two  tribes  led  in  the  apostasy  in  the  days  of 
Jeroboam ;  and  have  ever  been  representatives  of  the  House 
of  Israel  and  the  division  of  Ephraim.  But  in  the  gathered 


2OO     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

remnant  there  is  found  a  complete  reformation  and  Dan  and 
Ephraim  are  left  out.  There  is  one  more  point  that  should  be 
made  clear  in  this  first  chapter  of  Hosea,  namely,  the  time 
and  people  to  whom  this  prophecy  is  especially  applied.  The 
apostle  Paul  says :  "Even  us,  whom  he  hath  called,  not  of  the 
Jews  only,  but  also  of  the  Gentiles?  As  he  saith  also  in  Osee, 
I  will  call  them  my  people,  which  were  not  my  people;  and 
her  beloved,  which  was  not  beloved.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
that  in  the  place  where  it  was  said  unto  them,  Ye  are  not  my 
people;  there  shall  they  be  called  the  children  of  the  living 
God."  Rom.  9:24-26. 

The  word  Osee  in  the  Greek  is  Hosea  in  the  Hebrew ;  the 
same  as  Isaiah  in  the  Hebrew  is  Esaias  in  the  Greek,  or  New 
Testament.  The  Old  Testament  was  written  in  Hebrew ;  the 
New  Testament  in  Greek.  It  is  easy  to  see  that  Paul  applies 
the  prophecy  of  Hosea  to  the  Gentiles  this  side  of  the  cruci- 
fixion. The  divisions  of  the  Gentile  Church,  in  their  devel- 
opment, have  proven  that  the  three  children  of  this  woman  of 
Hosea  I,  meet  their  antitype  in  Gentile  history.  The  Greek 
language  was  the  prevailing  language  in  the  days  of  the  apos- 
tles ;  for  that  reason  the  New  Testament  was  written  in  Greek. 
The  writers  were  all  Hebrews ;  but  their  labors  were  to  ex- 
tend to  the  Gentiles-.  For  that  reason  they  wrote  in  the  Greek 
language.  The  first  three  centuries  developed  an  organization 
of  Greek  Gentiles,  known  later  as  the  Eastern  Church,  which 
numbers  at  the  present  time  one  hundred  and  forty  millions 
of  persons.  The  second  division,  that  of  the  Roman  or  Latin 
Gentiles,  was  largely  developed  as  a  national  church  during 
the  reign  of  Constantine,  and  fully  established  in  the  western 
empire  of  Rome  in  538  A.  D.  Its  present  adherents  number 
two  hundred  and  thirty  millions.  The  third  division  of  the 
Gentile  Church,  known  as  Protestantism,  began  its  develop- 
ment in  the  sixteenth  century;  at  the  present  time  numbering 
about  one  hundred  and  sixty  millions,  with  its  home  and  ter- 
ritory largely  in  America.  These  three  divisions  correspond 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  201 

to  the  three  children  of  Hosea's  wife,  Jezreel,  Lo-ruhamah, 
and  Lo-ammi.  The  spiritual  names  of  these  divisions  are 
Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim.  Now  if  these  principles  are 
remembered,  there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  reading  and  under- 
standing the  remaining  chapters  of  the  book  of  Hosea.  This 
is  true  not  only  of  Hosea,  but  of  all  the  Old  Testament 
prophets. 

T  Whenever  we  read  of  the  house  of  Judah  in  any  of  the 
prophetic  writings  which  have  their  application  this  side  of 
the  crucifixion,  it  means  the  Eastern,  or  Greek,  division  of 
the.  church.) 

f  The  house  of  Israel^  means  the  Roman,  or  Latin,  division 
ami  Ephraim  the  Protestant  division.  The  territory  of  the 
Greek  is  the  Eastern  Empire  of  Rome,  with  Constantinople 
as  its  nead ;  the  Latin  or  Roman_is  the  Western  Empire  of 
Rome,  with  the  city  of  Rome  as  its  capital.  The  territory  of 
the  third  is  America.  These  three  divisions  of  territory  are 
symbolized  by  the  Dragon,  the  Beast  and  the  False  Prophet. 
These  principles  are  a  key  to  the  whole  prophetic  field,  reveal- 
ing the  gathering!  of  the  nations  to  the  great  national  struggles 
of  the  last  days.  ) 

Without  an  understanding  of  these  principles  it  is  useless 
and  a  waste  of  time  to  try  to  teach  or  understand  the  major 
portion  of  the  Old  Testament  prophecies.  With  an  under- 
standing of  these  principles  the  vital  questions  pertaining  to 
our  day  are  made  plain.  Especially  is  this  true  concerning 
the  movements  of  nations  and  Armageddon.  This  fact  is 
demonstrated  in  all  the  writings  of  the  prophets  on  what  we 
term  the  "Eastern  Question." 

The  question  may  arise  why  two  of  these  children  were 
males  and  one  a  female?  By  examining  the  Scriptures  cited 
(Eze.  37:15-20)  you  will  see  that  Ephraim  and  Judah  are 
the  ones  to  whom  are  committed  the  rulership.  Ephraim  was 
the  ruler  of  the  house  of  Israel ;  Judah  of  the  house  of  Judah. 
This  is  God's  order,  as  males  are  selected  as  civil  rulers  and 


2O2     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

civil  rulership  was  never  entrusted  to  Israel.  Roman  Catholi- 
cism, in  its  history,  was  a  usurper  of  power.  Its  was  a  false 
theocracy,  never  was  entitled  to  the  civil  rulership.  It  is 
Ephraim  and  not  Catholicism  that  makes  the  image  to  the 
beast.  Some  fear  Roman  Catholicism  will  again  rule.  They 
would  better  fear  and  watch  the  development  of  Protestant- 
ism. 

With  the  above  comments  on  Chapter  I,  we  are  now  pre- 
pared to  study  the  book  of  Hosea. 

THE  EARLY  APOSTASY. 

Hosea  II. 

Verses  i-io:  "Say  ye  unto  your  brethren,  Ammi;  and  to 
your  sisters,  Ruhamah.  Plead  with  your  mother,  plead;  for 
she  is  not  my  wife,  neither  am  I  her  husband:  let  her  there- 
fore put  away  her  whoredom,  out  of  her  sight,  and  her  adul- 
teries from  between  her  breasts;  Lest  I  strip  her  naked,  and 
set  her  as  in  the  day  that  she  was  born,  and  make  her  as  a 
wilderness,  and  set  her  like  a  dry  land,  and  slay  her  with  thirst. 
And  I  will  not  have  mercy  upon  her  children ;  for  they  be  the 
children  of  whoredoms.  For  their  mother  hath  played  the  har- 
lot: she  that  conceived  them  hath  done  shamefully;  for  she 
said,  I  will  go  after  my  lovers,  that  give  me  my  bread  and  my 
water,  my  wool  and  my  flax,  mine  oil  and  my  drink.  There- 
fore, behold,  I  will  hedge  up  thy  way  with  thorns,  and  make 
a  wall,  that  she  shall  not  find  hex  paths.  And  she  shall  fol- 
low after  her  lovers,  but  she  shall  not  overtake  them ;  and 
she  shall  seek  them,  but  shall  not  find  them :  then  shall  she 
say,  I  will  go  and  return  to  my  first  husband;  for  then  was 
it  better  with  me  than  now.  For  she  did  not  know  that  I 
gave  her  corn,  and  wine,  and  oil,  and  multiplied  her  silver 
and  gold,  which  they  prepared  for  Baal.  Therefore  will  I 
return,  and  take  away  my  corn  in  the  time  thereof,  and  my 
wine  in  the  season  thereof,  and  will  recover  my  wool  and  my 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  203 

flax  given  to  cover  her  nakedness.  And  now  will  I  discover 
her  lewdness  in  the  sight  of  her  lovers,  and  none  shall  de- 
liver her  out  of  mine  hand." 

The  mother  in  this  prophecy  is  a  symbol  of  the  whole 
church  in  all  its  divisions.  The  children  each  represent  a  divi- 
sion. In  Chapters  2,  3  and  4  the  entire  history  of  the  Gentile 
Church  is  portrayed  under  the  title  of  the  mother.  In  this 
prediction  we  .have  an  important  fact,  namely,  the  general 
apostasy  that  was  permitted  to  come  into  the  Gentile  churches 
and  continue  throughout  their  entire  history.  This  fact  God 
desires  his  people  to  understand ;  for  he  appeals  to  his  true 
people  under  the  name  of  Ammi  and  Ruhamah  (Lo-  being 
left  off  the  names,  that  signifying  the  apostate  ones).  God 
desires  his  children  to  study  the  history  of  the  church  as  a 
whole ;  and  also  its  divisions,  for  neither  is  exclusively  his 
church,  Ammi  and  Ruhama  being  made  up  of  the  perfect 
individuals  in  all  the  churches. 

"Plead  with  your  mother,  plead;  for  she  is  not  my  wife, 
neither  am  I  her  husband:  let  her  therefore  put  away  her 
whoredoms  out  of  her  sight."  The  above  is  a  truth  that  God 
would  have  every  true  child  of  his  know,  namely,  that  the 
whole  Gentile  system,  as  it  exists  today,  is  the  fruit  of  an 
apostasy  from  God.  There  is  not  a  legitimate  scriptural  or- 
ganization among  them  that  could  rightly  be  called  the  whole 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ.  Protestantism  in  its  early  history 
endeavored  to  throw  off  the  shackles  of  heathen  doctrines, 
which  had  earlier  entered  the  two  older  divisions  of  the  church  ; 
but  today  Protestantism  has  compromised  the  truth,  retained 
false  doctrines,  and  its  denominations  federated  with  each 
other  till  there  is  but  little  difference  between  her  and  her 
ancestors,  Roman  and  Greek  Catholicism.  The  message  that 
God  would  now  have  given  is  to  inform  the  people  of  these 
facts  and  to  warn  the  true  followers  of  Christ  to  come  out 
from  these  denominations  by  renouncing  all  false  doctrines 
held  by  them. 


204     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  t-he' Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  apostate  churches  are  symbolized  in  the  seventeenth 
chapter  of  Revelation  by  a  woman  with  a  name  written  upon 
her  forehead:  "Mystery  Babylon  the  Great,  the  Mother  of 
Harlots."  The  literal  explanation  given  of  this  woman  is, 
that  she  is  "that  great  city  that  reigneth  over  the  kings  of 
the  earth."  The  prophet  also  says  that  the  city  "was  divided 
into  three  parts." 

The  nationality  of  the  woman  described  in  the  sixteenth 
chapter  of  Ezekiel  was  that  "her  father  was  an  Amorite  and 
her  mother  an  Hittite."  She  is  described  as  the  mother  of 
three  daughters.  This  is  another  proof  that  these  three  divi- 
sions apply  to  the  Gentiles  this  side  of  Christ.  The  church 
before  Christ  was  symbolized  by  Jewish  women,  as  Sarah 
(Gal.  4)  and  Rachel  (Jer.  31). 

Verses  11-13:  "I  will  also  cause  all  her  mirth  to  cease, 
her  feast  days,  her  new  moons,  and  her  sabbaths,  and  all  her 
solemn  feasts.  And  I  will  destroy  her  vines  and  her  fig  trees, 
whereof  she  hath  said,  These  are  my  rewards  that  my  lovers 
have  given  me :  and  I  will  make  them  a  forest,  and  the  beasts 
of  the  field  shall  eat  them.  And  I  will  visit  upon  her  the  days 
of  Baalim,  wherein  she  burned  incense  to  them,  and  she  decked 
herself  with  her  earrings  and  her  jewels,  and  she  went  after  her 
lovers,  and  forgat  me,  saith  the  Lord." 

The  above  enumeration  contains  some  of  the  things  the 
Gentiles  adopted  in  their  apostasy.  Since  the  days  of  Noah 
the  Gentile  has  always  been  an  idolater.  All  the  historical 
facts  show  that  he  has  been  a  worshiper  of  Baal,  which  was 
the  worship  of  the  planets.  We  read  this  in  the  Egyptian 
and  Assyrian  histories.  This  system  had  certain  days  set 
apart,  as  dedicated  to  the  various  planets.  The  first  day  of 
the  week  was  dedicated  to  the  sun ;  second  day  of  the  week  to 
the  moon;  seventh  day  to  the  planet  Saturn,  etc.  It  is  from 
this  system  that  we  received  our  modern  names  of  the  days  of 
the  week.  When  the  early  Apostolic  Church  departed  from 
Christ  they  adopted  their  old  customs  referred  to  in  this  Scrip- 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  205 

ture,  and  not  any  sabbath  or  ordinance  established  by  the 
Lord,  as  some  have  taught.  If  any  one  wishes,  they  may 
easily  find  out  that  the  keeping  of  Sunday,  the  first  day  of 
the  week,  in  the  place  of  the  Sabbath,  the  seventh  day  of  the 
week,  is  a  custom  given  us  from  the  heathen,  who  named  the 
first  day  of  the  week  Sunday.  They  can  also  find  that  Christ- 
mas, Good  Friday,  Ash  Wednesday,  Easter  Sunday,  Lent,  and 
many  other  days  have  their  origin  in  heathen  worship.  That 
is  not  all ;  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  the  conscious  state  of 
the  dead,  prayers  for  the  dead,  eternal  torment  by  fire,  purga- 
tory, the  burning  of  candles  in  temples,  saint  worship,  indul- 
gences, sprinkling  for  baptism,  human  pre-eminence,  and 
scores  of  superstitious  ideas,  all  have  their  origin  in  heathen 
worship  now  adopted  by  spiritual  Babylon. 

Isaiah,  the  prophet  who  wrote  of  this  same  thing,  speaks 
thus:  "Except  the  Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very 
small  remnant,  we  should  have  been  as  Sodom,  and  we  should 
have  been  like  unto  Gomorrah.  Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord, 
ye  rulers  of  Sodom ;  give  ear  unto  the  law  of  our  God,  ye 
people  of  Gomorrah.  To  what  purpose  is  the -multitude  of 
your  sacrifices  unto  me  ?  saith  the  Lord :  I  am  full  of  the  burnt 
offerings  of  rams,  and  the  fat  of  fed  beasts ;  and  I  delight  not 
in  the  blood  of  bullocks,  or  of  lambs,  or  of  he  goats.  When 
ye  come  to  appear  before  me,  who  hath  required  this  at  your 
hand,  to  tread  my  courts  ?  Bring  no  more  vain  oblations ; 
incense  is  an  abomination  unto  me;  the  new  moons  and  sab- 
baths, the  calling  of  assemblies,  I  cannot  away  with ;  it  is 
iniquity,  even  the  solemn  meeting.  Your  new  moons  and  your 
appointed  feasts  my  soul  hateth :  they  are  a  trouble  unto  me ; 
I  am  weary  to  bear  them."  Isaiah  I  '.9-14. 

This  Scripture  says,  "your  appointed  feasts  my  soul 
hateth."  Let  not  any  one  think  for  a  moment  they  can  substi- 
tute something  to  take  the  place  of  what  God  says.  Any  indi- 
vidual whose  attention  is  called  to  an  error  which  he  is  prac- 
ticing in  the  place  of  the  truth  of  God,  need  not  think  he  will 


206     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

escape  the  responsibility  of  changing  his  practice.  If  he  fails 
to  change  his  prayer  will  be  an  abomination,  says  the  inspired 
writer;  and  "when  he  calls  I  will  not  hear,"  saith  the  Lord. 
This  condition  of  Christendom  at  the  present  time  may  seem 
of  small  import,  but  God  does  not  look  at  it  so.  "The  earth 
also  is  defiled  under  the  inhabitants  thereof ;  because  they  have 
transgressed  the  laws,  changed  the  ordinance,  broken  the  ever- 
lasting covenant.  Therefore  hath  the  curse  devoured  the 
earth,  and  they  that  dwell  therein  are  desolate:  therefore  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth  are  burned,  and  few  men  left."  Isaiah 
24 :5-6. 

Substituting  tradition  in  the  place  of  the  commandments  of 
God  caused  the  downfall  of  the  Jewish  nation  in  its  three  di- 
visions, Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim,  before  Christ.  The  same 
thing  is  soon  to  be  repeated  in  the  three  divisions  of  Gentile 
Christendom.  The  spiritual  condition  of  Christendom  is  what 
brings  the  Yellow  Peril  of  heathendom  upon  professed  Chris- 
tendom. 

Verses  14:23:  "Therefore,  behold,  I  will  allure  her,  and 
bring  her  into  the  wilderness,  and  speak  comfortably  unto  her. 
And  I  will  give  her  her  vineyards  from  thence,  and  the  valley 
of  Achor  for  a  door  of  hope:  and  she  shall  sing  there,  as  in 
the  days  of  her  youth,  and  as  in  the  day  when  she  came  up 
out  of  the  land  of  Egypt.  And  it  shall  be  at  that  day,  saith 
the  Lord,  that  thou  shalt  call  me  Ishi;  and  shalt  call  me  no 
more  Baali.  For  I  will  take  away  the  names  of  Baalim  out 
of  her  mouth,  and  they  shall  no  more  be  remembered  by  their 
name.  And  in  that  day  will  I  make  a  covenant  for  them  with 
the  beasts  of  the  field,  and  with  the  fowls  of  heaven,  and 
with  the  creeping  things  of  the  ground:  and  I  will  break  the 
bow  and  the  sword  and  the  battle  out  of  the  earth,  and  will 
make  them  to  lie  down  safely.  And  I  will  betroth  thee  unto 
me  for  ever ;  yea,  I  will  betroth  thee  unto  me  in  righteousness, 
and  in  judgment,  and  in  lovingkindness,  and  in  mercies.  I 
will  even  betroth  thee  unto  me  in  faithfulness :  and  thou  shalt 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  207 

know  the  Lord.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  I  will 
hear,  saith  the  Lord,  I  will  hear  the  heavens,  and  they  shall 
hear  the  earth;  And  the  earth  shall  hear  the  corn,  and  the 
wine,  and  the  oil;  and  they  shall  hear  Jezreel.  And  I  will 
sow  her  unto  me  in  the  earth ;  and  I  will  have  mercy  upon  her 
that  had  not  obtained  mercy;  and  I  will  say  to  them  which 
were  not  my  people,  Thou  art  my  people ;  and  they  shall  say, 
Thou  art  my  God." 

There  is  ever  an  encouragement  for  the  true  child  of  God. 
Notwithstanding  the  great  apostasy  of  Christendom  there 
have  ever  been  those  who  have  loved  righteousness  and  hated 
iniquity.  When  God  makes  up  His  jewels,  and  gathers  His 
people  into  the  Church  triumphant,  there  will  be  found  those 
who,  from  every  organization  and  from  every  age  of  the  world, 
have  lived  for  God  and  His  truth  according  to  the  best  light 
they  had.  It  is  this  class  of  which  the  above  Scriptures  speak. 

Verses  20-30  tell  us  that  the  time  to  which  this  applies  is 
the  end  of  the  world.  Verse  15  says,  He  will  give  the  Val- 
ley of  Achor  for  a  door  of  hope.  The  "Valley  of  Achor" 
means  a  valley  of  trouble.  It  is  through  this  door,  the  valley 
of  trouble,  that  the  remnant  church  must  pass  before  they 
realize  the  reward.  It  is  in  this  valley  of  trouble  that  the 
blood  of  Jezreel  will  be  avenged  upon  the  whole  house  of 
Israel.  The  prophet  Daniel  speaks  of  the  time  of  trouble  as 
follows:  "And  at  that  time  shall  Michael  stand  up,  and  the 
great  prince  which  standeth  for  the  children  of  thy  people: 
and  there  shall  be  a  time  of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since 
there  was  a  nation  even  to  that  same  time:  and  at  that  time 
thy  people  shall  be  delivered,  every  one  that  shall  be  found 
written  in  the  book."  Dan.  12:1. 

The  time  of  trouble  here  spoken  of  is  a  period  following 
the  close  of  probation  described  in  other  Scriptures  as  the  time 
when  professed  Christendom  will  be  punished  with  the  sword 
and  with  the  plagues  of  Rev.  16.  But  it  is  this  period  that 
opens  the  door  of  hope  to  the  Church.  Following  that  the 


208     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Lord  comes  to  gather  His  people.  It  is  then  He  will  no  more 
be  called  Baali,  but  Ishi  (my  husband).  Baal  worship,  which 
has  been  the  disgrace  of  the  Church  throughout  the  history 
of  the  world,  then  ends.  The  Church  then  enjoys  the  closest 
relation  with  Christ  that  is  possible  to  exist.  She  is  the  es- 
poused of  Christ.  He  is  her  husband. 

THE   GATHERED   REMNANT. 

Hosea  III. 

Verses  1-5 :  "Then  said  the  Lord  unto  me,  Go  yet,  love 
a  woman  beloved  of  her  friend,  yet  an  adulteress,  according 
to  the  love  of  the  Lord  toward  the  children  of  Israel,  who 
look  to  other  gods,  and  love  flagons  of  wine.  So  I  brought 
her  to  me  for  fifteen  pieces  of  silver,  and  for  a  homer  of  bar- 
ley, and  a  half -homer  of  barley:  and  I  said  unto  her,  Thou 
shalt  abide  for  me  many  days ;  thou  shalt  not  play  the  harlot, 
and  thou  shalt  not  be  for  another  man :  so  will  I  also  be  for 
thee.  For  the  children  of  Israel  shall  abide  many  days  without 
a  king,  and  without  a  prince,  and  without  a  sacrifice,  and  with- 
out an  image,  and  without  an  ephod,  and  without  teraphim: 
afterward  shall  the  children  of  Israel  return,  and  seek  the 
Lord  their  God,  and  David  their  king;  and  shall  fear  the 
Lord  and  his  goodness  in  the  latter  days." 

Chapter  3  is  practically  a  continuation  of  Chapter  2.  Al- 
though the  Church  has  been  separated  by  her  apostasy,  God 
has  not  lost  His  love  for  the  honest  souls  throughout  all  her 
borders.  He  has  bought  them  with  His  own  blood  and  they 
are  His  by  right  of  redemption.  Verses  4  and  5  teach  a 
great  truth.  The  former  division  of  the  Jews  was  broken  up 
by  the  Babylonish  captivity,  588  B.  c.  Their  king  was  taken 
away,  the  crown  and  diadem  were  removed.  It  was  said  "It 
should  be  no  more  till  He  come  whose  right  it  is,  and  I  will 
give  it  Him."  The  Jews  at  the  time  of  Christ  were  looking 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  209 

for  this  kingdom  to  be  restored.  The  disciples  of  Christ  said 
to  him :  "Surely  thou  wilt  at  this  time  restore  the  kingdom  to 
Israel."  But  it  was  not  done,  and  will  not  be  done,  till  Christ's 
second  advent  to  this  world.  Verse  5  says,  "They  shall  return 
and  seek  the  Lord  their  sGod  and  David  their  king  and  his 
goodness  in  the  latter  days."  Christ  is  ever  spoken  of  as  one 
who  will  rule  on  the  throne  of  David.  Hence  he  is  the  one 
here  spoken  of  as  David  their  king.  This  movement  in  the 
last  days  is  spoken  of  by  Isaiah  as  follows:  "And  in  that  day 
there  shall  be  a  root  of  Jesse,  which  shall  stand  for  an  ensign 
of  the  people;  to  it  shall  the  Gentiles  seek;  and  his  rest  shall 
be  glorious.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the 
Lord  shall  set  his  hand  again  the  second  time  to  recover  the 
remnant  of  his  people,  which  shall  be  left,  from  Assyria,  and 
from  Egypt,  and  from  Pathros,  and  from  Cush,  and  from 
Elam,  and  from  Shinar,  and  from  Hamath,  and  from  the 
islands  of  the  sea.  And  he  shall  set  up  an  ensign  for  the 
nations,  and  shall  assemble  the  outcasts  of  Israel,  and  gather 
together  the  dispersed  of  Judah  from  the  four  corners  of  the 
earth."  Isaiah  11:10-12. 

This  Scripture  teaches  an  important  truth.  First,  the 
movement  will  be  one  like  the  movement  that  took  place  when 
the  Lord  led  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  to  make  them  a  nation  and 
He  to  be  their  king.  Second,  this  latter  day  movement  is  to 
be  among  the  Gentiles,  as  they  are  gathered  out  of  the  world 
in  the  last  days  ^and  become  true  Israel  or  Ammi  or  Ruhama. 
"And  there  shall  be  a  highway  for  the  remnant  of  his  people, 
which  shall  be  left,  from  Assyria;  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in 
the  day  that  he  came  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt."  Isaiah 
ii  :i6. 

Amos  describes  the  movement  as  follows :  "For,  lo,  I  will 
command,  and  /  will  sift  the  house  of  Israel  among  all  na- 
tions, like  as  corn  is  sifted  in  a  sieve,  yet  shall  not  the  least 
grain  fall  upon  the  earth.  All  the  sinners  of  my  people  shall 
die  by  the  sword,  which  say,  The  evil  shall  not  overtake  nor 

14 


2io      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident, 

prevent  us.  In  that  day  will  I  raise  up  the  tabernacle  of  David 
that  is  fallen,  and  close  up  the  breaches  thereof;  and  I  will 
raise  up  his  ruins,  and  I  will  build  it  as  in  the  days  of  old: 
That  they  may  possess  the  remnant  of  Edom,  and  of  all  the 
heathen,  which  are  called  by  my  name,  saith  the  Lord  that 
doeth  this."  Amos  9:9-12. 

Ezekiel  the  prophet,  speaking  of  this  subject,  describes  it 
thus :  "And  /  will  bring  you  out  from  the  people,  and  will 
gather  you  out  of  the  countries  wherein  ye  are  scattered,  with 
a  mighty  hand,  and  wTith  a  stretched  out  arm,  and  with  fury 
poured  out.  And  /  will  bring  you  into  the  wilderness  of  the 
people,  and  there  will  I  plead  with  you  face  to  face.  Like  as 
I  pleaded  with  your  fathers  in  the  wilderness  of  the  land  of 
Egypt,  so  will  I  plead  with  you,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  I 
will  cause  you  to  pass  under  the  rod,  and  I  will  bring  you  into 
the  bond  of  the  covenant:  and  I  will  purge  out  from  among 
you  the  rebels,  and  them  that  transgress  against  me :  I  will 
bring  them  forth  out  of  the  country  where  they  sojourn,  and 
they  shall  not  enter  into  the  land  of  Israel:  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord."  Eze.  20 :34~38. 

The  above,  with  many  more  that  might  be  produced,  makes 
it  plain  that  Hosea's  prophecy  has  its  application  in  the  last 
days.  It  also  teaches  beyond  question  that  there  is  a  move- 
ment among  the  Gentiles,  under  the  name  of  Israel,  including 
all  Israel's  established  divisions,  under  their  respective  names, 
Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim.  It  is  not  a  movement  of  the 
Jews  to  return  to  Palestine,  and  it  is  useless  to  believe  any 
such  thing;  for  that  will  not  be.  If  every  Jew  in  the  world 
were  to  go  to  Palestine  and  live  there,  it  would  not  be  a  ful- 
fillment of  this  prophecy,  or  any  other  prophecy  in  the  Bible, 
for  there  are  no  prophecies  that  teach  any  such  doctrine.  In 
the  seventh  chapter  of  Revelation  the  number  of  each  tribe  is 
given  that  will  be  gathered  out  in  the  last  days,  the  total  num- 
ber being  one  hundred  and  forty-four  thousand.  See  Inspired 
History  of  the  Nations  for  a  full  development  of  this  subject. 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  211 

LAST  DAY  CONDITIONS   OF   CHRISTENDOM. 

Hosea  IV. 

Verses  1-5 :  "Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  ye  children  of 
Israel,  for  the  Lord  hath  a  controversy  with  the  inhabitants  of 
the  land,  because  there  is  no  truth,  nor  mercy,  nor  knowledge 
of  God  in  the  land.  By  swearing,  and  lying  and  killing,  and 
stealing,  and  committing  adultery,  they  break  out,  and  blood 
toucheth  blood.  Therefore  shall  the  land  mourn,  and  every 
one  that  dwelleth  therein  shall  languish,  with  the  beasts  of  the 
field,  and  with  the  fowls  of  heaven ;  yea,  the  fishes  of  the  sea 
also  shall  be  taken  away.  Yet  let  no  man  strive,  nor  reprove 
another,  for  thy  people  are  as  they  that  strive  with  the  priest. 
Therefore  shalt  thou  fall  in  the  day,  and  the  prophet  also  shall 
fall  with  thee  in  the  night,  and  I  will  destroy  thy  mother." 

Jeremiah,  speaking  of  the  last  days,  says :  "The  Lord  hath 
a  controversy  with  the  nations  and  he  will  give  them  that  are 
wicked  unto  the  sword."  So  Hosea  says,  "He  has  a  contro- 
versy with  the  land."  When  the  Jews  finally  rejected  the 
gospel  there  were  twelve  hundred  thousand  perished  in  the 
siege  of  Jerusalem.  And  now  the  Lord  in  these  verses  tells 
us  what  we  may  expect  in  our  day,  as  the  result  of  the  terrible 
apostasy  in  the  Church. 

This  punishment  is  greater  than  all  judgments  before  it. 
It  is  a  destruction  of  man  and  every  living  thing  in  the  world, 
and  applies  to  the  same  time  of  trouble,  mentioned  in  the  six- 
teenth chapter  of  Revelation  when  the  seven  last  plagues  will 
be  visited  upon  the  worshipers  of  the  Beast  and  his  image. 
The  word  picture  given  by  Hosea  of  the  spiritual  condition  of 
the  Church  is  a  vivid  one,  but  who  would  say  it  is  not  a  true 
one. 

Verses  6-9:  "My  people  are  destroyed  for  lack  of  knowl- 
edge :  because  thou  hast  rejected  knowledge,  I  will  also  reject 
thee,  that  thou  shalt  be  no  priest  to  me :  seeing  thou  hast  for- 
gotten the  law  of  thy  God,  I  will  also  forget  thy  children.  As 


212     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

they  were  increased,  so  they  sinned  against  me :  therefore  will 
I  change  their  glory  into  shame.  They  eat  up  the  sin  of  my 
people,  and  they  set  their  heart  on  their  iniquity.  And  there 
shall  be,  like  people,  like  priest:  and  I  will  punish  them  for 
their  ways,  and  reward  them  their  doings." 

The  trouble  with  the  Church  in  the  last  days  is  their  willful 
ignorance  in  rejecting  knowledge.  This  shows  that  they  could 
have  had  knowledge,  but  they  rejected  it.  This  was  the  trou- 
ble with  Pharaoh,  who  rejected  every  evidence  Moses  gave 
him.  So  with  this  people.  They  reject  the  law  of  God  and 
the  very  things  that  would  save  their  souls.  They  reject  light 
on  the  Sabbath ;  on  baptism ;  the  state  of  the  dead ;  the  resur- 
rection ;  the  coming  of  Christ ;'  the  end  of  the  world ;  and 
many  other  subjects  that  the  child  of  God  ought  to  understand 
in  order  to  save  his  soul.  But  the  people  are  bound  by  creeds, 
isms,  and  organizations  until  "equity  is  fallen  in  the  street 
and  truth  can  not  enter." 

There  has  never  been  a  single  religious  organization,  as 
such,  since  the  first  apostasy  took  place,  that  would  listen  to 
advanced  light  upon  the  Bible.  But  on  the  (contrary  they  have 
ever  cast  out,  persecuted,  and  defamed  every  member  that 
dared  to  teach  anything  new,  or  anything  that  differed  from 
what  they  called  their  old  landmarks.  Every  Protestant  or- 
ganization stands  today  where  its  founder  placed  it ;  or  has 
retrograded  and  permitted  fanaticism  to  supersede  much  of  the 
truth  they  have  learned. 

Verse  7  says,  "As  they  were  increased  so  they  sinned 
against  him."  How  true  as  organizations  increase  their  mem- 
bership they  become  worldly,  independent  and  proud,  trusting 
in  those  who  have  secured  the  pre-eminence  and  the  potential- 
ity of  their  own  unity.  And  for  any  one  to  undertake  to 
change  that  organization,  they  had  just  as  well  take  a  boy's 
toy  popgun  and  lay  siege  to  the  fortress  of  Gibraltar.  Christ 
said  we  cannot  put  new  wine  into  old  bottles  or  new  cloth 
into  old  garments.  It  is  as  true  now  as  then  that  you  cannot 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  213 

put  new  doctrines  and  new  ideas  into  these  professedly  Chris- 
tian organizations. 

The  charge  in  these  verses  is  laid  at  the  door  of  the  priest- 
hood (ministry).  The  Lord  says,  they  have  rejected  Him, 
and  He  will  also  reject  them  and  their  children.  The  minister 
who  stands  at  the  head  of  a  flock  and  closes  the  door  of  inves- 
tigation assumes  a  responsibility  that  he  will  regret.  He  may 
use  the  "Sword  of  the  Spirit,"  the  Word  of  God,  to  defend  the 
flock;  but  when  he  resorts  to  his  position  and  the  power  of 
his  organization  to  hinder  the  bright  shining  of  the  truth  of 
God,  he  then  becomes  a  lord  (Baali)  and  not  Ishi.  (See  com- 
ment on  Chapter  2,  Verse  16.)  The  Word  of  God,  accom- 
panied by  the  Spirit  of  God,  is  designed  to  teach  every  indi- 
vidual what  truth  is.  Now  if  any  minister  has  thus  been 
taught,  he  can  minister  the  same  to  his  flock ;  and  if  they  have 
the  Spirit  of  God  and  will  search  the  Word,  they,  too,  may 
know  what  is  truth. 

Verses  10-14:  "For  they  shall  eat,  and  not  have  enough: 
they  shall  commit  whoredom,  and  shall  not  increase :  because 
they  have  left  off  to  take  heed  to  the  Lord.  Whoredom  and 
wine  and  new  wine  take  away  the  heart.  My  people  ask 
counsel  at  their  stocks,  and  their  staff  declareth  unto  them: 
for  the  spirit  of  whoredoms  hath  caused  them  to  err,  and  they 
have  gone  a  whoring  from  under  their  God.  They  sacrifice 
upon  the  tops  of  the  mountains,  and  burn  incense  upon  the 
Chills,  under  oaks  and  poplars  and  elms,  because  the  shadow 
thereof  is  good :  therefore  your  daughters  shall  commit  whore- 
dom, and  your  spouses  shall  commit  adultery.  I  will  not  pun- 
ish your  daughters  when  they  commit  whoredom,  nor  your 
spouses  when  they  commit  adultery:  for  themselves  are  sepa- 
rated with  whores,  and  they  sacrifice  with  harlots:  therefore 
the  people  that  doth  not  understand  shall  fall. 

While  the  verses  before  mentioned  lay  the  responsibility 
on  the  ministry,  the  above  verses  place  a  responsibility  on  the 
lay  membership.  Verse  12  tells  where  the  trouble  lies  with 


214     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  people,  namely:  "My  people  ask  counsel  at  their  stocks; 
and  their  staff  declareth  unto  them."  There  are  many  defini- 
tions to  the  word  stocks,  the  definition  of  the  one  here  used 
is  expressed  in  the  Bible  thus:  "Men  and  brethren  of  the 
stock  of  Abraham,"  which  means  the  nation  or  children  of 
Abraham.  Hosea,  in  speaking  of  Christendom,  uses  the  word 
in  the  plural,  hence  could  only  apply  to  the  various  organiza- 
tions with  which  the  people  are  connected,  as  stock  of  Metho- 
dists, stock  of  Presbyterians,  stock  of  Adventists,  etc.  There- 
fore the  facts  are,  when  the  truth  of  the  Bible  is  presented  to 
the  people,  they  do  not  do  as  did  the  noble  Bereans,  "Search 
the  Scriptures  daily  whether  those  things  were  so,"  but  they 
go  to  their  Church  and  inquire  of  their  minister,  the  staff  on 
which  they  lean.  They  take  his  counsel  in  preference  to  the 
word  of  God.  The  people  have  leaned  on  the  ministry  until 
their  own  minds  are  dwarfed  and  barren.  This  is  the  secret 
and  cause  of  every  apostasy  that  has  ever  taken  place.  Both 
the  priest  and  the  people  are  responsible  for  the  present  fallen 
condition  of  Christendom,  and  the  day  of  retribution  is  near  at 
hand. 

When  it  comes,  Jeremiah  describes  the  scene  as  follows: 
"And  the  slain  of  the  Lord  shall  be  at  that  day  from  one  end 
of  the  earth  even  unto  the  other  end  of  the  earth:  they  shall 
not  be  lamented,  neither  gathered,  nor  buried;  they  shall  be 
clung  upon  the  ground.  Howl,  ye  shepherds  and  cry;  and  wal- 
low yourselves  in  the  ashes,  ye  principal  of  the  Hock;  for  the 
days  of  your  slaughter  and  of  your  dispersions  are  accom- 
plished ;  and  ye  shall  fall  like  a  pleasant  vessel.  And  the  shep- 
herds shall  have  no  way  to  ftee,  nor  the  principal  of  the  Hock 
to  escape.  A  voice  of  the  cry  of  the  shepherds,  and  a  howling 
of  the  principal  of  the  flock,  shall  be  heard :  for  the  Lord  hath 
spoiled  their  pasture."  Jer.  25  :33~36.  God  deals  with  all  as 
individuals  without  denominational  discrimination.  A  full  ac- 
ceptance of  truth  is  what  saves,  and  answers  the  call  to  come 
out  of  Babylon  (confusion). 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  215 

Verses  15-19:  "Though  thou,  Israel,  play  the  harlot,  yet 
let  not  Judah  offend ;  and  come  not  ye  unto  Gilgal,  neither  go 
ye  up  to  Beth-aven,  nor  swear,  The  Lord  liveth.  For  Israel 
slideth  back  as  a  backsliding  heifer:  now  the  Lord  will  feed 
them  as  a  lamb  in  a  large  place.  Ephraim  is  joined  to  idols: 
let  him  alone.  Their  drink  is  sour:  they  have  committed 
whoredom  continually :  her  rulers  with  shame  do  love,  Give  ye. 
The  wind  hath  bound  her  up  in  her  wings,  and  they  shall  be 
ashamed  because  of  their  sacrifices." 

The  three  divisions  symbolized  by  the  three  children  of 
Hosea's  wife  are  again  brought  to  view  in  this  Scripture,  un- 
der the  names  of  Judah  (Jezreel),  Israel  (Lo-Ruhama),  and 
Ephraim  (Lo-Ammi).  These  names  being  thus  applied  to  the 
divisions  of  the  Gentile  Church  and  are  thus  used  throughout 
the  book,  from  Chapter  4  following.  The  admonition  to  these 
divisions  is  not  to  trust  in  each  other,  for  they  are  all  alike 
in  departing  from  the  Lord.  Though  Israel  (Roman  Catholi- 
cism) transgress,  let  not  Judah  (Greek  Catholicism)  offend, 
that  is,  follow  her  example.  Gilgal  was  an  ancient  point  of 
worship  in  the  borders  of  Judah.  Beth-aven  was  where  Jero- 
boam erected  his  altar  for  Baal  worship  in  the  land  of 
Ephraim. 

The  admonition  to  these  divisions  is  not  to  federate,  or 
trust  in  each  other.  Especially  is  this  true  to  the  seeker  of  truth. 
Israel  is  a  backslider ;  Ephraim  is  joined  to  idols ;  let  him 
alone,  their  wine  is  sour.  Protestantism,  here  called  by  the 
name  of  Ephraim,  is  in  a  hopeless  condition.  Pure  wine  is 
a  symbol  of  Bible  truth.  Ephraim's  unsound  doctrine  is  sour, 
fermented,  and  those  who  partake  of  it  become  drunken  "with 
the  wine  of  her  fornications"  (false  doctrines). 

»  THE  DOWNFALL   FORETOLD. 

Hosea  V. 

Verses  1-5:  "Hear  ye  this,  O  priests;  and  hearken,  ye 
house  of  Israel;  and  give  ye  ear,  O  house  of  the  king;  for 


2i6     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

judgment  is  toward  you,  because  ye  have  been  a  snare  on 
Mizpah,  and  a  net  spread  upon  Tabor.  And  the  revolters  are 
profound  to  make  slaughter,  though  I  have  been  a  rebuker  of 
them  all.  I  know  Ephraim,  and  Israel  is  not  hid  from  me: 
for  now,  O  Ephraim,  thou  committest  whoredom,  and  Israel 
is  defiled.  They  will  not  frame  thejr  doings  to  turn  unto  their 
God :  for  the  spirit  of  whoredoms  is  in  the  midst  of  them,  and 
they  have  not  known  the  Lord.  And  the  pride  of  Israel  doth 
testify  to  his  face :  therefore  shall  Israel  and  Ephraim  fall  in 
their  iniquity;  Judah  also  shall  fall  with  them." 

Ephraim  belonged  originally  to  the  house  of  Israel.  In 
the  Gentile  divisions,  Protestantism  came  from  Roman  Cathol- 
icism, the  Gentile  house  of  Israel.  The  character  of  these  two 
divisions  is  still  the  theme  of  the  prophet.  Mizpah  was  a 
point  where  Jacob  made  a  covenant  with  Laban  that  they 
would  not  cross  that  point  either  way  to  do  the  other  harm. 
Tabor  was  the  mount  upon  which  Barak  assembled  ten  thou- 
sand men  and  suddenly  came  down  upon  Sisera  on  the  banks 
of  Kishon,  and  fought  the  battle  of  Meggiddo,  defeating  Sisera 
and  his  host.  Thus,  the  Lord  says,  Roman  Catholicism  is  a 
snare  and  a  net  in  which  are  caught  unwary  souls. 

John  in  his  prophecy  says,  a  cage  in  which  people  are 
held.  Ephraim  commits  whoredom  with  the  world,  and  Israel 
is  defiled.  The  prophet  says  they  have  not  known  the  Lord. 
Real  spiritual  life  is  not  among  them. 

Verses  6-7 :  "They  shall  go  with  their  flocks  and  with 
their  herds  to  seek  the  Lord;  but  they  shall  not  find  him;  he 
hath  withdrawn  himself  from  them.  They  have  dealt  treach- 
erously against  the  Lord ;  for  they  have  begotten  strange  chil- 
dren: now  shall  a  month  devour  them  with  their  portions." 

Verses  6  and  7  have  a  special  point  of  time  for  their  ful- 
fillment, namely,  immediately  following  the  close  of  proba- 
tion. 

Amos  speaks  thus:  "Behold,  the  days  come,  saith  the 
Lord  God,  that  I  will  send  a  famine  in  the  land,  not  a  famine 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  217 

of  bread,  nor  a  thirst  for  water,  but  of  hearing  the  words  of 
the  Lord :  And  they  shall  wander  from  sea  to  sea,  and  from 
the  north  even  to  the  east,  they  shall  run  to  and  fro  to  seek 
the  word  of  the  Lord,  and  shall  not  find  it."  Amos  8:11-12. 

These  herds  and  flocks  of  Christendom  will  realize  when 
it  is  too  late  their  need  of  something  in  spiritual  life,  which 
they  never  have  possessed.  They  will  seek  the  Lord;  but  will 
not  find  Him.  They  will  put  forth  every  effort,  but  with  no 
avail.  They  should  have  remembered  the  admonition  to  "seek 
the  Lord  while  he  may  be  found,"  and  "call  upon  Him  while 
He  is  near."  This  they  failed  to  do  before  probation  closed, 
therefore  "shall  a  month  devour  them  with  their  portions." 

The  period  here  introduced  is  that  of  one  month,  or  thirty 
days,  Bible  count.  Zechariah  speaks  of  this  point  thus :  "Three 
shepherds  also  I  cut  off  in  one  month;  and  my  soul  loathed 
them,  and  their  soul  also  abhorred  me."  Zech.  1 1 :8. 

As  to  the  time  here  mentioned,  the  reader  must  determine 
whether  it  is  thirty  days  of  twenty-four  hours,  or  whether  it 
is  thirty  days  prophetic  time,  which  would  be  thirty  literal 
years,  that  will  be  allotted  to  the  destruction  of  the  three 
great  divisions  of  Christendom.  That  it  will  be  thirty  years 
literal  time  there  is  no  question  when  we  consider  the  testi- 
mony of  the  Scriptures.  First  the  close  of  probation  comes 
unexpectedly,  Luke  21:34,  35,  36;  Rev.  18:8-10;  Isa.  47:9. 
Second,  the  seven  last  plagues  are  visited  upon  the  world  as 
recorded  in  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation.  Under  the 
sixth  plague  the  nations  are  gathered  to  Armageddon.  The 
battle  is  fought  under  the  seventh  plague.  Third,  the  pro- 
fessed Christian  powers,  during  this  time  of  the  plagues,  seek 
the  Lord  from  sea  to  sea  and  from  north  to  south,  but  cannot 
find  Him.  These  things,  with  many  others  that  might  be  pro- 
duced, teach  positively  that  the  time  is  not  thirty  literal  days ; 
in  fact,  Isaiah  says  it  will  be  many  days  and  years,  Isa.  32:10, 
showing  that  it  is  prophetic  time  as  explained  in  our  works 
on  prophetic  periods,  and  that  the  time  is  thirty  literal  years. 


218     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

In  order  to  disprove  this  point  it  will  be  necessary  to  show 
that  our  entire  teaching  in  the  book  of  Hosea  concerning  the 
three  divisions  of  Christendom  is  wrong.  For  further  evi- 
dence of  the  time  of  trouble  that  follows  the  close  of  proba- 
tion, see  comments  on  the  plagues. 

Verses  8,  9:  "Blow  ye  the  cornet  in  Gibeah,  and  the  trum- 
pet in  Ramah:  cry  aloud  at  Beth-aven,  after  thee,  O  Ben- 
jamin. Ephraim  shall  be  desolate  in  the  day  of  rebuke:  among 
the  tribes  of  Israel  have  I  made  known  that  which  shall 
surely  be." 

The  cornet  is  the  instrument  to  sound  the  alarm  of  war. 
Beth-aven,  remember,  belonged  to  Ephraim.  Ramah  and 
Gibeah  were  in  the  territory  of  Benjamin.  Thus  the  alarm 
of  war  will  be  sounded  in  these  two  divisions  first.  Ben- 
jamin was  identified  with  Judah  in  the  original  division.  The 
prophet,  in  teaching  this  lesson,  carries  ancient  names  and 
events  down  to  our  day  in  order  that  we  may  keep  the  iden- 
tity. It  will  be  seen  later,  how  natural  it  is  for  Protestant 
America,  symbolized  by  Ephraim,  and  Greek  Catholicism  in 
the  Turkish  territory,  here  called  Judah  and  Benjamin,  to  be 
the  first  to  meet  their  foes.  Russia  and  the  Eastern  nations, 
as  they  come  from  the  North  and  the  Far  East,  will  come 
first  upon  Greek  Catholic  territory ;  while  America  will  be  the 
first  to  feel  the  naval  force  of  Japan  (see  maps  in  Chapter  2). 
We  have  before  called  attention  to  the  dropping  of  Ephraim's 
name  from  among  the  twelve  tribes,  but  the  statement  here 
applies  more  directly  to  his  territory  and  his  subjects.  (See 
comments  on  the  twenty-seventh  and  twenty-eighth  chapters 
of  Isaiah  in  this  book.) 

Verses  10-15:  "The  princes  of  Judah  were  like  them  that 
remove  the  bound:  therefore  I  will  pour  out  my  wrath  upon 
them  like  water.  Ephraim  is  oppressed  and  broken  in  judg- 
ment, because  he  willingly  walked  after  the  commandment. 
Therefore  will  I  be  unto  Ephraim  as  a  moth,  and  to  the  house 
of  Judah  as  rottenness.  When  Ephraim  saw  his  sickness,  and 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  219 

Judah  saw  his  wound,  then  went  Ephraim  to  the  Assyrian, 
and  sent  to  king  Jareb :  yet  could  he  not  heal  you,  nor  cure 
you  of  your  wound.  For  I  will  be  unto  Ephraim  as  a  lion, 
and  as  a  young  lion  to  the  house  of  Judah :  I,  even  I,  will  tear 
and  go  away;  I  will  take  away,  and  none  shall  rescue  him. 
I  will  go  and  return  to  my  place,  till  they  acknowledge  their 
offence,  and  seek  my  face :  in  their  affliction  they  will  seek  me 
early." 

The  subject  of  Judah  (Greek  Catholicism)  and  Ephraim 
(Protestant  America)  is  still  continued  in  these  verses.  Ju- 
dah has  a  bitter  cup  to  drink.  It  was  this  church  that  first 
received  the  gospel  in  its  purity  direct  from  the  apostles.  It 
was  this  people  that  first  permitted  the  heathen  customs  and 
doctrines  to  come  into  the  Church  and  remove  the  bounds  of 
truth.  From  that  day  to  this  they  have  made  no  effort  to 
correct  the  awful  sin.  Ephraim  also  will  receive  his  reward; 
for  Protestantism  in  its  early  history,  and  even  now  knows 
the  origin  of  its  false  doctrines;  but  it  will  not  correct  them 
and  it  "willingly  walks  after  the  commandment,"  of  Baalish 
doctrines.  The  time  will  come,  when  probation  closes,  that 
Ephraim  will  see  his  sickness  and  Judah  his  wound;  but  the 
Lord  has  withdrawn  from  them  and  their  last  effort  will  be  to 
go  to  Assyria,  to  king  Jareb. 

The  old  Assyrian  Empire  in  all  its  history  was  an  idola- 
trous nation,  and  from  it  the  heathen  system  of  worship  had 
its  origin.  Satan  was  the  instigator  of  it  all.  Writers  have 
differed  as  to  the  name  of  Jareb,  none  applying  it  to  a  literal 
king  of  Assyria.  Some  apply  it  to  a  place  or  country.  The 
meaning  of  the  name  is,  "one  who  pleads"  or  "one  who  is 
contentious./^  If  this  text  is  to  be  understood  in  accordance 
with  other  Scriptures  they  will  seek  aid  through  the  leader 
and  instigator  of  the  heathen  system  of  worship,  who  is  Sa- 
tan, or  Beelzebub,  the  leader  of  modern  Spiritualism.  But, 
says  the  prophet,  he  cannot  heal  you  nor  cure  you  of  your 
wounds ;  nothing  will  save  you.  I 


22O     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

THREE   DIVISIONS    SYMBOLIZED   BY   DAYS. 

Hosea  VI. 

Verses  1-3:  ''Come,  and  let  us  return  unto  the  Lord:  for 
he  hath  torn,  and  he  will  heal  us;  he  hath  smitten,  and  he 
will  bind  us  up.  After  two  days  will  he  revive  us:  in  the 
third  day  he  will  raise  us  up,  and  we  shall  live  in  his  sight. 
Then  shall  we  know,  if  we  follow  on  to  know  the  Lord :  his 
going  forth  is  prepared  as  the  morning;  and  he  shall  come 
unto  us  as  the  rain,  as  the  latter  and  former  rain  unto  the 
earth." 

Verses  I  to  3  of  this  chapter  contain  a  history  of  the  en- 
tire Gentile  Church  since  Christ,  and  until  the  close  of  pro- 
bation. The  three  days  mentioned  symbolize  the  history  of 
the  three  divisions  before  mentioned.  The  Church  was  ter- 
ribly torn  and  smitten  by  false  doctrines  during  the  history  of 
Greek  and  Roman  Catholicism,  but  in  the  early  days  of  Prot- 
estantism it  was  raised  up  and  greatly  revived.  There  will  be 
those  in  that  movement  who  "will  follow  on  to  know  the 
Lord"  (Truth),  until  "His  going  forth  shall  be  as  the  morn- 
ing" (Second  Advent),  and  He  will  "come  unto  them  as  the 
early  and  latter  rain."  The  early  rain  (the  Spirit  of  God) 
was  poured  upon  the  early  Church  at  pentecost.  And  those 
who  walk  in  the  light  of  truth  that  God  has  for  the  remnant 
Church  will  have  similar  experiences  in  the  latter  rain. 

Verses  4-7:  "O  Ephraim,  what  shall  I  do  unto  thee?  O 
Judah,  what  shall  I  do  unto  thee?  for  your  goodness  is  as  a 
morning  cloud,  and  as  the  early  dew  it  goeth  away.  There- 
fore have  I  hewed  them  by  the  prophets ;  I  have  slain  them 
by  the  words  of  my  mouth :  and  thy  judgments  are  as  the 
light  that  goeth  forth.  For  I  desired  mercy,  and  not  sacri- 
fice; and  the  knowledge  of  God  more  than  burnt  offerings. 
But  they  like  men  have  transgressed  the  covenant :  there  have 
they  dealt  treacherously  against  me." 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  221 

Ephraim's  character  was  unstable.  He  was  like  the  clouds 
that  pass  away.  His  zeal  and  earnestness  soon  faded  after 
the  first  move  of  the  Reformation.  Judah  in  her  early  history 
following  the  apostles  was  the  same.  But  it  was  not  so  of 
Roman  Catholicism.  It  was  an  organization  founded  on 
wrong  principles  from  the  beginning.  Ephraim  and  Judah 
have  both  enjoyed,  in  their  early  history,  the  Word  of  God 
that  they  might  know  its  teachings,  hence  are  the  more  re- 
sponsible for  it. 

Verses  8-u  :  "Gilead  (Judah)  is  a  city  of  them  that  work 
iniquity,  and  is  polluted  with  blood.  And  as  troops  of  rob- 
bers wait  for  a  man,  so  the  company  of  priests  murder  in  the 
way  by  consent:  for  they  commit  lewdness.  I  have  seen  a 
horrible  thing  in  the  house  of  Israel :  there  is  the  whoredom  of 
Ephraim,  Israel  is  defiled.  Also,  O  Judah,  he  hath  set  a 
harvest  for  thee,  when  I  returned  the  captivity  of  my  people." 

These  verses  show  they  are  all  transgressors.  This  also 
teaches  us  that  the  history  of  all  is  kept  continually  before  us. 

TOTAL  APOSTASY. 

Hosea  VII. 

Verses  1-7:  "When  I  would  have  healed  Israel,  then  the 
iniquity  of  Ephraim  was  discovered,  and  the  wickedness  of 
Samaria :  for  they  commit  falsehood ;  and  the  thief  cometh  in, 
and  the  troop  of  robbers  spoileth  without.  And  they  consider 
not  in  their  hearts  that  I  remember  all  their  wickedness :  now 
their  own  doings  have  beset  them  about ;  they  are  before  my 
face.  They  make  the  king  glad  with  their  wickedness,  and 
the  princes  with  their  lies.  They  are  all  adulterers,  as  an  oven 
heated  by  the  baker,  who  ceaseth  from  raising  after  he  hath 
kneaded  the  dough,  until  it  be  leavened.  In  the  day  of  our 
king,  the  princes  have  made  him  sick  with  bottles  of  wine ; 
he  stretched  out  his  hand  with  scorners.  For  they  have  made 
ready  their  heart  like  an  oven,  while  they  lie  in  wait:  their 


222      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

baker  sleepeth  all  the  night;  in  the  morning  it  burneth  as  a 
flaming  fire.  They  are  all  hot  as  an  oven,  and  have  devoured 
their  judges;  all  their  kings  are  fallen:  there  is  none  among 
them  that  calleth  unto  me." 

The  design  God  had  in  the  Protestant  Reformation  was 
to  heal  and  reform  Roman  Catholicism  and  during  the  days 
of  the  earnestness  of  the  early  reformers  the  Roman  Church 
was  shaken  to  its  center.  And  had  that  zeal  continued,  and 
had  they  walked  in  the  light  of  additional  truth  God  had  for 
them,  the  work  of  healing  Roman  Catholicism  would  have 
been  completed.  The  trouble  was  iniquity  was  found  in 
Ephraim  and  God  could  no  longer  use  those  who  had  been 
raised  up  to  carry  forward  the  work.  Union  with  the  world 
has  ever  been  the  trouble  with  the  Lord's  people.  They  have 
ever  sought  a  union  of  Church  and  State;  while  God  teaches 
a  separation.  The  Church  is  ever  hasty  and  rash  in  its  actions 
as  an  oven  that  burneth  into  a  flame. 

Verses  8-16:  "Ephraim,  he  hath  mixed  himself  among  the 
people;  Ephraim  is  a  cake  not  turned.  Strangers  have  de- 
voured his  strength,  and  he  knoweth  it  not:  yea,  gray  hairs 
are  here  and  there  upon  him,  yet  he  knoweth  not.  And  the 
pride  of  Israel  testifieth  to  his  face:  and  they  do  riot  return 
to  the  Lord  their  God,  nor  seek  him  for  all  this.  Ephraim  also 
is  like  a  silly  dove  without  heart:  they  call  to  Egypt,  they 
go  to  Assyria.  When  they  shall  go,  I  will  spread  my  net  upon 
them ;  I  will  bring  them  down  as  the  fowls  of  the  heaven ; 
I  will  chastise  them,  as  their  congregation  hath  heard.  Woe 
unto  them !  for  they  have  fled  from  me :  destruction  unto  them ! 
because  they  have  transgressed  against  me:  though  I  have 
redeemed  them,  yet  they  have  spoken  lies  against  me.  And 
they  have  not  cried  unto  me  with  their  heart,  when  they 
howled  upon  their  beds:  they  assemble  themselves  for  corn 
and  wine,  and  they  rebel  against  me.  Though  I  have  bound 
and  strengthened  their  arms,  yet  do  they  imagine  mischief 
against  me.  They  return,  but  not  to  the  Most  High :  they  are 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  223 

like  a  deceitful  bow :  their  princes  shall  fall  by  the  sword 
for  the  rage  of  their  tongue :  this  shall  be  their  derision  in 
the  land  of  Egypt." 

Roman  Catholicism  has  ever  required  its  members  to  accept 
all  its  doctrines,  to  acknowledge  the  Pope  as  the  Supreme 
Head  of  the  Church,  and  acknowledge  the  Church's  authority 
as  equal  to  or  above  the  Bible.  Protestantism  has  been  slack 
in  its  discipline.  Professing  to  take  the  Bible  and  the  Bible 
only,  they  have  permitted  almost  every  false  doctrine  held  by 
men  to  come  into  their  organizations.  The  symbol  used  is  that 
Protestantism  is  a  cake  unturned,  that  is  half  baked,  or  in 
other  words,  "They  have  healed  the  hurt  of  my  people  slight- 
ly." Protestantism  has  so  abused  its  privileges  and  so  far 
departed  from  God,  that  it  is  totally  ignorant  of  its  real  con- 
dition. They  have  taken  strangers  (the  unconverted)  into 
their  churches  till  their  strength  has  been  devoured  and  they 
know  it  not.  The  saddest  thing  is  the  gray  hairs  that  are  seen 
here  and  there  and  he  knows  it  not.  Yes,  the  awful  judgments 
of  God  are  soon  to  be  visited  upon  Ephraim,  which  will  close 
his  earthly  history  but  he  knows  it  not.  Protestantism  is  self- 
willed  and  boastful.  They  boast  of  their  superiority  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  Bible.  Each  organization  claims  they  are  the 
Church.  But  the  pride  of  Roman  Catholicism  also  boasts  by 
telling  Protestants  that  Protestants  only  have  the  authority  of 
the  Catholic  Church  and  not  the  authority  of  the  Bible  for 
many  things  that  they  believe  and  teach.  Especially  do  they 
tell  them  this  concerning  the  keeping  of  the  first  day  of  the 
week  for  the  Sabbath,  instead  of  the  seventh  day  as  commanded 
by  the  Bible.  "And  they  do  not  turn  to  the  Lord  their  God." 
Verse  II  compares  Protestantism  to  a  silly  dove.  In  the  place 
of  walking  in  the  truth,  they  seek  the  doctrines  of  Egypt  and 
Assyria,  which  are  sorcery,  astrology,  magic,  soothsaying  and 
fortune  telling.  The  modern  name  is  Spiritualism.  Verse  12 
says  when  they  do  this  they  will  be  chastised  "as  their  con- 
gregation hath  heard."  The  last  expression  teaches  plainly 


224     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

that  there  is  a  message  to  be  borne  to  Protestantism  on  these 
questions.  Who  will  aid  in  doing  it? 

Verse  16,  in  summing  up  the  judgment  to  be  visited  upon 
Ephraim,  says  "this  shall  be  their  derision  in  the  land  of 
Egypt."  This  could  not  apply  as  taking  place  in  Egypt  in 
the  days  of  Ephraim,  when  the  son  of  Joseph  was  alive,  neither 
could  it  apply  during  the  history  of  the  tribe  of  Ephraim  be- 
fore Christ,  for  the  home  of  that  tribe  then  was  not  in  Egypt, 
but  in  Canaan.  Now,  as  we  shall  show  Ephraim  represents 
Protestantism  in  America,  the  question  might  arise,  Will  the 
literal  co'untry  of  Egypt  ever  be  the  home  country  of  Protes- 
tantism? We  answer,  No,  for  all  evidences  show  that  could 
not  be.  There  is  therefore  but  one  thing  left,  namely,  that 
America  is  meant  by  the  term  Egypt. 

This  is  but  reasonable.  Joseph's  son  Ephraim  was  of 
Egyptian  birth ;  his  mother  was  an  Egyptian  woman,  the 
daughter  of  the  priest  of  On.  And  as  the  home  of  Protes- 
tantism is  in  America,  and  Ephraim  is  the  representative  of 
that  body,  it  is  but  reasonable  that  the  spiritual  name  of  this 
country  in  the  last  days  is  Egypt.  For  a  full  examination  of 
this  question  see  Bible  Atlas  and  further  studies  in  this  book. 

SPECIAL  ALARM   TO  BE  GIVEN. 

Hosea  VIII. 

Verse  i:  "Set  the  trumpet  to  thy  mouth:  He  shall  come 
as  an  eagle  against  the  house  of  the  Lord,  because  they  have 
transgressed  my  covenant,  and  trespassed  against  my  law." 

The  climax  is  expressed  in  this  verse.  The  history  of 
the  three  divisions  of  the  Church  has  been  clearly  given ;  their 
character  fully  revealed.  And  now  there  is  but  one  thing 
left,  namely,  to  bring  the  punishment  upon  the  House  of  the 
Lord.  Now  the  question  is,  who  is  he  that  shall  come  as  an 
eagle  against  the  House  of  the  Lord?  If  I  were  to  ask  Eze- 
kiel,  he  would  tell  me,  it  is  "he  of  whom  I  have  spoken  in  old 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  225 

time  by  my  servants  the  prophets  of  Israel,  which  prophesied 
in  those  days  many  years  that  I  would  bring  thee  against 
them."  Ezekiel  38:17.  If  I  were  to  ask  Moses,  he  would  say, 
"The  Lord  shall  bring  a  nation  against  thee  from  afar,  from 
the  end  of  the  earth,  as  swift  as  the  eagle  flieth ;  a  nation 
whose  tongue  thou  shalt  not  understand."  Deut.  28:49.  If 
I  were  to  ask  Jeremiah  to  describe  this  power,  he  would  say, 
"Lo,  I  will  bring  a  nation  upon  you  from  afar,  O  House  of 
Israel,  saith  the  Lord;  it  is  a  mighty  nation,  it  is  an  ancient 
nation,  a  nation  whose  language  thou  knowest  not,  neither 
understandest  what  they  say."  .Jer.  5-15.  If  I  should  con- 
sult Daniel  the  prophet  for  the  characteristics  of  the  king, 
that  would  do  this,  he  would  describe  him  as  follows:  "And 
the  king  shall  do  according  to  his  will;  and  he  shall  exalt 
himself,  and  magnify  himself  above  every  god,  and  shall  speak 
marvellous  things  against  the  God  of  gods,  and  shall  prosper 
till  the  indignation  be  accomplished:  for  that  that  is  deter- 
mined shall  be  done.  Neither  shall  he  regard  the  God  of  his 
fathers,  nor  the  desire  of  women,  nor  regard  any  god :  for  he 
shall  magnify  himself  above  all.  But  in  his  estate  shall  he 
honour  the  God  of  forces :  and  a  god  whom  his  fathers  knew 
not  shall  he  honour  with  gold,  and  silver,  and  with  precious 
stones,  and  pleasant  things.  Thus  shall  he  do  in  the  most 
strong  holds  with  a  strange  god,  whom  he  shall  acknowledge 
and  increase  with  glory:  and  he  shall  cause  them  to  rule  over 
many,  and  shall  divide  the  land  for  gain."  Dan.  u  '.36-39. 

If  I  were  to  ask  Isaiah  from  what  direction  the  eagle  would 
come,  he  would  say:  "Calling  a  ravenous  bird  from  the  east, 
the  man  that  executeth  my  counsel  from  a  far  country:  yea, 
I  have  spoken  it,  I  will  also  bring  it  to  pass ;  I  have  purposed 
it,  I  will  also  do  it."  Isaiah  46:11. 

If  I  were  to  ask  Jeremiah  the  direction  that  we  should 
look  for  this  power,  he  would  tell  us:  "Then  the  Lord  said 
unto  me,  Out  of  the  north  an  evil  shall  break  forth  upon  all 
the  inhabitants  of  the  land.  For,  lo,  I  will  call  all  the  families 

15 


226     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident, 

of  the  kingdoms  of  the  north,  saith  the  Lord;  and  they  shall 
come,  and  they  shall  set  every  one  his  throne  at  the  entering 
of  the  gates  of  Jerusalem,  and  against  all  the  walls  thereof 
round  about,  and  against  all  the  cities  of  Judah."  Jer.  I  :i4,  15. 

If  I  were  to  ask  Daniel  whether  the  north  and  .the  east 
were  to  combine  in  this  move,  he  would  say :  "But  tidings  out 
of  the  east  and  out  of  the  north  shall  trouble  him :  therefore 
he  shall  go  forth  with  great  fury  to  destroy,  and  utterly  make 
away  many."  Dan.  1 1 144. 

If  I  should  ask  the  prophet  John  what  this  power  in  the 
East  is,  he  would  say,  "And  the  sixth  angel  poured  out,  his  vial 
upon  the  great  river  Euphrates;  and  the  water  therefore  was 
dried  up,  that  the  way  of  the  kings  of  the  East  might  be  pre- 
pared." Rev.  16:12.  I  would  now  ask  one  more  evidence 
concerning  the  northern  power  that  is  to  be  combined  with 
the  East,  so  I  ask  Ezekiel  the  prophet,  as  to  the  definite  land 
this  power  occupies  and  the  position  it  holds  relative  to  the 
kings  of  the  East  and  other  nations  of  the  East:  "And  the 
word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son  of  man,  set 
thy  face  against  Gog,  the  land  of  Magog,  the  chief  prince 
of  Meshech  and  Tubal,  and  prophesy  against  him,  And  I 
will  turn  thee  back,  and  put  hooks  into  thy  jaws,  and  I  will 
bring  thee  forth,  and  all  thine  army,  horses  and  horsemen, 
all  of  them  clothed  with  all  sorts  of  armour,  even  a  great 
company  with  bucklers  and  shields,  all  of  them  handling 
swords:  Persia,  Ethiopia,  and  Libya  with  them;  all  of  them 
with  shield  and  helmet :  Gomer,  and  all  his  bands ;  the  house 
of  Togarmah  of  the  north  quarters,  and  all  his  bands :  and 
many  people  with  thee.  Be  thou  prepared,  and  prepare  for 
thyself,  thou,  and  all  thy  company  that  are  assembled  unto 
thee,  and  be  thou  a  guard  (German  trans. — captain)  unto 
them.  After  many  days  thou  shalt  be  visited:  in  the  latter 
years  thou  shalt  come  into  the  land  that  is  brought  back  from 
the  sword,  and  is  gathered  out  of  many  people,  against  the 
mountains  of  Israel,  which  have  been  always  waste:  but  it  is 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  227 

brought  forth  out  of  the  nations,  and  they  shall  dwell  safely  all 
of  them.  Thou  shalt  ascend  and  come  like  a  storm,  thou  shalt 
be  like  a  cloud  to  cover  the  land,  thou,  and  all  thy  bands,  and 
many  people  with  thee.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  It  shall  also 
come  to  pass,  that  at  the  same  time  shall  things  come  into  thy 
mind,  and  thou  shalt  think  an  evil  thought :  and  thou  shalt  say, 
I  will  go  up  to  the  land  of  unwalled  villages !  I  will  go  to 
them  that  are  at  rest,  that  dwell  safely,  all  of  them  dwelling 
without  walls,  and  having  neither  bars  nor  gates.  To  take  a 
spoil,  and  to  take  a  prey  ;*to  turn  thine  hand  upon  the  desolate 
places  that  are  now  inhabited,  and  upon  the  people  that  are 
gathered  out  of  the  nations,  which  have  gotten  cattle  and 
goods  that  dwell  in  the  midst  of  the  land."  Eze.  38:1-12. 

Now  let  the  reader  examine  the  maps  in  Chapter  2  and  he 
will  see  at  once  the  whole  situation ;  Ephraim  in  America, 
the  House  of  Israel  in  Western  Europe ;  and  the  House  of 
Judah  in  the  East,  with  its  seat  at  Constantinople,  and  orig- 
inal territory  covering  Asia  Minor,  Syria  and  Palestine.  Then 
see  the  land  of  Magog  in  the  north,  now  Russia,  as  leader 
of  all  the  kings  of  the  East  and  Africa.  Thus  it  is  clear 
that  the  one  described  in  Verse  i  as  he  that  shall  come 
"against  the  house  of  the  Lord,"  is  Russia  and  all  the  kings 
of  the  East  against  the  three  divisions  of  Christendom  in  the 
West.  This  is  the  Biblical  description  of  the  Yellow  Peril. 
And  no  amount  of  speculation  on  prophecy  or  fanciful  imag- 
ination of  prophetic  writers  on  prophecy  will  ever  change 
these  facts.  The  Lord  has  spoken  and  so  it  will  be. 

Verses  2-9 :  "Israel  shall  cry  unto  me,  My  God,  we  know 
thee.  Israel  hath  cast  off  the  thing  that  is  good:  the  enemy 
shall  pursue  him.  They  have  set  up  kings,  but  not  by  me: 
they  have  made  princes,  and  I  knew  it  not:  of  their  silver 
and  their  gold  have  they  made  them  idols,  that  they  may  be 
cut  off.  Thy  calf,  O  Samaria,  hath  cast  thee  off ;  mine  anger 
is  kindled  against  them :  how  long  will  it  be  ere  they  attain 
to  innocency?  For  from  Israel  was  it  also:  the  workman 


230     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

made  it;  therefore  it  is  not  God:  but  the  calf  of  Samaria 
shall  be  broken  in  pieces.  For  they  have  sown  the  wind,  and 
they  shall  reap  the  whirlwind :  it  hath  no  stalk :  the  bud  shall 
yield  no  meal:  if  so  be  it  yield,  the  strangers  shall  swallow 
it  up.  Israel  is  swallowed  up:  now  shall  they  be  among  the 
Gentiles  as  a  vessel  wherein  is  no  pleasure.  For  they  are 
gone  up  to  Assyria,  a  wild  ass  alone  by  himself :  Ephraim  hath 
hired  lovers." 

Chapter  7  was  directed  especially  to  Ephraim  and  Judah, 
but  the  verses  now  before  us  pertain  to  the  House  of  Israel 
(Roman  Catholicism,  Western  Europe).  In  the  time  of  trou- 
ble, Roman  Catholicism  will  be  like  the  five  foolish  virgins, 
who  came  after  the  door  had  been  shut  and  said,  "Lord,  Lord 
open  to  us."  But  the  answer  was,  "I  know  you  not."  So 
the  House  of  Israel  will  say,  "Lord  we  know  thee."  Verse 
3  says,  the  enemy  shall  pursue  him.  They  think  by  the  ac- 
knowledgment of  God  they  will  stop  the  yellow  peril. 

Verse  4  calls  attention  to  the  past  history  of  Roman  Cathol- 
icism. They  have  set  up  kings  and  popes ;  they  have  called 
the  pope  God  on  earth ;  Lord  God,  the  Pope.  He  has  sat 
"in  the  temple  of  God,  showing  himself  that  he  is  God."  In 
1870  they  declared  the  pope  to  be  infallible.  They  did  this, 
says  the  Lord,  "but  not  by  me:  they  made  them  princes,  and 
I  knew  it  not." 

Verse  5  says  "Thy  calf,  O  Samaria,  hath  cast  these  off." 
Samaria  was  the  capital  of  the  ancient  ten  tribes.  The  calf 
worship  was  Baal  or  Sun  worship.  The  whole  system  of 
Roman  Catholicism  as  conducted  at  modern  Samaria  (Rome), 
is  a  mixture  of  Christianity  and  Baal  worship  as  it  was  prac- 
ticed in  ancient  Israel  among  the  ten  tribes.  The  ten  tribes 
received  it  from  the  Moabites,  Ammonites,  and  Philistines. 
But  God  has  no  more  recognized  modern  Israel  in  this  than 
he  did  ancient  Israel  in  their  apostasy. 

Verses  10-14:  "Yea,  though  they  have  hired  among  the 
nations,  now  will  I  gather  them,  and  they  shall  sorrow  a  little 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  231 

for  .the  burden  of  the  king  of  princes.  Because  Ephraim  hath 
made  many  altars  to  sin,  altars  shall  be  unto  him  to  sin.  I 
have  written  to  him  the  great  things  of  my  law,  but  they 
were  counted  as  a  strange  thing.  They  sacrifice  flesh  for  the 
sacrifices  of  mine  offerings,  and  eat  it ;  but  the  Lord  accepteth 
them  not;  now  will  he  remember  their  iniquity,  and  visit  their 
sins:  they  shall  return  to  Egypt.  For  Israel  hath  forgotten 
his  Maker,  and  buildeth  temples;  and  Judah  hath  multiplied 
fenced  cities:  but  I  will  send  a  fire  upon  his  cities,  and  it 
shall  devour  the  palaces  thereof." 

In  the  latter  part  of  Verse  9  in  the  former  quotation  it 
was  said  "Ephraim  hath  hired  lovers."  This  is  explained  by 
the  prophet  Ezekiel  thus :  "They  give  gifts  to  all  whores :  but 
thou-givest  thy  gifts  to  all  thy  lovers,  and  hirest  them,  that 
they  may  come  unto  thee  on  every  side  for  thy  whoredom. 
And  the  contrary  is  in  thee  from  other  women  in  thy  whore- 
doms, whereas  none  followeth  thee  to  commit  whoredoms: 
and  in  that  thou  givest  a  reward,  and  no  reward  is  given  unto 
thee,  therefore  thou  art  contrary.  Wherefore,  O  harlot,  hear 
the  word  of  the  Lord:"  Eze.  16:33-35. 

Protestantism  has  not  left  a  stone  unturned  to  accomplish 
her  purposes  in  the  world.  Her  policy  is  to  evangelize  the 
world.  But  the  trouble  in  doing  this,  is  the  great  theme  has 
been  to  increase  the  membership  and  to  erect  places  of  wor- 
ship in  every  place,  though  it  be  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  truth. 
Untold  numbers  of  dollars  have  been  raised  and  inducements 
held  out  through  business  and  social  influences  to  increase 
their  membership,  till  the  Lord  has  said  they  have  hired  their 
lovers.  Verse  n  says  that  Ephraim  hath  made  many  altars 
to  sin.  Protestantism  is  divided  and  subdivided  into  almost 
untold  numbers,  sects  and  organizations.  But  not  one  of 
them  is  willing  to  take  the  whole  teaching  of  the  Word  of 
God  as  their  only  guide.  For  an  illustration  of  their  differ- 
ences on  points  of  doctrine,  we  take  baptism  as  an  example; 
one  believes  in  trine  immersion ;  another  in  single  immersion ; 


232     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

/one  immerses  the  candidate  backward;  another  three  times 
forward;  another  believes  in  sprinkling  with  water,  another 
pouring  of  water  for  baptism.  One  believes  that  water  bap- 
tism is  not  essential  to  salvation ;  another  that  if  you  are  not 
baptized  by  water  there  is  no  hope  of  salvation;  still  another 
believes  that  the  only  baptism  is  the  baptism  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;  another  that  there  has  been  no  baptism  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  since  pentecost.  The  above  is  a  sample  of  Protestant 
teaching.  These  different  teachings  are  held  largely  by  dif- 
ferent organizations  and  these  companies  are  so  organized  in 
their  Church  government  that  the  Truth  has  no  show  to  be 
taught  among  them. 

Verse  12  calls  our  attention  to  a  most  important  truth, 
namely,  the  law  of  God.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  Roman 
Catholicism  is  the  power  that  legalized,  by  civil  law,  the 
heathen  doctrines  that  had  gained  a  foothold  in  the  early 
Church.  This  is  especially  true  regarding  the  law  of  God. 
The  second  commandment  which  forbids  image  worship  is 
stricken  out  of  the  ten  commandments.  The  tenth  command- 
ment is  divided  into  two  commandments  to  make  up  their 
number,  ten.  They  have  legalized  the  first  day  of  the  week 
as  the  Sabbath,  by  civil  laws,  in  the  place  of  the  seventh  day 
of  the  week  as  commanded  in  the  fourth  commandment  by 
Jehovah  himself.  The  law  of  Moses  which  God  gave  him  is 
considered  obsolete  and  abolished  in  its  entirety.  Now,  says 
the  Lord,  He  has  set  this  whole  thing  of  His  law  before 
Ephraim  (Protestantism)  ;  "But  they  counted  it  a  strange 
thing."  We  feel  safe  in  saying  after  the  last  fifty  years  of 
special  discussion  that  has  taken  place  on  Sunday  observance 
as  a  day  of  rest,  instead  of  the  seventh  day,  there  is  not  an 
authorized  Protestant  minister  to  be  found  who  does  not 
know  that  he  cannot  find  a  single  commandment  in  the  Bible 
for  keeping  the  first  day  of  the  week  as  a  day  of  rest.  This 
is  equally  well  known  by  all  those  who  are  at  all  informed  in 
the  Scriptures.  But,  as  stated  in  a  former  chapter,  "Ephraim 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  233 

is  joined  to  idols ;  let  him  alone."  The  last  verse  in  this  chap- 
ter once  more  calls  our  attention  to  all  three  of  the  divisions, 
Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim,  and  the  sure  judgments  that  are 
pending  over  them  all. 

EPHRAIM'S  HOME. 
Hosea  IX. 

Verses  1-3 :  "Rejoice  not,  O  Israel,  for  joy,  as  other  peo- 
ple: for  thou  hast  gone  a  whoring  from  thy  God,  thou  hast 
loved  a  reward  upon  every  cornfloor.  The  floor  and  the  wine- 
press shall  not  feed  them,  and  the  new  wine  shall  fail  in  her. 
They  shall  not  dwell  in  the  Lord's  land,  but  Ephraim  shall  re- 
turn to  Egpyt,  and  they  shall  eat  unclean  things  in  Assyria." 

The  history  of  Roman  Catholicism  shows  that  it  has  ever 
been  a  church  that  loves  gain  and  reward.  It  is  symbolized 
in  the  seven  seals  of  Revelation,  sixth  chapter,  *  by  a  man 
seated  upon  a  black  horse,  having  a  pair  of  balances  in  his 
hand,  crying  out:  "A  measure  of  wheat  for  a  penny  and  a 
measure  of  barley  for  a  penny."  During  its  history  they  have 
sold  indulgences  to  sin  to  the  highest  bidder.  They  are  the 
originators  of  church  fairs  for  gain.  Verse  3  says  that 
Ephraim  shall  return  to  Egypt.  Ephraim  was  originally  an 
Egyptian,  as  we  have  seen.  His  descendants  were  reckoned 
among  the  tribes  of  Israel  because  of  his  father  Joseph. 
Now,  when  Protestantism  made  America  its  home,  it  is  said 
that  Ephraim  returned  to  Egypt ;  he  also  returned  to  Egyptian 
principles  and  doctrines. 

Verses  4-8:  "They  shall  not  offer  wine  offerings  to  the 
Lord,  neither  shall  they  be  pleasing  unto  him:  their  sacrifices 
shall  be  unto  them  as  the  bread  of  mourners ;  all  that  eat 
thereof  shall  be  polluted:  for  their  bread  for  their  soul  shall 
not  come  into  the  house  of  the  Lord.  What  will  ye  do  in  the 
solemn  day,  and  in  the  day  of  the  feast  of  the  Lord?  For, 
lo,  they  are  gone  because  of  destruction:  Egypt  shall  gather 


234     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

them  up,  Memphis  shall  bury  them:  the  pleasant  places  for 
their  silver,  nettles  shall  possess  them:  thorns  shall  be  in  their 
tabernacles.  The  days  of  visitation  are  come,  the  days  of 
recompense  are  come;  Israel  shall  know  it:  the  prophet  is  a 
fool,  the  spiritual  man  is  mad,  for  the  multitude  of  thine  ini- 
quity, and  the  great  hatred.  The  watchman  of  Ephraim  was 
with  my  God :  but  the  prophet  is  a  snare  of  a  fowler  in  all 
his  ways,  and  hatred  in  the  house  of  his  God." 

Ephraim  does  not  only  return  to  Egypt,  but  Egypt  will  be 
his  burying  place  with  all  his  host.  After  the  battle  of  Arma- 
geddon those  that  are  left  will  be  seven  months  burying  the 
dead.  Eze.  39.  (See  comments  on  Ezekiel  on  thirty-eighth 
and  thirty-ninth  chapters  in  this  book.) 

Verse  8  says  the  watchman  of  Ephraim  was  with  God, 
but  the  prophet  was  a  snare  in  all  his  ways.  A  watchman 
is  one  that  is  ever  on  the  lookout  for  danger.  He  is  not  a 
watchman  if  he  is  not  that  kind  of  an  individual.  The  prophet 
here  spoken  of  is  the  ministry  in  general.  Both  in  the  Bible 
Atlas  and  Inspired  History  we  have  shown  that  from  the 
United  States  the  true  watchman  will  be  raised  up  who  would 
sound  the  alarm  of  the  approaching  danger  and  prepare  the 
world  for  the  coming  of  Christ.  It  is  this  class  spoken  of 
in  Verse  8. 

The  solemn  feast  of  Verse  7  is  the  feast  of  tabernacles 
wherein  the  remnant  are  assembled  during  the  time  of  trouble. 
(See  pamphlet,  Time,  Tradition  and  Truth,  by  the  author.) 

Verses  9-17:  "They  have  deeply  corrupted  themselves, 
as  in  the  days  of  Gibeah:  therefore  he  will  remember  their 
iniquity,  he  will  visit  their  sins.  I  found  Israel  like  grapes 
in  the  wilderness;  I  saw  your  fathers  as  the  first  ripe  in  the 
fig  tree  at  her  first  time :  but  they  went  to  Baal-peor,  and  sep- 
arated themselves  unto  that  shame ;  and  their  abominations 
were  according  as  they  loved.  As  for  Ephraim,  their  glory 
shall  fly  away  like  a  bird,  from  the  birth,  and  from  the  womb 
and  frorrt  the  conception.  Though  they  .bring  up  their  chil- 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  235 

dren,  yet  will  I  bereave  them,  that  there  shall  not  be  a  man 
left:  yea,  woe  also  to  them  when  I  depart  from  them! 
Ephraim,  as  I  saw  Tyrus,  is  planted  in  a  pleasant  place:  but 
Ephraim  shall  bring  forth  his  children  to  the  murderer.  Give 
them,  O  Lord :  what  wilt  thou  give  ?  give  them  a  miscarrying 
womb  and  dry  breasts.  All  their  wickedness  is  in  Gilgal :  for 
there  I  hated  them :  for  the  wickedness  of  their  doings  I  will 
drive  them  out  of  mine  house,  I  will  love  them  no  more:  all 
their  princes  are  revolters.  Ephraim  is  smitten,  their  root  is 
dried  up,  they  shall  bear  no  fruit:  yea,  though  they  bring 
forth,  yet  will  I  slay  even  the  beloved  fruit  of  their  womb. 
My  God  will  cast  them  away,  because  they  did  not  hearken 
unto  him :  and  they  shall  be  wanderers  among  the  nations." 

The  awful  threatened  judgments  of  Ephraim  are  contin- 
ued and  need  but  little  comment.  Verse  13  compares  the 
present  home  of  Ephraim  to  ancient  Tyrus.  Tyre  was  an  in- 
fluential city  of  ancient  times.  Hiram,  King  of  Tyre,  was 
Solomon's  assistant  and  friend  in  the  building  of  the  temple. 
The  mariners  of  Tyre  visited  all  the  sea  ports  of  trade  then 
known.  America  is  similarly  situated  in  a  pleasant  place.  It 
is  the  most  fertile  and  prosperous  country  in  the  world.  The 
Valley  of  Schechem,  Ephraim's  old  home  in  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan, was  the  most  fertile  and  beautiful  valley  in  all  Palestine. 
It  was  situated  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Ebal  and  Mount  Gerizim. 
So  with  Ephraim's  present  home ;  it  is  the  glory  of  all  lands. 
But  its  desolation  is  near  to  come  and  shall  not  be  prolonged. 

PAPAL  DOMINION  RESTORED. 

Hosea  X. 

Verses  1-6:  "Israel  is  an  empty  vine,  he  bringeth  forth 
fruit  unto  himself:  according  to  the  multitude  of  his  fruit  he 
hath  increased  the  altars ;  according  to  the  goodness  of  his 
land  they  have  made  goodly  images.  Their  heart  is  divided ; 
now  shall  they  be  found  faulty:  he  shall  break  down  their 
altars,  he  shall  spoil  their  images.  For  now  they  shall  say, 


236     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

We  have  no  king,  because  we  feared  not  the  Lord ;  what  then 
should  a  king  do  to  us?  They  have  spoken  words,  swearing 
falsely  in  making  a  covenant:  thus  judgment  springeth  up  as 
hemlock  in  the  furrows  of  the  field.  The  inhabitants  of  Sa- 
maria shall  fear  because  of  the  calves  of  Beth-aven:  for  the 
people  thereof  shall  mourn  over  it,  and  the  priests  thereof  that 
rejoiced  on  it,  for  the  glory  thereof,  because  it  is  departed 
from  it.  It  shall  be  also  carried  unto  Assyria  for  a  present 
to  king  Jareb:  Ephraim  shall  receive  shame,  and  Israel  shall 
be  ashamed  of  his  own  counsel." 

The  prophet  again  calls  our  attention  to  Israel  and  the 
judgments  that  will  be  visited  upon  him.  It  was  shown  in 
Hosea,  Chapter  7,  that  Judah  and  Ephraim  would  be  the  first 
that  would  meet  the  enemy.  Verse  5  says  that  Israel  (which 
is  Roman  Catholicism  in  Western  Europe)  shall  fear  because 
of  the  calves  of  Beth-aven.  Beth-aven,  remember,  is  in 
Ephraim  and  well  may  Western  Europe  fear  when  they  see 
the  vast  army  of  the  North  possessing  the  territory  of  the 
Turk  on  their  East  and  Japan  and  the  kings  of  the  East  pos- 
sessing America  on  the  West. 

Verse  3  introduces  an  important  point.  They  attribute  the 
calamity  that  has  befallen  them'  to  the  lack  of  a  king  to  rule 
over  them.  The  unchangeable  principle  of  Roman  Catholi- 
cism has  ever  been  that  the  pope  should  be  civil  ruler  as  well 
as  head  of  the  Church.  Since  1798  that  Church  has  not  en- 
joyed that  privilege,  although  they  have  worked  unceasingly 
to  that  end.  Now  in  the  time  of  trouble  they  lay  the  whole 
thing  to  their  failure  on  this  point.  And  they  think  if  they, 
can  now  secure  this  to  make  the  pope,  as  in  former  days,  the 
real  king  over  them,  it  would  give  them  such  power  that  they 
would  be  able  to  meet  the  enemy. 

The  prophet  John  in  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation 
teaches  us  that  when  the  pope  was  taken  prisoner  in  1798, 
this  power  received  a  deadly  wound,  and  that  the  deadly 
wound  was  healed.  In  the  seventeenth  chapter  of  Revelation 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  237 

we  are  told  that  the  ten  kingdoms  of  Western  Europe  will 
again  give  their  power  and  strength  to  that  Church,  thus  heal- 
ing the  deadly  wound. 

Now  Hosea  speaks  of  this  same  thing,  namely,  the  heal- 
ing of  the  deadly  wound,  or  restoration  of  papal  supremacy. 
The  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation  also  introduces  another 
power  symbolized  by  a  two-horned  beast,  which  will  make  an 
image  to  the  papal  power.  This  beast  is  elsewhere  shown  to 
be  the  symbol  of  Protestant  America.  Now,  in  that  prophecy 
the  two  are  represented  as  becoming  united  in  their  purpose 
and  action,  or,  in  other  words,  they  federate  together  in  this 
establishment  of  kingship,  the  church  ruling  the  civil  as  well 
as  the  ecclesiastical  power.  Hosea  locates  the  time  when  this 
will  be,  namely,  after  -the  close  of  probation.  This  is  stated 
in  Verse  10  of  this  chapter  as  follows: 

"It  is  my  desire  that  I  should  chastise  them:  and  the 
people  shall  be  gathered  against  them,  when  they  shall  bind 
themselves  in  their  two  furrows."  Now,  when  this  union  is 
made  between  Israel  and  Ephraim  and  the  kingship  re-estab- 
lished, and  the  old  system  of  Baal  worship  adopted,  it  will 
be  dedicated  again  to  king  Jareb  or  the  old  Assyrian  god  that 
pleads.  (See  comment  on  Jareb,  Chapter  5,  Verse  13). 

Verse  5  expresses  the  disappointment  to  Israel  and 
Ephraim  that  will  follow  the  revival  of  the  old  Baal  worship 
when  they  see  the  glory  has  departed  from  it,  and  their  effort 
a  total  failure.  (For  an  exposition  of  the  thirteenth  chapter 
of  Revelation  see  chapter  on  America  in  this  book.) 

Verses  7,  8:  "As  for  Samaria,  her  king  is  cut  off  as  the 
foam  upon  the  water.  The  high  places  also  of  Aven,  the 
sin  of  Israel,  shall  be  destroyed:  the  thorn  and  the  thistle 
shall  come  up  on  their  altars ;  and  they  shall  say  to  the  moun- 
tains, Cover  us ;  and  to  the  hills,  Fall  on  us." 

These  verses  express  the  total  desolation  of  both  Israel 
and  Ephraim.  During  the  one  thousand  years  that  follow, 
the  earth  is  utterly  desolate  as  expressed  by  the  thorns  and 


238     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

thistles  coming  up  on  their  altars.  They  shall  also  witness 
the  personal  coming  of  Christ,  at  that  time,  as  expressed  in 
the  words,  "and  they  shall  say  to  the  mountains,  Cover  us: 
and  to  the  hills,  Fall  on  us."  Almost  the  same  words  are 
used  by  the  prophet  John  in  the  following:  "And  the  kings 
of  the  earth,  and  the  great  men,  and  the  rich  men,  and  the 
chief  captains,  and  the  mighty  men,  and  every  bondman,  and 
every  free  man,  hid  themselves  in  the  dens  and  in  the  rocks 
of  the  mountains ;  And  said  to  the  mountains  and  rocks,  Fall 
on  us,  and  hide  us  from  the  face  of  him  that  sitteth  on  the 
throne,  and  from  the  wrath  of  the  Lamb :  For  the  great  day 
of  his  wrath  is  come ;  and  who  shall  be  able  to  stand  ?"  Rev. 
6:15-17. 

Verses  9-13:  "O  Israel,  thou  hast  sinned  from  the  days 
of  Gibeah:  there  they  stood:  the  battle  in  Gibeah  against  the 
children  of  iniquity  did  not  overtake  them.  It  is  in  my  desire 
that  I  should  chastise  them ;  and  the  people  shall  be  gathered 
against  them,  when  they  shall  bind  themselves  in  their  two  fur- 
rows. And  Ephraim  is  as  a  heifer  that  is  taught,  and  loveth 
to  tread  out  the  corn ;  but  I  passed  over  upon  her  fair  neck : 
I  will  make  Ephraim  to  ride ;  Judah  shall  plough,  and  Jacob 
shall  break  his  clods.  Sow  to  yourselves  in  righteousness, 
reap  in  mercy ;  break  up  your  fallow  ground :  for  it  is  time 
to  seek  the  Lord,  till  he  come  and  rain  righteousness  upon 
you.  Ye  have  ploughed  wickedness,  ye  have  reaped  iniquity; 
ye  have  eaten  the  fruit  of  lies :  because  thou  didst  trust  in  thy 
way,  in  the  multitude  of  thy  mighty  men." 

Verse  9  says  that  Israel  had  sinned  from  the  days  of 
Gibeah,  thus  calling  our  attention  to  a  historical  event  re- 
corded in  the  nineteenth  to  the  twenty-first  chapters  of  Judges. 
In  Judges  21 :5  we  have  this  record,  "For  they  had  made  a 
great  oath  concerning  him  that  came  not  up  to  the  Lord  to 
Mizpah,  saying,  'He  shall  surely  be  put  to  death.'"  This 
spirit  of  intolerance  is  one  of  the  great  principles  of  Catholi- 
cism in  all  its  history.  Now  their  last  act  as  they  and  the 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  239 

Protestants  unite  will  be  to  pass  a  decree  that  whomsoever 
will  not  worship  the  beast  and  his  image  and  receive  his 
mark  shall  be  killed.  As  a  result  of  that  intolerant  spirit 
Israel  was  unable  to  stand  before  the  children  of  iniquity  in 
the  days  of  Gibeah.  And  they  will  not  be  able  to  stand  in 
the  days  that  are  before  them. 

"Ephraim  is  a  fair  heifer  that  loveth  to  tread  out  the  corn." 
Protestantism  makes  a  beautiful  show  in  religious  work  and 
worship,  "and  loveth  to  tread  out  the  corn":  that  is  she  loves 
a  show  of  religious  work ;  and  especially  that  part  of  directing 
and  managing  others.  It  is  Ephraim  that  leads  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  image  to  the  beast.  So  it  is  said  Ephraim  will 
ride;  "Judah  shall  plow,  and  Jacob  (Israel)  shall  break  his 
.clods."  Thus  all  three  are  engaged  in  the  final  world's  Fed- 
eration of  Churches. 

Some  have  feared  that  Catholicism  would  rule  in  America. 
Ephraim  of  old  was  the  ruling  power  in  the  house  of  Israel. 
Eze.  37:15-20  says:  The  stick  of  Joseph  is  now  in  the  hands 
of  Ephraim.  It  is  Ephraim  that  issues  the  decree  that  all 
shall  be  killed  who  will  not  worship  the  beast  in  the  time 
of  trouble.  So  do  not  fear  Catholic  rule  in  America.  But 
rather  watch  the  development  of  Protestant  power  in  church 
and  state ;  and  fear  its  rulership,  as  it  is  the  promoter  of  the 
mark  of  the  beast  and  issues  cruel  decrees  enforcing  obedi- 
ence to  the  voice  of  a  united  church  and  state. 

Ever  remember  that  obedience  to  these  decrees  is  the  high- 
est form  of  worship.  Your  destiny  will  be  determined  by 
your  choice  of  whom  you  obey. 

Verse  12  admonishes  us  to  a  different  preparation  and 
kind  of  sowing  from  that  which  the  three  just  mentioned  have 
been  doing.  Verse  13  states  plainly  the  kind  of  real  work 
Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim  are  doing. 

Verses  14,  15:  "Therefore  shall  a  tumult  arise  among 
thy  people,  and  all  thy  fortresses  shall  be  spoiled,  as  Shalman 
spoiled  Beth-arbel  in  the  day  of  battle :  the  mother  was  dashed 


240     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

in  pieces  upon  her  children.  So  shall  Beth-el  do  unto  you  be- 
cause of  your  great  wickedness :  in  a  morning  shall  the  king 
of  Israel  utterly  be  cut  off." 

In  these  verses  reference  is  again  made  to  a  past  event 
in  order  to  teach  us  how  it  will  be  when  this  Scripture  is  ful- 
filled. This  event  is  recorded  in  the  seventeenth  chapter  of 
II.  Kings.  This  also  teaches  that  Protestantism  is  the  leader 
in  the  Federation.  It  says,  "thus  shall  Bethel  do  unto  you." 

EPHRAIM'S  OPPORTUNITIES. 
Hosea  XL 

Verses  1-5 :  When  Israel  was  a  child,  then  I  loved  him,  and 
called  my  son  out  of  Egypt.  As  they  called  them,  so  they  went 
from  them:  they  sacrificed  unto  Baalim,  and  burned  incense 
to  graven  images.  I  taught  Ephraim  also  to  go,  taking  them 
by  their  arms ;  but  they  know  not  that  I  healed  them.  I  drew 
them  with  cords  of  a  man,  with  bands  of  love :  and  I  was  to 
them  as  they  that  take  off  the  yoke  on  their  jaws,  and  I  laid 
meat  unto  them.  He  shall  not  return  into  the  land  of  Egypt, 
but  the  Assyrian  shall  be  his  king,  because  they  refused  to 
return." 

These  verses  record  God's  former  dealings  with  Israel,  at 
the  time  of  his  departure  from  Egypt,  when  he  was  but  a  child. 
The  Lord  calls  attention  to  the  great  love  He  had  for  the 
Israelites  at  that  time;  He  still  loves  them  and  is  today  just 
as  much  interested  in  their  welfare  as  He  was  anciently.  No 
sooner  had  they  left  Egypt  than  they  made  the  golden  calf  and 
returned  to  heathen  worship,  and  thus  Moses  found  them  when 
he  returned  to  the  mount.  Since  the  death  of  Joseph,  the  tribe 
of  Ephraim  had  increased  to  40,500  men  above  the  age  of 
twenty ;  in  all  the  tribes,  the  total  number  able  for  war  was 
603,550.  Israel  today  numbers  millions,  but  their  backsliding 
is  as  of  old ;  they  only  exist  to  repeat  their  history. 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  241 

When  the  history  of  Israel  was  in  its  infancy,  Ephraim 
was  an  Egyptian  born  and  his  Egyptian  blood  coursed  through 
that  entire  tribe.  God  designed  to  heal  Ephraim  and  took  him 
by  the  arm  to  lead  him  out  for  that  purpose,  and  had  he  been 
true,  every  influence  of  his  blood  and  of  his  former  environ- 
ment would  have  vanished,  but  he  knew  it  not. 

So  in  the  Reformation,  God's  design  in  leading  Protest- 
ants out  of  Roman  Catholicism  was  to  heal  them  and  free  them 
from  every  influence  of  the  mother  church,  but  they  knew  it 
not.  The  yoke  of  Catholicism  could  have  been  broken  and 
they  could  even  have  returned  and  been  an  instrument  in  the 
hand  of  God  for  healing  Catholicism  itself,  but  that  is  not  now 
possible.  The  Assyrians,  whom  they  have  chosen,  shall  be 
their  king. 

Verses  6,  7:  "And  the  sword  shall  abide  on  his  cities 
and  shall  consume  his  branches,  and  devour  them,  because  of 
their  own  counsels.  And  my  people  are  bent  to  backsliding 
from  me :  though  they  called  them  to  the  Most  High,  none  at 
all  would  exalt  him." 

The  result  is  plainly  told  in  these  verses,  and  will  be  liter- 
ally fulfilled.  As  they  took  counsel  together  before,  when  they 
set  up  the  two  calves,  one  at  Bethel  and  the  other  at  Dan,  and 
were  taken  captive  with  the  literal  sword,  so  Protestantism  and 
Catholicism  will  unite,  and  the  Eastern  world  will  repeat  his- 
tory by  desolating  their  cities  and  making  desolate  the  land 
where  they  dwell.  Because  of  their  continual  backslidings, 
God's  professed  people  have  been  overrun  again  and  again,  in 
the  world's  history,  by  heathen  powers,  as  here  stated. 

This  situation  is  real;  the  preparation  is  going  on  as  rap- 
idly as  God's  providence  and  the  work  of  men  can  finish  it; 
before  long  the  signal  will  be  sounded  and  the  millions,  yea, 
hundreds  of  millions  of  the  East  will  tread  under  foot  the  lands 
of  Judah,  Israel  and  Ephraim,  and  make  them  a  perpetual 
desolation. 

16 


242     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verses  8,  9:  "How  shall  I  give  thee  up,  Ephraim?  how 
shall  I  deliver  thee,  Israel  ?  how  shall  I  make  thee  as  Admah  ? 
how  shall  I  set  thee  as  Zeboim?  mine  heart  is  turned  within 
me,  my  repentings  are  kindled  together.  I  will  not  execute 
the  fierceness  of  mine  anger,  I  will  not  return  to  destroy 
Ephraim :  for  I  am  God,  and  not  man ;  the  Holy  One  in  the 
midst  of  thee :  and  I  will  not  enter  into  the  city." 

For  about  3,500  years  this  history  has  continued,  but  the 
final  decision  will  soon  be  made.  Ephraim  and  Israel  are  to 
be  given  up,  so  far  as  these  two  divisions  of  God's  people  are 
concerned.  Such  long-suffering,  such  tenderness,  such  love 
and  pity  for  the  erring  could  not  be  found  anywhere  but  with 
God.  "How  shall  I  give  thee  up?"  is  the  expression.  He 
says,  "I  will  not  destroy"  them,  "I  will  not  enter  into  the  city."1 
No,  He  will  save  to  the  uttermost  every  one  that  will  come 
unto  Him,  and,  as  shown  in  the  comments  on  Chapter  I  of 
this  book,  Israel,  as  a  tribe,  and  Israel,  as  a  house,  will  cease ; 
but  every  true  believer  in  Christ  will  be  saved.  This  is  en- 
couraging for  every  individual  who  desires  salvation. 

Verses  10-12:  "They  shall  walk  after  the  Lord:  he  shall 
roar  like  a  lion:  when  he  shall  roar,  then  the  children  shall 
tremble  from  the  west.  They  shall  tremble  as  a  bird  out  of 
Egypt,  and  as  a  dove  out  of  the  land  of  Assyria:  and  I  will 
place  them  in  their  houses,  saith  the  Lord.  Ephraim  com- 
passeth  me  about  with  lies,  and  the  house  of  Israel  with  deceit : 
but  Judah  yet  ruleth  with  God,  and  is  faithful  with  the  saints. 

When  every  true  child  of  God  is  searched  out  of  the  three 
divisions  of  Babylon  (Greek  Catholicism,  Roman  Catholicism 
and  Protestantism),  everyone  who  will  walk  with  the  Lord  by 
keeping  His  commandments  and  the  faith  of  Jesus,  as  presented 
in  Revelation  14:9-12,  will  be  joined  under  the  name  of 
Judah  (see  Eze.  37:15-22  and  comment  on  Hosea  I  :io,  n.) 
then  probation  will  close,  "then  the  children  shall  tremble 
.from  the  West"  -This. again  definitely  locates  the  place  of 
Armageddon  and  the  time  of  trouble.  Christendom  is  in  the 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  243 

West.  This  Eastern  power  is  symbolized  in  another  prophecy 
(Isaiah  46:11)  as  "a  ravenous  bird  from  the  East."  It  is  also 
called  the  East  wind,  wind  being  used  in  the  Scriptures  to  de- 
note war.  "In  measure,  when  it  shooteth  forth,  thou  wilt 
debate  with  it:  he  stayeth  his  rough  wind  in  the  day  of  the 
East  wind."  Isaiah  27:8.  "Ephraim  feedeth  on  wind,  and 
followeth  after  the  East  wind."  Hosea  12  :i,  first  part. 

THE   FINAL   DOWNFALL. 

Hosea  XII. 

Verse  I :  "Ephraim  feedeth  on  wind,  and  followeth  after 
the  East  wind :  he  daily  increaseth  lies  and  desolation ;  and  they 
do  make  a  covenant  with  the  Assyrians,  and  oil  is  carried  into 
Egypt." 

The  character  of  Ephraim  is  set  forth  in  this  verse.  Wind 
is  an  emblem  of  war  and  the  war-loving  spirit  is  one  of 
Ephraim's  principal  characteristics.  The  United  States,  as 
the  home  of  Protestantism,  is  to  be  one  of  the  three  great  world 
powers,  as  shown  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  chapters  of 
Revelation.  Recent  developments  clearly  prove  this  to  be 
true.  The  United  States  of  America,  by  purchase  and  con- 
quest, has  become  one  of  the  great  powers  of  the  world.  Her 
present  preparations  for  war  and  continual  development  in  this 
direction  give  unmistakable  evidence  of  her  aim  and  purpose. 

The  prophet  says  this  power  "followeth  after  the  East 
wind."  How  definitely  this  has  been  fulfilled  by  the  United 
States  since  1898.  Nothing  short  of  a  miracle  was  manifested 
in  her  conquest  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  Such  a  victory  over 
an  opposing  foe  as  was  gained  by  Admiral  Dewey  in  Manila 
Bay,  during  the  Spanish-American  War,  has  not  been  seen 
since  God  fought  in  the  battles  of  Israel.  From  that  date, 
America  has  had  possessions  in  the  far.  East.  Hence  it  be- 
came necessary  that  this  government  protect  its  interests  in 
the  Pacific  Ocean.  Some  friction  has  arisen  between  this 


244     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

country  and  Japan  as  a  result  and  given  this  government  a 
legitimate  reason  for  sending  a  large  fleet  to  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
which  it  did  in  the  early  months  of  1908.  Thus  the  prophecy 
that  "Ephraim  followeth  after  the  East  wind,"  is  being  ful- 
filled. 

How  soon  the  winds  of  war  from  the  East  will  burst  upon 
Ephraim's  head,  no  one  knows,  but  the  time  is  near.  When 
it  does  come,  a  period  of  war  and  blood-shed,  such  as  the 
world  has  never  witnessed,  will  be  opened.  China  with  its 
400,000,000,  India  with  300,000,000,  Korea  with  its  millions, 
and  Japan  with  its  46,000,000,  as  leader  of  the  navy  of  the  East, 
surely  will  bring  a  wind  of  destruction  that  will  shake  the  foun- 
dations of  the  Western  powers.  Of  all  interesting  subjects, 
none  is  of  greater  importance  to  the  student  of  prophecy  than 
this  one.  Mark  it  well  and  prepare  for  the  events. 

Verse  2:  "The  Lord  hath  also  a  controversy  with  Judah, 
and  will  punish  Jacob  according  to  his  ways ;  according  to  his 
doings  will  he  recompense  him." 

Greek  Catholicism  and  Roman  Catholicism,  under  the 
names,  Judah  and  Jacob,  will  feel  the  punishment  as  here  de- 
scribed. Therefore  it  is  necessary  to  understand  the  territory 
of  these  two  powers.  The  Western  empire  of  Rome  was  divided 
into  ten  kingdoms,  symbolized  by  the  ten  horns  of  the  fourth 
beast  in  Chapter  7  of  Daniel's  prophecy.  This  leaves  the 
territory  of  the  Greek  Church  in  the  Eastern  empire  of  Rome, 
and  that  is  just  where  it  is  found,  namely,  in  Eastern  Russia, 
Armenia,  Turkey,  Palestine,  Egypt  and  Greece.  The  popula- 
tion of  these  divisions  follows :  Greek  140,000,000,  Roman 
230,000,000. 

Difficulties  have  already  arisen  concerning  the  rule  of  the 
Greek  Church  in  Russia,  and  no  doubt  its  power  will  be  broken 
in  that  territory  in  the  near  future,  accompanied  by  scenes 
similar  to  those  enacted  during  the  French  Revolution.  As 
Russia,  the  land  of  Magog,  is  to  be  the  captain,  or  guard,  of 
all  the  land  forces  of  the  East  against  the  West,  Judah  will 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  245 

not  go  unpunished;  and  when  this  is  accomplished  with  the 
Greek  Church,  the  forces  will  move  Westward  upon  Israel 
(Roman  Catholicism).  Thus  the  entire  three  divisions  and 
their  final  downfall  are  brought  to  view  in  the  first  two  verses 
of  this  chapter. 

Verses  3-7 :  "He  took  his  brother1  by  the  heel  in  the  womb, 
and  by  his  strength  he  had  power  with  God:  Yea,  he  had 
power  over  the  angel,  and  prevailed:  he  wept,  and  made  sup- 
plication unto  him :  he  found  him  in  Beth-el,  and  there  he  spake 
with  us:  even  the  Lord  God  of  hosts;  the  Lord  is  his  me- 
morial. Therefore  turn  thou  to  thy  God :  keep  mercy  and  judg- 
ment, and  wait  on  thy  God  continually.  He  is  a  merchant,  the 
balances  of  deceit  are  in  his  hand :  he  loveth  to  oppress." 

The  Lord  once  more  appeals  to  Israel  by  referring  to 
Jacob's  experience,  to  whom  the  name,  Israel,  was  first  given. 
Jacob,  before  his  departure  from  home,  when  he  fled  from 
Esau,  was  a  supplanter;  he  was  shrewd  in  bargains  and  dis- 
honest in  his  dealings.  This  trait  of  character  has  continued 
with  the  Lord's  people  until  the  present  time.  Jacob  reformed, 
prevailed  with  God  and  was  named  Israel.  So  modern  Cathol- 
icism, had  it  heeded  the  admonitions  of  the  Lord  to  learn  a 
lesson  from  his  record,  would  have  turned  to  God,  and  been 
transformed  in  character. 

Verse  7  points  out  in  unmistakable  terms  the  seat  of  the 
difficulty.  Dishonesty  is  the  prevailing  sin  of  the  last  days; 
covetousness  is  everywhere  manifest.  Even  the  Church  has 
entered  the  field  for  gain.  The  prophet  Jeremiah  says,  "from 
the  least  of  them  even  unto  the  greatest  of  them  every  one  is 
given  to  covetousness ;  and  from  the  prophet  even  unto  the 
priest  every  one  dealeth  falsely."  Jeremiah  6:13,14. 

Verses  8-u  :  "And  Ephraim  said,  Yet  I  am  become  rich,  I 
have  found  me  out  substance ;  in  all  my  labours  they  shall  find 
none  iniquity  in  me  that  were  sin.  And  I  that  am  the  Lord 
thy  God  from  the  land  of  Egypt  will  yet  make  thee  to  dwell  in 
tabernacles,  as  in  the  days  of  the  solemn  feast.  I  have  also 


246     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

spoken  by  the  prophets,  and  I  have  multiplied  visions,  and  used 
similitudes,  by  the  ministry  of  the  prophets.  Is  there  iniquity 
in  Gilead  ?  surely  they  are  vanity :  they  sacrifice  bullocks  in 
Gilgal;  yea,  their  altars  are  as  heaps  in  the  furrows  of  the 
fields." 

The  land  of  Ephraim,  Protestant  America,  is  represented  in 
various  prophecies  as  a  rich,  wealthy  country.  Ezekiel,  thir- 
ty-eighth chapter,  says  that  it  is  rich  in  cattle  and  goods,  in 
silver  and  gold.  Isaiah,  twenty-eighth  .chapter,  says  that  he 
sits  at  the  head  of  the  fat  valleys.  Jeremiah  Chapter  49, 
Verse  31  says,  "Arise,  get  you  up  unto  the  wealthy  nation, 
that  dwelleth  without  care,  saith  the  Lord,  which  have  neither 
gates  nor  bars,  which  dwell  alone."  Revelation  13:11,  where 
this  same  nation  is  symbolized  by  a  two-horned  beast,  it  is  said 
that  it  came  up  out  of  the  earth,  growing  up  like  a  plant.  What 
a  marvelous  growth  and  increase  of  wealth  has  been  witnessed 
during  the  short  life  of  this  nation.  The  prophet  also  describes 
the  spiritual  condition,  that  of  entire  sanctification.  This  idea 
is  growing  among  professed  Protestants  today;  their  profes- 
sion is  high  and  they  claim  that  there  is  no  iniquity  in  them. 
John,  in  Revelation  3:17,  says,  they  say  they  are  "rich,  and 
increased  with  goods,  and  have  need  of  nothing."  There 
never  was  a  more  contented,  self-satisfied  people  In  all  the 
world's  history  than  we  may  find  today  in  the  Protestant 
churches;  but  a  real  hungering  and  thirsting  after  righteous- 
ness and  a  desire  to  know  the  truth  of  God,  are  lacking. 

The  prophet  next  calls  attention  to  the  former  experience 
when  they  left  Egypt  and  sojourned  in  the  wilderness  for  forty 
years,  dwelling  in  tents  and  under  the  boughs  of  trees.  That 
deliverance  from  Egypt  is  set  forth  in  many  prophecies  as  a 
period  of  history  that  is  to  be  repeated.  The  feast  of  taber- 
nacles to  commemorate  this  event  was  appointed  in  the  law  of 
Moses.  Lev.  23 :33~36.  This  feast  was  to  commemorate 
their  experience  and  also  to  point  forward  to  the  time  when 
Israel  would  again  have  this  experience.  So  the  Lord  here 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  247 

introduces  this  subject,  and  says,  "I  will  make  them  to  dwell 
in  tabernacles."  When  the  land  is  desolated  by  the  vast  army 
of  the  East,  those  who  are  left,  and  especially  the  remnant 
who  are  expecting  these  things,  will  again  dwell  in  tabernacles. 
(See  "Time,  Tradition  and  Truth"  by  the  writer,  for  a  full  ex- 
position of  this  subject.) 

This  whole  story,  as  here  mentioned,  is  presented  in  various 
forms  by  the  prophets,  but  how  little  heed  is  paid  to  it.  How 
little  effort  is  exerted  to  know  the  truth.  The  sins  of  Gilgal 
and  Gilead  are  repeated.  There  is  balm  that  they  might  be 
healed,  but  they  will  not. 

Verses  12-14:  "And  Jacob  fled  into  the  country  of  Syria, 
and  Israel  served  for  a  wife,  and  for  a  wife  he  kept  sheep. 
And  by  a  prophet  the  Lord  brought  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  and 
by  a  prophet  was  he  preserved.  Ephraim  provoked  him  to 
anger  most  bitterly:  therefore  shall  he  leave  his  blood  upon 
him,  and  his  reproach  shall  his  Lord  'return  unto  him." 

As  Jacob,  for  the  course  he  had  taken,  fled  into  Syria  in 
his  first  experience,  and  as  Ephraim  provoked  the  Lord  to 
anger  in  his  early  history,  so  Catholicism  will  be  visited  and 
the  blood  of  Ephraim  will  be  visited  upon  him  as  the  former 
history  is  repeated.  How  marked  the  truth  of  the  saying  that 
history  repeats  itself. 

KISSING  THE  CALF  :  THE  EAST  WIND. 

Hosea  XIII. 

Verses  1-2:  "When  Ephraim  spake  trembling,  he  exalted 
himself  in  Israel ;  but  when  he  offended  in  Baal,  he  died.  And 
now  they  sin  more  and  more,  and  have  made  them  molten 
images  of  their  silver,  and  idols  according  to  their  own  under- 
standing, all  of  it  the  work  of  the  craftsmen:  they  say  of 
them,  Let  the  men  that  sacrifice  kiss  the  calves." 

Originally  Ephraim  was  one  of  the  small  tribes  of  Israel, 
but  later  he  was  exalted  to  equality  with  the  other  tribes  and 


248     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

became  ruler  of  the  ten  tribes  composing  the  kingdom  of 
Israel  or  house  of  Joseph.  When  he  rebelled  and  took  counsel 
with  the  house  of  Israel  and  erected  the  calf  at  Beth-el,  dedi- 
cated to  Baal  worship,  he  died.  That  is  to  say,  for  that  sin 
it  was  then  determined  that  his  name,  with  the  name  of  Dan, 
who  committed  the  same  offense,  should  never  go  into  the  king- 
dom of  God. 

When  Protestantism  (in  the  prophecy  termed,  Ephraim) 
came  out  of  Catholicism,  they  were  exalted;  but  in  the  time 
of  trouble  when  they  reunite  with  Catholicism,  as  was  done 
in  the  days  of  Israel,  and  demand  again  that  they  kiss  the  calf, 
the  death  knell  will  again  sound.  Then  it  will  be  settled  once 
and  forever. 

Kissing  the  calves,  refers  to  one  of  the  ceremonies  of  Baal 
worship ;  that  is  they  honored  the  calves  as  their  God  by  kiss- 
ing them.  This  custom  has  been  handed  down  to  this  day  by 
Roman  Catholicism  in  the  kissing  of  the  great  toe  of  Peter's 
statue;  the  only  difference  is  it  is  transferred  to  Peter  in  the 
place  of  the  calf.  Now  they  worship  saints  instead  of  the 
calf.  One  is  as  offensive  to  God  as  the  other  for  God  says 
"Thou  shalt  worship  the  Lord  thy  God  and  him  only  shalt 
thou  serve." 

Verses  3-8 :  "Therefore  they  shall  be  as  the  morning  cloud, 
and  as  the  early  dew  that  passeth  away,  as  the  chaff  that  is 
driven  with  the  whirlwind  out  of  the  floor,  and  as  the  smoke 
out  of  the  chimney.  Yet  I  am  the  Lord  thy  God  from  the  land 
of  Egypt,  and  thou  shalt  know  no  god  but  me :  for  there  is  no 
saviour  beside  me.  I  did  know  thee  in  the  wilderness,  in  the 
land  of  great  drought.  According  to  thy  pasture,  so  were 
they  filled ;  they  were  filled,  and  their  heart  was  exalted ;  there- 
fore have  they  forgotten  me.  Therefore  I  will  be  unto  them 
as  a  lion :  as  a  leopard  by  the  way  will  I  observe  them :  I  will 
meet  them  as  a  bear  that  is  bereaved  of  her  whelps,  and  will 
rend  the  caul  of  their  heart,  and  there  will  I  devour  them  like 
a  lion :  the  wild  beast  shall  tear  them." 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  249 

The  symbols  introduced  in  verse  3  are  all  designed  to  show 
how  rapidly  and  completely  Protestantism  will  vanish.  They 
are  putting  their  trust  in  their  armament  and  fortresses,  but 
they  will  not  stand,  any  more  than  the  morning  dew  will  stand 
before  the  rising  sun.  This  will  not  be  war  in  which  skill  and 
strength  are  matched,  but  a  war  in  which  the  Ruler  of  the  world 
will  guide  in  all  the  movements,  as  it  is  said  (Zechariah 
14 : 3)  :  "Then  shall  the  Lord  go  forth,  and  fight  against  those 
nations,  as  when  he  fought  in  the  day  of  battle,"  in  the  days 
of  ancient  Israel.  Yet  the  Lord  would  not  have  us  forget 
that  He  is  able  and  will  save  all  that  put  their  trust  in  Him. 
The  Lord  once  delivered  Israel  from  all  the  Egyptian  hosts; 
forty  years  he  fed  them  manna  in  the  wilderness,  and  He  will 
ever  provide  for  His  believing  children,  repeating,  if  necessary, 
such  miracles. 

Protestantism  has  been  highly  favored,  as  described  in 
verse  6,  but  has  forgotten  God  and  not  appreciated  His  bless- 
ings. The  symbols  of  the  lion,  the  leopard  and  the  bear  are 
used  by  the  prophet  Daniel  to  represent  Babylon,  Medo-Persia 
and  Grecia.  They  were  heathen  powers  which  ruled  Israel 
centuries  before  Christ  and  are  brought  to  mind  here  to  teach 
that  heathen  powers  will  again  punish  God's  professed  people. 

Verses  9-11:  "O  Israel,  thou  hast  destroyed  thyself;  but 
in  me  is  thine  help.  I  will  be  thy  king:  where  is  any  other 
that  may  save  thee  in  all  thy  cities?  and  thy  judges  of  whom 
thou  saidst,  Give  me  a  king  and  princes  ?  I  gave  thee  a  king 
in  mine  anger,  and  took  him  away  in  my  wrath." 

Catholicism  has  no  one  to  blame  but  herself  for  her  condi- 
tion and  the  judgments  that  will  come  upon  her.  The  Lord 
told  the  last  king  upon  the  throne  of  Israel,  Zedekiah,  that 
there  should  never  be  another  king  over  Israel  until  Christ 
comes  the  second  time.  Notwithstanding  these  facts,  Cathol- 
icism has  ever  been  determined  to  have  another  theocratic  form 
of  government,  with  the  Pope  as  head,  to  rule  both  church  and 
state.  Even  after  losing  their  temporal  dominion  in  1798, 


250     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

they  have  continued  to  hold  the  false  theory,  and,  as  pointed 
out  in  the  Scriptures,  they  will  again  establish  that  form  of 
government.  It  will,  however,  prove  to  be  their  utter  ruin  and 
cause  their  destruction.  When  that  form  of  government  was 
first  established,  in  538  A.  D.,  it  was  permitted  but  with  the 
great  displeasure  of  God,  and  it  was  the  wrath  of  God  that  took 
it  away  at  the  end  of  the  1260  years  in  1798.  It  will  surely 
be  a  most  grievous  sin  in  the  eyes  of  God  when  Protestantism 
and  Catholicism  again  unite  to  repeat  that  awful  crime. 

Verses  12-14:  "The  iniquity  of  Ephraim  is  bound  up;  his 
sin  is  hid.  The  sorrows  of  a  travailing  woman  shall  come  upon 
him :  he  is  an  unwise  son ;  for  he  should  not  stay  long  in  the 
place  of  the  breaking  forth  of  children.  I  will  ransom  them 
from  the  power  of  the  grave;  I  will  redeem  them  from  death: 
O  death,  I  will  be  thy  plagues ;  O  grave,  I  will  be  thy  destruc- 
tion :  repentance  shall  be  hid  from  mine  eyes." 

When  this  kingship  is  accomplished,  Ephraim's  destiny  is 
sealed.  The  seven  last  plagues  are  poured  out  without  mix- 
ture. This  scripture  shows  that  trouble  will  come  upon 
Ephraim  suddenly.  When  the  true  Israelites  flee  from  Baby- 
lon, represented  by  the  breaking  forth  of  children,  the  days  of 
Ephraim  are  not  prolonged,  for  sudden  destruction  comes  upon 
him. 

The  next  thought  introduced  is  the  resurrection  of  the 
righteous.  This  occurs  in  connection  with  the  coming  of 
Christ.  There  will  be  no  more  repentance  for  the  door  of 
mercy  is  closed.  The  cases  of  all  men  are  decided  for  eternity. 
How  rapidly  that  day  is  coming  upon  the  world ! 

Verses  15,  16:  ''Though  he  be  fruitful  among  his  brethren, 
an  east  wind  shall  come,  the  wind  of  the  Lord  shall  come  up 
from  the  wilderness,  and  his  spring  shall  become  dry,  and  his 
fountain  shall  be  dried  up,  he  shall  spoil  the  treasure  of  all 
pleasant  vessels.  Samaria  shall  become  desolate;  for  she 
hath  rebelled  against  her  God :  they  shall  fall  by  the  sword : 
their  infants  shall  be  dashed  in  pieces,  and  their  women  with 
child  shall  be  ripped  up." 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  251 

Protestantism  has  been  very  fruitful  in  its  short  history, 
but  that  will  not  save  it.  God  states  again  the  source  from 
which  this  awful  calamity  will  come,  namely,  the  East.  When 
it  comes,  the  East  Wind  will  dry  up  everything  before  it.  The 
effect  upon  the  lands  of  Ephraim  and  Israel  will  be  similar  to 
that  of  the  hot  winds  which  lick  up  the  moisture  when  they 
cross  the  burning  plains.  • 

Who  will  accept  the  teaching  concerning  the  East  Wind? 
Who  will  give  heed  and  seek  shelter  by  faith  in  Him  who  has 
died  to  save  man?  May  the  Lord  speed  this  warning  to  all 
who  will  profit  thereby. 

CONCLUSION. 

Hosea  XIV. 

Verses  1-3 :  "O  Israel,  return  unto  the  Lord  thy  God ;  for 
thou  hast  fallen  by  thine  iniquity.  Take  with  you  words,  and 
turn  to  the  Lord :  say  unto  him,  Take  away  all  iniquity,  and  re- 
ceive us  graciously :  so  will  we  render  the  calves  of  our  lips. 
Asshur  shall  not  save  us ;  we  will  not  ride  upon  horses :  neither 
will  we  say  any  more  to  the  work  of  our  hands,  Ye  are  our 
gods :  for  in  thee  the  fatherless  findeth  mercy." 

The  admonition  to  return  to  the  Lord  is  still  continued  to 
Israel.  "Take  with  you  words"  can  refer  only  to  the  Word  of 
God  as  found  in  the  Scriptures  of  Truth,  and  if  the  people 
would  heed  this  injunction,  joy  and  peace  would  be  their  por- 
tion. If  they  would  do  this  in  preference  to  trusting  in  their 
church  and  thus  kissing  the  calf,  they  would  render  a  service 
of  their  lips  in  thanksgiving  and  praise  to  God  and  ask  Him  to 
take  away  their  iniquities. 

Asshur  (Assyria)  in  whom  Israel  anciently  trusted,  will 
not  save  her  in  this  closing  conflict,  neither  will  the  battle  be 
at  Megiddo,  as  of  old,  but  it  will  be  in  modern  Israel's  own 
land,  and  at  her  own  door.  But  the  true  children  of  God,  the 


252     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

remnant  of  Israel,  who  put  their  trust  in  Him,  will  be  delivered 
as  were  the  Israelites  anciently. 

Verses  4-7:  "I  will  heal  their  backsliding,  I  will  love  them 
freely:  for  mine  anger  is  turned  away  from  him.  I  will  be 
as  the  dew  unto  Israel :  he  shall  grow  as  the  lily,  and  cast  forth 
his  roots  as  Lebanon.  His  branches  shall  spread,  and  his 
beauty  shall  be  as  the  olive  tree,  and  his  smell  as  Lebanon. 
They  that  dwell  under  his  shadow  shall  return;  they  shall  re- 
vive as  the  corn,  and  grow  as  the  vine :  the  scent  thereof  shall 
be  as  the  wine  of  Lebanon." 

We  could  not  add  to  the  beautiful  language  of  the  inspired 
writer  in  describing  the  condition  of  those  who  will  be  saved, 
even  in  the  midst  of  apostasy.  While  Roman  Catholicism  has 
left  upon  record  the  darkest  history  of  a  professed  Christian 
people,  some  under,  her  influence  have  lived  in  harmony  with 
all  the  light  that  they  have  received.  The  Saviour  has  looked 
upon  their  condition  with  pity,  and,  through  His  own  love  and 
merit,  redeemed  them.  Throughout  eternity  they  will  stand 
as  an  evidence  of  Christ's  great  love  toward  those  who  have 
maintained  truth  and  honesty  of  purpose  regardless  of  en- 
vironment. 

At  the  present  time,  while  the  last  call  is  going  to  mankind, 
to  come  out  of  Babylon  and  escape  her  plagues  which  shall  fall 
soon,  many  Roman  Catholics  will  heed  the  warning  and  sepa- 
rate themselves  from  their  errors  just  as  Lot  left  Sodom  before 
her  destruction.  This  is  the  hour  for  the  children  to  break 
forth ;  it  is  the  time  to  heed  the  call  and  delay  not ;  today  is  the 
day  of  salvation.  Let  every  one  heed  the  warning  not  to  re- 
ceive the  mark  of  the  beast  in  their  forehead  or  in  their  hand, 
or  to  worship  its  image. 

Verses  8,  9:  "Ephraim  shall  say,  What  have  I  to  do  any 
more  with  idols  ?  I  have  heard  him,  and  observed  him :  I  am 
like  a  green  fir  tree.  From  me  is  thy  fruit  found.  Who  is 
wise,  and  he  shall  understand  these  things?  prudent,  and  he 
shall  know  them?  for  the  ways  of  the  Lord  are  right,  and 


The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom.  253 

the  just  shall  walk  in  them:  but  the  transgressors  shall  fall 
therein." 

Ephraim  was  the  last  of  the  three  children  of  Hosea's 
wife,  therefore  his  history  is  the  last  in  this  remarkable  book. 
Those  who  are  gathered  out  of  this  third  division,  Protestant- 
ism, all  members  of  this  division  who  are  saved,  will  be  thor- 
oughly satisfied.  While  the  house  of  Israel  and  the  tribes  of 
Ephraim  and  Dan  are  not  carried  into  the  next  life  in  name, 
the  individuals  who  are  faithful  are  saved ;  they  will  all  be 
joined  into  the  one  house,  Judah,  and  appoint  themselves  one 
head,  even  Christ.  The  prophet  declares  that  the  wise  shall 
understand  these  things  and  the  prudent  shall  know  them. 

Hosea,  who  was  the  first  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets, 
has  given  the  key  that  will  open  a  clear  understanding  of  the 
writings  of  the  prophets  since  his  day,  for  the  three  divi- 
sions of  Christendom,  as  herein  developed,  are  brought  to  view 
in  the  writings  of  nearly  all  the  other  prophets. 

The  following  important  features  of  Bible  study  are  also 
established  in  Hosea's  prophecy: 

First,  all  past  events  of  importance  are  taken  by  the  proph- 
ets to  represent  future  events. 

Second,  these  future  events  are  all  to  occur  in  connection 
with  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  very  closing  scenes  of  this 
earth's  history.  Many  of  them, '  if  not  the  larger  part,  are 
to  occur  after  the  close  of  probation  and  before  the  Lord  ap- 
pears in  the  clouds  of  heaven. 

Third,  the  characteristics  of  these  events  and  the  incidents 
connected  with  them  are  to  be  repeated  in  modern  nations 
and  events,  rather  than  a  re-enacting  of  former  history  in  the 
former  localities. 

These  points  should  be  carefully  studied  and  clearly  un- 
derstood in  order  to  know  the  truth.  A  lack  of  such  under- 
standing has  led  to  many  errors.  Let  the  book  of  Hosea,  as 
here  expounded,  once  become  familiar,  many  other  prophecies 
will  become  clear  as  the  student  considers  them. 


SHALL  PUNISH  LEVIATHAN 

THE 

PIERCING 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


JAPAN    AND   THE   FAR   EAST   AGAINST   AMERICA. 

A  comparison  of  the  history  of  the  world  with  the  writings 
of  the  prophets  discloses  the  fact  that  every  nation  of  note 
has  been  made  a  subject  of  prophecy.  Egypt,  Ethiopia  and 
Lybia,  of  the  continent  of  Africa;  Persia,  Babylon,  Assyria, 
Magog,  Turkey,  Armenia,  Russia,  Greece,  and  Arabia,  of 
Asia  and  Eastern  Europe ;  the  ten  kingdoms  of  Western  Eu- 
rope and  the  United  States  of  America ;  these  are  all  clearly 
designated  by  prophetic  writers.  Not  considering  the  islands 
of  the  sea,  the  lands  mentioned  embrace  the  world,  with  the 
exception  of  the  three  great  Eastern  powers,  India,  China 
(with  Korea),  and  Japan.  Is  it  not  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  these  latter  great  nations,  whose  people  comprise  nearly 
half  the  population  of  the  world,  are  also  considered  by  the 
inspired  writers  ?  We  understand  that  they  are.  In  fact,  they 
are  plainly  spoken  of  in  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation 
as  the  kings  of  the  East.  They  are  a  world  unto  themselves 
and  the  oldest  established  empires  in  existence.  Their  race, 
their  color  and  customs,  and  their  language,  are  different  from 
those  of  all  other  portions  of  the  world. 

We  shall  next  consider  a  portion  of  Scripture  which,  we 
believe,  plainly  points  out  the  people  of  the  Far  East  and  the 
part  they  are  to  act  in  the  ensuing  struggle.  The  last  fifty 

254 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America,  255 

years  mark  an  activity  among  these  Eastern  nations  that  is 
unparalleled  by  any  that  has  occurred  in  all  their  thousands 
of  years'  history.  The  modern  activity  and  education  of 
Japan  has  surprised  the  world  in  both  science  and  war.  Today 
it  is  schooling  thousands  of  Chinese,  Koreans  and  natives  of 
India  in  the  arts  and  sciences  it  has  attained.  One  writer 
says  of  China  that  it  is  a  vast  empire  of  intense  activity, 
whose  people  have  awakened  to  a  realization  of  the  great 
need  of  preparing  for  coming  events. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  twenty-seventh  chapter  of  Isaiah's 
prophecy. 

Isaiah  XXVII. 

Verse  I :  "In  that  day  the  Lord  with  his  sore  and  great 
and  strong  sword  shall  punish  leviathan  the  piercing  serpent, 
even  leviathan  that  crooked  serpent;  and  he  shall  slay  the 
dragon  that  is  in  the  sea." 

In  every  instance  in  the  prophecies  where  it  is  mentioned, 
the  expression,  "in  that  day,"  we  feel  safe  in  saying,  refers  to 
the  time  of  Christ's  second  coming  and  the  events  connected 
with  the  end  of  the  world.  It  is  evidently  so  in  this  instance, 
for  the  "great  and  strong  sword"  of  this  verse  is  the  one 
referred  to  in  the  nineteenth  chapter  of  Revelation  where 
Christ  is  represented  as  coming  on  a  white  horse.  "And  out 
of  his  mouth  goeth  a  sharp  sword,"  with  which  He  is  to  smite 
the  nations.  That  beasts  and  dragons  are  used  as  symbols 
to  represent  earthly  governments  is  apparent  to  every  Bible 
student.  That  the  power  here  symbolized  by  the  crooked, 
piercing  serpent  is  an  island  and  naval  power,  there  is  no 
doubt,  for  "he  shall  slay  the  dragon  that  is  in  the  sea."  There- 
fore the  serpent  as  here  described,  leviathan,  could  represent 
nothing  but  an  island  power.  We  think  the  definite  power 
can  be  clearly  located  later  in  this  chapter. 

Verses  2-5 :  "In  that  day  sing  ye  unto  her,  A  vineyard 
of  red  wine.  I  the  Lord  do  keep  it ;  I  will  water  it  every  mo- 


256      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

ment :  lest  any  hurt  it.  I  will  keep  it  night  and  day.  Fury  is 
not  in  me :  who  would  set  the  briers  and  thorns  against  me  in 
battle?  I  would  go  through  them,  I  would  burn  them  to- 
gether. Or  let  him  take  hold  of  my  strength,  that  he  may 
make  peace  with  me ;  and  he  shall  make  peace  with  me." 

One  truth  prominently  set  forth  in  all  these  prophecies  is 
that  God  ever  exercises  a  tender  care  and  protection  over  his 
children.  No  earthly  power  or  host  of  men  can  ever  break 
through  in  battle  and  destroy  a  child  of  God  whom  He  wishes 
spared.  His  angels  are  ever  about  them.  No  matter  how 
perilous  the  surroundings,  the  Lord's  protection  is  over  them, 
and  if,  for  the  good  of  His  cause,  their  lives  are  saved,  Satan 
and  all  his  host  cannot  harm  a  hair  of  their  heads. 

Verse  6 :  "He  shall  cause  them  that  come  of  Jacob  to  take 
root:  Israel  shall  blossom  and  bud,  and  fill  the  face  of  the 
world  with  fruit." 

This  verse  introduces  the  resurrection  of  the  righteous  and 
the  filling  of  the  new  earth  with  the  true  seed  of  Israel  in 
fulfillment  of  the  promise  to  Abraham  that  he  should  be  heir 
of  the  world,  and  in  him  should  all  nations  of  the  earth  be 
blessed.  Thus  the  definite  time  when  this  crooked,  piercing 
serpent  shall  do  its  work  and  be  destroyed  by  the  coming  of 
Christ,  is  established. 

Verses  7,  8 :  "Hath  he  smitten  him,  as  he  smote  those  that 
smote  him?  or  is  he  slain  according  to  the  slaughter  of  them 
that  are  slain  by  him?  In  measure,  when  it  shooteth  forth, 
thou  wilt  debate  with  it :  he  stayeth  his  rough  wind  in  the  day 
of  the  east  wind." 

The  Lord  is  able  to  do  unto  him  as  he  thought  to  do  unto 
those  whom  he  came  against.  No  power  can  stand  before 
God ;  they  that  kill  by  the  sword,  though  they  may  smite  oth- 
ers, shall  themselves  be  killed  by  the  sword. 

The  eighth  verse  expresses  an  important  thought:  "When 
it  [the  piercing  serpent]  shooteth  forth,  in  measure  thou  shalt 
debate  with  it."  That  is,  a  resistance  of  some  effect  will  be 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  257 

offered,  but  only  temporarily.  It  is  also  said  that  "the  Lord 
stayeth  his  rough  wind  in  the  day  of  ^he  East  wind."  Thus 
the  home  of  the  piercing,  crooked  serpent  and  dragon  of  the 
sea  is  definitely  located  in  the  East. 

Palestine  has  ever  been  the  home  of  the  prophets  and  it  is 
from  that  country  that  directions  in  prophecy  are  calculated. 
In  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Daniel,  the  Turk  on  the  North  is 
called  the  king  of  the  North ;  Egypt  on  the  South  is  called  the 
king  of  the  South.  In  the  eighth  chapter,  Persia  on  the  East 
is  represented  as  coming  from  the  East;  Greece  on  the  West 
as  coming  from  the  West.  In  the  thirty-eighth  chapter  of 
Ezekiel,  Russia,  with  all  its  bands,  is  represented  as  coming 
out  of  the  North ;  in  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation, 
Japan,  China  and  India  are  called  the  kings  of  the  East.  And, 
as  was  noted  in  the  comments  on  Hosea,  Ephraim's  home  is 
in  the  Western  continent.  This  idea  gains  force  when  it  is 
remembered  that  his  tribe  was  camped  West  of  the  Taber- 
nacle in  the  days  of  Moses. 

We  therefore  conclude  that  the  East  Wind  which  comes 
from  the  East  must  be  caused  by  the  kings  of  the  East.  Japan 
is  especially  the  naval  leader  of  the  powers  of  the  East.  Hence 
it  is  evident  to  the  candid  Bible  student  that  it  is  this  power, 
together  with  India,  China  and  Korea,  that  form  the  crooked, 
piercing  serpent  of  the  East.  The  truth  of  this  assertion  will 
be  more  generally  admitted  within  a  few  years  when  it  will 
manifest  its  shooting  forth  as  an  arrow  and  as  a  swift,  piercing 
serpent. 

Verses  9,  10:  "By  this  therefore  shall  the  iniquity  of 
Jacob  be  purged;  and  this  is  all  the  fruit  to  take  away  his 
sin ;  when  he  maketh  all  the  stones  of  the  altar  as  chalk- 
stones  that  are  beaten  in  sunder,  the  groves  and  images  shall 
not  stand  up.  Yet  the  defenced  city  shall  be  desolate,  and  the 
habitation  forsaken,  and  left  like  a  wilderness:  there  shall  the 
calf  feed,  and  there  shall  he  lie  down,  and  consume  the 
branches  thereof." 

17 


258      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

In  the  law  of  Moses,  recorded  in  Chapters  27  to  33  of 
Deuteronomy,  are  declared  certain  blessings  and  curses  that 
were  pronounced  upon  every  follower  of  Israel,  according  to 
their  obedience  or  disobedience.  One  of  the  curses  pro- 
nounced was  that  of  the  sword  of  the  heathen.  In  the  nine 
hundred  years  of  national  life  preceding  the  captivity  in  Baby- 
lon, the  curse  of  the  sword  came  upon  Israel  time  after  time, 
and  they  were  sold  into  the  hands  of  their  enemies.  Finally 
they  were  taken  captive  to  Babylon  and  scattered  abroad 
through  the  nations  of  earth.  Six  hundred  years  later  Jeru- 
salem was  destroyed  and  1,200,000  were  slain  by  the  Romans. 
Since  that  time,  Gentile  Israel  has  been  delivered  into  the 
hands  of  the  barbarians  of  the  North  country,  who  swept  over 
Western  Europe ;  and  the  Church  of  the  East,  or  Greek  divi- 
sion, has  been  harassed  by  the  Turks  and  Arabians  of  the 
South  country. 

Once  more  the  final  scourge,  the  worst  of  all  scourges,  is 
to  come  from  the  nations  of  the  East,  joined  by  those  of  the 
North  country  and  by  the  unchristianized  nations  of  the 
South.  Tongue  cannot  picture,  no  language  is  adequate  to 
express,  the  awfulness  of  the  scene.  Places  of  worship  will 
all  be  leveled  to  the  earth;  the  defenced  cities  will  be  made 
desolate,  and  the  remnant  of  Israel  will  dwell  in  tabernacles 
as  did  Israel  of  old  after  they  left  Egypt. 

Such  is  the  picture  drawn  by  the  inspired  writer.  Is  it 
remarkable  that  thinking  men  of  the  world  begin  to  see  the 
danger,  even  from  a  human  standpoint?  Why,  then,  should 
not  the  student  of  prophecy  raise  a  voice,  warning  the  people 
of  the  approach  of  this  awful  calamity? 

Verses  u,  12:  "When  the  boughs  thereof  are  withered, 
they  shall  be  broken  off:  the  women  come,  and  set  them  on 
fire;  for  it  is  a  people  of  no  understanding:  therefore  he  that 
made  them  will  not  have  mercy  on  them,  and  he  that  formed 
them  will  shew  them  no  favour.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
in  that  day,  that  the  Lord  shall  beat  off  from  the  channel  of 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  259 

the  river  unto  the  stream  of  Egypt,  and  ye  shall  be  gathered 
one  by  one,  O  ye  children  of  Israel." 

In  the  thirty-ninth  chapter  of  Ezekiel  it  is  said  that  they 
shall  be  seven  years  in  burning  the  weapons  of  war  and  they 
will  take  no  fuel  out  of  the  forest;  so  it  is  represented  here, 
the  women  undoubtedly  referring  to  those  who  are  left  on 
the  earth  before  the  Lord  appears.  The  gathering  of  those 
who  will  escape  the  judgments  of  God  is  next  introduced. 
The  channel  of  the  river  is  a  symbol  of  the  people.  Especially 
is  this  applicable  to  the  Eastern  world.  Before  the  time  of 
trouble  comes,  all  who  understand  the  warning  message  for 
this  time  will  leave  the  countries  represented  by  the  channel 
of  the  river,  even  to  the  stream  of  Egypt.  Rivers,  in  prophecy, 
are  used  to  denote  the  people  living  in  the  countries  through 
which  the  rivers  flow.  Therefore  we  conclude  that  the  streams, 
here  mentioned,  include  all  that  Eastern  country ;  and  that  the 
children  of  God  will  leave  it  as  the  disciples  left  Jerusalem. 
They  will  be  led  to  places  in  which  the  providence  of  God 
will  protect  them.  The  time  to  leave  is  stated  in  Jer.  51 145,  46. 
Let  this  point  be  well  noted:  "My  people,  go  ye  out  of  the 
midst  of  her,  and  deliver  ye  every  man  his  soul  from  the  fierce 
anger  of  the  Lord.  And  lest  your  heart  faint,  and  ye  fear  for 
the  rumour  that  shall  be  heard  in  the  land ;  a  rumour  shall 
both  come  one  year,  and  after  that  in  another  year  shall  come 
a  rumour,  and  violence  in  the  land,  ruler  against  ruler." 

Verse  13:  "And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the 
great  trumpet  shall  be  blown,  and  they  shall  come  which  were 
ready  to  perish  in  the  land  of  Assyria,  and  the  outcasts  in  the 
land  of  Egypt,  and  shall  worship  the  Lord  in  the  holy  mount 
at  Jerusalem." 

This  verse  expresses  clearly  the  thought  heretofore  intro- 
duced that  before  the  Lord  comes,  true  Israel  will  be  gathered 
out  from  the  Eastern  countries,  here  termed  "Assyria"  and 
"Egypt,"  which  embrace  the  principal  portions  of  the  East 
and  South  countries.  The  Jerusalem  here  mentioned  is  not 


260     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  literal  city;  but  a  place  where  God's  people  assemble.  In 
the  eighteenth  chapter  of  Isaiah  this  gathering  message  is 
brought  to  view  and  the  ambassadors  are  represented  as  be- 
ing sent  from  the  land  which  is  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia. 
In  Zephaniah  3:8-10  it  is  seen  that  when  the  Lord  comes, 
those  who  are  translated  and  those  who  pass  through  this. 
time  of  trouble  are  from  this  land  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethio- 
pia, which,  in  "The  Inspired  History  of  the  Nations,"  is  shown 
to  be  the  United  States  of  America.  Hence  this  is  the  land 
to  which  they  are  gathered.  Additional  evidence  confirms  the 
previous  statement.  Note  the  following  Scripture : 

Jeremiah  31 16-9:  "For  there  shall  be  a  day,  that  the  watch- 
men upon  the  mount  Ephraim  shall  cry,  Arise  ye,  and  let  us 
go  up  to  Zion  unto  the  Lord  our  God.  For  thus  saith  the 
Lord;  Sing  with  gladness  for  Jacob,  and  shout  among  the 
chief  of  the  nations :  publish  ye,  praise  ye,  and  say,  O  Lord, 
save  thy  people,  the  remnant  of  Israel.  Behold,  I  will  bring 
them  from  the  north  country,  and  gather  them  from  the 
coasts  of  the  earth,  and  with  them  the  blind  and  the  lame, 
the  woman  with  child  and  her  that  travaileth  with  child  to- 
gether :  a  great  company  shall  return  thither.  They  shall  come 
with  weeping,  and  with  supplications  will  I  lead  them :  I  will 
cause  them  to  walk  by  the  rivers  of  waters  in  a  straight  way, 
wherein  they  shall  not  stumble:  for  I  am  a  father  to  Israel, 
and  Ephraim  is  my  firstborn." 

In  our  comment  upon  Hosea,  Ephraim  is  shown  to  be 
Protestant  America.  While  Isaiah  says  that  these  ambassa- 
dors are  from  the  land  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia,  Jere- 
miah says  they  will  go  from  mount  Ephraim.  The  physical 
conditions  of  this  company  clearly  show  that  it  will  be  a  literal 
gathering  in  this  life,  done  through  the  work  of  the  true 
watchman  of  Ephraim. 

But  in  still  another  reference  (Isaiah  n  :i4)  it  is  stated  that 
they  fly  toward  the  West  on  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines, 
and  in  Verse  15,  that  He  will  smite  the  river  (Eastern  coun- 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  261 

try)  and  the  South  in  the  seven  streams.  In  our  comment  on 
Chapters  38  and  39  of  Ezekiel,  in  this  book,  the  seven  streams 
are  proved  to  be  Libya,  Meshech,  Tubal,  Corner,  Persia,  Ethi- 
opia, Togarmah,  and  many  people  (the  kings  of  the  East). 
Hence,  before  that  division  is  smitten  and  the  time  of  trouble 
comes,  the  gathering  message  will  gather  the  children  of  God 
out  of  all  the  East,  and  they  will  "fly  toward  the  West  upon 
the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines."  Later  it  will  be  shown  who 
the  modern  Philistines  are,  but  suffice  to  say  that  they  are  the 
same  as  the  Ephraimites,  they  having  changed  their  character 
to  that  of  the  Philistines. 

This  concludes  the  consideration  of  the  twenty-seventh 
chapter  of  Isaiah,  but  its  thought  and  history  are  continued 
by  the  prophet  in  the  following  chapter  ; 

Isaiah  XXVIII. 

Verses  1-4:  "Woe  to  the  crown  of  pride,  to  the 
drunkards  of  Ephraim,  whose  glorious  beauty  is  a  fad- 
ing flower,  which  are  on  the  head  of  the  fat  valleys  of  them 
that  are  overcome  with  wine!  Behold,  the  Lord  hath  a 
mighty  and  strong  one,  which  as  a  tempest  of  hail  and  a  de- 
stroying storm,  as  a  flood  of  mighty  waters  overflowing,  shall 
cast  down  to  the  earth  with  the  hand.  The  crown  of  pride, 
the  drunkards  of  Ephraim,  shall  be  trodden  under  feet :  and 
the  glorious  beauty,  which  is  on  the  head  of  the  fat  valley, 
shall  be  a  fading  flower,  and  as  the  hasty  fruit  before  the 
summer ;  which  when  he  that  looketh  upon  it  seeth,  while  it 
is  yet  in  his  hand  he  eateth  it  up." 

When  the  word  "woe"  is  used  by  the  Lord,  it  denotes  the 
most  severe  affliction  that  can  befall  man.  In  the  seven  trum- 
pets mentioned  by  John  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  chapters  of 
Revelation,  the  last  three  are  woe  trumpets,  the  seventh  mark- 
ing the  downfall  of  the  world.  In  the  eighteenth  chapter  of 
Isaiah,  a  woe  is  pronounced  against  the  land  lying  beyond 


262      The  Yelloiv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident, 

the  rivers  of  Ethiopia,  which  is  Protestant  America.  In  the 
passage  under  consideration,  the  opening  statement,  "Woe  to 
the  crown  of  pride,  to  the  drunkards  of  Ephraim,"  refers  to 
the  same  land  and  to  the  same  people.  This  is  truly  a  proud, 
haughty,  wealthy,  self-righteous,  independent  people,  but  the 
day  of  humiliation  is  near  at  hand,  when  those  nations  which 
have  been  looked  upon  in  the  past  as  the  most  inferior  people 
will  humble  the  United  States  to  the  very  dust.  The  prophet 
terms  the  people  of  Protestant  America,  the  drunkards  of 
Ephraim  who  are  drunken  on  wine. 

In  the  book  of  Revelation,  Chapter  17,  a  corrupt  woman, 
the  symbol  of  an  apostate  Church,  has  in  her  hand  a  golden 
cup  filled  with  the  filthiness  of  her  fornication,  from  which 
she  has  made  all  nations  drunken  with  the  wine  of  her  forni- 
cation, which  is  her  false  doctrines.  So  Protestantism  is 
drunken  with  the  false  doctrines  of  Roman  Catholicism. 
Ephraim  is  represented  as  a  beautiful  Church,  but  it  is  merely 
outward  show,  which  will  pass  away  as  does  a  beautiful  fading 
flower  when  smitten  by  drought  and  heat. 

The  piercing  serpent  is  introduced  again,  in  Verse  2,  as 
the  power  that  will  cause  the  downfall  of  Protestantism.  It 
is  sad  for  a  native-born  citizen  of  this  grand  country  to  have 
laid  upon  him  the  burden  of  teaching  the  prophecy  which  fore- 
tells its  downfall  and  destruction  by  a  heathen  enemy,  but  it 
is  not  the  first  time  that  such  an  unpleasant  task  has  been 
undertaken.  The  Lord  used  Jeremiah  to  warn  his  brethren 
and  proud  Jerusalem  that  Babylon  would  come  and  burn  up 
the  city  and  slaughter  the  women  and  children.  They  be- 
lieved it  not,  and  even  sought  to  take  Jeremiah's  life,  accusing 
him  of  being  in  sympathy  with  the  Babylonians.  He  was  cast 
into  a  dungeon  and  let  down  into  a  deep  pit,  where  he  sank 
in  the  mire.  But  the  Lord's  care  was  over  him  and  his  life 
was  preserved  by  friends  whom  God's  providence  raised  up 
in  this  crisis.  Similar  conditions  may  be  expected  when  the 
warning  voice  is  again  raised  to  point  out  the  overthrow  of 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  263 

this  nation  of  professed  Christians.  But  God's  word  will  be 
fulfilled  as  surely  as  the  rising  sun  travels  in  its  circuit  day 
by  day. 

Sometime  ago,  in  one  of  the  journals  of  this  country,  there 
appeared  a  picture  representing  a  vast  Japanese  army  march- 
ing from  the  Pacific  Coast  to  Chicago.  Doubtless  the  pub- 
lishers little  realized  that  such  a  scene  may  actually  be  wit- 
nessed in  the  near  future.  Even  men  who  are  unaided  by  the 
teachings  of  prophecy  are  beginning  to  expect  such  events 
merely  as  a  result  of  the  outcome  of  present  conditions. 

Prophecy  reveals  that  Ephraim  will  be  trodden  under  foot 
by  the  hordes  of  the  yellow  races  of  the  East.  Numberless 
dreadnaught  battleships  and  multiplied  shore  fortifications  can- 
not hinder  their  progress.  The  picture  drawn  by  the  prophet 
of  the  first  ripe  fruit  eaten  up  in  haste  by  the  eater  is  a  forci- 
ble one ;  its  meaning  is  worthy  of  thoughtful  consideration. 

Verses  5-7:  "In  that  day  shall  the  Lord  of  hosts  be  for 
a  crown  of  glory,  and  for  a  diadem  of  beauty,  unto  the  residue 
of  his  people,  And  for  a  spirit  of  judgment  to  him  that  sit- 
teth  in  judgment,  and  for  strength  to  them  that  turn  the 
battle  to  the  gate.  But  they  also  have  erred  through  wine, 
and  through  strong  drink  are  out  of  the  way;  the  priest  and 
the  prophet  have  erred  through  strong  drink,  they  are  swal- 
lowed up  of  wine,  they  are  out  of  the  way  through  strong 
drink ;  they  err  in  vision,  they  stumble  in  judgment." 

Once  more  the  Lord  encourages  his  remnant  people,  here 
designated  "the  residue  of  his  people."  To  those  who  desire 
truth  above  everything  else,  God  will  give  the  spirit  of  judg- 
ment ;  and  by  His  grace  they  will  "turn  the  battle  to  the  gate" 
in  every  emergency.  The  Psalmist  David  (Psalms  91 :7)  says 
that  a  thousand  shall  fall  at  thy  side  and  ten  thousand  at  thy 
right  hand,  but  the  plague  shall  not  come  nigh  thee.  Verse 
7  shows  how  the  prophets  and  priests  err  in  judgment,  being 
drunken  with  the  false  doctrines  so  prevalent  in  the  world  at 
this  age.  They  stumble  in  judgment.  The  Lord  says  He  will 


264     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

be  to  one  class  the  spirit  of  judgment,  while  the  others  stumble 
in  judgment. 

Verse  8:  "For  all  tables  are  full  of  vomit  and  filthiness, 
so  that  there  is  no  place  clean." 

The  Lord,  through  Moses,  gave  a  dietetic  and  sanitary  law 
for  the  government  of  His  people.  Amid  the  other  false  doc- 
trines of  the  last  days,  fallen  Babylon  puts  no  difference  be- 
tween the  clean  and  the  unclean  animals,  fowl,  and  things  in 
the  water.  "All  tables  are  full  of  vomit";  swine's  flesh  is  a 
common  article  of  diet.  Many  other  things  which  are  for- 
bidden in  the  Scriptures  are  equally  common.  The  Lord  says 
they  that  eat  swine's  flesh,  the  abomination  and  the  mouse 
shall  be  consumed  together  when  the  Lord  comes.  Isaiah 
66:17;  Ezekiel  20:26;  Leviticus  II. 

Verses  9-16:  "Whom  shall  he  teach  knowledge?  and 
whom  shall  he  make  to  understand  doctrine?  them  that  are 
weaned  from  the  milk  and  drawn  from  the  breasts.  For  pre- 
cept must  be  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept ;  line  upon 
line,  line  upon  line ;  here  a  little,  and  there  a  little :  For  with 
stammering  lips  and  another  tongue  will  he  speak  to  this  peo- 
ple. To  whom  he  said,  This  is  the  rest  wherewith  ye  may 
cause  the  weary  to  rest;  and  this  is  the  refreshing:  yet  they 
would  not  hear.  But  the  word  of  the  Lord  was  unto  them 
precept  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept;  line  upon  line, 
line  upon  line ;  here  a  little,  and  there  a  little ;  that  they  might 
go,  and  fall  backward,  and  be  broken,  and  snared,  and  taken. 
Wherefore  hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  ye  scornful  men,  that 
rule  this  people  which  is  in  Jerusalem.  Because  ye  have  said, 
We  have  made  a  covenant  with  death,  and  with  hell  are  we 
at  agreement ;  when  the  overflowing  scourge  shall  pass 
through,  it  shall  not  come  unto  us :  for  we  have  made  lies  our 
refuge,  and  under  falsehood  have  we  hid  ourselves:  There- 
fore thus  saith  the  Lord  God,  Behold,  I  lay  in  Zion  for  a 
foundation  a  stone,  a  tried  stone,  a  precious  corner  stone,  a 
sure  foundation :  he  that  believeth  shall  not  make  haste." 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  265 

The  apostle  Paul,  in  Hebrews  5:13,  states  that  those  who 
use  milk  are  the  ones  who  are  unskilled  in  the  word  of  God. 
The  apostle  Peter  (II.  Peter  2:2)  says,  "As  newborn  babes, 
desire  the  sincere  milk  of  the  word,  that  ye  may  grow  thereby." 
And  the  prophet  Isaiah  tells  us  (Verse  9)  that  Bible  doctrine 
will  be  understood  by  those  who  are  weaned  from  the  milk, 
those  who  are  somewhat  acquainted  with  Bible  evidences  of 
truth.  Then  he  reveals  how  this  knowledge  may  be  obtained, 
namely,  by  studying  the  various  writers,  noting  the  names 
used  to  represent  the  people  spoken  of  and  the  information 
given  about  them  in  the  different  lines  of  prophecy,  thus  for- 
tifying the  truth  upon  every  hand.  Then  the  faith  which 
cometh  by  hearing  the  Word  of  God  will  be  as  real  as  if  the 
thing  were  before  our  eyes.  This  thought  is  further  devel- 
oped in  succeeding  verses. 

Verses  17,  18:  "Judgment  also  will  I  lay  to  the  line,  and 
righteousness  to  the  plummet:  and  the  hail  shall  sweep  away 
the  refuge  of  lies,  and  the  waters  shall  overflow  the  hiding 
place.  And  your  covenant  with  death  shall  be  disannulled, 
and  your  agreement  with  hell  shall  not  stand ;  when  the  over- 
flowing scourge  shall  pass  through,  then  ye  shall  be  trodden 
down  by  it. 

Modern  spiritualism,  which  is  to  act  an  important  part  in 
the  closing  work,  is  set  forth  in  many  places  in  the  Bible, 
such  as  the  thirteenth  and  sixteenth  chapters  of  Revelation 
and  the  eighth  chapter  of  Isaiah ;  through  this  deception  many 
people  are  led  astray,  and  make  a  covenant  with  death ;  and 
hell  is  at  agreement  with  them. 

One  of  the  false  doctrines  generally  held  today  is  that 
there  is  no  real  death,  what  we  call  death  being  simply,  the 
gate  to  the  spirit  world  where  happiness  and  joy  are  endless. 
Consequently,  these  familiar  spirits  and  doctrines  of  devils  are 
heeded  until  the  truth  can  make  no  impression  upon  the  mind. 
A  full  exposition  of  this  subject  is  contained  in  the  last  three 
chapters  of  "The  Inspired  History  of  the  Nations,"  by  the 


266     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident.. 

writer.  This  deception  and  delusion  will  be  removed ;  then  it 
will  be  revealed  that  judgment  has  been  laid  to  the  line  and 
righteousness  to  the  plummet. 

The  overflowing  scourge  of  Verse  18  is  the  same  as  the 
crooked  piercing  serpent  of  Chapter  27. 

The  prophet  concludes  this  chapter  by  giving  further  in- 
struction on  how  to  study  the  Bible.  In  planting  the  soil, 
the  planter  does  not  plant  his  corn,  wheat,  barley,  fitches  and 
'cummin  mixed  and  unseparated,  but  he  plants  everything  in 
its  place,  as  God  has  given  him  discretion ;  neither  in  thresh- 
ing does  he  put  them  all  in  a  pile  and  thresh  them  together. 
So  we  are  to  study  the  Bible,  rightly  dividing  the  word  of 
truth.  When  this  is  done,  it  fits  together  as  perfectly  as 
the  parts  of  any  machinery  ever  manufactured  by  skilled  me- 
chanics. Not  a  doubt  is  left  in  the  mind  of  any  one  who  fol- 
lows this  course  in  the  study  of  Biblical  subjects; 

THE  NEW  NIPPON. 

In  order  that  Japan  may  be  better  understood,  we  take  the 
following  extracts  from  an  article  written  by  a  Japanese  and 
published  in  The  Success  Magazine  January,  1911 : 

"A  Half  Century  of  Marvelous  Progress. — People  do  not 
understand  how  the  Japan  of  barely  fifty  years  ago — that  semi- 
barbarous  nobody  in  the  family  of  nations — should  manage  to 
come  out  of  her  hermitage  so  suddenly  and  stand  before  the 
astonished  eyes  of  the  world  as  a  peer  of  Russia  in  armed 
might,  and  the  ally  of  the  proudest  power  in  Europe.  They 
simply  can  not  understand  it,  and  small  wonder.  It  is,  indeed, 
a  far  cry  from  the  crested  junks  of  Commodore  Perry's  days 
(they  had  banners  galore  aboard  them  but  not  one  solitary, 
rusty  flint  rifle  even)  which  stood  for  the  Japanese  navy,  to 
the  2O,oooton  super-Dreadnought  battleship  Satsuma,  which 
is  the  flagship  of  our  first  squadron  today.  And  forsooth,  it 
is  not  the  simplest  thing  to  realize  that  all  that  distance  was 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  267 

covered  within  the  measure  of  a  man's  lifetime.  This,  more- 
over, is  not  the  only  wonder. 

"For  these  and  all  the  other  astounding  puzzles  in  the  mak- 
ing of  the  New  Nippon,  there  is  one  all-sufficient  key:  His 
Majesty,  the  Emperor. 

'  'I  am  the  State/  said  a  king  of  France.  The  emperor 
did  not  say  that;  it  was  not  necessary.  All  his  august  ances- 
tors and  predecessors  on  the  throne  of  the  Mikado  had  been 
that.  But  in  quite  another  sense,  Mutsuhito,  the  Emperor  of 
Nippon,  has  been  and  is  the  New  Nippon. 

"The  more  thoroughly  this  fact  is  understood,  especially 
in  the  Occident,  the  better  will  the  Japan  of  today  be  under- 
stood. .  .  . 

"It  was  the  fourteenth  day  of  March  of  the  first  year  of 
Meiji  (1868,  A.  D.)  in  Kyoto,  called  simply,  Miyako,  or  the 
capital.  On  the  'jewel-seat'  in  the  South  Palace,  or  the  throne 
room  called  Shishin-den,  the  historic  hall  wherein  the  coro- 
nation and  all  other  great  court  ceremonials  were  wont  to  be 
performed,  sat  the  young  emperor.  A  purple  curtain  came 
down  to  the  level  of  his  waistline.  For  in  those  days,  none 
might  dare  look  upon  the  august  person  with  the  naked  eye 
— not  even  the  highest  minister  of  State.  The  emperor,  as  a 
usual  thing,  speaks  but  little.  On  that  Third-Moon  day,  how- 
ever, he  made  his  longest  and  his  greatest  speech,  which  passed 
into  history  as  the  Five  Articles  of  the  Imperial  Oath. 

"After  taking  a  solemn  oath  before  the  gods,  he  said : 

"I.  'Let  the  popular  assemblies  be  established  far  and 
wide  and  let  the  public  opinion  decide  public  measures. 

"II.  'Let  the  Above  [the  government]  and  the  Below 
[the  governed]  be  of  one  mind  and  united;  let  us  devote 
ourselves  to  the  course  of  State. 

"III.  'Let  the  civil  and  the  military  administrations  travel 
in  harmony  as  along  one  road ;  let  every  citizen  realize  his 
aspiration  through  his  endeavors,  so  that  the  hearts  of  the 
people  be  full  of  activity  without  tiring. 


268     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"IV.  'Let  us  destroy  the  evil  usages  of  the  past ;  let  us 
build  on  the  foundation  of  the  great  principles  of  Heaven  and 
Earth. 

"V.  'Let  us  seek  knowledge  throughout  the  world;  and 
greatly  elevate  and  extend  the  position  of  the  empire.  We 
wish  to  bring  about  such  changes  as  never  were  before  in  our 
country ;  and  we  ourselves  shall  lead  the  way.  Therefore,  we 
have  taken  the  oath  before  the  Divine  Understanding  of 
Heaven  and  Earth  and  wish  to  lay  the  foundation  of  State 
and  establish  the  way  of  peace  and  welfare  of  our  people. 
Let  them  hear  these  our  will  and  co-operate  in  the  work.' 

"Do  these  words  strike  you  as  the  speech  of  a  sixteen- 
year-minus-eight-months'  youth?  Do  they  sound  natural  from 
a  young  potentate  reared  in  all  the  seclusion  of  the  Kyoto  pal- 
ace, with  all  the  ossified  traditions  of  an  absolute  monarchy 
and  spoken  from  out  the  purple  twilight  of  the  demigods  ? 

"They  are  uncanny.  They  should  be.  For  they  are  the 
announcement  of  the  birth  of  a  miracle — an  imperial  miracle. 

"The  Birth  of  the  New  Japan. — The  fourteenth  of  March, 
1868,  upon  which  day  was  given  the  five-articled  imperial  oath, 
is  as  good  a  day  as  any,  perhaps,  to  choose  as  the  birthday  of 
the  New  Nippon.  On  that  same  day,  another  imperial  re- 
script was  issued.  It  was  a  sort  of  personal  letter  from  the 
Mikado  to  his1  own  people  and  portrays  the  workings  of  his 
mind  more  clearly,  because  it  does  so  more  fully,  than  the 
imperial  oath.  Here  it  is  : 

"  'In  the  feebleness  of  youth,  I  have  dared  to  succeed  to  the 
throne.  Since  then,  I  have  thought,  not  without  fear  and 
trembling,  both  in  the  morning  and  at  even,  with  what 
measures  we  should  stand  amid  the  nations  of  the  world  and 
in  what  manner  I  should  further  the  wishes  of  my  ances- 
tors. .  .  . 

"  'Today,  the  day  of  change  in  the  imperial  administration, 
it  is  my  own  crime  if  even  a  single  one  of  the  millions  of  my 
people  were  to  fail  to  get  his  own  place. 


Japan  and  the  Far  East  Against  America.  269 

"  'Today,  with  the  toil  of  my  own  flesh  and  bones  and 
with  my  own  heart  and  mind  I  wish  to  attend  to  the  govern- 
ment of  the  people ;  I  wish  to  face  the  difficulties  myself  before 
every  one  and  tread  in  the  footsteps  of  my  ancestors,  that  I 
may  fulfil  the  sacred  duties  of  the  sovereign  to  the  millions. 
.  .  .  I  wish  to  take  active  and  personal  part  in  the  work 
of  administration  and  construction ;  in  the  work  of  bringing 
peace  upon  my  people.  I  wish  that  we  may  finally  succeed 
in  farming  the  ten  thousand  miles  of  waves  and  extend  the 
prestige  of  the  country  in  the  four  directions  and  place  the 
under-heaven  in  the  firmness  of  Mount  Fuji. 

'  'But,  if  you  people  were  to  abandon  yourselves  to  the 
evil  usages  of  the  past  and  look  upon  dignity  and  form  as 
the  sole  concern  of  the  imperial  court,  so  that  at  every  active 
step  I  take  you  were  to  allow  yourselves  to  be  astounded  be- 
yond measure  and  conjure  up  all  sorts  of  misgivings  and  doubt 
and  give  tongue  to  a  thousand  gossips,  then  you  will  prevent 
me  from  accomplishing  my  aspirations.  You  will  force  me 
to  go  astray  from  the  way  of  the  ruler.  More  than  that,  such 
action  on  your  part  would  end  in  causing  the  loss  of  the 
under-heaven  which  the  imperial  ancestors  have  handed  down 
to  us.  Do  you,  therefore,  understand  this  my  will  and  bear 
it  in  mind;  let  us  depart  from  the  individual  and  selfish  view 
of  things  and  adopt  the  pronouncement  of  the  public  at  large.. 
Do  you  help  my  work  and  preserve  the  land  of  the  gods  and 
so  console  the  divine  spirits  of  the  ancestors.  If  you  do  these 
things,  it  will  afford  me  a  greater  happiness  than  life.' " 

A  NEW  ALLIANCE. 

In  these  days  alliance  by  one  nation  with  another  is  very 
common.  At  this  time  Japan  is  in  alliance  with  England.  On 
the  third  day  of  May  (1911)  England  made  an  alliance  with 
the  United  States.  It  is  perpetual  in  its  design;  however, 
it  may  be  terminated  by  either  party  at  the  end  of  each  five 
years. 


270     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

It  is  called  a  peace  alliance  between  the  two  powers  named, 
and  requires  a  third  party  in  difficulty  with  either  one  to  arbi- 
trate. This  practically  disannuls  the  alliance  between  Eng- 
land and  Japan.  It  is  probably  best  stated  by  the  associated 
press  in  the  following  taken  from  the  Oklahoman  of  May 
4,  1911: 

"Treaty  Agreement — Understood  that  all  Existing  Alli- 
ances Are  Abrogated  Under  New  Pact. — Washington,  May  3. 
— The  Anglo-American  arbitration  treaty,  several  of  whose 
provisions,  as  now  agreed  upon  by  both  nations,  became  pub- 
lic property  today,  is  not  merely  a  peace  pact;  it  is  a  closely 
drawn  bond  between  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain, 
through  which,  diplomats  declare,  the  two  English-speaking 
nations  will  be  bound  to  present  a  united  defensive  front 
against  the  world. 

"The  new  treaty  makes  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain 
international  brothers,  who  shall  act  together  in  all  disputes, 
whether  such  disputes  include  other  nations  or  not.  It  is  an 
agreement  through  which  neither  nation  shall  enter  into  any 
new  alliances  with  a  third  nation  whatever. 

"This  peace  pact  makes  the  existing  alliance  between  Great 
Britain  and  Japan  a  subsidiary  matter,  and  any  possible  dis- 
pute between  the  United  States  and  Japan  will,  upon  the  sign- 
ing of  the  new  Anglo-American  treaty,  virtually  force  Japan 
to  submit  to  arbitration." 

This  was  the  interpretation  put  upon  the  provisions  of  the 
pact  by  eminent  authorities  on  international  law. 

We  hold  the  above  alliance  to  be  very  significant  and  far- 
reaching  in  its  purpose.  Seeing  the  danger  to  the  West  from 
the  East  this  is  an  alliance  of  defense  against  the  yellow  races. 
Japan  is  now  forced  to  seek  her  allies  in  the  Orient  and  with 
Russia.  This  is  just  where  the  line  is  being  drawn  between 
the  East  and  the  West. 


CHAPTER   XIV. 

A    WONDERFUL   OBJECT    LESSON. 

The  Lord  has  not  left  us  without  an  opportunity  to  know 
the  truth.  He  has  taught  the  same  truth  by  all  the  Bible 
writers  but  has  used  different  ways  and  similitudes  to  impress 
that  lesson  upon  the  mind  of  the  reader.  When  Israel  was 
brought  out  of  Egypt,  there  being  no  written  or  printed  Bi- 
bles as  we  now  have  them,  the  only  knowledge  of  God  then 
in  the  world  was  that  which  had  been  handed  down  from 
father  to  son  since  creation  and  that  which  came  through  the 
ministry  of  angels.  This  knowledge  was  almost  entirely  lost 
while  in  Egyptian  bondage,  so  He  instituted  a  comprehensive 
system  of  education  to  restore  the  principles  of  the  gospel 
enjoyed  by  their  forefathers,  using  object  lessons  and  teach- 
ing them  as  we  now  teach  children  in  the  kindergarten. 
Christ,  their  great  high  priest  in  heaven,  ministering  in  the 
sanctuary  above,  was  exemplified  in  the  Aaronic  priesthood. 
The  tabernacle  built  by  Moses,  and  all  the  services  connected 
therewith,  taught  the  people  of  the  ministry  of  Christ  in 
heaven,  and  its  relation  to  the  everlasting  covenant  made  with 
Abraham,  their  father. 

Prophecy  uses  the  object  lesson  system  of  teaching  future 
events,  very  largely  illustrating  them  by  past  events.  Before 
Christ  the  object  lesson  method  of  teaching  was  the  only  one 

271 


272     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

used  by  the  Lord.  This  is  true  in  the  prophetic  parts  of  the 
Old  Testament  as  well  as  in  the  service  of  the  sanctuary  and 
sacrificial  offerings.  Historical  events  are  taken  as  a  basis  for 
illustration  of  predictions  of  future  events. 

The  saying  that  history  repeats  itself  is  not  sufficient  as  a 
basis  on  which  to  make  a  future  calculation ;  but  when  a  certain 
past  event  is  used  by  the  Lord  as  an  object  lesson,  we  study 
that  definite  event  because  that  far  it  correctly  illustrates  what 
shall  be.  (See  The  Great  Systems  of  Teaching,  in  Bible  Atlas.) 

Let  *he  reader  bear  in  mind  that  God  used  that  same  prin- 
ciple, of  teaching  by  object  lessons,  in  the  writings  of  the  Old 
Testament  prophets,  using  events  of  past  ages  to  represent 
events  in  the  last  days.  When  this  point  is  once  understood, 
the  writings  of  the  Old  Testament  will  appear  much  clearer 
than  ever  before.  In  the  writings  of  some  of  the  prophets, 
such  as  Daniel  and  John,  several  subjects  are  sometimes  con- 
sidered in  one  chapter ;  but  not  so  in  other  prophecies.  As  we 
have  seen,  the  book  of  Hosea  is  one  subject  from  beginning  to 
end.  In  the  larger  books,  such  as  Isaiah,  Jeremiah  and  Ezekiel, 
frequently  a  single  prophecy  embraces  several  chapters.  Upon 
the  consideration  of  one  such  prophecy,  beginning  with  the 
seventh  and  concluding  with  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Isaiah, 
we  shall  at  once  enter. 

It  is  introduced  by  a  record  of  events  which  were  to  occur 
in  the  days  of  the  people  then  living.  From  the  history  of 
those  events,  the  mind  of  the  student  is  carried  down  to  the 
end  of  the  world,  at  which  time  the  prophecy  will  be  fulfilled. 
In  the  sixth  chapter  is  recorded  the  call  to  Isaiah  to  deliver  the 
message  to  the  people.  The  time  which  it  covers  is  expressed 
in  verses  u  and  12. 

"Then  said  I,  Lord,  how  long?  And  he  answered,  Until 
the  cities  be  wasted  without  inhabitant,  and  the  houses  without 
man,  and  the  land  be  utterly  desolate.  And  the  Lord  have  re- 
moved men  far  away,  and  there  be  a  great  forsaking  in  the 
midst  of  the  land." 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  273 

This  shows  clearly  that  the  prophet  includes  not  only  the 
historical  events  of  his  day  but  the  events  near  the  close  of 
earth's  history. 

Isaiah  VII. 

Verses  1-16 :  "And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  days  of  Ahaz  the 
son  of  Jotham,  the  son  of  Uzziah,  king  of  Judah,  that  Rezin  the 
king  of  Syria,  and  Pekah  the  son  of  Remaliah,  king  of  Israel, 
went  up  toward  Jerusalem  to  war  against  it,  but  could  not  pre- 
vail against  it.  And  it  was  told  the  house  of  David,  saying, 
Syria  is  confederate  with  Ephraim.  And  his  heart  was  moved, 
and  the  heart  of  his  people,  as  the  trees  of  the  wood  are  moved 
with  the  wind.  Then  said  the  Lord  unto  Isaiah,  Go  forth  now 
to  meet  Ahaz,  thou,  and  Shear-jashub  thy  son,  at  the  end  of 
the  conduit  of  the  upper  pool,  in  the  highway  of  the  fuller's 
field.  And  say  unto  him,  Take  heed,  and  be  quiet;  fear  not, 
neither  be  faint-hearted  for  the  two  tails  of  these  smoking  fire- 
brands, for  the  fierce  anger  of  Rezin  with  Syria,  and  of  the 
son  of  Remaliah.  Because  Syria,  Ephraim,  and  the  son  of 
Remaliah,  have  taken  evil  counsel  against  thee,  saying,  Let 
us  go  up  against  Judah,  and  vex  it,  and  let  us  make  a  breach 
therein  for  us,  and  set  a  king  in  the  midst  of  it,  even  the  son 
of  Tabeal :  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God,  It  shall  not  stand,  neither 
shall  it  come  to  pass.  For  the  head  of  Syria  is  Damascus,  and 
the  head  of  Damascus  is  Rezin ;  and  within  threescore  and  five 
years  shall  Ephraim  be  broken,  that  it  be  not  a  people.  And 
the  head  of  Ephraim  is  Samaria,  and  the  head  of  Samaria  is 
Remaliah's  son.  If  ye  will  not  believe,  surely  ye  shall  not  be 
established.  Moreover  the  Lord  spake  again  unto  Ahaz,  say- 
ing, Ask  thee  a  sign  of  the  Lord  thy  God ;  ask  it  either  in  the 
depth,  or  in  the  height  above.  But  Ahaz  said,  I  will  not  ask, 
neither  will  I  tempt  the  Lord.  And  he  said,  Hear  ye  now,  O 
house  of  David ;  Is  it  a  small  thing  for  you  to  weary  men,  but 
will  ye  weary  my  God  also?  Therefore  the  Lord  himself  shall 
give  you  a  sign ;  Behold,  a  virgin  shall  conceive,  and  bear  a  son, 

18 


274      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  shall  call  his  name  Immanuel.  Butter  and  honey  shall  he 
eat,  that  he  may  know  to  refuse  the  evil,  and  choose  the  good. 
For  before  the  child  shall  know  to  refuse  the  evil,  and  choose 
the  good,  the  land  that  thou  abhorrest  shall  be  forsaken  of  both 
her  kings." 

We  have  in  the  foregoing  Scripture  the  history  of  a  three- 
fold combination  or  confederacy :  Rezi'n,  king  of  Syria,  Pekah, 
king  of  Israel,  and  Ephraim,  united  against  Judah.  Ahaz, 
king  of  Judah,  was  greatly  perplexed,  but  the  Lord  informed 
him  through  the  prophet  that  the  confederacy  should  not  stand, 
saying  (verse  4),  "Take  heed  and  be  quiet;  fear  not,  neither 
be  faint-hearted  for  the  two  tails  of  these  smoking  firebrands, 
for  the  fierce  anger  of  Rezin  with  Syria,  and  of  the  son  of 
Remaliah,"  for  within  sixty-five  years  Ephraim  shall  be  broken 
and  shall  not  be  a  people.  This  prediction  was  literally  ful- 
filled. The  prophecy  was  written,  B.  c.  742;  two  years  later, 
the  king  of  Assyria  went  up  against  Damascus  and  carried  the 
people  of  it  captive,  and  slew  Rezin  (II  Kings  16 :  1-9),  and 
we  read  that  Pekah  died  one  year  later.  "And  Hoshea  the  son 
of  Elah  made  a  conspiracy  against  Pekah  the  son  of  Remaliah, 
and  smote  him  and  slew  him,  and  reigned  in  his  stead,  in  the 
twentieth  year  of  Jotham  the  son  of  Uzziah."  II  Kings  15  :  30. 

Nothing  can  be  more  plainly  stated  than  what  is  said  by  the 
prophet  in  these  verses,  namely,  that  the  lesson  taught  by  the 
record  of  that  ancient  confederacy  is  that  we  should  learn 
from  it  the  lesson  of  the  three-fold  confederacy  of  modern 
Christendom.  This  ancient  historical  event  is  used  as  an  ob- 
ject lesson  of  the  near  future.  And  this  lesson  now  under  con- 
sideration, is  a  most  important  one. 

Verses  17-22:  "The  Lord  shall  bring  upon  thee,  and  upon 
thy  people,  and  upon  thy  father's  house,  days  that  have  not 
come,  from  the  day  that  Ephraim  departed  from  Judah ;  even 
the  king  of  Assyria.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 
that  the  Lord  shall  hiss  for  the  fly  that  is  in  the  uttermost  part 
of  the  rivers  of  Egypt,  and  for  the  bee  that  is  in  the  land  of 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  275 

Assyria.  And  they  shall  come,  and  shall  rest  all  of  them  in 
the  desolate  valleys,  and  in  the  holes  of  the  rocks,  and  upon 
all  thorns,  and  upon  all  bushes.  In  the  same  day  shall  the 
Lord  shave  with  a  razor  that  is  hired,  namely,  by  them  beyond 
the  river,  by  the  king  of  Assyria,  the  head,  and  the  hair  of  the 
feet:  and  it  shall  also  consume  the  beard.  And  it  shall  come 
to  pass  in  that  day,  that  a  man  shall  nourish  a  young  cow  and 
two  sheep :  and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  for  the  abundance  of  milk 
that  they  shall  give,  he  shall  eat  butter :  for  butter  and  honey 
shall  every  one  eat  that  is  left  in  the  land." 

The  prophet,  in  verse  17,  carries  the  mind  from  the  time  of 
this  three-fold  confederacy  to  the  time  of  its  repetition,  which 
is  expressed  as  being  in  "days  that  have  not  come."  ,  Verse  18 
reveals  that  the  Lord  in  that  day  will  call  for  a  general  assem- 
bly of  the  people  of  the  South,  Africa,  and  of  all  the  East, 
Assyria ;  which  will  be  a  vast  multitude.  As  this  territory  in- 
cludes two-thirds  of  the  population  of  the  globe,  truly  they  will 
be  as  thick  as  flies  upon  the  bushes  and  bees  in  the  holes  of 
the  rock. 

The  expression,  "in  that  day,"  always  refers  to  the  time 
of  the  end  of  the  world.  The  king  of  Assyria  is  represented 
(verse  20)  as  hiring  those  beyond  the  river;  doubtless  meaning 
the  Euphrates.  This  would  include  all  the  South  country, 
Egypt,  Africa  and  Turkey.  With  these  he  will  make  a  clean 
shave  as  the  razor  shaves  the  face  of  a  man. 

Verses  21  and  22  teach  that  those  who  are  left  in  the  land 
will  be  especially  cared  for,  no  doubt  referring  to  the  people  of 
God  who  will  receive  special  protection  and  care  in  the  time 
of  trouble. 

Verses  23-25 :  "And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that 
every  place  shall  be,  where  there  were  a  thousand  vines  at  a 
thousand  silverings,  it  shall  even  be  for  briers  and  thorns. 
With  arrows  and  with  bows  shall  men  come  thither;  because 
all  the  land  shall  become  briers  and  thorns.  And  on  all  hills 
that  shall  be  digged  with  the  mattock,  there  shall  not  come 


276      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

thither  the  fear  of  briers  and  thorns:  but  it  shall  be  for  the 
sending  forth  of  oxen,  and  for  the  treading  of  lesser  cattle." 

These  verses  tell  again  of  the  desolation  that  will  be 
wrought  by  Assyria,  representing  the  Eastern  nations.  That 
the  ground  cultivated  during  that  time,  for  the  immediate  sus- 
tenance of  those  left  will  be  blessed  of  God,  is  evidenced  by 
references  to  milk  and  honey. 

Isaiah  VIII. 

Verses  1-8:  "Moreover  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  Take  thee 
a  great  roll,  and  write  in  it  with  a  man's  pen  concerning  Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz.  And  I  took  unto  me  faithful  witnesses  to 
record,  Uriah  the  priest,  and  Zechariah  the  son  of  Jeberechiah. 
And  I  went  unto  the  prophetess;  and  she  conceived,  and  bare 
a  son.  Then  said  the  Lord  to  me,  Call  his  name  Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz.  For  before  the  child  shall  have  knowledge 
to  cry,  My  father,  and  my  mother,  the  riches  of  Damascus  and 
the  spoil  of  Samaria  shall  be  taken  away  before  the  king  of 
Assyria.  The  Lord  spake  also  unto  me  again,  saying.  Foras- 
much as  this  people  refuseth  the  waters  of  Shiloah  that  go 
softly,  and  rejoice  in  Rezin  and  Remaliah's  son;  now  there- 
fore, behold,  the  Lord  bringeth  up  upon  them  the  waters  of  the 
river,  strong  and  many,  even  the  king  of  Assyria,  and  all  his 
glory :  and  he  shall  come  up  over  all  his  channels,  and  go  over 
all  .his  banks:  And  he  shall  pass  through  Judah ;  he  shall  over- 
flow and  go  over,  he  shall  reach  even  to  the  neck;  and  the 
stretching  out  of  his  wings  shall  fill  the  breadth  of  thy  land, 
O  Immanuel. 

The  suddenness  of  the  downfall  of  Samaria  and  Damascus 
at  the  hands  of  the  king  of  Assyria  is  represented  by  the  birth 
of  a  child.  The  fulfillment  of  this,  as  heretofore  shown,  was 
in  the  death  of  Rezin,  king  of  Syria,  two  years  later.  The  pur- 
pose in  recording  this  history  is  to  show  the  suddenness  with 
which  the  modern  confederacy,  once  it  is  entered  into,  brings 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  277 

into  existence  the  time  of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since 
there  was  a  nation.  The  prophet  was  particular  to  take  faith- 
ful witnesses  and  those  who  would  make  a  faithful  record  of 
these  matters,  for  the  events  were  those  to  which  God  would 
refer  when  that  history  is  repeated  in  the  last  days.  Hence 
we  ought  to  study  the  record  carefully  in  these  days. 

The  reason  this  history  was  made  is  plainly  stated.  The 
people  of  Israel  and  Ephraim  had  refused  the  waters  of 
Shiloah.  This  was  the  water  of  life,  the  truth  which  God  had 
sent  them,  but  which  they  had  rejected;  consequently  the  king 
of  Assyria  came  against  them.  Similarly  in  the  last  days,  God 
has  a  special  message  of  great  light  and  truth  for  the  people. 
The  story  is  all  told  in  unmistakable  language,  but  the  people 
will  not  listen.  Probation  has  not  yet  closed ;  the  waters  of 
Shiloah  are  still  offered  to  the  people.  The  latter  rain  is  to 
be  poured  out  as  it  was  on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  but  the  great 
masses  of  humanity  will  move  blindly  on  to  destruction,  not 
heeding  the  earnest  warnings  of  God's  servants,  whose  teach- 
ings are  based  upon  the  prophecies  of  His  Word.  Hence  the 
result  will  be  the  same,  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  the  prophet, 
only  a  thousandfold  worse. 

Syria  is  a  country  north  of  Palestine  where  the  Gentile 
church  was  largely  established  in  the  Greek  language.  The 
Latin  division  of  the  Gentile  church  was  established  farther 
west,  in  Rome  and  Western  Europe.  The  Protestant  division 
was  still  farther  west,  in  the  United  States.  As  these  three 
divisions  are  to  continue  until  the  end  of  the  world,  they  are 
introduced  into  this  prophecy.  In  the  former  prophecy,  Judah 
was  the  better  and  chosen  people  of  God.  Again  in  the  last 
days,  a  threefold  confederacy  will  be  entered  into  by  the  three 
divisions,  Greek,  Roman  and  Protestant,  against  the  true  peo- 
ple as  the  ancient  three-fold  confederacy  of  Isaiah  7  came 
against  Judah.  The  home  of  modern  apostate  Judah,  the  first 
division,  is  still  Syria  and  Western  Russia ;  and  as  the  vast 
army  is  raised  in  the  E,ast,  it  will  first  reach  this  territory  and 


278      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  -versus  the  Occident. 

the  church  power  will  be  overthrown  and  Russia  itself  become 
the  leader  of  the  host.  Then  the  prediction  of  the  prophet  that 
the  stretching  out  of  the  wings  of  that  multitude  will  fill  the 
whole  land,  will  be  realized.  And  when  this  confederacy  is 
entered  into  within  sixty-five  years  Ephraim  will  cease  to  be 
a  people  as  he  did  in  the  ancient  confederacy.  (See  com- 
ments on  Hosea  I,  and  on  the  seventy  years  of  Zechariah's 
prophecy. ) 

Verses  9-15:  "Associate  yourselves,  O  ye  people,  and  ye 
shall  be  broken  in  pieces ;  and  give  ear,  all  ye  of  far  coun- 
tries :  gird  yourselves,  and  ye  shall  be  broken  in  pieces ;  gird 
yourselves,  and  ye  shall  be  broken  in  pieces.  Take  counsel 
together,  and  it  shall  come  to  nought ;  speak  the  word,  and  it 
shall  not  stand :  for  God  is  with  us.  For  the  Lord  spake  thus 
to  me  with  a  strong  hand,  and  instructed  me  that  I  should  not 
walk  in  the  way  of  this  people,  saying,  Say  ye  not,  A  con- 
federacy, to  all  them  to  whom  this  people  shall  say,  A  con- 
federacy ;  neither  fear  ye  their  fear,  nor  be  afraid.  Sanctify 
the  Lord  of  hosts  himself ;  and  let  him  be  your  fear,  and  let 
him  be  your  dread.  And  he  shall  be  for  a  sanctuary ;  but  for 
a  stone  of  stumbling  and  for  a  rock  of  offence  to  both  the 
houses  of  Israel,  for  a  gin  and  for  a  snare  to  the  inhabitants 
of  Jerusalem.  And  many  among  them  shall  stumble,  and  fall, 
and  be  broken,  and  be  snared,  and  be  taken." 

Verse  9  is  a  warning  against  the  association  or  confederacy 
of  professed  Christendom.  It  may  believe  that  a  three-fold 
union  cannot  be  broken,  that  the  Lord  is  directing ;  arguments 
may  be  made  attempting  to  prove  that  the  civil  and  ecclesias- 
tical powers  should  be  united;  nevertheless,  "ye  shall  be  bro- 
ken in  pieces."  And  that  will  occur  suddenly,  even  before  a 
child  can  be  born  and  grow  up  to  know  the  difference  between 
good  and  evil. 

Revelation  XIII  shows  how  Protestantism  will  make  an 
image  to  Roman  Catholicism  in  the  form  of  government  and 
Revelation  XIV  contains  a  special  warning  against  such  a 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  279 

change,  which  is  a  union  of  Church  and  state.  The  Old  Tes- 
tament prophets  also  gave  warnings  of  similar  import. 

Verse  10  says  that  they  may  take  counsel  together.  Ephra- 
im  and  Israel  did  this  anciently,  erected  their  altars  and 
claimed  that  God  was  with  them.  So  they  will  do  again,  but 
the  Lord  says,  "God  is  with  us."  Who  are  "us"?  Undoubt- 
edly the  ones  engaged  in  warning  the  people  against  union 
and  confederacy,  as  Isaiah  warned  in  his  day.  It  surely 
cannot  be  those  who  are  entering  into  the  confederacy, 
although  it  is  a  confederacy  of  Christendom. 

This  confederacy  will  be  strongly  opposed  (Verse  n), 
and  the  Lord  tells  his  servants  to  have  nothing  to  do  with  it, 
for  it  is  not  in  harmony  with  His  will.  The  reason  is  stated 
in  the  next  verse  (12).  In  our  comments  on  Hosea,  it  was 
observed  that  the  prophet  declared  that  the  judgments  of 
God  were  abroad  in  the  land;  but  the  people  declared  the 
reason  for  disaster  was  that  they  had  no  king.  Similarly, 
Isaiah  says  the  people  are  afraid;  but  God  says  to  His  serv- 
ants, "neither  fear  ye  their  fear,  nor  be  afraid  .  .  .  Let 
him  (the  Lord)  be  your  fear,  and  let  him  be  your  dread." 

Verses  14  and  15  show  that,  while  He  will  be  for  a  sanc- 
tuary of  defense  for  those  who  trust  in  Him,  He  will  be  a 
stumbling-block  "to  both  the  houses  of  Israel,  .  .  .  and  a 
snare  to  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem." 

Verse  16:  "Bind  up  the  testimony,  seal  the  law  among 
my  disciples." 

This  verse  contains  thoughts. of  great  importance  in  our 
day.  "Bind  up  the  testimony,"  is  the  admonition.  If  ever 
there  was  a  time  when  men  ought  to  search  the  Scriptures  as 
for  hidden  treasure,  that  time  is  now.  "Testimony"  is  that 
which  has  been  testified  upon  the  subject  under  consideration ; 
that  testimony  can  be  found  only  in  the  writings  of  the 
prophets,  for  they  compose  the  class  of  writers  upon  this 
subject  which  God  has  used.  To  "bind  up"  is  to  gather  out  the 
rays  of  light  which  God  has  written  for  our  benefit.  Therefore 


280      The  Ycllozv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

special  searching  for  the  light  contained  therein  is  necessary. 
The  writings  of  the  prophets  form  the  only  source  from  which 
information  that  will  save  the  children  of  God  from  the  calam- 
ities that  are  coming  upon  the  world  can  be  obtained. 

In  addition  to  this,  the  prophet  says,  "Seal  the  law  among 
my  disciples."  The  law  of  God  is  that  which  governs  the  ac- 
tions and  determines  the  character  of  men.  The  sealing  of  the 
law  is  the  stamping  of  its  divine  principles,  by  the  Spirit  of  God, 
upon  the  heart.  It  will  enable  people  to  stand  in  the  last  days. 
In  a  more  specific  sense  this  is  brought  to  view  in  the  special 
messages  of  Revelation  (Chapters  7  and  14)  which  tell 
of  the  144,000  who  are  to  be  translated  when  the  Lord  comes. 
They  are  said  to  have  the  seal  and  the  name  of  God  in  their 
foreheads.  The  name  of  God,  as  the  Creator  of  the  heavens  and 
the  earth  and  as  the  Maker  of  all  things,  which  distinguishes 
Him  from  all  other  gods,  is  found  only  in  the  fourth,  or 
Sabbath,  commandment  of  the  divine  law.  It  is  in  this  sense, 
we  understand,  that  Isaiah  uses  the  expression,  "Seal  the  law 
among  my  disciples."  For  a  full  exposition  of  this  subject, 
see  "The  Inspired  History  of  the  Nations,"  and  other  works. 

Verses  17-20:  "And  I  will  wait  upon  the  Lord,  that  hideth 
his  face  from  the  house  of  Jacob,  and  I  will  look  for  him. 
Behold,  I  and  the  children  whom  the  Lord  hath  given  me  are 
for  signs  and  for  wonders  in  Israel  from  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
which  dwelleth  in  mount  Zion.  And  when  they  shall  say 
unto  you,  Seek  unto  them  that  have  familiar  spirits,  and  unto 
wizards  that  peep  and  that  mutter:  should  not  a  people  seek 
unto  their  God?  for  the  living  to  the  dead?  To  the  law  and 
to  the  testimony:  if  they  speak  not  according  to  this  word, 
it  is  because  there  is  no  light  in  them." 

The  time  when  this  prophecy  applies,  just  before  the  sec- 
ond coming  of  Christ,  is  now  definitely  located.  As  the  child 
in  the  past  was  to  be  born  as  a  sign,  so  God  declares  that 
those  whom  He  will  raise  up  to  warn  the  world  against  the 
confederacy  and  to  bring  about  the  Sabbath  reform  shall  be 
a  sign  to  the  people  in  the  last  days. 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  281 

Another  evidence,  or  testimony  borne  by  Him,  is  the  ad- 
monition to  the  people  not  to  seek  after  familiar  spirits  nor  try 
to  communicate  with  the  dead.  The  fulfillment  is  seen  in  our 
day  when  hundreds  of  thousands  of  those  who  will  not  accept 
the  truth  are  drifting  into  modern  spiritualism,  which,  we  are 
told,  will  sweep  the  world  with  its  great  delusions.  Verse  20 
states  the  test  that  may  be  applied  to  reveal  all  deceptions ; 
if  they  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  law  of  God  and  the 
testimony  borne  by  His  prophets,  there  is  no  light  in  them. 

Verses  21,  22:  "And  they  shall  pass  through  it,  hardly 
bestead  and  hungry :  and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  when  they 
shall  be  hungry,  they  shall  fret  themselves,  and  curse  their 
king  and  their  God,  and  look  upward.  And  they  shall  look 
unto  the  earth ;  and  behold  trouble  and  darkness,  dimness  of 
anguish ;  and  they  shall  be  driven  to  darkness. 

These  verses  refer  to  the  seven  last  plagues,  described  in 
the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  and  the  experiences  that 
will  come  during  the  time  that  they  are  poured  upon  the  earth. 
Hunger  and  thirst  and  sickness  and  the  sword  will  be  the 
result  of  this  confederacy.  And  then,  says  the  prophet,  they 
will  look  up  and  curse  their  king.  There  will  be  no  repen- 
tance for  probation  has  closed ;  they  will  be  driven  to  dark- 
ness and  despair.  Such  is  the  sad  story  of  all  who  do  not 
heed  the  light  and  truth  which  they  have  had  the  privilege  of 
accepting  but  have  rejected. 

Isaiah  IX. 

Verses  1-5:  "Nevertheless  the  dimness  shall  not  be  such 
as  was  in  her  vexation,  when  at  the  first  he  lightly  afflicted 
the  land  of  Zebulun,  and  the  land  of  Naphtali,  and  afterward 
did  more  grievously  afflict  her  by  the  way  of  the  sea,  beyond 
Jordan,  in  Galilee  of  the  nations.  The  people  that  walked  in 
darkness  have  seen  a  great  light:  they  that  dwell  in  the  land 
of  the  shadow  of  death,  upon  them  hath  the  light  shined. 
Thou  hast  multiplied  the  nation',  and  not  increased  the  joy: 


282      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

they  joy  before  thee  according  to  the  joy  in  harvest,  and  as 
men  rejoice  when  they  divide  the  spoil.  For  thou  hast  broken 
the  yoke  of  his  burden,  and  the  staff  of  his  shoulder,  the  rod 
of  his  oppressor,  as  in  the  day  of  Midian.  For  every  battle 
of  the  warrior  is  with  confused  noise,  and  garments  rolled 
in  blood;  but  this  shall  be  with  burning  and  fuel  of  fire." 

Concerning  the  first  affliction  that  God  brought  upon  the 
land  Zebulun  and  Naphtali,  we  read:  "In  the  days  of  Pekah 
king  of  Israel  came  Tiglath-pileser  king  of  Assyria,  and  took 
Ijon  and  Abel-beth-maachah,  and  Janoah,  and  Kedesh,  and 
Hazor,  and  Gilead,  and  Galilee,  all  the  land  of  Naphtali,  and 
carried  them  captive  to  Assyria."  II.  Kings  15:29. 

Concerning  the  second  affliction,  which  was  more  grievous, 
we  read  as  follows :  "The  king  of  Assyria  came  up  through- 
out all  the  land  and  went  up  to  Samaria  and  besieged  it  three 
years."  In  the  ninth  year  of  Hoshea,  the  king  of  Assyria 
took  Samaria,  and  carried  Israel  away  captive  to  Assyria. 
.  .  .  For  so  it  was,  that  the  children  of  Israel  had  sinned 
against  the  Lord  their  God,  which  had  brought  them  up  out 
of  the  land  of  Egypt,  from  under  the  hand  of  Pharaoh,  king 
of  Egypt,  and  feared  other  gods.  II.  Kings  18:10,  n.  In 
this  we  have  another  instance  of  history  repeating  itself.  The 
Lord  is  particular  to  state  that  the  next  affliction  is  not  to  be 
compared  with  this  in  severity.  As  ancient  Israel  was  carried 
away  captive  by  Assyria,  so  modern  Israel  will  be  taken  cap- 
tive by  the  Eastern  powers.  The  last  days  are  described  by 
the  prophet  as  days  of  special  darkness,  when  "darkness  shall 
cover  the  earth  and  gross  darkness  the  people."  This  dark- 
ness will  greatly  exceed  the  dimness  concerning  God's  will 
that  hung  over  the  people  in  the  past,  but  the  prophet  as- 
serts that  the  light  will  shine  upon  those  who  desire  the  truth. 
The  nations  have  been  multiplied ;  the  Christian  powers  have 
made  great  conquests ;  the  sun  never  sets  on  the  possessions 
of  either  the  United  States  or  Great  Britain.  However,  true 
joy  in  the  gospel  has  not  increased  proportionately  to  the 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  283 

growth  of  these  nations,  but  their  joy  is  as  the  joy  of  one 
who  has  reaped  a  rich  harvest  of  wealth.  The  time  is  near 
when  the  oppressive  yoke  of  simple  power  and  the  oppression 
of  the  wicked  will  cease.  The  way  God  fought  in  the  days 
of  Midian  will  be  repeated.  In  that  battle  there  will  be  fire, 
for  we  read  that  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet  are  cast  alive 
into  the  lake  of  fire  when  the  Lord  comes. 

Verses  6,  7:  "For  unto  us  a  child  is  born,  unto  us  a  son 
is  given:  and  the  government  shall  be  upon  his  shoulder: 
and  his  name  shall  be  called  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  The 
mighty  God,  The  everlasting  Father,  The  Prince  of  Peace. 
Of  the  increase  of  his  government'  and  peace  there  shall  be 
no  end,  upon  the  throne  of  David,  and  upon  his  kingdom,  to 
order  it,  and  to  establish  it  with  judgment  and  with  justice 
from  henceforth  even  for  ever.  The  zeal  of  the  Lord  of  hosts 
will  perform  this." 

All  will  agree  that  this  Scripture  refers  to  Christ.  This 
child  was  born  by  promise  to  Adam  when  the  promise  was 
made  that  the  seed  of  the  woman  should  bruise  the  serpent's 
head.  That  promise  was  confirmed  to  Abraham  by  the  oath 
of  God,  and  it  has  been  sure  to  every  child  of  God  since 
Abraham's  time.  We  are  glad  to  say,  "to  us  a  child  is  born 
.  .  .  and  the  government  shall  be  upon  his  shoulders," 
and  that  He  will  come  to  establish  His  kingdom,  as  these 
verses  declare.  He  established  the  kingdom  of  grace  as  soon 
as  man  sinned,  but  the  kingdom  of  glory  is  still  future,  but 
of  that  kingdom  there  is  no  end.  The  kingdom  of  grace  will 
end  when  probation  closes,  but  the  throne  of  David  upon 
which  Christ  is  to  rule  will  have  no  end.  Thus  the  Scriptures 
again  carry  us  down  to  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  end  of 
the  world. 

Those  who  hold  that  Christ's  kingdom  was  set  up  and  es- 
tablished when  He  was  here  on  earth,  or  on  the  day  of  Pente- 
cost, make  a  fatal  mistake.  These  verses  tell  us  that  it  is 
established  from  henceforth,  that  is,  from  the  coming  of 


284     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Christ  forward.  Let  these  two  kingdoms  be  thus  understood 
and  all  difficulties  upon  that  question  will  vanish. 

Verses  8-n:  "The  Lord  sent  a  word  into  Jacob,  and  it 
hath  lighted  upon  Israel.  And  all  the  people  shall  know, 
even  Ephraim  and  the  inhabitant  of  Samaria,  that  say  in  the 
pride  and  stoutness  of  heart,  The  bricks  are  fallen  down,  but 
we  will  build  with  hewn  stones:  the  sycamores  are  cut  down, 
but  we  will  change  them  into  cedars.  Therefore  the  Lord 
shall  set  up  the  adversaries  of  Rezin  against  him,  and  join 
his  enemies  together." 

God  has  sent  His  servants  to  appeal  both  to  Catholicism 
and  to  Protestantism  that  they  heed  the  things  written  con- 
cerning their  future.  But  in  their  pride  they  boast  and  say 
to  calamities,  Come  upon  us;  we  will  rebuild  stronger  than 
before.  This  disposition  is  manifest  today.  God  has  visited 
many  of  our  fair  cities  with  fire  and  with  earthquake,  but 
instead  of  learning  the  lesson  that  God  intends  to  teach, 
they  make  immediate  preparations  to  build  structures  that 
are  fire  and  earthquake  proof.  They  discern  not  the  fore- 
runner of  God's  judgment  in  the  land.  And  as  before  the 
flood,  they  build  and  plant  as  if  the  Lord  had  not  sent  warn- 
ings to  them.  Because  of  this  course,  the  Lord  will  raise 
up  adversaries  who  will  join  themselves  against  Ephraim  and 
Israel  as  He  did  in  former  history. 

Verse  12:  "The  Syrians  before,  and  the  Philistines  be- 
hind ;  and  they  shall  devour  Israel  with  open  mouth.  For  all 
this  his  anger  is  not  turned  away,  but  his  hand  is  stretched 
out  still." 

Bear  in  mind  that  ancient  names  are  used  to  represent  mod- 
ern nations  and  events.  Here,  then,  is  a  description  of  how 
Roman  Catholicism,  represented  by  the  house  of  Israel,  will 
be  devoured  by  open  mouth.  A  new  feature  is  introduced, 
which  will  be  made  clear  later  in  these  studies,  under  the 
name  of  the  Philistines.  The  comment  on  Hosea  12:1,  2  has 
set  the  scene  of  battle  clearly  before  the  reader.  In  Verse  n 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  285 

Assyria,  who  is  the  adversary  of  Rezin  (Syria),  comes  from 
the  East  against  him  (the  house  of  Israel).  The  Lord  joins 
his  (the  house  of  Israel's)  enemies:  Assyria  from  the  East 
coming  across  the  territory  of  Syria  (Verse  12)  and  the  "East 
Wind"  of  Hosea  12:1,  2  (Japan)  coming  across  the  United 
States  (Philistia)  joins  Assyria  from  the  East  and  the  two 
devour  the  house  of  Israel  (Roman  Catholicism)  "with  open 
mouth." 

Verses  13-17:  "For  the  people  turneth  not  unto  him  that 
smiteth  them,  neither  do  they  'seek  the  Lord  of  hosts.  There- 
fore the  Lord  will  cut  off  from  Israel  head  and  tail,  branch  and 
rush,  in  one  day.  The  ancient  and  honourable,  he  is  the  head ; 
and  the  prophet  that  teacheth  lies,  he  is  the  tail.  For  the  lead- 
ers of  this  people  cause  them  to  err;  and  they  that  are  led 
of  them  are  destroyed.  Therefore  the  Lord  shall  have  no 
joy  in  their  young  men,  neither  shall  have  mercy  on  their 
fatherless  and  widows :  for  every  one  is  a  hypocrite  and  an 
evil  doer,  and  every  mouth  speaketh  folly.  For  all  this  his 
anger  is  not  turned  away,  but  his  hand  is  stretched  out  still. 

When  God  once  stretches  forth  His  hand  to  destroy  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth,  it  will  not  be  taken  back  until  the 
work  is  entirely  completed.  These  verses  consider  the  final 
downfall  of  Israel  (Roman  Catholicism).  The  sentence  is 
especially  pronounced  against  those  designated  as  the  "head" 
and  the  "tail."  The  prophets,  or  teachers,  are  represented  by 
the  tail,  while  the  civil  rulers  are  regarded  as  the  head.  The 
head  is  supposed  to  guide  the  affairs  of  the  nation  and  the 
other  class  is  to  inform  the  people  of  the  dangers  surround- 
ing them.  But  neither  one  has  performed  its  part.  They 
have  left  the  body  (the  people)  to  the  mercy  of  every  foe. 
They  are  the  ones  who  are  most  responsible  and  they  make 
great  pretensions  in  religion,  but  their  profession  is  only 
hypocritical  and  their  religion  is  only  in  outward  form. 

Verses  18-21:  "For  wickedness  burneth  as  the  fire:  it 
shall  devour  the  briers  and  thorns,  and  shall  kindle  in  the 


286     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

thickets  of  the  forest,  and  they  shall  mount  up  like  the  lifting 
of  smoke.  Through  the  wrath  of  the  Lord  of  hosts  is  the 
land  darkened,  and  the  people  shall  be  as  the  fuel  of  the  fire: 
no  man  shall  spare  his  brother.  And  he  shall  snatch  on  the 
right  hand,  and  be  hungry;  and  he  shall  eat  on  the  left  hand, 
and  they  shall  not  be  satisfied:  they  shall  eat  every  man  the 
flesh  of  his  own  arm :  Manasseh,  Ephraim ;  and  Ephraim, 
Manasseh :  and  they  together  shall  be  against  Judah.  For 
all  this  his  anger  is  not  turned  away,  but  his  hand  is  stretched 
out  -still." 

A  further  description  of  the  events  that  will  ultimately 
bring  their  final  destruction  is  here  given.  The  statement  is 
that  every  man  shall  be  against  his  brother.  Ephraim  and 
Manasseh  were  sons  of  Joseph  and  they  are  taken  in  this 
prophecy  to  represent  the  brotherhood  of  Israel  and  Ephraim 
(Catholicism  and  Protestantism)  when  they  will  be  opposed 
to  each  other,  and  then  they  will  join  together  against  Judah 
(Greek  Catholicism). 

We  have  now  in  this  picture,  first,  Assyria  against  them 
all;  second, 'the  East,  as  before  described,  against  Western 
Europe;  third,  America  and  Europe  against  Greek  Catholi- 
cism. The  prophet  also  gives  a  graphic  description  in  these 
verses  of  the  last  event  when  the  beast  (Roman  Catholicism) 
and  the  false  prophet  (Protestantism)  shall  be  cast  alive  into 
the  lake  of  fire. 

The  opposition  of  the  three  to  each  other  indicates  internal 
difficulties  which  weaken  the  contestants,  and  prepare  them 
for  the  destruction  brought  by  the  Outside  forces  of  Assyria 
and  the  kings  of  the  East. 

Isaiah  X. 

Verses  1-4:  "Woe  unto  them  that  decree  unrighteous  de- 
crees, and  that  write  grievousness  which  they  have  prescribed ; 
to  turn  aside  the  needy  from  judgment,  and  to  take  away 
the  right  from  the  poor  of  my  people,  that  widows  may  be 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  287 

their  prey,  and  that  they  may  rob  the  fatherless!  And  what 
will  ye  do  in  the  day  of  visitation,  and  in  the  desolation  which 
shall  come  from  far?  to  whom  will  ye  flee  for  help?  and 
where  will  ye  leave  your  glory?  Without  me  they  shall  bow 
down  under  the  prisoners,  and  they  shall  fall  under  the  slain. 
For  all  this  his  anger  is  not  turned  away,  but  his  hand  is 
stretched  out  still." 

In  this  confederacy,  the  Christian  governments  must  enact 
laws  for  the  land  as  Rome  did  during  the  Dark  Ages.  These 
laws  are  intended  to  compel  obedience  to  the  one  at  whose 
instance  they  are  enacted.  But  God  says,  Woe  to  the  un- 
righteous nation  which  writes  these  grievous  decrees,  and  He 
refers  to  other  laws  that  favor  the  rich  and  oppress  the  wid- 
ows, the  poor  and  the  fatherless.  Money  occupi&s  the  minds 
of  men  in  the  last  days.  Measures  that  practically  place  a 
tax  upon  every  one  who  consumes  the  commodities  of  life  are 
lobbied  through  the  legislatures  for  unjust  gain.  The  liquor 
traffic,  for  example,  in  all  its  murderous,  villainous  outrages, 
is  permitted  by  the  lawmakers  and  is  legalized  by  the  courts 
because  of  the  revenue  and  the  bribes  which  come  from  those 
engaged  in  its  destructive  work.  The  day  of  vengeance  is 
hastening  on  and  God  says  His  hand  is  outstretched  still  to 
make  the  destruction  complete.  Probation  has  closed  and 
God's  hand  is  stretched  out  to  avenge  the  distress  of  the  poor 
and  the  cries  of  the  laborers  who  have  been  defrauded  of  that 
which  is  their  due. 

Verses  5-12:  "O  Assyrian,  the  rod  of  mine  anger,  and  the 
staff  in  their  hand  is  mine  indignation.  I  will  send  him  against 
a  hypocritical  nation,  and  against  the  people  of  my  wrath  will 
I  give  him  a  charge,  to  take  the  spoil,  and  to  take  the  prey, 
and  to  tread  them  down  like  the  mire  of  the  streets.  Howbeit 
he  meaneth  not  so,  neither  doth  his  heart  think  so;  but  it  is 
in  his  heart  to  destroy  and  cut  off  nations  not  a  few.  For 
he  saith,  Are  not  my  princes  altogether  kings?  Is  not  Calno 
as  Carchemish?  is  not  Hamath  as  Arpad?  is  not  Samaria  as 


288      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Damascus?  As  my  hand  hath  found  the  kingdoms  of  the 
idols,  and  whose  graven  images  did  excel  them  of  Jerusalem 
and  of  Samaria ;  Shall  I  not,  as  I  have  done  unto  Samaria 
and  her  idols,  so  do  to  Jerusalem  and  her  idols?  Wherefore 
it  shall  come  to  pass,  that,  when  the  Lord  hath  performed  his 
whole  work  upon  mount  Zion  and  on  Jerusalem,  I  will  punish 
the  fruit  of  the  stout  heart  of  the  king  of  Assyria,  and  the 
glory  of  his  high  looks." 

Even  that  which  will  be  in  the  mind  of  the  Eastern  na- 
tions is  told  us.  When  they  start  out,  they  do  not  expect  to 
do  as  great  things  as  they  will  accomplish.  God  uses  them 
merely  as  the  rod  of  His  anger,  as  he  used  Nebuchadnezzar, 
king  of  Babylon,  to  overthrow  ancient  Jerusalem  and  the 
king  of  Assyria  to  destroy  Israel.  They  will  not  realize  that 
God  enables  them  to  accomplish  this,  but  will  take  the  glory 
to  themselves.  Ezekiel  (38:10-12)  tells  us  that  an  evil 
thought  shall  enter  into  their  mind  and  they  will  go  out  to 
rob  and  plunder  and  "take  a  spoil,"  but  they  have  no  idea 
of  going  to  the  extent  to  which  they  will  go.  "It  is  in  his 
heart  to  destroy  and  cut  off  nations  not  a  few,"  but  not  "to 
tread  them  down  like  the  mire  of  the  streets,"  and  to  perform 
the  cruel  acts  that  are  pointed  out  in  the  prophecies.  This 
power  will  recount  the  great  deeds  done  in  both  ancient  and 
modern  history,  and  can  it  not  repeat  them  ?  That  their  princes 
are  kings  (Isaiah  10:11)  is  true,  for  many  nations  shall  be 
joined  in  that  one  movement.  This  gives  them  confidence 
that  it  is  in  their  power  to  do  as  they  desire.  And  so  they 
will,  until  the  work  that  they  are  chosen  of  God  to  perform 
is  completed.  But  that  is  not  all  the  story.  God  is  no  re- 
specter of  persons  and  when  the  wicked  can  no  longer  be 
used  as  instruments  in  effecting  the  will  of  God,  they  will  also 
be  cast  out  as  an  abominable  branch. 

Verses  13-19:  "For  he  saith,  By  the  strength  of  my  hand 
I  have  done  it,  and  by  my  wisdom ;  for  I  am  prudent :  and 
.1  have  removed  the  bounds  of  the  people,  and  have  robbed 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  289 

their  treasures,  and  I  have  put  down  the  inhabitants  like  a 
valiant  man :  and  my  hand  hath  found  as  a  nest  the  riches 
of  the  people :  and  as  one  gathereth  eggs  that  are  left,  have* 
I  gathered  all  the  earth;  and  there  was  none  that  moved  the 
wing,  or  opened  the  mouth,  or  peeped.  Shall  the  axe  boast 
itself  against  him  that  heweth  therewith?  or  shall  the  saw 
magnify  itself  against  him  that  shaketh  it?  as  if  the  rod 
should  shake  itself  against  them  that  lift  it  up,  or  as  if  the 
staff  should  lift  up  itself,  as  if  it  were  no  wood.  Therefore 
shall  the  Lord,  the  Lord  of  hosts,  send  among  his  fat  ones 
leanness;  and  under  his  glory  he  shall  kindle  a  burning  like 
the  burning  of  a  fire.  And  the  light  of  Israel  shall  be  for  a 
fire,  and  his  Holy  One  for  a  flame :  and  it  shall  burn  and  de- 
vour his  thorns  and  his  briers  in  one  day;  and  shall  consume 
the  glory  of  his  forests,  and  of  his  fruitful  field,  both  soul  and 
body:  and  they  shall  be  a,s  when  a  standard-bearer  fainteth. 
And  the  rest  of  the  trees  of  his  forest  shall  be  few,  that  a  child 
may  write  them." 

The  Lord  never  leaves  the  story  half  told  for  even  the  de- 
tails are  written  that  those  who  will  consider  them  may  profit 
thereby.  Nebuchadnezzar,  after  destroying  Jerusalem  and 
taking  the  people  of  God  captive,  was  seated  on  his  throne  in 
one  of  the  finest  cities  the  world  has  ever  known.  He  was 
young,  stout-hearted  and  brave.  Upon  a  certain  .occasion,  in 
the  presence  of  his  lords,  he  exclaimed,  "Is  not  this  great 
Babylon  that  I  have  built?"  At  that  very  time  the  Lord 
pronounced  sentence  against  him  that  his  hair  should  grow 
as  eagle  feathers,  his  nails  like  birds'  claws  and  he  should  be 
driven  out  from  among  men  and  eat  grass  as  the  ox  until  the 
dews  of  seven  years  pass  over  him,  till  he  might  learn  that 
there  is  a  God  in  heaven  that  "ruleth  in  the  kingdom  of  men 
and,  giveth  it  to  whomsoever  He  will."  Daniel  4  and  5. 

In  the  last  days  these  Eastern  nations  will  boast  in  similar 
manner,  and  when  they  have  robbed  the  Western  nations  as 
a  nest  is  robbed  of  its  eggs,  no  man  daring  to  raise  a  voice 

19 


290     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

against  them,  then,  says  the  Lord,  their  punishment  will  follow. 
God  will  kindle  a  fire  in  their  midst  and  they  will  be  destroyed 
by  the  brightness  of  His  coming.  God  has  set  His  hand  to 
remove  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  and  it  will  be  done  through 
the  events  predicted  by  the  prophets. 

It  is  our  privilege  to  know  the  detailed  movements  of  these 
nations  in  the  last  days  and  the  closing  events  of  this  earth's 
history.  This  power  will  be  destroyed,  both  soul  and  body. 
The  soul  is  the  life.  This  sentence  is  not  pronounced  against 
the  righteous ;  his  name  is  written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of  life ; 
his  life  is  hid  with  Christ  in  God,  and  when  the  Life-giver 
comes,  life  will  be  restored  to  him  eternally.  But  to  this  peo- 
ple, eternal  life  is  not  promised ;  therefore  they  must  be  de- 
stroyed both  life  and  body.  They  have  boasted  to  themselves 
that  they  have  great  wisdom,  prudence  and  good  judgment, 
but  true  wisdom  comes  from  God  and  teaches  humility,  not 
boastfulness. 

Verses  20-25 :  "And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that 
the*  remnant  of  Israel,  and  such  as  are  escaped  of  the  house  of 
Jacob,  shall  no  more  again  stay  upon  him  that  smote  them ;  but 
shall  stay  upon  the  Lord,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  in  truth. 
The  remnant  shall  return,  even  the  remnant  of  Jacob,  unto  the 
mighty  God.  For  though  thy  people  Israel  be  as  the  sands  of 
the  sea,  yet  a  remnant  of  them  shall  return :  the  consumption 
decreed  shall  overflow  with  righteousness.  For  the  Lord  God 
of  hosts  shall  make  a  consumption,  even  determined,  in  the 
midst  of  all  the  land.  Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God  of 
hosts,  O  my  people  that  dwellest  in  Zion,  be  not  afraid  of  the 
Assyrian :  he  shall  smite  thee  with  a  rod,  'and  shall  lift  up  his 
staff  against  thee,  after  the  manner  of  Egypt.  For  yet  a  very 
little  while,  and  the  indignation  shall  cease,  and  mine  anger  in 
their  destruction." 

The  house  of  Israel  has  ever  stayed  upon  the  Assyrian  form 
of  worship,  but  some  among  them  heed  the  message  of  truth 
and  come  out  and  escape  before  her  judgments  come.  Such, 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  291 

from  this  time  on,  "shall  stay  upon  the  Lord,  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel."  The  admonition  to  this  remnant  is  not  to  be  afraid  of 
the  Assyrians,  although  they  will  lift  up  their  rod  against  them 
as  Pharaoh  followed  the  host  of  Israel  into  the  Red  Sea.  That 
the  deliverance  of  God's  people  in  the  last  days  is  assured  is 
evidenced  by  the  escape  of  God's  former  children,  Israel  of 
old  through  the  Red  Sea,  dry-shod. 

Verses  26-34:  "And  the  Lord  of  hosts  shall  stir  up  a 
scourge  for  him  according  to  the  slaughter  of  Median  at  the 
rock  of  Oreb :  and  as  his  rod  was  upon  the  sea,  so  shall  he  lift 
it  up  after  the  manner  of  Egypt.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day,  that  his  burden  shall  be  taken  away  from  off  thy 
shoulder,  and  his  yoke  from  off  thy  neck,  and  the  yoke  shall 
be  destroyed  because  of  the  anointing.  He  is  come  to  Aiath, 
he  is  passed  to  Migron;  at  Michmash  he  hath  laid  up  his  car- 
riages: they  are  gone  over  the  passage:  thee  have  taken  up 
their  lodging  at  Geba ;  Ramah  is  afraid ;  Gibeah  of  Saul  is  fled. 
Lift  up  thy  voice,  O  daughter  of  Gallim :  cause  it  to  be  heard 
unto  Laish,  O  poor  Anathoth.  Madmenah  is  removed;  the 
inhabitants  of  Gebim  gather  themselves  to  flee.  As  yet  shall 
he  remain  at  Nob  that  day :  he  shall  shake  his  hand  against  the 
mount  of  the  daughter  of  Zion,  the  hill  of  Jerusalem.  Behold, 
the  Lord,  the  Lord  of  hosts,  shall  lop  the  bough  with  terror: 
and  the  high  ones  of  stature  shall  be  hewn  down,  and  the 
haughty  shall  be  humbled.  And  he  shall  cut  down  the  thickets 
of  the  forest  with  iron,  and  Lebanon  shall  fall  by  a  mighty 
one." 

Here  is  a  most  vivid  description  of  the  future  by  incidents 
borrowed  from  past  events.  The  nations  of  the  world  may, 
from  time  to  time,  spoil  and  rob  and  plunder  other  nations,  but 
they  can  never  lay  their  hands  upon  those  that  are  under  the 
shadow  and  protection  of  the  Almighty.  His  eye  runs  to  and 
fro  throughout  all  the  earth  and  He  manifests  Himself  strong 
in  behalf  of  those  that  fear  Him.  So,  in  the  time  of  trouble, 
the  decree  may  be  passed  by  the  Protestant  division  that  all 


292     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

who  will  not  worship  the  image  and  receive  the  mark  of  the 
beast  shall  be  killed.  The  dragon  power  of  the  East  may  be 
wroth  with  Christendom  and  go  to  make  war  with  the  remnant 
of  her  seed;  but  God  promises  to  raise  up  His  rod,  as  it  was 
raised  up  by  Moses  at  the  Red  Sea;  and  bring  in  confusion 
among  those  who  war  against  His  people,  as  He  did  among  the 
Midianites  at  the  rock  of  Oreb.  The  remnant  people  receive 
the  anointing  of  the  Lord.  The  yoke  of  the  civil  power  is 
broken  from  off  their  neck  and  they  are  free  from  every  earthly 
foe ;  no  power  dare  to  raise  its  hand  against  them. 

The  places  mentioned  in  these  verses  lay  on  the  line  of 
march  made  by  the  Assyrian  king  who  laid  siege  to  Jerusalem. 
Anathoth  which  was  the  home  of  the  priests  was  the  last  point 
taken  before  reaching  that  city,  and  they  were  the  first  to  feel 
the  stroke  of  Jerusalem's  fall.  In  the  last  great  conflict,  simi- 
lar events  will  occur.  As  the  vast  army  marches  toward  the 
West  upon  modern  Jerusalem  (the  professed  church),  the 
honorable  men  and  the  prophets  will  once  more  be  among  the 
first  to  fall ;  they  are  represented  by  the  head  and  the  tail,  as 
before  noted.  Thus  the  historical  facts  of  the  past  and  the 
surety  of  God's  prophecy  for  the  future  form  a  two-fold  evi- 
dence of  the  accuracy  of  these  statements. 

Isaiah  XL 

Verses  1-4:  "And  there  shall  come  forth  a  rod  out  of  the 
stem  of  Jesse,  and  a  Branch  shall  grow  out  of  his  roots:  and 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  shall  rest  upon  him,  the  spirit  of  wisdom 
and  understanding,  the  spirit  of  counsel  and  might,  the  spirit 
of  knowledge  and  of  the  fear  of  the  Lord:  and  shall  make 
him  of  quick  understanding  in  the  fear  of  the  Lord:  and  he 
shall  not  judge  after  the  sight  of  his  eyes,  neither  reprove  after 
the  hearing  of  his  ears :  but  with  righteousness  shall  he  judge 
the  poor,  and  reprove  with  equity  for  the  meek  of  the  earth: 
and  he  shall  smite  the  earth  with  the  rod  of  his  mouth,  and  with 
the  breath  of  his  lips  shall  he  slay  the  wicked." 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  293 

Jesse  was  the  father  of  David.  Upon  David's  throne 
Christ  is  to  reign  at  his  second  coming.  In  that  day  the  branch 
here  mentioned  shall  shoot  forth.  Christ  will  be  governed  in 
all  His  decisions  and  actions  by  the  character  described  in 
these  verses.  "With  the  breath  of  His  lips  shall  He  slay  the 
wicked,"  refers  to  the  same  as  the  sword  that  proceedeth  out 
of  His  mouth  mentioned  in  Revelation  19:15.  It  is  the  same 
sword  that  will  punish  leviathan  the  crooked  serpent.  Isaiah 
27:1.  Thus  the  coming  of  the  Lord  is  introduced  in  this 
chapter. 

Verses  5-9:  "And  righteousness  shall  be  the  girdle  of  his 
loins,  and  faithfulness  the  girdle  of  his  reins.  The  wolf  also 
shall  dwell  with  the  lamb,  and  the  leopard  shall  lie  down  with 
the  kid;  and  the  calf  and  the  young  lion  and  the  fading  to- 
gether ;  and  a  little  child  shall  lead  them.  And  the  cow  and  the 
bear  shall  feed;  their  young  ones  shall  lie  down  together:  and 
the  lion  shall  eat  straw  like  the  ox.  And  the  sucking  child 
shall  olay  on  the  hole  of  the  asp,  and  the  weaned  child  shall 
put  his  hand  on  the  cockatrice'  den.  They  shall  not  hurt  nor 
destroy  in  all  my  holy  mountain :  for  the  earth  shall  be  full  of 
the  knowledge  of  the  Lord,  as  the  waters  cover  the  sea." 

Such  is  the  reign  of  peace  in  the  home  of  the  saved,  the 
earth  restored  to  its  Edenic  beauty  where  the  wicked  no  more 
will  rule  and  where  Christ  will  reign  upon  the  .throne  of  David. 
All  ravenous  beasts  and  poisonous  reptiles  will  have  ceased  to 
exist.  Then  nothing  in  all  the  earth  will  hurt  or  destroy. 

So  many  Scriptures  mention  this  subject  and  so  fully  is  it 
presented  in  the  last  chapter  of  "The  Inspired  History  of  the 
Nations,"  that  we  refer  the  reader  to  them  for  further  details 
concerning  it. 

Verses  10-16:  "And  in  that  day  there  shall  be  a  root  of 
Jesse,  which  shall  stand  for  an  ensign,  of  the  people ;  to  it  shall 
the  Gentiles  seek :  and  his  rest  shall  be  glorious.  And  it  shall 
come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the  Lord  shall  set  his  hand  again 
the  second  time  to  recover  the  remnant  of  his  people,  which 


294     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

shall  be  left,  from  Assyria,  and  from  Egypt,  and  from  Pathros, 
and  from  Gush,  and  from  Elam,  and  from  Shinar,  and  from 
Hamath,  and  from  the  islands  of  the  sea.  And  he  shall  set  up 
an  ensign  for  the  nations,  and  shall  assemble  the  outcasts  of 
Israel,  and  gather  together  the  dispersed  of  Judah  from  the 
four  corners  of  the  earth.  The  envy  also  of  Ephraim  shall 
depart,  and  the  adversaries  of  Judah  shall  be  cut  off :  Ephraim 
shall  not  envy  Judah,  and  Judah  shall  not  vex  Ephraim.  But 
they  shall  fly  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines  toward  the 
West ;  they  shall  spoil  them  of  the  East  together :  they  shall  lay 
their  hand  upon  Edom  and  Moab ;  and  the  children  of  Ammon 
shall  obey  them.  And  the  Lord  shall  utterly  destroy  the  tongue 
of  the  Egyptian  sea ;  and  with  his  mighty  wind  shall  he  shake 
his  hand  over  the  river,  and  shall  smite  it  in  the  seven  streams, 
and  make  men  go  over  dryshod.  And  there  shall  be  an  high- 
way for  the  remnant  of  his  people,  which  shall  be  left,  from 
Assyria;  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the  day  that  he  came  up 
out  of  the  land  of  Egypt." 

Remember  that  the  expression,  "In  that  day,"  always  refers 
to  the  events  of  the  last  generation  and  the  coming  of  Christ. 
These  verses  introduce  one  of  the  greatest  and  most  important 
works  God  ever  set  His  hand  to  do  in  this  world.  This  work 
is  stated  as  a  movement,  especially  among  the  Gentiles.  God 
once  set  His  hand  to  deliver  His  people  out  of  the  nations  of 
the  earth  and  to  establish  them  as  a  nation  to  themselves  in  the 
land  of  Canaan ;  and,  according  to  this  prophecy,  He  will  set 
His  hand  again  the  second  time  to  do  a  similar  work.  This 
time  they  will  not  be  gathered  out  of  one  nation  alone,  but  out 
of  all  the  nations  of  the  world ;  for  since  the  days  of  the  cap- 
tivity, six  centuries  before.  Christ,  the  people  of  God  have  in- 
habited all  lands.  Consequently,  gathering  them  out  must  be 
a  world-wide  movement. 

The  message  preparing  God's  people  for  this  literal  gather- 
ing out  is  brought  to  view  in  Revelation  14:6-12.  When  this 
work  is  completed,  probation  closes,  the  gathering  out  of  God's 


A  Wonderful  Object  Lesson.  295 

people  then  takes  place  and  the  judgments  of  God  begin  to  fall 
upon  the  earth.  The  confederacy  heretofore  described  is  im- 
mediately formed  as  an  offensive  movement  against  the  rem- 
nant whom  the  confederacy  suppose  to  be  the  cause  of  the 
judgments;  and  the  ''time  and  trouble,  such  as  never  was 
since  there  was  a  nation,"  is  visited  upon  mankind. 

So  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Isaiah  is  the  culmination  of  the 
theme  we  have  been  considering,  which  began  in  the  seventh 
chapter.  Thus  far  every  lover  of  truth  and  every  one  who  will 
love  life  more  than  death  will  be  especially  interested.  So 
many  interesting  points  are  introduced  in  the  closing  verses 
that  we  will  not  at  this  time  attempt  a  comment  upon  them. 
They  are  full  of  significance,  but  as  other  prophecies  bear  upon 
the  statements  regarding  Moab,  Ammon,  the  Philistines,  and 
other  points  here  referred  to,  we  will  develop  those  ideas  when 
we  reach  them  in  the  consideration  of  the  Scriptures  which 
refer  to  them. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

A   GENTILE   PROPHECY. 

The  three  divisions  of  Christendom,  under  the  names  Ju- 
dah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim,  are  again  considered  in  the  seven- 
teenth chapter  of  Isaiah's  prophecy.  It  is  indeed  impressive 
to  note  how,  under  these  titles,  Hosea  throws  light  on  this 
subject  as  treated  by  other  prophets.  Hosea  is  truly  the  key 
to  the  situation  and  sheds  much  light  upon  many  passages 
throughout  the  prophetic  writings. 

Isaiah  XVII. 

Verses  1-3 :  "The  burden  of  Damascus.  Behold,  Damas- 
cus is  taken  away  from  being  a  city,  and  it  shall  be  a  ruinous 
heap.  The  cities  of  Aroer  are  forsaken:  they  shall  be  for 
flocks,  which  shall  lie  down,  and  none  shall  make  them  afraid. 
The  fortress  also  shall  cease  from  Ephraim,  and  the  king- 
dom from  Damascus,  and  the  remnant  of  Syria:  they  shall  be 
as  the  glory  of  the  children  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts." 

Damascus  was  the  capital  of  Syria,  and  Syria  was  the 
original  home  of  the  Greek  Gentile  Church.  So  Jezreel  (Ju- 
dah),  the  first  child  of  the  wife  of  Hosea,  who  represented 
this  division,  we  can  see,  is  introduced  under  the  expression 
"the  burden  of  Damascus."  Verse  3  says,  "the  fortress  shall 

296 


A  Gentile  Prophecy.  297 

cease  from  Ephraim,"  who  is  the  third  division,  according  to 
Hosea's  prophecy,  and  represents  Protestantism.  The  prophet 
next  introduces  and  describes  Israel  (Roman  Catholicism). 

Verses  4-6:  "And  in  that  day  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that 
the  glory  of  Jacob  shall  be  made  thin,  and  the  fatness  of  his 
flesh  shall  wax  lean.  And  it  shall  be  as  when  the  harvest- 
man  gathereth  the  corn,  and  reapeth  the  ears  with  his  arm ; 
and  it  shall  be  as  he  that  gathereth  ears  in  the  valley  of 
Rephaim.  Yet  gleaning  grapes  shall  be  left  in  it,  as  the  shak- 
ing of  an  olive  tree,  two  or  three  berries  in  the  top  of  the 
uttermost  bough,  four  or  five  in  the  outmost  fruitful  branches 
thereof,  saith  the  Lord  God  of  Israel." 

This  description  reveals  that,  although  this  division  is  truly 
in  a  bad  condition,  a  few  individuals  will  be  gathered  from 
among  them.  How  clearly  the  history  of  these  divisions  is 
foretold. 

Remember  that  Jacob  stands  for  the  word  Israel  in  this 
text,  and  when  that  name  is  substituted  for  Israel,  then  you 
have  the  three  divisions  clearly  defined  in  this  Scripture.  In 
the  remaining  part  of  the  chapter,  the  writer  describes  the 
nations  that  will  be  brought  against  these  divisions  and  how 
they  will  be  rebuked.  Hence,  is  it  not  clear  that  the  three  di- 
visions originated  in  the  days  immediately  following  the  death 
of  Solomon,  when  they  were  established  under  the  names 
Judah,  Israel  and  Ephraim?  Ephraim  was  foretold  as  early 
as  1689  B.  c.,  when  his  pre-eminence  over  Reuben  was  prophe- 
sied. Because  of  a  wrong  course  taken  by  Reuben,  his  birth- 
right was  turned  to  the  children  of  Joseph.  I.  Chron.  5:1,  2. 
This  incident  gave  Ephraim  a  prominent  position  among  the 
twelve  tribes.  Jeroboam,  the  first  king  of  Israel,  was  an 
Ephraimite.  Thus  these  names  and  divisions  are  carried  down 
to  the  end  of  the  world's  history,  and  they  constitute  the  three 
divisions  of  Babylon  mentioned  in  Revelation,  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  chapters.  Many  of  the  mysteries  of  the  Old  Tes- 
tament writings  vanish  when  one  gets  these  facts  clearly  in 


298     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

mind.  It  is  the  only  reliable  teaching  concerning  the  move- 
ments of  nations ;  and  the  only  scriptural  explanation  of  the 
yellow  peril. 

The  subject  under  consideration  in  the  fourth  chapter  of 
Jeremiah  is  of  vast  importance  just  at  this  time.  We  trust 
the  reader  will  bear  with  us  while  we  submit  the  evidences 
for  the  purpose  of  removing  every  doubt.  The  facts  are,  that 
every  book  and  the  object  in  every  subject  introduced  in  the 
writings  of  the  prophets,  is  to  acquaint  the  mind  with  the 
events  that  are  to  occur  in  the  present  age  of  the  world.  We 
therefore  take  such  portions  only  as  in  our  judgment  are  clear- 
est and  most  convincing  to  the  ordinary  reader.  Deeming 
this  chapter  one  such  portion,  we  will  notice  its  statements. 

Jeremiah  IV. 

Verses  1-2:  "If  thou  wilt  return,  O  Israel,  saith  the  Lord, 
return  unto  me :  and  if  thou  wilt  put  away  thine  abominations 
out  of  my  sight,  then  shalt  thou  not  remove.  And  thou  shalt 
swear,  The  Lord  liveth,  in  truth,  in  judgment,  and  in  right- 
eousness ;  and  the  nations  shall  bless  themselves  in  him,  and 
in  him  shall  they  glory." 

A  direct  appeal  comes  to  the  House  of  Israel  (Roman 
Catholicism)  with  the  promise  that  if  they  will  return  "the 
nations  shall  bless  themselves  in  him  (The  Lord)."  As  long 
as  probation  is  extended  to  the  race,  it  is  the  privilege  of 
every  one  to  accept  God.  Prophecy  gives  us  the  plain  pre- 
diction of  what  men  will  do,  and  that  few  will  be  saved.  On 
the  other  hand  sufficient  provision  has  been  made  that  every 
one  in  the  world  could  be  saved  if  they  have  a  desire  to  be. 
Therefore,  while  it  is  evident  that  the  Roman  Church  will 
not,  it  is  equally  evident  they  could  be  saved  if  they  so  de- 
sired. 

Verses  3,  4 :  "For  thus  saith  the  Lord  to  the  men  of  Judah 
and  Jerusalem,  Break  up  your  fallow  ground,  and  sow  not 
among  thorns.  Circumcise  yourselves  to  the  Lord,  and  take 


A  Gentile  Prophecy.  299 

away  the  foreskins  of  your  heart,  ye  men  of  Judah  and  inhab- 
itants of  Jerusalem;  lest  my  fury  come  forth  like  fire,  and 
burn  that  none  can  quench  it,  because  of  the  evil  of  your 
doings." 

The  Greek  Catholic  Church,  under  the  name  of  Judah,  is 
next  admonished  in  the  same  manner  as  was  the  Roman 
Church.  The  Lord  is  not  willing  that  any  should  perish,  but 
desires  that  all  should  come  to  repentance.  His  long  suffer- 
ing continues  even  to  this  day. 

Verses  5-8:  "Declare  ye  in  Judah,  and  publish  in  Jeru- 
salem; and. say,  Blow  ye  the  trumpet  in  the  land:  cry,  gather 
together,  and  say,  Assemble  yourselves,  and  let  us  go  into 
the  defenced  cities.  Set  up  the  standard  toward  Zion:  retire, 
stay  not;  for  I  will  bring  evil  from  the  north,  and  a  great 
destruction.  The  lion  is  come  up  from  his  thicket,  and  the 
destroyer  of  the  Gentiles  is  on  his  way;  he  is  gone  forth  from 
his  place  to  make  thy  land  desolate;  and  thy  cities  shall  be 
laid  waste,  without  an  inhabitant.  For  this  gird  you  with 
sackcloth,  lament  and  howl:  for  the  fierce  anger  of  the  Lord 
is  not  turned  back  from  us." 

A  warning  is  given  these  divisions,  telling  the  certainty 
of  the  destruction  to  follow  their  failure  to  repent.  The  lion 
is  a  symbol  of  the  old  Assyrian  and  Babylonian  empires.  Our 
attention  is  thus  directed  to  the  East,  the  territory  from  which 
the  destroyers  will  come.  Note  particularly  that  this  prophecy 
is  not  against  the  Jewish  Nation.  For  the  "destroyer  of  the 
Gentiles  is  on  his  way,"  they  come  to  destroy  Judah  (House 
of  Judah,  Greek  Catholicism)  and  it  is  so  plainly  stated, 
hence  it  is  not  the  Jewish  Nation.  This  chapter  is  thus  estab- 
lished as  one  having  its  application  in  the  last  days  and  not 
before  the  time  of  Christ.  The  Church,  in  this  chapter  called 
Jerusalem,  is  neither  the  church  nor  the  city  that  existed  be- 
fore the  time  of  Christ,  but  is  Gentile  Jerusalem.  This  is 
equally  true  as  mentioned  in  the  ninth  chapter  of  Ezekiel's 
prophecy. 


300     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Remember  that  the  names  Judah,  Israel,  Ephraim,  Jeru- 
salem, the  mountains  of  Israel,  and  names  of  ancient  nations 
and  ancient  events  are  all  carried  down  in  these  prophecies 
to  the  end  of  the  world  and  the  close  of  probation.  Re- 
member there  is  no  latter-day  prophecy  referring  to  literal 
Jerusalem.  The  character  of  the  people,  the  nation,  is  repeated 
in  history,  and  determines  to  what  and  to  whom  the  prophecy 
applies.  The  North  country  is  here  mentioned  with  that  of 
the  East.  The  North  is  mentioned  in  Ezekiel,  thirty-eighth 
chapter,  as  the  land  of  Magog,  now  Russia. 

Verses  9-13:  "And  it  shall  come  to  pass  at  that  day,  saith 
the  Lord,  that  the  heart  of  the  king  shall  perish,  and  the  heart 
of  the  princes ;  and  the  priests  shall  be  astonished,  and  the 
prophets  shall  wonder.  Then  said  I,  Ah,  Lord  God !  surely 
thou  hast  greatly  deceived  this  people  and  Jerusalem,  saying, 
Ye  shall  have  peace ;  whereas  the  sword  reacheth  unto  the 
soul.  At  that  time  it  shall  be  said  to  this  people  and  to  Jeru- 
salem, A  dry  wind  of  the  high  places  in  the  wilderness  toward 
the  daughter  of  my  people,  not  to  fan,  nor  to  cleanse,  even 
a  full  wind  from  those  places  shall  come  unto  me:  now  also 
will  I  give  sentence  against  them.  Behold,  he  shall  come  up 
as  clouds,  and  his  chariots  shall  be  as  a  whirlwind:  his  horses 
are  swifter  than  eagles.  Woe  unto  us !  for  we  are  spoiled." 

This  uncovers  the  greatest  delusion  and  deception  that  has 
come  upon  man  since  the  days  of  Noah,  when  the  ark  was  set 
afloat  on  the  billows  of  the  mighty  deep.  These  divisions  of 
Christendom  no  more  believe  that  such  an  event  as  the  de- 
struction predicted  in  this  chapter  will  come  than  did  the  ante- 
diluvians believe  the  flood  would  come,  or  the  Jews  believe 
in  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  by  the  Roman  army.  But 
when  it  does  come  the  hearts  of  the  kings  shall  perish  and  the 
prophets  shall  wonder.  The  people  flee  to  the  defenced  cities 
for  the  sword  shall  be  on  every  hand.  Preparations  for  war 
are  being  made.  The  heathen  are  awakened.  The  waters  of 
the  sea  will  then  float  the  greatest  vessels  and  fleets  the  world 


A  Gentile  Prophecy.  301 

has  ever  known.  The  land  forces  will  be  from  one  end  of  the 
land  to  the  other.  Their  object  will  be  to  rob,  take,  spoil  and 
divide  the  land  for  gain. 

The  cry  of  peace  is  raised  now  because  the  true  servants 
of  God  are  warning  the  people  of  the  coming  events,  pre- 
dicted in  the  word  of  God,  as  described  in  the  thirty-eighth 
chapter  of  Ezekiel.  This  is  what  men  of  the  world  are  seeing 
from  the  world's  viewpoint.  The  writer  saw  it  as  early  as 
1898  from  the  prophetic  standpoint  only ;  having  no  knowl- 
edge that  any  one  else  in  the  world  saw  the  matter  from  any 
standpoint.  We  published  our  views  in  the  Inspired  History 
in  1902.  Now  is  the  time  to  join  in  the  proclamation  of  the 
truth  for  this  time.  The  result  may  be  to  those  who  do  so, 
as  it  was  to  Jeremiah,  when  he  warned  the  people  of  the 
calamity  threatened  upon  Babylon.  God  is  calling  for  true- 
hearted  men  now  to  deliver  this  message. 

Verses  14-17:  "O  Jerusalem,  wash  thine  heart  from  wick- 
edness, that  thou  mayest  be  saved.  How  long  shall  thy  vain 
thoughts  lodge  within  thee?  For  a  voice  declareth  from  Dan, 
and  publisheth  affliction  from  mount  Ephraim.  Make  ye  men- 
tion to  the  nations;  behold,  publish  against  Jerusalem,  that 
watchers  come  from  a  far  country,  and  give  out  their  voice 
against  the  cities  of  Judah.  As  keepers  of  a  field,  are  they 
against  her  round  about;  because  she  hath  been  rebellious 
against  me,  saith  the  Lord." 

The  third  division,  that  of  Ephraim  (Protestantism)  is  in- 
troduced. Dan  here  takes  the  place  of  the  House  of  Israel 
(Roman  Catholicism).  One  of  the  calves  was  anciently 
erected  in  Bethel  (Ephraim);  the  other  in  Dan  or 'Israel. 
These  verses  introduce  the  three  divisions  again.  The  Lord 
says,  "publish  in  Dan  (the  Roman  Church)  that  affliction  has 
come  from  mount  Ephraim"  (Protestant  America  or  the 
United  States).  Hosea  says  that  Israel  would  fear  because 
of  the  calves  of  Beth-aven  (Ephraim).  Jeremiah  says,  afflic- 
tion "has  come  to  mount  Ephraim."  This  shows  that  the  trou- 


302      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

ble  begins  with  the  United  States  and  the  land  of  Judah,  which 
is  now  in  the  hand  of  the  Turk. 

When  affliction  comes  to  Ephraim  the  next  move  is  to 
sound  the  alarm  that  "watchers  come  from  a  far  country 
upon  the  cities  of  Judah."  The  cities  of  Judah  would  be  the 
cities  of  the  Greek  Church,  or  Western  Russia  and  Armenia, 
Turkey,  or  wherever  they  might  be  located  in  that  territory. 
The  far  country  could  only  be  that  of  the  Far  East.  Thus 
the  land  forces  travel  West,  while  the  sea  power  from  Japan 
and  China  travels  East.  "Because  she  (the  Church)  has  been 
rebellious  against  me,"  saith  the  Lord.  (See  comments  on 
Isa.  9:11-12.) 

Verses  18-19:  "Thy  way  and  thy  doings  have  procured 
these  things  unto  thee;  this  is  thy  wickedness,  because  it  is 
bitter,  because  it  reacheth  unto  thine  heart.  My  bowels,  my 
bowels !  I  am  pained  at  my  very  heart ;  my  heart  maketh  a 
noise  in  me ;  I  cannot  hold  my  peace,  because  thou  hast  heard, 
O  my  soul,  the  sound  of  the  trumpet,  the  alarm  of  war." 

The  vision  of  the  prophet  is  similar  to  that  of  the  moving 
pictures  as  the  film  passes  before  the  natural  eye.  And  as 
this  scene  passes  before  the  prophet,  he  expresses  the  impres- 
sion it  made  on  him  as  being  real,  as  if  he  had  seen  its  actual 
fulfillment. 

The  prophet  Ezekiel,  as  the  scene  passes  before  his  eyes, 
said  "Ah,  Lord  God,  wilt  thou  destroy  all  the  residue  of  thy 
people?"  Eze.  9:8. 

Verses  20-26 :  "Destruction  upon  destruction  is  cried ;  for 
the  whole  land  is  spoiled:  suddenly  are  my  tents  spoiled,  and 
my  curtains  in  a  moment.  How  long  shall  I  see  the  standard, 
and  hear  the  sound  of  the  trumpet?  For  my  people  is  fool- 
ish, they  have  not  known  me ;  they  are  sottish  children,  and 
they  have  none  understanding:  they  are  wise  to  do  evil,  but 
to  do  good  they  have  no  knowledge.  I  beheld  the  earth,  and, 
lo,  it  was  without  form,  and  void ;  and  the  heavens,  and  they 
had  no  light.  I  beheld  the  mountains,  and,  lo,  they  trembled, 


A  Gentile  Prophecy.  303 

and  all  the  hills  moved  lightly.  I  beheld,  and,  lo,  there  was 
no  man,  and  all  the  birds  of  the  heavens  were  fled.  I  beheld, 
and,  lo,  the  fruitful  place  was  a  wilderness,  and  all  the  cities 
thereof  were  broken  down  at  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  and  by 
his  fierce  anger." 

The  condition  of  the  professed  people  of  God  is  remarked 
at  this  time.  "They  are  wise  to  do  evil,  but  to  do  good  they 
have  no  knowledge." 

Joel  2:1:  "Blow  ye  the  trumpet  in  Zion,  and  sound  an 
alarm  in  my  holy  mountain ;  let  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land 
tremble:  for  the  day  of  the  Lord  cometh,  for  it  is  nigh  at 
hand." 

The  trumpet  has  been  blown  concerning  these  things.  The 
standard  of  God's  law  has  been  raised,  but  no  attention  was 
paid  by  the  professed  people  of  God,  consequently  the  de- 
struction comes,  the  Lord  appears  and  every  city  is  broken 
down  by  the  great  earthquake.  The  millenium  is  ushered  in 
during  which  the  earth  will  lie  desolate.  The  translated  ones 
and  those  who  have  been  raised  from  the  dead,  reign  in  heaven 
with  Christ  a  thousand  years. 

Verses  27-31 :  "For  thus  hath  the  Lord  said,  The  whole 
land  shall  be  desolate;  yet  will  I  not  make  a  full  end.  For 
this  shall  the  earth  mourn,  and  the  heavens  above  be  black: 
because  I  have  spoken  it,  I  have  purposed  it,  and  will  not 
repent,  neither  will  I  turn  back  from  it.  The  whole  city  shall 
flee  for  the  noise  of  the  horsemen  and  bowmen ;  they  shall 
go  into  thickets,  and  climb  up  upon  the  rocks :  every  city  shall 
be  forsaken,  and  not  a  man  dwell  therein.  And  when  thou 
art  spoiled,  what  wilt  thou  do?  Though  thou  clothest  thyself 
with  crimson,  though  thou  deckest  thee  with  ornaments  of 
gold,  though  thou  rentest  thy  face  with  painting,  in  vain  shalt 
thou  make  thyself  fair ;  thy  lovers  will  despise  thee,  they  will 
seek  thy  life.  For  I  have  heard  a  voice  as  of  a  woman  in 
travail,  and  the  anguish  as  of  her  that  bringeth  forth  her  first 
child,  the  voice  of  the  daughter  of  Zion,  that  bewaileth  herself, 


304     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

that  spreadeth  her  hands,  saying,  Woe  is  me  now !  for  my  soul 
is  wearied  because  of  murderers." 

This  is  the  final  end.  At  the  expiration  of  the  one  thou- 
sand years  the  earth  will  be  purified  and  become  the  home  of 
the  saved. 

But  at  the  approach  of  this  vast  army  to  cover  the  land, 
the  prophet  says  the  whole  city  shall  flee  because  of  the  bow- 
men. The  city  here  mentioned  is  the  symbolic  city,  Babylon. 
The  woman  seated  on  the  scarlet  colored  beast  with  the  name 
Mystery  Babylon  inscribed  on  her  forehead,  as  described  in 
the  seventeenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  represents  the  great  city 
that  reigns  over  the  kings  of  the  earth.  Revelation,  sixteenth 
chapter,  says,  "the  city  was  divided  into  three  parts."  Thus 
the  city  mentioned  by  Jeremiah  is  the  three  divisions  of  Chris- 
tendom which  flee  at  the  presence  of  this  approaching  army. 
They  will  say,  Let  us  make  haste  and  go  into  the  defenced 
cities.  It  is  also  said  they  will  "stand  every  man  with  his 
hands  on  his  loins  as  a  woman  in  travail."  As  the  deception 
taught  them  by  their  false  teachers  falls  from  their  minds, 
they  will  realize  their  true  situation  and  helplessness.  Then 
their  great  preparations  for  war  will  be  of  little  value.  They 
have  decked  themselves  with  ornaments  of  gold,  have  painted 
their  faces  for  beauty,  but  their  lovers  (the  heathen  world) 
with  whom  they  have  committed  spiritual  fornication,  will 
now  despise  them.  Then  her  vanity  wherein  she  has  trusted 
will  forever  fail. 

The  subject  of  this  chapter  is  continued  through  the  book 
of  Jeremiah  in  an  unbroken  line  of  thought  till  we  reach  the 
sixteenth  chapter.  In  Verse  n  of  Jer.  5,  the  House  of  Israel 
and  the  House  of  Judah  are  again  introduced.  Verse  15  gives 
a  description  of  the  nation  that  will  come  against  them.  It 
is  described  as  "the  ancient  nation,  a  mighty  nation,  a  nation 
whose  language  thou  shalt  not  understand." 

What  nations  of  the  world  would  meet  the  specifications 
here  described  but  the  nations  of  the  East  and  the  North? 


A  Gentile  Prophecy.  305 

The  land  of  Magog  (now  Russia),  derives  its  name  from  the 
grandson  of  Noah ;  Corner  is  now  Turkey ;  Togarmah  is  now 
Armenia;  Persia,  Libyia,  Ethiopia,  and  Africa. 

These  were  very  ancient  countries  being  settled  by  the 
descendants  of  Noah.  Then  we  take  India,  China,  Japan,  and 
Korea,  the  oldest  settled  empires  in  the  world,  whose  language 
is  most  difficult  to  learn.  Who  would  claim  these  specifica- 
tions were  not  met  in  the  East  and  North?  In  brief,  the  man 
who  would  take  a  position  contrary  to  these  principles  would 
wrest  every  principle  laid  down  by  the  Lord  through  Moses 
in  the  law  of  blessings  and  cursings.  He  would  wrest  all 
the  teachings  of  the  Bible  regarding  Judah,  Israel,  and 
Ephraim.  He  would  wrest  every  object  lesson  of  ancient 
history  which  the  Lord  has  had  "written  for  our  learning." 


20 


Things 
written 


were /or  our 
Learning 


CHAPTER  XVI. 


ANCIENT  AND  MODERN  NATIONS. 


We  mentioned  in  the  chapter,  Rules  Regarding  the  Study 
of  Prophecy,  that  many  names  of  ancient  nations  have  their 
application  to  modern  nations  under  these  ancient  names. 
Then,  again,  we  have  ancient  cities  mentioned  in  prophecy 
having  their  application  in  our  day.  To  illustrate  this  prin- 
ciple, the  name  Babylon  derived  its  name  from  the  ancient 
tower  of  Babel  and  later  it  applied  to  the  literal  city,  Babylon, 
which  existed  six  hundred  years  before  Christ.  The  word 
Babel  signifies  confusion.  The  Lord  takes  that  name  and 
uses  it  as  descriptive  of  modern  Christendom. 

The  term  Jerusalem  is  used  as  applying  to  the  people  of 
God  today.  The  terms  House  of  Judah,  House  of  Israel,  and 
Ephraim  are  also  carried  down  to  our  day.  Nineveh  is  used 
in  the  books  of  Zepheniah  and  Nahum  in  latter-day  prophe- 
cies in  the  same  sense  as  ancient  Babylon  is  used  by  the 
prophet  John.  We  learn  in  the  thirty-eighth  chapter  of  Eze- 
kiel,  that  the  land  of  Israel  is  the  land  where  the  professed 
people  of  God  dwell  in  the  last  days.  We  also  learn  in  that 
chapter  and  many  others  in  the  Bible,  that  Israel  means  a 
professed  Christian  whether  he  is  a  true  Christian,  a  Gentile 
or  a  Jew. 

307 


308      The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

We  learn  from  the  study  of  the  Scriptures  that  the  great 
slaughter  in  the  last  days  called  Armageddon  (the  name  was 
taken  from  the  battle  of  Megiddo  in  the  early  history  of 
Israel)  has  its  application  to  a  specific  event  in  the  last  days, 
but  not  to  the  literal  place  of  Mount  Megiddo,  where  the  first 
battle  took  place.  Now,  in  addition  to  this  we  have  Damascus, 
Tyrus  and  Gaza,  which  are  carried  down  into  latter-day 
prophecies.  Also  five  ancient  nations  carried  down  in 
prophecy,  which  nations  do  not  exist  today:  the  Ammonite, 
Moabite,  Philistine,  Edom  and  Elam  which  cannot  be  found 
in  our  present-day  encyclopedias  and  geographies.  The 
prophet  Hosea  gave  us  the  key  which  opens  the  truth  upon 
Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim.  The  prophet  Amos  will  give  us 
the  key  to  the  other  national  names,  and  so  we  introduce  his 
prophecy.  Let  the  reader  bear  in  mind  the  purpose  of  the 
author  is  not  to  give  a  mere  sketch  of  the  yellow  peril ;  but 
a  thorough  examination  of  the  subject.  "The  words  of  Amos, 
who  was  among  the  herdmen  of  Tekoa,  which  he  saw  con- 
cerning Israel  in  the  days  of  Uzziah  king  of  Judah,  and  in 
the  days  of  Jeroboam  the  son  of  Joash  king  of  Israel,  two 
years  before  the  earthquake.  And  he  said,  The  Lord  will 
roar  from  Zion,  and  utter  his  voice  from  Jerusalem;  and  the 
habitations  of  the  shepherds  shall  mourn,  and  the  top  of  Car- 
mel  shall  wither."  Amos  I  :i,  2. 

The  introduction  of  the  book  tells  us  to  what  age  it  ap- 
plies ;  the  time  when  the  voice  of  God  will  shake  the  heavens 
and  the  earth. 

In  Chapters  I  and  2  is  found  the  statement  that  "for  three 
transgressings"  and  "for  four  I  will  punish  Damascus,"  Tyrus, 
Gaza,  Ammonites,  Moabites,  the  Philistines,  Edomites,  Elam- 
ites,  Judah,  and  Israel. 

These  transgressions  are  found  in  the  three-fold  divisions 
of  Christendom.  When  the  true  Church,  under  the  title  of 
Judah,  and  represented  by  Jezreel,  the  first  child  of  the  prophet 
Hosea,  departed  from  the  Lord,  this  Church  is  described  by 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  309 

Hosea  as  the  one  that  removed  the  bound.  This  departure 
from  the  pure  faith  was  in  permitting  the  pagan  Greeks  to 
introduce  heathen  rites  of  worship  to  be  substituted  for  the 
true  doctrine  and  worship  established  by  Christ  and  the  Apos- 
tles. Paul  says,  it  was  teaching  "damnable  heresy."  The  sec- 
ond transgression  was  when  the  Church  added  sin  to  sin  by 
permitting  the  Roman  Gentiles  to  come  in  with  their  heathen 
rites  and  ceremonies  and  also  to  establish  a  union  of  Church 
and  state  in  the  Western  empire.  They  carried  the  trans- 
gression further  by  establishing  the  pope  as  the  representa- 
tive of  Christ  on  earth,  so  that  he,  as  God,  claimed  to  be 
sitting  in  the  place  of  God.  The  third  transgression  was  that 
of  Protestantism.  For  a  period  she  ran  her  race  well 
like  the  Greek  Church ;  but  when  she  failed  to  walk  in  the 
light  she,  like  Judah,  permitted  the  bounds  to  be  removed. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  eighteenth  century  the  Lord  be- 
gan, by  his  providence,  to  open  the  light  on  the  prophecies. 
In  1833  prophetic  periods  began  to  be  taught.  In  1844,  when 
the  great  disappointment  of  the  advent  movement  came,  Prot- 
estantism renounced  the  whole  doctrine  of  the  soon  coming 
of  Christ  and  ceased  to  study  prophecy,  rejected  its  teaching, 
the  question  of  the  judgment,  the  unconscious  state  of  the 
dead,  and  many  other  truths  of  the  Bible.  This  marked  the 
third  transgression,  removed  the  bounds  and  she  started  back 
to  her  mother  church,  Rome.  Now,  when  she  makes  an  image 
to  the  beast,  as  described  in  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Reve- 
lation and  the  three  divisions  (Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim) 
unite  to  form  a  confederacy,  the  fourth  transgression  is  ac- 
complished and  immediately  the  punishment  will  follow.  In 
this  movement  and  in  history  the  characteristics  of  the  three- 
fold division  will  re-enact  almost  in  detail  the  former  history 
of  these  nations  and  cities.  When  this  is  understood  the  stu- 
dent of  prophecy  will  understand  the  movements  of  nations 
and  events  as  they  follow  in  their  order  until  the  Lord  ap- 
pears. 


3io     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

DAMASCUS  AND  THE  AMMONITE. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord ;  For  three  transgressions  of  Da- 
mascus, and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment 
thereof;  because  they  have  threshed  Gilead  with  threshing  in- 
struments of  iron :  but  I  will  send  a  fire  into  the  house  of 
Hazael,  which  shall  devour  the  palaces  of  Ben-hadad.  I  will 
break  also  the  bar  of  Damascus,  and  cut  off  the  inhabitant 
from  the  plain  of  Aven,  and  him  that  holdeth  the  sceptre  from 
the  house  of  Eden :  and  the  people  of  Syria  shall  go  into  cap- 
tivity unto  Kir,  saith  the  Lord."  Amos.  1 13-5. 

Damascus  was  a  city  built  by  the  descendants  of  Shem  the 
son  of  Noah.  It  is  interesting  in  this  study  to  note  the  gen- 
ealogy and  relation  of  these  nations  and  cities  to  the  twelve 
tribes  of  Israel.  The  Ammonites  and  the  Moabites  were  the 
descendants  of  Lot,  Abraham's  nephew.  The  names  originated 
from  the  sons  of  Lot's  two  daughters,  who  left  Sodom  with 
their  father. 

The  Edomite  is  descended  from  Esau,  Jacob's  brother.  The 
Philistines  were  Hamitic  in  their  origin  but  retained  to  a  large 
extent  the  knowledge  of  the  true  God  and  in  their  history  and 
location  were  closely  associated  with  the  twelve  tribes.  Da- 
mascus was  the  capital  of  Syria.  It  was  brought  into  sub- 
jection to  the  twelve  tribes  under  the  reign  of  David.  The 
Hadads,  who  were  a  succession  of  Syriac  Kings,  were  Edo- 
mites,  descendants  of  Esau.  At  the  time  of  Amos  the  prophet, 
the  Lord  sent  Elisha  the  prophet  to  anoint  Hazael  King  over 
Syria.  Thus  we  see  the  close  relation  that  existed  between 
Syria  and  Israel  at  this  point  of  history.  This  is  the  reason 
why  this  city  is  made  a  subject  of  prophecy.  The  first  churches 
were  established  in  Syria  as  the  Apostles  left  Palestine  to  pro- 
claim the  Gospel  among  the  Gentiles.  The  Greek  Church  still 
regards  that  country,  as  its  home.  Therefore  when  the  fourth 
transgression  takes  place  those  ruling  in  the  House  of  Judah, 
represented  by  Damascus,  will  again  manifest  the  same  spirit 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  311 

towards  the  true  people  of  God,  as  was  manifested  in  the  days 
of  King  Hazael.  This  history  will  again  be  lived  over.  When 
the  Greek  Gentile  Church  departed  from  the  pure  faith  in  its 
first  transgression,  the  spirit  of  intolerance  was  manifested 
towards  the  true  believers  during  the  first  centuries.  That 
spirit  of  intolerance  has  been  kept  up  till  the  present  time.  It 
is  only  of  a  very  recent  date  that  tolerance  has  been  granted  in 
that  territory  to  others  of  different  faith.  The  ancient  history 
of  Damascus  under  the  rulership  of  Hazael  is  plainly  recorded, 
both  by  Amos  and  the  book  of  the  Kings  to  which  we  now  refer. 
"And  the  king  said  unto  Hazael,  Take  a  present  in  thine  hand, 
and  go,  meet  the  man  of  God,  and  inquire  of  the  Lord  by  him, 
saying,  Shall  I  recover  of  this  disease?  So  Hazael  went  to 
meet  him,  and  took  a  present  with  him,  even  of  every  good 
thing  of  Damascus,  forty  camels'  burden,  and  came  and  stood 
before  him,  and  said,  Thy  son  Ben-hadad  king  of  Syria  hath 
sent  me  to  thee,  saying ;  Shall  I  recover  of  this  disease  ?  And 
Elisha  said  unto  him,  Go,  say  unto  him,  Thou  mayest  certainly 
recover :  howbeit  the  Lord  hath  shewed  me  that  he  shall  surely 
die.  And  he  settled  his  countenance  steadfastly,  until  he  was 
ashamed :  and  the  man  of  God  wept.  And  Hazael  said,  Why 
weepeth  my  lord  ?  And  he  answered,  Because  I  know  the  evil 
that  thou  wilt  do  unto  the  children  of  Israel :  their  strong  holds 
wilt  thou  set  on  fire,  and  their  young  men  wilt  thou  slay  with 
the  sword,  and  wilt  dash  their  children,  and  rip  up  their  women 
with  child.  And  Hazael  said,  But  what,  is  thy  servant  a  dog, 
that  he  should  do  this  great  thing?  And  Elisha  answered,  The 
Lord  hath  shewed  me  that  thou  shalt  be  king  over  Syria.  So  he 
departed  from  Elisha,  and  came  to  his  master;  who  said  to 
him,  What  said  Elisha  to  thee  ?  •  And  he  answered,  He  told  me 
that  thou  shouldest  surely  recover.  And  it  came  to  pass  on  the 
morrow,  that  he  took  a  thick  cloth,  and  dipped  it  in  water,  and 
spread  it  on  his  face,  so  that  he  died :  and  Hazael  reigned  in  his 
stead.  And  in  the  fifth  year  of  Joram  the  son  of  Ahab  king  of 
Israel,  Jehoshaphat  being  then  king  of  Judah,  Jehoram  the  son 


312     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

of  Jehoshaphat  king  of  Judah  began  to  reign.  Thirty  and  two 
years  old  was  he  when  he  began  to  reign ;  and  he  reigned  eight 
years  in  Jerusalem."  II.  Kings,  8:8-17. 

In  tracing  out  this  history  we  find  that  Hazael's  treatment, 
of  Israel  was  extremely  cruel.  Now  the  Lord  has  made  that 
ancient  history  an  object  lesson,  teaching  us  the  history  of  the 
first  division  of  spiritual  Babylon  in  the  last  days.  As  to  its 
past  history  and  its  future  fulfillment  we  leave  the  reader  to 
judge. 

Now  the  prophet  Isaiah,  in  his  prophecies  of  the  last  days, 
fully  states  the  fate  of  Damascus  the  Greek  Church.  "For  be- 
fore the  child  shall  have  knowledge  to  cry,  My  father,  and  my 
mother,  the  riches  of  Damascus  and  the  spoil  of  Samaria  shall 
be  taken  away  before  the  king  of  Assyria."  Isaiah  8 14. 

Literally  speaking,  Roman  Catholicism  and  Greek  Catholi- 
cism are  here  represented  by  Samaria  and  Damascus.  Turning 
once  more  we  find  Jeremiah  makes  a  prophecy  concerning  this 
city  and  the  people  represented  by  it :  he  speaks  thus : — "Con- 
cerning Damascus,  Hamath  is  confounded,  and  Arpad ;  for 
they  have  heard  evil  tidings :  they  are  faint-hearted ;  there  is 
sorrow  on  the  sea;  it  cannot  be  quiet.  Damascus  is  waxed 
feeble,  and  turneth  herself  to  flee,  and  fear  hath  seized  on  her : 
anguish  and  sorrows  have  taken  her,  as  a  woman  in  travail. 
How  is  the  city  of  praise  not  left,  the  city  of  my  joy !  There- 
fore her  young  men  shall  fall  in  her  streets,  and  all  the  men 
of  war  shall  be  cut  off  in  that  day,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts. 
And  I  will  kindle  a  fire  in  the  wall  of  Damascus,  and  it  shall 
consume  the  palaces  of  Ben-hadad."  Jeremiah  49 :2^-2^. 

"That  day"  ever  refers  to  the  end  of  the  world.  This  whole 
chapter  shows  when  the  prophecy  applies.  Hence  the  history 
of  Damascus  as  here  given  is  only  a  description  of  the  first 
division  of  Christendom.  In  the  time  of  trouble,  when  this 
division  attempts  to  destroy  the  true  people  of  God  in  their 
borders  as  did  Hazael  of  old,  then  the  people  will  be  at  a  period 
when  it  can  be  said,  "here  as  in  Damascus  of  old." 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  313 

There  is  one  more  point  we  would  call  especial  attention 
to,  namely,  the  shortness  of  the  period  (Isa.  8:4)  illustrated 
by  the  child  represented  as  not  being  able  to  cry  intelligently, 
before  Damascus  and  Samaria  should  both  be  despoiled  by 
the  kings  of  Assyria.  This  is  no  doubt  recorded  to  teach  us 
the  unexpectedness  and  brevity  of  the  movements  in  the  last 
days. 

"For  the  head  of  Syria  is  Damascus,  and  the*  head  of 
Damascus  is  Rezin ;  and  within  threescore  and  five  years  shall 
Ephraim  be  broken,  that  it  be  not  a  people."  Isaiah  7 :8.  This 
states  plainly  that  Damascus  stands  at  the  head  of  Syria. 
Syria  was  a  country  north  of  Palestine  where  the  first  Gentile 
Churches  were  established.  Therefore  Damascus  can  only 
stand  for  the  first  division  of  the  Gentile  Church.  In  our 
verse  commentary  on  Isaiah  seventh  chapter,  Damascus  is 
brought  to  view  in  several  places  in  which  it  is  shown  stand- 
ing at  the  head,  or  first  division,  of  the  Gentile  Church.  "The 
burden  of  Damascus.  Behold,  Damascus  is  taken  away  from 
being  a  city,  and  it  shall  be  a  ruinous  heap.  The  cities  of 
Aroer  are  forsaken:  they  shall  be  for  flocks,  which  shall  lie 
down,  and  none  shall  make  them  afraid.  The  fortress  also 
shall  cease  from  Ephraim,  and  the  kingdom  from  Damascus, 
and  the  remnant  of  Syria :  they  shall  be  as  the  glory  of  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts."  Isaiah  17:1-3.  The 
prophet  Isaiah  associates  two  of  these  divisions  together, 
Ephraim  (Protestantism)  and  Damascus.  From  Verse  4  and 
on  the  third  division  is  introduced.  Thus  the  three-fold  divi- 
sion is  brought  to  view  with  Damascus  as  the  head.  "Da- 
mascus was  thy  merchant  in  the  multitude  of  the  wares  of 
thy  making,  for  the  multitude  of  all  riches;  in  the  wine  of 
Helbon,  and  white  wool."  Ezekiel  27:18.  Among  the  many 
mentioned  as  associated  with  the  city  of  Tyre,  Damascus  was 
especially  mentioned.  It  will  be  more  fully  developed  that 
these  cities  were  closely  allied  in  their  commerce.  They  will 
also  be  allied  in  the  fulfillment  of  prophecy  in  the  last  days. 


314     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

To  illustrate,  the  Greek  and  Roman  churches  have  been  sim- 
ilar in  their  general  doctrines  as  will  be  fully  brought  out  in 
the  comments  on  the  Seven  Churches  in  The  Inspired  His- 
tory. "Thus  saith  the  Lord;  As  the  shepherd  taketh  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  lion  two  legs,  or  a  piece  of  an  ear ;  so  shall 
the  children  of  Israel  be  taken  out  that  dwell  in  Samaria  in 
the  corner  of  a  bed,  and  in  Damascus  in  a  couch."  Amos 
3:12.  Efere  the  two  divisions  are  referred  to  under  the  names 
of  Samaria  (Israel)  and  Damascus  (Judah).  Remember  the 
book  of  Amos  is  entirely  latter-day  prophecy.  The  illustra- 
tion used  represents  the  manner  in  which  the  remnant  people 
will  be  gathered  out  of  these  two  divisions  of  Christendom. 
When  their  lives  are  threatened  to  be  torn  in  pieces  as  it  were 
by  a  lion,  the  true  shepherd  that  cares  for  his  flock  will  under- 
stand the  situation  and  will  give  the  warning  and  they  will 
be  taken  out  of  those  countries  as  here  described.  Damascus 
is  once  more  mentioned  in  Amos.  "Therefore  will  I  cause 
you  to  go  into  capitivity  beyond  Damascus,  saith  the  Lord, 
whose  name  is  The  God  of  hosts."  Amos  5 127.  It  is  said 
they  will  be  carried  beyond  Damascus.  That  could  be  no- 
where else  but  into  the  Eastern  nations. 

THE  AMMONITE. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord ;  For  three  transgressions  of  the 
children  of  Ammon,  and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the 
punishment  thereof;  because  they  have  ripped  up  the  women 
with  child,  of  Gilead,  that  they  might  enlarge  their  border: 
but  I  will  kindle  a  fire  in  the  wall  of  Rabbah,  and  it  shall 
devour  the  palaces  thereof,  with  shouting  in  the  day  of  battle, 
with  a  tempest  in  the  day  of  the  whirlwind:  and  their  king 
shall  go  into  captivity,  he  and  his  princes  together,  saith  the 
Lord."  Amos  I  :I3-I5-  We  have  in  the  first  and  second  chap- 
ters of  Amos  a  list  of  these  three  divisions  of  Christendom 
under  the  various  names  of  ancient  nations. 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  315 

Having  fully  located  the  city  of  Damascus  in  the  first 
division,  the  next  will  be  to  locate  these  nations,  as  specified, 
in  these  divisions.  Now  as  the  Ammonite,  the  Moabite,  and 
the  Philistine  are  the  most  prominent  here  mentioned,  their 
ancient  character  and  history  will  enable  us  to  tell  to  which 
of  these  divisions  of  Christendom  they  each  apply. 

The  character  of  the  Ammonite  is  plainly  referred  to  by 
the  prophets.  "And  the  children  of  Israel  did  evil  again 
in  the  sight  of  the  Lord,  and  served  Baalim,  and  Ashtaroth, 
and  the  gods  of  Syria,  and  the  gods  of  Zidon,  and  the  gods 
of  Moab,  and  the  gods  of  the  children  of  Ammon,  and  the 
gods  of  the  Philistines,  and  forsook  the  Lord,  and  served 
not  him.  And  the  anger  of  the  Lord  was  hot  against  Israel, 
and  he  sold  them  into  the  hands  of  the  Philistines,  and  into 
the  hands  of  the  children  of  Ammon.  And  that  year  they 
vexed  and  oppressed  the  children  of  Israel :  eighteen  years, 
all  the  children  of  Israel  that  were  on  the  other  side  Jordan 
in  the  land  of  the  Amorites,  which  is  in  Gilead.  Moreover 
the  children  of  Ammon  passed  over  Jordan  to  fight  also  against 
Judah,  and  against  Benjamin,  and  against  the  house  of 
Ephraim,  so  that  Israel  was  sore  distressed."  Judges  10:6-9. 
God  has  ever  remembered  the  manner  in  which  the  Ammon- 
ites treated  the  children  of  Israel  at  that  time,  and  the  cruelty 
they  manifested  to  them.  These  characteristics  manifested  to- 
wards the  Lord's  people  will  always  be  mentioned  as  done 
by  the  Ammonites. 

There  is  also  another  record  in  Deuteronomy:  "An  Am- 
monite or  Moabite  shall  not  enter  into  the  congregation  of 
the  Lord ;  even  to  their  tenth  generation  shall  they  not  enter 
into  the  congregation  of  the  Lord  for  ever :  because  they  met 
you  not  with  bread  and  with  water  in  the  way,  when  ye  came 
forth  out  of  Egypt;  and  because  they  hired  against  thee  Ba- 
laam the  son  of  Beor  of  Pethor  of  Mesopotamia,  to  curse 
thee."  Deut.  23  :  3,  4. 

God  said  it  was  for  the  part  that  the  Ammonites  took  in 
hiring  Balaam  to  curse  Israel  that  this  penalty  was  placed 


316     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

upon  them.  Now  God  has  seen  fit  to  associate  that  name  and 
character  with  the  first  division  of  the  Gentile  Church.  His- 
tory shows  that  division  has  ever  been  ready  to  persecute 
and  war  against  any  child  of  God  who  dared  to  differ  from 
it  in  their  mode  and  form  of  worship. 

By  tracing  the  god  of  the  Ammonites  and  their  form  of 
worship  down  to  the  Gentile  Greek  Church  we  will  find  the 
great  similarity  that  existed  between  the  two.  (Jer.  49:1-6.) 
The  relation  the  Ammonites  sustained  to  the  Moab- 
ites  in  their  ancient  history  was  that  the  Ammonites  had 
no  country  of  their  own,  but  were  closely  associated  with 
the  Moabites,  and  in  this  sense,  we  think,  the  prophet 
refers  to  the  relation  the  latter-day  Ammonites  sustain 
to  the  House  of  Israel.  There  has  been,  in  these  prophe- 
cies, the  closest  relation  between  these  two  divisions,  the  Greek 
and  Roman  church.  "The  word  of  the  Lord  came  again 
unto  me,  saying,  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  the  Am- 
monites, and  prophesy  against  them ;  and  say  unto  the  Am- 
monites, Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord  God ;  Thus  saith  the 
Lord  God ;  because  thou  saidst,  Aha,  against  my  sanctuary, 
when  it  was  profaned ;  and  against  the  land  of  Israel,  when  it 
was  desolate ;  and  against  the  house  of  Judah,  when  they  went 
into  captivity;  Behold,  therefore  I  will  deliver  thee  to  the 
men  of  the  east  for  a  possession,  and  they  shall  set  their  pal- 
aces in  thee,  and  make  their  dwellings  in  thee :  they  shall  eat 
thy  fruit,  and  they  shall  drink  thy  milk.  And  I  will  make 
Kabbah  a  stable  for  camels,  and  the  Ammonites  a  couching 
place  for  flocks:  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord.  For 
thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  Because  thou  hast  clapped  thine 
hands,  and  stamped  with  the  feet,  and  rejoiced  in  heart  with 
all  thy  despite  against  the  land  of  Israel ;  Behold,  therefore 
I  will  stretch  out  mine  hand  upon  thee,  and  will  deliver  thee 
for  a  spoil  to  the  heathen;  and  I  will  cut  thee  off  from  the 
people,  and  I  will  cause  thee  to  perish  out  of  the  countries : 
I  will  destroy  thee ;  and  thou  shalt  know  that  I  am  the  Lord." 
Eze.  25:1-7. 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  317 

The  Greek  division  of  the  Church  has  never  mingled  with 
the  other  divisions  but  has  ever  manifested  the  spirit  here  de- 
scribed. Now  note  to  whom  they  will  be  delivered,  viz.,  the 
"men  of  the  East."  This  is  surely  so  pointed  and  positive 
that  no  one  need  be  mistaken.  "Concerning  the  Ammonites, 
thus  saith  the  Lord;  Hath  Israel  no  sons?  hath  he  no  heir? 
why  then  doth  their  king  inherit  Gad,  and  his  people  dwell 
in  his  cities?  Therefore,  behold,  the  days  come,  saith  the 
Lord,  that  I  will  cause  an  alarm  of  war  to  be  heard  in  Kabbah 
of  the  Ammonites ;  and  it  shall  be  a  desolate  heap,  and  her 
daughters  shall  be  burned  with  fire:  then  shall  Israel  be  heir 
unto  them  that  were  his  heirs,  saith  the  Lord.  Howl,  O 
Heshbon,  for  Ai  is  spoiled :  cry,  ye  daughters  of  Kabbah, 
gird  you  with  sackcloth ;  lament,  and  run  to  and  fro  by  the 
hedges ;  for  their  king  shall  go  into  captivity,  and  his  priests 
and  his  princes  together.  Wherefore  gloriest  thou  in  the  val- 
leys, thy  flowing  valley,  O  backsliding  daughter?  that  trusted 
in  her  treasures,  saying,  Who  shall  come  unto  me?  Behold,  I 
will  bring  a  fear  upon  thee,  saith  the  Lord  God  of  hosts,  from 
all  those  that  be  about  thee ;  and  ye  shall  be  driven  out  every 
man  right  forth ;  and  none  shall  gather  up  him  that  wandereth. 
And  afterward  I  will  bring  again  the  captivity  of  the  children 
of  Ammon,  saith  the  Lord."  Jer.  49:1-6.  The  Ammonites 
were  not  legitimate  heirs,  hence  will  be  cut  off  in  the  day  of 
battle.  Verse  4  calls  them  a  "backsliding  daughter."  A 
woman  being  used  as  a  symbol  of  a  Church  explains  the  mat- 
ter clearly  that  the  Ammonite  here  represents  a  backslidden 
division  of  the  Church.  As  shown  in  the  last  verse  quoted 
there  will  be  some  saved  out  of  Ammon  and  brought  back. 
"But  they  shall  fly  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines  to- 
ward the  west;  they  shall  spoil  them  of  the  east  together: 
they  shall  lay  their  hand  upon  Edom  and  Moab ;  and  the  chil- 
dren of  Ammon  shall  obey  them."  Isaiah  11:14.  This  verse 
no  one  will  deny  refers  to  the  last  days,  yet  the  children  of 
Ammon  are  here  mentioned:  "Behold,  the  days  come,  saith 


318     The  Yelloiv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  Lord,  that  I  will  punish  all  them  which  are  circumcised 
with  the  uncircumcised ;  Egypt,  and  Judah,  and  Edom,  and 
the  children  of  Ammon,  and  Moab,  and  all  that  are  in  the 
utmost  corners,  that  dwell  in  the  wilderness:  for  all  these 
nations  are  uncircumcised,  and  all  the  house  of  Israel  are 
uncircumcised  in  the  heart."  Jer.  9:25,  26. 

These  names  are  brought  in  everywhere  we  read  in  the 
prophecies  of  the  last  days.  This  establishes  the  fact  that 
they  are  connected  with  Christians,  but  they  are  ever  men- 
tioned as  being  uncircumcised  in  heart.  Also  in  that  noted 
chapter,  the  twenty-fifth  of  Jeremiah,  Ammon  is  mentioned 
in  Verse  21  as  a  latter-day  nation.  "Edom,  and  Moab,  and 
the  children  of  Ammon."  Jer.  25  :2i. 

They  will  be  engaged  when  the  Lord  has  his  controversy 
with  the  nations. 

Verses  30-32 :  "Therefore  prophesy  thou  against  them  all 
these  words,  and  say  unto  them,  The  Lord  shall  roar  from  on 
high,  and  utter  his  voice  from  his  holy  habitation;  he  shall 
mightily  roar  upon  his  habitation ;  he  shall  give  a  shout,  as 
they  that  tread  the  grapes,  against  all  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth.  A  noise  shall  come  even  to  the  ends  of  the  earth ;  for 
the  Lord  hath  a  controversy  with  the  nations:  he  will  plead 
with  all  flesh ;  he  will  give  them  that  are  wicked  to  the  sword, 
saith  the  Lord.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  Behold,  evil 
shall  go  forth  from  nation  to  nation,  and  a  great  whirlwind 
shall  be  raised  up  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth." 

Again  we  read  the  same:  "Therefore,  as  I  live,  saith 
the  Lord  of  hosts,  the  God  of  Israel,  Surely  Moab  shall  be 
as  Sodom,  and  the  children  of  Ammon  as  Gomorrah,  even  the 
breeding  of  nettles,  and  saltpits,  and  a  perpetual  desolation: 
the  residue  of  my  people  shall  spoil  them,  and  the  remnant 
of  my  people  shall  possess  them."  Zeph.  2:9. 

Here  the  Moabites  and  the  Ammonites  are  associated  to- 
gether in  their  final  destruction  in  the  last  days.  And  once 
more  we  read,  this  time  in  the  prophecies  of  Daniel :  "But 


Ancient  and  Modern  Nations.  319 

these  shall  escape  out  of  his  hand,  even  Edom  and  Moab,  and 
the  chief  of  the  children  of  Arnmon."     Dan.  11:41. 

Now,  many  will  admit  these  verses  quoted  have  their  ap- 
plication in  the  last  days  of  probation.  That  being  the  case, 
will  they  not  be  as  ready  to  admit  that  these  prophecies  are 
correctly  applied  by  us  and  enter  into  the  study  of  interna- 
tional problems  and  the  yellow  peril?  And  if  not,  why  not? 
Now,  in  consulting  encyclopedias,  we  find  no  ancient  nations 
here  mentioned  in  existence  today.  Then  why  not  admit  they 
are  to  be  found  in  the  divisions  here  stated?  We  reply  they 
can  be  found  in  these  divisions  under  these  traits  of  charac- 
ter. This  being  a  fact  then  the  forty-first  verse  of  the  eleventh 
chapter  of  Daniel  has  its  application  after  probation  closes 
and  during  the  time  of  trouble.  "And  at  that  time  shall  Mi- 
chael stand  up,  the  great  prince  which  standeth  for  the  chil- 
dren of  thy  people :  and  there  shall  be  a  time  of  trouble,  such 
as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation  even  to  that  same  time : 
and  at  that  time  thy  people  shall  be  delivered,  every  one  that 
shall  be  found  written  in  the  book."  Dan.  12:1. 


THEE  J*** 


CHAPTER    XVII. 


TYRUS  AND  THE   MOABITES. 

Amos  1:9,  10:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  trans- 
gressions of  Tyrus,  and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the 
punishment  thereof;  because  they  delivered  up  the  whole  cap- 
tivity to  Edom,  and  remembered  not  the  brotherly  covenant: 
But  I  will  send  a  fire  on  the  wall  of  Tyrus,  which  shall  devour 
the  palaces  thereof." 

We  have  before  located  Damascus  and  the  Ammonite  with 
the  country  of  Syria.  We  now  desire  to  locate  Tyre  with 
that  of  Moab. 

Like  the  others,  the  special  act  of  ancient  history  and  the 
sin  in  which  Tyre  engaged  against  Israel  is  here  plainly  told. 
They  delivered  up  the  captivity  to  Edom  as  did  the  Philis- 
tines. An  additional  trait  of  character  is  mentioned,  that  of 
breaking  the  brotherly  covenant  between  Tyre  and  the  people 
of  God.  Tyre  was  an  ancient  city  mentioned  as  far  back  as 
the  writings  of  Moses.  New  Tyre  was  a  city  located  on 
an  island  in  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  its  people  were  for 
centuries  the  greatest  seafaring  people  in  the  world.  It  was 
a  seaport  for  all  the  East.  The  commerce  of  no  ancient  city 
in  the  world  could  equal  that  of  Tyre.  It  was  here  the  ships 
of  the  world  were  built. 

God  has  taken  this  city  as  another  great  object  lesson  to 
be  repeated  in  the  last  days.  There  was  a  time  in  their  his- 

320 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  321 

tory  that  they  were  a  great  help  to  the  people  of  God,  especi- 
ally in  the  time  of  Solomon,  when  Hiram  was  king  of  Tyre. 
It  was  through  this  nation  of  Phenicians  that  Solomon  ob- 
tained both  workmen  and  material  to  erect  the  temple,  that 
magnificent  structure  that  has  ever  been  the  wonder  of  the 
world.  One  of  Solomon's  wives  was  the  daughter  of  this  noted 
king.  Writers  tell  us  that  the  Hebrew  language  and  that  of 
the  Phenicians  had  many  similarities.  Solomon's  reign  was  a 
reign  of  peace ;  it  was  a  time  of  national  development  fol- 
lowing the  conquests  of  David.  It  is  sin  that  brings  trouble 
on  a  nation  or  individual.  It  was  Solomon's  sins  that  caused 
Israel  to  be  divided  after  his  death  into  two  houses  or  king- 
doms. 

As  for  the  brotherly  covenant  that  existed  between  Israel 
and  the  people  of  Phenecia,  we  read :  "And  the  Lord  gave 
Solomon  wisdom,  as  he  promised  him :  and  there  was  peace 
between  Hiram  and  Solomon ;  and  they  two  made  a  league 
together.  And  king  Solomon  raised  a  levy  out  of  all  Israel; 
and  the  levy  was  thirty  thousand  men.  And  he  sent  them  to 
Lebanon,  ten  thousand  a  month  by  courses:  a  month  they 
were  in  Lebanon,  and  two  months  at  home :  and  Adoniram 
was  over  the  levy.  And  Solomon  had  threescore  and  ten  thou- 
sand that  bare  burdens,  and  fourscore  thousand  hewers  in  the 
mountains;  besides  the  chief  of  Solomon's  officers  which 
were  over  the  work,  three  thousand  and  three  hundred,  which 
ruled  over  the  people  that  wrought  in  the  work.  And  the 
king  commanded,  and  they  brought  great  stones,  costly  stones, 
and  hewed  stones,  to  lay  the  foundation  of  the  house."  I. 
Kings  5:12-17. 

This  Scripture  tells  us  of  the  friendly  relation  and  broth- 
erly co-operation  that  existed  between  them.  But  after  a  time 
circumstances  changed.  Solomon  died ;  Hiram  died,  and  the 
friendship  between  their  kingdoms  waned.  The  prophet  Joel 
records  the  course  Tyre  would  take  towards  the  people  of 
God  as  we  read:  "Yea,  and  what  have  ye  to  do  with  me,  O 
21 


322     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Tyre,  and  Zidon,  and  all  the  coasts  of  Palestine?  will  ye  ren- 
der me  a  recompense?  and  if  ye  recompense  me,  swiftly  and 
speedily  will  I  return  your  recompense  upon  your  own  head ; 
because  ye  have  taken  my  silver  and  my  gold,  and  have  car- 
ried into  your  temples  my  goodly  pleasant  things :  the  chil- 
dren also  of  Judah  and  the  children  of  Jerusalem  have  ye 
sold  unto  the  Grecians,  that  ye  might-  remove  them  far  from 
their  border."  Joel  3 14-6.  When  Judah  sinned  they  were 
greatly  humbled  by  the  Assyrians,  the  House  of  Israel  and  the 
Philistines.  Tyre  engaged  in  the  matter  by  selling  captive 
Israelites  as  slaves  to  the  Grecians,  as  expressed  by  Joel;  and 
to  the  Edomites,  as  stated  by  Amos. 

For  such  a  sin  as  this,  in  oppressing  God's  children,  though 
they  have  sinned  and  God  is  chastening  them,  He  will  thank 
no  one  else  for  taking  a  part  in  their  punishment.  The  Lord's 
people  are  as -the  apple  of  his  eye.  It  was  thus  the  Tyrians 
broke  the  brotherly  covenant  and  turned  the  whole  captivity 
over  to  Edom. 

Beginning  with  the  twenty-fourth  chapter  of  Ezekiel,  and 
ending  with  the  close  of  the  twenty-eighth  chapter,  are  given 
some  of  the  most  precious  lessons  of  future  and  past  history. 
The  twenty-fourth  chapter  opens  with  a  parable  of  a  boiling 
pot,  which  was  to  represent  Jerusalem,  as  Nebuchadnezzar 
would  come  against  it  with  his  army.  The  twenty-fifth  chap- 
ter also  introduces  the  destruction  of  Tyrus  by  the  same  king. 
From  these  events  the  Lord  utters  his  parable  concerning  the 
final  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  and  Tyrus  in  the  last  days. 
Closing  up  with  the  twenty-eighth  chapter  Satan  is  repre- 
sented as  the  King  of  Tyrus  and  his  final  destruction  in  the 
end  of  the  world  is  set  forth.  Thus  the  picture  is  before  us 
and  it  gives  the  character,  merchandise  and  sea  traffic  of 
modern  Tyre.  Any  Bible  student  who  will  read  the  chap- 
ters referred  to  in  Ezekiel's  prophecy  can  soon  see  that  that 
record  could  not  all  apply  to  ancient  Tyre.  He  must  conclude 
it  has  another  application  drawn  from  the  ancient  history  of 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  323 

the  city.  The  history  there  mentioned  was  never  fulfilled  in 
past  history,  as  Smith's  Bible  dictionary  admits. 

Now  there  is  but  one  conclusion  left,  viz.,  the  prophecy 
referring  to  Tyre  is  a  prophecy  of  some  power  similar  to  it 
existing  in  the  last  days.  That  povyer,  too,  must  be  an  island 
power;  it  must  be  in  a  special  sense  a  sea  power,  and  that, 
too,  of  naval  strength.  It  must  also  be  a  power  that  holds 
possessions  in  many  countries,  for  many  of  these  countries 
are  reckoned  in  its  armies.  Those  from  Africa  are  mentioned 
as  Phut  and  Ludim.  It  is  a  power  that  has  many  ships  as 
the  ships  of  Chittim.  This  country  last  mentioned  is  under- 
stood to  be  far  West  of  Palestine.  Now,  the  people  of  this 
city  of  Phenicia,  who  were  very  closely  related  to  the  He- 
brews of  old,  are  God's  people  in  their  descent,  partial  lan- 
guage and  brotherly  covenant.  This  modern  power  is  a  sub- 
ject of  prophecy,  and  head  of  the  third  division  of  Babylon, 
as  this  city,  like  that  of  Damascus  and  Gaza,  is  taken  to  rep- 
resent one  of  these  three  divisions.  Now  where  shall  we  look 
for  this  power  ?  We  offer  the  following :  The  Ammonite  and 
Damascus  clearly  stood  for  the  Greek  division ;  Gaza  and 
the  Philistine  will  later  on  be  shown  to  stand  clearly  for  the 
Protestant  division.  This  leaves  but  the  remaining  division ; 
the  Roman  or  Western  Europe,  symbolized  in  the  thirteenth 
chapter  of  Revelation  by  the  ten-horned  beast.  This  being 
a  fact,  which  one  of  these  ten  divisions  of  Western  Europe 
will  answer  to  Tyrus  in  this  prophecy?  We  reply,  England 
and  no  other.  She  is  the  greatest  island,  navy  and  marine 
power  in  the  world.  Her  possessions  in  all  countries  make 
her  traffic  world  wide.  It  is  too  evident  to  be  questioned  that 
England  is  the  modern  Tyre. 

She  has  been  a  great  help  and  friend  in  the  upbuilding 
of  gospel  work  in  all  countries,  as  was  Tyre  an  aid  to  Solo- 
mon in  building  the  temple.  Her  league  with  all  professed 
Christians,  granting  them  equal  rights,  has  never  been  excelled 
by  any  nation,  unless  it  be  the  principles  early  introduced  into 


324     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  Constitution  of  our  own  United  States.  Thus  the  broth- 
erly covenant  has  existed  between  England  and  all  the  pro- 
fessed people  of  God.  But  if  the  predictions  of  the  future 
are  fulfilled  she,  too,  will  break  that  brotherly  covenant  and 
turn  the  whole  captivity  over  to  Edora.  That  will  be  done 
when  the  three-fold  confederacy  of  Christendom  is  made. 
With  this  foundation  principle  now  laid  down,  a  further  study 
will  increase  the  convictions  of  the  reader  that  the  positions 
here  taken  are  true.  In  the  twenty-fifth  chapter  of  Jeremiah, 
Verse  22,  in  that  noted  last-day  prophecy,  Tyrus  is  mentioned 
as  one  that  will  fall  at  that  day.  In  the  forty-seventh  chap- 
ter of  Jeremiah,  Verse  4,  it  is  again  repeated,  showing  its  final 
destruction  in  connection  with  these  three  divisions.  In  con- 
clusion we  offer  the  following  Scripture:  "Ephraim,  as  I 
saw  Tyrus,  is  planted  in  a  pleasant  place:  but  Ephraim  shall 
bring  forth  his  children  to  the  murderer.  Give  them,  O  Lord : 
what  wilt  thou  give?  give  them  a  miscarrying  womb  and  dry 
breasts."  Hosea  9:13,  14.  "And  Tyrus  did  build  herself  a 
strong  hold,  and  heaped  up  silver  as  the  dust,  and  fine  gold  as 
the  mire  of  the  streets."  Zech.  9 :3. 

In  our  verse  commentary  on  Hosea  and  Zechariah,  and 
elsewhere,  the  connection  will  prove  that  the  statements  in 
these  books  concerning  Tyrus  are  prophetic  statements  of  the 
last  days.  Hosea  says,  like  Ephraim  (the  United  States)  she 
is  situated  in  a  beautiful  place.  How  true  this  is  of  England. 

These  two  countries  are  very  closely  allied.  Their  religion 
is  practically  the  same,  the  language  the  same.  Zechariah  says 
England  has  "heaped  up  gold  and  silver  as  mire  in  the  streets." 
She,  like  the  United  States,  is  one  of  the  wealthy  nations  of 
the  world.  Her  resources  in  her  banks,  her  traffic  in  actual 
cash  is  unexcelled  in  any  nation  in  the  world. 

But  God  says  he  will  break  her  power  in  the  sea.  Re- 
cently a  naval  display  of  her  vessels  was  made  wherein  over 
three  hundred  warships  were  assembled  off  her  shores.  Her 
naval  power  is  almost  unlimited.  She  controls  the  Mediter- 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  325 

ranean  Sea  by  Gibraltar  at  its  West  entrance  and  the  Suez 
Canal  at  the  East. 

The  study  of  this  question  of  Tyrus  and  the  present  move- 
ments of  the  nations  is  a  subject  of  no  small  interest  at  this 
time.  No  forts,  navies,  or  land  forces  can  stand  against  the 
overruling  providence  of  God.  Hence  the  downfall  and  utter 
ruin  of  Tyrus  herein  described  is  certain. 

Believing  the  evidence  on  this  point  is  sufficient  to  estab- 
lish this  ancient  city  in  the  latter-day  prophecy,  we  leave  it 
with  the  reader  and  proceed  to  associate  with  this  a  prophecy 
concerning  the  Moabites. 

THE   MOABITES. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  transgressions  of  Moab, 
and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment  thereof ; 
because  he  burned  the  bones  of  the  king  of  Edom  into  lime. 
But  I  will  send  a  fire  upon  Moab,  and  it  shall  devour  the  pal- 
ace of  Kirioth :  and  Moab  shall  die  with  tumult,  with  shout- 
ing, and  with  the  sound  of  the  trumpet :  and  I  will  cut  off 
the  judge  from  the  midst  thereof,  and  will  slay  all  the  princes 
thereof  with  him,  saith  the  Lord."  Amos  2:1-3. 

The  time  referred  to  here  by  the  prophet  when  Moab 
burned  the  bones  of  the  king  of  Edom  into  lime,  is  found  in 
a  record  of  war  that  occurred  between  Israel,  Judah  and  the 
Edomites,  on  one  side,  and  the  Moabites  on  the  other.  This 
war  occurred  in  895  B.  c.  and  is  recorded  as  follows :  "And 
it  came  to  pass  in  the  morning,  when  the  meat  offering  was 
offered,  that,  behold,  there  came  water  by  the  way  of  Edom, 
and  the  country  was  filled  with  water.  And  when  all  the 
Moabites  heard  that  the  kings  were  come  up  to  fight  against 
them,  they  gathered  all  that  were  able  to  put  on  armour,  and 
upward,  and  stood  in  the  border.  And  they  rose  up  early  in 
the  morning,  and  the  sun  shone  upon  the  water,  and  the  Mo- 
abites saw  the  water  on  the  other  side  as  red  as  blood;  And 


326     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

they  said,  This  is  blood:  the  kings  are  surely  slain,  and  they 
have  smitten  one  another:  now  therefore,  Moab,  to  the  spoil. 
And  when  they  came  to  the  camp  of  Israel,  the  Israelites  rose 
up  and  smote  the  Moabites,  so  that  they  fled  before  them: 
but  they  went  forward  smiting  the  Moabites,  even  in  their 
country.  And  they  beat  down  the  cities,  and  on  every  good 
piece  of  land  cast  every  man  his  stone,  and  filled  it;  and  they 
stopped  all  the  wells  of  water,  and  felled  all  the  good  trees: 
only  in  Kir-haraseth  left  they  the  stones  thereof;  howbeit  the 
slingers  went  about  it,  and  smote  it.  And  when  the  king  of 
Moab  saw  that  the  battle  was  too  sore  for  him,  he  took  with 
him  seven  hundred  men  that  drew  swords,  to  break  through 
even  unto  the  king  of  Edom :  but  they  could  not.  Then  he 
took  his  eldest  son  that  should  have  reigned  in  his  stead,  and 
offered  him  for  a  burnt  offering  upon  the  wall.  And  there 
was  great  indignation  against  Israel:  and  they  departed  from 
him,  and  returned  to  their  own  land."  II.  Kings  3  -.20-2^. 

A  careful  reading  of  these  Scriptures  will  show  that  the 
eldest  son  of  Verse  27  is  the  same  as  the  king  of  Edom  spoken 
of  by  the  prophet  Amos.  The  Ammonites  were  censured  for 
their  character  of  cruelty.  The  same  applies  throughout  the 
history  of  the  Moabites.  The  same  spirit  of  revenge  and  cru- 
elty to  helpless  creatures  that  were  in  their  power,  will  be 
found  in  the  people  represented  as  Moabites  in  the  three  divi- 
sions of  Christendom.  There  being  but  one  place  left  in  the 
study  of  this  question  in  these  divisions  which  is  unoccu- 
pied either  by  the  Philistines  or  the  Ammonites,  it  must  be  the 
Roman  division  of  the  Church  as  located  in  Western  Eu- 
rope. 

Let  us  see  if  the  history  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church 
will  warrant  this  application.  The  manner  of  treatment  re- 
ferred to  in  the  burning  of  the  king  of  Edom  has  more  than 
once  been  resorted  to  by  the  Church  of  Rome  during  the  dark 
ages.  Who  has  not  heard  of  the  martyrs  of  Christ  who,  dur- 
ing those  ages,  were  fastened  to  the  stake  and  burned  alive 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  327 

while  the  people  danced  like  demons  by  the  light  of  the  flames. 
It  is  Rome's  boast  that  she  never  changes ;  had  she  the  power, 
today,  every  one  who  would  not  submit  to  her  decrees  would 
suffer  the  same  fate.  When  this  three-fold  union  gives  that 
Church  their  support,  the  same  spirit  will  be  present  that  was 
manifested  in  the  dark  ages  of  Rome's  history.  The  same 
recourse  to  the  stake,  rack,  and  dungeon  will  again  be  used 
by  those  who  oppose  the  truth.  When  the  Lord  had  these 
prophecies  written  he  well  knew  what  point  of  past  history 
to  use  to  represent  the  future.  While  Gaza  and  Tyrus  deliv- 
ered the  captivity  up  to  Edom  (the  sword  of  Esau)  those  rep- 
resented by  Moab  will  persecute  even  to  burning  at  the  stake. 

The  forty-seventh  and  forty-eighth  chapters  of  Jeremiah 
bear  directly  on  these  three  divisions. 

"For  thus  saith  the  Lord ;  Behold,  he  shall  fly  as  an  eagle, 
and  shall  spread  his  wings  over  Moab.  Kerioth  is  taken,  and 
the  strong  holds  are  surprised,  and  the  mighty  men's  hearts 
in  Moab  at  that  day  shall  be  as  the  heart  of  a  woman  in  her 
pangs.  And  Moab  shall  be  destroyed  from  being  a  people,  be- 
cause he  hath  magnified  himself  against  the  Lord.  Fear,  and 
the  pit,  and  the  snare,  shall  be  upon  thee,  O  inhabitant  of 
Moab,  saith  the  Lord.  He  that  fleeth  from  the  fear  shall  fall 
into  the  pit;  and  he  that  getteth  up  out  of  the  pit  shall  be 
, taken  in  the  snare :  for  I  will  bring  upon  it,  even  upon  Moab, 
the  year  of  their  visitation,  saith  the  Lord."  Jer.  48  -.40-44. 

Verse  40  calls  our  attention  to  the  power  that  is  so  often 
mentioned  in  these  prophecies,  the  power  that  shall  fly  as  an 
eagle.  This  power  is  described  elsewhere  as  the  Assyrian  or 
Eastern  power.  Now  we  read  in  plain,  unmistakable  lan- 
guage when  this  prophecy  has  its  application :  "Woe  be  unto 
thee,  O  Moab !  the  people  of  Chemosh  perisheth :  for  thy  sons 
are  taken  captives,  and  thy  daughters  captives.  Yet  will  I 
bring  again  the  captivity  of  Moab  in  the  latter  days,  saith  the 
Lord.  Thus  far  is  the  judgment  of  Moab."  Jer.  48:46,  47. 
When  the  captivity  of  Moab  will  be  repeated  and  the  destruc- 


328     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

tion  to  her  borders  accomplished,  her  pride  will  fall,  and  her 
deceitfulness  in  the  work  of  the  Lord  will  then  be  open  to  all. 
For  further  description  of  her  fall,  read  the  eighteenth  chap- 
ter of  Revelation. 

Verse  n  of  Jeremiah  48  teaches  a  great  lesson:  "Moab 
hath  been  at  ease  from  his  youth,  and  he  hath  settled  on 
his  lees,  and  hath  not  been  emptied  from  vessel  to  vessel, 
neither  hath  he  gone  into  captivity:  therefore  his  taste 
remained  in  him,  and  his  scent  is  not  changed.  Therefore, 
behold,  the  days  come,  saith  the  Lord,  that  I  will  send  unto 
him  wanderers,  that  shall  cause  him  to  wander,  and  shall 
empty  his  vessels,  and  break  their  bottles.  And  Moab  shall 
be  ashamed  of  Chemosh,  as  the  house  of  Israel  was  ashamed 
of  Beth-el  their  confidence.  How  say  ye,  We  are  mighty  and 
strong  men  for  the  war?  Moab  is  spoiled,  and  gone  up  out 
of  her  cities,  and  his  chosen  young  men  are  gone  down  to 
the  slaughter,  saith  the  King,  whose  name  is  The  Lord  of 
hosts."  Jer.  48:11-15. 

The  Church  of  Rome  claims  she  never  changes ;  this  is 
true.  Her  principles  are  ever  the  same.  It  is  expressed  in  the 
above  verse  as  saying,  "his  taste  remaineth  in  him  and  he  is 
settled  on  his  lees."  John  says,  "she  hath  made  all  nations 
drunken  with  the  wine  of  her  fornication  (false  doctrines). 
Rome  will  never  change  her  doctrine;  her  "taste  remaineth" 
in  her  and  will  remain  till  the  lake  of  fire  purifies  and  burns 
up  every  false  thing. 

In  Numbers  22-25,  is  recorded  the  experience  of  Israel  as 
they  came  in  contact  with  the  Moabites.  In  this  record  the 
story  is  told  of  how  they  called  on  a  prophet  of  Midian,  Balaam 
by  name,  to  curse  the  children  of  Israel.  In  this  experience 
of  Moab  there  is  foundation  laid  for  a  great  field  of  study. 

True,  Israel  will  again  leave  the  countries  where  they  now 
dwell  in  the  East  when  God  again  sets  his  hand  to  gather  his 
people  the  second  time.  That  movement  will  be  like  the  one 
when  he  took  them  by  the  hand  to  lead  them  out  of  the  land 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  329 

of  Egypt;  and  if  we  mistake  not  it  will  be  necessary  for 
modern  Israel,  many  of  them  at  least,  to  pass  by  and  through 
the  land  of  Modern  Moab,  Western  Europe.  We  see  in  the 
prophecy  uttered  by  Balaam  a  panoramic  view  of  the  scenes 
that  will  take  place  just  before  the  final  entrance  into  the  land 
of  promise.  "And  the  children  of  Israel  set  forward,  and 
pitched  in  the  plains  of  Moab  on  this  side  Jordan  by  Jericho. 
And  Balak  the  son  of  Zippor  saw  all  that  Israel  had  done  to 
the  Amorites.  And  Moab  was  sore  afraid  of  the  people,  be- 
cause they  were  many :  and  Moab  was  distressed  because  of  the 
children  of  Israel.  And  Moab  said  unto  the  elders  of  Midian, 
Now  shall  this  company  lick  up  all  that  are  round  about  us,  as 
the  ox  licketh  up  the  grass  of  the  field.  And  Balak  the  son  of 
Zippor  was  king  of  the  Moabites  at  that  time.  He  sent  mes- 
sengers therefore  unto  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor  to  Pethor, 
which  is  by  the  river  of  the  land  of  the  children  of  his  people, 
to  call  him,  saying,  Behold,  there  is  a  people  come  out  from 
Egypt :  behold,  they  cover  the  face  of  the  earth,  and  they  abide 
over  against  me :  Come  now  therefore,  I  pray  thee,  curse  me 
this  people;  for  they  are  too  mighty  for  me:  peradventure  I 
shall  prevail,  that  we  may  smite  them,  and  that  I  may  drive 
them  out  of  the  land :  for  I  wot  that  he  whom  thou  blessest 
is  blessed,  and  he  whom  thou  cursest  is  cursed."  Number  22 ; 
1-6. 

These  verses  set  before  us  the  situation  as  Israel  arrived  in 
the  land  of  Moab.  The  Lord  had  told  them  they  should  not 
possess  the  land  of  the  Moabites  and  Ammonites  as  he  had 
given  that  land  to  the  children  of  Lot.  But  it  seems  that 
Moab  and  Ammon  became  afraid  of  the  vast  multitude,  so  the 
king  of  Moab  sent  to  Balaam  to  come  and  curse  Israel. 
The  remaining  verses  in  this  chapter  give  the  record 
of  how  Balak  sent  his  princes  with  rewards  to  Balaam.  On 
their  arrival  at  Balaam's  house  he  told  them  to  remain  over 
night  and  he  would  inquire  of  the  Lord  and  tell  them  what  they 
should  do. 


330     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  Lord  told  Balaam  that  night  that  he  should  not  go  with 
them,  consequently,  the  princes  of  Balak  returned  and  told 
Balak  what  Balaam  said  to  them.  So  Balak  chose  more  honor- 
able princes  than  these  and  sent  them  back.  They  remained 
over  night  and  Balaam  again  inquired  what  he  should  do,  and 
the  Lord  told  him  to  go  with  them.  The  record  says  the  Lord 
was  angry  because  he 'went.  A  most  valuable  lesson  indeed, 
for  us  is,  that  when  the  Lord  says,  in  His  word,  for  us  not  to 
do  a  thing,  it  is  our  duty  not  to  inquire  further,  but  to  perform 
the  first  thing  he  told  us  to  do.  Many  are  not  satisfied  with 
God's  word  but  will  pray  to  the  Lord  to  know  what  they  ought 
to  do.  God  invariably  grants  the  desire  of  their  hearts  like 
he  did  Balaam. 

The  reward  in  this  second  visit  was  increased  and  that  was 
just  what  Balaam  wanted,  and  so  he  went  with  the  messengers. 
On  his  journey  the  angel  of  the  Lord  met  him  and  caused  his 
ass  to  scare  and  run  sidewise  against  the  wall  and  'crush 
Balaam's  foot.  This  angered  Balaam  and  he  smote  the  ass 
with  his  staff.  Then  the  angel  stood  in  a  narrow  passage  and 
the  ass  could  not  pass  on  either  side  but  with  great  fear  fell 
in  the  road.  Then  Balaam  smote  the  ass  with  his  staff  the 
third  time  and  said,  "If  I  had  a  sword  I  would  kill  thee."  The 
animal's  mouth  was  then  opened  by  the  Lord  and  it  talked  with 
Balaam  gf  its  faithfulness  and  how  wrong  it  would  be  for 
Balaam  to  take  its  life.  Balaam's  eyes  were  opened  and  he  saw 
the  angel.  The  angel  told  him  of  the  evil  he  had  committed. 
Balaam  offered  to  return  home,  but  the  Lord  would  not  let 
him  and  told  him  to  be  sure  and  speak  only  the  things  God 
gave  him  to  speak.  "And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  Did  I  not 
earnestly  send  unto  thee  to  call  thee?  wherefore  earnest  thou 
not  unto  me  ?  am  I  not  able  indeed  to  promote  thee  to  honour  ? 
And  Balaam  said  unto  Balak,  Lo,  I  am  come  unto  thee :  have 
I  now  any  power  at  all  to  say  anything?  the  word  that  God 
putteth  in  my  mouth,  that  shall  I  speak.  And  Balaam  went 
with  Balak,  and  they  came  unto  Kirjath-huzoth.  And  Balak 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  331' 

offered  oxen  and  sheep,  and  sent  to  Balaam,  and  to  the  princes 
that  were  with  him.  And  it  came  to  pass  on  the  morrow,  that 
Balak  took  Balaam,  and  brought  him  up  into  the  high  places 
of  Baal,  that  thence  he  might  see  the  utmost  part  of  the  people." 
Num.  22:37-41. 

There  were  prepared  at  this  point  seven  altars;  and  offer- 
ings were  offered  on  each  altar.  While  this  was  being  done 
Balaam  turned  aside  to  see  what  the  Lord  would  say  to  him. 
The  result  of  the  effort  is  recorded  thus :  "And  he  returned 
unto  him,  and,  lo,  he  stood  by  his  burnt  sacrifice,  he,  and  all 
the  princes  of  Moab.  And  he  took  up  his  parable,  and  said, 
Balak  the  king  of  Moab  hath  brought  me  from  Aram,  out  of 
the  mountains  of  the  east,  saying,  Come,  curse  me  Jacob,  and 
come,  defy  Israel.  How  shall  I  curse,  whom  God  hath  not 
cursed?  or  how  shall  I  defy,  whom  the  Lord  hath  not  defied? 
For  from  the  top  of  the  rocks  I  see  him,  and  from  the  hills 
I  behold  him :  lo,  the  people  shall  dwell  alone,  and  shall  not  be 
reckoned  among  the  nations.  Who  can  count  the  dust  of 
Jacob,  and  the  number  of  the  fourth  part  of  Israel?  Let  me 
die  the  death  of  the  righteous,  and  let  my  last  end  be  like  his ! 
And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  What  hast  thou  done  unto  me? 
I  took  thee  to  curse  mine  enemies,  and,  behold,  thou  hast 
blessed  them  altogether."  Num.  23:6-11. 

Here  was  a  company  God  said  should  not  be  numbered 
among  the  nations ;  he  said  they  were  the  fourth  part  of  Israel. 
Later  it  will  be  seen  this  prophecy  has  its  application  in  the 
last  days.  Who  can,  be  the  fourth  part  of  Israel  in  the  last 
days?  We  mean  who  can  be  the  fourth  part  of  the  whole 
professed  people  of  God?  These  three  divisions  which  we 
have  been  studying  represent  Israel.  What  part  could  be  the 
fourth  part  but  the  remnant,  which  are  gathered  out  ? 

In  the  verses  following  we  learn  this  was  very  unsatisfac- 
tory to  Balak ;  and  after  censuring  Balaam,  he  again  repeated 
the  building  of  the  altars;  but  this  time  on  Mount  Pisgah. 
Balaam  again  inquired  of .  the  Lord :  "And  the  Lord  met 


332     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Balaam,  and  put  a  word  in  his  mouth,  and  said,  Go  again  unto 
Balak,  and  say  thus.  And  when  he  came  to  him,  behold,  he 
stood  by  his  burnt  offering,  and  the  princes  of  Moab  with  him. 
And  Balak  said  unto  him,  What  hath  the  Lord  spoken?  And 
he  took  up  his  parable,  and  said,  Rise  up,  Balak,  and  hear; 
hearken  unto  me,  thou  son  of  Zippor :  God  is  not  a  man,  that 
he  should  lie;  neither  the  son  of  man,  that  he  should  repent: 
hath  he  said,  and  shall  he  not  do  it?  or  hath  he  spoken,  and 
shall  he  not  make  it  good  ?  Behold,  I  have  received  command- 
ment to  bless:  and  he  hath  blessed;  and  I  cannot  reverse  it. 
He  hath  not  beheld  iniquity  in  Jacob,  neither  hath  he  seen 
perverseness  in  Israel :  the  Lord  his  God  is  with  him,  and  the 
shout  of  a  king  is  among  them.  God  brought  them  out  of 
Egypt;  he  hath  as  it  were  the  strength  of  a  unicorn.  Surely 
there  is  no  enchantment  against  Jacob,  neither  is  there  any 
divination  against  Israel :  according  to  this  time  it  shall  be  said 
of  Jacob  and  of  Israel,  What  hath  God  wrought !  Behold,  the 
people  shall  rise  up  as  a  great  lion,  and  lift  up  himself  as  a 
young  lion :  he  shall  not  lie  down  until  he  eat  of  the  prey,  and 
drink  the  blood  of  the  slain.  And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam, 
Neither  curse  them  at  all,  nor  bless  them  at  all.  But  Balaam 
answered  and  said  unto  Balak,  Told  not  I  thee,  saying,  All 
that  the  Lord  speaketh,  that  I  must  do?"  Num.  24:16-26. 

Israel  again  passed  in  vision  before  the  face  of  Balaam. 

The  record  says  there  is  no  iniquity  neither  perverseness 
found  in  Israel. 

This  could  not  have  been  ancient  Israel;  but  there  is  an 
Israel  in  the  last  days  after  the  close  of  probation,  as  recorded 
in  the  fourteenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  that  have  not  a  de- 
ceitful tongue  in  their  mouth  and  in  whom  there  is  no  guile. 
The  prophet  Zepheniah  speaking  of  this  class  says :  They  shall 
do  no  iniquity.  Thus  it  is  clear,  in  both  these  visions  that 
Balaam  saw  the  future  remnant  of  Israel. 

The  next  time  Balaam  is  taken  to  Peor  and  as  usual  offer- 
ings were  made  on  seven  altars.  "And  when  Balaam  saw 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  333 

that  it  pleased  the  Lord  to  bless  Israel,  he  went  not,  as  at 
other  times,  to  seek  for  enchantments,  but  he  set  his  face 
toward  the  wilderness.  And  Balaam  lifted  up  his  eyes,  and 
he  saw  Israel  abiding  in  his  tents  according  to  their  tribes; 
and  the  Spirit  of  God  came  upon  him.  And  he  took  up  his 
parable,  and  said,  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor  hath  said,  and  the 
man  whose  eyes  are  open  hath  said:  He  hath  said,  which 
heard  the  words  of  God,  which  saw  the  vision  of  the  Almighty, 
falling  into  a  trance,  but  having  his  eyes  open :  How  goodly 
are  thy  tents,  O  Jacob,  and  thy  tabernacles,  O  Israel !  As  the 
valleys  are  they  spread  forth,  as  gardens  by  the  river's  side, 
as  the  trees  of  lignaloes  which  the  Lord  hath  planted,  and  as 
cedar  trees  beside  the  waters.  He  shall  pour  the  water  out 
of  his  buckets,  and  his  seed  shall  be  in  many  waters,  and  his 
king  shall  be  higher  than  Agag,  and  his  kingdom  shall  be  ex- 
alted. God  brought  him  forth  out  of  Egypt;  he  hath  as  it 
were  the  strength  of  a  unicorn :  he  shall  eat  up  the  nations  his 
enemies,  and  shall  break  their  bones,  and  pierce  them  through 
with  his  arrows.  He  couched,  he  lay  down  as  a  lion,  and  as 
a  great  lion:  who  shall  stir  him  up?  Blessed  is  he  that 
blesseth  thee,  and  cursed  is  he  that  curseth  thee."  Num. 
24:1-9. 

Balaam  being  now  displeased,  seeing  that  God  would  only 
bless  Israel  instead  of  curse  him,  would  not  seek  the  Lord  as 
at  other  times ;  but  set  his  face  towards  the  wilderness. 

But  the  Lord  gave  him  one  more  scene,  namely,  the  final 
destruction  of  all  the  nations,  as  it  will  take  place  before  the 
Lord  appears.  Then  he  saw  the  final  triumph  of  Israel  over 
all  their  foes  and  their  kingdom  established  with  Christ  as 
their  king.  Balak  was  now  very  angry,  and  smote  his  hands 
together.  He  told  Balaam,  instead  of  cursing  Israel,  he  had 
blessed  him  these  three  times  and  that  the  Lord  had  kept  him 
back  from  a  great  reward  he  had  for  him. 

Then  Balaam  replies  thus :  "And  now,  behold,  I  go  unto 
my  people ;  come  therefore,  and  I  will  advertise  thee  what  this 


334     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

people  shall  do  to  thy  people  in  the  latter  days.  And  he  took 
up  his  parable,  and  said,  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor  hath  said, 
and  the  man  whose  eyes  are  open  hath  said:  He  hath  said, 
which  heard  the  words  of  God,  and  knew  the  knowledge  of 
the  Most  High,  which  saw  the  vision  of  the  Almighty,  falling 
into  a  trance,  but  having  his  eyes  open :  I  shall  see  him,  but 
not  now :  I  shall  behold  him,  but  not  nigh :  there  shall  come  a 
Star  out  of  Jacob,  and  a  Sceptre  shall  rise  out  of  Israel,  and 
shall  smite  the  corners  of  Moab,  and  destroy  all  the  children 
of  Sheth.  And  Edom  shall  be  a  possession,  Seir  also  shall 
be  a  possession  for  his  enemies ;  and  Israel  shall  do  valiantly. 
Out  of  Jacob  shall  come  he  that  shall  have  dominion,  and  shall 
destroy  him  that  remaineth  of  the  city.  And  when  he  looked 
on  Amalek,  he  took  up  his  parable,  and  said,  Amalek  was  the 
first  of  the  nations,"  but  his  latter  end  shall  be  that  he  perish 
for  ever.  And  he  looked  on  the  Kenites,  and  took  up  his 
parable,  and  said,  Strong  is  thy  dwellingplace,  and  thou  puttest 
thy  nest  in  a  rock.  Nevertheless  the  Kenite  shall  be  wasted, 
until  Asshur  shall  carry  thee  away  captive.  And  he  took  up 
his  parable,  and  said,  Alas,  who  shall  live  when  God  doeth 
this!  And  ships  shall  come  from  the  coast  of  Chittim,  and 
shall  afflict  Asshur,  and  shall  afflict  Eber,  and  he  also  shall 
perish  for  ever.  And  Balaam  rose  up,  and  went  and  returned 
to  his  place:  and  Balak  also  went  his  way."  Num.  24:14-25. 

Balaam  now  utters  one  great  truth,  namely,  that  these 
divisions  here  mentioned  and  the  visions  he  had  been  shown, 
have  their  application  in  the  last  days  and  that  they  represent 
what  he  told  Balak  should  befall  his  people  in  the  last  days. 

Let  this  prophecy  of  Balaam  be  well  studied  for  it  will  be 
fulfilled  by  the  heathen  powers  in  the  land  of  Moab  (Western 
Europe)  after  probation  closes  and  the  remnant  have  jour- 
neyed west  through  the  land  of  Moab.  We  now  see  clearly 
why  the  prophet  Isaiah  in  Chapter  n,  Verse  14,  classes  Moab 
with  the  closing  events  of  the  world's  history.  Having  this 
matter  so  definitely  located,  every  prophecy  becomes  of  intense 


Tyrus  and  the  Moabites.  335 

interest  for  in  each  there  are  some  details  of  special  interest 
that  throw  additional  light  that  the  others  do  not.  We  now  turn 
to  the  writings  of  another  prophet  on  this  same  subject  of 
Moab.  We  quote  in  full  the  fifteenth  chapter  of  Isaiah. 

"The  burden  of  Moab.  Because  in  the  night  Ar  of  Moab 
is  laid  waste,  and  brought  to  silence ;  because  in  the  night  Kir 
of  Moab  is  laid  waste,  and  brought  to  silence :  he  is  gone  up 
to  Bajith,  and  to  Dibon,  the  high  places,  to  weep:  Moab  shall 
howl  over  Nebo,  and  over  Medeba :  on  all  their  heads  shall  be 
baldness,  and  every  beard  cut  off.  In  their  streets  they  shall 
gird  themselves  with  sackcloth:  on  the  tops  of  their  .houses 
and  in  their  streets,  every  one  shall  howl,  weeping  abundantly. 
And  Heshbon  shall  cry,  and  Elealeh ;  their  voice  shall  be  heard 
even  unto  Jahaz :  therefore  the  armed  soldiers  of  Moab  shall 
cry  out;  his  life  shall  be  grievous  unto  him.  My  heart  shall 
cry  out  for  Moab;  his  fugitives  shall  flee  unto  Zoar,  a  heifer 
of  three  years  old :  for  by  the  mounting  up  of  Luhith  with 
weeping  shall  they  go  it  up ;  for  in  the  way  of  Horonaim  they 
shall  raise  up  a  cry  of  destruction.  For  the  waters  of  Nimrim 
shall  be  desolate :  for  the  hay  is  withered  away,  the  grass 
faileth,  there  is  no  green  thing.  Therefore  the  abundance 
they  have  gotten,  and  that  which  they  have  laid  up,  shall  they 
carry  away  to  the  brook  of  the  willows.  For  the  cry  is  gone 
round  about  the  borders  of  Moab;  the  howling  thereof  unto 
Eglaim,  and  the  howling  thereof  unto  Beerelim.  •  For  the 
waters  of  Dimon  shall  be  full  of  blood :  for  I  will  bring  more 
upon  Dimon,  lions  upon  him  that  escapeth  of  Moab,  and  upon 
the  remnant  of  the  land."  Isa.  15  : 1-9. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  Because  that  Moab  and  Seir 
do  say,  Behold,  the  house  of  Judah  is  like  unto  all  the  heathen ; 
therefore,  behold,  I  will  open  the  side  of  Moab  from  the  cities, 
from  his  cities  which  are  on  his  frontiers,  the  glory  of  the 
country,  Beth-jeshimoth,  Baal-meon,  and  Kiriathaim,  unto 
the  men  of  the  east  with  the  Ammonites,  and  will  give  them 
in  possession,  that  the  Ammonites  may  not  be  remembered 


336     The  Yelloiv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

among  the  nations.  And  I  will  execute  judgments  upon 
Moab ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord."  Eze.  25 : 
8-n." 

The  chief  cause  of  God's  judgments  against  Moab  is  here 
stated,  namely,  Moab  has  been  a  persecutor  of  God's  people. 
This  has  been  the  true  history  of  Modern  Moab  from  his 
earliest  existence.  Historians  claim  that  not  less  than  fifty 
millions  of  martyrs  have  been  put  to  death  by  this  cruel  rule 
of  the  Roman  Church  in  Western  Europe. 

In  the  twenty-fifth  chapter  of  Ezekiel,  this  trait  is  espe- 
cially mentioned.  Is  it  any  wonder  that  God  calls  the  Roman 
Church,  Moab? 

Then  we  have  the  positive  statement  that  God  will  deliver 
them  over  to  the  men  of  the  East. 

Can  it  be  possible  after  reading  all  the  evidence  we  have 
offered  on  the  Eastern  and  Western  questions,  that  anyone 
claiming  to  be  at  all  acquainted  with  the  Bible,  will  doubt 
longer  what  power  will  come  against  Christendom  in  the 
great  struggle  that  is  before  us  in  the  near  future?  "For  in 
this  mountain  shall  the  hand  of  the  Lord  rest,  and  Moab  shall 
be  trodden  down  under  him,  even  as  straw  is  trodden  down 
for  the  dunghill.  And  he  shall  spread  forth  his  hands  in  the 
midst  of  them,  as  he  that  swimmeth  spreadeth  forth  his  hands 
to  swim:  and  he  shall  bring  down  their  pride  together  with 
the  spoils  of  their  hands.  And  the  fortress  of  the  high  fort 
of  thy  walls  shall  he  bring  down,  lay  low,  and  bring  to  the 
ground,  even  to  the  dust."  Isa.  25:10-12. 

We  also  find  Moab  mentioned  in  the  twenty-fifth  chapter 
of  Jeremiah.  The  reader  will  see  that  Moab  is  ever  a  subject 
of  the  latter  day  prophecies.  We  have  now  traced  Moab  as 
we  did  Ammon  and  we  fear  no  evidence  ever  being  brought 
that  will  overthrow  our  position  that  the  Modern  Moabite  is 
the  Roman  Catholic  Church  with  its  territory  in  Western 
Europe. 


will  go  up4o  4ne 
of  Unwalled  Villages 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

GAZA   AND   THE   PHILISTINES. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  transgressions  of  Gaza, 
and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment  thereof; 
because  they  carried  away  captive  the  whole  captivity,  to  de- 
liver them  up  to  Edom :  but  I  will  send  a  fire  on  the  wall  of 
Gaza,  which  shall  devour  the  palaces  thereof:  and  I  will 
cut  off  the  inhabitant  from  Ashdod,  and  him  that  holdeth  the 
sceptre  from  Ashkelon,  and  I  will  turn  mine  hand  against 
Ekron :  and  the  remnant  of  the  Philistines  shall  perish,  saith 
the  Lord  God."  Amos,  i  :6-8. 

Gaza,  Ashdod,  and  Askelon  were  chief  cities  of  the  Philis- 
tine country;  Gaza  was  the  capital.  We  must  turn  back  and 
acquaint  ourselves  with  the  Philistine  history  of  the  past. 

In  II.  Chron.  twenty-eighth  chapter,  we  have  a  most  inter- 
esting record  brought  to  view.  Ahaz  was  king  of  Judah,  and 
under  his  reign  great  offenses  were  committed  against  God. 
For  this  cause,  the  Lord  again  visited  Judah  with  the  afflic- 
tions of  the  sword  of  other  nations.  The  king  of  Assyria 
declared  war  against  Jerusalem,  and  carried  away  large  num- 
bers of  the  Jews  captive.  Then  war  broke  out  between  the 
House  of  Israel  and  Judah.  Israel  carried  two  hundred  thous- 

22  ™ 


338     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  captives  to  Samaria,  as  recorded  in  Verse  8.  Following 
this  is  the  record  of  how  the  prophet  reproved  them  for  the 
course  they  had  taken  against  their  brethren,  the  children  of 
Judah,  so  they  repented  and  took  the  captives  back  to"  Jericho 
and  turned  them  loose.  Both  the  Philistines  and  Edomites 
then  invaded  Judah  and  carried  away  these  returned  captives. 
"For  again  the  Edomites  had  come  and  smitten  Judah,  and 
carried  away  captives.  The  Philistines  also  had  invaded  the 
cities  of  the  low  country,  and  of  the  South  of  Judah  and  had 
taken  Bethshemesh,  and  Ajalon,  and  Gederoth,  and  Shocho 
with  the  villages  thereof:  and  they  dwelt  there."  II.  Chron. 
28:17-18. 

We  do  not  read  in  these  verses  of  any  captives  being  taken 
by  the  Philistines,  but  the  whole  captivity  was  turned  over  to 
Edom,  the  Philistines  dwelling  in  the  captured  villages.  In 
these  scriptures  we  notice  a  combination  of  Syria,  and  Israel, 
Edom  and  the  Philistines,  all  against  Judah.  These  events 
are  set  forth  as  a  lesson  to  the  ones  who  see  the  combinations 
that  are  to  arise  against  the  true  worshipers  in  the  last  days. 
We  learn  in  Hosea,  first  chapter,  that  in  the  closing  events  of 
the  world's  history  there  will  be  gathered  out  of  the  three 
divisions  of  Christendom  (Greek  and  Roman  Catholicism  and 
Protestantism)  a  remnant,  and  they  will  appoint  themselves 
one  head  and  will  be  joined  under  the  name  Judah.  We  have 
before  noticed  how  Israel  would  fight  against  Ephraim  and 
they  two  against  Judah  and  how  every  man's  sword  should  be 
against  his  brother  in  the  time  of  trouble. 

Note  this  point;  in  the  time  of  trouble  the  whole  captivity, 
the  remnant  is  turned  over  to  Edom  (Esau).  Edom  has  ever 
retained  the  hatred  towards  his  brother,  consequently,  those 
who  are  the  most  bitter  persecutors  of  the  remnant  people  of 
God  in  the  last  days  will  be  called  in  prophecy  Edom.  In  the 
latter  day  prophecy  we  find  the  Philistines  will  again  act  the 
same  part  in  turning  over  the  whole  captivity  to  their  perse- 
cutors (Edom). 


Gaza  and  the  Philistines.  339 

Now  the  Philistines  are  so  called  from  their  religious 
character  (soothsayers,  spiritualists,  see  comment  on  Zeck. 
9:17)  ;  and  Edomites  are  so  called  from  their  disposition  and 
power  to  persecute.  No  body  of  religionists  could  persecute 
without  civil  power.  As  Philistia  and  Edom  united  in  ancient 
times  (II.  Chron.  28)  so  in  the  latter  days  the  religious  and 
civil  powers  will  unite  and  Philistia  (the  religious  power)  will 
again  turn  the  captivity  (the  remnant)  over  to  Edom  (the 
civil  power)  for  persecution. 

"The  burden  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  in  the  land  of  Had- 
rach,  and  Damascus  shall  be  the  rest  thereof :  when  the  eyes  of 
man,  as  of  all  the  tribes  of  Israel,  shall  be  toward  the  Lord. 
And  Hamoth  also  shall  border  thereby ;  Tyrus  and  Zidon 
though  it  be  very  wise.  And  Tyrus  did  build  herself  a  strong- 
hold, and  heaped  up  silver  as  the  dust,  and  fine  gold  as  the 
mire  of  the  streets.  Behold,  the  Lord  will  cast  her  out,  and 
he  will  smite  her  in  the  sea;  and  she  shall  be  devoured  with 
fire.  Ashkelon  shall  see  it,  and  fear;  Gaza  also  shall  see  it, 
and  be  very  sorrowful,  and  Ekron;  for  her  expectation  shall 
be  ashamed ;  and  the  king  shall  perish  from  Gaza,  and  Ashkelon 
shall  not  be  inhabited.  And  a  bastard  shall  dwell  in  Ashdod, 
and  I  will  cut  off  the  pride  of  the  Philistines.  And  I  will  take 
away  his  blood  out  of  his  mouth,  and  his  abominations  from 
between  his  teeth :  but  he  that  remaineth,  even  he  shall  be  for 
our  God,  and  he  shall  be  as  a  governor  in  Judah,  and  Ekron 
as  a  Jebusite."  Zech.  9:1-7. 

This  shows  again  there  will  be  a  conquest  against  the  three 
divisions  of  Christendom  in  the  last  days.  When  these  three 
divisions  combine  each  will  bear  the  characteristics  of  its 
name. 

As  these  names  (Damascus,  Tyre  and  Gaza)  represent  the 
three  divisions  of  Spiritual  Babylon,  what  division  does  the 
Philistine  represent?  We  reply  he  represents  the  Protestant 
division.  As  the  house  of  Judah,  Damascus,  and  the  Ammon- 
ite represent  the  Greek  division;  house  of  Israel,  Tyrus,  and 


340     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  Moabite  represent  the  Roman  division;  so  Ephraim,  Gaza 
and  the  Philistines  represent  the  Protestant  division.  (See 
comments  on  Ephraim  in  Hosea.)  This  will  appear  more  clear 
as  we  study  the  various  writings  on  the  question.  There  are 
three  of  these  cities  and  three  divisions  of  the  ancient  terri- 
tory of  these  divisions.  These  cities  are  Damascus,  Gaza,  and 
Tyrus.  The  Philistines  were  South  and  West  of  Palestine. 
Damascus  and  Syria  were  on  the  North  and  East.  Tyrus 
was  known  as  the  Phenician  belt  of  country  about  twenty 
miles  in  width  and  one  hundred  miles  in  length,  lying  along 
the  eastern  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  sea  northwest  of  Pales- 
tine. These  locations  all  have  their  significance. 

We  will  notice  further  the  prophecy  representing  the  Phil- 
istine in  the  latter  days.  In  Isaiah  there  is  a  prophecy  con- 
cerning God's  professed  people  in  the  last  days  which  says, 
they  will  be  "soothsayers  like  the  Philistines."  Isa.  257. 
Thus  one  of  the  principal  characteristics  of  the  Philistines  is 
that  of  claiming  communication  with  the  dead. 

It  is  known  in  our  day  as  Modern  Spiritualism. 

Is  it  not  strange  that  this  special  work  should  begin  in  the 
United  States,  the  Protestant  division,  as  brought  to  view  in 
the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  under  the  symbol  of  the 
two  horned  beast,  representing  the  United  States.  (See  also 
Revelation  19:20  and  16:13,  X4-)  Because  of  this  miraculous 
working  of  Satan,  this  government  under  Protestant  rule,  is 
called  in  the  nineteenth  chapter  of  Revelation  the  "False 
Prophet."  This  at  once  locates  Modern  Philistia  as  Modern 
America.  (See  Ancient  and  Modern  Worship  in  Bible  Atlas.) 
But  there  are  additional  proofs  which  we  wish  to  offer.  In 
the  eleventh  chapter  of  Isaiah  beginning  with  Verse  10,  it  is 
stated  God  will  "set  his  hand  the  second  time  to  recover  the 
remnant  of  his  people."  In  this  chapter  we  have  all  these 
latter  day  divisions  referred  to,  among  them  the  Philistines 
who  are  represented  as  bearing  on  their  shoulders  the  remnant 
toward  the  West. 


Gaza  and  the  Philistines.  341 

As  God  smites  the  Eastern  nations  with  His  judgments  as 
elsewhere  shown  by  the  seven  streams  (see  comments  on  Isa. 
XL),  the  remnant  leave  these  Eastern  countries  and  are 
"borne  on  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines  toward  the  West" 
(the  United  States,  or  Ephraim).  Zeph.  2:1-10  says  the  rem- 
nant are  taken  to  modern  Philistia.  They  are  borne  by  the 
Philistines.  "The  word  of  the  Lord  that  came  to  Jeremiah 
the  prophet  against  the  Philistines,  before  that  Pharaoh  smote 
Gaza.  Thus  saith  the  Lord ;  Behold,  waters  rise  up  out  of 
the  North,  and  shall  be  an  overflowing  flood,  and  shall  over- 
flow the  land,  and  all  that  is  therein;  the  city,  and  them  that 
dwell  therein:  then  the  men  shall  cry,  and  all  the  inhabitants 
of  the  land  shall  howl."  Jer.  47:1-2. 

These  Philistines  who  bear  the  remnant  from  the  East  to 
the  West  are  the  ambassadors  sent  from  America  to  gather 
the  people  of  God  out  of  the  Eastern  nations  before  the  trou- 
ble becomes  such  that  they  cannot  leave.  (See  comments  on 
Isaiah,  eighteenth  chapter,  in  Inspired  History).  Having 
shown  that  the  Philistines  are  Protestant  America,  this  Scrip- 
ture is  only  an  additional  evidence  with  additional  features 
concerning  the  calamity  that  will  befall  the  United  States  in 
the  last  days. 

(For  an  exposition  of  the  power  in  the  North  see  com- 
mentary on  Ezekiel,  thirty-eighth  and  thirty-ninth  chapters,  in 
this  book,  where  the  Northern  power  referred  to  is  shown  to 
be  Russia.) 

"Gather  yourselves  together,  yea,  gather  together,  O  na- 
tion not  desired ;  before  the  decree  bring  forth,  before  the 
day  pass  as  the  chaff,  before  the  fierce  anger  of  the  Lord 
come  upon  you,  before  the  day  of  the  Lord's  anger  come 
upon  you.  Seek  ye  the  Lord,  all  ye  meek  of  the  earth,  which 
have  wrought  his  judgment;  seek  righteousness,  seek  meek- 
ness :  it  may  be  ye  shall  be  hid  in  the  day  of  the  Lord's  anger. 
For  Gaza  shall  be  forsaken,  and  Ashkelon  a  desolation:  they 
shall  drive  out  Ashdod  at  the  noonday,  and  Ekron  shall  be 


342     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

rooted  up.  Woe  unto  the  inhabitants  of  the  sea  coast,  the 
nation  of  the  Cherethites !  the  word  of  the  Lord,  is  against 
you;  O  Canaan,  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  I  will  even  de- 
stroy thee,  that  there  shall  be  no  inhabitant.  And  the  sea 
coast  shall  be  dwellings  and  cottages  for  shepherds,  and  folds 
for  flocks.  And  the  coast  shall  be  for  the  remnant  of  the 
house  of  Judah;  they  shall  feed  thereupon:  in  the  houses  of 
Ashkelon  shall  they  lie  down  in  the  evening:  for  the  Lord 
their  God  shall  visit  them,  and  turn  away  their  captivity." 
Zeph.  2:1-7.  Here  the  Philistine  is  again  mentioned,  show- 
ing once  more  they  are  a  subject  of  prophecy  in  the  last  days, 
and  it  is  to  the  modern  Philistine  country  that  the  remnant 
will  be  gathered.  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Because  the 
Philistines  have  dealt  by  revenge,  and  have  taken  vengeance 
with  a  despiteful  heart,  to  destroy  it  for  the  old  hatred; 
therefore  thus  , saith  the  Lord  God ;  Behold,  I  will  stretch 
out  mine  hand  upon  the  Philistines,  and  I  will  cut  off  the 
Cherethim,  and  destroy  the  remnant  of  the  sea  coast."  Eze. 
25:15,  1 6. 

This  chapter  again  brings  to  view  these  divisions  under 
ancient  names.  The  Philistines  are  mentioned.  One  of  the 
characteristics  of  the  Philistines  is  revenge.  There  was  pos- 
sibly more  war  with  Israel  and  the  Philistines  than  any  other 
nation. 

Hosea,  who  represents  the  same  people,  under  the  name 
of  Ephraim,  says  he  feedeth  on  wind  (war),  he  followeth 
after  the  East  wind.  The  Philistine  (America)  is  a  man  of 
war  in  the  last  days,  as  well  as  in  ancient  times.  The  motto 
expressed  in  the  Spanish-American  war  was  "Remember  the 
Maine."  An  outrage  once  perpetrated  upon  them  is  never 
forgotten.  This  disposition  will  also  be  manifested  when  they 
seek  to  enforce  false  worship  upon  the  remnant  people.  Their 
determination  will  not  be  to  get  revenge,  but  to  master  any 
obstacle  that  may  arise  against  them.  Hosea  describes  this 
trait  of  character  under  the  title  of  Ephraim  as,  "They  are  all 


Gaza  and-  the  Philistines.  343 

as  an  oven  heated  by  the  baker."  This  means  they  are  hot 
headed,  ready  to  carry  out  whatever  comes  into  their  minds. 
The  Lord  says,  because  of  this  disposition  he  will  cut  them 
off  with  the  Cherethims  and  those  of  the  sea  coast.  The 
Cherethims  were  the  ancient  navy  employed  by  Tyre.  This 
shows  that  the  Philistines  will  be  a  naval  power  in  the  last 
days,  with  great  sea  coasts,  but  these,  with  all  the  rest,  will 
be  cut  off.  But  there  is  one  that  God  will  use  which  they 
cannot  master,  namely,  the  crooked  piercing  serpent  and  a 
vast  army  of  the  north,  Isaiah  27.  The .  Philistines  are 
mentioned  in  Obadiah's  prophecies  where  the  captivity  of  the 
three  divisions  is  brought  to  view.  We  recommend  the  read- 
ing of  the  book  of  Obadiah  on  this  question.  "Woe  unto  the 
inhabitants  of  the  sea  coast,  the  nation  of  the  Cherethites! 
the  word  of  the  Lord  is  against  you;  O  Canaan,  the  land  of 
the  Philistines,  I  will  even  destroy  thee,  that  there  shall  be 
no  inhabitant."  Zeph.  2 15.  The  prophet  refers  to  Protestant- 
ism as  a  great  naval  power.  Here  the  land  is  called  the  land 
of  Canaan,  which  throws  additional  light  on  the  evidence  that 
the  land  of  Israel  in  the  thirty-eighth  chapter  of  Ezekiel  is 
not  the  ancient  land  of  Palestine.  The  land  of  the  Philistines 
is  here  called  the  land  of  Canaan,  because  it  is  a  land  where 
the  professed  people  of  God  live.  While  the  professed  people 
of  God  (Israel)  dwell  in  various  lands,  there  is  no  land  so 
nearly  meets  the  specifications  of  the  land  of  Israel  in  the 
last  days  as  the  United  States.  "And  the  sea  coast  shall  be 
dwellings  and  cottages  for  shepherds,  and  folds  for  flocks. 
And  the  coast  shall  be  for  the  remnant  of  the  house  of  Judah ; 
they  shall  feed  thereupon:  in  the  houses  of  Ashkelon  shall 
they  lie  down  in  the  evening:  for  the  Lord  their  God  shall 
visit  them,  and  turn  away  their  captivity."  Zeph.  2:  6,  7. 
"The  word  of  the  Lord  that  came  to  Jeremiah  the  prophet 
against  the  Philistines,  before  that  Pharaoh  smote  Gaza.  Thus 
saith  the  Lord;  Behold,  waters  rise  up  out  of  the  north,  and 
shall  be  an  overflowing  flood,  and  shall  overflow  the  land,  and 


344     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

all  that  is  therein ;  the  city,  and  them  that  dwell  therein :  then 
the  men  shall  cry,  and  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land  shall 
howl.  At  the  noise  of  the  stamping  of  the  hoofs  of  his  strong 
horses,  at  the  rushing  of  his  chariots,  and  at  the  rumbling  of 
his  wheels,  the  fathers  shall  not  look  back  to  their  children 
for  feebleness  of  hands:  because  of  the  day  that  cometh  to 
spoil  all  the  Philistines,  and  to  cut  off  from  Tyrus  and  Zidon 
every  helper  that  remaineth:  for  the  Lord  will  spoil  the  Phi- 
listines, the  remnant  of  the  country  of  Caphtor.  Baldness  is 
come  upon  Gaza;  Ashkelon  is  cut  off  with  the  remnant  of 
their  valley :  how  long  wilt  thou  cut  thyself  ?  O  thou  sword  of 
the  Lord,  how  long  will  it  be  ere  thou  be  quiet?  put  up  thy- 
self into  thy  scabbard,  rest,  and  be  still.  How  can  it  be  quiet, 
seeing  the  Lord  hath  given  it  a  charge  against  Ashkelon,  and 
against  the  sea  shore?  there  hath  he  appointed  it."  Jer.  47:1-7. 
The  above  Scripture  speaks  of  the  Philistine  and  intro- 
duces Tyrus,  which  we  have  before  considered.  This  calam- 
ity, like  all  former  predictions,  comes  from  the  North,  hence 
could  not  apply  to  the  smiting  of  Gaza  by  Pharaoh,  Egypt 
being  in  the  South.  It  also  includes  the  division  represented 
by  Tyrus,  therefore  its  application,  like  all  the  others  consid- 
ered, is  to  modern  Philistia  and  occurs  in  the  last  days. 


CHAPTER    XIX. 


EDOMITES   THE  DESCENDANTS  OF   ESAU. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  transgressions  of  Edom, 
and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment  thereof; 
because  he  did  pursue  his  brother  with  the  sword,  and  did 
cast  off  all  pity,  and  his  anger  did  tear  perpetually,  and  he 
kept  his  wrath  for  ever."  Amos  I  :ii. 

It  is  now  clear  that  God  is  tracing  down  the  characters  of 
ancient  nations  and  incidents,  to  modern  nations.  Whenever 
a  people  confessing  to  be  the  Lord's  people  develop  these 
ancient  characteristics  then  the  Lord  applies  the  ancient  name 
to  them.  By  following  this  rule  the  Bible  student  is  able 
to  locate  each  name.  It  is  also  evident  that  in  the  develop- 
ment of  these  prophecies  there  are  but  three  divisions  of  the 
Lord's  professed  people.  While  the  subjects  of  each  are  scat- 
tered over  the  world  the  home  territory  of  each  of  the  three 
principal  divisions  of  Christendom  is  located,  as  explained  in 
the  beginning  of  this  book  under  the  symbols  the  Dragon,  the 
Beast,  and  the  False  Prophet.  Consequently  we  must  look 
in  these  territories  for  all  the  characteristics  described  under 
these  ancient  names. 

Edom  is  descended  from  Esau.  Esau  retained  hatred 
through  life  for  Jacob,  his  brother,  although  he  was  pre- 
vented by  Providence  from  harming  him,  on  his  return  home 

345 


346     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

from  Padan-aram,  the  hatred  stiH  remained.  Now  God  takes 
this  incident  in  the  life  of  Esau,  with  other  events  later  de- 
veloped by  his  descendants,  to  designate  one  of  these  divi- 
sions in  the  last  days.  Now  that  this  spirit  of  hatred  will 
exist  more  or  less  in  all  the  divisions  it  will  no  doubt  apply 
more  forcibly  to  some  definite  division  that  will  lead  out  in  the 
persecution. 

We  here  give  the  record  referred  to,  that  of  Esau  and 
Jacob's  meeting:  "And  Jacob  went  on  his  way,  and  the  an- 
gels of  God  met  him.  And  when  Jacob  saw  them,  he  said, 
This  is  God's  host:  and  he  called  the  name  of  that  place 
Mahanaim.  And  Jacob  sent  messengers  before  him  to  Esau 
his  brother  unto  the  land  of  Seir,  the  country  of  Edom.  And 
he  commanded  them,  saying.  Thus  shall  ye  speak  unto  my 
lord  Esau;  Thy  servant  Jacob  saith  thus,  I  have  sojourned 
with  Laban,  and  stayed  there  until  now :  and  I  have  oxen, 
and  asses,  flocks,  and  menservants,  and  womenservants :  and 
I  have  sent  to  tell  my  lord,  that  I  may  find  grace  in  thy  sight. 
And  the  messengers  returned  to  Jacob,  saying,  We  came  to 
thy  brother  Esau,  and  also  he  cometh  to  meet  thee,  and  four 
hundred  men  with  him.  Then  Jacob  was  greatly  afraid  and 
distressed:  and  he  divided  the  people  that  was  with  him,  and 
the  flocks,  and  herds,  and  the  camels,  into  two  bands ;  And 
said,  If  Esau  come  to  the  one  company,  and  smite  it,  then  the 
other  company  which  is  left  shall  escape.  And  Jacob  said, 

0  God  of  my  father  Abraham,  and  God  of  my  father  Isaac, 
the  Lord  which  saidst  unto  me,  Return  unto  thy  country,  and 
to  thy  kindred,  and  I  will  deal  well  with  thee:     I  am  not- 
worthy  of  the  least  of  all  the  mercies,  and  of  all  the  truth, 
which  thou  hast  shewed  unto  thy  servant;  for  with  my  staff 

1  passed  over  this  Jordan ;  and  now  I  am  become  two  bauds. 
Deliver  me,  I  pray  thee,  from  the  hand  of  my  brother,  from 
the  hand  of  Esau :  for  I  fear  him,  lest  he  will  come  and  smite 
me,  and  the  mother  with  the  children.     And  thou  saidst,  I 
will  surely  do  thee  good,  and  make  thy  seed  as  the  sand  of 


Edomites  the  Descendants  of  Esau.  347 

the  sea,  which  cannot  be  numbered  for  multitude.  And  he 
lodged  there  that  same  night ;  and  took  of  that  which  came  to 
his  hand  a  present  for  Esau  his  brother;  two  hundred  she 
goats  and  twenty  he  goats,  two  hundred  ewes  and  twenty 
rams.  Thirty  milch  camels  with  their  colts,  forty  kine  and 
ten  bulls,  twenty  she  asses  and  ten  foals.  And  he  delivered 
them  into  the  hand  of  his  servants,  every  drove  by  them- 
selves; and  said  unto  his  servants,  Pass  over  before  me,  and 
put  a  space  betwixt  drove  and  drove.  And  he  commanded 
the  foremost,  saying,  When  Esau  my  brother  meeteth  thee, 
and  asketh  thee,  saying  Whose  art  thou?  and  whither  goest 
thou?  and  whose  are  these  before  thee?  Then  thou  shalt  say, 
They  be  thy  servant  Jacob's;  it  is  a  present  sent  'unto  my 
lord  Esau:  and,  behold,  also  he  is  behind  us.  And  so  com- 
manded he  the  second,  and  the  third,  and  all  that  followed 
the  droves,  saying,  On  this  manner  shall  ye  speak  unto  Esau, 
when  ye  find  him.  And  say  ye  moreover,  Behold,  thy  servant 
Jacob  is  behind  us.  For  he  said,  I  will  appease  him  with  the 
present  that  goeth  before  me,  and  afterward  I  will  see  his 
face;  peradventure  he  will  accept  of  me."  Gen.  32:1-20. 

The  apostle  Paul  says  that  "whatsoever  things  were  writ- 
ten afore  time  were  written  for  our  learning."  This  record 
of  Jacob's  return  and  his  experience  with  Esau  should  be 
one  of  deep  interest  to  the  Bible  student  of  the  last  days. 

The  remnant  will  again  come  in  contact  with  the  Edomites 
as  Jacob  of  old  met  Esau.  Their  experience  in  the  last  days 
is  called  the  time  of  Jacob's  trouble.  "Alas!  for  that  day  is 
great,  so  that  none  is  like  it:  it  is  even  the  time  of  Jacob's 
trouble;  but  he  shall  be  saved  out  of  it."  Jer.  30:7.  "For 
there  shall  be  a  day,  that  the  watchmen  upon  the  mount 
Ephraim  shall  cry,  Arise  ye,  and  let  us  go  up  to  Zion  unto 
the  Lord  our  God.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord ;  Sing  with  glad- 
ness for  Jacob,  and  shout  among  the  chief  of  the  nations: 
publish  ye,  praise  ye,  and  say,  O  Lord,  save  thy  people,  the 
remnant  of  Israel.  Behold,  I  will  bring  them  from  the  north 


348     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

country,  and  gather  them  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth,  and 
with  them  the  blind  and  the  lame,  the  woman  with  child  and 
her  that  travaileth  with  child  together :  a  great  company  shall 
return  thither.  They  shall  come  with  weeping,  and  with  sup- 
plications will  I  lead  them :  I  will  cause  them  to  walk  by  the 
rivers  of  waters  in  a  straight  way,  wherein  they  shall  not 
stumble :  for  I  am  a  father  to  Israel,  and  Ephraim  is  my  first- 
born. Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  O  ye  nations,  and  declare 
it  in  the  isles  afar  off,  and  say,  He  that  scattered  Israel  will 
gather  him,  and  keep  him,  as  a  shepherd  doth  his  flock.  For 
the  Lord  hath  redeemed  Jacob,  and  ransomed  him  from  the 
hand  of  him  that  was  stronger  than  he."  Jeremiah  31:6-11. 
They  will  travel  again  as  did  Jacob  and  his  company;  they 
may  not  have  their  herds  and  flocks  with  them ;  but  they  will 
have  their  families.  They  will  have  the  same  foe  to  en- 
counter. In  Jacob's  struggle  with  the  angel  till  the  break  of 
day  is  revealed  his  perseverance,  showing  his  personal  anxiety 
for  the  needed  blessing  of  forgiveness.  Victory  was  given 
Jacob  and  so  it  will  be  given  the  remnant  in  like  manner. 

We  have  shown  before  that  the  remnant  now  scattered 
abroad  in  the  Eastern  nations  will  be  gathered  out  and  be 
borne  toward  the  West,  on  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines. 
We  have  also  shown,  under  the  title  of  Moab,  that  they  will 
pass  through  his  borders  and  there  they  will  have  difficulty. 
They  will  then  come  to  the  country  called  in  prophecy  Edom. 
Now  where  shall  we  find  the  positive  proof  which  will  locate 
Edom  at  this  time  in  history? 

We  have  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  chapters  of  Revela- 
tion the  three  great  divisions  of  the  world  brought  to  view, 
under  the  symbols  of  the  Dragon,  the  Beast,  and  the  Two- 
horned  Beast.  In  the  chapters  under  these  titles  in  this  book 
the  two-horned  beast  is  shown  to  be  the  symbol  of  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States.  Now  what  decree  does  this 
nation  pass  in  the  time  of  trouble?  "And  he  had  power  to 
.  .  .  cause  that  as  many  as  would  not  worship  the  image 
of  the  beast  should  be  killed."  Rev.  13:15. 


Edomites  the  Descendants  of  Esau.  349 

Thus  when  this  government  issues  this  decree  it  then  man- 
ifests the  same  spirit  that  was  in  Esau's  heart  when  he  met 
Jacob  with  four  hundred  armed  men  to  destroy  him.  Conse- 
quently the  Protestant  division  is  the  Edom  of  the  last  days, 
and  in  an  especial  sense  the  United  States  will  be  the  home 
of  modern  Edom.  As  before  stated  it  will,  when  the  three 
divisions  unite  in  their  three-fold  confederacy,  apply  to  them 
all.  But  the  United  States  is  the  first  one  that  sets  the  exam- 
ple, and  issues  the  decree.  Remember  Edom  does  not  apply 
till  that  time  comes. 

The  remnant  cannot  remain  in  the  heathen  territory,  much 
less  in  that  of  the  Greek  or  Roman  division,  so  God  has  seen 
fit  to  make  this  country,  here  described  as  Edom,  the  place 
to  come  to  as  they  leave  the  East.  Why  come  where  they  will 
meet  this  decree?  We  reply,  Jacob  knew  when  he  returned 
from  Padan-aram  that  he  would  have  to  meet  Esau ;  but 
God  had  told  him  to  go  and  he  would  prosper  him.  Circum- 
stances, as  already  noted,  compel  the  remnant  to  go  to  the 
land  where  this  decree  has  been  passed.  By  faith  they  go.  It 
is  on  their  return,  when  they  pass  through  "the  time  of  Ja- 
cob's trouble"  caused  by  the  decree  of  death  being  passed 
against  them.  While  they  pass  through  the  time  of  trouble 
the  Lord  will  deliver  them  as  he  did  Jacob.  Jer.  30:5-7. 
"Concerning  Edom,  thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;.  Is  wisdom 
no  more  in  Teman?  is  counsel  perished  from  the  prudent?  is 
their  wisdom  vanished?  Flee  ye,  turn  back,  dwell  deep,  O 
inhabitants  of  Dedan^  for  I  will  bring  the  calamity  of  Esau 
upon  him,  the  time  that  I  will  visit  him.  If  grapegatherers 
come  to  thee,  would  they  not  leave  some  gleaning  grapes? 
if  thieves  by  night,  they  will  destroy  till  they  have  enough. 
But  I  have  made  Esau  bare,  I  have  uncovered  his  secret 
places,  and  he  shall  not  be  able  to  hide  himself :  his  seed  is 
spoiled,  and  his  brethren,  and  his  neighbours,  and  he  is  not. 
Leave  thy  fatherless  children,  I  will  preserve  them  alive;  and 
let  thy  widows  trust  in  me.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord ;  Be- 


350     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

hold,  they  whose  judgment  was  not  to  drink  of  the  cup  have 
assuredly  drunken ;  and  art  thou  he  that  shall  altogether  go 
unpunished?  thou  shalt  not  go  unpunished,  but  thou  shalt 
surely  drink  of  it.  For  I  have  sworn  by  myself,  saith  the 
Lord,  that  Bozrah  shall  become  a  desolation,  a  reproach,  a 
waste,  and  a  curse;  and  all  the  cities  thereof  shall  be  per- 
petual wastes."  Jeremiah  49:7-13. 

Verse  8  tells  some  one  to  turn  and  flee  back.  The  idea 
is  not  to  be  afraid,  "for  I  will  bring  the  calamity  of  Esau," 
and  Edom  shall  be  desolated.  The  United  States  in  her  first 
history  has  been  the  home  of  civil  liberty  and  for  this  cause 
people  have  ever  come  to  her  shores.  Now  in  this  last  time 
God's  messengers  will  "return,"  bringing  their  flocks  with 
them.  They  do  not  come  because  everything  will  be  peace- 
ful with  them,  for  their  home  land  has  become  Edom.  Laws 
have  been  passed  that  every  one  shall  bow  down  to  worship 
the  beast  and  receive  its  mark  in  their  foreheads,  and  failing 
to  do  this  the  decree  says,  "they  shall  be  killed."  But  with 
the  confidence  of  their  deliverance ;  and  by  obedience  to  the 
instruction  God  has  given  them,  they  come. 

THE  BOOK  OF  OBADIAH. 

Verses  i,  2:  "The  vision  of  Obadiah.  Thus  saith  the 
Lord  God  concerning  Edom;  We  have  heard  a  rumour  from 
the  Lord,  and  an  ambassador  is  sent  among  the  heathen,  Arise 
ye,  and  let  us  rise  up  against  her  in  battle.  Behold,  I  have 
made  thee  small  among  the  heathen :  thou  art  greatly  despised." 

The  above  is  an  introduction  to  the  book  of  Obadiah  under 
the  title  of  Edom  as  the  book  is  addressed  to  the  people  of 
Esau.  It  is  a  prophecy  concerning  the  Edomites  in  the  last 
days;  and  now  with  the  light  shining  upon  these  Scriptures, 
we  can  read  the  future  history  of  the  United  States  and  the 
yellow  peril.  In  fact,  we  can  now  read,  with  these  divisions 
marked  out  and  with  the  principles  laid  down,  the  whole  Bible. 


Edomites  the  Descendants  qf  Esau.  351 

For  in  the  record  of  the  past,  from  the  book  of  Genesis  clear 
through  the  Old  Testament,  we  read  the  history  of  our  day. 
And  let  us  say  again,  God  designs  His  servants  in  this  age  to 
compass  the  whole  Bible  and  open  it  as  a  hidden  treasure  to 
the  people.  The  queen  of  Shebah  said,  as  she  learned  of  the 
wonderful  things  told  her  by  Solomon,  "Behold  the  half  was 
not  told  me."  So,  today,  we  can  say,  the  great  field  of 
prophecy  has  not  been  touched  by  the  masses  of  religious 
teachers  and  writers  on  prophecy  as  compared  with  the  privi- 
leges to  be  enjoyed  by  the  student  of  God's  Word. 

It  will  be  our  privilege  to  read  the  story  of  today  and  the 
future,  by  studying  the  book  of  Obadiah. 

Verses  3-10:  "The  pride  of  thine  heart  hath  deceived 
thee,  thou  that  dwellest  in  the  clefts  of  the  rock,  whose  habi- 
tation is  high;  that  saith  in  his  heart,  Who  shall  bring  me 
down  to  the  ground?  Though  thou  exalt  thyself  as  the  eagle, 
and  though  thou  set  thy  nest  among  the  stars,  thence  will  I 
bring  thee  down,  saith  the  Lord.  If  thieves  came  to  thee,  if 
robbers  by  night,  (how  art  thou  cut  off!)  would  they  not  have 
stolen  till  they  had  enough  ?  if  the  grapegatherers  came  to  thee, 
would  they  not  leave  some  grapes?  How  are  the  things  of 
Esau  searched  out !  how  are  his  hidden  things  sought  up !  All 
the  men  of  thy  confederacy  have  brought  thee  even  to  'the 
border:  the  men  that  were  at  peace  with  thee  have  deceived 
thee,  and  prevailed  against  thee;  they  that  eat  thy  bread  have 
laid  a  wound  under  thee:  there  is  none  understanding  in  him. 
Shall  I  not  in  that  day,  saith  the  Lord,  even  destroy  the  wise 
men  out  of  Edom,  and  understanding  out  of  the  mount  of 
Esau?  And  thy  mighty  men,  O  Teman,  shall  be  dismayed, 
to  the  end  that  every  one  of  the  mount  of  Esau  may  be  cut 
off  by  slaughter.  For  thy  violence  against  thy  brother  Jacob 
shame  shall  cover  thee,  and  thou  shalt  be  cut  off  for  ever." 

Verse  3  says  one  of  Esau's  troubles  is  pride  and  that  will 
be  one  of  the  causes  of  his  deception.  Where  is  there  a  more 
confident,  proud  people  than  America?  They  have  lived  in 


352     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

a  rich  country,  one  that  has  been  attended  with  prosperity 
from  its  earliest  history;  no  nation  in  the  world  has  enjoyed 
more  privileges ;  but  that  will  not  suffice  for  character.  If 
thieves  ;come  they  will  steal  till  they  have  enough,  grape- 
gatherers  will  leave  some  grapes ;  but  it  will  not  be  so  with 
Esau,  his  ruin  is  complete.  Verse  7  mentions  the  confederacy 
Esau  has  entered  into  with  his  friends,  Roman  Catholicism 
and  the  Greek  Church,  but  they  will  avail  him  nothing  in  the 
time  of  trouble.  The  main  cause  of  his  great  trouble  is  stated 
in  Verse  10,  namely,  the  violence  to  his  brother  Jacob. 

When  Protestantism  passes  the  decree  that  all  shall  be 
killed  who  will  not  worship  the  beast,  Esau's  final  destiny 
will  be  settled.  The  same  spirit  is  now  manifested  in  denom- 
inationalism.  The  bitterest  envy  and  persecution  is  often  man- 
ifested against  those  who  receive  light  and  dare  to  teach  it 
when  it  differs  from  the  established  creed  of  the  denomina- 
tion. In  this  way  the  spirit  of  Esau  is  even  now  manifested. 

Verses  11-21 :  "In  the  day  that  thou  stoodest  on  the  other 
side,  in  the  day  that  the  strangers  carried  away  captive  his 
forces,  and  foreigners  entered  into  his  gates,  and  cast  lots 
upon  Jerusalem,  even  thou  wast  as  one  of  them.  But  thou 
shouldest  not  have  looked  on  the  day  of  thy  brother  in  the 
day  that  he  became  a  stranger;  neither  shouldest  thou  have 
rejoiced  over  the  children  of  Judah  in  the  day  of  their  destruc- 
tion; neither  shouldest  thou  have  spoken  proudly  in  the  day 
of  distress.  Thou  shouldest  not  have  entered  into  the  gate  of 
my  people  in  the  day  of  their  calamity;  yea,  thou  shouldest 
not  have  looked  on  their  affliction  in  the  day  of  their  calamity, 
nor  have  laid  hands  on  their  substance  in  the  day  of  their 
calamity;  neither  shouldest  thou  have  stood  in  the  cross- 
way,  to  cut  off  those  of  his  that  did  escape ;  neither  shouldest 
thou  have  delivered  up  those  of  his  that  did  remain  in  the  day 
of  distress.  For  the  day  of  the  Lord  is  near  upon  all  the 
heathen :  as  thou  hast  done,  it  shall  be  done  unto  thee :  thy 
reward  shall  return  upon  thine  own  head.  For  as  ye  have 


Edomites  the  Descendants  of  Esau.  353 

drunk  upon  my  holy  mountain,  so  shall  all  the  heathen  drink 
continually;  yea,  they  shall  drink,  and  they  shall  swallow 
down,  and  they  shall  be  as  though  they  had  not  been.  But 
upon  mount  Zion  shall  be  deliverance,  and  there  shall  be  holi- 
ness; and  the  house  of  Jacob  shall  possess  their  possessions. 
And  the  house  of  Jacob  shall  be  a  fire,  and  the  house  of 
Joseph  a  flame,  and  the  house  of  Esau  for  stubble,  and  they 
shall  kindle  in  them,  and  devour  them ;  and  there  shall  not  be 
any  remaining  of  the  house  of  Esau ;  for  the  Lord  hath  spoken 
it.  And  they  of  the  south  shall  possess  the  mount  of  Esau; 
and  they  of  the  plain,  the  Philistines:  and  they  shall  possess 
the  fields  of  Ephraim,  and  the  fields  of  Samaria:  and  Benja- 
min shall  possess  Gilead.  And  the  captivity  of  this  host  of 
the  children  of  Israel  shall  possess  that  of  the  Canaanites,  even 
unto  Zarephath;  and  the  captivity  of  Jerusalem,  which  is  in 
Sepharad,  shall  possess  the  cities  of  the  south.  And  saviours 
shall  come  up  on  mount  Zion  to  judge  the  mount  of  Esau; 
and  the  kingdom  shall  be  the  Lord's." 

The  whole  story  of  the  life  of  Esau  is  told  from  Verses 
ii  to  15.  It  shows  that  in  the  entire  history  of  Esau  he  was 
only  a  persecutor  of  the  Lord's  people.  Verse  15  introduces 
the  final  destruction  of  all  the  heathen  and  as  it  is  done  to 
them  so  it  will  be  to  Esau.  The  latter  verses  introduce  the 
coming  of  the  Lord  and  the  final  victory  to  the  House  of 
Jacob,  or  the  saved  people,  as  they  will  be  located  in  the 
earth  made  new.  Thus  we  see  the  yellow  peril  now  threaten- 
ing Christendom  is  taught  in  all  prophetic  statements ;  and 
from  this  standpoint  alone  the  writer  learned  the  truth  before 
he  knew  a  single  person  had  arrived  at  his  views  from  the 
world's  standpoint.  The  harmony  of  truth  is  in  the  conclu- 
sion arrived  at  from  these  two  standpoints.  The  most  skep- 
tic will  surely  believe  what  God  has  said  is  true,  for  it  will 
come.  Those  who  proclaim  this  truth  from  a  human  stand- 
point, such  as  Richmond  P.  Hobson  and  others,  are  entitled 
to  credit  for  their  acumen  and  foresight. 

23 


354     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"Keep  not  thou  silence,  O  God :  hold  not  thy  peace,  and  be 
not  still,  O  God.  For,  lo,  thine  enemies  make  a  tumult :  and 
they  that  hate  thee  have  lifted  up  the  head.  They  have  taken 
crafty  counsel  against  thy  people,  and  consulted  against  thy 
hidden  ones.  They  have  said,  Come,  and  let  us  cut  them  off 
from  being  a  nation ;  that  the  name  of  Israel  may  be  no  more 
in  remembrance.  For  they  have  consulted  together  with  one 
consent:  they  are  confederate  against  thee:  the  tabernacles 
of  Edom,  and  the  Ishmaelites;  of  Moab,  and  the  Hagarenes; 
Gebal,  and  Ammon,  and  Amalek;  the  Philistines  with  the  in- 
habitants of  Tyre ;  Assur  also  is  joined  with  them :  they  have 
holpen  the  children  of  Lot.  Selah.  Do  unto  them  as  unto 
the  Midianites ;  as  to  Sisera,  as  to  Jabin,  at  the  brook  of 
Kison :  which  perished  at  En-dor :  they  became  as  dung  for 
the  earth.  Make  their  nobles  like  Oreb,  and  like  Zeeb:  yea, 
all  their  princes  as  Zebah,  and  as  Zalmunna:  who  said,  Let 
us  take  to  ourselves  the  houses  of  God  in  possession.  O  my 
God,  make  them  like  a  wheel;  as  the  stubble  before  the  wind. 
As  the  fire  burneth  a  wood,  and  as  the  flame  setteth  the  moun- 
tains on  fire;  so  persecute  them  with  thy  tempest,  and  make 
them  afraid  with  thy  storm.  Fill  their  faces  with  shame; 
that  they  may  seek  thy  name,  O  Lord.  Let  them  be  con- 
founded and  troubled  for  ever ;  yea,  let  them  be  put  to  shame, 
and  perish:  that  men  may  know  that  thou,  whose  name  alone 
is  Jehovah,  art  the  Most  High  over  all  the  earth."  Psalms 
83:1-18. 

One  thousand  years  before  Christ  David  saw  the  final  con- 
federacy of  the  last  days.  This  confederacy  is  also  mentioned 
in  the  eighth  chapter  of  Isaiah's  prophecy. 

This  confederacy  has  taken  council  against  the  remnant 
(here  called  the  hidden  ones)  that  they  might  be  cut  off  for- 
ever. This  confederacy  is  a  general  one;  and  the  tabernacle 
of  Edom  (Protestant  America)  has  joined  the  company,  but 
they  will  be  cut  off  forever.  The  names  mentioned  in  this 
Scripture  are  of  especial  interest  for  "they  have  holpen  the 
children  of  Lot,"  which  are  the  Ammonites  and  Moabites. 


Edomites  the  Descendants  of  Esau.  355 

Now  the  Hagarenes  and  Ishmaelites  were  the  descendants 
of  Abraham  by  his  hand  maid  Hagar  and  they  settled  in 
Arabia,  from  whence  the  Turk  left  to  come  North  and  possess 
Constantinople.  This  shows  who  will  enter  into  this  con- 
federacy of  Christendom ;  the  ones  here  mentioned  join  with 
the  Greek  and  Roman  divisions  in  the  persecution  against  the 
remnant.  The  hidden  ones  are  the  remnant  which  will  be 
hidden  during  the  time  of  trouble.  This  last  confederacy  is 
not  to  be  confounded  with  the  three-fold  confederacy.  This 
means,  and  later  investigation  will  show,  that  all  the  world  is 
against  the  "hidden  ones,"  or  remnant,  in  the  final  act  of  this 
world's  history.  This  is  Armageddon.  Judges  4;  7:19-25. 

Isa.  37 136  and  Zech.  12.  The  trouble  between  the  heathen 
and  professed  Christendom  is  not  Armageddon.  A  description 
of  Armageddon  is  recorded  in  Eze.  39.  (See  Time,  Tradition 
and  Truth,  by  the  author.)  "Egypt  shall  be  a  desolation,  and 
Edom  shall  be  a  desolate  wilderness,  for  the  violence  against 
the  children  of  Judah,  because  they  have  shed  innocent  blood 
in  their  land.  But  Judah  shall  dwell  for  ever,  and  Jerusalem 
from  generation  to  generation.  For  I  will  cleanse  their  blood 
that  I  have  not  cleansed:  for  the  Lord  dwelleth  in  Zion." 
Joel  3:19-21. 

We  have  before  commented  on  Ephraim  locating  it  and 
modern  Egypt  in  the  United  States.  Here  Joel  places  Egypt 
and  Edom  together.  They  are  both  the  same  country.  The 
persecuting  character  is  again  brought  out  in  this  Scripture. 
Judah  here  mentioned  is  the  remnant  as  before  explained  and 
not  the  house  of  Judah  or  Greek  Catholicism. 


CHAPTER  XX. 

JUDAH. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  transgressions  of  Judah, 
and  for  four,  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment  thereof; 
because  they  have  despised  the  law  of  the  Lord,  and  have  not 
kept  his  commandments,  and  their  lies  caused  them  to  err, 
after  the  which  their  fathers  have  walked."  Amos.  2  -.4. 

Judah  has  stood  at  the  head  of  God's  people  as  a  leading 
tribe.  They  have  been  the  one  to  whom  God  has  looked  as 
the  ones  he  could  trust  with  his  truth.  Reuben  was  the  first 
son  of  Jacob  and  should  have  stood  at  the  head  of  all  the 
tribes  of  Israel,  but  because  of  an  act  performed  by  him  this 
privilege,  granted  him  by  birth-right,  was  taken  from  him. 

"Now  the  sons  of  Reuben  the  firstborn  of  Israel,  (for  he 
was  the  firstborn;  but,  forasmuch  as  he  defiled  his  father's 
bed,  his  birthright  was  given  unto  the  sons  of  Joseph  the  son 
of  Israel :  and  the  genealogy  is  not  to  be  reckoned  after  the 
birthright.  For  Judah  prevailed  above  his  brethren,  and  of 
him  came  the  chief  ruler;  but  the  birthright  was  Joseph's.") 
I.  Chron.  5:1,  2. 

In  this  record  there  is  a  grand  lesson.  God  ever  expects 
the  elder  to  be  an  example  to  the  younger ;  the  parents  to  the 
children;  the  first  born  son  and  daughter  to  those  who  come 
later.  The  natural  birthright  gives  them  this  pre-eminence 

356 


Judah.  357 

and  if  their  lives  are  according  to  the  privilege  every  elder 
person  would  be  an  example  of  piety  and  faithfulness  to  the 
younger.  The  birthright  belonging  to  Reuben  was  given  to 
the  house  of  Joseph,  but  owing  to  the  prophetic  blessing  of 
Jacob  the  kings  came  of  the  tribe  of  Judah  (Gen.  49:10). 
The  responsibility  fell  upon  Judah  to  lead  God's  people  and  the 
House  of  Judah  should  have  ever  been  loyal  to  God. 

But  they,  like  Reuben  have  now  been  disloyal  as  their  his- 
tory has  proven.  Had  they  proven  true  to  the  commandments 
of  God  as  revealed  in  his  laws  the  light  of  the  pure  gospel 
would  never  have  gone  out.  Now  to  locate  the  sins  of  the 
past,  and  the  present  we  must  read  their  history  upon  this 
most  important  question,  the  law  of  God.  "Howbeit  I  will 
not  rend  away  all  the  kingdom ;  but  will  give  one  tribe  to  thy 
son  for  David  my  servant's  sake,  and  for  Jerusalem's  sake 
which  I  have  chosen."  I.  Kings  11:13. 

Solomon  was  the  third  king  that  ruled  over  the  twelve 
tribes;  Saul  was  first,  David  second.  Each  reigned  forty 
years.  Christ  was  to  be  born  of  the  tribe  of  Judah  for  his 
work  in  heaven  is  that  of  king  and  priest. 

The  charge  against  this  house  is,  that  they  have  broken  the 
law  and  have  not  kept  the  commandments  of  the  Lord.  We 
have  first  an  example  of  this  by  Solomon,  who  was  led  away 
by  his  strange  wives  and  his  associations  with  other  nations. 
Although  a  man  of  great  intellect,  one  whom  the  Lord  used 
as  an  instrument  in  his  hands,  yet  God  could  not  overlook  this 
breach  in  a  ruler  of  Israel.  Therefore  he  told  him  that  the 
kingdom  should  be  rent,  and  that  tribe  should  no  longer  rule 
over  all  Israel  but  that  he 'would  leave  two  and  a  half  tribes 
as  the  house  of  Judah  for  David's  sake.  Thus  the  sin  laid  to 
the  house  of  Judah  was  that  of  breaking  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord. 

As  the  result  of  this,  after  the  death  of  Solomon  there  were 
two  houses,  named,  the  house  of  Israel  and  the  house  of 
Judah.  Jeroboam  reigned  over  ten  tribes  and  Rehoboam  over 
the  house  of  Judah  and  Benjamin.  . 


358     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Tracing  the  history  of  Judah  down  over  three  hundred 
years  we  learn  of  another  important  epoch  in  their  history. 
This  was  under  the  reign  of  Manasseh.  "But  they  hearkened 
not:  and  Manasseh  seduced  them  to  do  more  evil  than  did  the 
nations  whom  the  Lord  destroyed  before  the  children  of  Israel. 
And  the  Lord  spake  by  his  servants  the  prophets,  saying,  Be- 
cause Manasseh  king  of  Judah  hath  done  these  abominations, 
and  hath  done  wickedly  above  all  that  the  Amorites  did,  which 
were  before  him,  and  hath  made  Judah  also  to  sin  with  his 
idols :  therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God  of  Israel,  Behold, 
I  am  bringing  such  evil  upon  Jerusalem  and  Judah,  that  who- 
soever heareth  of  it,  both  his  ears  shall  tingle.  And  I  will 
stretch  over  Jerusalem  the  line  of  Samaria,  and  the  plummet  of 
the  house  of  Ahab :  and  I  will  wipe  Jerusalem  as  a  man  wipeth 
a  dish,  wiping  it,  and  turning  it  upside  down.  And  I  will  for- 
sake the  remnant  of  mine  inheritance,  and  deliver  them  into 
the  hand  of  their  enemies;  and  they  shall  become  a  prey  and 
a  spoil  to  all  their  enemies ;  because  they  have  done  that  which 
was  evil  in  my  sight,  and  have  provoked  me  to  anger,  since 
the  day  their  fathers  came  forth  out  of  Egypt,  even  unto  this 
day.  Moreover  Manasseh  shed  innocent  blood  very  much,  till 
he  had  filled  Jerusalem  from  one  end  to  another ;  besides  his 
sin  wherewith  he  made  Judah  to  sin,  in  doing  that  which  was 
evil  in  the  sight  of  the  Lord."  II.  Kings  21  \g-i6. 

In  the  entire  history  of  Israel  and  the  house  of  Judah,  from 
the  anointing  of  Saul  to  the  Babylonian  captivity,  there  were 
thif ty-nine  kings ;  eight  of  this  number  are  spoken  of  as  being 
good.  They  were  all  of  the  House  of  Judah.  But  when  we 
reach  the  reign  of  Manasseh  there  was  probably  no  king  that 
ever  reigned  who  was  more  wicked  than  he.  Hosea,  the 
prophet  points  out  another  time  in  history  when  Judah  would 
remove  the  bounds.  "The  princes  of  Judah  were  like  them 
that  remove  the  bound:  therefore  I  will  pour  out  my  wrath 
upon  them  like  water."  Hosea  5:10. 

But  this  prophecy  has  its  application  this  side  of  Christ,  as 
learned  in  the  comments  on  this  book,  when  Judah  the  Greek 


Judah.  359 

division  of  the  Gentile  Church  permitted  the  commandments 
of  God  to  be  once  more  violated.  This  was  done  when  this 
division  permitted  the  doctrines  of  Paganism  to  come  into  the 
Gentile  Church  and  be  substituted  for  the  commandments  of 
God.  These  doctrines,  as  set  forth  in  our  comments  on  the 
second  chapter  of  Hosea,  are  termed  by  the  prophet  "her 
sabbaths,  her  moons,  and  her  feast  days"  which  this  apostasy 
brought  in  from  Paganism.  These  substitutions,  which  are 
directly  contrary  to  the  commandments  of  God,  have  ever 
remained  in  all  the  professedly  Christian  Churches  from  that 
day  to  this,  with  the  exception  of  very  few  dissenting  people 
scattered  along  through  history  to  the  present  time.  Now  in 
the  fourth  transgression,  the  union  of  these  three  divisions, 
when  these  false  doctrines  are  reiterated  as  the  foundation 
principles  of  this  great  apostasy,  the  punishment  will  be  sure 
to  come  to  Judah  and  all  engaged  in  the  apostasy.  And  to 
this  point,  Hosea  refers  in  his  prophecy. 

Where  is  there  a  single  commandment  in  all  the  Scriptures 
of  truth  to  keep  the  first  day  of  the  week  as  a  day  of  rest  and 
worship?  Where  is  there  a  single  statement  God  ever  made 
commanding  these  feasts  brought  in  from  Paganism,  practised 
by  Roman  Catholicism  and  the  Greek  Church  with  a  growing 
sanction  and  practice  in  Protestantism?  Where  does  the 
Bible  teach  the  conscious  state  of  the  dead  between  death  and 
the  resurrection?  Where  does  the  Bible  teach  sprinkling  in 
the  place  of  being  buried  with  Christ  by  baptism?  Where 
does  the  Bible  teach  that  we  now  have  a  new  code  of  laws  and 
a  new  plan  of  salvation  to  save  men?  Nay,  verily,  these  are 
all  institutions  brought  in  from  Paganism  and  adopted  by 
Judah  the  Apostolic  division  of  the  Church.  It  was  those  who 
followed  the  Apostles  that  permitted  these  bounds  to  be  re- 
moved, and  the  doctrines  of  Paganism  and  ceremonies  of  the 
Ammonitish  and  Moabitish  gods  to  take  the  place  of  the  doc- 
trines of  the  Bible.  Every  man  that  is  a  true  Christian  obeys 
the  commandments  of  God,  laws  and  doctrines  of  God's  own 
making,  and  not  the  traditions  of  men. 


360     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  one  hundred  and  forty-four  thousand  brought  out 
under  the  last  message  of  mercy  before  this  punishment  comes, 
is  declared  by  the  prophet  John  to  "keep  the  commandments 
of  God  and  the  faith  of  Jesus."  Rev.  14:12.  The  last  chap- 
ter in  the  Bible  says,  "Blessed  are  they  that  do  his  command- 
ments that  they  may  have  a  right  to  the  tree  of  life  and  may 
enter  in  through  the  gates  into  the  city."  Rev.  22:14.  John 
says,  "Whosoever  committeth  sin,  transgresseth,  also,  the  law, 
for  sin  is  the  transgression  of  the  law.  I  John  3  -4.  Again 
he  says  he  that  sayeth  he  loveth  me  and  keepeth  not  my  com- 
mandments is  a  liar  and  the  truth  is  not  in  him.  And  once 
more  he  says,  hereby  we  do  know  that  we  know  God  when  we 
love  God  and  keep  his  commandments,  for  this  is  the  love  of 
God  that  we  keep  his  commandments  and  his  commandments 
are  not  grievous.  Christ  who  is  spoken  of  in  the  Scriptures 
as  the  lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah  says,  "Think  not  that  I  am 
come  to  destroy  the  law,  I  am  not  come  to  destroy  but  to  ful- 
fill. And  to  show  what  it  was  to  fulfill,  he  continued,  "Who- 
soever therefore,  shall  break  one  of  these  least  command- 
ments and  shall  teach  men  so,  he  shall  be  called  least  in  the 
kingdom  of  heaven.  But  whosoever  shall  do  and  teach  them 
shall  be  called  great  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven."  The  young 
man  that  came  to  inquire  how  to  obtain  eternal  life,  and  asked 
Christ  what  he  should  do,  received  the  reply,  "If  thou  wilt 
enter  into  life,  keep  the  commandments."  The  great  apostle 
to  the  Gentiles,  in  relating  his  experience,  how  he  was  con- 
verted, as  recorded  in  the  seventh  chapter  of  Romans  said: 
"I  had  not  known  sin,  but  by  the  law,  I  had  not  known  lust 
except  the  law  had  said,  'Thou  shalt  not  covet.' "  He  here 
quotes  the  tenth  commandment  of  the  decalogue.  He  says 
this  revealed  to  me,  that  I  was  a  sinner  and  "when  the  com- 
mandment came,  sin  revived  and  P  died."  He  then  exclaimed, 
"the  law  is  holy,  just  and  good."  But  he  was  "carnal,  sold 
under  sin."  He  was  a  transgressor.  His  next  experience 
was  how  he  obtained  help  through  Christ  to  keep  that  law, 


Judah.  361 

wherein  all  his  human  efforts  had  failed;  how  Christ  con- 
demned sin  in  the  flesh;  and  how  then,  he  obtained  through 
Christ  the  help  that  he  needed  that  the  "righteousness  of  the 
law  might  be  fulfilled  in  us  who  walk  not  after  the  flesh  but 
after  the  Spirit."  Romans  8:4. 

Thus  we  see  that  every  true  Christian  in  all  the  world's 
history,  regardless  of  the  age,  or  nationality  is  an  individual 
who  respects  and  obeys  all  the  commandments  of  God.  The 
opposite  of  this,  is  to  substitute  the  doctrines  of  men  and  make 
void  the  commandments  of  God.  All  such  worship,  says 
Christ,  is  vain  worship.  All  who  keep  the  commandments  of 
God  in  any  age  of  the  world,  and  accept  the  faith  of  Christ 
for  the  forgiveness  of  sin,  for  violation  of  the  command- 
ments' of  God  wherein  they  have  in  any  way  transgressed 
against  them,  will  be  added  to  the  true  house  of  Judah.  For 
it  is  the  only  name  that  goes  through  to  the  next  life.  This 
will  explain  why  all  that  are  gathered  out  of  Babylon,  (these 
three  divisions  of  Christendom)  will  form  the  perfected  House 
of  Judah  by  which  name  the  true  church  will  henceforth  be 
known.  All  who  are  of  this  class  and  alive  upon  the  earth 
after  probation  closes,  will  constitute  this  House  of  Judah. 
And  to  that  house,  Christ  will  come.  And  any  law  of  the 
land  that  this  great  confederacy,  which  we  have  before  men- 
tioned, may  make  to  enforce  Sunday  as  a  sacred  day,  or  any 
other  doctrine  which  has  come  in  through  any  apostasy,  will 
not  stand  in  the  great  day  that  is  just  before  us. 


CHAPTER  XXL 

HOUSE  OF  ISRAEL. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord;  For  three  transgressions  of  Israel, 
and  for  four  I  will  not  turn  away  the  punishment  thereof ;  be- 
cause they  sold  the  righteous  for  silver,  and  the  poor  for  a 
pair  of  shoes;  that  pant  after  the  dust  of  the  earth  on  the 
head  of  the  poor,  and  turn  aside  the  way  of  trie  meek:  and  a 
man  and  his  father  will  go  in  unto  the  same  maid,  to  profane 
my  holy  name."  Amos.  2 :6~7. 

The  great  sin,  which  God  has  charged  up  against  the  House 
of  Israel  is  different  from  that  charged  upon  Judah.  Judah 
was  held  responsible  for  sound  doctrines.  While  every  Chris- 
tian in  any  age  of  the  world,  or  under  any  division  of  God's 
people,  should  be  sound  in  doctrine;  and  cannot  be  excused 
for  holding  false  doctrines,  yet  that  sin  may  not  be  laid  at  the 
door  of  one  in  as  strong  a  sense  as  it  could  be  at  the  door  of 
another  whom  God  has  especially  chosen  and  blessed.  The 
Scriptures  show  that  a  minister  is  more  responsible  than  a  lay 
member.  Even  though  they  both  be  lost,  the  punishment  and 
judgment  of  God  is  the  greater  upon  the  leader  of  the  flock. 
Now  the  charge  against  the  House  of  Israel  (Roman  Cathol- 
icism) is  that  of  oppression  of  the  poor ;  and  making  merchan- 
dise of  the  membership ;  and  using  the  garb  of  Christianity  as 
a,  cloak  to  carry  forward  the  design  of  its  covetous  heart. 

362 


House  of  Israel.  363 

This  is  a  grievous  sin  in  the  eyes  of  God.  And  to  this  sin  the 
House  of  Israel,  the  second  division  of  Christendom,  is  espe- 
cially addicted. 

Covetousness  was  a  characteristic  of  the  ancient  House 
of  Israel  as  well  as  of  the  Gentile  House  of  Israel.  Covetous- 
ness  is  one  of  the  most  deceitful,  soul  destroying  traits  that 
can  possess  any  individual.  Like  any  other  sin,  it  is  an  un- 
natural, cultivated,  cherished  desire  of  the  heart  to  obtain  and 
possess  more  than  is  necessary,  or  right,  even  resorting  to 
deception,  and  fraud,  to  obtain  the  same.  Of  all  the  delusions 
that  are  in  the  world  there  is  none  so  great,  as  the  desire  to 
be  rich.  The  apostle  says :  "The  love  of  money  is  the  root 
of  all  evil."  Now  when  this  love  of  money  is  cherished  in  the 
church,  every  unlawful,  and  deceptive  scheme  that  can  be 
devised  in  the  lives  of  men  will  be  devised  to  obtain  it.  And 
to  these  devices,  the  House  of  Israel,  has  ever  been  addicted. 
It  is  the  great  sin,  charged  by  the  Lord,  against  that  house. 
That  charge  may  be  applicable  to  any  division,  or  individual 
associated  with  the  Lord's  work.  Were  we  to  trace  the  his- 
tory of  many  incidents  and  prophetic  utterances  concerning 
this  sin  of  covetousness,  it  would  fill  a  volume.  But  we  will 
take  some  of  the  common  things- in  the  history  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  that  every  one  knows  to  be  true.  In  the  sixth 
chapter  of  Revelation,  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  as  devel-, 
oped  and  established  in  A.  D.  538  is  symbolized  by  a  black  horse 
with  a  rider  upon  its  back,  and  in  his  hand  a  pair  of  balances. 
He  says :  "A  measure  of  wheat  for  a  penny  and  a  measure  of 
barley  for  a  penny  and  see  that  thou  hurt  not  the  oil  nor  the 
wine." 

The  oil  and  wine  are  represented  in  the  Scriptures  as 
spiritual,  gospel  blessings.  Wheat  and  barley  here  are  articles 
of  commerce.  Here  is  a  symbol  in  which  they  are  combined 
at  the  risk  of  hurting  the  oil  and  the  wine.  The  dark  record 
of  that  power,  as  given  in  the  pages  of  history,  is  appalling, 
in  reference  to  the  extortion  wrought  upon  the  people,  to 


364     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

obtain  money.  The  system  of  prayers  for  the  dead,  soliciting 
means  that  dead  friends  may  be  delivered  from  purgatory,  is 
an  awful  sin,  practiced  upon  an  uninformed  and  superstitious 
people.  Next,  indulgences  were  sold  to  the  highest  bidder, 
thus  teaching  them  that  in  case  they  sinned,  it  would  not  be 
charged  against  them.  In  this  manner,  large  sums  of  money 
were  extorted  from  the  people. 

And  again  this  organization  is  the  originator  of  church 
fairs,  the  selling  of  merchandise  under  the  name  of  Christian- 
ity in  order  to  forward  the  plans  of  the  church.  This  prac- 
tice of  church  affairs,  and  church  festivals  has  been  adopted  by 
Protestants,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  means  to  support  the 
church.  This  has  been  carried  forward  until  kitchens  and  all 
necessary  conveniences  to  entertain  the  mixed  public  are 
provided  in  many  of  the  churches  today.  Post-offices,  grab 
bags,  ring  cakes  and  all  manner  of  lotteries,  entertainments, 
theatrical  performances  and  songs  unfitted  for  the  House  of 
Worship,  all  have  been  used  to  raise  money  to  pay  church  ex- 
penses. God's  plan  in  the  Bible  is  ignored.  This  is  an 
awful  picture  pointed  out  in  the  writing  of  the  prophets,  and 
chargeable  to  the  House  of  Israel,  as  the  great  leader  in  this 
sin.  Thousands  and  millions  of  dollars  are  taken  from  the 
poor,  who  need  the  bread  of  life,  who  need  clothing  to  keep 
them  warm  and  funds  to  educate  their  children.  This  money 
is  drawn  from  them  by  various  devices  and  in  many  instances, 
it  is  spent  for  great  display  in  church  edifices,  and  instruments 
of  music,  bells  and  church  steeples,  far  beyond  any  require- 
ments or  any  necessity,  a  mere  display.  It  is  right  to  educate 
every  Christian  to  be  liberal,  and  carry  out  the  plans  set  forth 
in  the  Bible  for  the  support  of  the  Gospel.  It  is  right  to  have 
the  spirit  of  sacrifice  which  will  exist  in  every  true  Christian's 
heart.  It  is  right  to  raise  money  by  means  of  God's  plans, 
laid  down  in  the  Bible.  But  let  that  money  when  it  is  thus 
raised  be  used  with  wisdom  and  judgment.  Let  such  plain, 
neat  houses  of  worship  be  erected  as  the  demand  calls  for. 


House  of  Israel.  365 

Let  the  messengers  of  God  be  supported  while  they  carry  the 
gospel  to  those  who  know  it  not.  In  short,  cut  from  the  cata- 
logue every  unnecessary  expense,  and  use  what  means  is  raised 
as  stewards  who  must  give  account  to  the  chief  shepherd. 
Educate  the  membership  to  the  requirements  of  God  as  laid 
down  in  his  word.  Do  not  work  up  an  undue  feeling  of  sym- 
pathy in  the  minds  of  your  humble  followers  by  means  of 
imaginary  stories  to  cause  them  to  give  beyond  their  ability, 
in  order  to  forward  the  branch  in  which  you  are  individually 
working  and  thus  gain  a  name  for  yourself.  In  short  it  is  an 
awful  sin  in  the  sight  of  God  to  impose  upon  an  innocent 
flock  with  selfish  motives,  or  undue  judgment.  This  sin  is 
laid  at  the  door  of  the  professed  people  of  God,  the  same  as 
the  sins  of  breaking  the  commandments  and  permitting  the 
bounds  to  be  removed  from  the  law.  "That  make  a  man  an 
offender  for  a  word,  and  lay  a  snare  for  him  that  reproveth  in 
the  gate,  and  turn  aside  the  just  for  a  thing  of  nought." 
Isa.  29:21. 

The  prophet  speaks  of  making  the  man  an  offender  for  a 
word  and  turning  aside  the  just  for  a  thing  of  nought.  This 
love  of  money  is  manifested  in  many  ways.  Bribery  is  one 
of  the  common  sins  of  this  day.  If  men  can  get  a  few  dollars 
they  will  engage  to  use  their  influence  in  trades  and  bargains, 
regardless  of  the  hurt  and  harm  it  may  cause  their  victim. 
The  prophet  says,  "they  have  sold  the  poor  for  a  pair  of 
shoes."  As  small  a  bargain,  or  small  a  bribe  as  the  value  of 
a  pair  of  shoes  will  cause  men  who  profess  to  be  Christians 
to  use  their  influence  to  the  hurt  of  their  brethren.  All  this  is 
wrong  and  should  never  be  practiced  by  any  one  professing 
the  name  of  Christ. 

Thus  we  have  followed  these  three  divisions  through  the 
various  names  under  which  they  exist  as  recorded  by  the 
prophet  Amos  in  his  introduction  to  his  book.  This  establishes 
another  fact  that  the  book  of  Amos  is  entirely  a  prophecy  of 
the  last  days.  And  could  we  deem  it  proper  we  would  give  a 


366     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

verse  commentary  upon  this  book.  For  every  one  who  desires 
truth,  applicable  to  this  age,  should  study  this  book,  verse 
by  verse.  The  last  chapter  of  the  prophecy  of  Amos  closes 
with  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  restoration  of  the  taber- 
nacle- of  David,  the  perfected  House  of  Judah,  which  is  now 
in  process  of  erection.  And  to  this  temple,  when  completed, 
Christ  will  come  with,  "Woe  unto  them  that  decree  unright- 
eous decrees,  and  that  write  grievousness  which  they  have  pre- 
scribed; to  turn  aside  the  needy  from  judgment,  and  to  take 
away  the  right  from  the  poor  of  my  people,  that  widows  may 
be  their  prey,  and  that  they  may  rob  the  fatherless!"  Isa. 
10:1-2. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 


ANCIENT   AND    MODERN    WORSHIP. 

Israel's  ancient  apostasy  from  God,  was  caused  by  their 
worshiping  Moloch,  the  god  of  the  Ammonites,  Chemosh,  the 
god  of  the  Moabites,  Dagon  the  god  of  the  Philistines,  all 
forms  of  Baal  or  Sun  worship.  "To  whom  our  fathers  would 
not  obey,  but  thrust  him  from  them,  and  in  their  hearts  turned 
back  again  into  Egypt,  Saying  unto  Aaron,  Make  us  gods  to 
go  before  us :  for  as  for  this  Moses,  which  brought  us  out  of 
the  land  of  Egypt,  we  wot  not  what  is  become  of  him.  And 
they  made  a  calf  in  those  days,  and  offered  sacrifice  unto  the 
idol,  and  rejoiced  in  the  works  of  their  own  hands.  Then 
God  turned,  and  gave  them  up  to  worship  the  host  of  heaven ; 
as  it  is  written  in  the  book  of  the  prophets,  O  ye  house  of 
Israel,  have  ye  offered  to  me  slain  beasts  and  sacrifices  by  the 
space  of  forty  years  in  the  wilderness?  Yea,  ye  took  up  the 
tabernacle  of  Moloch,  and  the  star  of  your  god,  Remphan, 
figures  which  ye  made  to  worship  them:  and  I  will  carry  you 
away  beyond  Babylon."  Acts  7:39-43. 

"And  the  king  commanded  Hilkiah  the  high  priest,  and 
the  priests  of  the  second  order,  and  the  keepers  of  the  door, 
to  bring  forth  out  of  the  temple  of  the  Lord  all  the  vessels 
that  were  made  for  Baal,  and  for  the  grove,  and  for  all  the 
host  of  heaven :  and  he  burned  them  without  Jerusalem  in  the 

367 


368     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

fields  of  Kidron,  and  carried  the  ashes  of  them  unto  Beth-el. 
And  he  put  down  the  idolatrous  priests,  whom  the  kings  of 
Judah  had  ordained  to  burn  incense  in  the  high  places  in  the 
cities  of  Judah,  and  in  the  places  round  about  Jerusalem ;  them 
also  that  burned  incense  unto  Baal,  to  the  sun,  and  to  the 
moon,  and  to  the  planets,  and  to  all  the  host  of  heaven.  And 
he  brought  out  the  grove  from  the  house  of  the  Lord,  without 
Jerusalem,  unto  the  brook,  Kidron,  and  burned  it  at  the 
brook  Kidron,  and  stamped  it  small  to  powder,  and  cast  the 
powder  thereof  upon  the  graves  of  the  children  of  the  people." 
II  Kings  23:4-6. 

"And  lest  thou  lift  up  thine  eyes  unto  heaven,  and  when 
thou  seest  the  sun,  and  the  moon,  and  the  stars,  even  all  the 
host  of  heaven,  shouldest  be  driven  to  worship  them,  and  serve 
them,  which  the  Lord  thy  God  hath  divided  unto  all  nations 
under  the  whole  heaven."  Deut.  4:19. 

"And  when  the  Lord  thy  God  shall  deliver  them  before 
thee;  thou  shalt  smite  them,  and  utterly  destroy  them;  thou 
shalt  make  no  covenant  with  them,  nor  shew  mercy  unto  them  : 
Neither  shalt  thou  make  marriages  with  them ;  thy  daughter 
thou  shalt  not  give  unto  his  son,  nor  his  daughter  shalt  thou 
take  unto  thy  son.  For  they  will  turn  away  thy  son  from  fol- 
lowing me,  that  they  may  serve  other  gods :  so  will  the  anger 
of  the  Lord  be  kindled  against  you,  and  destroy  thee  sud- 
denly. But  thus  shall  ye  deal  with  them ;  ye  shall  destroy  their 
altars,  and  break  down  their  images,  and  cut  down  their 
groves,  and  burn  their  graven  images  with!  fire."  Deut.  7 12-5. 

Another  incident  is  that  of  Saul.seekihg  one  with  a  famil- 
iar spirit,  which  was  a  feature  of  the  worship  of  the  Philis- 
tines. "Then  said  Saul  unto  his  servants,  Seek  me  a  woman 
that  hath  a  familiar  spirit,  that  I  may  go  to  her,  and  enquire 
of  her.  And  his  servants  said  to  him,  Behold,  there  is  a 
woman  that  hath  a  familiar  spirit  at  Endor.  And  Saul  dis- 
guised himself,  and  put  on  other  raiment,  and  he  went,  and 
two  men  with  him,  and  they  came  to  the  woman  by  night :  and 


Ancient  and  Modern  Worship.  369 

he  said,  I  pray  thee,  divine  unto  me  by  the  familiar  spirit,  and 
bring  me  him  up,  whom  I  shall  name  unto  thee.  And  the 
woman  said  unto  him,  Behold,  thou  knowest  what  Saul  hath 
done,  how  he  hath  cut  off  those  that  have  familiar  spirits,  and 
the  wizards,  out  of  the  land:  wherefore  then  layest  thou  a 
snare  for  my  life,  to  cause  me  to  die?  And  Saul  sware  to  her 
by  the  Lord,  saying,  As  the  Lord  liveth,  there  shall  no  punish- 
ment happen  to  thee  for  this  thing.  Then  said  the  woman, 
Whom  shall  I  bring  up  unto  thee?  And  he  said,  Bring  me  up 
Samuel."  I  Samuel  28:7-11. 

The  Greek  Gentile  was  an  idolater  with  his  temple  at 
Ephesus  dedicated  to  Baal  worship;  hence  when  the  apostasy 
of  the  early  church  took  place,  like  Israel  when  they  desired 
to  return  to  the  gods  of  Egypt,  so  the  Greek  Gentiles  re- 
adopted  the  worship  already  held  among  the  unconverted  of 
their  countrymen,  thus  mingling  Christianity  with  idolatry. 
We  find  them  today,  in  many  of  their  customs  and  practices, 
very  similar  to  the  Ammonites  of  old.  Hosea  2:2-12. 

Solomon  in  his  apostasy,  took  up  with  the  Moabitish  form 
of  Baal  worship,  as  well  as  the  Ammonitish  and  Zidonian: 
"But  king  Solomon  loved  many  strange  women,  together  with 
the  daughter  of  Pharaoh,  women  of  the  Moabites,  Ammonites, 
Edomites,  Zidonians,  and  Hittites ;  of  the  nations  concerning 
which  the  Lord  said  unto  the  children  of  Israel,  Ye  shall  not 
go  in  to  them,  neither  shall  they  come  in  unto  you :  for  surely 
they  will  turn  away  your  heart  after  their  gods:  Solomon  clave 
unto  these  in  love.  And  he  had  seven  hundred  wives,  prin- 
cesses, and  three  hundred  concubines :  and  his  wives  turned 
away  his  heart.  For  it  came  to  pass,  when  Solomon  was  old, 
that  his  wives  turned  away  his  heart  after  other  gods :  and  his 
heart  was  not  perfect  with  the  Lord  hfs  God,  as  was  the  heart 
of  David  his  father.  For  Solomon  went  after  Ashtoreth  the 
goddess  of  the  Zidonians,  and  after  Milcom  the  abomination 
of  the  Ammonites.  And  Solomon  did  evil  in  the  sight  of  the 
Lord,  and  went  not  fully  after  the  Lord,  as  did  David  his 

24 


370     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

father.  Then  did  Solomon  build  an  high  place  for  Chemosh, 
the  abomination  of  Moab,  in  the  hill  that  is  before  Jerusalem, 
and  for  Molech,  the  abomination  of  the  children  of  Ammon. 
And  likewise  did  he  for  all  his  strange  wives,  which  burnt 
incense  and  sacrificed  unto  their  gods."  I  Kings  n  :i-8. 

The  similarity  between  ancient  Moab  and  Roman  Cathol- 
icism, is  apparent  when  we  compare  their  history. 

It  was  the  Roman  who  gave  the  name  Sunday,  Monday 
and  so  on  to  the  days  of  the  week  in  honor  of  their  gods  and 
planets  and  paganized  the  Christian  Church  by  sheer  force  of 
numbers,  bringing  in  the  Roman  purgatory,  endless  torment, 
kingship,  prayers  for  the  dead,  sprinkling,  burning  candles, 
relic  worship,  saint  worship,  feasts,  and  holy  days,  immortality 
of  the  soul,  eternal  torment  by  fire,  all  of  which  were  borrowed 
from  Chemosh  and  Moloch  worship  of  old. 

The  similarity  between  Protestantism  and  the  worship  of 
the  Philistines,  is  made  equally  plain  by  comparison.  "And 
he  exerciseth  all  the  power  of  the  first  beast  before  him,  and 
causeth  the  earth  and  them  which  dwell  therein  to  worship  the 
first  beast,  whose  deadly  wound  was  healed.  And  he  doeth 
great  wonders,  so  that  he  maketh  fire  come  down  from  heaven 
on  the  earth  in  the  sight  of  men,  and  deceiveth  them  that 
dwell  on  the  earth  by  the  means  of  those  miracles  which  he  had 
power  to  do  in  the  sight  of  the  beast;  saying  to  them  that 
dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they  should  make  an  image  to  the 
beast,  which  had  the  wound  by  a  sword,  and  did  live."  Rev. 
13:12-14. 

"And  the  beast  was  taken,  and  with  him  the  false  prophet 
that  wrought  miracles  before  him,  with  which  he  deceived 
them  that  had  received  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  them  that 
worshipped  his  image.  These  both  were  cast  alive  into  a  lake 
of  fire  burning  with  brimstone."  Rev.  19 :2O. 

"And  I  saw  three  unclean  spirits  like  frogs  come  out  of  the 
mouth  of  the  dragon,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  beast,  and 
out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false  prophet.  For  they  are  the 


Ancient  and  Modern  Worship.  371 

spirits  of,  devils,  working  miracles,  which  go  forth  unto  the 
kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to 
the  battle  of  that  great  day  of  God  Almighty."  Rev.  16  :i3~i4. 

"Therefore  thou  hast  forsaken  thy  people  the  house  of 
Jacob,  because  they  be  replenished  from  the  east,  and  are  sooth- 
sayers like  the  Philistines,  and  they  please  themselves  in  the 
children  of  strangers."  Isa.  2  :6. 

"And  when  they  shall  say  unto  you,  Seek,  un.to  them  that 
have  familiar  spirits,  and  unto  wizards  that  peep,  and  that 
mutter :  should  not  a  people  seek  unto  their  God  ?  for  the  living 
to  the  dead  ?  To  the  law  and  to  the  testimony :  if  they  speak 
not  according  to  this  word,  it  is  because  there  is  no  light  in 
them."  Isa.  8:19-20. 

Spiritualism  is  the  particular  medium  through  which  the 
miracles  are  performed  by  the  False  Prophet  in  the  presence 
of  the  Beast.  The  False  Prophet  is  conceded  to  be  the 
United  States,  and  the  modern  spirit  manifestations  arising 
first  in  the  United  States  proves  that  Protestantism,  above 
others,  bears  the  characteristics  of  ancient  Philistine  worship. 

Dagon  was  the  god  of  the  Philistines.  His  form  was  half 
man  and  half  fish.  The  human  part  signified  fruitfulness, 
while  the  fish's  tail  pertains  to  seamen.  The  United  States, 
the  home  of  Protestantism,  is  particularly  a  fruitful  country 
with  naval  power. 

Spiritualism  made  its  first  appearance  in  the  Fox  family, 
of  Hydesville,  New  York,  in  1848.  Now  its  numbers  have 
so  increased,  its  adherents  so  multiplied,  its  doctrines  been  so 
imbibed  and  expressed  by  the  pulpit,  press  and  platform,  that 
it  must  be  apparent  to  all  that  America  is  the  Philistia  of  the 
last  days.  From  this  country  its  teachings  have  gone  to  all 
the  world. 

Ancient  Babylon  was  the  original  seat  of  all  false  doc- 
trines. These  doctrines  have  been  handed  down  from  Baby- 
lon by  the  nations  of  the  earth  to  our  day,  as  clearly  shown 
by  John  in  the  symbol  used  to  represent  the  Western  Empire 


372     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

of  Rome.  The  beast  used,  is  one  having  the  mouth  of  a  lion 
(Assyria),  the  feet  of  a  bear  (Medo-Persia),  the  body  of  a 
leopard  (Grecia)  and  ten  horns  (the  Western  Empire  of 
Rome,  or  the  territory  of  Roman  Catholicism). 

We  introduce  the  following  to  show  how  the  early  church 
adopted  some  of  the  rites  and  ceremonies  of  heathenism : 

Another  author  says:  "The  third  one  of  the  great  feasts 
of  the  church,  Christmas,  doesn't  seem  to  be  kept  during  the 
first  three  centuries.  In  contrast  to  it  a  memorial  of  Christ's 
baptism  was  celebrated  in  the  Orient  as  a  revelation  of  his 
Messiahship  and  glory  of  his  divinity  call  Epiphania,  the  sixth 
of  January.  This  festival  was^  in  Egypt,  also  given  the  mean- 
ing as  a  memorial  of  Christ's  birth,  and  in  that  way  they  had 
in  a  certain  sense  a  substitute  for  Christmas,  which  had  not 
yet  begun." — Ecclesiastical  History,  by  C.  A.  Cornelius,  part 
i,  page  139.  Further  on,  the  same  author  says,  "It  began 
first  to  be  celebrated  in  the  Roman  Church  about  360,  and 
from  there  it  spread  to  the  Orient."  After  he  has  mentioned 
"Saturnalia,"  the  Roman  feast  of  Joy,  which  began  the  seven- 
teenth and  ended  the  twenty-fourth  of  December  with  the 
"Sigillaria,"  he  continues:  "At  last  the  so-called  'Brumalia/ 
or  the  winter  solstice,  was  celebrated  the  twenty-fifth  of  De- 
cember. It  was  also  called  'deus  natalis  invicti  salts'  (the 
birth  feast  of  the  unconquered  sun),  because  in  that  season 
when  the  short  days  are  gone,  the  sun  again  comes  forth  vic- 
torious from  the  gloomy  night  to  travel  on  its  orbit  like  an 
unconquered  hero."  Id.,  part  2,  page  91. 

The  commentator,  Adam  Clarke,  gives  the  following  in- 
formation: "The  Latin  church,  supreme  in  power  and  infalli- 
ble in  judgment  (  ?),  placed  it  on  the  twenty-fifth  of  December, 
the  very  day  in  which  the  ancient  Romans  celebrated  the  feast 
of  their  goddess  Bruma.  .  .  .  Pope  Julius  I  was  the 
person  who  made  this  alteration,  and  it  appears  to  have  been 
done  for  this  reason :  the  sun  now  began  his  return  toward  the 
northern  tropic,  ending  the  winter,  lengthening  the  days,  and 
introducing  the  spring."  Notes  to  Luke  2 :8. 


Ancient  and  Modern  Worship.  373 

"The  word  Easter,  Anglo-Saxon,  Eastre,  Easter;  German, 
O stern,  like  the  names  of  the  days  of  the  week  is  a  survival 
from  the  old  Teutonic  mythology." — Encyclopedia  Britan- 
nica. 

"The  word  Easter  is  of  Saxon  origin,  and  is  supposed  to 
be  derived  from  Roster,  the  goddess  of  love,  or  the  Venus  of 
the  North,  in  honor  of  whom  a  festival  was  celebrated  by 
our  pagan  ancestors  in  the  month  of  April." — Dr.  Barnes  on 
Acts  12:4. 

"This  feast  (Easter)  was  fixed  by  the  (Roman)  Council 
of  Nice,  325  A.  D.,  to  be  held  on  the  Sunday  which  falls  upon 
or  immediately  after  the  full  moon  which  happens  next  after 
the  twenty-first  of  March." — New  Century  Encyclopedia  and 
Dictionary. 

"At  the  opening  of  the  fourth  century,  'the  mystery  of 
iniquity'  (II  Thess.  2:7)  had  introduced  that  foul,  profane 
caricature  of  the  Passover,  the  pagan  Easter." — Pagan  Coun- 
terfeits, p.  104. 

"The  New  Testament  nowhere  records  the  formal  institu- 
tion of  any  distinctively  Christian  festival." — Encyclopedia 
Britannica. 

"The  festival  of  Sunday,  like  all  other  festivals,  was  al- 
ways only  a  human  ordinance." — Neander's  Church  History, 
translated  by  Ross,  p.  186. 

"Sunday  and  holidays  all  stand  upon  the  same  foundation, 
namely,  the  ordinance  of  the  (Catholic)  Church." — Catholic 
Christian  Instructed,  p.  253. 

One  writer  has  aptly  said:  "When  it  is  now  generally 
known  that  this  church  has  many  ordinances  of  human  origin, 
then  it  is  indeed  high  time  for  the  Protestants  who  wish  to 
follow  the  Bible  only  to  earnestly  consider  this  subject,  be- 
cause when  the  festival  is  appointed  on  the  same  date  as  the 
heathen  sun  feast,  it  may  be  that  idolatrous  defilement  under 
a  Christian  garb  is  threatening  us  right  here." 


374     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

There  is  not  a  single  denomination  today  but  is  more  or 
less  involved  in  the  practice  of  error  handed  down-  from 
heathenism.  Hence  the  appeal  from  the  Lord  is:  "And  I 
heard  another  voice  from  heaven,  saying,  Come  out  of  her, 
my  people,  that  ye  be  not  partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that  ye 
receive  not  of  her  plagues."  Rev.  18:4. 


THE  mm  VIM/MOOT  wn 

is  cone 


•Rev.  //:/* 


CHAPTER   XXIII. 


THE  LIONESS  AND  HER  TWO  WHELPS. 

From  the  nineteenth  to  the  thirty-fourth  chapters  of  Eze- 
kiel  is  almost  a  continued  prophecy  representing  the  Gentile 
history  of  the  Church  from  the  first  to  the  second  advent  of 
Christ.  As  we  trace  the  many  lines  of  prophecy  and  sym- 
bols used,  the  truth  of  the  statement  of  Isaiah  that  prophecy 
is  "line  upon  line,  precept  upon  precept,  here  a  little  and  there 
a  little,"  is  impressed  upon  our  minds.  The  field  of  prophecy 
revealing-  future  history  is  truly  a  large  one,  but  we  are 
thankful  it  is  our  privilege  to  have  these  themes  opened.  It  is 
in  God's  providence  it  should  be  so,  for  now  is  the  time  that 
the  light  that  they  contain  is  needed. 

We  have  the  divisions  of  the  Church  this  side  of  Christ 
revealed  in  the  nineteenth  chapter  of  Ezekiel  under  the  symbol 
of  a  lioness  and  her  two  whelps.  If  we  mistake  not,  the  ob- 
ject of  these  symbols  is  to  show  the  characteristics  of  the  re- 
ligion of  these  divisions.  The  lion,  in  the  prophecies  of 
Daniel,  is  a  symbol  of  Babylon.  The  book  of  Revelation, 
in  using  a  symbol  of  a  woman  to  represent  the  Church  this 
side  of  Christ,  has  upon  her  forehead  "the  name  Babylon." 
Thus  it  is  easy  to  see  that  the  lion  here  introduced  is  to  show 
that  the  religion  of  these  three  is  Babylonian,  or  Assyrian  in 
its  origin. 

375 


376     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Ezekiel  XIX. 

Verses  i,  2:  "Moreover,  take  thou  up  a  lamentation  for 
the  princes  of  Israel.  And  say,  What  is  thy  mother?  A 
lioness:  she  lay  down  among  lions,  she  nourished  her  whelps 
among  young  lions." 

This  chapter  is  addressed  to  the  princes  of  Israel,  showing 
that  these  symbols  represent  the  divisions  of  Israel.  Your 
mother  is  a  lioness  (Babylonian)  in  her  worship;  she  has 
lain  down  with  lions ;  she  has  committed  fornication  with  Baby- 
lonians. Hosea  calls  this  woman's  associates  her  lovers,  the 
Assyrians.  Thus  we  have  the  identity  again  brought  to  view, 
namely:  the  princes  of  Israel  this  side  of  Christ  in  the  Gentile 
Church,  have  received  the  mystical  doctrines  of  Babylon  and 
mingled  them  with  the  worship  of  Christ.  The  mother  here,  as 
clearly  indicated,  is  a  symbol  of  the  first  division  or  Greek 
Catholicism.  As  shown  in  all  the  prophecies  it  was  that  Church 
that  apostatized  from  the  truth  and  permitted  the  Baal  worship 
of  Assyria  (the  Babylonians)  to  be  mingled  with  the  truth  of 
the  Bible. 

Verses  3,  4:  "And  she  brought  up  one  of  her  whelps:  it 
became  a  young  lion,  and  it  learned  to  catch  the  prey;  it  de- 
voured men.  The  nations  also  heard  of  him;  he  was  taken 
in  their  pit,  and  they  brought  him  with  chains  unto  the  land 
of  Egypt." 

As  the  result  of  this  mystical  union,  another  organization 
was  brought  forth,  represented  by  a  young  lion  whom  she 
taught  to  catch  the  prey.  He  ran  his  career  and  was  finally 
captured  and  taken  unto  Egypt.  This  represents  the  second 
division,  Roman  Catholicism;  the  prey  they  caught  was  the 
Pagans  of  Rome.  This  power,  as  stated  by  Daniel  and  John, 
was  to  continue  twelve  hundred  and  sixty  years,  at  the  end 
of  which  time  his  dominion  was  to  be  taken  away.  And  John 
says  his  head  was  to  receive  a  deadly  wound.  The  Papacy 
was  fully  established  A.  D.  538,  from  which  1,260  years  is 


The  Lioness  and  Her  Two  Whelps.  377 

reckoned.  This  period  ended  in  1798  when  his  head  was,  as 
it  were,  wounded  to  death.  But  he  was  taken  into  Egypt. 
Suffice  it  to  say  for  the  present  this  work  was  done  by  the 
influence  of  Protestantism  in  a  country  that  was  then  arising, 
the  United  States,  which  is  known  in  these  latter-day  prophe- 
cies as  Egypt.  Thus  we  have  in  brief  the  history  of  the  first 
whelp. 

Verses  5-9:  "Now  when  she  saw  that  she  had  waited, 
and  her  hope  was  lost,  then  she  took  another  of  her  whelps, 
and  made  him  a  young  lion.  And  he  went  up  and  down 
among  the  lions,  he  became  a  young  lion,  and  learned  to 
catch  the  prey,  and  devoured  men.  And  he  knew  their  deso- 
late palaces,  and  he  laid  waste  their  cities ;  and  the  land  was 
desolate,  and  the  fulness  thereof,  by  the  noise  of  his  roaring. 
Then  the  nations  set  against  him  on  every  side  from  the  prov- 
inces, and  spread  their  net  over  him:  he  was  taken  in  their 
pit.  And  they  put  him  in  ward  in  chains,  and  brought  him  to 
the  king  of  Babylon:  they  brought  him  into  holds,  that  his 
voice  should  no  more  be  heard  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel." 

The  next  whelp  was  a  roaring,  boisterous  fellow.  He  was 
a  strong  lion.  He  captured  the  prey  represented  here  by 
countries  as  well  as  individuals.  This  whelp  could  not  repre- 
sent anything  else  than  Protestantism,  which  was  a  rising 
power  at  the  tirne  when  the  first  whelp  went  into  captivity, 
1798.  He  grew  to  be  a  strong  power  in  the  world.  But  the 
nations  saw  him,  they  cast  their  net  upon  him  and  he  was 
brought  in  chains  to  the  king  of  Babylon.  It  is  a  different 
power  that  catches  this  whelp.  Babylon  (Assyria)  was  an 
ancient  Eastern  power  and  still  stands  as  the  prophetic  sym- 
bol of  the  Far  Eastern  nations.  It  is  the  power  pointed  out 
in  all  the  Scriptures,  which  we  have  noticed,  that  will  take 
this  last  whelp  (the  United  States)  and  desolate  his  country. 

Verses  10-12:  "Thy  mother  is  like  a  vine  in  thy  blood, 
planted  by  the  waters:  she  was  fruitful  and  full  of  branches 
by  reason  of  many  waters.  And  she  had  strong  rods  for  the 


378     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  -versus  the  Occident. 

sceptres  of  them  that  bare  rule,  and  her  stature,  was  exalted 
among  the  thick  branches,  and  she  appeared  in  her  height 
with  the  multitude  of  her  branches.  But  she  was  plucked  up 
in  fury,  she  was  cast  down  to  the  ground,  and  the  east  wind 
dried  up  her  fruit:  her  strong  rods  were  broken  and  withered ; 
the  fire  consumed  them." 

The  prophet  now  rehearses  the  history  of  the  mother. 
She  was  a  strong  vine  planted  by  many  waters  (peoples). 
The  gospel  started  in  the  midst  of  the  world  at  the  time  of 
Christ.  The  gospel  started  in  its  purity,  the  blessing  of  God 
attended  it  until  the  Church  removed  the  bounds  and  per- 
mitted false  doctrines  to  come  in.  She  was  fruitful  in  her 
first  history  and  she  bare  strong  rods,  or  scepters,  for  those 
that  ruled.  But  the  trouble  befalls  her  in  her  closing  history 
as  told  in  all  the  utterances  of  the  prophecy,  namely:  the 
East  wind  (war  from  the  East)  dries  up  her  fruit.  She 
withers  and  dies.  When  the  East  wind  (war)  comes  the 
history  of  her  and  her  two  whelps  is  finished. 

Verses  13,  14 :  "And  now  she  is  planted  in  the  wilderness, 
in  a  dry  and  thirsty  ground.  And  fire  is  gone  out  of  a  rod 
of  her  branches,  which  hath  devoured  her  fruit,  so  that  she 
hath  no  strong  rod  to  be  a  sceptre  to  rule.  This  is  a  lamenta- 
tion, and  shall  be  for  a  lamentation." 

The  final  destiny  of  Christendom  is  here  told,  namely,  the 
lake  of  fire ;  this  will  destroy  her  eternally.  The  specification 
marking  her  rulership,  viz.:  the  scepter,  is  no  doubt  given 
to  aid  us  in  definitely  locating  this  symbol  as  the  House  of 
Judah  or  the  first  division.  The  scepter  ever  belongs  to  the 
name  of  Judah.  This  division  will  lose  that  rulership  as  a  result 
of  the  East  wind ;  thus  showing  it  can  only  apply  to  the  division 
as  it  exists  in  this  life.  But  the  real  scepter  of  rulership  will 
ever  remain  with  those  who  make  up  the  perfected  House 
of  Judah  in  the  eternal  world. 


AS  IS  THE  MOTHER*- 
10  SO  ISHLR  DAUGHTER'* 

"^lMfllMM?Fg 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 


THE  AMORITE  BABE. 


"Again  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son 
of  man,  cause  Jerusalem  to  know  her  abominations,  and 
say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God  unto  Jerusalem  ;  Thy  birth  and 
thy  nativity  is  of  the  land  of  Canaan  ;  thy  father  was  an  Am- 
morite,  and  thy  mother  a  Hittite.  And  as  for  thy  nativity, 
in  the  day  thou  wast  born  thy  navel  was  not  cut,  neither  wast 
thou  washed  in  water  to  supple  thee;  thou  was  not  salted  at 
all,  nor  swaddled  at  all.  None  eye  pitied  thee,  to  do  any  of 
these  unto  thee,  to  have  compassion  upon  thee  ;  but  thou  wast 
cast  out  in  the  open  field,  to  the  loathing  of  thy  person,  in 
the  day  that  thou  wast  born.  And  when  I  passed  by  thee, 
and  saw  thee  polluted  in  thine  own  blood,  I  said  unto  thee 
when  thou  wast  in  thy  blood,  Live;  yea,  I  said  unto  thee 
when  thou  wast  in  thy  blood,  Live."  Eze.  16:1-6. 

This  prophecy  is  addressed  to  Jerusalem  that  they  might 
know  their  abominations.  Jerusalem  is  a  title  applied  in  many 
Scriptures  to  the  Church,  the  professed  people  of  God.  The 
reason  for  this  is  because  the  city  of  Jerusalem  was  the  cen- 
tral point  of  worship,  where  the  temple  was  built.  Now  the 
question  arises,  to  what  Church,  or  age  of  the  Church  does 
this  prophecy  have  its  application?  We  reply,  to  the  Gentiles 

379 


380     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

this  side  of  the  crucifixion.  Our  reason  for  this  is,  first, 
Jerusalem  (the  Church)  is  also  in  these  verses  represented 
by  a  babe  whose  father  was  an  Amorite  and  its  mother  a 
Hittite.  This  could  not  possibly  represent  the  Church  before 
Christ.  A  woman  is  ever  a  symbol  of  the  Church.  A  cor- 
rupt woman  a  symbol  of  a  corrupt  Church ;  a  virgin,  a  symbol 
of  a  pure  Church,  one  that  is  sound  in  Bible  doctrine  and 
pure  in  spiritual  life.  The  Church  from  the  days  of  Abraham 
until  the  crucifixion  was  symbolized  by  Jewish  women;  as  by 
Sarah  and  Rachel  in  Jer.  31  and  Gal.  4.  Now  it  would  be 
extremely  unjust  to  symbolize  that  age  by  a  woman  born 
of  an  Amorite  and  Hittite  union.  These  were  nations  that 
God  drove  out  of  the  land  of  Canaan.  And  the  Amorite  was 
one  who  had  filled  the  cup  of  its  iniquity.  Later  on  in  this 
chapter,  when  this  Amorite  babe  is  grown  up  to  womanhood, 
it  will  be  more  clearly  developed  why  she  is  a  symbol  of  the 
Gentile  Church  this  side  of  Christ.  This  child  was  born  in 
the  land  of  Canaan.  That  was  not  true  of  the  Jewish  Church. 
They  were  a  church  in  the  wilderness  before  they  reached  the 
land  of  Canaan.  Even  in  Egypt  we  learn  of  Church  officers 
among  them,  hence  it  is  not  possible  to  make  this  babe  sym- 
bolize the  Church  before  Christ.  But  it  is  true  that  the  very 
place  of  birth  of  the  Gentile  Church  was  the  land  of  Canaan. 
And  this  took  place  at  the  time  when  the  apostles  said,  "Lo, 
we  turn  to  the  Gentiles."  Now  we  don't  mean  by  this  symbol 
and  this  argument  that  there  was  a  new  organization  or  that 
there  was  a  new  plan  of  salvation;  for,  as  shown  in  all  these 
writings,  Jerusalem,  Judah,  Israel,  and  Ephraim  are  names 
used  throughout  Gentile  history.  But  there  was  a  beginning 
of  a  new  history  among  a  new  and  different  class  of  people, 
namely,  the  Gentiles.  Read  Romans,  ninth,  tenth  and  eleventh 
chapters.  There  it  will  be  seen  how  the  Gentiles  are  brought 
into  the  household  of  faith  under  the  old  name  and  not  a 
new  household  of  faith  newly  established.  Therefore  we  lay 
the  foundation  of  this  chapter  upon  these  principles. 


The  Amorite  Babe.  381 

A  more  striking  figure  illustrating  the  love  of  Christ,  even 
to  an  enemy  and  an  outcast  is  not  to  be  found  in  all  the 
Bible.  This  little  maid,  just  born,  even  yet  drawing  its  life's 
blood  from  its  Gentile  mother,  is  uncared  for  in  every  respect ; 
no  kind  heart  to  minister  to  its  needs,  no  eye  to  pity,  utterly 
helpless,  left  in  this  condition.  The  Creator  of  heaven  and 
earth,  the  Saviour  of  the  world,  looks  upon  it  in  tender  mercy 
and  says,  Live.  He  knew  all  about  the  questionable  character 
that  would  be  developed  in  after  years  from  its  ancestors. 
He  remembered  how  its  ancestors  had  worshiped  other  gods, 
persecuted  the  saints,  and  were  his  bitter  enemies.  But  He 
said,  Live.  This,  as  nothing  else,  illustrates  the  boundless 
mercy  which  Christ  will  extend  to  the  human  race.  Though 
their  sins  be  as  crimson,  he  said  I  will  wash  them  and  make 
them  as  white  as  snow.  (I  John  1:9.) 

Such  was  the  condition  of  the  Gentiles,  in  the  days  of  the 
apostles,  that  they  were  in  pagan  idolatry,  bound  by  the  super- 
stitious doctrines  of  heathenism  with  no  eye  to  pity,  "without 
God  and  without  hope  in  the  world."  But  Christ  had  deter- 
mined in  the  beginning  of  the  world's  history  that  he  would 
never  fail  nor  be  discouraged  until  Eden  should  be  restored, 
as  it  was  when  he  created  the  earth  in  the  beginning,  and 
all  who  would  accept  of  him  be  established  in  their  Eden  home. 
Now  his  people  had  rejected  him,  they  had  hung  him  upon 
the  cross,  they  had  rejected  every  blessing,  they  had  turned 
with  bitterness  toward  the  apostles ;  they  stoned  Stephen  to 
death ;  and  the  apostles  were  forced  to  say :  "Lo,  we  turn  to 
the  Gentiles." 

The  history  and  the  beginning  of  the  special  work  among 
that  people  is  thus  introduced. 

Verses  7-14 :  "I  have  caused  thee  to  multiply  as  the  bud 
of  the  field,  and  thou  hast  increased  and  waxen  great,  and 
thou  art  come  to  excellent  ornaments:  thy  breasts  are  fash- 
ioned, and  thine  hair  is  grown,  whereas  thou  wast  naked  and 
bare.  Now  when  I  passed  by  thee,  and  looked  upon  thee, 


382     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

behold,  thy  time  was  the  time  of  love ;  and  I  spread  my  skirt 
over  thee,  and  covered  thy  nakedness :  yea,  I  sware  unto  thee, 
and  entered  into  a  covenant  with  thee,  saith  the  Lord  God, 
and  thou  becamest  mine.  Then  washed  I  thee  with  water; 
yea,  I  thoroughly  washed  away  thy  blood  from  thee,  and  I 
anointed  thee  with  oil.  I  clothed  thee  also  with  broidered 
work,  and  shod  thee  with  badgers'  skin,  and  I  girded  thee 
about  with  fine  linen,  and  I  covered  thee  with  silk.  I  decked 
thee  also  with  ornaments,  and  I  put  bracelets  upon  thy  hands, 
and  a  chain  on  thy  neck.  And  I  put  a  jewel  on  thy  forehead, 
and  earrings  in  thine  ears,  and  a  beautiful  crown  upon  thy 
head.  Thus  wast  thou  decked  with  gold  and  silver;  and  thy 
raiment  was  of  fine  linen,  and  silk,  and  broidered  work ;  thou 
didst  eat  fine  flour,  and  honey,  and  oil;  and  thou  wast  ex- 
ceeding beautiful,  and  thou  "didst  prosper  into  a  kingdom. 
And  thy  renown  went  forth  among  the  heathen  for  thy  beauty : 
for  it  was  perfect  through  my  comeliness,  which  I  had  put 
upon  thee,  saith  the  Lord  God^" 

This  Scripture  teaches  that  this  promise  of  espousal  to 
Christ  was  when  he  first  saw  her.  As  Moses  was  found  by 
the  daughter  of  Pharaoh,  as  her  eye  of  pity  rested  upon  the 
helpless  baby  and  her  heart  was  touched,  it  was  at  that  mo- 
ment that  she  made  that  decision  in  her  heart  that  the  boy 
should  be  hers.  So  when  Christ  saw  the  condition  of  the 
Gentiles,  and  he  was  seeking  those  he  could  help  it  was  at 
the  time  that  his  eye  first  rested  upon  this  babe  that  the 
covenant  was  made  in  his  heart  that  the  Gentiles  should  now 
be  his  people.  And  that  the  Jews  could  now  take  the  place 
that  the  Gentiles  had  occupied.  A  Gentile  could  always  come 
in  and  join  himself  to  the  household  of  faith  with  the  Jews. 
And  as  Paul  now  explains  the  Jews  can  also  be  grafted  in 
again.  But  from  that  time  forward  to  the  close  of  time,  His 
especial  people  would  be  among  the  Gentiles;  they  would  be 
clothed  and  adorned  with  every  gospel  blessing. 

In  her  youth,  she  was  truly  beautiful  and  fair  to  look 
upon.  And  such  was  the  character  of  the  Church  during  the. 


The  Amorltc  Babe.  383 

first  century.  The  renown  and  progress  of  Christianity  dur- 
ing that  age,  went  throughout  the  world.  The  attention  of  the 
heathen  far  and  near  was  attracted  to  this  movement  among 
the  Gentiles,  as  stated  in  Verse  14. 

Verses  15-17:  "But  thou  didst  trust  in  thine  own  beauty, 
and  playedst  the  harlot  because  of  thy  renown,  and  pouredst 
out  thy  fornications  on  every  one  that  passed  by ;  his  it  was. 
And  of  thy  garments  thou  didst  take,  and  deckedst  thy  high 
places  with  divers  colours,  and  playedst  the  harlot  thereupon : 
the  like  things  shall  not  come,  neither  shall  it  be  so.  Thou 
hast  also  taken  thy  fair  jewels  of  my  gold  and  of  my  silver, 
which  I  had  given  thee,  and  madest  to  thyself  images  of  men, 
and  didst  commit  whoredom  with  them." 

These  verses  reveal  the  cause  of  the  downfall  of  nations, 
churches  and  individuals;  that  is,  when  they  come  to  a  point 
where  they  trust  in  their  riches,  in  their  great  achievements, 
in  the  numbers  they  have  added  to  their  organization,  then 
their  downfall  is  as  certain  as  the  rising  of  the  sun.  The 
mariner  sees  the  danger  of  the  rocks  and  the  shoals  as  he 
studies  the  chart;  but  it  seems  that  Church  people  never  see 
the  great  rock  upon  which  the  Church  has  made  shipwreck 
in  all  its  history.  The  trouble,  as  stated  by  John,  with  the 
last  Church  upon  the  earth  is,  they  say  they  are  "rich  and 
increased  in  goods  and  have  need  of  nothing."  This  is  the 
rock  upon  which  the  apostolic  Church  was  wrecked.  The 
rock  of  self-confidence. 

These  verses  also  tell  of  the  gospel  blessings  (the  fair 
jewels),  how  she  had  taken  them  and  played  the  harlot;  that 
is,  mingled  the  doctrines  of  the  Bible  with  the  doctrines  of 
heathenism.  And  right  at  this  point  is  marked  the  period  of 
her  downfall  and  ruin. 

Verses  18,  19:  "And  tookedst  thy  brordered  garments, 
and  coveredst  them :  and  thou  hast  set  mine  oil  and  mine  in- 
cense before  them.  My  meat  also  which  I  gave  thee,  fine 
flour,  and  oil,  and  honey,  wherewith  I  fed  thee,  thou  hast  even 


384     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

set  it  before  them  for  a  sweet  savour:  and  thus  it  was,  saith 
the  Lord  God." 

In  reading  the  history  of  this  age  we  learn  how  the  doc- 
trines of  Paganism  were  brought  into  the  Church.  During 
the  first  two  [centuries  this  was  largely  among  the  Greeks,  and 
by  studying  Church  history  in  connection  with  the  prophecy 
it  will  be  clearly  seen  how  the  false  doctrines  were  brought  in, 
as  we  have  them  today.  The  communion  service  was  designed 
for  the  Church;  in  fact,  all  gospel  blessings  and  privileges; 
but  when  through  a  mere  form  without  any  dividing  line, 
these  privileges  all  become  common,  then  we  are  stepping 
beyond  the  boundary  line  God  has  given  us.  And  the  holy 
is  mingled  with  the  profane. 

Verses  20-22:  "Moreover  thou  hast  taken  thy  sons  and 
thy  daughters,  whom  thou  hast  borne  unto  me,  and  these  hast 
thou  sacrificed  unto  them  to  be  devoured.  Is  this  of  thy 
whoredoms  a  small  matter,  That  thou  hast  slain  my  chil- 
dren, and  delivered  them  to  cause  them  to  pass  through  the 
fire  for  them?  And  in  all  thine  abominations  and  thy  whore- 
doms thou  hast  not  remembered  the  days  of  thy  youth,  when 
thou  wast  naked  and  bare,  and  was  polluted  in  thy  blood." 

The  time  came  during  this  intermingling  when  the  sons 
and  daughters  born  (converted)  were  sacrificed  unto  the 
heathen.  They  were  overpowered  by  the  unconverted  who 
had  come  in  and  united  with  them  until  their  voice  was  no 
longer  of  consequence.  And  many  of  them  in  that  age  sacri- 
ficed their  lives  for  the  truth.  From  302  to  312  A.  D.,  under 
the  reign  of  Diocletian,  many  were  slaughtered  for  their  faith. 

Verses  23-27 :  "And  it  came  to  pass  after  all  thy  wicked- 
ness, (woe,  woe  unto  thee !  saith  the  Lord  God,)  That  thou 
hast  also  built  unto  thee  an  eminent  place,  and  hast  made  thee 
a  high  place  in  every  street.  Thou  hast  built  thy  high  place 
at  every  head  of  the  way,  and  hast  made  thy  beauty  to  be 
abhorred,  and  hast  opened  thy  feet  to  every  one  that  passed 
by,  and  multiplied  thy  whoredoms,  Thou  hast  also  committed 


The  Amorite  Babe.  385 

fornication  with  the  Egyptians  thy  neighbours,  great  of  flesh ; 
and  hast  increased  thy  whoredoms,  to  provoke  me  to  anger. 
Behold,  therefore  I  have  stretched  out  my  hand  over  thee, 
and  have  diminished  thine  ordinary  food,  and  delivered  thee 
unto  the  will  of  them  that  hate  thee,  the  daughters  of  the  Phi- 
listines, which  are  ashamed  of  thy  lewd  way." 

This  is  another  pen  picture  drawn  of  consequences  sure 
to  follow  every  apostasy;  namely:  the  erection  of  great  edi- 
fices for  display.  This  is  a  mark  of  apostasy  from  God 
wherever  it  is  manifested.  Today  we  see  this  Scripture  ful- 
filled before  our  eyes  in  the  vast  number  of  Church  buildings 
erected  for  mere  display  and  ease  of  conscience.  The  money 
to  erect  these  costly,  uncalled  for  edifices,  is  often  raised  from 
the  poorer  classes  by  ways  that  God  could  never  approve. 
A  house  of  worship  is  necessary,  but  any  extra  ornament, 
for  display,  is  as  harmful  in  a  Church  as  it  is  in  the  adorn- 
ment of  the  person.  Where  the  writer  is  now  sitting  there 
are  in  one  block  four  of  these  edifices,  and  any  one  of  which 
would  hold  the  worshipers  at  them  all;  and  were  the  true 
principles  of  the  Gospel  taught  as  they  should  be,  it  might 
be  that  even  one  of  them  would  be  larger  than  necessary. 
Verse  27  says,  Therefore  God  has  diminished  the  ordinary 
food.  This  is  always  the  case.  The  food  here  spoken  of  is 
the  word  of  God.  The  minister  is  to  feed  the  flock  from  this 
word.  Consequently  when  the  conditions  described  exist, 
neither  the  people,  nor  the  minister  is  fed  very  much  on  the 
teachings  of  the  Bible. 

Verses  28-34 :  "Thou  hast  played  the  whore  also  with  the 
Assyrians,  because  thou  wast  nnsatiable ;  yea,  thou  hast  played 
the  harlot  with  them,  and  yet  couldest  not  be  satisfied.  Thou 
hast  moreover  multiplied  thy  fornication  in  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan unto  Chaldea ;  and  yet  thou  wast  not  satisfied  herewith. 
How  weak  is  thine  heart,  saith  the  Lord  God,  seeing  thou 
doest  all  these  things,  the  work  of  an  imperious  whorish 
woman;  in  that  thou  buildest  thine  eminent  place  in  the 

25 


386     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

head  of  every  way,  and  makest  thine  high  place  in  every 
street;  and  hast  not  been  as  a  harlot,  in  that  thou  scornest 
hire;  but  as  a  wife  that  committeth  adultery,  which  taketh 
strangers  instead  of  her  husband!  They  give  gifts  to  all 
whores:  but  thou  givest  thy  gifts  to  all  thy  lovers,  and  hirest 
them,  that  they  may  come  unto  thee  on  every  side  for  thy 
whoredom.  And  the  contrary  is  in  thee  from  other  women 
in  thy  whoredoms,  whereas  none  followeth  thee  to  commit 
whoredoms:  and  in  that  thou  givest  a  reward,  and  no  reward 
is  given  unto  thee,  therefore  thou  art  contrary." 

.She  has  not  been  satisfied  to  display  her  fornication  at 
home,  but  she  was  a  great  missionary,  she  goes  to  every  na- 
tion and  builds  her  edifices  in  all  countries  and  plays  the  har- 
lot with  these  different  nationalities.  She  is  different  from 
a  lewd  woman  in  nature ;  they  engage  in  their  terrible  iniquity 
for  hire,  but  this  Gentile  Church,  in  order  to  carry  forward 
her  false  doctrines  and  to  extend  her  spiritual  whoredoms, 
sacrifices  and  raises  means  under  various  devices  and  goes 
into  these  foreign  nations  and  hires  her  lovers  to  come  and 
join  with  her.  All  this  was  done  while  bearing  the  title,  the 
espoused  of  Christ. 

Verses  35-43:  "Wherefore,  O  harlot,  hear  the  word  of 
the  Lord :  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  Because  thy  filthiness 
was  poured  out,  and  thy  nakedness  discovered  through  thy 
whoredoms  with  thy  lovers,  and  with  all  the  idols  of  thy 
abominations,  and  by  the  blood  of  thy  children,  which  thou 
didst  give  unto  them ;  behold,  therefore  I  will  gather  all  thy 
lovers,  with  whom  thou  hast  taken  pleasure,  and  all  them 
that  thou  hast  loved,  with  all  them  that  thou  hast  hated ;  I 
will  even  gather  them  round  about  against  thee,  and  will  dis- 
cover thy  nakedness  unto  them,  that  they  may  see  all  thy 
nakedness.  And  I  will  judge  thee,  as  women  that  break  wed- 
lock and  shed  blood  are  judged ;  and  I  will  give  thee  blood 
in  fury  and  jealousy.  And  I  will  also  give  thee  into  their 
hand,  and  they  shall  throw  down  thine  eminent  place,  and 


The  Amor  it  e  Babe.  387 

shall  break  down  thy  high  places:  they  shall  strip  thee  also  of 
thy  clothes,  and  shall  take  thy  fair  jewels,  and  leave  thee 
naked  and  bare.  They  shall  also  bring  up  a  company  against 
thee,  and  they  shall  stone  thee  with  stones,  and  thrust  thee 
through  with  their  swords.  And  they  shall  burn  thine  houses 
with  fire,  and  execute  judgments  upon  thee  in  the  sight  of 
many  women :  and  I  will  cause  thee  to  cease  from  playing 
the  harlot,  and  thou  also  shalt  give  no  hire  any  more.  So 
will  I  make  my  fury  toward  thee  to  rest,  and  my  jealousy 
shall  depart  from  thee,  and  I  will  be  quiet,  and  will  be  no 
more  angry.  Because  thou  hast  not  remembered  the  days  of 
thy  youth,  but  hast  fretted  me  in  all  these  things ;  behold, 
therefore  I  also  will  recompense  thy  way  upon  thine  head, 
saith  the  Lord  God:  and  thou  shalt  not  commit  this  lewdness 
above  all  thine  abominations." 

These  verses  contain  the  summing  up  and  final  result  of 
the  work  in  which  the  Church  has  been  engaged.  The  story 
ends  as  do  all  the  lines  of  prophecy  before  considered,  that  is, 
the  time  will  come  when  these  heathen  lovers,  with  which  she 
has  committed  fornication,  and  whom  she  has  so  earnestly  tried 
to  bring  under  her  influence  and  into  spiritual  whoredom  from 
God,  as  she  herself,  will  turn  against  her ;  and  she  will  be 
slain  and  her  land  laid  desolate  by  the  Assyrians  and  the 
men  of  the  North  and  of  the  East.  The  blood  of  the  innocent 
she  has  shed,  the  martyrs  whom  she  has  slain  in  all  her  long 
history  will  then  be  avenged  upon  her  own  head.  Thus  the 
forty-three  verses  just  considered  give  us  an  outline  and  a 
general  history  of  this  mother  who  represents  the  three  divi- 
sions of  Christendom,  from  the  first  to  the  second  coming  of 
Christ.  Thus  again,  over  and  over,  is  the  yellow  peril  seen 
in  all  the  prophecies. 

Verse  43  and  forward  will  introduce  new  features.  But 
in  all  her  history  the  story  is  told,  she  never  once  remem- 
bers the  days  of  her  infancy,  when  God  espoused  her  to  him- 
self. 


388     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verses  44-46:  "Behold,  every  one  that  useth  proverbs 
shall  use  this  proverb  against  thee,  saying,  As  is  the  mother, 
so  is  her  daughter.  Thou  art  thy  mother's  daughter,  that 
loatheth  her  husband  and  her  children;  and  thou  art  the  sis- 
ter of  thy  sisters,  which  loathed  their  husbands  and  their  chil- 
dren:  your  mother  was  a  Hittite,  and  your  father  an  Amorite. 
And  thine  elder  sister  is  Samaria,  she  and  her  daughters  that 
dwell  at  thy  left  hand:  and  thy  younger  sister,  that  dwelleth 
at  thy  right  hand,  is  Sodom  and  her  daughters." 

The  proverb  to  which  our  attention  is  called  is  a  true 
one;  "As  is  the  mother,  so  is  her  daughter."  These  verses 
speak  of  four  women ;  first,  the  woman  which  we  have  been 
considering;  next,  her  first  daughter;  and  next,  two  younger 
daughters.  The  two  latter  are  designated  as  the  elder  sister 
and  the  younger  sister  of  the  first  daughter.  The  prophet 
now  introduces  this  three-fold  sisterhood  with  the  first  woman 
as  the  mother  of  them  all.  This  is  identical  in  number  with 
Hosea's  wife  and  her  three  children,  before  considered.  It  is 
clear  that  these  three  daughters  again  represent  the  three  divi- 
sions of  the  Gentile  Church,  the  Greek  Catholic,  -the  Roman 
Catholic,  and  the  Protestant.  The  second  daughter  here  sym- 
bolizes Samaria.  Samaria  was  the  ancient  capital  of  the 
house  of  Israel.  The  younger  daughter  is  here  symbolized 
by  Sodom.  This  introduces  a  new  characteristic  as  applied 
to  the  third  division,  or  Protestantism,  that  of  Sodom.  The 
chief  thought,  in  these  verses,  is  an  address  to  the  oldest  of 
the  three  daughters,  or  the  first  division  of  Christendom; 
and  a  comparison  of  her  crimes  with  those  of  her  two  younger 
sisters,  Samaria  and  Sodom.  Not  that  all  these  daughters 
are  represented  as  having  husbands  the  same  as  their  mother, 
although  they  have  children  as  did  their  mother.  The  moth- 
er's children  are  these  three  daughters.  The  daughter's  chil- 
dren would  be  represented  by  those  having  the  faith  of  their 
respective  mothers. 

Verses  47-50:  "Yet  hast  thou  not  walked  after  their  ways, 
nor  done  after  their  abominations :  but,  as  if  that  were  a  very 


The  Amorite  Babe.  389 

little  thing,  thou  wast  corrupted  more  than  they  in  all  thy 
ways.  As  I  live,  saith  the  Lord  God,  Sodom  thy  sister  hath 
not  done,  she  nor  her  daughters,  as  thou  hast  done,  thou  and 
thy  daughters.  Behold,  this  was  the  iniquity  of  thy  sister 
Sodom,  pride,  fulness  of  bread,  and  abundance  of  idleness 
was  in  her  and  in  her  daughters,  neither  did  she  strengthen 
the  hand  of  the  poor  and  needy.  And  they  were  haughty, 
and  committed  abomination  before  me:  therefore  I  took  them 
away  as  I  saw  good." 

This  line  of  prophecy  is  different  in  one  respect  from  most 
others  considered.  That  is,  the  Lord  here  lays  the  responsi- 
bility and  sin  upon  the  first  division,  and  holds  the  Church 
of  that  age  the  most  responsible.  The  sin  of  Sodom  is  said 
to  be  pride,  fullness  of  bread,  and  idleness.  Sodom  was  sit- 
uated in  the  plain  country  which  was  a  country  of  great  pros- 
perity. In  early  history,  Abraham  and  Lot  settled  in  the 
adjoining  country  and  when  strife  came  between  the  herdmen 
of  the  two  over  the  wells  of  water  which  they  used  in  water- 
ing their  cattle  they  separated,  Abraham  taking  the  hill  coun- 
try, Lot,  his  nephew,  taking  the  plains  and  pitching  his  tent 
toward  Sodom.  Those  fertile  plains  had  made  the  inhabitants 
of  Sodom  rich.  Hence,  there  was  fullness  of  bread  and 
abundance  of  idleness  and  pride.  And  these  traits  of  char- 
acter produce  every  other  crime  as  was  manifested  when  the 
city  was  destroyed  and  Lot  and  his  two  daughters  fled  for 
their  lives.  Remember,  the  home  of  Protestantism  has  been 
represented  in  the  other  prophecies  as  "the  wealthy  nation," 
as  "the  fat  valley,"  and  they  that  lived  in  it  are  called  by 
Isaiah  "the  crown  of  pride."  Thus  the  younger  sister  is 
clearly  designated,  Protestantism.  But  her  sins  are  not  as 
great  as  those  of  the  first  division  represented  by  the  first 
daughter.  That  division  had  permitted  false  doctrines  to  en- 
ter. She  had  permitted,  as  described  in  Hosea,  second  chap- 
ter, heathen  feast  days,  new  moons  and  the  Sunday  Sabbath 
to  come  in  and  supersede  the  commandments  of  God.  This 


390     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

is  a  wonderful  lesson,  today,  to  the  ministry  who  preach 
smooth  things  and  recognize  false  doctrines,  and  teach  the 
same  to  the  people.  It  is  the  teaching  of  the  Bible  in  its 
purity  that  God  wants  his  children  to  have;  therefore  this 
prophet  places  this  first  division  as  the  most  responsible  and 
committing  the  greatest  crime  of  them  all. 

Verse  51 :  "Neither  hath  Samaria  committed  half  of  thy 
sins;  but  thou  hast  multiplied  thine  abominations  more  than 
they,  and  hast  justified  thy  sisters  in  all  thine  abominations 
which  thou  hast  done." 

This  oldest  daughter,  in  the  place  of  reproving  those  that 
come  after  her,  justifies  them  in  all  they  had  done.  She  was 
a  persecutor  of  the  saints  in  her  history;  so  was  Roman 
Catholicism,  but  who  ever  heard  of  the  Greek  Church  raising 
a  voice  against  it?  Who  ever  heard  of  the  Greek  Church 
telling  Romanism  that  she  was  wrong  in  keeping  Sunday; 
and  observing  other  Pagan  feasts?  No;  she  has  justified  her 
younger  sisters  in  all  these  heathen  practices.  When  she 
should  have  stood  as  a  true  elder  sister  setting  a  better  exam- 
ple and  admonishing  them  when  they  strayed  away  from  the 
truth.  This  responsibility  of  the  elder  before  the  younger  is 
an  important  one. 

Verses  52,  53:  "Thou  also,  which  hast  judged  thy  sis- 
ters, bear  thine  own  shame  for  thy  sins  that  thou  hast  com- 
mitted more  abominable  than  they :  they  are  more  righteous 
than  thou :  yea,  be  thou  confounded  also,  and  bear  thy  shame, 
in  that  thou  hast  justified  thy  sisters.  When  I  shall  bring 
again  their  captivity,  the  captivity  of  Sodom  and  her  daugh- 
ters, and  the  captivity  of  Samaria  and  her  daughters,  then 
will  I  bring  again  the  captivity  of  thy  captives  in  the  midst 
of  them." 

The  prophet  here  introduces  the  final  captivity  of  them 
all.  Therefore  we  can  rest  assured  that  none  of  these  divi- 
sions will  escape  the  yellow  peril,  but  will  all  meet  the  same 
fate. 


The  Amorite  Babe.  391 

Verses  54-63 :  "That  thou  mayest  bear  thine  own  shame, 
and  mayest  be  confounded  in  all  that  thou  hast  done,  in  that 
thou  are  a  comfort  unto  them.  When  thy  sisters,  Sodom  and 
her  daughters,  shall  return  to  their  former  estate,  and  Sa- 
maria and  her  daughters  shall  return  to  their  former  estate, 
then  thou  and  thy  daughters  shall  return  to  your  former  estate. 
For  thy  sister  Sodom  was  not  mentioned  by  thy  mouth  in  the 
day  of  thy  pride,  Before  thy  wickedness  was  discovered,  as 
at  the  time  of  thy  reproach  of  the  daughters  of  Syria,  and 
all  that  are  round  about  her,  the  daughters  of  the  Philistines, 
which  despise  thee  round  about.  Thou  hast  borne  thy  lewd- 
ness  and  thine  abominations,  saith  the  Lord.  For  thus  saith 
the  Lord  God;  I  will  even  deal  with  thee  as  thou  hast  done, 
which  hast  despised  the  oath  in  breaking  the  covenant.  Nev- 
ertheless, I  will  remember  my  covenant  with  thee  in  the  days 
of  thy  youth,  and  I  will  establish  unto  thee  an  everlasting 
covenant.  Then  thou  shalt  remember  thy  ways,  and  be 
ashamed,  when  thou  shalt  receive  thy  sisters,  thine  elder  and 
thy  younger:  and  I  will  give  them  unto  thee  for  daughters, 
but  not  by  thy  covenant.  And  I  will  establish  my  covenant 
with  thee;  and  thou  shalt  know  that  I  am  the  Lord:  that 
thou  mayest  remember,  and  be  confounded,  and  never  open 
thy  mouth  any  more  because  of  thy  shame,  when  I  am  paci- 
fied toward  thee  for  all  that  thou  hast  done,  saith  the  Lord 
God." 

The  prophecy  closes  the  same  as  many  before  considered, 
particularly  the  book  of  Hosea.  The  truth  is  again  revealed, 
that  the  true  children  of  God  who  have  ever  been  associated 
with  these  divisions,  will  be  finally  saved  when  the  Lord  shall 
come. 

And  when  that  day  shall  come  then  the  iniquity  that  has 
been  practiced  in  all  this  history  will  cease.  No  one  shall 
open  his  mouth  concerning  it.  Their  experience  has  taught 
them  a  lesson.  They  will  then  have  no  more  to  do  with  idols. 
The  universe  will  then  be  cleansed  from  every  desire  of  pride 


392     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  worldly  ambition.  The  Church  will  come  out  triumphant. 
We  have  this  assurance  that  there  is  a  record  of  the  true 
Church  above;  and  that  the  final  Church  will  be  made  up 
from  that  record  and  not  from  the  record  below.  May  the 
lessons  here  considered  have  its  influence  upon  the  mind  of 
the  reader,  and  may  he  be  brought  to  realize  that  a  sound 
doctrine,  based  upon  the  word  of  God  whereby  a  true,  gen- 
uine faith  is  derived,  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  Let  us 
examine  ourselves  whether  we  be  in  the  faith  or  whether  we 
be  walking  in  the  traditions  of  men.  Are  we  keeping  the 
commandments  of  God,  or  the  doctrines  of  men  ?  Are  we 
searching  for  the  truth,  or  are  we  trusting  our  salvation  to 
the  Church  and  the  ministry?  These  questions  had  better 
be  settled  and  settled  at  once  by  every  one  who  wants  to  be 
saved ;  for  the  end.  of  all  things  is  at  hand.  The  preparations 
of  war  are  already  going  on ;  the  world  is  hastening  on  to  the 
final  conflict.  We  admonish  the  reader  in  all  earnestness: 
"Prepare  to  meet  thy  God."  Let  the  reader  remember  that 
the  call  out  of  Babylon  (confusion),  is  now  due  the  world. 
Remember  also  that  the  answer  to  that  call  is  not  merely  to 
leave  one  organization  or  denomination  and  join  another;  but 
to  come  out  of  Babylon  is  to  come  out  of  error.  When  once 
out  of  error  and  error  out  of  them,  men  of  true  faith  and 
sound  doctrine  will  naturally  seek  each  other  and  commune 
together.  "If  the  truth  shall  make  you  free,  then  are  ye  free 
indeed." 


CHAPTER    XXV 

EGYPT. 

There  is  one  more  country  that  holds  a  prominent  position 
both  in  ancient  history  and  in  latter-day  prophecy.  That  is 
Egypt.  It  was  in  that  country  the  descendants  of  Abraham 
sojourned.  It  was  to  the  Egyptians  Joseph  was  sold  and 
where  he  served  in  prison.  It  was  in  Egypt  where  the  ten 
plagues  were  poured  upon  Pharaoh  and  his  people,  and  from 
Egypt  three  million  people  were  miraculously  delivered,  by 
Moses,  while  Pharaoh  and  his  host  were  drowned  in  the  sea. 
Now,  while  each  of  the  other  nations  of  note  in  the  past  is 
named  as  a  subject  of  prophecy  for  the  latter  days ;  and  their 
characteristics  and  historical  events  are  taken  as  object  les- 
sons for  us  in  this  age,  would  it  not  be  reasonable  that  Egypt 
should  also  furnish  some  great  object  lesson  for  us?  We 
believe  the  Bible  teaches  this;  hence,  we  will  give  it  some 
consideration  in  this  study. 

First,  the  Lord  says  in  Isaiah,  the  eleventh  chapter,  that 
when  God  sets  his  hand  a  second  time  to  recover  the  rem- 
nant people,  that  it  shall  be  as  it  was  when  he  took  them  by 
the  hand  to  lead  them  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt.  To  be  like 
it  was  then,  could  be  nothing  else  than  events  of  similar  char- 
acter. Now,  we  read  in  the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation, 

393 


394     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

there  will  be  seven  plagues  poured  upon  the  world  and  all 
will  escape  who  are  marked  with  the  seal  of  God  in  their 
foreheads.  These  plagues  fall  after  the  close  of  probation. 
Now  when  Israel  left  Egypt  for  the  promised  land,  there  were 
ten  plagues  poured  upon  the  Egyptians.  All  who  had  their 
houses  marked  (sealed)  with  the  blood  of  the  lamb  escaped. 
In  the  study  of  these  plagues  four  of  them,  at  least,  are  iden- 
tical with  the  Egyptian  plagues.  Thus  far  it  will  be  like  it 
was  when  he  took  them  by  the  hand  to  lead  them  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt.  And  the  studies  that  we  have  shown  teach 
us  that  at  this  time,  when  the  remnant  are  gathered  out, 
those  who  war  against  them  will  be  destroyed  as  was  Pharaoh 
and  his  host.  Those  who  are  acquainted  with  the  Bible  truth 
on  the  Sabbath,  health  laws,  tabernacle  service,  social 
laws  and  civil  government,  in  the  wilderness ;  compared 
with  the  heavenly  sanctuary  and,  the  priesthood  of  Christ  in 
heaven,  with  many  other  Bible  truths,  know  well  that  the  re- 
formatory work  going  on  today  is  the  same  as  that  which 
God  brought  about  with  ancient  Israel  as  they  were  leaving 
Egypt.  These  are  all  facts. 

Now  we  have  in  the  book  of  Isaiah  a  chapter  bearing  the 
title,  The  Burden  of  Egypt.  We  read  in  the  fifteenth  chapter 
The  Burden  of  Moab ;  in  the  seventeenth,  The"  Burden  of  Da- 
mascus ;  in  the  nineteenth,  The  Burden  of  Egypt.  In  the 
eighteenth  chapter  the  messengers  are  sent  from  beyond  the 
rivers  of  Ethiopia  to  gather  the  remnant  people.  In  our  com- 
ments on  that  chapter,  we  establish  the  fact  that  that  country 
is  the  United  States.  Now  we  read,  in  connection  with  this, 
The  Burden  of  Egypt.  The  nineteenth  chapter  is  a  further 
explanation  of  the  eighteenth  and  designates  "the  country 
beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia"  as  Egypt. 

Isaiah  XIX. 

Verses  1-6:  "The  burden  of  Egypt.  Behold,  the  Lord 
rideth  upon  a  swift  cloud,  and  shall  come  into  Egypt:  and 


Egypt.  395 

the  idols  of  Egypt  shall  be  moved  at  his  presence,  and  the 
heart  of  Egypt  shall  melt  in  the  midst  of  it.  And  I  will  set 
the  Egyptians  against  the  Egyptians:  and  they  shall  fight 
every  one  against  his  brother,  and  every  one  against  his  neigh- 
bour; city  against  city,  and  kingdom  against  kingdom.  And 
the  spirit  of  Egypt  shall  fail  in  the  midst  thereof;  and  I  will 
destroy  the  counsel  thereof:  and  they  shall  seek  to  the  idols, 
and  to  the  charmers,  and  to  them  that  have  familiar  spirits, 
and  to  the  wizards.  And  the  Egyptians  will  I  give  over  into 
the  hand  of  a  cruel  lord;  and  a  fierce  king  shall  rule  over 
them,  saith  the  Lord,  the  Lord  of  hosts. '  And  the  waters  shall 
fail  from  the  sea,  and  the  river  shall  be  wasted  and  dried  up. 
And  they  shall  turn  the  rivers  far  away;  and  the  brooks  of 
defence  shall  be  emptied  and  dried  up:  the  reeds  and  flags 
shall  wither." 

In  all  these  writings  of  the  prophets  there  are  additional 
features  brought  out.  We  will  take  it  for  granted  at  the  be- 
ginning of  this  study,  that  this  prophecy  applies  to  Protes- 
tant America  and  wait  for  further  evidence  for  its  truthful- 
ness. There  is  introduced  in  this  Scripture  the  coming  of 
Christ  and  the  condition  of  things  before  His  appearance  in 
the  country  here  called  Egypt.  There  will  be  great  strife 
among  the  Egyptians  themselves.  And  a  great  lack  of  unity 
in  their  actions.  One  of  the  means  God  used  in  past  ages  to 
cause  defeat  to  a  nation,  or  army,  was  to  stir  up  confusion 
within  it.  The  preparation  for  this  condition  is  going  on  rap- 
idly in  the  United  States.  Capital  is  against  labor,  one  polit- 
ical party  against  the  other,  and  organizations  of  all  kinds  are 
being  effected  for  self-protection.  Who  knows  but  that  this 
will  bring  about  the  very  thing  here  described.  And  the  Lord 
says  when  this  state  of  affairs  exists,  he  will  deliver  them  over 
into  the  hands  of  a  cruel  lord.  A  third  power  will  then  come 
and  take  the  spoil. 

Internal  disturbances  have  caused  the  defeat  of  more  than 
one  nation.  This  may  explain  why  a  foreign  power  is  de- 


396     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

scribed  in  the  other  prophecies  as  completely  overthrowing 
this  nation.  This  cruel  lord  lays  the  land  utterly  desolate. 
Water  (an  emblem  of  people,  Rev.  17:15)  is  here  represented 
as  the  stream,  brook,  and  sea;  and  in  the  verses  quoted  they 
are  all  dried  up. 

The  prophet  says,  they  will  seek  for  them  that  have  famil- 
iar spirits  and  the  diviners.  This  is  a  characteristic  of  ancient 
Egypt,  so  it  is  of  the  country  mentioned  here. 

In  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation  under  the  symbol 
of  the  two  horned  beast,  which  represents  the  United  States, 
one  special  characteristic  is  made  prominent,  the  miraculous 
power  of  Satan,  which  is  to  finally  "gather  all  nations  to  the 
battle  of  Armageddon  and  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty" 
(Rev.  16:13).  This  associates  modern  Egypt  with  the  two 
horned  beast.  In  other  studies  before  given  this  country  is 
represented,  as  the  Philistines.  There  it  was  said  they  were 
soothsayers  (modern  spiritualism)  as  were  the  Philistines  of 
old.  Thus  as  we  examine  point  after  point,  the  country  re- 
ferred to  under  this  title  is  clearly  identified.  This  country 
was  also  shown  as  the  home  of  Ephraim.  Ephraim  was  one 
of  the  sons  of  Joseph  whose  mother  was  an  Egyptian.  It 
would  be  natural  to  call  his  modern  home  Egypt. 

Verses  7-11.  "The  paper  reeds  by  the  brooks,  by  the 
mouth  of  the  brooks,  and  every  thing  sown  by  the  brooks,  shall 
wither,  be  driven  away,  and  be  no  more.  The  fishers  also 
shall  mourn,  and  all  they  that  cast  angle  into  the  brooks  shall 
lament,  and  they  that  spread  nets  upon  the  waters  shall  lan- 
guish. Moreover  they  that  work  in  fine  flax,  and  they  that 
weave  networks,  shall  be  confounded.  And  they  shall  be 
broken  in  the  purposes  thereof,  all  that  make  sluices  and  ponds 
for  fish.  Surely  the  princes  of  Zoan  are  fools,  the  counsel  of 
the  wise  counsellors  of  Pharaoh  is  become  brutish:  how  say 
ye  unto  Pharaoh,  I  am  the  son  of  the  wise,  the  son  of  ancient 
kings?" 

No  doubt  the  plagues  are  here  introduced  which  will 'aid 
in  the  desolation  of  the  land.  The  Lord  now  appeals  to  the 


Egypt.  397 

princes  of  the  country  whom  he  says  are  fools.  They  say  they 
are  the  sons  of  the  wise,  they  are  the  sons  of  kings.  Now  He 
calls  upon  them  to  stand  up  and  give  a  reason  for  the  condi- 
tion that  now  exists.  No  indeed,  the  wisdom  of  the  wise  shall 
fail  and  all  their  boasting  be  in  vain.  They  have  rejected  the 
message  that  has  preceded  this  event  which  told  them  the 
country  would  be  desolated  and  the  seven  last  plagues  would 
come.  They  have  heard  of  all  this  but  will  not  believe,  and 
now  it  is  too  late. 

Verses  12-15.  "Where  are  they?  where  are  thy  wise  men? 
and  let  them  tell  thee  now,  and  let  them  know  what  the  Lord 
of  hosts  hath  purposed  upon  Egypt.  The  princes  of  Zoan  are 
become  fools,  the  princes  of  Noph  are  deceived ;  they  have 
also  seduced  Egypt,  even  they  that  are  the  stay  of  the  tribes 
thereof.  The  Lord  hath  mingled  a  perverse  spirit  in  the 
midst  thereof:  and  they  have  caused  Egypt  to  err  in  every 
work  thereof,  as  a  drunken  man  staggereth  in  his  vomit. 
Neither  shall  there  be  any  work  for  Egypt,  which  the  head  or 
tail,  branch  or  rush,  may  do." 

The  princes  here  mentioned  are  very  wise  in  their  own 
conceit,  but  not  concerning  their  true  condition.  The  Lord 
says  let  them  tell  what  he  has  purposed  upon  Egypt.  If  they 
were  acquainted  with  the  written  word  they  could  do  this 
but  they  are  not. 

Their  condition  is  described  by  the  prophet  thus:  "For 
with  stammering  lips  and  another  tongue  will  he  speak  to  this 
people.  To  whom  he  said,  This  is  the  rest  wherewith  ye  may 
cause  the  weary  to  rest ;  and  this  is  the  refreshing :  yet  they 
would  not  hear.  But  the  word  of  the  Lord  was  unto  them 
precept  upon  precept,  precept  upon  precept ;  line  upon  line, 
line  upon  line ;  here  a  little,  and  there  a  little ;  that  they  might 
go,  and  fall  backward,  and  be  broken,  and  snared,  and  taken. 
Wherefore  hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  ye  scornful  men,  that 
rule  this  people  which  is  in  Jerusalem.  Because  ye  have  said, 
We  have  made  a  covenant  with  death,  and  with  hell  are  we  at 


398     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

agreement;  when  the  overflowing  scourge  shall  pass  through, 
it  shall  not  come  unto  us :  for  we  have  made  lies  our  refuge, 
and  under  falsehood  have  we  hid  ourselves."  Isa.  28:11-15. 

These  men  have  had  an  opportunity  to  know  the  truth,  but 
this  opportunity  has  been  rejected,  hence  they  are  left  in  dark- 
ness. God  has  now  permitted  a  perverse  spirit  to  come  among 
them.  It  is  expressed  by  the  Apostle  Paul,  thus,  God  will 
send  them  a  strong  delusion  that  they  all  might  be  damned 
because  they  received  not  a  love  of  the  truth  that  they  might 
be  saved.  II  Thes.  2:9-12. 

This  is  a  sad  condition  for  Protestant  Egypt,  but  thus  it  is 
described  by  the  inspired  writer  and  so  it  will  be.  Egypt  was 
the  stay  of  the  tribes  of  Israel.  It  was  the  Protestants  who 
stood  for  the  truth  in  the  Reformation  when  all  the  rest  had 
departed  from  the  Lord. 

Had  they  accepted  all  the  light  God  had  for  them,  they 
would  have  remained  the  stay  of  Christendom  until  the  end. 
But  the  spiritual  advisers  (princes)  became  wise  in  their  own 
wisdom,  hence  there  is  no  work  for  God,  the  princes  can  do 
"head  or  tail,  branch  or  rush." 

Verses  16,  17.  "In  that  day  shall  Egypt  be  like  unto 
women :  and  it  shall  be  afraid  and  fear  because  of  the  shaking 
of  the  hand  of  the  Lord  of  hosts,  which  he  shaketh  over  it. 
And  the  land  of  Judah  shall  be  a  terror  unto  Egypt,  every  one 
that  maketh  mention  thereof  shall  be  afraid  in  himself,  because 
of  the  counsel  of  the  Lord  of  hosts,  which  he  hath  determined 
against  it." 

The  bravery  of  Egypt  shall  be  taken  away.  The  timidity 
of  women  shall  be  experienced  by  them.  The  land  of  Judah 
shall  be  a  terror  unto  them.  Judah  remember,  is  located  in 
the  Eastern  division  of  Christendom  and  trouble  has  come  to 
Judah  which  causes  Egypt  to  fear.  It  seems  then  the  whole 
situation  is  open  before  them.  It  only  adds  fear.  Thus  we  see 
how  clearly  every  detail  is  written  by  the  prophets  and  the 
yellow  peril  marked  by  all. 


Egypt.  399 

Verses  18-20.  "In  that  day  shall  five  cities  in  the  land  of 
Egypt  speak  the  language  of  Canaan,  and  swear  to  the  Lord 
of  hosts ;  one  shall  be  called,  The  city  of  destruction.  In  that 
day  shall  there  be  an  altar  to  the  Lord  in  the  midst  of  the  land 
of  Egypt,  and  a  pillar  at  the  border  thereof  to  the  Lord.  And 
it  shall  be  for  a  sign  and  for  a  witness  unto  the  Lord  of  hosts 
in  the  land  of  Egypt :  for  they  shall  cry  unto  the  Lord  because 
of  the  oppressors,  and  he  shall  send  them  a  saviour,  and  a  great 
one,  and  he  shall  deliver  them." 

These  verses  introduce  another  class,  namely,  the  remnant. 
In  all  these  prophecies  the  Lord's  people  is  ever  remembered. 
These  swear  to  the  Lord  of  hosts  and  speak  the  language  of 
the  land  of  Canaan,  and  that  language  is  the  language  dictated 
by  the  Holy  Spirit. 

An  altar  is  a  sign  of  worship,  this  altar  is  built  in  the 
midst  of  Egypt  to  the  Lord,  and  their  minds  are  centered  on 
the  Lord  as  their  deliverer.  While  all  Egypt  is  doomed  to 
destruction,  the  remnant  cry  unto  the  Lord  and  he  sends  them 
a  Savior  which  is  Christ.  Thus  the  country  from  which  the 
remnant  is  delivered  is  modern  Egypt. 

The  five  cities  undoubtedly  refer  to  five  divisions  of  the 
remnant  people.  This  could  apply  to  five  points  of  location 
or  it  could  apply  to  the  five  great  divisions  of  the  human  race 
(Caucasian,  white;  Mongolian,  yellow;  Malay,  brown;  Afri- 
can, black ;  and  North  American  Indian,  red)  ;  from  which  the 
remnant  have  been  gathered. 

The  city  called  the  city  of  destruction,  is  so  called,  probably 
because  the  Lord's  people  are  there  assembled  when  the 
nations  who  come  to  fight  against  them  are  destroyed  in  Arma- 
geddon as  elsewhere  explained. 

Verses  21-25.  "And  the  Lord  shall  be  known  to  Egypt, 
and  the  Egyptians  shall  know  the  Lord  in  that  day,  and  shall 
do  sacrifice  and  oblation;  yea,  they  shall  vow  a  vow  unto  the 
Lord,  and  perform  it.  And  the  Lord  shall  smite  Egypt:  he 
shall  smite  and  heal  it :  and  they  shall  return  even  to  the  Lord, 


4OO     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

and  he  shall  be  entreated  of  them,  and  shall  heal  them.  In 
that  day  shall  there  be  a  highway  out  of  Egypt  to  Assyria,  and 
the  Assyrian  shall  come  into  Egypt,  and  the  Egyptian  into 
Assyria,  and  the  Egyptians  shall  serve  with  the  Assyrians. 
In  that  day  shall  Israel  be  the  third  with  Egypt  and  with 
Assyria,  even  a  blessing  in  the  midst  of  the  land :  whom  the 
Lord  of  hosts  shall  bless,  saying,  Blessed  be  Egypt  my  people, 
and  Assyria  the  work  of  my  hands,  and  Israel  mine  inheri- 
tance." 

The  verses  here  quoted  sum  up  the  gathering  and  deliver- 
ance of  the  Lord's  people  from  the  three  great  divisions  of  the 
world  Assyria,  Israel  and  Egypt.  These  were  the  three 
ancient  great  divisions  and  so  they  are  the  modern.  Assyria 
in  this  prophecy  embraces  all  the  Eastern  Empire  of  Rome, 
including  the  Oriental  nations  and  symbolized  by  the  dragon. 
Israel  the  ten  kingdoms  of  Western  Europe,  Egypt  the  United 
States  of  America.  At  that  day  the  remnant  people  will  be 
gathered  out  of  them  all;  and  delivered  from  modern  Egypt. 
It  is  a  grand  thought  to  know  that  God  has  scattered  through- 
out all  the  world  a  people  that  love  Him  and  His  truth.  There 
is  no  room  for  doubt  that  the  prophet  here  foretells  the  history 
of  the  United  States  and  Protestantism  under  the  title  of 
Egypt. 

The  reader  has  no  doubt  seen  in  the  studies  thus  far  that 
all  the  Old  Testament  writers  speak  in  a  similar  manner  in 
their  prophecies  on  these  subjects.  Ezekiel  takes  up  four  long 
chapters  on  the  subject  of  Egypt.  Any  one  reading  these 
chapters  with  this  thought  in  view  can  readily  see  it  is  modern 
and  not  ancient  Egypt  there  described. 

Verses  2-9:  "Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  Pharaoh 
king  of  Egypt,  and  prophesy  against  him,  and  against  all 
Egypt:  Speak,  and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  Behold,  I 
am  against  thee,  Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt,  the  great  dragon  that 
lieth  in  the  midst  of  his  rivers,  which  hath  said,  My  river  is 
mine  own,  and  I  have  made  it  for  myself.  But  I  will  put  hooks 


Egypt.  401 

in  thy  jaws,  and  I  will  cause  the  fish  of  thy  rivers  to  stick  unto 
thy  scales,  and  I  will  bring  thee  up  out  of  the  midst  of  thy 
rivers,  and  all  the  fish  of  thy  rivers  shall  stick  unto  thy  scales. 
And  I  will  leave  ihee  thrown  into  the  wilderness,  thee  and  all 
the  fish  of  thy  rivers :  thou  shalt  fall  upon  the  open  fields ;  thou 
shalt  not  be  brought  together,  nor  gathered :  I  have  given  thee 
for  meat  to  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  to  the  fowls  of  the  heaven. 
And  all  the  inhabitants  of  Egypt  shall  know  that  I  am  the 
Lord,  because  they  have  been  a  staff  of  reed  to  the  house  of 
Israel.  When  they  took  hold  of  thee  by  thy  hand,  thou  didst 
break,  and  rend  all  their  shoulder:  and  when  they  leaned  upon 
thee,  thou  brakest,  and  madest  all  their  loins  to  be  at  a  stand. 
Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  Behold,  I  will  bring  a 
sword  upon!  thee,  and  cut  off  man  and  beast  out  of  thee.  And 
the  land  of  Egypt  shall  be  desolate  and  waste;  and  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord:  because  he  hath  said,  The  river  is 
mine,  and  I  have  made  it." 

This  is  a  wonderful  introduction  to  this  long  prophecy. 
The  great  charge  brought  against  Egypt  is  that  of  boasting. 
Nebuchadnezzar  when  he  had  completed  the  great  city  of 
Babylon  said,  "Is  not  this  great  Babylon  that  I  have  built?" 
As  the  Lord  taught  him  a  lesson  so  will  he  teach  modern 
Egypt  a  lesson.  That  lesson  will  be  the  utter  desolation  of  the 
land  and  the  destruction  of  all  its  inhabitants.  Thus  over 
and  over  the  sad  story  of  the  downfall  of  proud  America  is 
told.  Who  will  take  heed  and  prepare  for  the  awful  day  that 
is  so  near  even  at  the  door? 

Another  charge  is  they  have  been  a  staff  of  reed  to  the 
House  of  Israel.  God's  design  with  Protestantism  was  to 
erect  a  staff  upon  which  Catholicism  could  lean,  but  they 
proved  to  be  a  slender  frail  reed.  Had  Protestantism  proved 
true  and  walked  in  all  the  light  God  had  for  them,  they  would 
have  been  a  staff  to  the  House  of  Israel.  This  failure  is  the 
cause  of  her  downfall,  as  shown  in  Verse  6.  When  a  Catholic 
did  embrace  Protestantism  he  did  not  find  that  stability  and 

26 


4O2     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

unity  in  Bible  doctrine  he  should  have  found,  consequently  he 
was  injured  as  well  as  benefited.  Protestantism  was  so 
divided  through  pride  and  selfishness  that  no  help  was  found 
and  today  the  awful  division  and  strife  as  manifested  in  bitter 
prejudice  and  hatred  and  a  refusal  to  hear  messages  of  truth, 
causes  many  a  sad  heart  to  turn  away  in  despair,  thus  giving 
up  all  hope  of  finding  that  for  which  his  heart  longs. 

Verses  10-21 :  "Behold,  therefore  I  am  against  thee,  and 
against  thy  rivers,  and  I  will  make  the  land  of  Egypt  utterly 
waste  and  desolate,  from  the  tower  of  Syene  even  unto  the 
border  of  Ethiopia.  No  foot  of  man  shall  pass  through  it, 
nor  foot  of  beast  shall  pass  through  it,  neither  shall  it  be  in- 
habited forty  years.  And  I  will  make  the  land  of  Egypt  deso- 
late in  the  midst  of  the  countries  that  are  desolate,  and  her 
cities  among  the  citfes  that  are  laid  waste  shall  be  deso- 
late forty  years:  and  I  will  scatter  the  Egyptians  among  the 
nations,  and  will  disperse  them  through  the  countries.  Yet 
thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  At  the  end  of  forty  years  will  I 
gather  the  Egyptians  from  the  people  whither  they  were 
scattered :  and  I  will  bring  again  the  captivity  of  Egypt,  and 
will  cause  them  to  return  into  the  land  of  Pathros,  into  the 
land  of  their  habitation;  and  they  shall  be  there  a  base  king- 
dom. It  shall  be  the  basest  of  the  kingdoms ;  neither  shall  it 
exalt  itself  any  more  above  the  nations :  for  I  will  diminish 
them,  that  they  shall  no  more  rule  over  the  nations.  And  it 
shall  be  no  more  the  confidence  of  the  house  of  Israel,  which 
bringeth  their  iniquity  to  remembrance,  when  they  shall  look 
after  them :  but  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord  God.  And 
it  came  to  pass  in  the  seven  and  twentieth  year,  in  the  first 
month,  in  the  first  day  of  the  month,  the  word  of  the  Lord 
came  unto  me,  saying,  Son  of  man,  Nebuchadrezzar  king  of 
Babylon  caused  his  army  to  serve  a  great  service  against 
Tyrus :  every  head  was  made  bald,  and  every  shoulder  was 
peeled :  yet  had  he  no  wages,  nor  his  army,  for  Tyrus,  for  the 
service  that  he  had  served  against  it :  Therefore  thus  saith  the 


Egypt.  403 

Lord  God;  Behold,  I  will  give  the  land  of  Egypt  unto  Neb- 
uchadrezzar king  of  Babylon ;  and  he  shall  take  her  multitude, 
and  take  her  spoil,  and  take  her  prey ;  and  it  shall  be  the  wages 
for  his  army.  I  have  given  him  the  land  of  Egypt  for  his 
labour  wherewith  he  served  against  it,  because  they  wrought 
for  me,  saith  the  Lord  God.  In  that  day  will  I  cause  the  horn 
of  the  house  of  Israel  to  bud  forth,  and  I  will  give  thee  the 
opening  of  the  mouth  in  the  midst  of  them;  and  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord." 

Verse  16  shows  that  the  final  relations  between  Israel  and 
Egypt  have  now  ended.  The  verses  here  quoted  introduce  a 
very  important  period  of  time.  This  period  is  forty  years  in 
which  Egypt  shall  be  desolate.  The  time  of  trouble  spoken  of 
in  these  studies  takes  place  after  the  close  of  probation.  There 
are  several  statements  of  the  prophet  concerning  this  period. 
In  this  case  forty  years  is  introduced.  In  Ezekiel  39,  seven 
years  are  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  battle  of  Armaged- 
don. In  Hosea  and  Zechariah  a  period  of  one  month  is  men- 
tioned in  connection  with  the  destruction  of  the  three  divisions 
of  Christendom.  This  latter  period  is  undoubtedly  a  prophetic 
period  of  thirty  days  representing  thirty  years.  From  the  close 
of  probation  to  the  coming  of  Christ  78  years  (see  Time, 
Tradition  and  Truth).  Israel  was  forty  years  in  the  wilder- 
ness dwelling  in  booths  which  was  a  type  as  shown  in  the  feast 
of  tabernacles,  so  the  remnant  will  again  dwell  forty  years  in 
booths  after  the  expiration  of  the  30  years  above  mentioned. 
In  modern  Egypt,  in  verses  18  and  19  an  ancient  event  is 
taken  to  illustrate  a  modern  event.  Nebuchadrezzar  now 
stands  for  Assyria  in  other  verses  referred  to  and  modern 
Egypt  will  be  given  him  for  his  service  against  it. 

Ezekiel  XXX. 

Verses  1-9:  "The  word  of  the  Lord  came  again  unto  me, 
saying,  Son  of  man,  prophesy  and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord 
God ;  Howl  ye,  Woe  worth  the  day !  For  the  day  is  near,  even 


404     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  day  of  the  Lord  is  near,  a  cloudy  day ;  it  shall  be  the  time 
of  the  heathen.  And  the  sword  shall  come  upon  Egypt,  and 
great  pain  shall  be  in  Ethiopia,  when  the  slain  shall  fall  in 
Egypt,  and  they  shall  take  away  her  multitude,  and  her  foun- 
dations shall  be  broken  down.  Ethiopia,  and  Libya,  and 
Lydia,  and  all  the  mingled  people,  and  Chub,  and  the  men 
of  the  land  that  is  in  league,  shall  fall  with  them  by  the  sword. 
Thus  saith  the  Lord;  They  also  that  uphold  Egypt  shall  fall; 
and  the  pride  of  her  power  shall  come  down :  from  the  tower 
of  Syene  shall  they  fall  in  it  by  the  sword,  saith  the  Lord  God. 
And  vthey  shall  be  desolate  in  the  midst  of  the  countries  that 
are  desolate,  and  her  cities  shall  be  in  the  midst  of  the  cities 
that  are  wasted.  And  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the  Lord, 
when  I  have  set  a  fire  in  Egypt,  and  when  all  her  helpers  shall 
be  destroyed.  In  that  day  shall  messengers  go  forth  from  me 
in  ships  to  make  the  careless  Ethiopians  afraid,  and  great  pain 
shall  come  upon  them,  as  in  the  day  of  Egypt:  for,  lo,  it 
cometh." 

The  prophet  tells  us  it  is  the  day  of  the  Lord  and  it  is  the 
time  of  the  heathen  and  the  downfall  of  Egypt.  One  point  of 
interest  in  this  Scripture  is  that  Egypt  is  made  up  of  a  mingled 
people.  There  has  possibly  never  been  a  nation  made  up  of 
so  many  nationalities  as  the  United  States.  They  are  truly 
a  mingled  people.  In  addition  to  this  those  of  Libya  and 
Ethiopia  are  mentioned.  This  no  doubt  refers  to  the  large 
population  of  the  African  race  in  modern  Egypt.  Chub  was 
one  of  the  descendants  of  Ham  and  refers  to  the  black  race  of 
which  there  are  from  8  to  10  millons  in  the  United  States, 
more  possibly  than  in  all  other  countries  outside  of  Africa. 
The  evidence  from  every  standpoint  is  abundant  that  the 
Egypt  of  prophecy  is  Protestant  America. 

Ezekiel  XXXI. 

Verses  i-n :  "And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  eleventh  year,  in 
the  third  month,  in  the  first  day  of  the  month,  that  the  word 


Egypt.  405 

of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son  of  man,  speak  unto 
Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt,  and  to  his  multitude ;  Whom  art  thou 
like  in  thy  greatness  ?  Behold,  the  Assyrian  was  a  cedar  in 
Lebanon  with  fair  branches,  and  with  a  shadowing  shroud,  and 
of  a  high  stature;  and  his  top  was  among  the  thick  boughs. 
The  waters  made  him  great,  the  deep  set  him  upon  high  with 
her  rivers  running  round  about  his  plants,  and  sent  out  her 
little  rivers  unto  all  the  trees  of  the  field.  Therefore  his 
height  was  exalted  above  all  the  trees  of  the  field,  and  his 
boughs  were  multiplied,  and  his  branches  became  long  because 
of  the  multitude  of  waters,  when  he  shot  forth.  All  the  fowls 
of  heaven  made  their  nests  in  his  boughs,  and  under  his 
branches  did  all  the  beasts  of  the  field  bring  forth  their  young, 
and  under  his  shadow  dwelt  all  great  nations.  Thus  was  he 
fair  in  his  greatness,  in  the  length  of  his  branches :  for  his 
root  was  by  great  waters.  The  cedars  in  the  garden  of  God 
could  not  hide  him :  the  fir  trees  were  not  like  his  boughs,  and 
the  chestnut  trees  were  not  like  his  branches ;  not  any  tree  in 
the  garden  of  God  was  like  unto  him  in  his  beauty.  I 
have  made  him  f.air  by  the  multitude  of  his  branches; 
so  that  all  the  trees  of  Eden  that  were  in  the  garden 
of  God,  envied  him.  Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  God ;  be- 
cause thou  hast  lifted  up  thyself  in  height,  and  he  hath  shot 
up  his  top  among  the  thick  boughs,  and  his  heart  is  lifted  up 
in  his  height;  I  have  therefore  delivered  him  into  the  hand  of 
the  mighty  one  of  the  heathen ;  he  shall  surely  deal  with  him : 
I  have  driven  him  out  for  his  wickedness." 

The  story  is  told  in  Verses  I  to  1 1  in  the  form  of  a  parable 
wherein  is  illustrated  the  exalted  condition  and  pride  of 
Pharaoh  and  in  Verse  n  the  Lord  said  because  he  has  ex- 
alted himself,  I  will  deliver  him  into  the  hands  of  the  heathen. 
Thus  we  see  this  is  the  climax  over  and  over  in  every  parable 
in  every  description  and  in  every  lesson.  Who,  that  believes 
the  word  of  God,  can  doubt  that  Protestant  America  is  soon 
to  meet  the  awful  calamity  here  spoken  of  by  the  prophet? 


406     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Let  not  the  reader  fail  to  read  the  32d  chapter  of  Ezekiel's 
prophecy.  Therein  we  learn  that  Egypt  is  to  be  among  the 
first  that  is  visited  with  God's  judgments.  Therein  also  the 
signs  which  will  precede  the  coming  of  Christ,  namely,  the 
darkening  of  the  sun,  the  moon  and  the  stars  are  introduced, 
and  many  other  points  of  interest  wherein  the  story  of  Pro- 
testant America  is  told  under  the  name  of  Egypt.  Nebuchad- 
rezzar king  of  Babylon  is  a  representative  of  the  heathen 
power  of  the  East.  The  same  line  of  thought  is  carried  into 
Chapter  33  where  the  true  watchman,  the  servant  of 
God,  is  commissioned  to  warn  the  people  of  this  coming  event 
and  reads  thus : 

THE   TRUE    WATCHMAN. 

"Again  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son 
of  man,  speak  to  the  children  of  thy  people,  and  say  unto  them, 
When  I  bring  the  sword  upon  a  land,  if  the  people  of  the  land 
take  a  man  of  their  coasts,  and  set  him  for  their  watchman : 
if  when  he  seeth  the  sword  come  upon  the  land,  he  blow  the 
trumpet,  and  warn  the  people ;  then  whosoever  heareth  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet,  and  taketh  not  warning;  if  the  sword 
come,  and  take  him  away,  his  blood  shall  be  upon  his  own 
head.  He  heard  the  sound  of  the  trumpet,  and  took  not  warn- 
ing; his  blood  shall  be  upon  him.  But  he  that  taketh  warning 
shall  deliver  his  soul.  But  if  the  watchman  see  the  sword 
come,  and  blow  not  the  trumpet,  and  the  people  be  not  warned  ; 
if  the  sword  come,  and  take  any  person  from  among  them,  he 
is  taken  away  in  his  iniquity;  but  his  blood  will  I  require  at 
the  watchman's  hand.  So  thou,  O  son  of  man,  I  have  set 
thee  a  watchman  unto  the  house  of  Israel ;  therefore  thou  shalt 
hear  the  word  at  my  mouth,  and  warn  them  from  me.  When 
I  say  unto  the  wicked,  O  wicked  man,  thou  shalt  surely  die; 
if  thou  dost  not  speak  to  warn  the  wicked  from  his  way,  that 
wicked  man  shall  die  in  his  iniquity;  but  his  blood  will  I  re- 
quire at  thine  hand."  Eze.  33:1-8. 


Egypt.  407 

We  now  see  a  new  force  thrown  upon  this  commission  to 
the  servants  of  God.  The  search  light  of  prophecy  reveals  it 
in  a  new  setting.  This  is  the  commission  God  wants  every 
true  servant  to  heed  at  this  time  and  if  he  does  not  heed  it  the 
blood  of  souls  will  be  required  at  his  hand.  No  doubt  as  it 
is  delivered  he  will  be  accused,  as  was  Jeremiah  of  being  a 
traitor  to  his  country  and  as  being  in  sympathy  with  the 
enemies  of  Christendom.  But  that  is  not  true.  It  is  a  mes- 
sage like  Jonah  delivered  to  Nineveh.  It  is  for  the  good  of 
all  who  may  hear  and  take  heed  for  in  doing  so  they  will  save 
their  souls.  This  is  a  gospel  commission  equally  important  to 
that  delivered  by  Christ  to  his  disciples  (Matt.  28:18,  19). 
This  is  the  gospel  of  salvation  from  the  sword.  This  is  the 
proclamation  of  the  yellow  peril.  Let  Christendom  be  faith- 
fully warned  of  her  danger  by  every  true  servant  of  God.  It 
is  the  message  from  this  time  forward  to  the  end.  Let  every 
messenger  give  the  trumpet  a  certain  sound.  America  with 
all  other  nations  stands  before  God  today  as  did  Nineveh  in 
the  days  of  Jonah.  Who  will  come  out  of  Babylon's  errors 
and  proclaim  the  whole  truth  preparing  the  people  to  meet  the 
King  of  kings  and  Lord  of  lords.  "And  Ephraim  said,  Yet 
I  am  become  rich,  I  have  found  me  out  substance :  in  all  my 
labours  they  shall  find  none  iniquity  in  me  that  were  sin. 
And  I  that  am  the  Lord  thy  God  from  the  land  of  Egypt  will 
yet  make  thee  to  dwell  in  tabernacles,  as  in  the  days  of  the 
solemn  feast.  I  have  also  spoken  by  the  prophets,  and  I  have 
multiplied  visions,  and  used  similitudes,  by  the  ministry  of  the 
prophets."  Hosea  12 :8-io. 

Hosea  associates  Ephraim  and  the  land  of  Egypt  together 
the  same  as  the  other  prophets.  He  also  plainly  says  he  will 
cause  them  to  dwell  in  tabernacles  in  that  land  in  the  time  of 
trouble.  This  is  a  positive  declaration  that  the  wilderness 
experience  will  be  lived  over  in  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  In 
the  comments  on  Hosea  it  was  shown  that  Ephraim  in  the 
last  days  was  the  name  that  designated  Protestantism.  He 


408     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

further  says  that  Ephraim's  derision  shall  be  manifested  in  the 
land  of  Egypt  when  he  shall  fall  by  the  sword. 

We  now  believe  any  one  who  will  give  consideration,  as 
they  should,  will  have  no  difficulty  in  locating  modern  Egypt 
as  Protestant  America. 


5 


i 

o 


OUCKft         EARTH 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 


ANCIENT    AND    MODERN    HISTORY    COMBINED. 


THE  CAPTIVITY  REPEATED. 


The  Lord  has  taken  many  historical  events  of  note  in  the 
past  and  made  them  object  lessons  for  future  history.  This 
is  plainly  revealed  in  the  writings  of  nearly  all  the  Old  Testa- 
ment prophets,  and  one  of  these  very  prominent  historical 
facts  is  that  of  the  Babylonish  captivity  about  600  years  before 
Christ.  The  history  of  Jeremiah's  warning  as  given  to  the 
Jew  is  recorded  from  the  twenty-sixth  to  the  thirtieth  chap- 
ters of  his  book  which  every  one  should  turn  and  read.  The 
reason  given  for  the  writing  of  this  record  is  plainly  stated 
in  the  thirtieth  chapter  as  follows:  "The  word  that  came  to 
Jeremiah  from  the  Lord,  saying,  Thus  speaketh  the  Lord  God 
of  Israel,  saying,  Write  thee  all  the  words  that  I  have  spoken 
unto  thee  in  a  book.  For,  lo,  the  days  come,  saith 
the  Lord,  that  I  will  bring  again  the  captivity  of  my 
people  Israel  and  Judah ,  saith  the  Lord :  and  I  will 
cause  them  to  return  to  the  land  that  I  gave  to  their 
fathers,  and  they  shall  possess  it.  And  these  are  the  words 
that  the  Lord  spake  concerning  Israel  and  concerning  Judah. 
For  thus  saith  the  Lord ;  We  have  heard  a  voice  of  trembling, 

411 


412     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

of  fear,  and  not  of  peace.  Ask  ye  now,  and  see  whether  a 
man  doth  travail  with  child?  wherefore  do  I  see  every  man 
with  his  hands  on  his  loins,  as  a  woman  in  travail,  and  all 
faces  are  turned  into  paleness?  Alas  for  that  day  is  great, 
so  that  none  is  like  it:  it  is  even  the  time  of  Jacob's  trouble; 
but  he  shall  be  saved  out  of  it.  For  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  that  I  will  break  his  yoke 
from  off  thy  neck,  and  will  burst  thy  bonds,  and  strangers 
shall  no  more  serve  themselves  of  him:  but  they  shall  serve 
the  Lord  their  God,  and  David  their  king,  whom  I  will  raise 
up  unto  them.  Therefore  fear  thou  not,  O  my  servant  Jacob, 
saith  the  Lord;  neither  be  dismayed,  O  Israel:  for,  lo,  I  will 
save  thee  from  afar,  and  thy  seed  from  the  land  of  their  cap- 
tivity; and  Jacob  shall  return,  and  shall  be  in  rest,  and  be 
quiet,  and  none  shall  make  him  afraid."  Jer.  30:1-10. 

We  have  not  realized  as  we  should  why  the  Lord  has  been 
so  faithful  in  recording  the  historical  events  of  the  past. 
These  are  made  object  lessons  to  illustrate  what  will  happen 
in  the  future.  This  explains  also  why  those  ancient  names  are 
used  in  the  prophecies  of  the  latter  days.  As  Babylon  once  de- 
stroyed ancient  Jerusalem  and  took  the  Jews  captive  and  scat- 
tered them  abroad  so  Assyria  (the  Eastern  nations)  will 
again  take  captive  Gentile  Israel  in  the  last  days. 

Now  by  reading  Chapters  30  and  31  of  Jeremiah's 
prophecy  we  can  there  learn  the  experience  of  the  modern  cap- 
tivity. Verse  16  plainly  says  "All  thine  adversaries,  every 
one  of  them,  shall  go  into  captivity."  The  adversaries  here  re- 
ferred to  are  the  professed  people  of  God  who  oppose  the 
'remnant  as  the  same  class  opposed  Jeremiah  in  his  day.  "Be- 
hold, the  whirlwind  of  the  Lord  goeth  forth  with  fury,  a  con- 
tinuing whirlwind :  it  shall  fall  with  pain  upon  the  head  of  the 
wicked.  The  fierce  anger  of  the  Lord  shall  not  return,  until 
he  have  done  it,  and  until  he  have  performed  the  intents  of 
his  heart :  in  the  latter  days  ye  shall  consider  it."  Jer.  30 :23, 
24. 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  413 

AN    ARMAGEDDON   OBJECT   LESSON. 

Beginning  with  the  thirty-sixth  chapter  of  Isaiah  and  end- 
ing with  the  forty-sixth,  is  a  record  of  ancient  and  modern 
history  of  great  significance  to  the  students  of  today.  We 
have  introduced,  in  Chapter  36,  a  threatened  war  be- 
tween Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria  and  Hezekiah  king  of 
Judah. 

Isaiah  XXXVI. 

Verses  1-9:  "Now  it  came  to  pass  in  the  fourteenth  year 
of  king  Hezekiah,  that  Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria  came  up 
against  all  the  defenced  cities  of  Judah,  and  took  them.  And 
the  king  of  Assyria  sent  Rabshakeh  from  Lachish  to  Jerusa- 
lem unto  king  Hezekiah  with  a  great  army.  And  he  stood 
by  the  conduit  of  the  upper  pool  in  the  highway  of  the  fuller's 
field.  Then  came  forth  unto  him  Eliakim,  Hilkiah's  son, 
which  was  over  the  house,  and  Shebna  the  scribe,  and  Joah, 
Asaph's  son,  the  recorder.  And  Rabshakeh  said  unto  them, 
Say  ye  now  to  Hezekiah,  Thus  saith  the  great  king,  the  king 
of  Assyria,  What  confidence  is  this  wherein  thou  trustest? 
I  say,  sayest  thou,  (but  they  are  but  vain  words)  I  have  coun- 
sel and  strength  for  war:  now  on  whom  dost  thou  trust,  that 
thou  rebellest  against  me?  Lo,  thou  trustest  in  the  staff  of 
this  broken  reed,  on  Egypt ;  whereon,  if  a  man  lean,  it  will  go 
into  his  hand,  and  pierce  it :  so  is  Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt  to  all 
that  trust  in  him.  But  if  thou  say  to  me,  We  trust  in  the 
Lord  our  God :  is  it  not  he,  whose  high  places  and  whose  altars 
Hezekiah  hath  taken  away,  and  said  to  Judah  and  to  Jerusa- 
lem, Ye  shall  worship  before  this  altar?  Now  therefore  give 
pledges,  I  pray  thee,  to  my  master  the  king  of  Assyria,  and  I 
will  give  thee  two  thousand  horses,  if  thou  be  able  on  thy  part 
to  set  riders  upon  them.  How  then  wilt  thou  turn  away  the 
face  of  one  captain  of  the  least  of  my  master's  servants,  and 
put  thy  trust  on  Egypt  for  chariots  and  for  horsemen  ? 


414     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Thus  we  have  the  matter  clearly  introduced,  with  Judah 
accused  of  trusting  in  Egypt  for  necessary  support ;  but  the  an- 
swer comes,  Has  not  the  Lord  sent  me,  am  I  not  the  Lord's 
servant,  as  well  as  yourself? 

Verse  10:  "And  am  I  now  come  up  without  the  Lord 
against  this  land  to  destroy  it?  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  Go  up 
against  this  land,  and  destroy  it." 

We  wish  the  reader  to  note  carefully  the  statements  made 
by  the  king  of  Assyria.  The  reason  is  this,  there  are  in  our 
day  great  questions  to  settle  as  to  what  constitutes  a  Christian 
nation.  We  only  need  go  back  a  little  in  history  to  find  how 
nations  have  professedly  embraced  Christianity.  In  the  fourth 
century  the  Romans  adopted  the  Christian  faith  through  their 
emperor  Constantine,  who  claimed  to  have  had  a  vision  of  the 
cross,  whereupon  he  made  the  cross  his  ensign  and  the  stand- 
ard of  his  army.  In  the  tenth  century  Russia  embraced  the 
faith  of  the  Greek  Church  as  the  result  of  one  of  its  govern- 
ment officials  marrying  a  Greek  woman  thus  introducing  that 
religion  into  the  government,  and  making  that  faith,  by  law, 
the  national  religion  of  Russia. 

The  question  now  is  what  is  the  religion  of  the  Japanese 
and  the  East?  The  nations  of  the  East  are  adopting  Western 
ideas  of  civil  government  and  civilization  and  modern  warfare. 
These  nations  are  permitting  missionaries  throughout  their 
dominion.  The  situation  has  become  very  similar,  to  that 
which  existed  in  ancient  times  between  the  Jewish  and  Assyrian 
nations.  The  king  of  Assyria  then  claimed  he  was  the  ser- 
vant of  the  Lord  as  well  as  was  the  king  of  Israel.  He  also 
claimed  the  Lord  was  guiding  him.  It  is  therefore  well  to 
keep  the  line  of  distinction  clear,  between  those  who  are  gov- 
erned by  the  Scriptures,  and  those  who  are  not. 

From  Verse  1 1  and  forward  to  the  close  of  the  thirty-sixth 
chapter  of  Isaiah,  is  a  record  of  the  words  of  Rabshakeh,  cap- 
tain of  the  Assyrian  army,  to  the  Jews  as  they  stood  upon  the 
wall  of  Jerusalem. 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  415 

He  besought  them  in  their  own  language,  to  surrender, 
by  calling  attention  to  how  God  had  delivered  the  nations  into 
the  hands  of  Assyria  in  the  past. 

Isaiah  XXXVII. 

Verses  1-4:  "And  it  came  to  pass,  when  king  Hezekiah 
heard  it,  that  he  rent  his  clothes,  and  covered  himself  with  sack- 
cloth, and  went  into  the  house  of  the  Lord.  And  he  sent  Elia- 
kim,  who  was  over  the  household,  and  Shebna  the  scribe,  and 
the  elders  of  the  priests,  covered  with  sackcloth,  unto  Isaiah  the 
prophet  the  son  of  Amoz.  And  they  said-  unto  him,  Thus  saith 
Hezekiah,  This  day  is  a  day  of  trouble,  and  of  rebuke,  and  of 
blasphemy :  for  the  children  are  come  to  the  birth,  and  there  is 
not  strength  to  bring  forth.  It  may  be  the  Lord  thy  God  will 
hear  the  words  of  Rabshakeh,  whom  the  king  of  Assyria  his 
master  hath  sent  to  reproach  the  living  God,  and  will  reprove 
the  words  which  the  Lord  thy  God  hath  heard :  wherefore  lift 
up  thy  prayer  for  the  remnant  that  is  left." 

As  stated  in  this  transaction,  Assyria  was  making  great 
conquests,  she  had  taken  Samaria  (House  of  Israel),  captive 
in  721  B.  c.  The  event  here  recorded  was  eleven  years  later, 
when  the  remnant  of  Judah  was  finally  brought  into  this  trial. 
Hezekiah  was  one  of  the  most  godly  men  that  .ever  ruled  upon 
the  throne  of  Judah,  he  did  not  depart  from  the  right  all  the 
days  of  his  reign.  His  experience  and  knowledge  taught  him 
the  source  of  wisdom,  hence,  he  sent  his  servants  to  Isaiah, 
the  prophet,  to  know  the  counsel  of  the  Lord  in  this  trying 
hour.  Let  these  points  be  well  noted  as  they  are  written 
for  the  good  of  the  remnant  in  the  last  days.  This  record  is 
all  given  in  the  writings  of  the  kings  of  Israel  but  as  it  is 
transferred  to  the  prophetic  writings,  it  is  given  new  signifi- 
cance. 

Verses  5-7 :  "So  the  servants  of  king  Hezekiah  came  to 
Isaiah.  And  Isaiah  said  unto  them,  Thus  shall  ye  say  unto 
your  master,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Be  not  afraid  of  the  words 


416     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

that  them  hast  heard,  wherewith  the  servants  of  the  king  of 
Assyria  have  blasphemed  me.  Behold,  I  will  send  a  blast 
upon  him,  and  he  shall  hear  a  rumour,  and  return  to  his  own 
land;  and  I  will  cause  him  to  fall  by  the  sword  in  his  own 
land." 

This  is  a  most  significant  record.  This  history  will  be 
literally  lived  over,  as  elsewhere  mentioned,  in  the  end  of 
the  feast  of  the  tabernacles.  ,  The  experience  of  Hezekiah  is 
to  be  repeated  by  the  remnant  in  the  latter  days.  The  fate 
that  is  to  follow  the  Assyrian  army  and  what  will  come  upon 
the  remnant  people  is  described  in  Joel  2:15,  and  forward. 

Verses  8-14:  "So  Rabshakeh  returned,  and  found  the  king 
of  Assyria  warring  against  Libnah :  for  he  had  heard  that  he 
was  departed  from  Lachish.  And  he  heard  say  concerning 
Tirhakah  king  of  Ethiopia,  He  is  come  forth  to  make  war  with 
thee.  And  when  he  heard  it,  he  sent  messengers  to  Hezekiah, 
saying,  Thus  shall  ye  speak  to  Hezekiah  king  of  Judah,  say- 
ing, Let  not  thy  God,  in  whom  thou  trustest,  deceive  thee, 
saying,  Jerusalem  shall  not  be  given  into  the  hand  of  the 
king  of  Assyria.  Behold,  thou  hast  heard  what  the  kings  cf 
Assyria  have  done  to  all  lands  by  destroying  them  utterly; 
and  shalt  thou  be  delivered?  Have  the  gods  of  the  nations 
delivered  them  which  my  fathers  have  destroyed,  as  Gozan, 
and  Haran,  and  Rezeph,  and  the  children  of  Eden  which  were 
in  Telassar?  Where  is  the  king  of  Hamath,  and  the  king 
of  Arphad,  and  the  king  of  the  city  of  Sepharvaim,  Hena,  and 
Ivah.  And  Hezekiah  received  the  letter  from  the  hand  of  the 
messengers,  and  read  it :  and  Hezekiah  went  up  unto  the  house 
of  the  Lord,  and  spread  it  before  the  Lord." 

The  thirty-seventh  chapter  of  Isaiah  continues  from  Verse 
8  and  on,  wherein  it  tells  us  how  the  king  of  Assyria  was  in 
war  with  Libnah  and  threatened  with  an  invasion  from  Ethi- 
opia, because  of  which  Rabshakeh  was  called  to  return.  But 
he  wrote  and  sent  messengers  to  Hezekiah,  making  great 
threats. 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  417 

Verses  15-20:  "And  Hezekiah  prayed  unto  the  Lord, 
saying,  O  Lord  of  hosts,  God  of  Israel,  that  dwellest  be- 
tween the  cherubim,  thou  art  the  God,  even  thou  alone,  of 
all  the  kingdoms  of  the  earth:  thou  hast  made  heaven  and 
earth.  Incline  thine  ear,  O  Lord,  and  hear;  open  thine  eyes, 
O  Lord,  and  see:  and  hear  all  the  words  of  Sennacherib, 
which  hath  sent  to  reproach  the  living  God.  Of  a  truth,  Lord, 
the  kings  of  Assyria  have  laid  waste  all  the  nations,  and  their 
countries,  and  have  cast  their  gods  into  the  fire:  for  they 
were  no  gods,  but  the  work  of  men's  hands,  wood  and  stone : 
therefore  they  have  destroyed  them.  Now  therefore,  O  Lord 
our  God,  save  us  from  his  hand,  that  all  the  kingdoms  of  the 
earth  may  know  that  thou  art  the  Lord,  even  thou  only." 

This  was  a  time  in  which  there  was  real  seeking  of  the 
Lord  by  the  king  and  his  associates.  He  acknowledged  be- 
fore the  Lord  that  the  king  of  Assyria  had  done  all  that  he 
had  claimed ;  he  had  even  taken  captive  the  House  of  Israel 
and  now  only  the  remnant  of  Judah  was  left,  and  unless  God 
should  interfere  and  save  them  they,  too,  would  perish  by  the 
hand  of  Assyria.  We  repeat,  Armageddon  is  not  a  conflict 
between  the  nations ;  but  it  is  a  signal  event  as  here  described 
against  the  remnant  people  and  their  victory  will  be  as  that 
given  to  Deborah  and  Barak,  Jephtha,  Gideon  and  Hezekiah 
and  described  by  Ezekiel  in  the  thirty-ninth  chapter  as  it  will 
occur  in  the  last  days.  The  Eastern  power  is  the  yellow  peril 
against  Christendom  and  leads  the  final  confederacy  with 
Christendom  against  the  remnant  as  described  in  the  eighty- 
third  Psalm. 

Verses  21-23:  "Then  Isaiah  the  son  of  Amoz  sent  unto 
Hezekiah,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God  of  Israel,  Whereas 
thou  hast  prayed  to  me  against  Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria: 
this  is  the  word  which  the  Lord  hath  spoken  concerning  him ; 
The  virgin,  the  daughter  of  Zion,  hath  despised  thee,  and 
laughed  thee  to  scorn ;  the  daughter  of  Jerusalem  hath  shaken 
her  head  at  thee.  Whom  hast  thou  reproached  and  blas- 

27 


418     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

phemed?  and  against  whom  hast  thou  exalted  thy  voice,  and 
lifted  up  thine  eyes  on  high?  even  against  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel." 

This  was  the  answer  to  the  prayer  of  faith  offered  by  this 
servant  of  God.  Every  circumstance  demanded  entreaty  for 
mercy  from  the  hand  of  the  king  of  Assyria.  The  unbe- 
lievers had  already  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  king  of  the 
Assyrians,  but  the  Daughter  of  Zion  could  laugh  him  to  scorn, 
and  the  Daughter  of  Jerusalem  could  shake  her  head  at  the 
threats  offered  by  this  heathen  king.  These  threats  and  boasts 
of  Sennacherib  that  the  God  of  the  true  people  was  not  able 
to  deliver  them,  were  despised,  by  the  Lord  and  met  as  God 
had  promised  they  should  be. 

Verses  24,  25 :  "By  thy  servants  hast  thou  reproached  the 
Lord,  and  hast  said,  By  the  multitude  of  my  chariots  am  I 
come  up  to  the  height  of  the  mountains,  to  the  sides  of  Leba- 
non; and  I  will  cut  down  the  tall  cedars  thereof,  and  the 
choice  fir  trees  thereof:  and  I  will  enter  into  the  height  of 
his  border,  and  the  forest  of  his  Carmel.  I  have  digged,  and 
drunk  water ;  and  with  the  sole  of  my  feet  have  I  dried  up  all 
the  rivers  of  the  besieged  places." 

This  is  the  boasting  of  this  servant  of  the  king  of  Assyria. 
It  is  true  that  in  the  last  days  the  kings  of  the  East  will  have 
as  great  cause  for  boasting  as  had  the  king  of  Assyria,  but 
when  it  comes  to  their  boasting  over  God's  true  people,  his 
remnant,  he  will  not  accomplish  his  design  for  God  will  never 
deliver  them  into  his  hand. 

Verses  26-30:  "Hast  thou  not  heard  long  ago,  how  I 
have  done  it;  and  of  ancient  times,  that  I  have  formed  it? 
now  have  I  brought  it  to  pass,  that  thou  shouldest  be  to  lay 
waste  defenced  cities  into  ruinous  heaps.  Therefore  their  in- 
habitants were  of  small  power,  they  were  dismayed  and  con- 
founded :  they  were  as  the  grass  of  the  field,  and  as  the  green 
herb,  as  the  grass  on  the  housetops,  and  as  corn  blasted  be- 
fore it  be  grown  up.  But  I  know  thy  abode,  and  thy  going 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  419 

out,  and  thy  coming  in,  and  thy  rage  against  me.  Because 
thy  rage  against  me,  and  thy  tumult,  is  come  up  into  mine 
ears,  therefore  will  I  put  my  hook  in  thy  nose,  and  my  bridle 
in  thy  lips,  and  I  will  turn  thee  back  by  the  way  by  which 
thou  earnest.  And  this  shall  be  a  sign  unto  thee,  Ye  shall  eat 
this  year  such  as  groweth  of  itself;  and  the  second  year  that 
which  springeth  of  the  same :  and  in  the  third  year  sow  ye, 
and  reap,  and  plant  vineyards,  and  eat  the  fruit  thereof." 

The  Lord  acknowledges  that  the  king  of  Assyria  had  done 
this  work ;  but  the  king  did  not  realize  that  the  work  was  the 
Lord's,  nor  that  the  Lord  had  been  using  him  as  an  instrument 
to  overthrow  these  kingdoms,  and  to  scourge  his  professed 
people  because  of  their  backslidings.  The  Assyrian  kingdom 
who  now  stands  for  all  the  East,  is  the  instrument  that  God 
has  designed  in  all  the  world's  history  for  the  purpose  of 
scourging  his  professed  people.  This  is  an  established,  fixed 
principle  that  the  people  of  our  day  ought  to  understand.  This 
is  the  solution  to  the  movements  of  the  nations  in  the  last  days. 
This  is  also  shown  in  the  following : 

"By  this  therefore  shall  the  iniquity  of  Jacob  be  purged; 
and  this  is  all  the  fruit  to  take  away  his  sin ;  when  he  maketh 
all  the  stones  of  the  altar  as  chalkstones  that  are  beaten  in 
sunder,  the  groves  and  images  shall  not  stand  up."  Isa.  27  x). 

Isaiah  XXXVII. 

Verses  31-32:  "And  the  remnant  that  is  escaped  of  the 
house  of  Judah  shall  again  take  root  downward,  and  bear 
fruit  upward :  for  out  of  Jerusalem  shall  go  forth  a  rem- 
nant, and  they  that  escape  out  of  mount  Zion :  the  zeal  of  the 
Lord  of  hosts  shall  do  this." 

This  statement  of  the  prophet  teaches  us  plainly  that  it 
applies  to  the  future  when  the  seed  of  Jacob  will  be  estab- 
lished in  the  kingdom  of  God.  This  is  also  taught  in  Verse 
6  of  the  twenty-seventh  chapter  of  Isaiah. 


420     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

"He  shall  cause  them  that  come  of  Jacob  to  take  root: 
Israel  shall  blossom  and  bud,  and  fill  the  face  of  the  world 
with  fruit." 

Verses  33-38:  "Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord  concern- 
ing the  king  of  Assyria,  He  shall  not  come  into  this  city,  nor 
shoot  an  arrow  there,  nor  come  before  it  with  shields,  nor 
cast  a  bank  against  it.  By  the  way  that  he  came,  by  the  same 
shall  he  return,  and  shall  not  come  into  this  city,  saith 
the  Lord.  For  I  will  defend  this  city  to  save  it  for  mine  own 
sake,  and  for  my  servant  David's  sake.  Then  the  angel  of 
the  Lord  went  forth,  and  smote  in  the  camp  of  the  Assyrians 
a  hundred  and  fourscore  and  five  thousand :  and  when  they 
arose  early  in  the  morning,  behold,  they  were  all  dead  corpses. 
So  Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria  departed,  and  went  and  re- 
turned, and  dwelt  at  Nineveh.  And  it  came  to  pass,  as  he  was 
worshipping  in  the  house  of  Nisroch  his  god,  that  Adram- 
melech  and  Sharezer  his  sons  smote  him  with  the  sword;  and 
they  escaped  into  the  land  of  Armenia:  and  Esar-haddon  his 
son  reigned  in  his  stead." 

This  Scripture  will  be  literally  repeated  in  the  last  days 
when  the  remnant  will  be  again  placed  under  circumstances 
similar  to  Hezekiah's.  This  is  plainly  taught  by  the  prophet 
Joel. 

"Blow  the  trumpet  in  Zion,  sanctify  a  fast,  call  a  solemn 
assembly :  gather  the  people,  sanctify  the  congregation,  as- 
semble the  elders,  gather  the  children,  and  those  that  suck 
the  breasts:  let  the  bridegroom  go  forth  of  his  chamber,  and 
the  bride  out  of  her  closet.  Let  the  priests,  the  ministers  of 
the  Lord,  weep  between  the  porch  and  the  altar,  and  let  them 
say,  Spare  thy  people,  O  Lord,  and  give  not  thine  heritage 
to  reproach,  that  the  heathen  should  rule  over  them :  where- 
fore should  they  say  among  the  people,  Where  is  their  God? 
Then  will  the  Lord  be  jealous  for  his  land,  and  pity  his  peo- 
ple. Yea,  the  Lord  will  answer  and  say  unto  his  people,  Be- 
hold, I  will  send  you  corn,  and  wine,  and  oil,  and  ye  shall 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  421 

be  satisfied  therewith :  and  I  will  no  more  make  you  a  re- 
proach among  the  heathen:  but  I  will  remove  far  off  from 
you  the  northern  army,  and  will  drive  him  into  a  land  barren 
and  desolate,  with  his  face  toward  the  east  sea,  and  his  hinder 
part  toward  the  utmost  sea,  and  his  stink  shall  come  up,  and 
his  ill  savour  shall  come  up,  because  he  hath  done  great 
things."  Joel  2:15-20. 

Let  this  Scripture  be  compared  with  Eze.  39:2-4,  Rev. 
19:17,  18,  and  the  whole  matter  will  be  seen  how  the  history 
recorded  in  Isaiah  37  will  be  repeated. 

The  next  in  order  in  this  event  is  the  record  found  in  the 
thirty-eighth  chapter  of  Isaiah.  Hezekiah  the  king  was  strick- 
en with  disease.  His  prayer  to  God  is  recorded.  The  prophet 
Isaiah  prescribed  the  remedy,  a  lump  of  figs  laid  to  be  upon  the 
boil,  and  he  should  recover.  If  we  mistake  not  this  experi- 
ence, as  recorded  in  this  chapter,  is  given  as  a  sign,  and  is  so 
stated  in  Verses  21,  22  of  this  chapter.  "For  Isaiah  had  said, 
Let  them  take  a  lump  of  figs,  and  lay  it  for  a  plaster  upon  the 
boil,  and  he  shall  recover.  Hezekiah  also  had  said,  What  is 
the  sign  that  I  shall  go  up  to  the  house  of  the  Lord?"  Isa. 
38:21,  22. 

Verse  17  (Chapter  38)  speaks  of  their  sins  being  cast  be- 
hind His  back  (blotted  out).  The  lump  of  figs,  the  healing 
of  Hezekiah  was  emblematic  of  the  physical  healing  of  the 
remnant  after  the  close  of  probation.  Verse  18  teaches  there 
would  be  no  benefit  for  them  to  go  to  the  grave.  They  are 
from  this  time  forth  to  praise  the  Lord  and  honor  Him. 

This  illustrates  the  experience  in  the  time  of  trouble.  The 
seven  last  plagues  are  to  be  poured  out.  The  first  of  these 
is  a  noisome  and  grievous  sore  (Rev.  16:2),  like  it  was  when 
the  plagues  were  poured  upon  the  Egyptians.  The  most 
grievous  plagues  were  not  visited  upon  Israel  in  Egypt;  and, 
in  the  time  of  trouble,  the  remnant  will  be  free  from  them 
(Ps.  91:7). 

The  experience  of  Hezekiah  is  carried  through  the  thirty- 
ninth  chapter.  But  in  Chapter  40  the  subject  is  changed  to 


422     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  special  application  to  be  made  of  the  lesson  recorded  in 
the  chapters  just  considered.  Chapter  40  gives  words  of  en- 
couragement and  comfort  to  the  Lord's  people. 

"Comfort  ye,  comfort  ye  my  people,  saith  your  God.  Speak 
ye  comfortably  to  Jerusalem,  and  cry  unto  her,  that  her  war- 
fare is  accomplished,  that  her  iniquity  is  pardoned:  for  she 
hath  received  of  the  Lord's  hand  double  for  all  her  sins." 
Isa.  40:1,  2. 

This  Scripture  tells  us  plainly  that  the  lesson  from  this 
time  forward  has  its  application  when  the  warfare  of  Jeru- 
salem is  ended,  and  her  iniquity  is  pardoned.  This  time  is 
after  probation  is  closed  and  the  time  of  trouble  is  ushered 
in.  Let  the  reader  not  fail  to  read  the  whole  of  the  fortieth 
chapter  of  Isaiah,  for  in  it  is  brought  to  view  the  coming  of 
Christ  and  the  utter  destruction  of  the  nations.  Space  will 
not  permit  this  important  chapter  to  be  quoted  here. 

THE  GREAT  DECEPTION. 

"Keep  silence  before  me,  O  islands ;  and  let  the  people 
renew  their  strength :  let  them  come  near ;  then  let  them  speak : 
let  us  come  near  together  to  judgment.  Who  raised  up  the 
righteous  man  from  the  east,  called  him  to  his  foot,  gave  the 
nations  before  him,  and  made  him  rule  over  kings?  he  gave 
them  as  the  dust  to  his  sword,  and  as  driven  stubble  to  his 
bow.  He  pursued  them,  and  passed  safely;  even  by  the  way 
that  he  had  not  gone  with  his  feet.  Who  hath  wrought  and 
done  it,  calling  the  generations  from  the  beginning?  I  the 
Lord,  the  first,  and  with  the  last;  I  am  he"  Isa.  41:1-4. 

In  this  Scripture  the  subject  introduced  in  the  former 
chapters  pertaining  to  the  Eastern  powers  is  resumed.  From 
the  fifth  verse  to  the  twenty-fifth  verse  of  the  forty-first  chap- 
ter, true  Israel,  or  the  remnant,  is  addressed  in  words  of  en- 
couragement and  admonition,  as  to  their  relation  to  this  East- 
ern power. 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  423 

"7  have  raised  up  one  from  the  north,  and  he  shall  come: 
from  the  rising  of  the  sun  shall  he  call  upon  my  name:  and  he 
shall  come  upon  princes  as  upon  mortar,  and  as  the  potter 
treadeth  clay.  Who  hath  declared  from  the  beginning,  that 
we  may  know?  and  beforetime,  that  we  may  say,  77^  is 
righteous?  yea,  there  is  none  that  shezveth,  yea,  there  is  none 
that  declareth,  yea,  there  is  none  that  heareth  your  words.  The 
first  shall  say  to  Zion,  Behold,  behold  them:  and  I  will  give 
to  Jerusalem  one  that  bringeth  good  tidings.  For  I  beheld, 
and  there  was  no  man ;  even  among  them,  and  there  was  no 
counsellor,  that,  when  I  asked  of  them,  could  answer  a  word. 
Behold,  they  are  all  vanity;  their  works  are  nothing:  their 
molten  images  are  wind  and  confusion."  Isa.  41 :2$-2g. 

This  places  the  subject  plainly  before  us ;  first  it  is  a  North- 
ern and  an  Eastern  power,  the  same  identical  power  mentioned 
in  Ezekiel  in  Chapters  38  and  39,  also  in  twenty-seventh  and 
twenty-eighth  chapters  of  Isaiah.  But  here  is  another  feature 
specified,  namely,  the  character  'of  this  power.  In  Verse  2 
of  this  chapter  he  is  called  "the  righteous  man  from  the  East." 
Verse  25  says,  he  shall  call  upon  the  name  of  the  Lord.  Verse 
26,  the  Lord  questions  this  righteous  claim  and  continues  to 
show  that  there  is  no  proof  of  his  righteo'usness  and  declares 
him  a  worshiper  of  false  gods,  yet  God  raised  him  up  from 
the  East  as  he  did  his  servant  Nebuchadnezzar.  Compare 
his  character  with  that  of  "the  king,"  Dan.  1 1 :36~39. 

Now  it  is  a  fact  that  professed  Christianity  is  having  a 
great  influence  in  the  world ;  it  is  also  a  fact  that  the  profes- 
sion has  very  little  to  do  with  a  change  of  character  or  even 
the  belief  of  individuals.  This  was  also  the  condition  in  the 
days  of  Hezekiah.  The  king  of  Assyria  appealed  to  Heze- 
kiah  the  king,  in  the  name  of  the  Lord,  and  made  claims  that 
the  Lord  was  speaking  through  him.  Is  it  unreasonable  to 
believe  that  the  kings  of  the  East  will  do  the  same?  The 
Northern  power,  Russia,  Western  portion,  is  professedly 
Christian.  Will  Japan,  India,  and  China,  like  Constantine  of 


424     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

old,  erect  the  cross  in  their  armies?  We  cannot  say  as  to 
this.  We  can  say  they  will  claim  to  be  righteous;  and  claim 
to  speak  in  the  name  of  the  Lord.  Under  the  miracle  work- 
ing power  of  Satan  (Rev.  16:13,  14)  they  will  deceive  if  it 
were  possible,  the  very  elect.  And  as  Satan  himself  will,  in 
the  last  days,  appear  as  an  angel  of  light,  who  knows  but  he 
may  lead  this  vast  host  against  professed  Christendom  of  the 
West  and  the  remnant  people  particularly,  as  the  Assyrians  of 
old  came  against  Hezekiah.  Daniel  says :  His  god  is  a  strange 
god.  Just  what  form  his  religion  will  take  is  not  known,  ex- 
cept that  he  is  an  idolater  claiming  to  be  righteous. 

Let  the  -Lord's  people  study  these  important  lessons. 

In  the  first  seven  verses  of  the  forty-second  chapter,  Christ 
is  introduced  as  the  leader  of  his  people.  In  Verse  8  he  says 
"My  glory  I  will  not  give  to  another,  neither  my  praise  to 
graven  images."  We  are  not  to  be  deceived  by  the  professed 
righteousness  of  this  Eastern  power. 

"Behold,  the  former  things  are  come  to  pass,  and  new 
things  do  I  declare:  before  they  spring  forth  I  tell  you  of 
them."  Isa.  42:9. 

Thus  he  declares  that  the  former  things  are  to  be  repeated 
and  new  things  are  to  come,  but  before  they  come  he  will  tell 
us  of  them,  but  it  is  only  those  who  take  heed  to  the  warning 
who  will  be  profited  by  it.  In  Verses  10  to  16  the  Lord  pic- 
tures out  the  desolation  of  the  earth  with  the  shout  of  triumph 
by  his  people  in  their  home  of  deliverance. 

"And  I  will  bring  the  blind  by  a  way  that  they  knew  not ; 
I  will  lead  them  in  paths  that  they  have  not  known.  I  will 
make  darkness  light  before  them,  and  crooked  things  straight. 
These  things  will  I  do  unto  them,  and  not  forsake  them.  They 
shall  be  turned  back,  they  shall  be  greatly  ashamed,  that  trust 
in  graven  images,  that  say  to  the  molten  images,  Ye  are  our 
gods.  Hear,  ye  deaf;  and  look,  ye  blind,  that  ye  may  see. 
Who  is  blind,  but  my  servant?  or  deaf,  as  my  messenger  that 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  425 

I  send?  who  is  blind  as  he  that  is  perfect,  and  blind  as  the 
Lord's  servant  ?  Seeing  many  things,  but  thou  observest  not ; 
opening  the  ears,  but  he  heareth  not.  The  Lord  is  well 
pleased  for  his  righteousness'  sake;  he  will  magnify  the  law, 
and  make  it  honourable.  But  this  is  a  people  robbed  and 
spoiled;  they  are  all  of  them  snared  in  holes,  and  they  are 
hid  in  prison  houses:  they  are  for  a  prey,  and  none  deliver- 
eth;  for  a  spoil,  and  none  saith,  Restore.  Who  among  you 
will  give  ear  to  this?  who  will  hearken  and  hear  for  the  time 
to  come?  Who  gave  Jacob  for  a  spoil,  and  Israel  to  the  rob- 
bers? did  not  the  Lord,  he  against  whom  we  have  sinned? 
for  they  would  not  walk  in  his  way,  neither  were  they  obedi- 
ent unto  his  law.  Therefore  he  hath  poured  upon  him  the 
fury  of  his  anger,  and  the  strength  of  battle:  and  it  hath  set 
him  on  fire  round  about,  yet  he  knew  not ;  and  it  burned  him, 
yet  he  laid  it  not  to  heart."  Isa.  42:16-25. 

This  Scripture  covers  the  ground  of  preparation  for  the 
final  struggle.  God's  messengers  have  gone  out  and  have 
magnified  His  law.  They  have  taught  the  restoration  of  his 
commandments  for  which  heathen  practices  have  been  sub- 
stituted. He  says,  who  is  so  deaf  as  he  who  will  not  hear? 
Verses  24  and  25  tell  us  where  the  trouble  is.  Jacob  of  old 
has  been  punished,  over  and  over,  for  disobedience  and  rejec- 
tion of  the  law  of  God.  This  is  only  repeating  the  history 
with  all  the  light  that  is  now  shining  upon  the  question.  Is 
it  possible  with  this  evidence,  that  men  will  continue  to  violate 
God's  holy  law  and  attempt  to  abolish  the  second  and  fourth 
commandments  from  the  Decalogue?  We  trust  that  some,  at 
least,  will  profit  by  the  admonition  here  given. 

"But  now  thus  saith  the  Lord  that  created  thee,  O  Jacob, 
and  he  that  formed  thee,  O  Israel,  Fear  not:  for  I  have  re- 
deemed thee,  I  have  called  thee  by  thy  name ;  thou  art  mine. 
When  thou  passest  through  the  waters,  I  will  be  with  thee; 
and  through  the  rivers,  they  shall  not  overflow  thee:  when 
thou  walkest  through  the  fire,  thou  shalt  not  be  burned  ;  neither 


426     The  Yclloiv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

shall  the  flame  kindle  upon  thee.  For  I  am  the  Lord  thy 
God,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  thy  Saviour:  I  gave  Egypt  for 
thy  ransom,  Ethiopia  and  Seba  for  thee.  Since  thou  wast 
precious  in  my  sight,  thou  hast  been  honourable,  and  I  have 
loved  thee :  therefore  will  I  give  men  for  thee  and  people  for 
thy  life.  Fear  not:  for  I  am  with  thee:  I  will  bring  thy  seed 
from  the  east,  and  gather  thee  from  the  west ;  /  will  say  to 
the  north,  Give  up;  and  to  the  south,  Keep  not  back:  bring 
my  sons  from  far,  and  my  daughters  from  the  ends  of  the 
,  earth ;  even  every  one  that  is  called  by  my  name ;  for  I  have 
created  him  for  my  glory,  I  have  formed  him ;  yea,  I  have 
made  him.  Bring  forth  the  blind  people  that  have  eyes,  and 
the  deaf  that  have  ears.  Let  all  the  nations  be  gathered  to- 
gether, and  let  the  people  be  assembled :  who  among  them  can 
declare  this,  and  shew  us  former  things  ?  let  them  bring  forth 
their  witnesses,  that  they  may  be  justified:  or  let  them  hear, 
and  say,  It  is  truth."  Isa.  43:1-9. 

The  gathering  mentioned  in  these  Scriptures  is  a  literal 
gathering,  they  are  assembled  from  every  part  of  the  earth. 
These  verses  have  their  application  to  the  remnant  people 
who  have  been  brought  out  under  a  special  message.  The  first 
three  verses  teach  us  how  the  Lord  will  protect  and  keep  his 
remnant  people,  as  they  pass  through  the  waters  (the  people). 
A  table  will  be  spread  for  them  in  the  desert,  and  springs  cf 
water  shall  burst  forth,  in  the  time  of  the  plagues  when  there 
is  only  blood  to  drink.  And  finally  when  the  Beast  and  False 
Prophet  (Rev.  19,  20)  are  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire,  they 
will  be  preserved,,  like  the  Hebrew  children  in  the  fiery  fur- 
nace. 

"And  they  shall  spring  up  as  among  the  grass,  as  willows 
by  the  watercourses.  One  shall  say,  /  am  the  Lord's;  and 
another  shall  call  himself  by  the  name  of  Jacob;  and  another 
shall  subscribe  with  his  hand  unto  the  Lord,  and  surname  him- 
self by  the  name  of  Israel.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  the  King  of 
Israel,  and  his  Redeemer  the  Lord  of  hosts;  I  am  the  first, 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  427 

and  I  am  the  last ;  and  besides  me  there  is  no  God.  And  who, 
as  I,  shall  call,  and  shall  declare  it,  and  set  it  in  order  for 
me,  since  I  appointed  the  ancient  people?  and  the  things  that 
are  coming,  and  shall  come,  let  them  shew  unto  them.  Fear 
ye  not,  neither  be  afraid :  have  not  I  told  thee  from  that  time, 
and  have  declared  it?  ye  are  even  my  witnesses.  Is  there  a 
God  besides  me  ?  yea,  there  is  no  God ;  I  know  not  any.  They 
that  make  a  graven  image  are  all  of  them  vanity;  and  their 
delectable  things  shall  not  profit;  and  they  are  their  own  wit- 
nesses; they  see  not,  nor  know;  that  they  may  be  ashamed." 
Isa.  44:4-9. 

"For  there  shall  be  a  day,  that  the  watchmen  upon  the 
mount  Ephraim  shall  cry,  Arise  ye,  and  let  us  go  up  to  Zion 
unto  the  Lord,  our  God.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord;  Sing  with 
gladness  for  Jacob,  and  shout  among  the  chief  of  the  nations : 
publish  ye,  praise  ye,  and  say,  O  Lord,  save  thy  people,  the 
remnant  of  Israel.  Behold,  I  will  bring  them  from  the  north 
country,  and  gather  them  from  the  coasts  of  the  earth,  and 
with  them  the  blind  and  the  lame,  the  woman  with  child  and 
her  that  travaileth  with  child  together:  a  great  company  shall 
return  thither.  They  shall  come  with  weeping,  and  with  sup- 
plications will  I  lead  them :  I  will  cause  them  to  walk  by  the 
rivers  of  waters  in  a  straight  way,  wherein  they  shall  not 
stumble :  for  I  am  a  father  to  Israel,  and  Ephraim  is  my  first- 
born. Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  O  ye  nations,  and  declare 
it  in  the  isles  afar  off,  and  say,  He  that  scattered  Israel  will 
gather  him,  and  keep  him,  as  a  shepherd  doth  his  flock." 
Jer.  31  :6-io. 

Remember  that  Mount  Ephraim  is  Protestant  America. 
Compare  with  Isaiah,  eleventh  chapter,  where  they  are  said 
to  fly  toward  the  West  on  the  shoulders  of  the  Philistines, 
thus  locating  the  place  of  their  gathering. 

Returning  to  Isaiah  43  19,  the  Lord  says  to  those  who  will 
not  believe  the  inspiration  of  his  word  and  to  the  heathen 
power  that  claim  that  they  are  sent  from  the  Lord:  "Let 


428     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

them  utter  a  prophecy  and  bring  it  to  pass."  We  might  add, 
this  Scripture  is  being  fulfilled  before  our  eyes.  How  few 
there  are  who  are  willing  to  open  their  eyes  that  they  may 
behold  God's  providence. 

Passing  over  the  remainder  of  the  forty-third  chapter  for 
want  of  space,  begin  with  Chapter  44. 

"Yet  now  hear,  O  Jacob  my  servant;  and  Israel  whom 
I  have  chosen:  Thus  saith  the  Lord  that  made  thee,  and 
formed  thee  from  the  womb,  which  will  help  thee:  Fear  not, 
O  Jacob,  my  servant ;  and  thou,  Jeshurun,  whom  I  have  chosen. 
For  I  will  pour  water  upon  him  that  is  thirsty,  and  floods 
upon  the  dry  ground:  I  will  pour  my  Spirit  upon  thy  seed, 
and  my  blessing  upon  thine  offspring:  and  they  shall  spring 
up  as  among  the  grass,  as  willows  by  the  watercourses.  One 
shall  say,  I  am  the  Lord's;  and  another  shall  call  himself  by 
the  name  of  Jacob ;  and  another  shall  subscribe  with  his  hand 
unto  the  Lord,  and  surname  himself  by  the  name  of  Israel." 
Isa.  44:i-5- 

This  Scripture  teaches  us  of  the  spiritual  development  of 
the  remnant.  This  is  the  same  work  as  the  early  rain,  men- 
tioned in  so  many  of  these  prophecies,  in  the  opening  of  the 
gospel  among  the  Gentiles,  and  in  the  outpouring  of  the 
Spirit  of  God  on  the  apostles  on  the  day  of  pentecost.  From 
this  point  the  gospel  was  soon  carried  to  all  parts  of  the 
world.  In  like  manner  the  last  message  will  go,  accompa- 
nied by  the  same  Spirit  and  power ;  and,  as  the  connection 
is  made  through  ancient  and  modern  Israel,  those  embrac- 
ing the  truth  will  subscribe  under  the  names  here  mentioned. 
Thus  the  restoration  of  Israel  will  be  completed  and  the  tab- 
ernacle of  David  that  is  fallen  down  will  be  built  up. 

"Thus  saith  the  Lord  the  King  of  Israel,  and  his  Re- 
deemer the  Lord  of  hosts;  I  am  the  first,  and  I  am  the  last; 
and  beside  me  there  is  no  God.  And  who,  as  I,  shall  call, 
and  shall  declare  it,  and  set  it  in  order  for  me,  since  I  ap- 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  429 

pointed  the  ancient  people?  and  the  things  that  are  coming, 
and  shall  come,  let  them  shew  unto  them."  Isa.  44:6-7. 

The  great  question  to  be  decided,  is  who  is  this  man  from 
the  East  who  calls  himself  righteous  and  is'  a  worshiper  of 
idols.  The  Lord  asks :  "Is  he  able  to  proclaim  from  ancient 
times  these  things  that  are  to  come  to  pass,  and  bring  them 
to  pass  as  I  have  done?  Satan,  himself,  nor  any  of  his  sub- 
jects inspired  by  him,  has  ever  been  able  to  predict  history 
for  centuries  in  advance.  The  remaining  part  of  the  forty- 
fourth  chapter  of  Isaiah  gives  a  full  description  of  idolatrous 
.worship,  how  a  carpenter  with  his  tools  from  a  piece  of  ash 
wood  forms  a  god.  He  bows  down  and  worships  it.  With 
another  piece  of  the  same  tree  he  warms  himself;  and  with 
another  piece  he  cooks  his  food.  This  is  thrown  in  to  show 
the  true  condition  of  this  righteous  man  from  the  East,  where 
image  worship  of  every  kind  is  manifest.  It  is  a  violation  of 
the  second  commandment,  and  such  cannot  be  termed  right- 
eous. 

As  further  proof  of  God's  ability  to  give  detailed  history 
of  the  future,  in  Chapter  45  he  makes  a  prediction  concerning 
Cyrus,  a  man  who  lived  and  overthrew  Babylon  nearly  two 
hundred  years  later.  He  even  called  him  by  his  name  more 
than  a  hundred  years  before  he  was  born,  giving  details  as  to 
his  work  and  the  manner  in  which  he  would  take  the  city  of 
Babylon. 

Thus  the  prophecies  of  the  Scriptures  are  the  great  test 
by  which  the  remnant  people  are  to  be  guided  in  their  judg- 
ment of  world  movements  in  the  last  days  and  not  by  the 
profession  as  to  who  is  righteous. 

"Bel  boweth  down,  Nebo  stoopeth ;  their  idols  were  upon 
the  beasts,  and  upon  the  cattle:  your  carriages  were  heavy 
laden ;  they  are  a  burden  to  the  weary  beast.  They  stoop,  they 
bow  down  together;  they  could  not  deliver  the  burden,  but 
themselves  are  gone  into  captivity.  Hearken  unto  me,  O  house 
of  Jacob,  and  all  the  remnant  of  the  house  of  Israel,  which 


430     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

are  borne  by  me  from  the  belly,  which  are  carried  from  the 
womb :  And  even  to  your  old  age  I  am  he ;  and  even  to  hoar 
hairs  will  I  carry  you:  I  have  made,  and  I  will  bear;  even 
I  will  carry,  and  will  deliver  you.  To  whom  will  ye  liken 
me,  and  make  me  equal,  and  compare  me,  that  we  may  be 
like?  They  lavish  gold  out  of  the  bag,  and  weigh  silver  in 
the  balance,  and  hire  a  goldsmith;  and  he  maketh  it  a  god: 
they  fall  down,  yea,  they  worship.  They  bear  him  upon  the 
shoulder,  they  carry  him,  and  set  him  in  his  place,  and  he 
standeth :  from  his  place  shall  he  not  remove :  yea,  one  shall 
cry  unto  him,  yet  can  he  not  answer,  nor  save  him  out  of 
his  trouble.  Remember  this,  and  shew  yourselves  men :  bring 
it  again  to  mind,  O  ye  transgressors.  Remember  the  former 
things  of  old:  for  I  am  God,  and  there  is  none  else;  I  am 
God,  and  there  is  none  like  me.  Declaring  the  end  from  the 
beginning,  and  from  ancient  times  the  things  that  are  not  yet 
done,  saying,  My  counsel  shall  stand,  and  I  will  do  all  my 
pleasure:  Calling  a  ravenous  bird  from  the  east,  the  man 
that  executeth  my  counsel  from  a  far  country:  yea,  I  have 
spoken  it,  I  will  also  bring  it  to  pass;  I  have  purposed  it,  I 
will  also  do  it.  Hearken  unto  me,  ye  stouthearted,  that  are 
far  from  righteousness:  I  bring  near  my  righteousness;  it 
shall  not  be  far  off,  and  my  salvation  shall  not  tarry:  and  I 
will  place  salvation  in  Zion  for  Israel  my  glory."  Isa.  forty- 
sixth  chapter. 

This  chapter  ends  the  argument  which  distinguishes  the 
true  worshiper  from  the  false.  This  idolatrous  power  from 
the  East  God  calls  his  servant,  from  the  same  standpoint  he 
called  the  heathen  king,  Nebuchadnezzar  his  servant  when  he 
called  him  to  overthrow  Jerusalem.  This  power  is  called  a 
"ravenous  bird  from  the  east."  Thus  the  great  question  is 
opened  before  us  as  to  the  character  of  this  Eastern  power.  The 
spirits  of  devils  are  to  go  out  and  through  their  miraculous 
delusions  the  nations  are  to  be  gathered.  This  delusion  no 
doubt  will  be  practiced  largely,  if  not  entirely,  under  the 


Ancient  and  Modern  History  Combined.  431 

name  of  Christianity.  The  Lord  has  forewarned  us  that  the 
heathen  will  still  be  idolatrous  in  character.  Those  who  un- 
derstand the  teaching  of  the  Word  on  these  questions  will 
not  be  deceived. 

The  story  begins  with  the  thirty-sixth  chapter  of  Isaiah's 
prophecy  and  ends  with  the  forty-sixth  chapter.  It  begins 
with  the  king  of  Assyria  claiming  to  Hezekiah,  king  of  Judah, 
that  the  Lord  was  with  him.  The  story  is  carried  through 
the  narrative.  History  repeats  itself  in  the  end  of  the  world, 
with  the  Eastern  nations  performing  the  same  thing  con- 
cerning the  children  of  Israel,  or  the  remnant,  as  with  Heze- 
kiah. 

Now,  in  conclusion,  let  us  say  to  the  reader,  if  these  prin- 
ciples are  remembered  it  will  be  the  privilege  of  those  who 
regard  these  principles  to  read  the  books  of  Isaiah,  Jere- 
miah, and  Ezekiel,  and  all  prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament 
understandingly,  and  by  keeping  the  names  located  in  their 
proper  places  all  mysteries  of  the  Old  Testament  prophecies 
will  be  removed. 

AHOLAH    AND    AHOLIBAH. 

There  is  recorded  in  the  twenty-third  chapter  of  Ezekiel 
a  parable  where  the  House  of  Judah  and  the  House  of  Israel 
are  symbolized  under  the  names  of  Aholah  and  Aholibah. 
The  explanation  is  literal.  Aholah  stands  for  Samaria,  the 
capital  of  the  House  of  Israel.  The  other,  Aholibah,  is  said 
to  be  Jerusalem,  the  capital  of  the  House  of  Judah.  Their 
apostasy  from  the  Lord  is  portrayed  in  vivid  language.  The 
Assyrians,  or  Babylonians;  are  represented  as  the  lovers  of 
the  two  women.  In  brief,  it  is  the  same  story  so  often  told. 
Truly,  it  is  line  upon  line  and  precept  upon  precept.  We 
simply  call  your  attention  to  this  chapter  and  ask  that  it  be 
read  in  connection  with  those  already  introduced,  thus  giving 
still  another  evidence  of  the  truthfulness  of  our  position. 


432     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verse  22  repeats  the  same  story  as  all  other  prophecy, 
namely,  those  with  whom  they  have  committed  spiritual  adul- 
tery will  be  brought  against  them  with  the  sword.  Verse  38 
mentions  the  Sabbath  as  one  of  the  main  things  in  which 
these  women  (churches)  have  transgressed.  Then,  in  Verse 
47,  the  surety  of  the  sword  is  again  brought  to  view. 


\Jtr.i: 


CHAPTER   XXVII. 


THE    NORTHERN    POWER. 


Corner,  the  grandson  of  Noah,  as  before  stated  in  the 
chapter  on  Russia,  located  originally  in  the  country  South 
of  the  Black  Sea,  now  the  land  of  the  Turks,  or  the  Otto- 
man Empire.  In  the  prophecy  there  considered,  Ezekiel 
mentions  this  land  as  one  that  will  join  Russia  in  the  gather- 
ing of  the  nations.  It  is  therefore  necessary  that  we  con- 
sider the  Turkish  question,  as  it  stands  alone  in  the  field  of 
prophecy. 

We  are  glad  for  the  evidence  we  have  that  the  Bible  is  a 
book  made  up  of  great  principles  of  truth  which  run  in  clear 
lines  throughout  its  teachings;  and  when  these  principles  are 
once  understood,  we  are  greatly  aided  in  arriving  at  right 
conclusions  concerning  the  doctrines  of  the  Bible.  This  is 
especially  necessary  in  the  study  of  the  prophetic  word.  God 
has  marked  a  great  outline  of  Biblical  history  in  dealing  with 
the  nations  and  the  principles  involved  in  their  early  history. 
These  principles  are  carried  through  to  the  end  of  time.  This 
is  marked  in  the  predictions  of  Moses  in  the  last  chapters  of 
Deuteronomy.  He  says:  "The  Lord  shall  bring  a  nation 
against  thee  from  far,  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  as  swift  as 
the  eagle  flieth ;  a  nation  whose  tongue  thou  shalt  not  under- 
stand; a  nation  of  fierce  countenance,  which  shall  not  regard 

433 


434     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

the  person  of  the  old,  nor  shew  favour  to  the  young:  And  he 
shall  eat  the  fruit  of  thy  cattle,  and  the  fruit  of  thy  land,  until 
thou  be  destroyed:  which  also  shall  not  leave  thee  either  corn, 
wine,  or  oil,  or  the  increase  of  thy  kine,  or  flocks  of  thy  sheep, 
until  he  have  destroyed  thee.  And  he  shall  besiege  thee  in  all 
thy  gates,  until  thy  high  and  fenced  walls  come  down,  wherein 
thou  trustedst,  throughout  all  thy  land:  and  he  shall  besiege 
thee  in  all  thy  gates  throughout  all  thy  land,  which  the  Lord 
thy  God  hath  given  thee."  Dent.  28:49-52. 

This  statement  of  Moses  was  understood  by  all  prophetic 
writers,  and  its  fulfillment  is  the  closing  climax  of  earth's 
history.  All  prophetic  writings  are  in  accord  with  it,  and  at 
the  end  of  each  prophecy  it  is  there  located  as  the  closing 
event.  This  is  marked  in  the  outline  of  the  world's  history  in 
the  eleventh  chapter  of  Daniel's  prophecy,  beginning  with 
Medo-Persian  history,  long  before  Christ  was  here,  and  trac- 
ing it  down  in  literal  language  till  its  overthrow  by  Grecia. 
Then  the  universal  reign  of  Grecia  is  told  in  Verses  3  and  4. 
Beginning  with  Verse  5,  ending  with  Verse  13,  we  have  the 
record  of  Grecia's  history  as  it  was  divided  into  the  two  divi- 
sions, king  of  the  North  and  king  of  the  South,  by  Alexander's 
successors.  King  of  the  North  embraces  Asia  Minor  and 
other  countries  now  ruled  by  Turkey,  and  the  king  of  the 
South  embraces  Egypt  and  its  adjoining  countries.  This  his- 
tory is  carried  in  detail  down  to  200  B.  c.,  when,  in  Verse  14, 
a  new  power  is  introduced  called  the  "robbers  of  thy  people." 
The  story  is  carried  from  Verse  14  to  Verse  19,  revealing  the 
history  of  Cleopatra,  the  Egyptian  queen,  and  Antony,  a  broth- 
er-in-law of  Caesar  Augustus,  closing  with  Verse  19,  mark- 
ing the  murder  of  Julius  Caesar  by  Brutus. 

Verses  20  to  22  tell  us  of  Caesar  Augustus,  Tiberius 
Caesar  and  the  crucifixion  of  Christ.  Verses  23  to  31  tell 
the  history  of  Rome  from  161  B.  c.  down  to  the  overthrow  of 
Paganism  in  the  government  and  the  establishment  of  the 
Papacy  in  A.  D.  538.  Verses  32  and  33  tell  us  of  the  influence 


The  Northern  Power.  435 

of  the  Pagan  converts  and  the  apostasy  caused  by  them  as 
they  enter  the  Church,  also  the  persecutions  that  would  fol- 
low for  many  days,  elsewhere  shown  to  be  twelve  hundred 
and  sixty  years,  ending  A.  D.  1798.  Verses  34  and  35  speak  of 
the  Reformation  and  the  entering  into  that  work  of  many  that 
would  cleave  to  them  by  flattery.  Their  experience  till  the 
time  of  the  end  is  shown.  At  that  point  we  enter  upon  a 
most  important  and  interesting  portion  of  this  prophecy,  be- 
ginning with  Verse  36,  we  read:  "And  the  king  shall  do  ac- 
cording to  his  will ;  and  he  shall  exalt  himself,  and  magnify 
himself  above  every  god,  and  shall  speak  marvellous  things 
against  the  God  of  gods,  and  shall  prosper  till  the  indignation 
be  accomplished :  for  that  that  is  determined  shall  be  done." 

This  Scripture  introduces  a  new  power  which  is  the  theme 
and  burden  of  the  remaining  portion  of  this  prophecy,  end- 
ing with  Verse  3  of  the  twelfth  chapter,  and  has  its  applica- 
tion during  the  period  of  the  time  of  the  end,  especially  after 
probation  closes,  as  marked  in  Verse  I  in  Chapter  12.  It  is 
introduced  as  "the"  king,  or  a  definite,  certain  king,  signify- 
ing a  power  well  known  and  well  established  at  this  time  of 
history.  If  it  were  otherwise  or  a  minor  power  to  have  its 
fulfillment  in  the  natural  events  of  history  it  would  not  have 
been  introduced  thus;  so  we  hold  that  the  power  introduced 
here,  both  as  described  in  its  character  and  in  point  of  time, 
is  not  something  new  or  unknown  before.  This  power  shall 
continue  until  the  indignation  shall  be  accomplished,  for  that 
is  for  a  time  appointed.  The  indignation  cannot  be  accom- 
plished until  a  consumption  of  the  whole  earth,  as  determined, 
is  completed.  Prophecy  does  not  end  until  that  is  done.  This 
is  the  indignation  here  referred  to  as  shown  in  the  beginning 
of  the  twelfth  chapter. 

The  characteristics  here  described  are  what  will  enable  us 
to  locate  the  nation  here  mentioned.  We  must  also  remember 
the  same  thought  is  in  other  prophecies  and  this  one  must  be 
in  harmony  with  those  already  considered. 


436     The  Yellozv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verses  37-39:  "Neither  shall  he  regard  the  God  of  his 
fathers,  nor  the  desire  of  women,  nor  regard  any  god:  for 
he  shall  magnify  himself  above  all.  But  in  his  estate  shall  he 
honour  the  God  of  forces :  and  a  god  whom  his  fathers  knew 
not  shall  he  honour  with  gold,  and  silver,  and  with  precious 
stones,  and  pleasant  things.  Thus  shall  he  do  in  the  most 
strong  holds  with  a  strange  god,  whom  he  shall  acknowledge 
and  increase  with  glory:  and  he  shall  cause  them  to  rule  over 
many,  and  shall  divide  the  land  for  gain." 

Verse  37  says  he  shall  not  regard  the  God  of  his  fathers 
nor  the  desire  of  women  nor  regard  any  god.  The  power 
here  introduced  starts  out  on  its  career  fearing  neither 
God  nor  man;  casting  all  ideas  of  worship  formerly  held,  out 
of  the  mind.  He  regards  no  appeal  for  any  other  form  of 
worship,  neither  regards  the  desire  of  women.  Some  have 
supposed  this  last  statement  to  be  that  of  doing  away  with  the 
marriage  relation  but  that  cannot  be  true.  What  is  a  wom- 
an's desire?  There  is  planted  in  every  true  woman  a  desire 
for  modesty,  virtue  and  loyalty  to  her  own  husband ;  but  this 
power  in  its  warlike  career  has  no  regard  for  these.  Is  there 
such  a  power  to  arise?  "For  I  will  gather  all  nations  against 
Jerusalem  to  battle ;  and  the  city  shall  be  taken,  and  the  houses 
rifled,  and  the  women  ravished ;  and  half  of  the  city  shall  go 
forth  into  captivity,  and  the  residue  of  the  people  shall  not 
be  cut  off  from  the  city."  Zech.  14 :2. 

Here  we  have  just  such  a  power  as  Daniel  is  speaking  of; 
and  this  is  speaking  as  all  other  prophecies  of  the  kings  of  the 
East  speak.  But  he  does  honor  a  god  that  is  now  termed  a 
strange  god  and  that  is  the  god  of  forces.  This  is  a  god  his 
fathers  knew  not.  The  nations  of  the  East  have  been  for  long 
centuries  unwarlike  in  their  history  but  the  command  is,  in 
the  last  days,  "Let  the  heathen  be  awakened,  let  them  come  up 
to  the  valley  of  Jehosaphat."  This  is  accomplished  through 
"the  spirits  of  devils  working  miracles  which  go  forth  to  the 
kings  of  the  earth  and  to  the  whole  world  to  gather  them  to  the 


The  Northern  Power.  43^ 

battle  of  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty."  As  we  have  learned 
before  in  our  comments  on  Isaiah,  Chapters  36  to  46, 
this  is  a  heathen  power  and  its  images  which  are  made  of  wood 
covered  with  silver  and  gold  are  one  of  his  special  character- 
istics; so  his  god  is  here  honored  with  gold  and  silver  and 
precious  stones  and  pleasant  things.  Thus  we  see  the  iden- 
tity of  this  character  established.  This  god  of  war  gives  a 
great  impetus  to  this  army  and  as  a  result  they  rule  over 
many  and  they  divide  the  land  for  gain. 

In  Ezekiel  the  thirty-eighth  chapter,  speaking  of  this 
army  it  says,  an  evil  thought  shall  enter  into  their  minds  and 
they  shall  say,  "Let  us  go  up  to  the  land  of  unwalled  villages 
and  take  a  spoil."  Their  policy,  therefore,  shall  be,  to  divide 
the  land  for  gain,  practically  to  devour  every  thing  before 
them.  Verse  40.  "And  at  the  time  of  the  end  shall  the  king 
of  the  South  push  at  him:  and  the  king  of  the  North  shall 
come  against  him  like  a  whirlwind,  with  chariots,  and  with 
horse-men,  and  with  many  ships;  and  he  shall  enter  into  the 
countries,  and  shall  overflow  and  pass  over." 

At  the  time  of  the  end  a  definite  move  is  here  pictured, 
namely,  a  war  between  the  combined  forces  of  the  king  of 
the  North  and  the  king  of  the  South  and  the  power  here  intro- 
duced (the  kings  of  the  East  and  the  Russia).  In  the  divi- 
sion of  the  Grecian  empire  as  before  stated,  the  king  of  the 
South  is  Egypt  (now  England)  and  the  king  of  the  North  is 
now  Turkey.  Now,  with  England  and  Turkey  against  the 
kings  of  the  East  there  will  be  a  desperate  conflict. 

In  the  sixteenth  'chapter  of  Revelation,  Verse  12,  we  read 
that  the  waters  of  the  Euphrates  are  to  be  dried  up  that  the  way 
of  the  kings  of  the  East  might  be  prepared.  But  who  are  the 
people  of  the  Euphrates?  We  answer  the  Turkish  people. 
But  who  is  the  king  of  the  South  today  in  Egypt?  We  an- 
swer, England  controls  Egypt  and  thus  becomes  the  king  of 
the  South.  She  also  controls  the  Suez  canal,  the  great  ocean 
thoroughfare  to  the  East.  This  is  a  literal  prophecy  from  the 


438     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

beginning.  It  deals  with  definite  territory,  and  Egypt  here 
must  not  be  confounded  with  modern  Egypt  located  by  char- 
acter and  conditions  in  other  prophecies.  England  has  for 
a  long  time  held  a  guardianship  over  Turkey.  The  Turkish 
power  as  all  are  aware,  is  the  key  to  the  whole  situation,  con- 
sequently the  government  of  the  Euphrates  territory  must  be 
"dried  up"  as  the  prophet  says.  Daniel  says,  "The  king  of 
the  South  shall  push  at  him  (The  kings  of  the  East),  the 
king  of  the  North  shall  come  against  him  (The  kings  of  the 
East)  like  a  whirlwind."  They  will  have  chariots,  horsemen, 
and  many  ships.  The  many  ships  can  be  nothing  else  than 
the  naval  powers  of  England  and  her  allies.  Thus  we  see  the 
natural  possibility  and  absolute  necessity  for  just  such  a  con- 
flict, at  this  very  point,  between  the  East  and  the  West  before 
the  Euphrates  can  be  "dried  up"  and  the  final  preparations 
made  for  the  kings  of  the  East  to  move  forward  on  their 
Western  tour  of  death  and  destruction.  The  obstacles  now 
at  this  point  must  be  removed  and  will  be  in  the  not  far  dis- 
tant future.  Then  Russia  joined  by  the  kings  of  the  East  and 
the  Mohammedans  as  elsewhere  shown  will  have  free  access 
to  the  countries  to  which  they  started.  Verse  41.  "He  shall 
enter  also  into  the  glorious  land,  and  many  countries  shall  be 
overthrown:  but  these  shall  escape  out  of  his  hand,  even 
Edom,  and  Moab,  and  the  chief  of  the  children  of  Ammon." 

Some  have  supposed  it  to  be  the  king  of  the  North  (Tur- 
key) that  enters  into  many  countries  and  passes  over  and 
overthrows  many.  When  God  speaks  of  such  moves  it  is  no 
such  small  enterprise  as  we  might  imagine.  Turkey  in  its 
past  history,  and  at  the  time  these  commentaries  have  said 
this  happened,  has  made  no  such  record  as  here  described. 
The  pronoun  he,  therefore,  does  not  apply  to  the  king  of  the 
North  (Turkey),  but  to  the  power  introduced  in  Verses  36  to 
39,  which  comes  out  of  the  North  (Russia),  and  the  East. 
This  whole  prophecy  from  Verse  36  and  forward  is  a  consider- 
ation of  "the  king,"  his  power  and  the  magnitude  of  the  work 
he  will  accomplish. 


The  Northern  Power.  439 

The  power  mentioned  in  Verses  36  to  39  in  the  eleventh  of 
Daniel  has  been  taken  to  be  France  because  France  from  1793 
to  1796  discarded  the  Bible  in  the  French  assembly.  Having 
taken  this  position  it  only  leads  to  a  greater  mistake  in  Verse 
40  seeing  that  France  could  not  be  the  one  that  would  pass 
over  and  subdue  many  countries  mentioned  by  name  as  the 
glorious  land,  Egypt,  Libya  and  Ethiopia  and  many  others. 
The  next  step  to  find  the  fulfillment  of  Verse  40  was  to  trans- 
fer the  pronoun  he  to  the  king  of  the  North  or  Turkey  but 
on  examination  this  position  was  even  more  faulty  than  the 
mistake  made  on  Verses  36  to  39  as  applying  to  France.  The 
Turk  established  himself  in  Constantinople  in  1453,  sixty-four 
years  later  (A.  D.  1517),  the  glorious  land  and  Egypt  and 
Northern  Africa  became  territory  of  the  Sultan's.  How  then 
could  it  possibly  be  that  following  1798  in  the  war  with  Na- 
poleon the  Turk  became  possessor  of  those  countries  when  they 
had  been  a  part  of  his  dominion  for  nearly  three  hundred 
years  and  it  was  the  invasion  of  France  upon  his  territory  by 
Napoleon  that  caused  war  between  them  in  1798?  In  no  sense, 
then,  could  the  king  of  the  North  be  the  one  that  passed  over 
and  subdued  many  countries  following  this  war  with  France. 
And  again  the  many  ships  mentioned  in  the  prophecy  are  in- 
terpreted to  be  the  ships  of  England  that  assisted  Turkey  in 
the  war  against  Napoleon  and  caused  his  retreat.  The  facts 
are,  there  were  but  two  English  ships  in  the  engagement  and 
being  one  hundred  years  ago  such  vessels  would  be  far  from 
meeting  the  demand  of  the  prophecy.  Thus  there  is  but  one 
conclusion  and  that  is  that  Daniel  the  eleventh  chapter,  the 
thirty-sixth  verse  and  forward  to  the  close  is  yet  unfulfilled. 

The  definite  article  the  means  a  specific  king  and  also  one 
well  known.  There  could  not  be  two  of  this  class.  To  illus- 
trate, the  seventh  day  is  the  Sabbath.  Now  no  other  day 
could  be  the  Sabbath  but  the  seventh  day.  We  could  not  say 
a  seventh  day  was  the  Sabbath.  The  true  God  could  not  mean 
there  were  others  of  equal  standing. 


44°     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Note  the  specifications  given.  "He  shall  do  according  to 
his  will."  That  is,  no  power  shall  be  able  to  stand  before  him 
in  the  fulfillment  of  this  prophecy.  "He  shall  cause  them  to 
rule  over  many."  This  expression  could  not  imply  less  than 
a  general  subjection  of  all  with  which  he  came  in  contact. 

In  Isaiah  41  to  46  you  will  find  the  idolatrous  king 
referred  to  and  designated  in  the  last  chapter  mentioned  as 
the  "ravenous  bird  from  the  East."  Therefore  we  conclude 
no  other  nation  meets  this  specification  but  Gog,  the  prince  of 
the  land  of  Magog,  the  captain  or  guard  of  all  the  Eastern 
host.  The  Greek  Church  is  in  this  territory  and  will  be 
overthrown  or  subdued,  but  the  chief  of  them  will  escape  under 
the  sixth  plague. 

Those  who  have  taken  the  position  that  this  prophecy  was 
fulfilled  in  A.  D.  1798,  offer  as  proof  that  such  a  war  was  to 
take  place  at  the  time  of  the  end  (1798),  thus  having  the 
prophecy  locate  the  definite  year.  It  is  true  the  time  of  the 
end  began  in  1798;  but  the  time  of  the  end  covers  the  period 
from  1798  until  the  Lord  appears.  Hence  anything  happening 
during  the  period  could  be  spoken  of  by  Daniel,  as  taking 
place  at  the  time  of  the  end.  In  fact  the  year  1798  would  be 
a  very  busy  time  if  everything  to  be  accomplished  at  the  time 
of  the  end  had  occurred  in  that  year.  Dan.  12 14  says,  Knowl- 
edge is  to  increase  at  the  time  of  the  end ;  but  we  do  not  con- 
clude that  all  scientific  and  Biblical  knowledge  will  be  devel- 
oped in  the  first  year  of  that  time.  Hence  every  position 
taken  to  make  France  fulfill  the  prophecy  at  that  or  any  other 
time  may  well  be  questioned. 

The  effort  is  further  made  by  some  in  order  to  show  thai 
Turkey  is  the  power,  that  consumed  the  glorious  land  and 
brought  Libya,  Egypt  and  Ethiopia  at  his  steps,  by  applying 
this  Scripture  to  the  success  of  Turkey  rescuing  Egypt  from 
the  hands  of  the  French  under  Napoleon.  This  is  equally 
a  weak  position  with  others  taken.  The  war  between  France 
and  Turkey  was  of  brief  duration  and  although  the  French 


The  Northern  Power.  441 

possessed  the  Turk's  dominion,  for  a  time,  it  could  in  no  sense 
be  claimed  as  his  until  the  war  was  ended  and  he  fully  estab- 
lished in  the  possession  of  the  prize.  To  place  this  construc- 
tion upon  the  Scriptures  throws  the  whole  narrative  from 
Verse  36  forward  contrary  to  its  natural  teaching. 

Verse  39  says  the  power  in  Verse  36  "will  rule  over  many 
and  divide  their  land  for  gain."  This  shows  a  power  that  will 
make  conquests  and  conquer  countries. 

Verse  40  says :  "He  shall  enter  into  the  countries  and  shall 
overflow  and  pass  over."  Verse  41.  "He  shall  enter  also 
into  the  glorious  land  and  many  countries  shall  be  overthrown." 
Verse  42.  "He  shall  stretch  forth  his  hand  also  upon  the 
countries  and  the  land  of  Egypt  shall  not  escape."  Verses 
43  to  45  say,  "He  shall,  have  power  over  the  treasures  of  gold 
and  of  silver,  and  over  all  the  precious  things  of  Egypt:  and 
the  Libyans  and  the  Ethiopians  shall  be  at  his  steps.  But  tidings 
out  of  the  east  and  out  of  the  north  shall  trouble  him:  there- 
fore he  shall  go  forth  with  great  fury  to  destroy,  and  utterly 
to  make  away  many.  And  he  shall  plant  the  tabernacle  of  his 
palace  between  the  seas  in  the  glorious  holy  mountain ;  yet  he 
shall  come  to  his  end  and  none  shall  help  him." 

Thus  we  see  to  apply  this  language  to  the  rescuing  of 
Egypt  from  Napoleon  would  be  doing  violence  to  the  whole 
narrative. 

Some  hold  that  Roman  Catholicism  is  the  power  mentioned 
in  Dan.  1 1 136-39,  and  that  Rome  is  also  the  king  of  the  North 
in  Verse  40,  and  it  is  Rome  that  will  eventually  plant  his  taber- 
nacle between  the  two  seas.  This  is  based  on  the  thought 
that  Rome  is  the  principal  power  introduced  in  the  prophecy 
in  Verses  14-35.  And  it  is  claimed  that  Roman  Catholicism 
meets  the  specifications  described  in  Verses  36-40  and  forward. 
Also  that  Rome  will  yet  do  the  things  mentioned  in  this 
prophecy. 

Speaking  of  Rome,  Dan.  7:26  says:  They  shall  take  away 
his  dominion  to  consume  and  to  destroy  it  unto  the  end. 


442     The  Yellozv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

John  says:  One  of  his  heads  was,  as  it  were,  wounded  unto 
death  and  the  deadly  wound  was  healed.  Also  He  that  lead- 
eth  into  captivity  shall  also  go  into  captivity  (Rev.  13).  This 
was  accomplished  in  1798  when  the  dominion  of  the  papacy 
was  taken  away.  John  also  tells  us  (Rev.  17:12)  that  the 
ten  kingdoms  of  Western  Europe  will  again  renew  their  alle- 
giance for  one  hour  to  the  beast  power.  This  expresses  a 
very  brief  period  as  the  verses  following  show.  They  see 
their  mistake  and  turn  with  hatred  against  the  woman,  the 
church.  Thus  we  see  there  is  no  opportunity  for  Roman 
Catholicism  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  prophecy. 

The  expressions  king  of  the  North  and  king  of  the  South, 
are  taken  from  the  original  division  of  the  Grecian  Empire, 
and  have  their  application  to  definite  territory.  That  terri- 
tory first  belonged  to  Alexander's  successors :  second  the  terri- 
tory of  the  North  belonged  to  Rome  until  A.  D.  1453,  third 
then  to  Turkey  until  the  present  time.  Hence  Turkey  is  the 
king  of  the  North  now.  Egypt  has  also  had  its  government 
frequently  transferred  until  1898  when  it  came  under  the  con- 
trol of  England ;  but  it  is  still  known,  in  the  prophecy  as  the 
king  of  the  South. 

Thus  we  see  that  Rome  cannot  be  the  power  spoken  of 
as  the  king  of  the  North  in  Verse  40  and  also  in  Verses  36-39 
for  they  will  be  at  war  with  each  other  as  shown  by  Verse  40. 
In  brief  it  is  useless  to  attempt  to  make  any  other  power  ful- 
fill the  predictions  of  Verses  36-39  but  Gog  the  leader  of  the 
East  as  before  shown.  It  is  useless  to  try  to  make  any  other 
power  of  Verse  40,  the  king  of  the  North  but  Turkey.  It  is 
useless  to  try  to  make  any  other  power  the  one  that  will  pass 
over  and  subdue  many  countries  and  plant  his  tabernacle  be- 
tween the  two  seas  but  Russia  the  leader  of  all  the  East.  All 
prophecies  say  it  is  the  power  and  so  we  believe. 

Palestine  will  be  possessed  by  this  power,  as  plainly  stated ; 
but  "Edom,  Moab,  and  the  chief  of  the  children  of  Ammon" 
at  this  point  in  his  first  move,  will  escape  out  of  his  hand. 


The  Northern  Power.  443 

Are  Edom,  Moab,  and  Ammon,  the  old,  ancient,  literal  nations 
of  sufficient  magnitude  to  enter  into  this  prophecy  at  this 
point  in  the  world's  history?  Far  from  it. 

They  have  not  been  known  in  history  for  centuries,  much 
less  then  at  this  time.  We  have  learned  that  Edom,  Moab,  and 
Ammon  are  now  used  to  describe  the  three  divisions  of  Chris- 
tendom (Greek  Catholicism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Pro- 
testantism). In  the  first  move  in  drying  up  the  Euphrates  to 
prepare  the  way  for  the  kings  of  the  East,  Edom,  Moab,  and 
the  chief  of  the  children  of  Ammon  escape.  Only  the  chief 
of  the  children  of  Ammon  escape,  that  would  be  the  more 
prominent  church  leaders.  The  masses,  no  doubt,  will  greatly 
suffer  as  they  are  in  that  territory.  That  division  of  Chris- 
tendom will  be  broken  up.  Many  countries  will  be  over- 
thrown. 

Verses  42,  43:  "He  shall  stretch  forth  his  hand  also  upon 
the  countries:  and  the  land  of  Egypt  shall  not  escape.  But 
he  shall  have  power  over  the  treasures  of  gold  and  silver,  and 
over  all  the  precious  things  of  Egypt;  and  the  Libyans  and 
the  Ethiopians  shall  be  at  his  steps." 

Egypt  and  Africa  will  then  be  "at  his  steps."  That  is, 
commanded  by  him.  Thus  we  have  the  whole  of  the  dragon 
territory  brought  under  the  command  and  joined  to  the  power 
here  introduced  in  Verse  36  which  is  the  theme  of  thought 
to  the  close  of  the  chapter  and  also  to  the  coming  of  Christ. 

Verse  44:  "But  tidings  out  of  the  East  and  out  of  the 
North  shall  trouble  him :  therefore  he  shall  go  forth  with  great 
fury  to  destroy,  and  utterly  to  make  away  many."  This  intro- 
duces a  new  move,  namely,  to  utterly  make  away  many,  that 
is  to  utterly  destroy.  Tidings  out  of  the  East  and  out  of  the 
North  cause  this  move  to  take  place.  The  North  in  all  these 
prophecies  is  Russia.  The  land  of  Magog  is  north  of  the 
Caspian  sea  in  Asia ;  let  it  not  be  confounded  with  "the  king  of 
the  North"  which  is  Turkey  in  Asia  Minor.  (See  verse  com- 
mentary on  Eze.,  Chapters  38  and  39  in  this  book.)  Out  of  the 


444     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

East  would  be  the  kings  of  the  East,  China,  Japan,  India,  and 
Korea.  Just  what  these  tidings  will  be  we  know  not,  but  it 
causes  a  move  upon  the  part  of  the  army  in  the  field. 

In  the  overthrow  of  the  powers  ("the  drying  up  of  the 
Euphrates")  before  mentioned  Edom,  Moab  and  Ammon  es- 
caped. Now,  as  other  prophecies  show,  they  will  not  escape ; 
for,  this  vast  army,  that  shall  cover  the  land  as  a  cloud,  shall 
move  forward  upon  the  Western  nations  and  especially  upon 
everything  that  is  professed  Christian  described  as  Edom, 
Moab  and  Ammon  or  in  other  words  Protestant  America, 
Roman  Catholicism  and  Greek  Catholicism. 

Verse  45  :  "And  he  shall  plant  the  tabernacles  of  his  palace 
between  the  seas  in  the  glorious  holy  mountain;  yet  he  shall 
come  to  his  end,  and  none  shall  help  him." 

"He  shall  plant  the  tabernacle  of  his  palace  between  the 
seas,  in  the  glorious  holy  mountain."  A  tabernacle  is  a  mova- 
ble structure.  How  natural  the  prophecy  is.  View  the  world, 
consider  the  Suez  canal,  the  Mediterranean  sea,  Constanti- 
nople and  the  Dardenelles.  These  are  all  stategic  points  which 
must  be  settled  first  in  the  preparation  of  the  way  of  the  kings 
of  the  East  to  do  the  work  pointed  out  in  all  the  prophecies. 

The  supposition  has  been  that  the  point  here  mentioned  is 
between  the  Dead  sea  and  the  Mediterranean  and  would  then 
be  Jerusalem.  But  the  Scriptures  do  not  say  that  is  the  case. 
The  two  seas  are  to  be  determined  by  the  reader  after  con- 
sideration of  evidence. 

We  have  learned  in  all  these  prophecies  there  are  two 
divisions  of  Christendom  that  are  the  first  points  of  attack 
from  the  Northern  Power,  the  United  States  and  the  territory 
of  the  Turkish  government  where  the  main  body  of  the  Greek 
Church  is  located.  There  are  places  in  both  these  territories 
that  could  fulfill  the  foregoing  description.  The  two  seas 
in  the  United  States  would  be  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific 
oceans ;  in  the  other  the  Dead  sea  and  the  Mediterranean.  The 
name  Jerusalem  is  not  mentioned  in  either.  We  would  now 


The  Northern  Power.  445 

offer  some  scripture  for  the  reader's  consideration.  The  title 
the  glorious  land,  was  applied  to  Palestine  originally  but  that 
name  is  transferable  to  other  territory  as  others  have  been. 
It  is  applied  to  Palestine  in  Verse  16  of  the  eleventh  of  Daniel. 

We  have  in  the  prophecies  of  Joel  a  description  of  the 
locality  of  the  great  struggle  when  Gog  will  fall  on  the 
mountains  of  Israel.  There  the  Prophet  describes  the  land  as 
follows:  "But  I  will  remove  far  off  from  you  the  Northern 
army,  and  will  drive  him  into  a  land  barren  and  desolate,  with 
his  face  toward  the  east  sea,  and  his  hinder  part  toward  the 
utmost  sea,  and  his  stink  shall  come  up,  and  his  ill  savour  shall 
come  up,  because  he  hath  done  great  things."  Joel  2:20. 

It  is  a  barren  desert  and  located  between  the  two  seas. 
Now  in  looking  over  the  world  we  know  of  but  one  place 
that  meets  the  specifications,  and  that  is  found  in  the  United 
States,  between  the  Pacific  ocean  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
There  in  California,  Arizona  and  Mexico  we  have  just  such  a 
place  but  it  cannot  be  found  in  old  Palestine.  This  location  is 
in  the  United  States ;  it  is  surely  barren  and  desolate.  Those 
who  have  traveled  over  this  territory  well  know  it  meets  the 
specifications.  We  therefore  leave  the  question  with  the 
reader  for  his  consideration. 

In  Ezekiel  38,  it  says  this  Northern  power  will  go  up  to 
the  land  of  unwalled  villages  to  take  a  spoil ;  Jeremiah  49  says : 
Get  you  up  to  the  wealthy  nation  to  take  a  spoil ;  Ephraim  as 
we  have  learned  was  situated  at  the  "head  of  the  fat  valleys." 
If  any  land  in  the  world  today  could  be  called  the  "glorious 
land"  it  would  be  America.  Therefore  the  weight  of  evidence 
is  in  favor  of  America  being  the  point  mentioned. 

Chapter  12  introduces  in  Verses  I  to  3  in  connection  with 
this  an  important  thought.  "And  at  that  time  shall  Michael 
stand  up,  the  great  prince  which  standeth  for  the  children  of 
thy  people :  and  there  shall  be  a  time  of  trouble,  such  as  never 
was  since  there  was  a  nation  even  to  that  same  time:  and  at 
that  time  thy  people  shall  be  delivered,  every  one  that  shall  be 


446     The  Yellotv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

found  written  in  the  book.  And  many  of  them  that  sleep  in 
the  dust  of  the  earth  shall  awake,  some  to  everlasting  life,  and 
-some  to  shame  and  everlasting  contempt.  And  they  that  be 
wise  shall  shine  as  the  brightness  of  the  firmament;  and  they 
that  turn  many  to  righteousness  as  the  stars  for  ever  and  ever." 
Dan.  12:1-3. 

Christ  (Michael)  has  been  represented  as  sitting  at  the 
right  hand  of  the  throne  of  God  but  this  represents  him  as 
standing  up.  In  connection  with  this  preparation,  before  the 
utter  destruction  of  Edom,  Moab,  and  Ammon,  our  attention 
is  called,  by  this  language,  to  the  close  of  probation,  following 
which  point,  the  seven  last  plagues  are  to  fall  as  described  in 
the  sixteenth  chapter  of  Revelation.  It  closes  with  the  great 
battle  of  Armageddon.  The  verses  just  quoted  describe  it  as 
"a  time  of  trouble  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation." 
How  true  this  will  be.  The  Eastern  nations  move  forward  to 
"utterly  make  away  many,"  while  the  plagues  fall  upon  the 
worshipers  of  the  beast  and  his  image.  Truly  it  will  be  "a 
time  of  trouble  such  as  never  was." 

But  while  this  is  taking  place  upon  Christendom  the  Lord 
does  not  leave  us  in  darkness  as  to  the  utter  consumption  of 
the  whole  earth  and  of  the  power  so  fully  described,  for  he 
says,  "He  shall  come  to  his  end  and  none  shall  help  him." 
How  true  that  will  be.  When  the  Lord  comes  John  tells  us 
the  beast  (Roman  Catholicism)  is  taken,  those  that  are  left, 
and  with  him  the  false  prophet  (Protestantism),  and  those 
that  are  left,  and  they  are  cast  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire. 
Those  who  remain  of  the  heathen  (the  dragon  power)  which 
we  have  been  considering  are  slain  by  the  sword  of  him  that 
sitteth  on  the  horse  which  sword  proceedeth  out  of  his  mouth. 

In  our  comments  on  Hosea  5  7  and  Zech.  1 1 :8,  it  was 
shown  there  would  be  thirty  years  accomplished  in  the  de- 
struction of  Christendom.  In  our  comments  on  Eze.  29,  we 
learned  that  Protestant  America  would  be  desolate  forty  years. 
It  was  there  stated  in  plain  language  that  large  numbers  of 


The  Northern  Power.  447 

captives  would  be  taken  by  the  heathen  powers  from  Chris- 
tendom to  the  heathen  countries,  and  at  the  end  of  forty 
years  they  would  return  to  their  home  land  and  be  the  basest 
of  kingdoms.  This  explains  how  those  who  are  left  of  the 
beast  and  false  prophet  are  alive  when  the  Lord  appears. 

In  our  comments  on  Isaiah  36  to  46  we  learned  that 
the  last  act  of  the  dragon  power  would  be  an  effort  to 
destroy  the  hidden  ones,  or  remnant  of  Judah,  and  how  the 
Lord  would  smite  the  great  army  of  heathenism,  Eze.  39 
saying  he  will  leave  but  the  sixth  part  of  them.  This  explains 
how  the  remnant  of  that  power  is  alive  and  destroyed  by  the 
sword  that  proceeds  out  of  his  mouth  when  Christ  appears. 
Adding  the  thirty  years  of  destruction  to  the  forty  years  of 
desolation  we  have  seventy  years.  Following  this  seventy  years 
and  the  events  connected  with  that  time,  the  Lord  will  appear 
as  declared  in  Eze.  39.  (On  these  periods  see  Time,  Tradi- 
tion and  Truth  by  the  Author.) 

Thus  we  find  this  prophecy  of  Daniel  in  perfect  accord 
with  all  the  other  prophecies.  The  natural  conditions  and 
historical  facts  of  today  would  cause  us  to  conclude  just  such 
a  move.  Therefore  we  believe  the  position  is  sound  and 
tenable. 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

ZECHARIAH. 

The  books  of  Zechariah  and  Hosea  in  one  respect  are  very 
much  like  the  book  of  Daniel  and  the  book  of  Revelation,  that 
is,  the  same  line  of  thought  is  brought  out  by  each  of  the 
prophets.  In  point  of  time  Zechariah  and  Hosea  were  writ- 
ten nearly  three  hundred  years  apart.  Daniel  and  Revelation 
were  written  over  six  hundred  years  apart.  Hosea  and  Zech- 
ariah are  books  of  equal  importance  in  our  day  with  Daniel  and 
the  Revelation.  Much  has  been  written  of  Daniel's  and  John's 
prophecies.  But  little  has  been  said  of  the  others.  As  we 
have  given  the  verse  commentary  on  Hosea  we  will  now  en- 
deavor to  do  the  same,  incomplete  as  it  may  be,  on  the  book 
of  Zechariah. 

THE    FEAST    OF    TABERNACLES. 

Zechairiah  I. 

Verses  1-6:  "In  the  eighth  month,  in  the  second  year  of 
Darius,  came  the  word  of  the  Lord  unto  Zechariah,  the  son  of 
Berechiah,  the  son  of  Iddo  the  prophet,  saying,  The  Lord 
hath  been  sore  displeased  with  your  fathers.  Therefore  say 
thou  unto  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  Turn  ye  unto 
me,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  I  will  turn  unto  you,  saith  the 

448 


Zechariak.  449 

Lord  of  hosts.  Be  ye  not  as  your  fathers,  unto  whom  the 
former  prophets  have  cried,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of 
hosts;  Turn  ye  now  from  your  evil  ways,  and  from  your  evil 
doings :  but  they  did  not  hear,  nor  hearken  unto  me,  saith  the 
Lord.  Your  fathers,  where  are  they?  and  the  prophets,  do 
they  live  for  ever?  But  my  words  and  my  statutes,  which 
I  commanded  my  servants  the  prophets,  did  they  not  take  hold 
of  your  fathers  ?  and  they  returned  and  said,  Like  as  the  Lord 
of  hosts  thought  to  do  unto  us,  according  to  our  ways,  and 
according  to  our  doings,  so  hath  he  dealt  with  us." 

The  chronology  of  this  book  is  520  B.  c.  The  prophet's 
first  vision  was  in  the  eighth  month  in  the  second  year  of 
Darius.  Darius  was  the  king  of  Persia.  Israel  at  this  time 
was  captive  and  subjects  of  the  Persian  government  as  they 
were  transferred  from  Babylon,  at  its  overthrow,  to  the  Medes 
and  Persians.  The  burden  of  the  prophecies  expressed  in 
Verse  6,  is  the  spiritual  condition  of  the  people  here  ad- 
dressed. Their  condition  as  here  stated,  is  that  of  their  fathers 
when  they  were  in  apostasy  from  God.  The  prophet  appeals 
to  the  ones  here  addressed  by  calling  their  attention  to  God's 
dealings  with  their  fathers  and  the  certainty  that  they  will  be 
dealt  with  as  their  fathers  were  according  to  the  word  of  God. 

Verses  7-9:  "Upon  the  four  and  twentieth  day  of  the 
eleventh  month,  which  is  the  month  Sebat,  in  the  second  year 
of  Darius,  came  the  word  of  the  Lord  unto  Zechariah,  the  son 
of  Berechiah,  the  son  of  Iddo  the  prophet,  saying,  I  saw  by 
night,  and  behold  a  man  riding  upon  a  red  horse,  and  he  stood 
among  the  myrtle  trees  that  were  in  the  bottom;  and  behind 
him  were  there  red  horses,  speckled,  and  white.  Then  said 
I,  O  my  lord,  what  are  these?  And  the  angel  that  talked 
with  me  said  unto  me,  I  will  shew  thee  what  these  be." 

These  verses  record  a  word  picture  of  a  scene  shown  the 
prophet  in  another  vision  three  months  later.  It  is  that  of  a  man 
riding  upon  a  red  horse  standing  in  the  bottom  among  the 
myrtle  trees  and  behind  him  were  three  additional  horses,  one 

29 


450     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

red,  one  white,  and  one  speckled.  The  myrtle  tree  is  very 
significant  and  seldom  mentioned  in  the  Scriptures.  Its 
branches  were  used  in  the  building  of  booths  in  the  feast  of 
tabernacles. 

The  rider  upon  the  horse  is  a  representation  of  a  messen- 
ger as  we  will  see  farther  in  the  chapter.  This  book,  opens 
and  closes  with  the  same  theme  under  consideration.  It 
closes  with  the  subject  of  the  feast  of  tabernacles  and  if  we 
mistake  not,  this  is  the  time  and  period  which  the  whole  book 
considers.  The  feast  of  tabernacles  was  a  memorial  event  of 
their  dwelling  in  booths  forty  years  in  the  wilderness.  It  was 
also  an  object  lesson  teaching  the  people  that  that  experience 
would  be  lived  over.  Where  these  typical  feasts  are  consid- 
ered in  the  pamphlet,  Time,  Tradition  and  Truth,  it  is  there 
shown  that  this  feast  of  tabernacles  will  meet  its  antitype  after 
probation  closes  and  during  the  time  of  trouble,  as  just  con- 
sidered in  the  comments  on  the  twelfth  chapter  of  Daniel, 
when  the  remnant  people  of  God  will  again  dwell  in  booths  as 
ancient  Israel  did  in  the  wilderness. 

These  horses  are  symbolic.  They  are  explained  in  the 
book  of  Revelation  in  the  line  of  prophecy,  the  seven  seals;  as 
representing  different  periods  of  the  Gentile  Church.  Its 
purity  and  its  apostasy  are  represented  by  the  different  colors 
of  the  horses. 

This  locates  the  time  when  this  book  has  its  special  appli- 
cation. 

Verses  10,  1 1 :  "And  the  man  that  stood  among  the  myrtle 
trees  answered  and  said,  These  are  they  whom  the  Lord  hath 
sent  to  .walk  to  and  fro  through  the  earth.  And  they  answered 
the  angel  of  the  Lord  that  stood  among  the  myrtle  trees,  and 
said,  We  have  walked  to  and  fro  through  the  earth,  and,  be- 
hold, all  the  earth  sitteth  still,  and  is  at  rest." 

The  language  here  plainly  tells  us  that  the  work  of  these 
messengers  who  have  been  to  and  fro  through  the  earth  has 
been  completed.  They  report  the  earth  at  rest.  This  could 


Zechariah.  451 

be  nothing  less  than  the  closing  up  of  the  Gospel  work  for 
men  as  described  in  Rev.  10:7. 

Verses  12-16:  "Then  the  angel  of  the  Lord  answered  and 
said,  O  Lord  of  hosts,  how  long  wilt  thou  not  have  mercy  on 
Jerusalem  and  on  the  cities  of  Judah,  against  which  thou  hast 
had  indignation  these  threescore  and  ten  years?  And  the 
Lord  answered  the  angel  that  talked  with  me  with  good  words 
and  comfortable  words.  So  the  angel  that  communed  with  me 
said  unto  me,  Cry  thou,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ; 
I  am  jealous  for  Jerusalem  and  for  Zion  with  a  great  jealousy. 
And  I  am  very  sore  displeased  with  the  heathen  that  are  at 
ease :  for  I  was  but  a  little  displeased,  and  they  helped  forward 
the  affliction.  Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord ;  I  am  returned 
to  Jerusalem  with  mercies :  my  house  shall  be  built  in  it,  saith 
the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  a  line  shall  be  stretched  forth  upon 
Jerusalem." 

In  our  past  studies  we  have  ever  seen  that  the  Lord  took 
present  and  past  events  to  teach  lessons  of  the  future.  We 
think  the  verses  just  quoted  are  no  exception  to  this  rule. 
The  seventy  years  predicted  by  Jeremiah  that  Jerusalem  should 
lie  waste  were  now  completed.  The  temple  must  be  rebuilt, 
the  worship  must  be  restored  and  so  the  Lord  now  calls  our 
attention  to  that  event  and  the  experience  connected  with  it 
to  teach  us,  not  only  the  historical  facts  of  that  day  but  future 
history  when  the  tabernacle  of  David  which  is  fallen  down  as 
mentioned  by  Amos  should  be  restored. 

While  God  visits  judgments  on  people  because  of  their 
sins  he  does  it  for  their  good;  but  when  the  heathen  take  ad- 
vantage of  this  affliction  the  Lord's  mercy  and  tender  pity  are 
at  once  appealed  to  in  their  behalf.  That  was  true  in  the 
days  of  Zechariah  and  will  also  be  true  in  the  days  before  us. 

Verse  17:  "Cry  yet,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts; 
My  cities  through  prosperity  shall  yet  be  spread  abroad;  and 
the  Lord  shall  yet  comfort  Zion,  and  shall  yet  choose  Jerusa- 
lem." 


452     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  first  sixteen  verses  are  practically  an  introduction  to 
the  book  setting  "before  us  the  local  condition,  calling  our  at- 
tention to  the  feast  of  tabernacles  and  the  close  of  probation. 
Verse  17  utters  a  most  important  prophecy,  namely,  the  re- 
building and  the  prosperity  that  awaits  the  people  of  God  in 
the  future.  This  verse  has  its  application  especially  in  the 
earth  made  new  when  the  restoration  is  fully  completed. 

Verses  18-21 :  "Then  lifted  I  up  mine  eyes,  and  saw,  and 
behold  four  horns.  And  I  said  unto  the  angel  that  talked 
with  me,  What  be  these?  And  he  answered  me,  These  are 
the  horns  which  have  scattered  Judah,  Israel,  and  Jeru- 
salem. And  the  Lord  shewed  me  four  carpenters.  Then 
said  I,  What  come  these  to  do?  And  he  spake,  saying, 
These  are  the  horns  which  have  scattered  Judah,  so 
that  no  man  did  lift  up  his  head:  but  these  are  come  to  fray 
them,  to  cast  out  the  horns  of  the  Gentiles,  which  lifted  up 
their  horn  over  the  land  of  Judah  to  scatter  it." 

Verse  18  introduces  the  sanctuary  service.  On  the  altar 
of  burnt  offerings  and  the  altar  of  incense  also  there  were  four 
horns,  and  on  the  day  of  atonement  these  horns  were  sprinkled 
with  the  blood  of  the  victim.  The  horns  signified  the  four 
quarters  of  the  earth  and  represented  the  covenant  of  grace 
made  with  Adam  in  the  beginning,  and  later  expressed :  "Who- 
soever will  let  him  come,  and  take  of  the  water  of  life  freely." 
As  long  as  the  atoning  blood  was  upon  the  horns  of  the  altar, 
mercy  was  extended  to  all  mankind. 

The  Gentiles  which  had  scattered  Israel  to  all  parts  of  the 
earth  had  oppressed  them  until  no  man  could  lift  up  his  head. 
In  the  place  of  receiving  the  mercy  of  God  the  Gentiles  had 
become  the  oppressors  of  God's  people.  Then  the  Lord  pre- 
sented the  four  carpenters  before  the  prophet.  A  carpenter 
is  a  builder  and  these  are  the  same  as  the  four  angels  of  Rev. 
7,  which  is  explained  in  the  line  of  prophecy  on  the  seven  seals. 
Under  the  sixth  seal,  the  signs  preceding  the  coming  of  Christ 
and  the  close  of  probation  are  recorded,  beginning  with  the 


Zechariah.  453 

sixth  chapter  and  twelfth  verse.  Then  the  seventh  chapter 
opens  with  four  angels  or  messengers  standing  upon  the  four 
corners  of  the  earth  holding  the  four  winds  (war  and  pesti- 
lence) till  the  servants  of  God  are  sealed  in  their  foreheads. 
And  "the  number  of  them  that  were  sealed  was  one  hundred 
and  forty-four  thousand."  Thus  these  four  angels  in  charge 
of  the  work  of  God  are  finishing  up  the  work  of  the  Gospel  in 
the  earth  with  a  special  message  preparing  the  remnant  for 
the  coming  of  Christ.  When  this  is  completed  the  gentiles 
symbolized  by  the  horns  that  are  lifted  up  against  Judah  are 
then  frayed  or  destroyed.  The  four  horns  are  then  cast  out 
signifying  that  probation  is  closed. 

THE    RESTORATION    COMPLETED. 

Zechariah  II. 

Verses  i-n  :  "I  lifted  up  mine  eyes  again,  and  looked,  and 
behold  a  man  with  a  measuring  line  in  his  hand.  Then  said 
I,  Whither  goest  thou?  And  he  said  unto  me.  To  measure 
Jerusalem,  to  see  what  is  the  breadth  thereof,  and  what  is  the 
length  thereof.  And,  behold,  the  angel  that  talked  with  me 
went  forth,  and  another  angel  went  out  to  meet  him,  and  said 
unto  him,  Run,  speak  to  this  young  man,  saying,  Jerusalem 
shall  be  inhabited  as  towns  without  walls  for  the  multitude  of 
men  and  cattle  therein :  for  I,  saith  the  Lord,  will  be  unto  her 
a  wall  of  fire  round  about,  and  will  be  the  glory  in  the  midst 
of  her.  Ho,  ho,  come  forth,  and  flee  from  the  land  of  the 
north,  saith  the  Lord :  for  I  have  spread  you  abroad  as  the  four 
winds  of  the  heaven,  saith  the  Lord.  Deliver  thyself,  O  Zion, 
that  dwellest  with  the  daughter  of  Babylon.  For  thus  saith 
the  Lord  of  hosts ;  After  the  glory  hath  he  sent  me  unto  the 
nations  which  spoiled  you  :  for  he  that  toucheth  you,  toucheth 
the  apple  of  his  eye.  For,  behold,  I  will  shake  mine  hand  upon 
them,  and  they  shall  be  a  spoil  to  their  servants :  and  ye  shall 
know  that  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  sent  me.  Sing  and  rejoice, 
O  daughter  of  Zion:  for,  lo,  I  come,  and  I  will  dwell  in  the 


454     The  Yelloiv  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

midst  of  thee,  saith  the  Lord.  And  many  nations  shall  be 
joined  to  the  Lord  in  that  day,  and  shall  be  my  people :  and  I 
will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee,  and  thou  shalt  know  that  the 
Lord  of  hosts  hath  sent  me  unto  thee." 

The  eleventh  verse  tells  us  plainly  when  the  Scripture 
quoted  has  its  application.  Wherever  that  expression,  "in 
that  day,"  is  used  in  the  prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament  it 
refers  to  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  events  preceding  the 
end  of  the  world.  The  measuring  line  upon  Jerusalem  (the 
church)  is  the  work  of  the  gospel  going  on  in  the  church  in 
its  closing  hours  of  probation  preparing  for  that  event.  (Read 
Eze.  ninth  chapter  first  part  and  the  first  part  of  the  eleventh 
chapter  of  Revelation  on  this  point.) 

But,  says  one,  will  there  be  cattle  and  cities  hereafter? 
There  were  cattle  in  the  creation  of  the  world  and  had 
there  been  no  sin  there  no  doubt  would  have  been  cities 
and  the  prophet  tells  us  we  shall  build  houses  and 
inhabit  them,  we  shall  plant  vineyards  and  eat  the  fruit  of 
them.  The  earth  restored  will  contain  all  things  created  be- 
fore the  fall.  Verses  7  and  8  are  very  significant.  As  seen 
in  our  former  comments,  as  probation  closes  the  remnant  will 
flee  from  the  North,  the  dragon  territory.  A  loud  voice  will 
be  raised  to.  come  out  of  Babylon.  This  is  the  last  call  before 
the  close  of  probation.  So  these  verses  are  thrown  in  to  teach 
us  that  as  probation  closes,  certain  locations  in  the  world  will 
be  deserted  by  God's  people,  as  Lot  left  Sodom  and  the  dis- 
ciples, Jerusalem,  before  these  cities  were  destroyed.  If  we 
mistake  not,  Jerusalem  as  spoken  of  in  these  Scriptures  ap- 
plies to  the  church  in  the  feast  of  tabernacles  before  Christ 
appears.  (See  comments  on  Zech.  1:7-9.)  See  also  Jer.  31: 
5-9;  Isa.  65:9,  10;  Isa.  66:18-20;  Zeph.  2:  1-7;  Micah  7:14,  15. 

Verses  12,  13:  "And  the  Lord  shall  inherit  Judah  his  por- 
tion in  the  holy  land,  and  shall  choose  Jerusalem  again.  Be 
silent,  O  all  flesh,  before  the  Lord :  for  he  is  raised  up  out  of 
his  holy  habitation." 


Zechariah.  455 

The  promise  was  to  Abraham  and  his  seed  that  he  should 
inherit  the  earth  "If  ye  be  Christ's  then  are  ye  Abraham's 
seed."  Gal.  3 129.  Christ  is  represented  as  rising  up  in  his  holy 
habitation  signifying  probation  has  closed.  He  will  inherit 
Judah.  In  our  comments  on  Hosea  we  learned  there  would 
be  finally  one  house  and  Christ  should  be  king  of  that  house 
in  that  day.  The  same  thought  is  here  expressed. 

THE   GREAT   OBJECT   LESSON    OF   THE  TEMPLE. 

Zechariah  III. 

Verses  I,  2 :  "And  he  shewed  me  Joshua  the  high  priest 
standing  before  the  angel  of  the  Lord,  and  Satan  standing  at 
his  right  hand  to  resist  him.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  Satan, 
The  Lord  rebuke  thee,  O  Satan;  even  the  Lord  that  hath 
chosen  Jerusalem  rebuke  thee :  is  not  this  a  brand  plucked  out 
of  the  fire?" 

Bear  in  mind,  the  lessons  of  the  future  taught  in  this  book 
are  drawn  from  local  events  and  facts  in  the  days  in  which  the 
prophet  lived.  We  see  the  sanctuary  service,  as  connected 
with  the  tabernacle  introduced  in  Chapter  2,  is  continued  in 
the  chapter  now  before  us.  Joshua  was  high  priest  at  this 
time.  The  Aaronic  priesthood  was  ever  a  representative  of 
the  priesthood  of  Christ  in  heaven.  It  served  as  an  example 
and  shadow  of  heavenly  things.  Satan,  the  enemy  of  all 
truth,  is  ever  ready  to  resist  every  effort  upon  the  par,t  of 
God's  people  to  save  a  soul.  This  scene  represents  the  closing 
work  of  Christ  in  heaven,  as  he  is  about  to  inherit  the  church. 
(Zech.  2:12.) 

The  reply  of  Joshua  (Christ)  is,  "Is  not  this  a  brand  plucked 
out  of  the  fire?"  Satan  receives  his  final  rebuke  and  his  last 
efforts  fail. 

Verses  3-5 :  "Now  Joshua  was  clothed  with  filthy  gar- 
ments, and  stood  before  the  angel.  And  he  answered  and 
spake  unto  those  that  stood  before  him,  saying,  Take  away  the 


456     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

filthy  garments  from  him.  And  unto  him  he  said,  Behold,  I 
have  caused  thine  iniquity  to  pass  from  thee,  and  I  will  clothe 
thee  with  change  of  raiment.  And  I  said,  Let  them  set  a  fair 
mitre  upon  his  head.  So  they  set  a  fair  mitre  upon  his  head, 
and  clothed  him  with  garments.  And  the  angel  of  the  Lord 
stood  by." 

The  robe  worn  by  the  priest  was  emblematic  of  his  posi- 
tion and  work,  namely,  that  of  bearing  the  sins  of  the  people 
represented  by  filthy  garments.  The  instruction  of  the  angel 
was,  to  take  away  his  filthy  garments  (priestly  robes)  and  to 
place  a  fair  mitre  (crown)  on  his  head  and  cause  his  iniquity 
to  pass  from  him.  When  the  last  decree  passes,  to  let  him 
who  is  "filthy  be  filthy  still  and  let  him  who  is  holy  be  holy 
still"  then  probation  closes.  The  priestly  garments  are  no 
longer  worn,  but  in  their  place  the  kingly  attire  is  placed  upon 
him  (Christ).  The  fair  mitre,  the  crown,  worn  as  king  will 
then  be  placed  upon  his  head.  This  is  the  close  of  probation. 
This  represents  the  work  of  Christ,  using  Joshua  as  a  symbol 
to  represent  what  will  soon  be  done  at  the  close  of  probation 
prior  to  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 

Verses  6-10:  "And  the  angel  of  the  Lord  protested  unto 
Joshua,  saying,  thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts;  If  thou  wilt  walk 
in  my  ways,  and  if  thou  wilt  keep  my  charge,  then  thou  shalt 
also  judge  my  house,  and  shalt  also  keep  my  courts,  and  I  will 
give  thee  places  to  walk  among  these  that  stand  by.  Hear 
now,  O  Joshua  the  high  priest,  thou,  and  thy  fellows  that  sit 
before  thee :  for  they  are  men  wondered  at :  for,  behold,  I  will 
bring  forth  my  servant  the  BRANCH.  For  behold  the  stone 
that  I  have  laid  before  Joshua ;  upon  one  stone  shall  be  seven 
eyes:  behold,  I  will  engrave  the  graving  thereof,  saith  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  and  I  will  remove  the  iniquity  of  that  land 
in  one  day.  In  that  day,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  shall  ye 
call  every  man  his  neighbor  under  the  vine  and  under  the  fig 
tree." 


Zechariah.  457 

The  Branch  mentioned  in  Verse  8,  can  be  no  other  than 
Christ  himself,  hence  the  explanation  of  the  Lord  himself  con- 
nects this  lesson  pertaining  to  Joshua  and  the  Branch  in  the 
manner  we  have  stated.  Just  what  the  stone  laid  before 
Joshua  symbolizes  in  detail  we  cannot  tell  but  one  thought  is 
apparent.  The. eyes  of  the  seven  spirits  of  God  represented 
by  the  golden  candlestick  with  seven  burners,  have  so  exam- 
ined the  record  engraven  upon  the  stone  that  the  iniquity  of 
that  house  shall  be  removed  in  one  day.  Hence,  we  would 
conclude  that  that  stone  was  a  symbol  of  the  book  of  life 
wherein  the  names  of  God's  people  are  recorded.  Their  in- 
iquity that  has  been  recorded  against  them,  that  has  stood 
there  (Rev.  20:12)  until  the  close  of  probation,  when  they 
were  found  righteous,  that  sin  will  be  blotted  out  in  one  day, 
and  remembered  against  them  no  more  forever.  When  Christ 
lays  off  His  filthy  garments,  the  record  of  every  confessed 
(I  John  1:9)  sin  which  has  been  recorded,  has  been  blotted 
out. 

THE  SANCTUARY  AND  PRIESTHOOD. 

Zechariah  IV. 

Verses  1-7:  "And  the  angel  that  talked  with  me  came 
again,  and  waked  me,  as  a  man  that  is  wakened  out  of  his 
sleep,  and  said  unto  me,  What  seest  thou  ?  And  I  said,  I  have 
looked,  and  behold  a  candlestick  all  of  gold,  with  a  bowl  upon 
the  top  of  it,  and  his  seven  lamps  thereon,  and  seven  pipes  to 
the  seven  lamps,  which  are  upon  the  top  thereof :  and  two  olive 
trees  by  it,  one  upon  the  right  side  of  the  bowl,  and  the  other 
upon  the  left  side  thereof.  So  I  answered  and  spake  to  the 
angel  that  talked  with  me,  saying,  What  are  these,  my  lord? 
Then  the  angel  that  talked  with  me  answered  and  said  unto 
me,  Knowest  thou  not  what  these  be?  And  I  said,  No,  my 
lord.  Then  he  answered  and  spake  unto  me,  saying,  This  is 
the  word  of  the  Lord  unto  Zerubbabel,  saying,  Not  by  might, 
nor  by  power,  but  by  my  Spirit,  saith  the  Lord  of  "hosts.  Who 


458     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

art  thou,  O  great  mountain?  before  Zerubbabel  thou  shalt  be- 
come a  plain:  and  he  shall  bring  forth  the  headstone  thereof 
with  shoutings,  crying,  Grace,  grace  unto  it" 

The  subject  of  the  heavenly  sanctuary  is  still  continued. 
In  the  Holy  place  of  the  tabernacle  built  by  Moses,  there  was 
placed  a  golden  candlestick  having  seven  burners.  In  John's 
vision  of  the  heavenly  temple  he  saw  seven  lamps  of  fire  burn- 
ing before  the  throne  which  were  said  to  be  the  seven  Spirits  of 
God  (angels).  Thus  far,  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  subject 
being  considered  in  Zechariah;  namely,  the  ministry  of  Christ 
in  the  heavenly  temple.  The  two  olive  trees  on  either  side  of 
this  lamp,  are  explained  to  be  the  Word  of  God  to  Zerubbabel. 

The  olive  being  a  tree  which  furnishes  oil  from  its  fruit, 
it  is  here  used  as  furnishing  oil  to  the  lamp  that  gives  light. 
The  trees  being  explained  as  the  Word  of  God,  it  is  that  Word 
that  was  to  be  a  light  to  Zerubbabel.  The  lesson  taught 
Zerubbabel,  was  that  the  work  of  God  was  not  accomplished 
in  man's  power,  but  by  the  Word  and  Spirit  of  God,  and  in 
this  way  the  mountains  of  difficulties  before  him  would  be- 
come a  plain. 

Verses  8-10:  "Moreover  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto 
me,  saying,  The  hands  of  Zerubbabel  have  laid  the  foundation 
of  this  house;  his  hands  shall  also  finish  it;  and  thou  shalt 
know  that  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  sent  me  unto  you.  For  who 
hath  despised  the  day  of  small  things?  for  they  shall  rejoice 
and  shall  see  the  plummet  in  the  hand  of  Zerubbabel  with  those 
seven;  they  are  the  eyes  of  the  Lord,  which  run  to  and  fro 
through  the  whole  earth." 

The  rebuilding  of  the  temple  by  Zerubbabel,  the  governor 
of  Judah,  was  a  literal  work  performed  by  literal  hands.  But 
it  was  the  Word  of  God  and  the  ministry  of  His  Spirit  through- 
out the  whole  earth  that  called  the  attention  of  the  people  to 
the  true  intent  of  the  services  conducted  in  the  temple. 

Verses  11-14:  "Then  answered  I,  and  said  unto  him,  What 
are  these  two  olive  trees  upon  the  right  side  of  the  candlestick 


Zechariah.  459 

and  upon  the  left  side  thereof?  And  I  answered  again,  and 
said  unto  him,  What  be  these  two  olive  branches,  which 
through  the  two  golden  pipes  empty  the  golden  oil  out  of 
themselves?  And  he  answered  me  and  said,  Knowest  thou 
not  what  these  be?  And  I  said,  No,  my  lord.  Then  said  he, 
These  are  the  two  anointed  ones,  that  stand  by  the  Lord  of  the 
whole  earth." 

The  two  olive  trees  that  empty  the  golden  oil  through  the 
golden  pipe  to  furnish  the  lamp,  are  explained  as  the  two 
anointed  ones.  As  this  refers  to  the  sanctuary  above,  the  two 
anointed  ones  must  be  two  angelic  beings  who  communicate 
the  Word  of  God  to  the  writers  of  His  Word.  They  may  be 
the  two  cherubim  who  stand  at  either  end  of  the  ark.  God's 
throne  is  between  the  cherubim.  This  would  place  these  two 
messengers  as  standing  by  the  side  of  the  God  of  the  whole 
earth,  they  receive  God's  word  at  His  mouth,  transmit  it  to  the 
seven  angels  who  communicate  it  to  the  prophets. 

THE  FLYING  ROLL  AND  THE  CURSES. 

Zechariah  V. 

Verses  1-4:  "Then  I  turned,  and  lifted  up  mine  eyes,  and 
looked,  and  behold  a. flying  roll.  And  he  said  unto  me,  What 
seest  thou?  And  I  answered,  I  see  a  flying  roll;  the  length 
thereof  is  twenty  cubits,  and  the  breadth  thereof  ten  cubits. 
Then  said  he  unto  me,  This  is  the  curse  that  goeth  forth  over 
the  face  of  the  whole  earth :  for  every  one  that  stealeth  shall 
be  cut  off  as  on  this  side  according  to  it ;  and  every  one  that 
sweareth  shall  be  cut  off  as  on  that  side  according  to  it.  I 
will  bring  it  forth,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  it  shall  enter 
into  the  house  of  the  thief,  and  into  the  house  of  him  that 
sweareth  falsely  by  my  name :  and  it  shall  remain  in  the  midst 
of  his  house,  and  shall  consume  it  with  the  timber  thereof  and 
the  stones  thereof." 


460     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

The  only  writing  of  which  we  have  a  record  containing  the 
curses  of  God  are  those  written  by  Moses  and  recorded  in  the 
last  five  chapters  of  Deuteronomy.  The  curses  there  recorded 
which  would  ever  follow  God's  disobedient  people  are  finally 
summed  up  in  these  seven  last  plagues  which  will  be  poured 
out  after  the  close  of  probation.  It  is  these  curses  that  are 
here  referred  to  in  the  flying  roll. 

Verses  5-11:  "Then  the  angel  that  talked  with  me  went 
forth,  and  said  unto  me,  Lift  up  now  thine  eyes,  and  see  what 
is  this  that  goeth  forth.  And  I  said,  What  is  it  ?  And  he  said, 
This  is  an  ephah  that  goeth  forth.  He  said  moreover,  This 
is  their  resemblance  through  all  the  earth.  And,  behold,  there 
was  lifted  up  a  talent  of  lead :  and  this  is  a  woman  that  sitteth 
in  the  midst  of  the  ephah.  And  he  said,  This  is  wickedness. 
And  he  cast  it  into  the  midst  of  the  ephah;  and  he  cast  the 
weight  of  lead  upon  the  mouth  thereof.  Then  lifted  I  up 
mine  eyes,  and  looked,  and,  behold,  there  came  out  two  women, 
and  the  wind  was  in  their  wings;  for  they  had  wings  like  the 
wings  of  a  stork:  and  they  lifted  up  the  ephah  between  the 
earth  and  the  heaven.  Then  said  I  to  the  angel  that  talked 
with  me,  Whither  do  these  bear  the  ephah?  And  he  said  unto 
me,  To  build  it  a  house  in  the  land  of  Shinar:  and  it  shall  be 
established,  and  set  there  upon  her  own  base." 

This  is  a  most  interesting  Scripture,  and  no  doubt  has  its 
application  after  the  close  of  probation  when  the  plagues  are 
falling.  In  prophecy  a  woman  is  a  symbol  of  a  church.  There 
is  first  introduced  a  woman  seated  in  an  ephah  as  she  is  en- 
gaged in  worldly  business.  An  ephah  is  a  vessel  in  which  to 
measure  grain.  It  is  said  the  talent  of  lead  is  upon  the  mouth 
of  the  ephah.  The  prophet  says  this  is  their  resemblance.  He 
also  says  wickedness  is  in  the  ephah  and  the  talent  of  lead  is 
upon  the  mouth  signifying  that  unjust  weights  hinder  an 
honest  measurement ;  and  it  is  a  sad  fact  that  church  member- 
ship is  no  longer  evidence  of  honest  dealings. 


Zechariah.  461 

We  only  need  to  turn  to  the  prophecy  of  the  seven  seals  in 
Rev.  6,  to  see  the  place  this  worldliness  applies.  Now  there 
are  two  other  women  introduced  in  these  verses  and  if  the 
first  one  is  a  symbol  of  a  church  what  must  the  other  two 
symbolize?  We  reply  the  first,  as  in  all  other  prophecies 
represents,  the  first  or  Greek  division  of  the  Gentile  Church. 
The  two  remaining  could  only  stand  for  the  Roman  Church 
and  the  Protestant  Church.  Thus  we  here  have  the  three- 
fold divisions. 

Now  the  last  two  women  lift  up  the  first  woman  as  she  is 
seated  in  the  ephah  and  they  all  go  to  the  land  of  Shinar  and 
build  them  a  house  and  it  stands  on  its  own  base.  Another 
interesting  feature  of  these  women  is  they  have  the  wings  of 
a  stork.  A  stork  is  noted  as  a  bird  that  returns  home  from  all 
its  journeys  so  these  churches  go  to  the  land  of  Shinar  or 
Babylon  to  build  this  house  which  stands  on  its  own  base. 
Babylon  is  the  place  from  which  all  false  doctrines  came.  It 
is  there  that  Baal  worship  was  founded.  In  the  place  of  these 
three  divisions  of  professed  Christendom  building  a  house  on 
God's  Word,  a  sure  foundation,  they  build  one  on  the  doc- 
trines of  Babylon.  This  in  brief  is  the  three-fold  confederacy 
so  often  mentioned  by  the  prophets  which  will  take  place  in 
the  last  days  and  after  the  close  of  probation.  Let  us  beware. 

THE   MOUNTAINS  OF  BRASS  AND  THE  HORSES. 

Zechariah  VI. 

Verses  1-3:  "And  I  turned,  and  lifted  up  mine  eyes,  and 
looked,  and,  behold,  there  came  four,  chariots  out  from  be- 
tween two  mountains ;  and  the  mountains  were  mountains  of 
brass.  In  the  first  chariot  were  red  horses ;  and  in  the  second 
chariot  black  horses :  and  in  the  third  chariot  white  horses ; 
and  in  the  fourth  chariot  grizzled  and  bay  horses." 

The  description  of  three  of  these  horses  is  identical  in 
color  with  three  of  the  horses  in  the  prophecy  of  the  seven 


"462     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

seals  in  the  book  of  Revelation.  The  fourth  horse  is  a  mixed 
color.  These  horses  are  represented  as  coming  out  from  be- 
tween two  mountains  of  brass  and  going  forth  into  different 
parts  of  the  earth.  The  white  and  black  go  into  the  North 
country.  The  grizzled  go  to  the  South  country  and  the  red 
horse  goes  to  and  fro  throughout  the  earth.  In  the  intro- 
duction of  the  book  these  horses  were  also  seen  and  in  that 
picture  they  were  represented  as  having  completed  their  mis- 
sion at  that  time,  and  all  the  earth  was  quiet;  but  here  they 
go  the  second  time. 

Verse  i  says  these  horses  came  out  from  between  two 
mountains  of  brass.  The  Bible  is  ever  its  own  interpreter. 
In  the  previous  chapter  the  flying  roll  was  introduced  on  which 
was  written  the  curses.  As  Israel  entered  the  promised  land, 
Joshua  was  commanded  by  Moses  to  write  the  blessings  and 
cursings  that  would  ever  follow  Israel.  Joshua  did  this,  writ- 
ing the  law  on  plastered  stone  (Joshua  8:30-35),  placing  the 
curses  on  mount  Ebal  and  the  blessings  on  mount  Gerizim. 

The  ark  and  the  priests  were  placed  in  the  valley  between 
these  two  mountains.  When  the  blessings  and  curses  were 
read  the  priest  replied  with  a  solemn  Amen.  The  law  of 
God  which  was  placed  in  the  ark  was  the  rule  to  determine 
when  either  the  blessing  or  curse  was  to  rest  upon  Israel. 
Now,  the  symbolic  prophecy  of  Zechariah  still  carries  out  this 
principle. in  the  last  days. 

And  before  the  final  curses  (which  are  the  seven  last 
plagues)  are  visited  upon  the  people,  they  are  represented  as 
coming  forth  from  between  these  two  mountains.  Our  com- 
ments on  the  seven  seals  on  Verses  4-8,  which  follow,  locate 
the  place  and  work  of  each  of  these  horses,  to  which  the 
reader  is  referred. 

Verses  4-8 :  "Then  I  answered  and  said  unto  the  angel 
that  talked  with  me,  What  are  these,  my  lord  ?  And  the  angel 
answered  and  said  unto  me,  These  are  the  four  spirits  of  the 
heavens,  which  go  forth  from  standing  before  the  Lord  of 


Zechariah.  463 

all  the  earth.  The  black  horses  which  are  therein  go  forth 
into  the  north  country;  and  the  white  go  forth  after  them; 
and  the  grizzled  go  forth  toward  the  south  country.  And  the 
bay  went  forth,  and  sought  to  go  that  they  might  walk  to 
and  fro  through  the  earth:  and  he  said,  Get  you  hence,  walk 
to  and  fro  through  the  earth.  So  they  walked  to  and  fro 
through  the  earth.  Then  cried  he  upon  me,  and  spake  unto 
me,  saying,  Behold,  these  that  go  toward  the  north  country 
have  quieted  my  spirit  in  the  north  country." 

We  have  the  literal  explanation  of  these  horses  in  Verse 
5,  namely,  they  are  directed  by  those  who  stand  by  the  Lord 
of  all  the  earth.  In  the  seven  seals,  the  black  horse  there 
stood  for  Roman  Catholicism ;  the  white  horse  represented  the 
gospel  in  its  purity  among  the  Greeks  of  Syria.  Both  loca- 
tions were  North  of  Palestine.  The  red  horse,  symbolized 
in  the  seals  the  period  of  the  second  and  third  centuries,  when 
the  false  doctrines  of  heathenism  were  permeating  entire 
Christendom,  world-wide  in  its  influence. 

The  color  red  also  indicated  the  slaughter  of  Christians  by 
the  Pagan  power,  as  the  rider  upon  the  red  horse  had  a  sword 
in  his  hand. 

The  South  country  of  Egypt,  Ethiopia,  and  Africa  has 
had  a  mixed  religion  symbolized  by  the  speckled  horse.  Thus 
the  location  of  them  all  is  clear.  Now,  when  probation  closes 
there  is  a  work  to  be  done  in  all  these  countries.  The  white 
horse,  as  before  shown,  represents  purity.  Its  mission  will 
be  to  gather  out  the  remnant  people  of  God  who  have  been 
sealed. 

The  horse  going  into  the  South  country  being  mingled  in 
color,  may  indicate  that  but  few  from  that  country  may  be 
found  among  the  remnant. 

John  (the  prophet)  applies  the  work  of  these  horses  to 
the  gospel  age  from  the  first  to  the  second  advent.  They  are 
introduced  by  Zechariah  at  a  point  when  that  work  is  com- 
pleted. Following  this  their  work  during  the  time  of  trouble 
is  pointed  out  by  Zechariah. 


464     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

These  main  principles  introduced  in  our  comments  we 
believe  to  be  true.  There  may  be  still  other  features  taught 
by  the  symbols  which  we  leave  for  the  consideration  of  the 
reader. 

Verses  9-15:  "And  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me, 
saying,  Take  of  them  of  the  captivity,  even  of  Heldai,  of 
Tobijah,  and  of  Jedaiah,  which  are  come  from  Babylon,  and 
come  thou  the  same  day,  and  go  into  the  house  of  Josiah  the 
son  of  Zephaniah;  then  take  silver  and  gold,  and  make 
crowns,  and  set  them  upon  the  head  of  Joshua  the  son  of 
Josedech,  the  high  priest ;  and  speak  unto  him,  saying,  Thus 
speaketh  the  Lord  of  hosts,  saying,  Behold  the  man  whose 
name  is  The  BRANCH ;  and  he  shall  grow  up  out  of  his  place, 
and  he  shall  build  the  temple  of  the  Lord :  even  he  shall 
build  the  temple  of  the  Lord ;  and  he  shall  bear  the  glory,  and 
shall  sit  and  rule  upon  his  throne ;  and  he  shall  be  a  priest 
upon  his  throne :  and  the  counsel  of  peace  shall  between  them 
both.  And  the  crowns  shall  be  to  Helem,  and  to  Tobijah, 
and  to  Jedaiah,  and  to  Hen  the  son  of  Zephaniah,  for  a 
memorial  in  the  temple  of  the  Lord.  And  they  that  are  far 
off  shall  come  and  build  in  the  temple  of  the  Lord,  and  ye 
shall  know  that  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  sent  me  unto  you. 
And  this  shall  come  to  pass,  if  ye  will  diligently  obey  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  your  God." 

Note  the  ones  here  chosen  are  those  who  return  from 
the  captivity  at  the  end  of  the  seventy  years.  The  crown 
made  by  them  to  be  placed  upon  the  head  of  Joshua  was  to 
be  laid  up  as  a  memorial.  Verse  12  is  an  explanation  of  the 
former  verses.  The  BRANCH  is  Christ,  who  is  now  our  High 
Priest  in  the  Heavenly  Temple.  We  read  in  the  seventh  chap- 
ter of  Daniel,  when  His  ministry  in  the  heavenly  temple  ceases, 
there  is  given  Him  a  kingdom.  He  is  then  crowned  king. 

After  the  seventy  years  had  expired,  during  which  the  land 
of  Palestine  and,  Jerusalem  had  lain  waste  and  Judah  and 
Israel  were  captives  in  Babylon,  this  object  lesson  was  given 


Zechariah.  465 

as  here  recorded.  After  giving  a  record  of  the  Babylonish 
captivity  in  the  previous  chapters,  Jeremiah  in  the  thirtieth 
chapter  says  plainly  that  captivity  will  be  repeated  in  a  similar 
manner.  So  it  is  when  the  captives  are  gathered  after  the 
second  captivity  that  the  BRANCH  will  be  recognized  as  the 
king  of  God's  people.  During  the  second  captivity  the  rem- 
nant are  not  captives  but  dwell  apart  for  seventy  years.  It 
is  during  the  last  forty  years  of  the  seventy  that  they  keep 
the  feast  of  tabernacles. 

COUNSEL    ASKED    OF   THE   LORD. 

Zechariah  VII. 

Verses  1-14:  "And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  fourth  year  of 
king  Darius,  that  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  Zechariah 
in  the  fourth  day  of  the  ninth  month,  even  in  Chisleu;  when 
they  had  sent  unto  the  house  of  God  Sherezer  and  Regem- 
melech,  and  their  men,  to  pray  before  the  Lord,  and  to 
speak  unto  the  priests  which  were  in  the  house  of  the  Lord 
of  hosts,  and  to  the  prophets,  saying,  Should  I  weep  in  the 
fifth  month,  separating  myself,  as  I  have  done  these  so  many 
years?  Then  came  the  word  of  the  Lord  of  hosts  unto  me, 
saying,  Speak  unto  all  the  people  of  the  land,  and  to  the 
priests,  saying,  When  ye  fasted  and  mourned  in  the  fifth  and 
seventh  month,  even  those  seventy  years,  did  ye  at  all  fast 
unto  me,  even  to  me?  And  when  ye  did  eat,  and  when  ye 
did  drink,  did  not  ye  eat  for  yourselves,  and  drink  for  your- 
selves? Should  ye  not  hear  the  words  which  the  Lord  hath 
cried  by  the  former  prophets,  when  Jerusalem  was  inhabited 
and  in  prosperity,  and  the  cities  thereof  round  about  her,  when 
men  inhabited  the  south  and  the  plain?  And  the  word  of 
the  Lord  came  unto  Zechariah,  saying,  Thus  speaketh  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  saying,  Execute  true  judgment,  and  shew 
mercy  and  compassions  every  man  to  his  brother:  and  op- 
press not  the  widow,  nor  the  fatherless,  the  stranger,  nor  the 

30 


466    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

poor;  and  let  none  of  you  imagine  evil  against  his  brother  in 
your  heart.  But  they  refused  to  hearken,  and  pulled  away  the 
shoulder,  and  stopped  their  ears,  that  they  should  not  hear. 
Yea,  they  made  their  hearts  as  an  adamant  stone,  lest  they 
should  hear  the  law,  and  the  words  which  the  Lord  of  hosts 
hath  sent  in  his  Spirit  by  the  former  prophets :  therefore  came 
a  great  wrath  from  the  Lord  of  hosts.  Therefore  it  is  come 
to  pass,  that  as  he  cried,  and  they  would  not  hear;  so  they 
cried,  and  I  would  not  hear,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts:  but 
I  scattered  them  with  a  whirlwind  among  all  the  nations 
whom  they  knew  not.  Thus  the  land  was  desolate  after  them, 
that  no  man  passed  through  nor  returned:  for  they  laid  the 
pleasant  land  desolate." 

One  feature  of  Bible  writers  is  their  frankness.  They 
are  ever  particular  to  state  details  as  to  the  time  the  incident 
occurs.  This  is  far  different  from  those  who  seek  to  evade 
critical  study  and  to  hide  their  meaning  from  those,  who  would 
examine  their  writings.  The  men  here  referred  to  go  to  the 
house  of  God  to  inquire  of  the  Lord  to  know  what  course 
they  should  pursue  concerning  their  custom  of  fasting.  The 
Lord  takes  this  opportunity  to  teach  further  concerning  the 
object  lesson  of  the  Babylonish  captivity.  Before  that  event 
they  fasted  and  had  a  form  of  godliness,  but  true  piety  was 
scarcely  known  among  them.  "Wherefore  he  laid  the  land 
desolate."  These  conditions  will  be  repeated.  They  contin- 
ued this  fasting  during  their  captivity,  but  it  was  only  for 
selfish  purposes.  Hence  the  Lord  would  not  hear.  This  will 
be  repeated  after  the  close  of  probation,  but  God  will  not  hear. 
No  amount  of  fasting  or  seeking  the  Lord  will  then  avail 
anything.  Verse  7  tells  us  their  trouble  was,  that  when 
Jerusalem  was  inhabited  and  the  land  in  prosperity  they  should 
have  heard  the  words  of  the  prophets  warning  .them  .of  the 
coming  .danger.  How  applicable  the  .  admonition  .just.  now. 
The. Lord  is  now  crying  to  the  people,  as  expressed  in  Verse 
13;  but  very  few  hear  the  cry.  Now,  as  then,  the  desolation 


Zechariah.  467 

of  the  fair  land  is  near  to  come;  and  the  days  will  not  be 
prolonged.  No  amount  of  building,  planting,  and  prosperity 
will  prevent  it.  The  last  generation  is  here,  the  heathen  are 
once  more  being  awakened,  as  of  old,  to  do  their  last  work 
upon  Christendom. 

THE  RESTORATION  FORETOLD. 

Zechariah  VIII. 

Verses  1-6:  "Again  the  word  of  the  Lord  of  hosts  came 
to  me,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  I  was  jealous 
for  Zion  with  great  jealousy,  and  I  was  jealous  for  her  with 
great  fury.  Thus  saith  the  Lord;  I  am  returned  unto  Zion, 
and  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  Jerusalem :  and  Jerusalem  shall 
be  called  A  city  of  truth ;  and  the  mountain  of  the  Lord  of 
hosts,  the  Holy  mountain.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts; 
There  shall  yet  old  men  and  old  women  dwell  in  the  streets 
of  Jerusalem,  and  every  man  with  his  staff  in  his  hand  for 
very  age.  And  the  streets  of  the  city  shall  be  full  of  boys 
and  girls  playing  in  the  streets  thereof.  Thus  saith  the  Lord 
of  hosts ;  if  it  be  marvellous  in  the  eyes  of  the  remnant  of  this 
people  in  these  days,  should  it  also  be  marvellous  in  mine 
eyes?  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts." 

The  return  of  the  Jews  to  rebuild  Jerusalem  and  again  be 
placed  in  their  own  land  was  a  marvelous  work  to  them,  for 
Gcd's  blessing  attended  their  effort.  Whenever  the  hand  of 
the  Lord  is  set  to  do  a  certain  work  we  may  expect  marvel- 
ous things,  for  that  is  just  the  manner  in  which  God  works. 
He  told  them,  boys  and  girls  should  yet  walk  those  streets. 
Satan  did  everything  he  could  to  prevent  the  rebuilding  but 
no  power  could  stop  it.  When  sincerity  and  righteousness  is 
manifested  among  the  people  of  God  it  is  useless  for  Satan  to 
try  to  hinder.  The  names  Jerusalem  and  Zion  are  applied 
in  many  of  the  prophecies  to  the  gathered  remnant  in  the 
feast  of  tabernacles.  When  probation  closes  many  who  are 


468    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

old  men  and  many  who  are  but  children  will  be  sealed  for 
God.  These  will  live  through  till  the  Lord  appears.  None 
who  are  sealed  will  die  after  the  close  of  probation.  Then 
will  these  conditions  be  repeated. 

We  would  call  attention  to  the  consecutive  order  in  which 
the  book  of  Zechariah  is  written  relating  to  these  events  as 
well  as  the  consecutive  order  in  which  the  events  themselves 
occur. 

Verses  7-10:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts;  Behold,  I 
will  save  my  people  from  the  east  country,  and  from  the  west 
country ;  and  I  will  bring  them,  and  they  shall  dwell  in  the 
midst  of  Jerusalem :  and  they  shall  be  my  people,  and  I  will 
be  their  God,  in  truth  and  in  righteousness.  Thus  saith  the 
Lord  of  hosts;  Let  your  hands  be  strong,  .ye  that  hear  in 
these  days  these  words  by  the  mouth  of  the  prophets,  which 
were  in  the  day  that  the  foundation  of  the  house  of  the  Lord 
of  hosts  was  laid  that  the  temple  might  be  built.  For  before 
these  days  there  was  no  hire  for  man,  nor  any  hire* for  beast; 
neither  was~there  any  peace  to  him  that  went  out  or  came  in 
because  of  the  affliction:  for  I  set  all  men  every  one  against 
his  neighbour." 

The  application  to  be  made  of  the  object  lesson  is  plainly 
stated  in  Verse  7,  namely,  as  they  returned  then  after  the 
seventy  years,  so  the  remnant  will  be  gathered  in  the  end  of 
the  world,  from  all  nations  whither  they  are  now  scattered. 
Jerusalem  here  signifies  the  Church  as  they  dwell  together  dur- 
ing the  feast  of  tabernacles.  Verse  10  reveals  the  true  con- 
dition of  the  people  during  the  time  of  trouble.  It  was  also 
the  condition  during  the  seventy  years  of  desolation. 

Haggai  and  Zechariah  wrote  within  two  years  of  the  close 
of  the  seventy  years  of  Babylonian  captivity,  520  B.  c.  Jere- 
miah had  prophesied  that  the  desolation  would  be  seventy 
years, 

"And  this  whole  land  shall  be  a  desolation,  and  an  aston- 
ishment; and  these  nations  shall  serve  the  king  of  Babylon 


Zechariah.  469 

seventy  years.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  when  seventy  years 
are  accomplished,  that  I  will  punish  the  king  of  Babylon,  and 
that  nation,  saith  the  Lord,  for  their  iniquity,  and  the  land  of 
the  Chaldeans,  and  will  make  it  perpetual  desolations."  Jer. 
25:11,  12. 

Zechariah  has  mentioned  this  seventy  years  in  connection 
with  the  object  lesson  he  was  teaching.  In  Chapter  8,  Verse 
6,  he  shows  that  it  was  the  remnant  who  returned  to  build 
the  temple.  Nehemiah  records  the  opposition  met  in  rebuild- 
ing the  temple. 

"Now  it  came  to  pass,  when  Sanballat,  and  Tobiah,  and 
Geshem  the  Arabian,  and  the  rest  of  our  enemies,  heard  that 
I  had  builded  the  wall,  and  that  there  was  no  breach  left 
therein;  (though  at  that  time  I  had  not  set  up  the  doors  upon 
the  gates ;)  that  Sanballat  and  Geshem  sent  unto  me,  say- 
ing, Come,  let  us  meet  together  in  some  one  of  the  villages  in 
the  plain  of  Ono.  But  they  thought  to  do  me  mischief.  And 
I  sent  messengers  unto  them,  saying,  I  am  doing  a  great 
work,  so  that  I  cannot  come  down :  why  should  the  work  cease, 
whilst  I  leave  it,  and  come  down  to  you?"  Neh.  6:1-3. 

These  men  by  nationality  belonged  to  the  Moabites,  Am- 
monites and  Philistines.  Let  the  student  associate  these  with 
the  modern  Moabite,  Ammonite  and  Philistine,  and  the  rem- 
nant of  Israel.  He  will  then  see  why  the  former  history  was 
so  carefully  written. 

Daniel  also  associates  in  his  prophecy  the  seventy  years 
and  the  rebuilding  of  the  temple  as  an  object  lesson  applying 
to  the  end  of  the  world. 

"In  the  first  year  of  his  reign  /  Daniel  understood  by  books 
the  number  of  the  years,  whereof  the  word  of  the  Lord  came 
to  Jeremiah  the  prophet,  that  he  would  accomplish  seventy 
years  in  the  desolations  of  Jerusalem.  Now  therefore,  O  our 
God,  hear  the  prayer  of  thy  servant,  and  his  supplications,  and 
cause  thy  face  to  shine  upon  thy  sanctuary  that  is  desolate, 
for  the  Lord's  sake.  And  he  informed  me,  and  talked  with 


470    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

me,  and  said,  O  Daniel,  /  am  now  come  forth  to  give  thee 
skill  and  understanding.  Know  therefore  and  understand, 
that  from  the  going  forth  of  the  commandment  to  restore  and 
to  build  Jerusalem  unto  the  Messiah  the  Prince  shall  be  seven 
weeks,  and  threescore  and  two  weeks:  the  street  shall  be 
built  again,  and  the  wall,  even  in  troublous  times.  And  after 
threescore  and  two  weeks  shall  Messiah  be  cut  off,  but  not  for 
himself :  and  the  people  of  the  prince  that  shall  come  shall  de- 
stroy the  city  and  the  sanctuary;  and  the  end  thereof  shall  be 
with  a  flood,  and  unto  the  end  of  the  war  desolations  are  de- 
termined. And  he  shall  confirm  the  covenant  with  many  for 
one  week:  and  in  the  midst  of  the  week  he  shall  cause  the 
sacrifice  and  the  oblation  to  cease,  and  for  the  overspreading 
of  abominations  he  shall  make  it  desolate,  even  until  the  con- 
summation, and  that  determined  shall  be  poured  upon  the  deso- 
late." Dan.  9 :2,  17,  22,  25-27. 

Thus  Daniel  connects  by  a  prophetic  period,  their  work  of 
building  the  temple  with  a  similar  work  in  the  end  of  the 
world  and  the  final  desolation  of  seventy  years.  (For  an 
explanation  of  this  prophetic  period  see  The  Inspired  History, 
lesson  on  the  Judgment.) 

Haggai  bears  very  decided  testimony  upon  the  point  under 
consideration,  namely,  the  rebuilding  of  the  temple  and  the 
end  of  the  world.  "In  the  seventh  month,  in  the  one  and 
twentieth  day  of  the  month,  came  the  word  of  the  Lord  by 
the  prophet  Haggai,  saying,  Speak  now  to  Zerubbabel  the 
son  of  Shealtiel,  governor  of  Judah,  and  to  Joshua  the  son  of 
Josedech,  the  high  priest,  and  to  the  residue  of  the  people,  say- 
ing, Who  is  left  among  you  that  saw  this  house  in  her  first 
glory?  and  how  do  ye  see  it  now?  is  it  not  in  your  eyes  in 
comparison  of  it  as  nothing?  Yet  now  be  strong,  O  Zerubba- 
bel, saith  the  Lord;  and  be  strong,  O  Joshua,  son  of  Jose- 
dech, the  high  priest;  and  be  strong,  all  ye  people  of  the 
land,  saith  the  Lord,  and  work:  for  I  am  with  you,  saith 
the  Lord  of  hosts:  according  to  the  word  that  I  covenanted 


Zechariah.  471 

with  you  when  ye  came  out  of  Egypt,  so  my  spirit  remaineth 
among  you:  fear  ye  not.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts; 
Yet  once,  it  is  a  little  while,  and  I  will  shake  the  heavens,  and 
the  earth,  and  the  sea,  and  the  dry  land;  and  I  will  shake  all 
nations,  and  the  desire  of  all  nations  shall  come:  and  I  will  fill 
this  house  with  glory,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts.  The  silver  is 
mine,  and  the  gold  is  mine,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts.  Speak 
to  Zerubbabel,  governor  of  Judah,  saying,  I  will  shake  the 
heavens  and  the  earth;  and  I  will  overthrow  the  throne  of 
kingdoms,  and  I  will  destroy  the  strength  of  the  kingdoms  of 
the  heathen;  and  I  will  overthrow  the  chariots,  and  those  that 
ride  in  them ;  and  the  horses  and  their  riders  shall  come  down, 
every  one  by  the  sword  of  his  brother.  In  that  day,  saith  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  will  I  take  thee,  O  Zerubbabel,  my  servant,  the 
son  of  Shealtiel,  saith  the  Lord,  and  will  make  thee  as  a, 
signet:  for  I  have  chosen  thee,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts."  Hag. 
2:1-8,  21-23;  see  also  Zech.  6:12-14. 

Zerubbabel  was  also  to  be  taken  as  a  sign,  or  signet,  in 
that  day.  The  word  Zerubbabel  means,  the  scattered  in  Baby- 
lon. We  have  learned  in  this  book  how  the  remnant,  today, 
are  scattered  in  spiritual  Babylon.  Therefore  as  ancient  Ze- 
rubbabel built  the  temple,  those  scattered  in  Babylon  (Christen- 
dom) today,  will  see  the  truth  and  join  in  building  the  spir- 
itual house  of  God  as  did  the  apostles  in  their  day.  "After 
this  I  will  return,  and  will  build  again  the  tabernacle  of  David, 
which  is  fallen  down ;  and  I  will  build  again  the  ruins  thereof, 
and  I  will  set  it  up :  that  the  residue  of  men  might  seek  after 
the  Lord,  and  all  the  Gentiles,  upon  whom  my  name  is  called, 
saith  the  Lord,  who  doeth  all  these  things."  Acts  15:16,  17. 

This  rebuilding  is  a  restoration  of  truth,  which  is  the 
foundation  of  David's  throne.  Thus  it  is  the  scattered  in 
Babylon,  today,  who  are  searching  to  know  the  truth.  Finally, 
at  the  time  of  the  plagues,  they  will  flee  out  of  the  borders 
of  Babylon  into  the  feast  of  tabernacles,  as  Israel  left  Egypt. 
Thus  Zerubbabel's  hands  (the  scattered  in  Babylon)  laid  the 


472     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

foundation;  Zerubbabel's  hands  (the  scattered  in  Babylon)  in 
the  end  of  the  world  will  finish  it.  "For  the  children  of  Israel 
shall  abide  many  days  without  a  king,  and  without  a  prince, 
and  without  a  sacrifice,  and  without  an  image,  and  without 
an  ephod,  and  without  teraphim :  afterward  shall  the  children 
of  Israel  return,  and  seek  the  Lord  their  God,  and  David  their 
king:  and  shall  fear  the  Lord  and  his  goodness  in  the  latter 
days."  Hosea  3:4,  5  says  this  will  be  in  the  latter  days. 

Haggai  says  the  glory  of  this  latter  temple  will  far  excel 
the  glory  of  any  temple  prior  to  it.  "The  glory  of  this  latter 
house  shall  be  greater  than  of  the  former,  saith  the  Lord  of 
hosts:  and  in  this  place  will  I  give  peace,  saith  the  Lord  of 
hosts."  Hag.  2:9. 

The  remnant,  who  finally  dwell  in  the  feast  of  tabernacles, 
are  without  fault  before  the  throne.  There  is  no  guile  in  their 
mouth.  They  sing  the  song  of  Moses  and  the  song  of  the 
Lamb.  Never  has  such  a  class  of  people  assembled  for  wor- 
ship in  any  temple.  They  are  the  ones  to  whom  the  desire  of 
all  nations  will  come. 

There  is  no  greater  or  more  interesting  and  profitable  study 
in  the  Bible,  relating  to  past  and  future  history,  than  is  the 
Babylonish  captivity.  This  history  includes  the  experience  of 
Jeremiah  the  prophet  before  the  captivity;  the  period  of  sev- 
enty years  of  desolation ;  the  return  of  the  remnant  to  rebuild ; 
their  experience  and  opposition  from  those  referred  to ;  the 
building  of  the  temple ;  the  priesthood  of  Joshua ;  and  the  gov- 
ernor, Zerubbabel.  The  whole  is  a  lesson  to  be  studied,  for  the 
history  is  to  be  repeated  in  the  last  days.  Let  the  lesson  be 
well  studied.  . 

Space  forbids  giving  an  account  of  the  utter  desolation 
during  the  seventy  years,  the  trip  of  Jeremiah  and  his  com- 
panions to  Egypt,  his  prophecy  uttered  while  there,  etc.,  all 
of  which  is  interesting  and  profitable.  See  Jer.  44:2-14;  Jer. 


Zechariah.  473 

Verses  11-23:  "But  now  /  will  not  be  unto  the  residue  of 
this  people  as  in  the  former  days,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts.  For 
the  seed  shall  be  prosperous ;  the  vine  shall  give  her  fruit,  and 
the  ground  shall  give  her  increase,  and  the  heavens  shall  give 
their  dew ;  and  I  will  cause  the  remnant  of  this  people  to  pos- 
sess all  these  things.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  as  ye 
zvere  a  curse  among  the  heathen,  O  house  of  Judah,  and  house 
of  Israel;  so  will  /  save  you,  and  ye  shall  be  a  blessing:  fear 
not,  but  let  your  hands  be  strong.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord  of 
hosts ;  as  I  thought  to  punish  you,  when  your  fathers  provoked 
me  to  wrath,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  I  repented  not:  so 
again  have  I  thought  in  these  days  to  do  well  unto  Jerusalem 
and  to  the  house  of  Judah :  fear  ye  not.  These  are  the  things 
that  ye  shall  do;  Speak  ye  every  man  the  truth  to  his  neigh- 
bour; execute  the  judgment  of  truth  and  peace  in  your  gates: 
and  let  none  of  you  imagine  evil  in  your  hearts  against  his 
neighbour;  and  love  no  false  oath:  for  all  these  are  things  that 
I  hate,  saith  the  Lord.  And  the  word  of  the  Lord  of  hosts 
came  unto  me,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  The  fast 
of  the  fourth  month,  and  the  fast  of  the  fifth,  and  the  fast  of  the 
seventh,  and  the  fast  of  the  tenth,  shall  be  to  the  house  of  Judah 
joy  and  gladness,  and  cheerful  feasts ;  therefore  love  the  truth 
and  peace.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  It  shall  yet  come  to 
pass,  that  there  shall  come  people,  and  the  inhabitants  of  many 
cities :  and  the  inhabitants  of  one  city  shall  go  to  another,  say- 
ing, Let  us  go  speedily  to  pray  before  the  Lord,  and  to  seek  the 
Lord  of  hosts :  I  will  go  also.  Yea,  many  people  and  strong  na- 
tions shall  come  to  seek  the  Lord  of  hosts  in  Jerusalem,  and  to 
pray  before  the  Lord.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts ;  In  those 
days  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  ten  men  shall  take  hold  out  of 
all  languages  of  the  nations,  even  shall  take  hold  of  the  skirt  of 
him  that  is  a  Jew,  saying,  We  will  go  with  you :  for  we  have 
heard  that  God  is  with  you." 

The  parallel  between  the  two  captivities  and  the  experi- 
ence connected  with  them  is  still  continued  in  the  verses  before 


474    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

us.  The  fasts  are  now  transferred  also  to  the  experience  in 
the  closing  time  of  trouble.  In  the  former  the  two  houses 
were  conaected  but  in  the  latter  reference  is  made  only  to  the 
house  of  Judah.  This  is  accounted  for,  from  the  fact  that  only 
the  true  remnant  will  then  engage  in  this  fast  spoken  of  here ; 
and  they  are,  after  the  close  of  probation,  known  to  the  Lord 
as  the  House  of  Judah.  That  name,  as  elsewhere  explained, 
is  the  only  name  that  goes  through  to  the  final  restoration; 
and  in  the  time  of  trouble  all  who  are  sealed  will  be  joined 
to  that  house. 

Verses  20,  21  speak  of  the  gathering  of  the  remnant;  Verse 
23  tells  the  extent  of  this  gathering  which  will  be  from  all 
nations.  Isaiah,  sixtieth  chapter,  says :  "The  forces  of  the  Gen- 
tiles shall  be  converted  unto  thee."  He  further  says,  "Kings 
shall  come  to  the  brightness  of  thy  shining."  Verse  23  teaches 
us  how  it  will  be  when  the  time  comes  to  flee  out  of  Baby- 
lon. The  spirit  of  God  will  designate  to  every  honest  heart 
at  that  time  who  possesses  truth.  The  fame  of  those  who 
have  the  truth  will  then  be  world-wide. 

NOTE. — During  the  Babylonish  captivity  the  land  was  des- 
olate and  did  not  yield  her  fruit.  This  will  be  different  with 
the  residue  or  remnant  of  his  people.  The  land  where  they 
dwell  will  be  especially  blessed  of  God.  Other  contrasts  are 
made  also.  If  we  would  be  with  those  of  the  latter,  now  is 
the  time  to  form  the  character  designated  in  these  verses. 
Note  these  points  well. 

DESTRUCTION  OF  CHRISTENDOM. 

Zechariah  IX. 

Verses  1-6:  "The  burden  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  in  the 
land  of  Hadrach,  and  Damascus  shall  be  the  rest  thereof: 
when  the  eyes  of  man,  as  of  all  the  tribes  of  Israel,  shall  be 
toward  the  Lord.  And  Hamath  also  shall  border  thereby; 
Tyrus,  and  Zidon,  though  it  be  very  wise.  And  Tyrus  did 


Zechariah.  475 

build  herself  a  strong  hold,  and  heaped  up  silver  as  the  dust, 
and  fine  gold  as  the  mire  of  the  streets.  Behold,  the  Lord  will 
cast  her  out,  and  he  will  smite  her  power  in  the  sea ;  and  she 
shall  be  devoured  with  fire.  Ashkelon  shall  see  it,  and  fear; 
Gaza  also  shall  see  it,  and  be  very  sorrowful,  and  Ekron ;  for 
her  expectation  shall  be  ashamed:  and  the  king  shall  perish 
from  Gaza,  and  Ashkelon  shall  not  be  inhabited.  And  a  bas- 
tard shall  dwell  in  Ashdod,  and  I  will  cut  off  the  pride  of  the 
Philistines." 

Those  who  have  read  the  comments  on  Tyrus,  Damascus, 
and  Gaza  in  this  book  will  at  once  recognize  them  here  and 
the  place  they  occupy. 

These  three  cities,  Tyrus,  Damascus,  and  Gaza,  stand  as 
representatives  of  the  three  divisions  of  Babylon,  or  Chris- 
tendom, in  the  last  days;  and  the  final  judgments  are  here 
considered  as  they  will  fall  upon  them.  (Read  comments  on 
Amos  i.) 

Hadrach  stands  for  the  land  of  Syria:  Damascus  was  its 
Capital.  The  time  is  specified  when  the  prophecy  has  its  appli- 
cation; namely,  when  the  eyes  of  men  are  toward  the  Lord. 
This  could  be  more  applicable  at  no  other  time,  than  in  the 
time  of  trouble  such  as  never  was  since  there  was  a  nation. 
Though  "Tyrus  heap  gold  as  the  dust  in  the  streets,"  her 
power  will  be  broken  in  the  sea ;  and  she  will  be  burned  with 
fire.  Ashkelon,  Ekron,  Ashdod,  and  Gaza  are  all  Philistine 
cities  and  in  this  prophecy  apply  to  Protestant  America.  Paul 
says,  "If  we  be  without  chastisement  then  are  we  bastards 
and  not  sons."  This  shows  that  when  this  prophecy  has  its 
application,  the  professed  Christians  in  the  Philistine  countries 
will  be  recognized  as  bastards,  that  is,  God  does  not  own  them 
as  his  children;  they  have  no  right  to  call  Him  their  Father. 

Verses  7,  8:  "And  I  will  take  away  his  blood  out  of  his 
mouth,  and  his  abominations  from  between  his  teeth:  but  he 
that  remaineth,  even  he,  shall  be  for  our  God,  and  he  shall 
be  as  a  governor  in  Judah,  and  Ekron  as  a  Jebusite.  And  / 


476    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

will  encamp  about  mine  house  because  of  the  army,  because 
of  him  that  passeth  by,  and  because  of  him  that  returneth:  and 
no  oppressor  shall  pass  through  them  any  more :  for  now  have 
I  seen  with  mine  eyes." 

The  Philistine  is  still  the  one  spoken  of  in  the  verses  before 
us.  The  eating  of  blood  was  ever  forbidden ;  also,  the  unclean 
animals  here  called  the  abomination.  But  those  who  are  saved 
from  among  the  Philistines  will  then  be  joined  to  the  House 
of  Judah,  and  will  become  as  a  governor  in  that  house.  Those 
saved  will  also  become  as  the  Jebusite.  The  Jebusite  was  a 
mountaineer  and  noted  for  bravery.  The  remnant  in  the  feast 
of  tabernacles  are  first  passed  by,  by  the  armies  of  the  yellow 
peril.  In  our  comments  on  Eze.  29  we  showed  at  the  end 
of  forty  years  their  armies  would  return ;  and  on  their  return, 
as  described  in  the  eighty-third  Psalm,  they  would  seek  to  de- 
stroy the  hidden  ones  or  the  remnant.  But  the  Lord  encamps 
about  them  at  all  times  and  delivers  them.  This  return  of  the 
armies  marks  the  battle  of  Armageddon,  whose  combatants 
are  the  confederated  "righteous  man  from  the  East"  (heathen) 
with  professed  Christendom  against  the  remnant  and  the  God 
of  heaven. 

Verses  .9-10:  "Rejoice  greatly,  O  daughter  of  Zion;  shout, 
O  daughter  of  Jerusalem :  behold,  thy  King  cometh  unto  thee : 
he  is  just,  and  having  salvation ;  lowly,  and  riding  upon  an  ass, 
and  upon  a  colt  the  foal  of  an  ass.  And  I  will  cut  off  the 
chariot  from  Ephraim,  and  the  horse  from  Jerusalem,  and  the 
battle  bow  shall  be  cut  off :  and  he  shall  speak  peace  unto 
the  heathen:  and  his  dominion  shall  be  from  sea  even  to  sea, 
and  from  the  river  even  to  the  ends  of  the  earth." 

The  coming  of  Christ  is  now  introduced.  But,  says  one, 
that  refers  to  his  first  advent,  for  at  that  time  this  Scripture 
was  fulfilled  when  Christ  made  his  triumphal  entry  into.  Jeru- 
salem. That  is  all  true,  that  statement  refers  to  that  event, 
but  why  is  it  mentioned  here  in  connection  with  this  latter- 
day  prophecy?  We  reply,  that  we  may  know  that  Christ  is 


Zechariah.  477 

he  who  is  called  "thy  King,"  thus  giving  us  a  double  assur- 
ance that  the  reference  is  to  him. 

Verses  11-17:  "As  for  thee  also,  by  the  blood  of  thy  cove- 
nant I  have  sent  forth  thy  prisoners  out  of  the  pit  wherein  is 
no  water.  Turn  you  to  the  strong  hold,  ye  prisoners  of  hope : 
even  today  do  I  declare  that  I  will  render  double  unto  thee; 
when  I  have  bent  Judah  for  me,  filled  the  bow  with  Ephraim, 
and  raised  up  thy  sons,  O  Zion,  against  thy  sons,  O  Greece, 
and  made  thee  as  the  sword  of  a  mighty  man.  And  the  Lord 
shall  be  seen  over  them,  and  his  arrow  shall  go  forth  as  the 
lightning :  and  the  Lord  God  shall  blow  the  trumpet,  and  shall 
go  with  whirlwinds  of  the  south.  The  Lord  of  hosts  shall 
defend  them ;  and  they  shall  devour,  and  subdue  with  sling 
stones ;  and  they  shall  drink,  and  make  a  noise  as  through 
wine ;  and  they  shall  be  filled  like  bowls,  and  as  the  corners  of 
the  altar.  And  the  Lord  their  God  shall  save  them  in  that  day 
as  the  flock  of  his  people :  for  they  shall  be  as  the  stones  of  a 
crown,  lifted  up  as  an  ensign  upon  his  land.  For  how  great  is 
his  goodness,  and  how  great  is  his  beauty!  corn  shall  make 
the  young  men  cheerful,  and  new  wine  the  maids." 

It  is  the  blood  of  Christ  that  is  called  the  blood  of  the 
everlasting  covenant.  It  was  through  this  blood  that  Christ 
was  raised  from  the  dead  (Heb.  13:20).  It  is  through  this 
blood  that  the  dead. in  Christ  will  be  raised  at  the  last  day; 
and  this  is  the  lesson  here  taught  that  the  pit  (graves)  will 
be  opened,  and  the  dead  will  come  forth.  Verse  13  tells  the 
future  story  of  the  remnant  symbolized  as  weapons  of  war. 
Judah  is  the  name  of  the  remnant  people.  So  Judah  is  here 
represented  as  the  "bow"  while  those  of  Ephraim  that  will  be 
joined  to  Judah  are  the  arrows ;  thus  Zion  will  be  raised  up 
against  the  sons  of  Greece.  Greece  is  here  used  to  symbolize 
the  heathen  nations  in  the  last  days.  There  is  to  be  a  final 
conflict  between  the  remnant  people  and  their  enemies.  Verse 
15  speaks  of  this  conflict  and  the  victory  that  will  attend  the 
remnant  when  the  Lord  fights  their  battles  in  Armageddon. 


478    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verse  17  speaks  of  the  gospel  blessings  the  remnant  will 
then  enjoy,  symbolized  by  corn  and  new  wine. 

PRECIOUS  PROMISE  TO  THE  REMNANT. 

Zechariah  X. 

Verses  1-3:  "Ask  ye  of  the  Lord  rain  in  the  time  of  the 
latter  rain;  so  the  Lord  shall  make  bright  clouds,  and  give 
them  showers  of  rain,  to  every  one  grass  in  the  field.  For  the 
idols  have  spoken  vanity,  and  the  diviners  have  seen  a  lie,  and 
have  told  false  dreams;  they  comfort  in  vain:  therefore  they 
went  their  way  as  a  flock,  they  were  troubled,  because  there 
was  no  shepherd.  Mine  anger  was  kindled  against  the  shep- 
herds, and  I  punished  the  goats:  for  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath 
visited  his  flock  the  house  of  Judah,  and  hath  made  them  as 
his  goodly  horse  in  the  battle." 

The  latter  rain  mentioned  in  various  Scriptures  refers  to 
a  period,  when  a  special  outpouring  of  the  Spirit  of  God  will 
be  visited  upon  the  remnant  people.  The  early  rain  was  poured 
upon  the  early  church  on  the  day  of  pentecost  and  still  later 
upon  the  apostles.  In  the  time  of  the  latter  rain,  we  are  to 
ask  for  these  bright  showers,  and  as  the  remnant  seek  the 
Lord  they  will  be  refreshed  with  the  pentecostal  outpouring 
of  the  Holy  Spirit.  This  will  indue  them  with  the  power 
enjoyed  by  the  early  Church.  Verses  2  and  3  tell  us  of  the 
condition  of  those  who  have  not  obtained  this  blessing.  The 
Lord  has  withdrawn  from  them.  They  are  left  without  a 
shepherd,  and  the  familiar  spirit  to  whom  they  have  sought 
can  do  nothing  for  them.  Verse  3  states  plainly  the  line  of 
separation  that  is  drawn  when  probation  closes  between  the 
remnant  and  those  of  the  apostasy  there  called  goats.  This 
explains  the  statement  of  Christ  where  He  said  when  He 
comes,  He  would  set  the  sheep  on  His  right  hand  and  the 
goats  on  His  left  hand. 

Verses  4-6:  "Out  of  him  came  forth  the  corner,  out  of 
him  the  nail,  out  of  him  the  battle  bow,  out  of  him  every  op- 


Zechariah.  479 

pressor  together.  And  they  shall  be  as  mighty  men,  which 
tread  down  their  enemies  in  the  mire  of  the  streets  in  the 
battle:  and  they  shall  fight,  because  the  Lord  is  with  them, 
and  the  riders  on  horses  shall  be  confounded.  And  I  will 
strengthen  the  house  of  Judah,  and  I  will  save  the  house  of 
Joseph,  and  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them ;  for  I  have 
mercy  upon  them :  and  they  shall  be  as  though  I  had  not  cast 
them  off :  for  I  am  the  Lord  their  God,  and  will  hear  them." 

The  final  conflict  is  still  the  subject.  In  Rev.  12:17  we 
read,  "The  dragon  was  wroth  with  the  woman  and  went  to 
make  war  with  the  remnant  of  her  seed  which  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  God  and  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ." 
We  have  before  noted  other  Scriptures  which  show  that  the 
last  act  of  the  enemy  will  be  an  attempt  to  destroy  the  rem- 
nant. But  God  says  he  will  fight  for  them  as  he  fought  in 
the  days  of  battle,  so  the  story  is  again  told  in  the  verses  be- 
fore us.  Christ  will  fight  for  them  and  no  foe  will  be  able  to 
stand  before  them.  The  Lord  will  save  the  House  of  Joseph 
with  that  of  Judah.  The  two  sticks  representing  the  House 
of  Judah  and  the  House  of  Joseph  in  the  thirty-seventh  chap- 
ter of  Ezekiel  are  said  to  be  finally  joined  into  one  House, 
that  of  Judah.  Ezekiel  also  said,  the  stick  of  Joseph  was  now 
in  the  hands  of  Ephraim. 

Verses  7-12 :  "And  they  of  Ephraim  shall  be  like  a  mighty 
man,  and  their  heart  shall  rejoice  as  through  wine :  yea,  their 
children  shall  see  it,  and  be  glad;  their  heart  shall  rejoice  in 
the  Lord.  I  will  hiss  for  them,  and  gather  them ;  for  I  have 
redeemed  them :  and  they  shall  increase  as  they  have  increased. 
And  /  will  sow  them  among  the  people:  and  they  shall  remem* 
ber  me  in  far  countries;  and  they  shall  Iwe  with  their  children, 
and  turn  again.  I  will  bring  them  again  also  out  of  the  land 
of  Egypt,  and  gather  them  out  of  Assyria;  and  I  will  bring 
them  into  the  land  of  Gilead  and  Lebanon ;  and  place  shall  not 
be  found  for  them.  And  he  shall  pass  through  the  sea  with 
affliction,  and  snail  smite  the  waves  in  the  sea,  and  all  the 


480     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

deeps  of  the  river  shall  dry  up :  and  the  pride  of  Assyria  shall 
be  brought  down,  and  the  sceptre  of  Egypt  shall  depart  away. 
And  I  will  strengthen  them  in  the  Lord;  and  they  shall  walk 
up  and  down  in  his  name,  saith  the  Lord." 

It  is  from  the  division  of  Ephraim  (House  of  Joseph) 
that  the  largest  number  will  be  gathered  in  the  last  days.  It 
is  the  watchman  from  Mount  Ephraim  (Jer.  31 15,  6)  that  go 
to  the  various  nations  to  gather  the  remnant,  and  return.  As 
here  stated,  there  will  be  found  no  place  for  them  in  the  lands 
of  the  old  world ;  hence,  they  come  on  to  the  land  of  Ephraim 
(America).  Gilead  was  in  the  land  of  Benjamin.  Benjamin 
belonged  to  the  House  of  Judah,  hence,  when  they  leave  the 
East,  here  called  Assyria,  they  come  West  to  Syria,  or  through 
Palestine,  but  there  they  find  only  affliction,  hence,  they  come 
to  the  land  of  Ephraim  where  all  the  remnant  are  to  be  gath- 
ered. In  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Isaiah  it  is  said  the  Lord 
will  smite  the  rivers  in  the  seven  streams  and  they  shall  go 
over  dry  shod;  so  here  the  same  thought  is  brought  to  view 
by  the  smiting  of  the  streams  and  sea  (the  people)  so  the 
hindrance  will  be  removed.  It  only  requires  familiarity,  to 
see  the  same  truth  taught  in  all  the  different  lines  of  prophecy. 

BEAUTY  AND  BANDS. 

Zechariah  XL 

Verses  1-5 :  "Open  thy  doors,  O  Lebanon,  that  the  fire 
may  devour  thy  cedars.  Howl,  fir  tree;  for  the  cedar  is 
fallen;  because  the  mighty  are  spoiled:  howl,  O  ye  oaks  of 
Bashan ;  for  the  forest  of  the  vintage  is  come  down.  There 
is  a  voice  of  the  howling  of  the  shepherds ;  for  their  glory  is 
spoiled :  a  voice  of  the  roaring  of  young  lions ;  for  the  pride 
of  Jordan  is  spoiled.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  my  God;  Feed  the 
flock  of  the  slaughter;  whose  possessors  slay  them,  and  hold 
themselves  not  guilty:  and  they  that  sell  them  say,  Blessed 
be  the  Lord;  for  I  am  rich:  and  their  own  shepherds  pity 
them  not." 


Zechariah.  481 

The  verses  now  before  us  introduce  the  final  destruction 
of  Christendom.  The  places  here  mentioned  belong  to  the 
land  of  Judah.  For  a  detailed  description  of  the  conflict  to 
take  place  in  that  land  read  Jeremiah,  beginning  with  the 
fourth  chapter  and  ending  with  the  sixteenth.  Verse  4  states 
that  it  is  a  command  from  the  Lord  to  feed  the  flock  of 
slaughter.  The  boastful  claims  of  those  who  destroy  Chris- 
tendom, are  expressed  in  Verse  5,  thus :  "I  am  rich ;  and  their 
own  shepherds  pity  them  not."  It  is  true  their  own  shepherds 
have  no  mercy  for  them. 

If  they  had  pitied  they  would  have  warned  them  of  the 
coming  calamity.  But  instead  of  that  they  kept  the  flock  in 
darkness  and  made  merchandise  of  them. 

In  Jeremiah,  the  twenty-fifth  chapter,  it  is  said,  "Howl  ye 
shepherds,  and  wallow  yourselves  in  the  ashes,  ye  principal 
of  the  flock,  for  the  day  of  your  slaughter,  and  the  day  of 
your  dispersion  is  accomplished." 

Verses  6-9 :  "For  I  will  no  more  pity  the  inhabitants  of  the 
land,  saith  the  Lord :  but,  lo,  I  will  deliver  the  men  every  one 
into  his  neighbour's  hand,  and  into  the  hand  of  his  king:  and 
they  shall  smite  the  land,  and  out  of  their  hand  I  will  not 
deliver  them.  And  I  will  feed  the  flock  of  slaughter,  even 
you,  O  poor  of  the  flock.  And  I  took  unto  me  two  staves; 
the  one  I  called,  Beauty,  and  the  other  I  called  Bands;  and  I 
fed  the  flock.  Three  shepherds  also  I  cut  off  in  one  month; 
and  my  soul  loathed  them,  and  their  soul  also  abhorred  me. 
Then  said  I,  I  will  not  feed  you:  that  that  dieth,  let  it  die; 
and  that  that  is  to  be  cut  off,  let  it  be  cut  off ;  and  let  the  rest 
eat  every  one  the  flesh  of  another." 

Verse  6  describes  what  the  feeding  of  the  flock  of  slaughter 
will  be,  namely,  to  turn  every  man's  hand  against  his  brother ; 
and  the  whole  of  the  flock  turned  over  to  the  king  that  shall 
destroy  them.  The  two  staves  will  be  explained  later.  The 
eighth  verse  gives  us  the  time  in  which  these  three  shepherds 
will  be  cut  off.  For  explanation,  see  comments  on  Hosea  5 :/. 

31 


482     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verse  9  teaches  us  plainly  this  occurs  after  probation  is  closed, 
when  God  will  no  longer  feed  the  flock. 

Verses  10-14:  "And  I  took  my  staff,  even  Beauty,  and  cut 
it  asunder,  that  I  might  break  my  covenant  which  I  had  made 
with  all  the  people.  And  it  was  broken  in  that  day:  and  so 
the  poor  of  the  flock  that  waited  upon  me  knew  that  it  was 
the  word  of  the  Lord.  And  I  said  unto  them,  If  ye  think 
good,  give  me  my  price ;  and  if  not,  forbear.  So  they  weighed 
for  my  price  thirty  pieces  of  silver.  And  the  Lord  said  unto 
me,  Cast  it  unto  the  potter:  a  goodly  price  that  I  was  prized 
at  of  them.  And  I  took  the  thirty  pieces  of  silver,  and  cast 
them  to  the  potter  in  the  house  of  the  Lord.  Then  I  cut  asun- 
der mine  other  staff,  even  Bands,  that  I  might  break  the  broth- 
erhood between  Judah  and  Israel." 

Verses  12  and  13  give  the  key  that  we  may  understand 
who  is  the  staff  Beauty.  It  was  Christ,  who  was  sold  for 
thirty  pieces  of  silver;  he  is  the  staff  Beauty.  The  breaking 
of  this  staff  signifies  that  the  covenant  of  grace,  made  to  all 
the  people  of  the  world,  has  finished  its  work,  and  probation 
is  closed.  The  poor  of  the  flock  (remnant)  understand  this, 
they  know  that  it  is  the  word  of  the  Lord,  but  the  others  will 
not.  Verse  14  explains  the  staff  Bands,  namely,  the  brother- 
hood between  Judah  and  Israel.  These  two  houses  have  ex- 
isted since  the  death  of  Solomon,  but  that  brotherhood  will 
cease  as  all  the  saved  will  be  joined  to  one  house,  under  the 
name  of  Judah.  Thus  it  is  positive  that  the  two  houses  con- 
tinue through  Gentile  history  till  the  close  of  probation. 

Verses  15-17:  "And  the  Lord  said  unto  me,  Take  unto 
thee  yet  the  instruments  of  a  foolish  shepherd.  For,  lo,  I 
will  raise  up  a  shepherd  in  the  land,  which  shall  not  visit  those 
that  be  cut  off,  neither  shall  seek  the  young  one,  nor  heal  that 
that  is  broken,  nor  feed  that  that  standeth  still:  but  he  shall 
eat  the  flesh  of  the  fat,  and  tear  their  claws  in  pieces.  Woe 
to  the  idol  shepherd  that  leaveth  the  flock !  the  sword  shall  be 
upon  his  arm,  and  upon  his  right  eye:  his  arm  shall  be  clean 
dried  up,  and  his  right  eye  shall  be  utterly  darkened." 


Zechariah.  483 

The  foolish  shepherd  here  introduced,  is  the  one  to  whom 
the  three  shepherds  are  turned  over,  and  as  a  result  he  visits 
the  sword  upon  the  flock  and  the  shepherds  of  the  flock.  This 
is  during  the  last  plague. 

A  BURDENSOME  STONE  AND  WARRIORS  OF  JUDAH. 

Zechariah  XII. 

Verses  1-6:  "The  burden  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  for 
Israel,  saith  the  Lord,  which  stretcheth  forth  the  heavens,  and 
layeth  the  foundation  of  the  earth,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of 
man  within  him.  Behold,  I  will  make  Jerusalem  a  cup  of 
trembling  unto  all  the  people  round  about,  when  they  shall  be 
in  the  siege  both  against  Judah  and  against  Jerusalem.  And 
in  that  day  will  I  make  Jerusalem  a  burdensome  stone  for  all 
people :  all  that  burden  themselves  with  it  shall  be  cut  in  pieces, 
though  all  the  people  of  the  earth  be  gathered  together  against 
it.  In  that  day,  saith  the  Lord,  I  will  smite  every  horse  with 
astonishment,  and  his  rider  with  madness :  and  I  will  open 
mine  eyes  upon  the  house  of  Judah,  and  will  smite  every  horse 
of  the  people  with  blindness.  And  the  governors  of  Judah 
shall  say  in  their  heart,  The  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  shall  be 
my  strength  in  the  Lord  of  hosts  their  God.  In  that  day  will 
I  make  the  governors  of  Judah  like  a  hearth  of  fire  among 
the  wood,  and  like  a  torch  of  fire  in  a  sheaf;  and  they  shall 
devour  all  the  people  round  about,  on  the  right  hand  and  on 
the  left:  and  Jerusalem  shall  be  inhabited  again  in  her  own 
place,  even  in  Jerusalem." 

Jerusalem  sometimes  applies  to  the  professed  people  of 
God ;  sometimes  to  the  Holy  City,  New  Jerusalem ;  and  some- 
times to  the  remnant  Church  before  they  are  translated.  It 
here  applies  to  the  remnant  in  the  time  of  trouble.  The  gov- 
ernors of  Judah  mentioned  in  Verse  5  refer  to  the  remnant. 
Verse  6  tells  the  part  Judah  will  act  in  the  closing  events. 
The  Lord  will  use  them  in  his  own  way  to  destroy  those  who 


484    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

come  against  them.  As  before  stated,  Armageddon  is  a  signal 
battle  marking  the  last  conflict ;  and  that  conflict  is  against  the 
remnant  at  the  close  of  the  feast  of  tabernacles,  when  all  na- 
tions will  endeavor  to  blot  out  the  name  of  Israel  from  the 
earth.  Ps.  83.  Do  not  associate  this  Scripture  with  any  other 
event. 

Verses  7-14:  "The  Lord  also  shall  save  the  tents  of  Judah 
first,  that  the  glory  of  the  house  of  David  and  the  glory  of 
the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  do  not  magnify  themselves 
against  Judah.  In  that  day  shall  the  Lord  defend  the  inhab- 
itants of  Jerusalem ;  and  he  that  is  feeble  among  them  at  that 
day  shall  be  as  David ;  and  the  house  of  David  shall  be  as  God, 
as  the  angel  of  the  Lord  before  them.  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  in  that  day,  that  I  will  seek  to  destroy  all  the  nations 
that  come  against  Jerusalem.  And  I  will  pour  upon  the  house 
of  David,  and  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem,  the  spirit  of 
grace  and  of  supplications :  and  they  shall  look  upon  me  whom 
they  have  pierced,  and  they  shall  mourn  for  him,  as  one  mourn- 
eth  for  his  only  son,  and  shall  be  in  bitterness  for  him,  as  one 
that  is  in  bitterness  for  his  firstborn.  In  that  day  shall  there 
be  a  great  mourning  in  Jerusalem,  as  the  mourning  of  Hada- 
drimmon  in  the  valley  of  Megiddon.  And  the  land  shall 
mourn,  every  family  apart;  the  family  of  the  house  of  David 
apart,  and  their  wives  apart ;  the  family  of  the  house  of  Nathan 
apart,  and  their  wives  apart;  the  family  of  the  house  of  Levi 
apart,  and  their  wives  apart ;  the  family  of  Shimei  apart,  and 
their  wives  apart;  all  the  families  that  remain,  every  family 
apart,  and  their  wives  apart." 

Verse  8  says  the  remnant  shall  be  in  that  day  as  David. 
This  shows  us  that  when  the  time  of  trouble  comes,  those  who 
are  saved  will  be  as  David,  that  is  they  will  be  healed  of  all 
diseases  and  will  not  be  subject  to  the  plagues.  Verse  10  says, 
they,  the  remnant,  shall  look  upon  him  whom  they  (the  Roman 
soldiers)  have  pierced.  This  is  the  coming  of  Christ.  But 
prior  to  that  event  there  will  be  to  the  remnant  the  time  of 


Zechariah.  485 

Jacob's  trouble  described  as  every  one  "mourning  apart."  It 
is  also  mentioned  by  Joel  (2:15-20).  No  friend  can  then  com- 
fort; it  is  the  hour  of  temptation  (trial)  upon  the  remnant, 
but  God  will  deliver  them  as  He  did  Jacob  of  old.  Verse  4 
speaks  of  the  condition  of  the  horses  and  their  riders  in  the 
conflict  against  Judah.  We  need  to  only  turn  back  and  read 
how  the  Lord  smote  the  Assyrian  army  with  blindness,  when 
Elisha  led  them  into  Samaria. 

So  in  the  battle  of  Armageddon  God  will  frighten  every 
horse  and  then  smite  his  rider  with  blindness.  Let  the  reader 
imagine  the  conditions  that  would  follow.  Verse  n  connects 
these  events  with  Megiddon  where  Deborah  gained  the  victory 
over  Sisera.  It  is  from  this  the  name  Armageddon  is  derived. 
Jerusalem,  here  referred  to,  is  the  Church. 

RESTORATION    FORETOLD. 

Zechariah  XIII. 

Verses  1-6:  "In  that  day  there  shall  be  a  fountain  opened 
to  the  house  of  David  and  to  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  for 
sin  and  for  uncleanness.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that 
day,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts,  that  I  will  cut  off  the  names  of 
the  idols  out  of  the  land,  and  they  shall  no  more  be  remem- 
bered :  and  also  I  will  cause  the  prophets  and  the  unclean  spirit 
to  pass  out  of  the  land.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  when 
any  shall  yet  prophesy,  then  his  father  and  his  mother  that 
begat  him  shall  say  unto  him,  Thou  shalt  not  live;  for  thou 
speakest  lies  in  the  name  of  the  Lord:  and  his  father  and  his 
mother  that  begat  him  shall  thrust  him  through  when  he 
prophesieth.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the 
prophets  shall  be  ashamed  every  one  of  his  vision,  when  he 
.hath  prophesied;  neither  shall  they  wear  a  rough  garment  to 
deceive:  but  he  shall  say,  I  am  no  prophet,  I  am  a  husband- 
man ;  for  man  taught  me  to  keep  cattle  from  my  youth.  And 
one  shall  say  unto  him,  What  are  these  wounds  in  thine  hands? 


486    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Then  he  shall  answer,  Those  with  which  I  was  wounded  in 
the  house  of  my  friends." 

The  nearer  we  draw  to  the  close  of  the  Book  of  Zechariah 
the  more  apparent  is  the  focal  point  of  the  prophecy  manifest ; 
namely,  the  coming  of  Christ,  and  the  end  of  the  world.  The 
House  of  David  at  that  point  is  fully  established  and  all  un- 
cleanness  is  removed  from  God's  people  as  expressed  in  Vtrse 
i.  Verse  2  states  that  at  that  day  all  idols  and  unclean  spirits 
shall  be  cut  off  from  the  land.  Spiritualism  in  all  its  deceptive 
influence  will  then  cease.  All  image  worship  of  every  sort 
will  be  known  no  more.  But  the  House  of  David,  with  Christ 
as  King,  will  then  be  all  and  in  all. 

Verse  3  undoubtedly  refers  to  the  experience  of  the  peo- 
ple during  the  plagues  after  they  have  been  brought  to  realize 
that  all  hope  is  past  and  there  is  no  possible  chance  for  their 
salvation  in  the  lies  they  have  believed.  At  that  time  should 
even  a  son  prophesy  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  his  own  parents 
would  be  so  angered  they  would  thrust  him  through  with  the 
sword. 

The  prophets  (ministers)  at  that  time  will  deny  their  pro- 
fession and  claim  they  were  herdmen  from  their  youth.  All 
professional  garments  of  the  ministry,  now  so  much  desired, 
will  then  be  laid  aside  and  the  herdman's  attire  will  be  sought. 

Verse  6  calls  our  attention  to  the  wounds  received  by 
Christ  on  the  cross.  These  shepherds  will  even  deny  at  that 
time  they  were  ever  followers  of  the  lowly  Nazarene.  They 
will  deny  him  as  Judas  denied  him,  and  sold  him  for  thirty 
pieces  of  silver. 

Verses  7-9:  "Awake,  O  sword,  against  my  Shepherd,  and 
against  the  man  that  is  my  fellow,  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts: 
smite  the  Shepherd,  and  the  sheep  shall  be  scattered :  and  I 
will  turn  mine  hand  upon  the  little  ones.  And  it  shall  come 
to  pass,  that  in  all  the  land,  saith  the  Lord,  two  parts  therein 
shall  be  cut  off  and  die;  but  the  third  shall  be  left  therein. 
And  I  will  bring  the  third  part  through  the  fire,  and  will  refine 


Zechariah.  487 

them  as  silver  is  refined,  and  will  try  them  as  gold  is  tried: 
they  shall  call  on  my  name,  and  I  will  hear  them:  I  will  say, 
It  is  my  people :  and  they  shall  say,  The  Lord  is  my  God." 

Rev.  19  says  they  make  war  against  the  Lamb,  and  the 
Lamb  overcomes  them.  The  Shepherd  here  mentioned  seems 
to  be  Christ.  The  little  ones  are  the  flock.  The  effort  of 
Satan  is  to  destroy  them  out  of  the  earth. 

Verse  8  speaks  of  the  three  divisions  telling  us  plainly  that 
two  of  these  shall  be  cut  off  and  die,  but  the  third  part,  the 
remnant,  shall  be  left.  In  fact,  the  present  three  divisions 
will  be  cut  off.  Those  who  are  saved  out  of  them  are  called 
Judah.  The  third  part  (Judah)  will  be  brought  through  the 
fire  and  refined  as  silver  is  refined  before  they  hear  the  "well 
done,  thou  good  and  faithful  servant."  When  they  are  tried 
as  the  gold  is  tried  then  the  Lord  owns  them  as  His. 

PLAGUES  AND  FEAST  OF  TABERNACLES. 

Zechariah  XIV. 

Verses  I,  2:  "Behold,  the  day  of  the  Lord  cometh,  and 
thy  spoil  shall  be  divided  in  the  midst  of  thee.  For  I  will 
gather  all  nations  against  Jerusalem  to  battle;  and  the  city 
shall  be  taken,  and  the  houses  rifled,  and  the  women  ravished ; 
and  half  of  the  city  shall  go  forth  into  captivity,  and  the  resi- 
due of  the  people  shall  not  be  cut  off  from  the  city." 

Jerusalem  here  refers  to  the  professed  Church  the  same  as 
Eze.  9.  The  awful  picture  here  drawn  is  a  sad  one,  the 
experience  one  which  tongue  would  fail  to  describe.  Says  the 
prophet  Daniel,  "He  shall  not  regard  the  desire  of  women." 
The  power  that  will  punish  Christendom  is  of  a  class  that 
will  recognize  no  bounds,  the  Spirit  of  God  will  be  withdrawn 
from  the  world.  Such  a  condition  has  never  been  realized  in 
me  world's  history  as  will  then  take  place.  The  residue,  or 
remnant,  will  not  be  cut  off. 


488     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Verses  3-7:  "Then  shall  the  Lord  go  forth,  and  fight 
against  those  nations,  as  when  he  fought  in  the  day  of  battle. 
And  his  feet  shall  stand  in  that  day  upon  the  mount  of  Olives, 
which  is  before  Jerusalem  on  the  east,  and  the  mount  of 
Olives  shall  cleave  in  the  midst  thereof  toward  the  east  and 
toward  the  west,  and  there  shall  be  a  very  great  valley;  and 
half  of  the  mountain  shall  remove  toward  the  north,  and  half 
of  it  toward  the  south.  And  ye  shall  flee  to  the  valley  of  the 
mountains;  for  the  valley  of  the  mountains  shall  reach  unto 
Azal :  yea,  ye  shall  flee,  like  as  ye  fled  from  before  the  earth- 
quake in  the  days  of  Uzziah  king  of  Judah :  and  the  Lord  my 
God  shall  come,  and  all  the  saints  with  thee.  And  it  shall 
come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the  light  shall  not  be  clear,  nor 
dark:  but  it  shall  be  one  day  .which  shall  be  known  to  the 
Lord,  not  day,  nor  night:  but  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  at 
evening  time  it  shall  be  light." 

Verse  3  closes  up  the  struggle  prior  to  the  coming  of 
Christ.  The  last  act  as  elsewhere  shown  is  to  cast  alive  those 
who  remain  of  the  beast  (House  of  Israel)  and  false  prophet 
(Ephraim)  alive  into  the  lake  of  fire,  and  slay  the  remnant  of 
the  dragon  power  with  the  sword  that  proceeds  out  of  his 
mouth.  Now  Verse  7  speaks  of  a  certain  day.  The  events  in 
Verse  4  which  are  to  occur  during  the  day  mentioned  in 
Verses  6  and  7,  cover  a  period  of  time,  as  elsewhere  explained, 
of  one  thousand  years.  During  which  time,  says  Jeremiah,  "I 
beheld  the  heavens  and  they  gave  no  light."  (See  comments 
on  the  Millennium,  in  the  Inspired  History.)  At  the  begin- 
ning of  this  period,  says  John,  there  will  be  such  an  earth- 
quake as  there  never  was  since  the  foundation  of  the  world. 
(Rev.  16:19.)  This  earthquake  will  cause  what  is  predicted 
in  Verse  4.  At  the  end  of  the  period  the  prophet  John  says, 
The  Holy  City  will  descend  from  God  out  of  heaven.  Thus 
we  put  Zechariah's  prophecy  with  that  of  John's,  and  connect 
them  with  the  teaching  on  the  millennium  and  these  verses 
are  all  clear  before  us.  The  day  here  mentioned  is  spoken  of 


Zechariah.  489 

as  the  day  of  the  Lord,  and  as  the  seventh  day  is  the  Sabbath 
of  the  weekly  cycle,  the  seventh  thousandth  year  is  the  day  of 
the  Lord  when  the  earth  will  lie  desolate,  untilled  and  unsown. 
(See  Time,  Tradition  and  Truth.) 

Verses  8-n  :  And  it  shall  be  in  that  day,  that  living  wa- 
ters shall  go  out  from  Jerusalem;  half  of  them  toward  the 
former  sea,  and  half  of  them  toward  the  hinder  sea:  in  sum- 
mer and  in  winter  shall  it  be.  And  the  Lord  shall  be  King 
over  all  the  earth :  in  that  day  shall  there  be  one  Lord,  and  his 
name  one.  All  the  land  shall  be  turned  as  a  plain  from  Geba 
to  Rimmon  south  of  Jerusalem :  and  it  shall  be  lifted  up,  and 
inhabited  in  her  place,  from  Benjamin's  gate  unto  the  place  of 
the  first  gate,  unto  the  corner  gate,  and  from  the  tower  of 
Hananeel  unto  the  king's  winepresses.  And  men  shall  dwell 
in  it,  and  there  shall  be  no  more  utter  destruction;  but  Jeru- 
salem shall  be  safely  inhabited." 

The  verses  are  a  continuation  of  the  thought  in  Verse  4. 
Therefore,  beginning  with  Verse  4  and  ending  with  n,  the 
'.history  is  covered  from  the  great  earthquake  which  takes  place 
at  the  coming  of  Christ,  through  the  millenium  to  the  restora- 
tion of  the  earth,  with  the  New  Jerusalem  as  its  metropolis. 
We  only  need  to  read  how  it  was  in  the  creation  regarding 
the  streams  that  flowed  from  the  garden  of  Eden  to  see  that 
the  restoration  will  restore  Eden  as  it  was  in  the  beginning. 

Verses  12-15:  "And  this  shall  be  the  plague  wherewith 
the  Lord  will  smite  all  the  people  that  have  fought  against 
Jerusalem;  Their  flesh  shall  consume  away  while  they  stand 
upon  their  feet,  and  their  eyes  shall  consume  away  in  their 
holes,  and  their  tongue  shall  consume  away  in  their  mouth. 
And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  a  great  tumult 
from  the  Lord  shall  be  among  them ;  and  they  shall  lay  hold 
every  one  on  the  hand  of  his  neighbour,  and  his  hand  shall 
rise  up  against  the  hand  of  his  neighbour.  And  Judah  also 
shall  fight  at  Jerusalem;  and  the  wealth  of  all  the  heathen 
round  about  shall  be  gathered  together,  gold,  and  silver,  and 


490    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

apparel,  in  great  abundance.  And  so  shall  be  the  plague  of 
the  horse,  of  the  mule,  of  the  camel,  and  of  the  ass,  and  of 
all  the  beasts  that  shall  be  in  these  tents,  as  this  plague." 

In  these  verses  the  prophet  carries  the  mind  back  to  the 
events  of  (Verses  1-3)  the  seven  last  plagues  and  the  experi- 
ence of  the  people  during  that  time.  The  plagues  are  summed 
up  by  other  prophets,  as  the  four  sore  judgments:  The  fam- 
ine, pestilence,  noisome  beasts  and  sword.  The  picture  here 
drawn  refers,  no  doubt,  to  those  who  will  suffer  from  the 
famine  and  pestilence  which  indicates  a  slow  death  and  char- 
acterized as  the  most  painful  and  loathsome  disease  possible 
to  befall  man.  This  class,  no  doubt,  are  those  who  have  held 
responsible  positions  of  trust  and  are  now  made  to  feel  the 
keenest  suffering. 

Verses  16-21 :  "And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  one 
that  is  left  of  all  the  nations  which  came  against  Jerusalem, 
shall  even  go  up  from  year  to  year  to  worship  the  King,  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  and  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  And  it 
shall  be,  that  whoso  will  not  come  up  of  a'll  the  families  of  the 
earth  unto  Jerusalem  to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
even  upon  them  shall  be  no  rain.  And  if  the  family  of  Egypt 
go  not  up,  and  come  not,  that  have  no  rain ;  there  shall  be  the 
plague,  wherewith  the  Lord  will  smite  the  heathen  that  come 
not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  This  shall  be  the  pun- 
ishment of  Egypt,  and  the  punishment  of  all  nations  that  come 
not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles.  In  that  day  shall 
there  be  upon  the  bells  of  the  horses,  HOLINESS  UNTO 
THE  LORD;  and  the  pots  in  the  Lord's  house  shall  be  like 
the  bowls  before  the  altar.  Yea,  every  pot  in  Jerusalem  and 
in  Judah  shall  be  holiness  unto  the  Lord  of  hosts:  and  all 
they  that  sacrifice  shall  come  and  take  of  them,  and  seethe 
therein:  and  in  that  day  there  shall  be  no  .more  the  Canaanite 
in  the  house  of  the  Lord  of  hosts." 

Verse  16  speaks  of  those  who  are  left;  but  who  are  they? 
We  reply,  those  who  have  escaped  the  plagues,  or  the  remnant 


Zechariah.  491 

termed  Judah  and  the  Church,  Jerusalem.  In  the  comments 
on  the  seventy  years  of  desolation  taken  up  in  Time,  Tradi- 
tion and  Truth,  it  is  taught  that  the  remnant  go  into  the 
feast  of  tabernacles  after  the  destruction  of  the  three  shep- 
herds. It  is  here  introduced  in  the  same  manner  as  those 
who  are  left  and  in  Zech.  14:2  as  "The  residue."  Verse  17 
says  plainly  that  upon  those  who  do  not  prepare  to  come  up 
to  the  feast  of  tabernacles  there  shall  be  no  rain.  This  prepara- 
tion is  prior  to  the  falling  of  the  plagues. 

We  go  back  to  the  experience  of  Israel  in  Egypt  during 
the  plagues.  At  that  time  the  plagues  did  not  fall  in  the  land 
of  Goshen.  Verses  18  and  19  tell  us  that  the  family  of  Egypt 
and  those  of  all  nations  that  do  not  enter  into  this  feast  of 
tabernacles  will  all  suffer  the  same  judgments.  Verses  20  and 
21  speak  of  the  remnant  as  they  are  in  the  feast  of  the  Lord 
or  feast  of  tabernacles.  (For  a  full  explanation  of  the  typical 
feasts  the  reader  is  again  referred  to  the  pamphlet  Time, 
Tradition  and  Truth,  by  the  author.) 

Thus  we  close  the  comments  on  the  book  of  Zechariah. 
Brief  as  they  have  been,  we  trust  the  remarks  may  be  of  some 
benefit  to  the  reader.  One  thing  is  sure,  the  day  of  the  Lord 
is  at  hand.  The  message  that  is  to  prepare  the  remnant  is  due 
the  world  and  there  is  no  time  now  to  have  our  hearts  over- 
charged with  the  cares  of  this  life.  The  Lord  says,  it  is  high 
time  that  we  awake  out  of  sleep,  the  "night  is  far  spent,  the 
day  is  at  hand."  The  world  is  sleeping  on  the  shores  of  eter- 
nity. The  spirit  of  God  is  now  calling  for  those  who  will 
blow  the  trumpet  in  Zion  and  sound  an  alarm  in  the  whole 
world  telling  the  people  of  the  coming  events  so  soon  to  over- 
take the  inhabitants  of  the  land.  Protestantism  needs  an 
awakening  to  the  doom  hanging  over  her  head.  Roman 
Catholicism  needs  to  hear  the  trumpet  of  alarm  that  some  in 
her  borders  may  flee  from  her  as  Lot  fled  from  Sodom  before 
its  destruction.  The  Greek  Church  in  the  East  in  all  its 
dead  formality  and  sleeping  under  the  influence  of  heathen 


492    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

doctrines  needs  to  hear  the  call.  Every  nation  needs  the 
message  of  truth  now  due  the  world.  Where  are  the  prophets 
of  Israel  who  will  join  in  this  closing  message,  to  call  the 
people  from  Babylon  before  her  final  destruction.  This  is  the 
call  of  the  hour;  this  is  the  work  now  to  be  performed.  We 
therefore  say,  aid  us  in  the  work  for  this  time,  that  the  close 
of  probation  and  the  Yellow  Peril  may  find  none  unwarned 
and  many  prepared  to  meet  the  event. 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 

CIVIL   GOVERNMENT. 

Much  has  been  said  in  this  volume  that  will  lead  the  mind 
to  inquire  as  to  the  true  relationship  of  Church  and  state,  and 
the  obligations  of  every  individual  to  civil  authority.  There- 
fore we  will  lay  down  some  principles  as  taught  in  the  Bible, 
whkh  we  trust  will  make  this  plain. 

ifGod  has  appointed  civil  rulers  as  we  read:  "For  he  is  the 
wmiister  of  God  to  thee  for  good.  But  if  thou  do  that  which 
is  evil,  be  afraid;  for  he  beareth  not  the  sword  in  vain:  for 
he  is  the  minister  of  God,  a  revenger  to  execute  wrath  upon 
him  that  doeth  evil.  Wherefore  ye  must  needs  be  subject,  noTV 
only  for  wrath,  but  also  for  conscience'  sake."  Rom.  13 :4,  5.  D 

The  object  of  these  rulers  is  the  protection  of  all  citizens 
and  the  punishment  of  evildoers :  "For  rulers  are  not  a  terror 
to  good  works,  but  to  the  evil.  Wilt  thou  then  not  be  afraid 
of  the  power?  do  that  which  is  good,  and  thou  shalt  have 
praise  of  the  same."  Rom.  13 13. 

The  duty  of  these  rulers  is  to  recognize  and  show  their 
appreciation  of  good  behavior,  to  punish  the  disobedient ;  and 
in  turn  for  this,  the  subjects  are  to  see  to  their  support,  "For 
this  cause  pay  ye  tribute  also:  for  they  a^e  God's  ministers, 
attending  continually  upon  this  very  thing^  Render  therefore 
to  all  their  dues:  tribute  to  whom  tribute  is  due;  custom  to 

493 


494    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

zvhotn  custom;  fear  to  whom  fear;  honour  to  whom  honour. 
For  he  is  the  minister  of  God  to  thee  for  good.  But  if  thou 
do  that  which  is  evil,  be  afraid ;  for  he  beareth  not  the  sword 
in  vain:  for  he  is  the  minister  of  God,  a  revenger  tcr^xecute 
wrath  upon  him  that  doeth  evil."  Rom.  13 :6,  7  and  4.) 

The  Christian  feels  a  responsibility  resting  uporfnim  to 
yield  cheerful  obedience  to  right  laws,  and  pray  to  the  Ruler 
of  the  universe  to  aid  the  officers  of  the  law  in  the  execution 
of  the  same.  "I  exhort  therefore,  that,  first  of  all,  supplica- 
tions, prayers,  intercessions,  and  giving  of  thanks,  be  made  for 
all  men;  for  kings,  and  for  all  that  are  in  authority;  that  we 
may  lead  a  quiet  and  peaceable  life  in  all  godliness  and  hon- 
esty. For  this  is  good  and  acceptable  in  the  sight  of  God  our 
Saviour."  I  Tim.  2:1-3.  "Thou  shalt  not  revile  the  gods 
(margin  judges'),  nor  curse  the  ruler  of  thy  people."  Ex. 
22 :28.  "Curse  not  the  king,  no  not  in  thy  thought ;  and  curse 
not  the  rich  in  thy  bedchamber:  for  a  bird  of  the  air  shall 
carry  the  voice,  and  that  which  hath  wings  shall  tell  the  mat- 
ter." Eccl.  10:20. 

The  custom  of  speaking  evil  of  rulers  is  a  wrong  one.  It 
teaches  those  who^iear  to  disregard  civil  authority.  There  is 
nothing  breaks  down  influence  more  than  public  slander.  It 
is  a  sad  condition,  indeed,  when  truthful  reports  of  evil  ruler- 
ship  must  be  told.  Of  all  men,  who  ought  to  be  just  in  the 
administration  of  law  and  public  duty,  it  is  those  who  are 
called  to  positions  of  trust  in  such  matters.  He  who  does  not 
regard  the  sacredness  of  his  position,  has  stooped  to  the  level 
of  the  criminal  and  the  vile,  where  he  neither  fears  God  nor. 
man.  And  the  man  who  would  seek  to  influence  or  bribe  a 
ruler  to  do  wrong,  is  equally  guilty  and  contemptible. 

It  is  always  desirable  that  good  men  should  be  sought  out 
and  intrusted  with  public  responsibilities.  A  Christian  is  a 
fit  man  for  any  office  he  is  intellectually  able  to  hold.  Would 
this  might  be  said  of  all  church  members.  Many  of  God's 
servants  of  old  made  acceptable  statesmen.  "Then  the  king 


Civil  Government.  495 

made  Daniel  a  great  man,  and  gave  him  many  great  gifts, 
and  made  him  ruler  over  the  whole  province  of  Babylon,  and 
chief  of  the  governors  over  all  the  wise  men  of  Babylon." 
Dan.  2 148.  "And  Pharaoh  said  unto  his  servants,  Can  we  find 
such  a  one  as  this  is,  a  man  in  whom  the  Spirit  of  God  is? 
And  Pharaoh  said  unto  Joseph,  Forasmuch  as  God  hath 
shewed  thee  all  this,  there  is  none  so  discreet  and  wise  as 
thou  art :  thou  shalt  be  over  my  house,  and  according  unto  thy 
word  shall  all  my  people  be  ruled:  only  in  the  throne  will  I 
be  greater  than  thou."  Gen.  41 138,  40.  "Woe  to  thee,  O  land, 
when  thy  king  is  a  child,  and  thy  princes  eat  in  the  morning ! 
Blessed  art  thou,  O  land,  when  thy  king  is  the  son  of  nobles, 
and  thy  princes  eat  in  due  season,  for  strength,  and  not  for 
drunkenness!"  Eccl.  10:16,  17. 

There  is  a  principle  laid  down  in  the  Scriptures,  which  it 
would  be  well  for  Christians,  and  all  people,  to  understand, 
namely,  The  relation  of  the  Church  to  the  state.  We  introduce 
this  with  a  statement  from  the  apostle  Paul:  "Dare  any  of 
you,  having  a  matter  against  another,  go  to  law  before  the 
unjust,  and  not  before  the  saints?  Do  ye  not  know  that  the 
saints  shall  judge  the  world?  and  if  the  world  shall  be  judged 
by  you,  are  ye  unworthy  to  judge  the  smallest  matters?1'  I 
Cor.  6:1,  2. 

A  Church  can  only  settle  minor  questions  between  brethren. 
If  a  brother  is  guilty  of  murder,  theft  or  any  other  criminal 
offense,  it  should  be  settled^  by  the  state.  The  Church  has 
nothing  to  do  in  such  cases.  For  this  reason,  Paul's  instruc- 
tion to  believers  not  to  go  to  law  before  unbelievers,  could 
only  apply  to  matters  in  which  the  Church  could  consistently 
settle,  without  covering  up  criminal  offenses.  If,  therefore, 
a  Church  does  to  one  of  its  members  that  which  is  uncivil  or 
unjust,  and  the  Church  does  not  remedy  the  wrong,  he  has  a 
right  to  appeal  to  the  state  for  justice.  The  Church  itself  is 
subject  to  the  state  in  all  civil  matters.  Under  the  theocracy 
of  Israel,  when  God  was  the  direct  ruler  of  the  civil  as  well 


496    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

as  the  ecclesiastical,  the  criminal,  though  a  believer,  was  dealt 
with  under  the  civil  law  and  punished  accordingly.  This 
was  true  in  all  civil  offenses,  such  as  Sabbath  breaking,  adul- 
tery, theft  and  all  civil  cases. 

The  Church,  guided  by  the  Bible,  can  decide  what  is  sin 
and  withdraw  the  hand  of  fellowship.  They  can  also  decide 
what  is  right  and  wrong;  and  bring  about  a  settlement  be- 
tween brethren  in  minor  offenses.  But  any  attempt  to  cover 
up  a  crime,  or  settle  a  criminal  offense,  is  not  Rendering  to 
Caesar  the  things  that  are  Caesar's,  nor  to  God  the  things 
that  are  God's.  Any  society,  Church  or  organization  that  over- 
looks criminal  or  civil  offenses  that  belong  to  the  state  to 
settle,  in  order  to  keep  such  offenses  secret,  or  free  the  trans- 
gressor, is  guilty  of  a  criminal  offense  as  an  organization.  If 
a  member  of  an  organization  has  been  wronged  by  that  or- 
ganization, he  has  a  right  and  duty  to  appeal  to  the  civil  power. 

We  often  hear  it  said,  The  rulers  of  this  world  are  so 
corrupt.  This  is  no  doubt  true  in  many  instances.  But  with- 
out these  rulers,  anarchy  and  lawlessness  would  reign  su- 
preme. 

We  here  give  an  example  of  Church  government  found  in 
the  law  of  Moses,  which  reads  as  follows :  "And  if  one  man's 
ox  hurt  another's,  that  he  die ;  then  they  shall  sell  the  live  ox, 
and  divide  the  money  of  it;  and  the  dead  ox  also  they  shall 
divide.  Or  if  it  be  known  that  the  ox  hath  used  to  push  in 
time  past,  and  his  owner  hath  not  kept  him  in ;  he  shall  surely 
pay  ox  for  ox ;  and  the  dead  shall  be  his  own."  Ex.  21 135,  36. 

This  is  plain.  The  Church  rulers,  who  should  be  versed  in 
the  divine  law,  should  read  the  statutes  of  the  Lord,  thus 
bringing  about  a  settlement  of  the  difficulty.  If  they,  or  either 
of  them  refuse  to  hear  the  law,  the  civil  judge  should  then 
take  hold  of  the  matter,  and  compel  a  settlement  according  to 
the  civil  law.  The  Church  has  no  power  •  of  enforcement ; 
neither  has  it  authority  except  as  based  upon  divine  statutes. 
They  can  settle  according  to  the  law  of  the  Lord  in  civil  cases 


Civil  Government.  497 

only  where  all  are  willing  tox  abide  by  what  the  plain  letter  of 
the  law  requires.  Opinions  of  officials  or  majority  rule  settles 
nothing  in  Church  government.  The  reason  any  advice  is 
given  to  take  matters  to  the  Church,  is  that  the  facts  of  the 
law  may  be  obtained  upon  the  point  at  issue.  Acts  15:19,  20. 
These  are  true  principles. 

Christ  taught  that  it  is  better  to  suffer  wrong  in  minor 
offenses  than  to  go  to  law.  He  said,  If  thy  brother  sue  thee 
at  the  law  and  take  away  thy  coat,  give  him  thy  cloak  also. 
This  was  a  case  where  one  was  seeking  unjust  oppression  by 
law.  A  true  Christian  will  not  wait  until  he  is  sued  before 
paying  an  honest  debt.  In  conclusion  let  us  say,  not  only  let 
every  Christian  stand  on  the  right  side  of  rulers,  but  pray  for 
them. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  state  should  not  interfere  with 
Church  rights  and  privileges.  She  has  no  power  to  regulate 
the  spiritual  teachings  of  the  Church.  "But  Peter  and  John 
answered  and  said  unto  them,  Whether  it  be  right  in  the  sight 
of  God  to  hearken  unto  you  more  than  unto  God,  fudge  ye." 
Acts  4:19.  "And  he  saith  unto  them,  Whose  is  this  image 
and  superscription  ?  They  say  unto  him,  Caesar's.  Then  saith 
he  unto  them,  Render  therefore  unto  Caesar  the  things  which 
are  Caesar's;  and  unto  God  the  things  that  are  God's."  Matt. 
22:20-21.  Babylon  attempted  to  do  this  with  Daniel  and  the 
three  Hebrew  children.  "All  the  presidents  of  the  kingdom, 
the  governors,  and  the  princes,  the  counsellors,  and  the  cap- 
tains, have  consulted  together  to  establish  a  royal  statute,  and 
to  make  a  firm  decree,  that  Whosoever  shall  ask  a  petition  of 
any  God  or  man  for  thirty  days,  save  of  thee,  O  king,  he  shall 
be  cast  into  the  den  of  lions.  Now,  O  king,  establish  the  de- 
cree, and  sign  the  writing,  that  it  be  not  changed,  according  to 
the  law  of  the  Medes  and  Persians,  which  altereth  not.  Now 
when  Daniel  knew  that  the  writing  was  signed,  he  went  into 
his  house ;  and,  his  windows  being  open  in  his  chamber  toward 
Jerusalem,  he  kneeled  upon  his  knees  three  times  a  day,  and 

32 


498    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

prayed,  and  gave  thanks  before  his  God,  as  he  did  aforetime. 
Then  the  king  commanded,  and  they  brought  Daniel,  and  cast 
him  into  the  den  of  lions."  Dan.  67,  8,  10,  16.  "Shadrach, 
Meshach,  and  Abed-nego,  answered  and  said  to  the  king,  O 
Nebuchadnezzar,  we  are  not  careful  to  answer  thee  in  this  mat- 
ter. If  it  be  so,  our  God  whom  we  serve  is  able  to  deliver 
us  from  the  burning  fiery  furnace,  and  he  will  deliver  us  out 
of  thine  hand,  O  king.  But  if  not,  be  it  known  unto  thee,  O 
king,  that  we  will  not  serve  thy  gods,  nor  worship  the  golden 
image  which  thou  hast  set  up.  And  he  commanded  the  most 
mighty  men  that  were  in  his  army  to  bind  Shadrach,  Meshach, 
and  Abed-nego,  and  to  cast  them  into  the  burning  fiery  fur- 
nace. And  these  three  men,  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abed- 
nego,  fell  down  bound  into  the  midst  of  the  burning  fiery  fur- 
nace. Then  Nebuchadnezzar  spake,  and  said,  Blessed  be  the 
God  of  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abed-nego,  who  hath  sent 
his  angel,  and  delivered  his  servants  that  trusted  in  him,  and 
have  changed  the  king's  word,  and  yielded  their  bodies,  that 
they  might  not  serve  nor  worship  any  god,  except  their  own 
God."  Dan.  3:16-18,  20,  23,  28.  God  protected  them  in  their 
loyalty  to  His  law  and  in  their  defiance  of  the  state,  where  the 
state  had  no  right  to  interfere.  "Then  said  Daniel  unto  the 
king,  O  king,  live  for  ever.  My  God  hath  sent  his  angel,  and 
hath  shut  the  lions'  mouths,  that  they  have  not  hurt  me:  for- 
asmuch as  before  him  innocency  was  found  in  me;  and  also 
before  thee,  O  king,  have  I  done  no  hurt."  Dan.  6:21,  22. 

Under  similar  circumstances  the  Lord  protected  the  Jews 
from  Persian  persecution.  "And  Mordecai  wrote  these  things, 
and  sent  letters  unto  all  the  Jews  that  were  in  all  the  provinces 
of  the  king  Ahasuerus,  both  nigh  and  far,  to  establish  this 
among1  them,  that  they  should  keep  the  fourteenth  day  of  the 
month  Adar,  and  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  same,  yearly,  as  the 
days  wherein  the  Jews  rested  from  their  enemies,  and  the 
month  which  was  turned  unto  them  from  sorrow  to  joy,  and 
from  mourning  into  a  good  day:  that  they  should  make  them 


Civil  Government.  499 

days  of  feasting  and  joy,  and  of  sending  portions  one  to  an- 
other, and  gifts  to  the  poor."  Esther  9:20-22. 

Note. — The  story  recorded  in  the  book  of  Esther  is  a  most 
important  one,  showing  how  Satan  often  works  through  the 
nations  of  the  earth  to  destroy  the  people  of  God.  In  this  brief 
space,  we  can  only  refer  you  to  the  Book  for  further  informa- 
tion: but  as  He  delivered  His  people  in  the  time  of  Esther, 
so  He  will  deliver  those  who  put  their  trust  in  Him  and  His 
written  Word. 

The  three  divisions  of  Christendom  are  symbolized  by  a 
corrupt  woman  (Rev.  17)  with  whom  the  kings  of  the  earth 
have  committed  fornication.  Her  daughters  and  grand  daugh- 
ters are  all  classed  under  the  same  character.  This  fornica- 
tion is  no  less  than  the  union  of  civil  and  ecclesiastical  au- 
thority, brought  about  by  political  schemes  usually  initiated  by 
an  apostate  Church  seeking  civil  power  to  help  her  accomplish 
what  she  has  lost  the  power  of  God  to  help  her  perform ;  and 
to  help  her  promulgate  the  false  doctrines  imbibed  by  her  and 
marking  her  apostasy.  We  are  plainly  warned  against  obey- 
ing such  laws  as  this  unlawful  union  may  make  on  religious 
questions,  and  purported  doctrines  of  the  Bible.  "And  the 
third  angel  followed  them,  saying  with  a  loud  voice,  If  any 
man  worship  the  beast  and  his  image,  and  receive  his  mark 
in  his  forehead,  or  in  his  hand,  the  same  shall  drink  of  the  wine 
of  the  wrath  of  God,  which  is  poured  out  without  mixture  into 
the  cup  of  his  indignation ;  and  he  shall  be  tormented  with  fire 
and  brimstone  in  the  presence  of  the  holy  angels,  and  in  the 
presence  of  the  Lamb."  Rev.  14 :9,  10. 

This  law  is  to  enforce  a  false  doctrine  of  the  Beast,  and 
not  designed  to  hinder  obedience  to  a  commandment  of  God. 
The  facts  are  two  powers  demand  obedience  to  their  com- 
mandments. The  result  to  the  individual  all  depends  upon 
whom  he  obeys.  The  issue  is  a  square  one,  and  must  be  met 
by  obedience  or  disobedience.  The  choice  of  masters  must 
be  made  by  the  individual  in  his  own  mind  and  heart.  He  will 
act  accordingly. 


5<DO    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

Thus  we  see  that  while  Christians  are  in  duty  bound  to 
support,  pray  for  and  ever  maintain  a  position  of  being  loyal 
to  civil  government,  they  are  at  the  same  time  to  realize  the 
limit  of  their  obligation  to  civil  government. 

There  is  a  civil  liberty  and  there  is  a  religious  liberty. 
The  former  is  that  which  belongs  to  the  civil  power  to  grant ; 
the  latter  that  which  God  alone  can  give  to  the  individual. 
It  is  the  duty  of  every  civil  government  to  see  that  each  of 
its  citizens  enjoys  all  rights  belonging  to  him,  both  in  civil 
and  religious  matters.  He  is  to  be  allowed  the  civil  right  to 
carry  on  any  legitimate  business,  or  trade  that  will  enable  him 
to  make  an  honest  living ;  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  government 
to  protect  him  from  any  who  would  maliciously  interfere.  The 
civil  government  should  grant  him  the  privilege  which  is  given 
him  by  his  Creator,  to  "worship  God  according  to  the  dictates 
of  his  own  conscience."  These  are  his  civil  rights  and  it  is 
the  province  of  an  earthly  government  to  grant  protection  in 
the  exercise  of  such  rights.  The  individual  has  the  right  to 
choose  any  occupation  he  may  wish,  which  is  not  a  detriment 
to  the  general  public  or  does  not  interfere  with  the  individual 
rights  of  others.  He  has  a  right  to  believe  in  God,  or  not  to 
believe  in  God  as  he  may  choose.  Thus  it  is  the  right  of  any 
citizen  to  ask  that  all  civil  privileges  be  granted  to  him  by 
the  civil  power. 

Now  religious  liberty  is  different.  Religious  liberty  is 
that  which  belongs  to  religion  with  which  the  civil  power  has 
nothing  to  do.  It  can  neither  give  a  man  religion,  nor  take 
it  away  from  him.  This  comes  from  a  higher  power.  Re- 
ligious liberty  is  freedom  from  sin;  and  that  freedom  is  ob- 
tained from  God  and  his  truth.  Says  Christ,  "If  the  truth  shall 
make  you  free,  ye  shall  be  free  indeed."  For  this  liberty  we 
ask  at  another  throne  than  the  civil.  The  standard  of  religious 
law  is  different  from  the  civil.  The  Holy  Spirit  which  en- 
ables us  to  obtain  religious  freedom  is  not  vested  in  civil 
power.  It  is  as  separate  as  light  is  separate  from  darkness. 


Civil  Government.  501 

When  we  are  oppressed,  we  ask  for  that  oppression  to  be 
removed  and  our  civil  rights  restored.  When  men  ask  of  any 
nation  for  civil  rights  to  worship,  or  not  to  worship,  they 
should  be  sure  that  the  principle  of  religious  liberty  reigns  in 
their  own  hearts.  A  sure  guide  to  detect  whether  a  man  has 
this  religious  liberty,  is  the  golden  rule.  If  he  lives  this  rule 
out  in  his  life  then  he  has  religious  liberty. 

Religious  liberty  is  something  that  rulers  can  neither  give 
nor  take  away  from  us.  Civil  liberty  is  that  which  is  granted 
to  every  citizen  by  virtue  of  his  citizenship;  and  it  is  in  the 
power  of  rulers  to  see  that  civil  liberty  is  secured  to  each  one 
of  its  citizens.  The  object  of  civil  government  is  to  protect 
its  citizens  in  all  their  rights,  and  punish  those  who  would  in 
any  way  interfere  with  those  rights.  This  is  the  kernel  of 
civil  law. 

Religious  organizations  who  have  not  religious  liberty 
principles  in  their  lives  and  manifest  them  toward  their 
brethren,  as  laid  down  in  the  golden  rule,  should  never  ask  any 
government  for  civil  liberty  in  worship.  For  they  are  a  fraud. 
They  should  first  learn  religious  liberty  and  set  the  example 
of  religious  liberty,  then  they  would  have  a  much  better  show 
and  more  boldness  to  plead  for  civil  liberty. 

No  religious  denomination  has  any  right  to  ask,  at  the 
hands  of  any  civil  government,  privileges  of  protection  in  their 
own  religious  rights,  until  they  are  willing  to  practice  religious 
liberty,  according  to  the  golden  rule,  toward  their  own  breth- 
ren in  their  own  organization. 

Religious  liberty  is  what  enables  a  man  to  stand  before  a 
ruler  and  say,  "Whether  we  shall  hearken  unto  God  or  man, 
judge  ye."  In  applying  for  civil  liberty  he  comes  to  the  ruler 
as  a  suppliant  asking  that  his  rights  be  granted  him. 

Religious  liberty  causes  a  man  to  rejoice  when  reviled  and 
persecuted.  But  if  he  has  not  religious  liberty  in  his  own  ex- 
perience, he  mourns  and  complains  when  his  civil  liberty  is 
taken  away  from  him.  Those  who  have  religious  liberty  feel 


502     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

it  a  pleasure  to  suffer  with  Christ  that  they  may  also  reign 
with  Him.  Those  who  have  not  this  kind  of  liberty  give  up 
their  profession,  deny  their  Lord  and  forsake  all  when  their 
civil  rights  are  removed  from  them.  Daniel  and  the  three 
Hebrew  children  had  a  full  supply  of  religious  liberty;  but 
the  disciples  who  forsook  Christ,  when  they  saw  persecution 
staring  them  in  the  face,  were  in  bondage. 

So  it  is  now,  many  who  are  so  active  in  asking  civil  rights 
to  be  granted  that  all  may  "worship  God  according  to  the 
dictates  of  their  own  conscience,"  will  forsake  all  when  the 
decree  is  passed  to  cause  all  to  worship  the  beast  and  his 
image.  And  all  this  because  they  have  failed  to  get  a  firm 
hold  on  personal,  golden  rule  liberty  before  that  test  comes: 
"Because  thou  hast  kept  the  word  of  my  patience,  I  also  will 
keep  thee  in  the  hour  of  temptation  that  shall  come  upon  all 
the  world  to  try  them  that  dwell  upon  the  earth."  Therefore 
let  neither  the  civil  power,  nor  the  Church,  as  its  supporter, 
try  to  enforce  by  civil  law,  upon  any  citizen,  obedience  to  any 
genuine  or  supposed  religious  commandment  in  order  to  honor 
God.  Neither  let  any  civil  power,  influenced  by  any  church 
or  organization,  interfere  with  any  citizen  in  obedience  to 
any  genuine  or  supposed  commandment  of  God.  Thus  we 
shall  keep  the  Church  and  state  forever  separate.  "Know 
ye  not,  that  to  whom  ye  yield  yourselves  servants  to  obey, 
his  servants  ye  are  to  whom  ye  obey;  whether  of  sin  unto 
death,  or  of  obedience  unto  righteousness?"  Rom.  6:16. 


HE  SHALL  cone 


CHAPTER  XXX. 


THE  SEVEN  TRUMPETS. 


A  trumpet  is  an  instrument  used  to  arouse  and  call  to  ac- 
tion an  army  and  where  referred  to  in  prophecy  is  a  symbol 
of  war.  The  governments  of  earth  are  brought  into  existence 
usually  as  the  result  of  war.  We  take  the  four  universal  gov- 
ernments, beginning  with  Babylon.  Its  overthrow  and  the 
establishment  of  the  Medo-Persian  nation  was  the  result  of 
war.  The  Medo-Persians  were  conquered  in  turn  by  the  Gre- 
cians and  in  turn  again  the  Grecians  as  they  came  in  contact 
with  Rome,  piece  by  piece  their  territory  was  taken  till  the 
Roman  government  became  the  universal  ruler  of  the  world. 
Now  in  carrying  the  story  of  the  Roman  government  into  its 
various  changes  and  divisions  the  prophets  symbolized  this 
history  by  seven  trumpets,  as  will  be  clearly  seen  in  the  study 
of  the  prophecy  here  introduced.  This  nation  remained  uni- 
versal till  after  the  death  of  Constantine,  A.  D.  337,  when  it 
was  divided  into  the  Eastern  and  Western  empires.  Rome  was 
the  capital  of  the  Western  division.  Seeing  the  difficulties 
which  led  to  the  overthrow  began  in  that  territory,  so  the  first 
of  this  prophecy  has  its  application  to  that  territory,  and  later 
on  to  the  Eastern  division  as  the  history  developed.  Constan- 
tinople was  the  capital  of  the  Eastern  division.  As  the  prophet 
John  lived  under  the  Roman  government  it  is  but  natural  to 

503 


504    The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

suppose  that  the  history  would  be  thus  pointed  out  by  him  from 
that  time  forward. 

The  scene  presented  under  the  first  trumpet  was,  "And 
the  seven  angels  which  had  the  seven  trumpets  prepared  them- 
selves to  sound.  The  first  angel  sounded,  and  there  followed 
hail  and  fire  mingled  with  blood,  and  they  were  cast  upon  the 
earth ;  and  the  third  part  of  trees  was  burnt  up,  and  all  green 
grass  was  burnt  up."  Rev.  8 16-7. 

These  trumpets  are  prophetic,  covering  the  long  period 
from  A.  D.  395,  when  Alaric  and  the  Goths  first  invaded  Ro- 
man territory,  till  the  coming  of  the  Lord.  We  can  not  do 
better  in  commenting  on  these  trumpets  than  to  quote  from 
Keith,  a  writer  on  the  prophecies :  "The  first  sore  and  heavy 
judgment  which  fell  on  Rome  on  her  downward  course  was 
the  war  with  the  Goths,  under  Alaric,  who  opened  the  way 
for  later  inroads.  After  the  death  of  Theodosius,  the  Roman 
emperor,  in  January,  395,  before  the  end  of  the  winter,  the 
Goths  under  Alaric  were  in  arms  against  the  empire.  'Hail 
and  fire  mingled  with  blood  were  cast  upon  the  earth.'  The 
terrible  effects  of  this  Gothic  invasion  are  represented  as  'hail,' 
from  the  fact  of  the  northern  origin  of  the  invaders ;  'fire,' 
from  the  destruction  by  flame  of  both  city  and  country ;  and 
'blood,'  from  the  terrible  slaughter  of  the  citizens  of  the  em- 
pire by  the  bold  and  intrepid  warriors." 

Keith  continues,  and  quotes  from  Gibbon,  the  author  of 
The  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire,  as  follows :  "The 
Gothic  nation  was  in  arms  at  the  first  sound  of  the  trumpet, 
and  in  the  unusual  severity  of  the  winter  they  rolled  their 
ponderous  wagons  over  the  broad  and  icy  back  of  the  river. 
The  fertile '  fields  of  Phocis  and  Boeotia  were  crowded  with 
a  deluge  of  barbarians ;  the  males  were  massacred ;  the  females 
and  cattle  of  the  flaming  villages  were  driven  away.  The 
deep  and  bloody  traces  of  the  march  of  the  Goths  could  easily 
be  discovered  after  several  years.  The  whole  territory  of 
Attica  was  blasted  by  the  baneful  presence  of  Alaric.  The 


The  Seven  Trumpets.  505 

most  fortunate  of  the  inhabitants  of  Corinth,  Argos  and  Sparta 
were  saved  by  death  from  beholding  the  conflagration  of  their 
cities.  In  a  season  of  such  great  heat  that  the  beds  of  the 
rivers  were  dry,  Alaric  invaded  the  dominion  of  the  West. 
A  secluded  old  man  of  Verona,  the  poet  Claudian,  pathetically 
lamented  the  fate  of  his  contemporary  trees,  which  must  blaze 
in  the  conflagration  of  the  whole  country  (Note  the  words  of 
the  prophecy,  'The  third  part  of  trees  was  burnt  up'),  and 
the  emperor  of  the  Romans  fled  before  the  king  of  the  Goths. 
Alaric  again  stretched  his  ravages  over  Italy.  During  four 
years,  the  Goths  ravaged  and  the  streets  of  the  city  were  filled 
with  dead  bodies;  the- flames  consumed  many  public  and  pri- 
vate buildings;  and  the  ruins  of  a  palace  remained  (after  a 
century  and  a  half)  a  stately  monument  of  the  Gothic  con- 
flagration." The  closing  part  of  the  thirty-third  chapter  of 
Gibbon,  from  which  we  have  been  quoting,  is  an  excellent 
commentary  on  this  point:  "The  public  devotion  of  the  age 
was  impatient  to  exalt  the  saints  and  martyrs  of  the  Catholic 
Church  on  the  altars  of  Diana  and  Hercules.  The  union  of 
the  Roman  Empire  was  dissolved ;  its  genius  was  humbled  in 
the  dust ;  and  armies  of  unknown  barbarians,  issuing  from  the 
frozen  regions  of  the  north,  had  established  their  victorious 
reign  over  the  fairest  provinces  of  Europe  and  Africa." 

The  second  trumpet  is  introduced  as  follows :  "And  the 
second  angel  sounded,  and  as  it  were  a  great  mountain  burn- 
ing with  fire  was  cast  into  the  sea;  and  the  third  part  of 
the  sea  became  blood;  and  the  third  part  of  the  creatures 
which  were  in  the  sea,  and  had  life,  died ;  and  the  third  part 
of  the  ships  were  destroyed."  Rev.  8 :8~9. 

The  scene  changes  now  from  north  of  the  Mediterranean 
to  the  south  in  Africa.  It  also  changes  from  the  land  to  the 
sea;  and  as  we  read  the  history  of  the  downfall  of  Rome,  as 
given  by  the  historian,  the  next  Ynovement  was  the  great  naval 
power  of  Genseric  in  Africa.  As  the  first  movement  has  its 
date  from  395  to  428  A.  D.,  so  this  one  has  its  time  located 


506     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

from  this  period  forward  to  468,  marked  by  the  inroads  of  the 
Vandals.  We  can  not  do  better  than  to  quote  historical  facts 
gathered  by  U.  Smith  on  the  second  trumpet,  as  found  in 
"Daniel  and  Revelation,"  pages  459,  460:  • 

"A  last  and  desperate  attempt  to  dispossess  Genseric  of 
the  sovereignty  of  the  seas  was  made  in  the  year  468,  by  Leo, 
the  emperor  of  the  East.  Gibbon  bears  witness  to  this  as  fol- 
lows :  'The  whole  expense  of  the  African  campaign  amounted 
to  the  sum  of  one  hundred  and  thirty  thousand  pounds  of  gold, 
— about  five  million  two  hundred  thousand  pounds  sterling. 
The  fleet  that  sailed  from  Constantinople  to  Carthage  consisted 
of  eleven  hundred  and  thirteen  ships,  and  the  number  of  sol- 
diers and  marines  exceeded  one  hundred  thousand  men.  .  . 
The  army  of  Heraclius  and  the  fleet  of  Marcellinus  either 
joined  or  seconded  the  imperial  lieutenant.  .  .  .  The  wind 
became  favorable  to  the  designs  of  Genseric.  He  manned  his 
largest  ships  of  war  with  the  bravest  of  the  Moors  and  Van- 
dals, and  they  towed  after  them  many  large  barques  filled 
with  combustible  materials.  In  the  obscurity  of  the  night, 
these  destructive  vessels  were  impelled  against  the  unguarded 
and  unsuspecting  fleet  of  the  Romans,  who  were  awakened 
by  a  sense  of  their  instant  danger.  Their  close  and  crowded 
order  assisted  the  progress  of  the  fire,  which  was  communi- 
cated with  rapid  and  irresistible  violence;  and  the  noise  of  the 
wind,  the  crackling  of  the  flames,  the  dissonant  cries  of  the 
soldiers  and  mariners,  who  could  neither  command  nor  obey, 
increased  the  horror  of  the  nocturnal  tumult.  While  they 
labored  to  extricate  themselves  from  the  fire-ships,  and  to  save 
at  least  a  part  of  the  navy,  the  galleys  of  Genseric  assaulted 
them  with  temperate  and  disciplined  valor;  and  many  of  the 
Romans  who  escaped  the  fury  of  the  flames  were  destroyed 
or  taken  by  the  vicious  Vandals.  .  .  .  After  the  failure  of 
this  great  expedition,  Genseric  again  became  the  tyrant  of  the 
sea ;  the  coasts  of  Italy,  Greece,  and  Asia,  were  again  exposed 
to  his  revenge  and  avarice.  Tripoli  and  Sardinia  returned  to 


The  Seven  Trumpets.  507 

his.  obedience.  He  added  Sicily  to  the  number  of  his  prov- 
inces, and  before  he  died,  in  the  fulness  of  years  and  of  glory, 
he  beheld  the  final  extinction  of  the  Empire  of  the  West.' — 
Gibbon,  vol.  3,  pp.  495-498.  Concerning  the  important  part 
which  this  bold  corsair  acted  in  the  downfall  of  Rome,  Mr. 
Gibbon  uses  this  significant  language,  'Genseric  a  name  which 
in  the  destruction  of  the  Roman  Empire  has  deserved  an  equal 
rank  with  the  names  of  Alaric  and  Attila.'  " 

"And  the  third  angel  sounded,  and  there  fell  a  great  star 
from  heaven,  burning  as  it  were  a  lamp,  and  it  fell  upon  the 
third  part  of  the  rivers,  and  upon  the  fountains  of  waters ; 
and  the  name  of  the  star  is  called  Wormwood :  and  the  third 
part  of  the  waters  became  wormwood ;  and  many  men  died  of 
the  waters,  because  they  were  made  bitter."  Rev.  8:10-11. 

This  is  described  as  fulfilled  by  Attila  and  recorded  by 
Gibbon  as  follows : 

"The  whole  breadth  of  Europe,  as  it  extends  above  five 
hundred  miles  from  the  Euxine  to  Adriatic,  was  at  once  in- 
vaded, and  occupied,  and  desolated  by  the  myriads  of  bar- 
barians whom  Attila  led  into  the  field."  Attila's  operations 
were  largely  on  the  Alps,  where  the  rivers  and  the  streams 
had  their  origin,  or,  as  expressed  by  the  prophet,  "upon  the 
fountain  of  waters";  and,  as  the  prophet  further  states,  the 
waters  became  bitter.  It  was  a  bitter  experience  for  those  in 
that  portion  of  the  empire.  Attila  styled  himself  "The  Scourge 
of  God." 

"One  of  his  lieutenants  chastised  and  almost  exterminated 
the  Burgundians  of  the  Rhine.  They  traversed,  both  in  their 
march  and  in  their  return,  the  territories  of  the  Franks ;  and 
they  massacred  their  hostages  as  well  as  their  captives.  Two 
hundred  young  maidens  were  tortured  with  exquisite  and  un- 
relenting rage ;  their  bodies  were  torn  asunder  by  wild  horses, 
or  were  crushed  under  the  weight  of  rolling  wagons ;  and  their 
unburied  limbs  were  abandoned  on  the  public  roads,  as  a  prey 
to  dogs  and  vultures.  It  was  the  boast  of  Attila  that  the  grass 


508     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

never  grew  on  the  spot  which  his  horse  had  trod.  The  West- 
ern emperor,  with  the  senate  and  people  of  Rome,  humbly 
and  fearfully  deprecated  the  wrath  of  Attila.  And  the  con- 
cluding paragraph  of  the  chapters  which  record  his  history  is 
entitled  'Symptoms  of  the  Decay  and  Ruin  of  the  Roman 
Government.'  The  name  of  the  star  is  called  'Wormwood.' " 
—Keith. 

Thus  far  it  is  evident  these  trumpets  have  had  their  appli- 
cation in  the  warlike  attitude  of  the  world  during  the  down- 
fall of  Rome. 

"And  the  fourth  angel  sounded,  and  the  third  part  of  the 
sun  was  smitten,  and  the  third  part  of  the  moon,  and  the  third 
part  of  the  stars;  so  as  the  third  part  of  them  was  darkened, 
and  the  day  shone  not  for  a  third  part  of  it,  and  the  night 
likewise.  And  I  beheld,  and  heard  an  angel  flying  through 
the  midst  of  heaven,  saying  with  a  loud  voice,  Woe,  woe, 
woe,  to  the  inhabiters  of  the  earth  by  reason  of  the  other 
voices  of  the  trumpet  of  the  three  angels,  which  are  yet  to 
sound!"  Rev.  8:12-13. 

The  following  history  meets  the  fulfillment  of  this  trum- 
pet: 

"We  have  now  reached  the  history  of  the  last  trumpet  as 
applying  to  the  Western  empire.  The  symbols  here  used  are 
the  sun,  moon,  and  stars,  which  undoubtedly  refer  to  those 
standing  at  the  head  of  the  government.  The  Western  em- 
pire of  Rome  fell  A.  D.  476.  Odoacer,  the  leader  of  the  bar- 
barians of  the  north,  is  the  next  noted  person  as  brought  to 
view  in  this  history.  The  historical  facts  concerning  the  re- 
moval of  the  luminaries  and  total  subjugation  of  the  Western 
empire  are  best  expressed  by  Keith,  whom  we  here  quote : 

"The  unfortunate  Augustulus  was  made  the  instrument  of 
his  own  disgrace;  and  he  signified  his  resignation  to  the  sen- 
ate ;  and  that  assembly,  in  their  last  act  of  obedience  to  a 
Roman  prince,  still  affected  the  spirit  of  freedom  and  the 
forms  of  the  constitution.  An  epistle  was  addressed,  by  their 


The  Seven  Trumpets.  509 

unanimous  decree,  to  the  Emperor  Zeno,  the  son-in-law  and 
successor  of  Leo,  who  had  lately  been  restored,  after  a  short 
rebellion,  to  the  Byzantine  throne.  They  solemnly  disclaim 
the  necessity  or  even  the  wish  of  continuing  any  longer  the 
imperial  succession  in  Italy,  since  in  their  opinion  the  majesty 
of  a  sole  monarch  is  sufficient  to  pervade  and  to  protect  at  the 
same  time  both  the  East  and  the  West.  In  their  own  name, 
and  in  the  name  of  the  people,  they  consent  that  the  seat  of 
universal  empire  shall  be  transferred  from  Rome  to  Constanti- 
nople ;  and  they  basely  renounce  the  right  of  choosing  their 
master,  the  only  vestige  which  yet  remained  of  the  authority 
which  had  given  laws  to  the  world.  The  power  and  glory  of 
Rome  as  bearing  rule  over  any  nation  became  extinct.  The 
name  alone  remained  to  the  queen  of  nations.  Every  token  of 
royalty  disappeared  from  the  imperial  city.  She  who  had 
ruled  over  the  nations  sat  in  the  dust  like  a  second  Babylon, 
and  there  was  no  throne  where  the  Caesars  had  reigned." 

"And  the  fifth  angel  sounded,  and  I  saw  a  star  fall  from 
heaven  unto  the  earth,  and  to  him  was  given  the  key  of  the 
bottomless  pit.  And  he  opened  the  bottomless  pit;  and  there 
arose  a  smoke  out  of  the  pit,  as  the  smoke  of  a  great  fur- 
nace ;  and  the  sun  and  the  air  were  darkened  by  reason  of  the 
smoke  of  the  pit.  And  there  came  out  of  the  smoke  locusts 
upon  the  earth:  and  unto  them  was  given  power,  as  the  scor- 
pions of  the  earth  have  power.  And  it  was  commanded  them 
that  they  should  not  hurt  the  grass  of  the  earth,  neither  any 
green  thing,  neither  any  tree ;  but  only  those  men  which  have 
not  the  seal  of  God  in  their  foreheads.  And  to  them  it  was 
given  that  they  should  not  kill  them,  but  that  they  should  be 
tormented  five  months:  and  their  torment  was  as  the  torment 
of  a  scorpion,  when  he  striketh  a  man.  And  in  those  days 
shall  men  seek  death,  and  shall  not  find  it ;  and  shall  desire 
to  die,  and  death  shall  flee  from  them.  And  the  shapes  of 
the  locusts  were  like  unto  horses  prepared  unto  battle;  and 
on  their  heads  were  as  it  were  crowns  like  gold,  and  their 


5 IO     The  'Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

faces  were  as  the  faces  of  men.  And  they  had  hair  as  the 
hair  of  women,  and  their  teeth  were  as  the  teeth  of  lions. 
And  they  had  breastplates,  as  it  were  breastplates  of  iron; 
and  the  sound  of  their  wings  was  as  the  sound  of  chariots  of 
many  horses  running  to  battle.  And  they  had  tails  like  unto 
scorpions,  and  there  were  stings  in  their  tails :  and  their  power 
was  to  hurt  men  five  months.  And  they  had  a  king  over 
them,  which  is  the  angel  of  the  bottomless  pfit,  whose  name 
in  the  Hebrew  tongue  is  Abaddon,  but  in  the  Greek  tongue 
hath  his  name  Apollyon.  One  woe  is  past,  and,  behold,  there 
come  two  woes  more  hereafter."  Rev.  9:1-12. 

Constantinople  was  besieged  for  the  first  time  after  the 
extinction  of  the  Western  empire  by  Chosroes,  the  king  of 
Persia.  Following  this,  war  continued  between  Persia  and 
the  Romans  during  the  life  of  this  Persian  king.  He  died  in 
628  A.  D.  War  between  these  nations  weakened  the  Romans 
and  also  the  Persians  to  that  extent  that  Mohammed,  of 
Arabia,  seeing  this  was  a  golden  opportunity,  in  A.  D.  629,  im- 
mediately after  the  death  of  Chosroes,  declared  war  against 
the  Romans.  Hence  as  described  by  the  prophet  the  death  of 
Chosroes  was  the  key  that  unlocked  the  bottomless  pit  and 
turned  loose  the  myriads  of  Arabians  to  travel  North  and 
lay  siege  to  Constantinople.  This  war  continued  for  centuries 
between  the  Mohammedans  of  Arabia  and  the  Eastern  or 
Greek  division  of  the  Roman  empire.  The  description  of 
them  is  vividly  portrayed  in  the  symbolic  language  of  the 
prophet  John.  A  special  prophetic  period  is  here  introduced, 
that  of  five  months,  representing  one  hundred  and  fifty  years. 
The  time  when  this  period  was  to  begin  is  stated,  when  a 
king  was  appointed  to  rule  over  them.  July  27,  1299,  the 
Ottoman  empire  was  founded  as  here  described,  with  a  king 
over  it.  One  hundred  and  fifty  years  would  reach  to  1449 
A.  D.  During  this  period  they  were  to  hurt  men.  Men  should 
seek  death  and  should  not  find  it.  The  history  of  this  period 
is  one  of  the  dark  periods  in  the  world's  history  of  cruelty 


The  Seven  Trumpets.  511 

and  bloodshed.  But  God's  providence  protected  a  certain  class 
of  his  people,  those  who  had  the  seal  of  God  in  their  fore- 
heads. For  a  full  exposition  of  these  trumpets  see  "Inspired 
History"  by  the  writer. 

"And  the  sixth  angel  sounded,  and  I  heard  a  voice  from 
the  four  horns  of  the  golden  altar  which  is  before  God,  Say- 
ing to  the  sixth  angel  which  had  the  trumpet,  Loose  the  four 
angels  which  are  bound  in  the  great  river  Euphrates.  And 
the  four  angels  were  loosed,  which  were  prepared  for  an  hour, 
and  a  day,  and  a  month,  and  a  year,  for  to  slay  the  third  part 
of  men.  And  the  number  of  the  army  of  horsemen  were  two 
hundred  thousand:  and  I  heard  the  number  of  them.  And 
thus  I  saw  the  horses  in  the  vision,  and  them  that  sat  on  them, 
having  breastplates  of  fire,  and  of  jacinth,  and  brimstone; 
and  the  heads  of  the  horses  were  as  the  heads  of  lions;  and 
out  of  their  mouths  issued  fire  and  smoke  and  brimstone.  By 
these  three  was  the  third  part  of  men  killed,  by  the  fire,  and  by 
the  smoke,  and  by  the  brimstone,  which  issued  out  of  their 
mouths.  For  their  power  is  in  their  mouth,  and  in  their  tails ; 
for  their  tails  were  like  unto  serpents,  and  had  heads,  and  with 
them  they  do  hurt.  And  the  rest  of  the  men  which' were  not 
killed  by  these  plagues  yet  repented  not  of  the  works  of  their 
hands,  that  they  should  not  worship  devils,  and  idols  of  gold, 
and  silver,  and  brass,  and  stone,  and  of  wood :  which  neither 
can  see,  nor  hear,  nor  walk.  Neither  repented  they  of  their 
murders,  nor  of  their  sorceries,  nor  of  their  fornication  nor  of 
their  thefts."  Rev.  9:13-21. 

In  1453  A.  D.  Constantinople  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Mo- 
hammedan warriors.  Its  walls  were  battered  down  as  the  re- 
sult of  the  use  of  gunpowder  and  cannon,  which  had  been 
invented  by  them  at  that  time.  The  Eastern  empire  of 
Rome  became  extinct  as  a  ruling  power.  The  Mohammedans 
were  established  in  its  place  and  have  held  possession  from 
that  day  to  this,  nearly  five  hundred  years.  They  were  turned 
loose  upon  the  countries  of  the  Euphrates.  That  country  which 


512     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

is  mentioned  in  the  prophecy  of  the  seven  plagues  is  to  be 
dried  up  under  the  sixth  plague  and  marks  the  close  of  the 
supremacy  of  Mohammedan  rule  in  that  territory.  The  four 
angels  of  this  prophecy  were  the  four  sultans  that  ruled  at 
different  points  in  the  territory.  The  next  prophetic  period 
introduced  consisted  of  three  hundred  and  ninety-one  years 
and  fifteen  days  and  began  in  July,  1449  A-  D->  when  the  five 
months'  period  ended.  This  last  prophetic  period  brings  us 
down  to  August  n,  1840.  This  marked  a  period  when  the 
Turk  wouid  cease  to  rule  as  an  independent  nation.  The  end- 
ing of  tMs  trumpet  at  the  above  date  was  literally  fulfilled  by 
this  nation  accepting  at  the  hands  of  the  powers  of  Europe 
the  condition  to  rule  solely  by  the  forbearance  and  guidance 
of  those  nations.  Under  the  sixth  plague  it  ceases  as  a  nation. 
Its  people  as  shown  in  Eze.  thirty-eighth  chapter  under  the 
name  of  Gomer  are  then  joined  to  the  nations  of  the  North 
and  East. 

"And  the  seventh  angel  sounded;  and  there  were  great 
voices  in  heaven,  saying,  The  kingdoms  of  this  world  are 
become  the  kingdoms  of  our  Lord,  and  of  his  Christ ;  and  he 
shall  reign  for  ever  and  ever.  And  the  four  and  twenty  elders, 
which  sat  before  God  on  their  seats,  fell  upon  their  faces  and 
worshipped  God,  Saying,  We  give  thee  thanks,  O  Lord  Al- 
mighty, which  art,  and  wast,  and  art  to  come;  because  thou 
hast  taken  to  thee  thy  great  power  and  hast  reigned."  Rev. 
11:15-17. 

The  condition  of  the  kingdoms  of  the  world  under  the 
seventh  trumpet  is  described  as  follows : 

"And  the  nations  were  angry,  and  thy  wrath  is  come,  and 
the  time  of  the  dead  that  they  should  be  judged  and  that  thou 
shouldest  give  reward  unto  thy  servants  the  prophets  and  to 
the  saints,  and  them  that  fear  thy  name,  small  and  great;  and 
shouldest  destroy  them  which  destroy  the  earth.  And  the 
temple  of  God  was  opened  in  heaven,  and  there  was  seen  in 
his  temple  the  ark  of  his  testament ;  and  there  were  lightnings, 


The  Seven  Trumpets.  513 

and  voices,  and  thunderings,  and  an  earthquake,  and  great 
hail."  Rev.  n  :  18-19. 

Near  the  close  of  the  seventh  trumpet  the  nations  are  an- 
gry. John  says  the  spirits  of  devils  are  to  gather  them  to  the 
battle  of  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty. 

In  the  early  history  of  this  trumpet  God  commands  these 
nations; 

"Proclaim  ye  this  among  the  Gentiles ;  Prepare  war,  wake 
up  the  mighty  men,  let  all  the  men  of  war  draw  near ;  let  them 
come  up :  beat  your  plowshares  into  swords,  and  your  prun- 
inghooks  into  spears:  let  the  weak  say,  I  am  strong."  As- 
semble yourselves,  and  come,  all  ye  heathen,  and  gather  your- 
selves together  round  about:  thither  cause  thy  mighty  ones  to 
come  down,  O  Lord.  Let  the  heathen  be  wakened,  and  come 
up  to  the  valley  of  Jehosaphat :  for  there  will  I  sit  to  judge  all 
the  heathen  round  about.  Put  ye  in  the  sickle,  for  the  harvest 
is  ripe:  come,  get  you  down; 'for  the  press  is  full,  the  fats 
overflow ;  for  their  wickedness  is  great.  Multitudes,  multi- 
tudes in  the  valley  of  decision :  for  the  day  of  the  Lord  is  near 
in  the  valley  of  decision."  Joel  3:9-14. 

But  the  Lord  says  that  many  of  these  Christian  nations 
will  teach : 

"But  in  the  last  days  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  the  moun- 
tain of  the  house  of  the  Lord  shall  be  established  in  the  top 
of  the  mountains,  and  it  shall  be  exalted  above  the  hills,  and 
people  shall  flow  unto  it.  And  many  nations  shall  come,  and 
say,  Come,  and  let  us  go  up  to  the  mountain  of  the  Lord,  and 
to  the  house  of  the  God  of  Jacob ;  and  he  will  teach  us  of  his 
ways,  and  we  will  walk  in  his  paths:  for  the  law  shall  go 
forth  of  Zion,  and  the  word  of  the  Lord  from  Jerusalem.  And 
he  shall  judge  among  many  people,  and  rebuke  strong  nations 
afar  off;  and  they  shall  beat  their  swords  into  plowshares, 
and  their  spears  into  pruninghooks :  nation  shall  not  lift  up  a 
sword  against  nation,  neither  shall  they  learn  war  any  more. 
But  they  shall  sit  every  man  under  his  vine  and  under  his 

33 


514     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

fig  tree;  and  none  shall  make  them  afraid;  for  the  mouth  of 
the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  spoken  it."    Micah  4:1-4. 

Isaiah  speaks  also  the  same  as  Micah.  Now,  we  have  the 
story  revealed  in  the  seven  trumpets.  We  are  under  the  prep- 
aration of  the  seventh  trumpet.  Its  closing  history  is  soon  to 
burst  upon  the  world.  Thus  the  prophetic  history  of  the  seven 
churches,  the  seven  seals,  the  seven  trumpets  and  the  seven 
last  plagues,  marks  the  closing  events  of  the  world's  Jhistory  in 
clear  lines  and  reveals  to  us  the  last  events  in  our  own  day. 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

CONCLUSION. 

No  doubt  some  of  the  readers  of  this  book  will  say,  Well, 
if  the  thing  is  to  come  we  can't  help  it,  therefore  we  need 
not  bother  our  minds  until  it  comes.  Now  if  God  had  made 
no  provision  for  a  remedy  then  that  would  be  true;  but  we 
have  Nineveh  as  an  example  to  teach  us  that  the  calamity  even 
now  is  not  necessary.  The  provision  holds  good  till  the  last 
moment  before  the  decree,  "he  that  is  filthy  let  him  be  filthy 
still,"  passes.  Up  to  that  time  man  can  repent  and  obey  God. 
/If  Christendom  meets  the  threatened  peril  there  will  be  no 
^one  to  blame  but  themselves.  And  that  is  true  of  each  indi- 
vidual. Each  can  escape  if  he  will.  That  is  just  why  the 
Bible  is  so  particular  to  give  every  evidence  of  the  surety  of 
the  event.  There  is  just  one  motive  we  have  had  in  the  pub- 
lication of  this  book,  namely,  to  call  attention  to  the  facts  as 
recorded,  hoping  some,  at  least,  will  take  the  advice  the  Lord 
has  so  often  given  to  repent  and  obey  God  rather  than  manj 
We  need  not  repeat  the  condition  now  confronting  us  for  the 
record  is  being  written  daily  in  the  public  press  of  the  coun- 


516     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

try.  Crime  is  now  extant  everywhere.  For  instance,  the 
thousands  of  murders  each  year  perpetrated  in  cold  blood. 
Adultery  is  the  common  sin  of  the  day.  Divorces  are  daily 
increasing.  Suicides  are  of  daily  occurrence.  Fraud  is  prac- 
ticed in  business  transactions  in  too  many  instances  to  specify. 
But  it  exists  from  the  great  combines  to  the  cheap  fakes  ad- 
vertised in  the  daily  papers. 

We  look  for  a  moment  at  the  pride  of  heart  manifested  in 
the  churches  in  display  of  dress,  Church  edifices,  high-priced 
ministry,  all  growing  from  the  unconverted  heart.  Election 
frauds  are  common ;  political  bribery  is  equally  so.  Last,  but 
far  from  the  least,  in  the  list  of  crimes  is  the  nation's  grant- 
ing, for  the  sake  of  gain,  a  license  to  men  to  deal  out  the 
deadly  poison  of  liquor  in  all  its  soul-destroying  and  finance- 
wrecking  devices.  The  daily  increase  of  poverty,  and  multi- 
plied widows  and  orphans,  and  a  thousand  other  crimes  grow- 
ing out  of  the  traffic  are  all  the  result  of  license  by  Christian 
nations  for  the  sake  of  gain.  Will  not  God  avenge  for  this? 
Do  not  be  deceived,  "Whatsoever  a  man  soweth  that  shall  he 
also  reap."  There  has  been  going  on  for  years  a  struggle  to 
overthrow  the  liquor  traffic ;  but  in  vain.  When  law  is  passed 
forbidding  the  public  saloon,  the  loathsome  bootlegger  defies 
the  law,  the  wishes  of  good  citizens,  and  every  principle  of 
government  and  carries  on  his  traffic  in  alleys,  and  dark  rooms, 
and  through  his  study  of  the  business  sells  to  boys,  houses 
of  ill  fame,  and  all  who  will  recognize  his  illegitimate  traffic. 
He  is  often  caught  and  taken  before  the  officers  of  law  and 
there  receives  the  wink  and  is  turned  loose.  All  this  is  done 
for  money.  We  mention  this  that  some  may  see  the  true  sit- 
uation and  not  blame  us  for  saying  our  Christian  nation  will 
not  be  able  to  meet  the  foe.  They  may  possibly  judge  us  as 
the  Jews  did  Jeremiah  as  being  in  sympathy  with  the  Baby- 
lonians when  he  told,  the  Jews  what  would  come  to  pass.  Be- 
lieve us  when  we  sayitis  from  love  to  our  country,  its  people, 
and  righteousness  that  we  thus  write. 


Conclusion.  517 

Now  in  addition  to  all  this  late  years  have  developed  an- 
other traffic  for  gain — that  of  the  white  slave  trade,  or  the 
traffic  of  trapping  girls  and  selling  them  to  those  who  run 
houses  of  ill  fame.  Lately  we  read  of  a  sentence  passed  on 
five  negroes  for  holding  up  and  killing  a  man  for  his  money. 
The  negroes  were  sentenced  to  hang.  In  the  same  paper 
was  a  record  -where  a  farmer's  daughter  had  been  allured  to 
a  city  where  great  inducements  were  held  out  of  employ- 
ment in  a  store  but  in  place  of  this  she  was  sold  as  a  white 
slave.  Her  father  found  out  the  crime  and  rescued  her. 
Now  where  is  the  father  who  would  not  say  those  who 
robbed  him  of  his  child  were  as  worthy  to  be  hung  as  the 
murderers  of  the  white  man.  We  may  be  accused  as  a 
pessimist  while  some  eloquent  orators  are  proclaiming  from 
the  pulpit  in  all  the  power  of  their  optimistic  views  that  the 
world  is  getting  better.  We  leave  the  reader  to  judge.  Our 
advice  to  all  is  do  not  let  the  daily  reading  of  crimes  harden 
your  heart,  till  it  benumbs  your  sensibilities  and  you  think : 
It  was  always  so  and  God  lets  things  go  and  he  will  con- 
tinue to  do  so.  If  you  do  you  will  awake  very  soon  to  the 
realization  of  your  fatal  rm'stake. 

We  need  but  look  back  to  recently  past  history  to  see  how 
clearly  men  foresee  approaching  danger.  Before  the  civil  war 
in  America  the  difficulty  was  seen,  the  subject  of  state  rights 
and  the  slavery  of  the  black  man  were  discussed.  The  firing 
upon  Fort  Sumter  announced  the  beginning  of  hostilities. 

For  a  long  time  before  the  Spanish-American  war  the 
Cuban  situation  was  discussed  by  Americans ;  but  it  was  the 
blowing  up  of  the  Maine  in  Havana  harbor  that  raised  the 
slogan,  "Remember  the  Maine." 

The  Russo-Japanese  war  was  clearly  foreseen  and  pointed 
ou^before  it  happened. 

^(  For  more  than  fifty  years  all  Europe  has  asked,  Who  shall 
control  the  Turkish  territory?  Russia  and  England  have 
looked  this  matter  over  well,  each  expecting  the  time  would 


5 1 8     The  Yellow  Peril;  or,  the  Orient  versus  the  Occident. 

come  when  it  would  be  settled  by  measuring  forces.  Japan 
and  America  have  for  several  years  been  watching  each  other, 
expecting  th«  issue  as  to  the  control  of  the  Pacific  to  be 
brought  up.  I 

t  Will  the  last-mentioned  wars  come  as  did  the  former? 
Surely  they  will ;  it  is  unavoidable.  Says  the  prophet,  "If  the 
nations  refuse  to  drink,  say  unto  them,  ye  shall  surely  drink 
of  the  cup."  Nothing  but  the  blood  of  Christ  can  sweeten  this 
cup.  Is  He  your  personal  Saviour  ?  ^ 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

I  EUROPE,  TURKEY  AND  THE  EAST.— Origin  of  the 
Phrase,  The  Yellow  Peril.— Kings  of  the  East.— Who 
Will  Be  Master  of  Turkey?— Who  Will  Control  the 
Pacific? — World-wide  Question. — Statesmen. — Diplo- 
mats. —  Prophets.  —  Russia's  Policy. — John  Brisbane 
Walker  on  the  World's  Final  Great  War. — A  General 
Awakening  in  the  Far  East. — China's  Awakening. — 
Myriads  of  India. — Napoleon's  Prediction. — Rise  of  the 
Osmanli  Turks. — Armenian  Christians. — Why  the  Sick 
Man  of  the  East  Doesn't  Die. — Universal  Armament. — 
The  Yellow  Peril  and  Russia 9-22 

II  AMERICA,  THE  PACIFIC  AND  THE  EAST.— Fore- 
casting War. — •Pacific  Peaceful? — Tomizu  in  1905  and 
1911. — Japansese  Marine. — Panama  Canal. — Yellow 
Races  in  California. — Mr.  Samuel  Gompers.— Japanese 
Army. — Japanese  Traditions  and  Instincts. — Richmond 
Pearson  Hobson. — Sir  James  E.  Erskine. — What  the 
Russo-Japanese  War  Demonstrated. — The  New  East. — 
Harper's  Weekly. — Mrs.  Helen  E.  Gardner. — "Peace 
and  Safety." — E.  E.  Andross. — Major-General  Wil- 
son.— League  of  Asiatics. — Mr.  John  Hays-Hammond. 
— Orient  Measuring  Swords  with  Occident. — Mr. 
Meridith  Townsend. — London  Daily  Mail. — "What 
God  Wills,  Not  What  Europe  Wills."— Mr.  Weale.— 
Lord  Roseberry. — Oscar  IFs  Fear  of  the  Yellow  Peril. 
—Crown  Prince  Freiderich  Wilhelm,  and  His  $500,000 
Oriental  Tour. — Representative  W.  E.  Humphrey. — 
What  a  Japanese  War  Invasion  Could  Accomplish  in 
the  Western  U.  S.— "A  White  California."— The  White 
Man's  Supremacy? — Admiral  Fournier. — Naval  Su- 
premacy.— Ezekiel's  Opinion 25-46 

III    The  Dragon.— A  Woman  Clothed  with  the  Sun.— A  Man 
Child  Is  Born —Its  Life  Is  Sought.— He  Is  Caught  Up 
519 


520  Contents. 

CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

to  God  and  His  Throne. — War  Against  the  Church. — 
War  in  Heaven. — Dragon  Wroth  with  the  Remnant  of 
Her  Seed  49-55 

IV  The  Beast  Receives  Its  Power  from  Dragon. — Worships 
Dragon. — Church  and  State  United. — Persecution  of 
the  True  Church.— Dark  Record,  377-392 56-71 

V  False  Prophet. — Comes  Up  Out  of  the  Earth. — Horns  Like 

a  Lamb. — Makes  an  Image  to  the  Beast. — Decree  of 
Death  Passed  by  This  Power. — Miraculous  Working 
Power  Deceives  the  Whole  World  and  Persecutes  the 
People  of  God 72-81 

VI  Shield  of  His  Mighty  Men  Is  Made  Red.— Valiant  Men 

Are  in  Scarlet. — The  Heathen  Are  Wakened. — Vast 
Preparations  for  War. — Naval  Preparation. — Every- 
thing Ready  82-85 

VII  True  and  False  Prophets. — The  False  Prophet  Says, 
Peace,  Peace,  No  Sword.  No  Famine,  No  Pestilence; 
Come  Into  the  Land. — All  Are  Given  Over  to  Covet- 
ousness. — The  Apostasy  of  the  Church. — Babylon  Is 
Fallen,  Is  Fallen. — The  True  Prophet  Cries  Aloud  and 
Spares  Not. — The  Sword,  the  Famine,  and  the  Pesti- 
lence Will  Come. — Christendom  Will  Be  Punished  for 
Her  Sins 86-116 

VIII  Rules  Governing  Study  of  Prophecy. — Names  of  Ancient 
Nations  Now  Represent  Modern  Nations. — Interpreta- 
tions of  the  Symbols  Used  in  the  Prophecies. — A  Pro- 
phetic Day. — The  Four  Winds. — A  Symbolic  Tree. — 
Waters.— Beasts 117-123 

IX  Russia,  or  the  Northern  Power. — Russia,  a  Captain  to 
All  the  East. — A  Northern  Power  Comes  Against 
Christendom. — Russia  Possesses  Constantinople  and 
the  Turkish  Power. — The  Euphrates  Dried  Up. — A 
Great  Slaughter.-Seven  Years  Required  to  Cleanse  the 
Land. — Beasts  and  Fowls  Eat  the  Flesh  of  Kings  and 
Drink  the  Blood  of  Mighty  Men.— The  United  States 
Greatly  Distressed.— But  a  Sixth  Part  of  the  Northern 
Power  Left  .  . .  124-141 


Contents. 


521 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

X  China  and  the  Way  of  the  East  Is  Prepared.— They  Join 
Russia.— The  Yellow  Peril.— As  a  Cloud  They  Cover 
the  Land.— Egypt  and  All  the  Ancient  Countries  Go 

Down  to  the  Bars  of  the  Pit 142-189 

XI  TWO  REMARKABLE  WARS  OF  RECENT  DATE.— 
Spanish  -  American  War.  —  Victories.  —  Providence.  — 
Change  of  United  States'  National  Policy. — Prepara- 
tion for  World  Power  and  Prophetic  Place. — Russo- 
Japanese  War. — New  Relations  with  the  East. — Dai 
Niphon. — Colossus  of  the  North. — Power  Slumbering 

in  the  Eastern  Nations.— Battle  of  Mukden 190-194 

XII  A  VERSE  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  BOOK  OF 
HOSEA. — The  Three  Divisions  of  Christendom. — The 
Two  Boys. — Ancient  and  Modern  Israel. — Judah,  Israel 
and  Ephraim. — Judah  Receives  the  Final  Scepter. — The 
Mother  of  These  Boys;  Her  Character. — Gentile 
Blood. — The  Assyrian  Her  Lover. — She  Is  Enticed. — 
Divorced. — Judah,  Symbol  of  Eastern  Church. — Israel, 
Symbol  of  Latin  Church. — Ephraim,  Symbol  of  Pro- 
testantism.— Their  Characters  Portrayed. — Early  Apos- 
tasy.— Judah  Permits  the  Bounds  of  Truth  to  be  Re- 
moved.— Commercialism  in  Latin  Church. — Many 
Altars  in  Protestantism. — Ephraim  Joined  to  Idols. — 
Gray  Hairs. — Ephraim  Feeds  on  War. — Cake  Un- 
turned.— Treachery  of  Israel. — Mourns  Over  Loss  of 
King. — Threefold  Confederacy. — Heathen  Come  as 

Eagle  Flyeth 195-253 

XIII  JAPAN  AND  THE  FAR  EAST,  AGAINST  AMER- 
ICA.— The  Crooked  Piercing  Serpent. — The  Great  and 
Strong  Sword. — "He  Stayeth  His  Rough  Wind  in  the 
Day  of  the  East  Wind."— Jacob  Is  Purged.— Jacob 
Takes  Root.— The  Great  Trumpet  Is  Blown.— Many 
Hear  and  Leave  Before  the  Destruction  Comes. — 
Ephraim  Sits  at  the  Head  of  Fat  Valleys.— Drunken 
on  Wine. — The  Lord  Has  a  Strong  One  Like  the 
Tempest  of  Hail. — Ephraim  Is  Swallowed  Up  Like  the 
First  Ripe  Fruit  That  Falls  Into  the  Mouth  of  the 
Eater. — The  Prophets  Are  Drunken."Line  Upon  Line; 
Precept  Upon  Precept."— The  Bed  too  Short;  and 
the  Cover  too  Narrow. — The  New  Nippon.— England 
and  America  Make  an  Alliance 254-270 


522 


Contents. 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

XIV  A  WONDERFUL  OBJECT  LESSON.— A  Threefold 
Confederacy. — Syria,  Ephraim  and  Israel  Join  Against 
Judah.— The  Three  Rebuked.— The  Suddenness  of 
Their  Downfall. — A  Modern  Confederacy  of  Christen- 
dom.— Seducing  Spirits  Manifested. — A  Rule. — God 
Sets  His  Hand  the  Second  Time  to  Gather  Out. — They 
Leave  the  Eastern  Nations. — Borne  Westward  on  the 
Shoulders  of  the  Philistines. — Like  as  it  Was  When 
They  Left  Egypt 271-295 

XV  A  GENTILE  PROPHECY.— The  Glory  of  Israel  De- 
parted.— Damascus,  Israel  and  Ephraim  Fallen. — Mod- 
ern History  Foretold  Under  Ancient  Names. — The 
Destroyers  Come  to  Gentile  Jerusalem. — An  Invitation 
to  Israel  to  Return  and  Escape  Calamity. — All  Can  Be 
Saved  if  They  Will. — Christendom  Refuses. — The 
Lion,  the  Leopard  and  the  Bear. — Symbols  of  the  De- 
stroyers from  the  East. 296-306 

XVI  ANCIENT  AND  MODERN  NATIONS.— A  Few  Rules 
Make  Prophecy  Plain. — Damascus  Was  of  Shemitic 
Origin. — The  Ammonite  a  Descendant  of  Lot. — Ancient 
Relationship. — The  Four  Great  Transgressions  in  Gen- 
tile History. — Modern  Ammonite  Located  by  Char- 
acter.— Damascus  and  the  Ammonite. — Subjects  of 
Modern  Prophecy 307-319 

XVII  TYRUS  AND  THE  MOABITE.— Tyrus  of  Japhetic 
Origin. — Heaps  Up  Gold  as  Mire  in  the  Streets. — A 
Naval  Power  in  the  West. — Moab  Refuses  to  Let 
Israel  go  Through. — Balaam  Sees  the  Fourth  Part  of 
Israel,  in  Whom  There  Is  no  Guile. — Moab  a  De- 
scendant of  Lot. — The  Ships  of  Chittim  Are  Gathered 
to  the  Fray. — Moab  Is  Destroyed  in  Battle  and  Tumult. 
—Her  Ancient  and  Modern  Character  Revealed . . .  320-336 

XVIII  GAZA  AND  THE  PHILISTINES.— Descendants  of 
Ham. — Spiritualism  an  Especial  Feature  of  Their  Re- 
ligion.— They  Deliver  the  Captivity  to  Edom. — Four 
Great  Transgressions. — Repeated  and  Endorsed. — The 
Philistines  Are  Rich. — Sea  Power. — Their  Character 
Traced  to  Modern  Times. — Clearly  Located. — De- 
stroyed by  the  East  Wind 337-344 


Contents. 


523 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

XIX  EDOMITES  THE  DESCENDANTS  OF  ESAU.— Four 
Great  Transgressions. — His  Character  Traced  to  Our 
Day.— The  Old  Hatred  Retained.— He  Again  Seeks  to 
Destroy  His  Brother. — The  Time  of  Jacob's  Trouble. — 
Esau  Perishes  345-355 

XX  JUDAH.— The  Scepter  Never  Departs  from  Judah.— His 
Bow  Is  Filled  with  Ephraim. — He,  Also,  Has  Been  a 
Transgressor. — For  This,  Present  Judah  Drinks  the 
Bitter  Cup. — His  Modern  Territory  and  Character  Lo- 
cated.— The  Northern  Power  Destroys  His  Cities. — 
The  Kings  of  the  East  Tramp  His  Territory 356-361 

XXI.  HOUSE  OF  ISRAEL.— Solomon  Gives  Ten  Tribes  to 
the  House  of  Joseph. — Never  Had  a  Good  King. — Baal 
Worship  Their  Besetting  Sin. — Their  Character  Traced 
to  Our  Day. — They,  Like  Judah,  Meet  the  Colossus  of 
the  North.— They  Perish !362-366 

XXII    ANCIENT    AND    MODERN    WORSHIP.— Modern 

Worship  Compared  with  the  Ammonite,  the  Moabite 
and  the  Philistine. — Ancient  Israel's  Apostasy.— Wor- 
ship of  Moloch,  Chemosh  and  Dagon. — Their  Modern 
Manifestations. — The  Three  Divisions  of  Christen- 
dom and  Spiritual  Babylon  Compared 367-374 

XXIII  THE  LIONESS  AND  HER  TWO  WHELPS.-The 

Mother  of  Two  Whelps.— She  Teaches  the  Elder.— The 
Nations  Capture  Him. — Her  Persistence. — The  Na- 
tion's Net. — The  Men  of  the  East. — Lions,  Baby- 
lonian   375-378 

XXIV  THE  AMORITE  BABE.— The  Helpless  Infant— The 

Mercy  and  Love  of  God. — The  Beautiful  Girl. — Her 
Espousal. — She  Betrays  Her  Husband. — She  Loves  the 
Assyrians. — Three  Daughters  Are  Born  to  Her. — The 
Eldest.— "As  the  Mother,  So  Is  the  Daughter."- 
Samaria  and  Sodom. — Grand  Daughters. — The  Yellow 
Peril  Overtakes  Them 379-392 

XXV  EGYPT.— Every  Man's  Sword  Against  His  Brother- 
Causes. — Modern  Egypt  Is  Weakened. — The  Men  of  the 
East  Utterly  Desolate  the  Land.— Forty  Years.— The 


Contents. 


CHAPTER.  PAGE 

Basest  of  Kingdoms. — Ancient  and  Modern  Egypt 
Compared. — Pharaoh  and  His  Hosts  Go  to  the  Nether 
Parts  of  the  Earth.— There  He  Lies  with  All  the  King- 
doms of  the  World .393-408 

XXVI  ANCIENT  AND  MODERN  HISTORY  COMBINED. 
The  Threefold  Confederacy. — Great  Distress. — One 
Hundred  Eighty-five  Thousand  Slain  in  One  Night. — 
Miraculous  Deliverance. — He  Claimed  the  Lord  Sent 
Him.— "The  Righteous  Man  from  the  East."— The 
Lord  Sent  Him. — Proven  to  Be  an  Idolater. — Deceives, 
if  Possible,  the  Very  Elect. — Destroys  Christendom. — 
Confederacy  to  Destroy  the  Remnant. — Ravenous  Bird 
from  the  East.— Great  Slaughter 411-432 

XXVII  THE  NORTHERN  POWER.— Russia  and  the  East.— 
The  Definite  King.— The  Turk  and  England  and  All 
the  West  Overthrown. — He  Plants  His  Tabernacle  in 
the  Glorious  Land. — The  Wealthy  Nation  Having 
Neither  Bars  Nor  Gates. — The  Helplessness  of  Turkey 
and  England  to  Resist  His  Onward  March. — He  Comes 
to  His  End  and  None  Shall  Help  Him 433-447 

XXVIII  VERSE  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  BOOK  OF  ZECH- 
ARIAH.— Red,  White,  Black  and  Speckled  Horses 
Among  the  Myrtle  Trees. — Their  Work  Throughout 
the  Earth. — The  Four  Horns  of  the  Altar. — The  Four 
Carpenters  Destroy  the  Gentiles. — The  Mountains  of 
Brass.— The  Flying  Roll.— The  Ephah  and  the  Three 
Women. — Bound  for  Shinar. — The  Two  Furrows. — 
Judgment  Springs  Up  as  Hemlock. — Staff,  Beauty. — 
Broken. — Covenant  Disannulled. — The  Seventy  Years' 
Desolation. — The  Temple  Rebuilt. — The  Golden  Can- 
dlestick.— Zerubbabel  a  Sign,  or  Signet. — The  Glory 
of  the  Latter  House. — The  Three  Shepherds  Destroyed 
in  One  Month. — All  Nations  Against  Jerusalem. — Sud- 
denly Comes  to  His  Temple. — The  Feast  of  Taber- 
nacles.—The  Yellow  Peril  Foretold.— The  Latter 
Rain 448-492 

XXIX  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT.— Ordained  of  God.— Civil  Rul- 
ers Not  a  Terror  to  Good  Works. — Duty  of  Christians 
to  Rulers. — Duty  of  the  Church  to  the  Civil  Power. — 


Contents.  525 

CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

Duty  of  the  Civil  Officers  to  the  Church. — Civil  and 
Religious  Liberty  Defined. — Difference  Between  Civil 
and  Religious  Liberty.— Whom  Shall  We  Obey  ?...  493-502 
XXX  THE  SEVEN  TRUMPETS.— War  among  the  Na- 
tions.— Downfall  of  Western  Empire  of  Rome. — The 
Goths. — Genseric. — Attila. — Downfall  of  the  Eastern 
Empire  of  Rome. — The  Arabian  Locusts. — Chosroes. — 
Mohammed. — Constantinople  Overthrown  by  the  Turks. 
— Men  Seek  Death  and  Cannot  Find  It. — Sixth  Trumpet 
Ends  August  11,  1840.— Nations  Are  Angry.— The  Eu- 
phrates Is  Dried  Up. — The  Way  of  the  Kings  of  the 
East  Is  Prepared. — The  Russian  Bear  Leads  the  Host. — 
The  Yellow  Peril.— Armageddon.— The  Great  Hail— 
The  Mighty  Earthquake. — Downfall  of  the  World. — 

Christ  Appears. — His  People  Saved 503-514 

XXXI    CONCLUSION..  ..515-518 


LIST  OF  MAPS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS 


PAGE. 

Frontispiece 2 

Russia  and  the  East 23 

The  Seven  Last  Plagues 48 

The  Dragon,  The  Beast  and  The  False  Prophet 50 

I  go  to  Prepare  a  Place  for  You 105 

The  Yellow  Peril 143 

The  Gentile  Church  in  Prophecy 195 

The  Ancient  World  and  Descendants  of  Noah 228 

Ancient  Names  Applied  to  Modern  Nations 306 

Babylonian    Captivity    410 

Western   Rome    503 

Eastern  Rome   .                                                                                     .  510 


526 


The  Yellow  Peril; 

or, 
The  Orient  Versus  the  Occident 

As  viewed  by  Modern  Statesmen  and  Ancient  Prophets. 

Cloth  Binding $2.25 

Library  (sheep) 3.25 

Full  Morocco 4.50 

Agents  wanted  everywhere  to  sell  these  publications. 
Liberal  commission.  For  territory,  or  further  information, 
address 

UNION   PUBLISHING   CO., 

CHOCTAW,  OKLA. 


The  Inspired  History  of  the  Nations 

By  G.  G.  RUPERT. 

This  is  a  work  covering  the  history  of  the  world  as  given 
in  the  Bible  from  the  days  of  Adam  to  the  close  of  time.  It 
is  not  given  in  detail,  but  the  principal  events  of  history  are 
noted,  such  as  will  aid  the  student  in  gaining  a  general  knowl- 
edge of  the  Bible.  It  takes  up  the  purpose  of  God  in  creation, 
the  fall  of  man,  and  a  second  trial  for  life  as  revealed  in  the 
gospel;  the  division  of  the  race  into  two  classes,  those  who 
chose  the  service  of  God  and  those  who  chose  the  service  of 
Satan ;  the  earth  filled  with  violence ;  the  flood,  the  descendants 
of  Noah,  and  the  countries  in  which  they  located;  Israel 
going  into  bondage;  their  deliverance;  the  formation  of  the 
theocracy;  their  history  for  nine  hundred  years;  their  cap- 
tivity to  Babylon;  their  relation  to  the  civil  governments  of 
the  world ;  the  history  of  these  nations  until  they  finally  gather 
to  the  great  battle  of  Armageddon;  the  history  of  Israel 
through  all  this  period ;  the  gathering  of  Israel  in  the  last  days  ; 
also  the  kings  of  the  East,  with  Russia  as  their  leader,  against 
the  kings  of  the  West ;  a  special  message  for  this  purpose ; 
the  country  where  this  message  is  to  arise ;  the  time  of  Jacob's 
trouble,  and  the  final  deliverance  of  the  people  of  God ;  em- 
bracing nearly  eight  hundred  pages. 

There  will  be  over  sixty  diagrams  and  full-page  illustra- 
tions. It  is  just  what  every  person  in  the  world  should  read 
and  study  at  this  time.  No  one  can  afford  to  do  without  it. 

Bound  in  Cloth,  $2.25;    Leather,  $3.25;    Morocco,  Gilt,  $4.50 

The  above  is  also  published  in  three  volumes,  bound  in 
melton  paper  covers. 

Vol.  i.  THE  THEOCRACY  OF  ISRAEL  reaches  from 
the  Creation  to  the  Babylonish  captivity. 

Vol.  2.  THE  GATHERING  OF  THE  NATIONS  TO 
ARMAGEDDON  gives  the  history  of  the  nations  of  the 
earth,  in  prophecy,  from  the  captivity  to  the  close  of  time. 


Vol.  3.  THE  GATHERING  OF  ISRAEL  portrays  the 
history  of  the  Lord's  people  from  the  captivity  to  the  restitu- 
tion of  all  things. 

Price  of  the  Three  is  One  Dollar 

UNION   PUBLISHING  CO., 

CHOCTAW,  OKLA. 


Bible  Atlas  and  a  New  System  of  Chronological 
and  Pictorial  Charts,  with  Comments 

By  G.  G.  RUPERT. 

This  book  is  an  illustrated,  chronological,  historical  and 
map  history  of  the  world  from  the  most  ancient  times  to  the 
present,  with  Bible  questions  and  scriptural  answers  upon 
the  various  charts  and  maps,  thus  opening  the  whole  Scrip- 
tures before  the  student  and  teacher. 

All  will  find  it  a  most  valuable  aid  to  a  correct  under- 
standing of  the  Scriptures. 

Gilt  title,  pebble  cloth,  Morocco  hinges.     A  limited  number  at  $1.50 

UNION   PUBLISHING  CO., 

CHOCTAW,  OKLA. 

The  Two  Covenants  Between  God  and  Man 

By  G.  G.  RUPERT. 

First.  The  new  covenant  made  with  Adam  and  all  peo- 
ple ;  confirmed  to  Abraham ;  ratified  and  sealed  by  the  blood 
of  Christ. 

Second.  The  covenant  made  at  Sinai  with  the  literal  chil- 
dren of  Abraham,  embracing  the  theocracy  of  Israel,  and  end- 
ing with  the  overthrow  of  the  nation. 

This  book  should  be  read  by  everyone  who  desires  a  clear 
Scriptural  exposition  of  this  subject. 
Price,  25  Cents 

UNION   PUBLISHING  CO., 

CHOCTAW,  OKLA. 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 
Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A     000086313     4 


